Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 14, 2010

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Cayman Islands   8200   Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

18th Floor, Building A, Chengjian Plaza, No.18,

BeiTaiPingZhuang Road, Haidian District, Beijing

100088

People’s Republic of China

Telephone: +86 (10) 6206-8000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

C T Corporation System

111 Eighth Avenue

New York, New York 10011

(212) 894-8940

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Carmen Chang, Esq.

Richard A. Kline, Esq.

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

Professional Corporation

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

Michelle W. Edwards, Esq.

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

Professional Corporation

38 th Floor, Jin Mao Tower

88 Century Boulevard

Pudong, Shanghai 200121

People’s Republic of China

+86 (21) 6165-1700

 

Chris K.H. Lin, Esq.

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

35 th Floor, ICBC Tower

Three Garden Road

Central, Hong Kong

+852 2514-7600

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:     As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

   Proposed maximum aggregate
offering price(1)(2)
   Amount of
registration fee

Class A Ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001 per share(3)

   US$138,000,000    US$9,840

 

 

 

(1)   Includes (a) shares that may be purchased by the underwriters pursuant to an over-allotment option, and (b) ordinary shares initially offered and sold outside the United States that may be resold from time to time in the United States either as part of their distribution or within 40 days after the later of the effective date of this Registration Statement and the date the shares are first bona fide offered to the public. The shares are not being registered for the purpose of sales outside the United States.
(2)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(3)   American depositary shares issuable upon deposit of the ordinary shares registered hereby will be registered under a separate registration statement on Form F-6 (Registration No. 333-            ). Each American depositary share represents              ordinary shares.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling shareholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated             .

Prospectus

         American Depositary Shares

representing                      Class A Ordinary Shares

LOGO

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

This is an initial public offering of American depositary shares, or ADSs, representing Class A ordinary shares of Ambow Education Holding Ltd., or Ambow. Ambow is offering                      ADSs, and the selling shareholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional                      ADSs. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of ADSs by the selling shareholders. Each ADS represents                      Class A ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001 per share. The estimated initial public offering price will be between US$             and US$             per ADS.

Following this offering, our outstanding share capital will consist of Class A and Class B ordinary shares. Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares have the same rights except for voting and conversion rights. Each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote, and each Class B ordinary share is entitled to ten votes and is convertible at any time into one Class A ordinary share. Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into Class B ordinary shares under any circumstances.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ADSs or ordinary shares. We have been approved for listing our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AMBO”.

 

       Per ADS    Total

Initial public offering price

   US$                 US$             

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   US$      US$  

Proceeds to Ambow, before expenses

   US$      US$  

Proceeds to the selling shareholders, before expenses

   US$      US$  
 

Ambow has granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to              additional ADSs.

Investing in our ADSs involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk factors ” beginning on page 16.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

J.P. Morgan    Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C.
Macquarie Capital    Signal Hill

                    , 2010


Table of Contents

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

Table of contents

 

     Page

Prospectus summary

   1

Risk factors

   16

Forward-looking statements

   56

Use of proceeds

   58

Dividends and dividend policy

   60

Capitalization

   61

Dilution

   64

Exchange rate information

   66

Selected consolidated financial data

   67

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

   70

Our industry

   118

Business

   123

Our corporate structure

   143

Regulation

   155

Management

   169

Principal and selling shareholders

   182

Related party transactions

   185

Description of share capital

   189

Description of American depositary shares

   201

Shares eligible for future sale

   211

Taxation

   214

Enforceability of civil liabilities

   221

Underwriting

   223

Expenses relating to this offering

   230

Legal matters

   230

Experts

   230

Industry and market data

   231

Where you can find more information

   231

Index to consolidated financial statements

   F-1

 

i


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our ADSs. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk factors,” and our consolidated financial statements and notes to those consolidated financial statements, on page F-1, before making an investment decision.

Our business

We are a leading national provider of educational and career enhancement services in China. Our business addresses two critical demands in China’s education market, the desire for students to be admitted into top secondary and post-secondary schools, and the desire for graduates of those schools to obtain more attractive jobs. We offer consistently high-quality, individualized services and products through our combined online and offline delivery model powered by our proprietary technologies and robust infrastructure. Our regional service hubs, comprised of our five K-12 schools, 96 tutoring centers, two colleges and 16 career enhancement centers as of March 31, 2010, combined with our distributors, enable us to provide our services and products to students in 30 out of the 31 provinces and autonomous regions within China, which we believe will serve as a solid foundation for our future growth.

We are capitalizing on four significant trends in the educational and career enhancement services market in China:

 

 

Rapid growth in disposable household income combined with a continuing focus and increasing spending by families on their children’s educational services;

 

 

Intense competition in the education sector and job market in China;

 

 

Rapid economic growth and increasing hiring needs of existing and new companies doing business in China, which poses significant challenges for employers trying to match their hiring needs with the skill sets of graduating students looking for career opportunities; and

 

 

The increased availability and utilization of learning technologies to supplement the traditional education delivery model.

Our educational services cover grades K-12, focusing on both K-12 programs and tutoring services, including test preparation. We provide results-oriented services and products customized to regional curriculum requirements and individual student needs to help students enhance academic results, including those on ZhongKao and GaoKao admission tests, the results of which are of primary importance in determining which students will be admitted into top high school and university programs. We refer to these K-12 programs and tutoring services with standards-based curriculum that enable students to improve their academic results and educational opportunities as “ Better Schools .” Our Better Schools programs are mainly offered through our educational regional service hubs.

Our career enhancement services target students at universities, colleges and community colleges and recent graduates of these institutions. We provide these students and recent graduates with “hands-on training” for professional skills and soft skills like leadership and teamwork. In addition, we partner with leading international vocational training content providers,

 

 

1


Table of Contents

corporations and universities to provide practical project-based training to enhance students’ overall competitiveness and ability to obtain better employment opportunities after graduation. We refer to these career enhancement services programs that facilitate post-secondary students obtaining more attractive employment as well as our college programs as “ Better Jobs .” Our Better Jobs programs are mainly offered through our career enhancement regional service hubs, which are strategically located in key economic centers across China where there is a high concentration of companies in high-growth industries.

When we refer to educational regional service hubs or career enhancement regional service hubs we mean a management concept located in an area where we have deployed our regional management, core infrastructure and educational resources to manage and support our schools and learning centers in the surrounding region.

From our inception in 2000 through 2003, we focused on building our technology foundation by designing our proprietary software and technology solutions to provide educational and career enhancement services. We believe our technology foundation is fundamentally important for us to provide our services with consistent high quality across geographies in the long-run. From 2004 to 2007, we focused on building our nationwide services platform by deploying our services and products through sales agents, which enabled us to reach a large target customer base, build our Ambow brand and increase awareness of our products and services in a capital efficient way. As a result of the successful implementation of the aforementioned strategy, the registered users of our software products or services grew throughout this period: from approximately 400 in 2004 to approximately 170,000 in 2007. By the end of 2007, our registered users had reached a critical mass, we had proven that our services and products built upon our proprietary technology were effective and well received by students and our brand and services became well known in the industry and among our target customers. At the beginning of 2008, we considered it to be the opportune time to establish physical regional service hubs to capture further business opportunities and provide our services and products through both offline classroom teaching and online delivery platform to our target customers in our directly-operated schools and learning centers. We have established these physical regional service hubs primarily by acquiring top-tier K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers, which we believe enhances the Ambow brand as a premium educational and career enhancement service provider.

We deliver our wide range of educational and career enhancement services and products through our national, multi-channel delivery network, supported by our technology platform and protected by a combination of laws and regulations that protect trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets, as well as confidentiality agreements and know-how, that has enabled us to develop standards-based, individualized curricula across our K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers. Since the beginning of 2008, we have made 23 separate acquisitions across our business segments through business combinations, and acquired the long-term operating right of one school, as part of our strategy to expand into new markets through the establishment of regional service hubs and to further drive our revenue growth by deploying our core competencies, including our technology infrastructure and expertises in management and the deployment of our services and products. We also sell our software products to our distributors who in turn sell these products to schools or their students. For these sales to distributors, we have no further obligation to the schools or their students in terms of the delivery of services.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

We have established alliances with tutoring centers and career enhancement training providers in attractive markets we have identified that we would like to enter in the near future. We provide a total solution package to these A+ Alliance partners, including teacher training, our IT infrastructure and our intelligent system, which combines our learning engine and robust content. The “A+” Alliances typically have a term of three years. We monitor the operational, management and financial performances of the alliance members and, if they meet our criteria, we may explore with certain of our A+ alliance members the option to convert them to our own schools and learning centers through business combinations upon terms to be agreed.

Through our directly-operated schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers and our distributors, we have significantly grown our net revenue, net income and student enrollments. Our net revenues increased from RMB318.9 million in 2007 to RMB508.4 million in 2008 to RMB902.0 million (US$132.1 million) in 2009 and from RMB176.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2009 to RMB260.3 million (US$38.1 million) in the three months ended March 31, 2010. We recorded net income of RMB34.2 million, RMB67.4 million, RMB138.0 million (US$20.2 million) and RMB3.0 million (US$0.4 million) in 2007, 2008 and 2009, and the three months ended March 31, 2010 respectively. Since the beginning of 2008, we have had in aggregate more than 950,000 student enrollments in our tutoring and career enhancement centers. Since the beginning of 2007, we have had in aggregate more than 500,000 registered users of our software products or services through our online services or as a result of our software sales through distributors and, under our old sales model, sales to students at our partner schools. As of March 31, 2010, we had more than 30,000 students enrolled in our K-12 schools and colleges. In 2008 and 2009, our K-12 schools had student enrollments that were above 85% of the aggregate capacity of the schools. Total capacity at our K-12 schools in 2008 and 2009 was 20,420 and 22,900 students, respectively. The students at our K-12 schools take standard course loads and their tuition is tied to the school semester or school year and not directly to their course loads within those periods. In 2008 and 2009, our two colleges, Applied Technology College and Beijing Century College, had government-imposed annual enrollment quota limits of an aggregate of 3,499 and 3,409 students, respectively. The total new student enrollments at Applied Technology College and Beijing Century College in 2008 and 2009 were an aggregate of 3,499 and 3,350, respectively. When we refer to student enrollments in this prospectus, we mean the total number of students enrolled in our K-12 schools and colleges and the total number of classes, tutoring sessions or training programs purchased by students in our tutoring centers and career enhancement centers as of the end of a particular academic period. For example, if one student enrolls in two separate tutoring classes or training programs, we count that as two student enrollments.

Our industry

China’s educational and career enhancement services market is comprised of several segments, including government-run public schools, private schools, tutoring programs, universities and colleges and career enhancement services, which are large and growing. China’s educational and career enhancement services market is fragmented today with no clear leader and a large number of smaller, niche players performing services and offering programs within one or a few of the segments.

Each of the segments within China’s educational and career enhancement services market has distinct characteristics. K-12 school education is predominantly offered by public and, to a lesser

 

 

3


Table of Contents

extent, private schools. These schools provide educational services and programs to their students with regionalized curriculum. Tutoring programs are increasingly run by private organizations focused on helping students achieve better grades in their schools and prepare for standardized tests for entrance into both high schools and universities. Career enhancement services are aimed at university, community college and vocational students and focus on preparing individuals to start their careers or enhance their career opportunities.

Common features of the disparate but related sectors within China’s educational and career enhancement services market include significant growth opportunities, demand driven by demographic trends and stiff competition for academic advancement, and a fragmented competitive landscape. These sectors are growing both in terms of absolute size and in terms of importance due to the following factors within China:

 

 

Rapid economic growth .    According to the International Monetary Fund, China was the 3rd largest economy in the world in 2008 in terms of gross domestic product, or GDP, which amounted to over $4.3 trillion in 2008 and is expected to grow to over $8.2 trillion by 2014. According to the International Monetary Fund, China’s Nominal GDP per capita has increased at a CAGR of 14.2% from approximately RMB7,828 in 2000 to approximately RMB22,647 in 2008, and is expected to continue to grow at a CAGR of 10.3% from 2008 to 2014.

 

 

Growth in disposable household income .    As a result of China’s rapid economic growth, Chinese consumers have greater amounts of disposable income and have significantly increased their spending.

 

 

Favorable demographic and urbanization trends .    According to the China Statistical Yearbook, in 2008 approximately 33.4% of China’s total population were between the ages of 5 and 29, an age group that ranges from school-age children to young and working adults who we believe are most likely to pursue educational opportunities and continuing career enhancement training and certification. According to statistics published by the Chinese Ministry of Education, or the MOE, in 2008 there were approximately 103 million students from 6 to 12 years old attending elementary schools, 56 million students from 13 to 15 years old attending junior high schools, 25 million students from 15 to 18 years old attending senior high schools and 41 million students from 15 to 22 years old attending universities and vocational high schools. Children from 6 to 15 years old are required to attend elementary and junior high school on weekdays under China’s nine-year compulsory education system. In addition, the trend towards increasing urbanization in China is expected to result in more people seeking job and career advancement opportunities in urban areas. Further, urban citizens are increasingly recognizing that higher education may lead to greater rewards in terms of income and career opportunities.

 

 

Increasing awareness of importance of higher and professional education .    We believe people in China are increasingly willing to invest in higher and professional education as it may lead to better career opportunities and enhanced earning power. We also believe that the market for post-secondary education and career enhancement services in China is expected to grow due to demand from various sources, including demand from employers for well-trained professionals, demand from an increasing number of high school and university graduates seeking employment that requires practical skills and professional certifications, and demand from working professionals who wish to further achieve their career and salary advancement potential.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
 

Need to differentiate oneself from peers .    Each step of academic advancement in China from compulsory education to high school to college to the job market requires an individual to differentiate oneself. According to the MOE, university admission rates were 61.8% for Gaokao participants in 2009. Despite China’s rapid economic growth, university students in China are experiencing difficulties in finding a job upon graduation. According to an article from the Chinese Education Newspaper published on July 9, 2009, as of July 1, 2009, the unemployment rate for university students graduated in 2009 was approximately 32%, almost the same rate as 2008; however, the number of students who graduated in 2009 increased by 9.1%. Approximately 1.9 million students in 2009 had difficulties in finding a job upon graduation. We believe that in this highly competitive job market many students may choose to enhance their core skill sets by taking additional training courses and other students may choose to develop additional skill sets to differentiate themselves from their peers in order to get a better job. A higher than normal unemployment rate, however, may affect consumers’ discretionary spending on our services and products, particularly on our career enhancement services.

The key industry dynamics in the education and career enhancement market set out above create the following opportunities:

 

 

Sustainable premium fees for high-quality providers—we believe, based on our experience in the educational and career enhancement services market, that increased demand for high-quality providers will allow those providers to charge higher fees for their premium services over time;

 

 

Significant benefits to those who can standardize their business practices—we believe, by standardizing our business practices across our schools and learning centers, we will be able to improve operational and teaching efficiencies;

 

 

The ability to provide services throughout a student’s learning cycle; and

 

 

The ability to expand quickly and efficiently through either organic or acquisition growth.

There are two fundamental market demands that need to be addressed in China’s educational and career enhancement services market: the demand for high-quality educational services for K-12 students and the demand for career enhancement services for post-secondary students.

Our strengths, strategies and challenges

We believe that the following competitive strengths significantly contribute to our success and differentiate us from our competitors:

 

 

Individualized services delivered throughout a student’s learning cycle;

 

 

Consistent, high-quality educational and career enhancement services delivered across geographies;

 

 

Robust infrastructure based on our technology platform that has proved to be effective in supporting the expansion of our business operations;

 

 

Nationwide, multi-channel delivery network;

 

 

5


Table of Contents
 

Disciplined M&A approach with proven track record; and

 

 

Strong management team with global experience and local education expertise.

Our goal is to become the national leader in providing educational and career enhancement services in China. We intend to do this by continuing to address the two most critical issues in a student’s learning cycle, attending a better school and obtaining a better job, by pursuing the following strategies:

 

 

Continue to build our brand and reputation;

 

 

Continue to expand into new markets;

 

 

Continue to strengthen our leadership in current markets;

 

 

Continue to maximize synergies through integration of acquired entities; and

 

 

Enhance customer experience throughout a student’s learning cycle, which ranges from the time they are in elementary school through and, to a lesser extent, beyond the commencement of their careers.

Our business and the successful execution of our strategies are subject to certain challenges, risks and uncertainties related to our business and our industry, regulation of our business and our corporate structure and doing business in China.

The challenges we will face include, but are not limited to:

 

 

Our control of our variable interest entities, or VIEs, is based upon contract rather than equity;

 

 

We face potential risks associated with our ability to fund our expansion plans, including acquisitions, and our operations due to fund restrictions both from currency transfer and conversion restrictions placed on us by the PRC government and our ability to use school profits based on restrictions that include statutory reserve requirements; and

 

 

We may have to address issues impacting certain land use rights for our owned and leased properties.

The risks and uncertainties related to our business and our industry include, but are not limited to:

 

 

Uncertainties regarding our ability to continue to attract students to enroll in our programs;

 

 

Our ability to continue to attract and retain qualified education professionals;

 

 

Our ability to manage our business expansion and increasingly complicated operations effectively;

 

 

Our ability to use, protect and enhance our brands;

 

 

Our ability to compete effectively in the marketplace;

 

 

Our ability to remediate our material weakness and maintain an effective system of internal controls; and

 

 

Our ability to make acquisitions and to successfully integrate these acquisitions and establish and maintain strategic relationships.

See “Risk factors” for a more detailed discussion of these and other risks and uncertainties that we may face.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Corporate information

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure with respect to each of our significant subsidiaries and VIEs and the place of incorporation of each named entity as of June 30, 2010.

LOGO

Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd., or Ambow Online, our principal operating subsidiary in China, was established as a wholly foreign owned enterprise under the laws of the PRC in 2000 by Ambow Corporation. Our current holding company and the issuer in this offering, Ambow Education Holding Ltd., was established in June 2007 as an exempted company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

We conduct our business in China primarily through contractual arrangements between Ambow Online and our VIEs and their shareholders. Ambow Online is wholly owned by us. We do not have direct or controlling equity interests in our VIEs, nor do we have direct or controlling equity interests in our VIEs’ subsidiaries which conduct a substantial part of our business in China. Our VIEs include:

 

 

Beijing Ambow Shida Education Technology Co., Ltd., or Ambow Shida, which holds our schools, including elementary schools, junior high schools, high schools and colleges;

 

 

7


Table of Contents
 

Ambow Sihua Education and Technology Co., Ltd., or Ambow Sihua, which holds our tutoring centers and tutoring software company; and

 

 

Shanghai Ambow Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd., or Ambow Shanghai, which holds our career enhancement centers and career enhancement software company.

These contractual arrangements enable us to:

 

 

Exercise effective control over our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries by having such VIEs’ shareholders pledge their respective equity interests in these VIEs to Ambow Online and entrust all the rights to exercise their voting power over these VIEs to Ambow Online. There is no limitation on Ambow Online’s rights to exercise the voting power over the VIEs or to obtain and dispose of the pledged equity interests in the VIEs holding the tutoring centers and career enhancement centers by exercise of its call option or share pledge. Ambow Online’s rights to obtain and dispose of the pledged equity interests in the VIEs holding the K-12 schools and colleges by exercise of its call option or share pledge are subject to Ambow Online’s designating other PRC persons or entities to acquire the pledged equity interests in order not to violate PRC laws that prohibit or restrict foreign ownership in K-12 schools and colleges;

 

 

Receive economic benefits from the pre-tax profits of our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries in consideration for products sold and technical support, marketing and management consulting services provided by Ambow Online to our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries. Such economic benefits, being net revenues of RMB58.1 million, RMB187.3 million (US$27.4 million) and RMB24.9 million (US$3.7 million) for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, respectively (which have been eliminated upon consolidation), were earned by Ambow Online in consideration of the products sold and services provided to our VIEs’ subsidiaries; and

 

 

Have an exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interests in our VIEs in each case when and to the extent permitted by applicable PRC law.

Our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries hold the requisite licenses and permits necessary to conduct our business in China.

See “Our corporate structure” for a more detailed description of our current corporate structure and related contractual arrangements.

Our offices

Our principal executive offices are located at 18th Floor, Building A, Chengjian Plaza, No.18, BeiTaiPingZhuang Road, Haidian District, Beijing 100088, People’s Republic of China. Our telephone number at this address is +86 (10) 6206-8000. Our registered office in the Cayman Islands is located at Maples Corporate Services Limited, P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman KY1-1104, Cayman Islands. Our telephone number at this address is +1 (345) 949-8066.

Investors should submit any inquiries to the address and telephone number of our principal executive offices. Our principal websites are www.ambow.com and www.ambow.com.cn . Information contained on our websites is not part of this prospectus. Our agent for service of process in the United States is C T Corporation System, located at 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Conventions that apply to this prospectus

Except where the context requires otherwise and for purposes of this prospectus only:

 

 

“ADSs” refers to our American depositary shares, each of which represents                      Class A ordinary shares, and “ADRs” refers to the American depositary receipts that evidence our ADSs.

 

 

“Ambow,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to Ambow Education Holding Ltd. and its subsidiaries and, in the context of describing our operations and consolidated financial data, also include our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries.

 

 

“China” or “PRC” refers to the People’s Republic of China, excluding for the purpose of this prospectus, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan.

 

 

“GaoKao” refers to university entrance exams administered in China.

 

 

“RMB” or “Renminbi” refers to the legal currency of China.

 

 

“U.S. GAAP” refers to the Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States.

 

 

“VIEs” refers to our variable interest entities, which are certain domestic PRC companies in which we do not have direct or controlling equity interests but whose historical financial results have been consolidated in our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

 

“ZhongKao” refers to high school entrance exams administered in China.

 

 

“$”, “US$” or “U.S. dollars” refers to the legal currency of the United States.

This prospectus contains translations of certain RMB amounts into U.S. dollars at specified rates solely for the convenience of the reader. All translations from RMB to U.S. dollars were made at the noon buying rate as set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the U.S. Federal Reserve Board. Unless otherwise stated, the translation of RMB into U.S. dollars has been made at the exchange rate on March 31, 2010, which was RMB6.8258 to US$1.00. We make no representation that the RMB or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been converted into U.S. dollars or RMB, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. See “Risk factors—Risks related to doing business in China—Fluctuations in the value of the RMB may have a material adverse effect on your investment.” On July 9, 2010, the exchange rate was RMB6.7720 to US$1.00.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Price per ADS

We currently estimate that the initial public offering price will be between US$             and US$             per ADS.

 

ADSs offered by Ambow

                     ADSs

 

ADSs offered by the selling shareholders

                     ADSs

 

The ADSs

Each ADS represents                      Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share. The ADSs are evidenced by American depositary receipts issued by the depositary.

The depositary will be the holder of the Class A ordinary shares underlying the ADSs and you will have the rights of an ADS holder as provided in the deposit agreement among us, the depositary and owners and beneficial owners of ADSs from time to time.

You may surrender your ADSs to the depositary to withdraw the Class A ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. The depositary will charge you a fee for such an exchange.

We may amend or terminate the deposit agreement for any reason without your consent. If an amendment becomes effective, you will be bound by the deposit agreement as amended if you continue to hold your ADSs.

To better understand the terms of the ADSs, you should carefully read the section in this prospectus titled “Description of American depositary shares.” We also encourage you to read the deposit agreement, which is an exhibit to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.

 

ADSs outstanding immediately after the offering

                     ADSs

 

Class A ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the offering

                     Class A ordinary shares

 

Class B ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the offering

                     Class B ordinary shares

 

Ordinary shares

Following this offering, our outstanding share capital consists of Class A and Class B ordinary shares. Holders of Class A ordinary shares

 

 

10


Table of Contents
 

and Class B ordinary shares have the same rights except for voting and conversion rights. Each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote on all matters subject to shareholders’ vote, and each Class B ordinary share is entitled to ten votes on all matters subject to shareholders’ vote. Each Class B ordinary share is convertible into one Class A ordinary share at any time by the holder thereof. Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into Class B ordinary shares under any circumstances.

 

Use of proceeds

We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering as follows: US$20 million for working capital and general corporate purposes, including teaching training programs and for research and development of our educational content and US$             million for the expansion of our business. Of the proceeds we expect to use for the expansion of our business, we currently anticipate that $50 to $70 million will be used for strategic acquisitions with the remainder to be used for upgrades and expansions to our existing schools and learning centers. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholders. See “Use of proceeds” for additional information.

 

Depositary

Citibank, N.A.

 

Over-allotment     option

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to                      additional ADSs.

 

Risk factors

See “Risk factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in the ADSs.

 

Lock-up

We have agreed for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any our ordinary shares, ADSs or similar securities. Furthermore, each of our selling shareholders, our directors, executive officers, our warrant holder and certain of our other existing shareholders have agreed to a similar 180-day lock-up.

 

Listing

We have been approved to have our ADSs listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Proposed NYSE trading     symbol

AMBO

The number of ordinary shares to be outstanding following the offering is based on 126,976,783 Class B ordinary shares (on an as-converted basis) outstanding at March 31, 2010, which gives effect to the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares into Class B ordinary shares upon the completion of this offering, and excludes:

 

 

18,548,185 Class B ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at March 31, 2010, at a weighted average exercise price of US$2.41 per ordinary share;

 

 

11


Table of Contents
 

590,193 Class B ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of Series B preferred shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding at March 31, 2010, at an exercise price of US$0.75 per share; and

 

 

1,734,168 ordinary shares reserved for future grants under our equity incentive plan at March 31, 2010.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes:

 

 

No exercise after March 31, 2010 of options and warrants outstanding at March 31, 2010;

 

 

The issuance of 80,755,552 Class B ordinary shares upon the conversion of 12,900,000 Series A convertible preferred shares, 17,745,522 Series B convertible preferred shares, 23,387,381 Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares and 26,722,649 Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares outstanding at March 31, 2010, all of which will convert into Class B ordinary shares at a conversion rate of one-to-one upon the completion of this offering;

 

 

The effectiveness of our post-offering amended and restated memorandum of association and post-offering amended and restated articles of association, which increases the authorized number of ordinary shares to 1,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares and 200,000,000 Class B ordinary shares and creates 50,000,000 authorized and undesignated preferred shares, upon the completion of this offering; and

 

 

No exercise by the underwriters of their right to purchase up to an additional                      ADSs from us to cover over-allotments.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

Summary consolidated financial and operating data

The following summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes. The summary consolidated financial data, except for the as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data, presented below for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian CPAs Limited Company and were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP. The summary consolidated financial data, except for the as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data, presented below for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 and as of March 31, 2009 and 2010 is derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements include all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results for the periods presented. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period.

We have completed a number of acquisitions since January 1, 2008, which have affected period-to-period comparisons of our summary consolidated financial data. The results of our acquired companies have been included in our financial statements since their respective dates of acquisition and have collectively contributed to our growth in net revenues, net income and net income per share. For a more detailed description of these acquisitions, see note 22 in the Notes to our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

13


Table of Contents
(in thousands, except share, per
share and per ADS information)
  For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
  2007     2008     2009     2009     2009     2010     2010  
         
    RMB     RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data :

             

NET REVENUES:

             

Educational programs and services

  317,854      469,543      760,444      111,407      160,109      232,154      34,011   

Educational products

  1,077      38,826      141,582      20,742      16,235      28,134      4,122   
                                         

Total net revenues

  318,931      508,369      902,026      132,149      176,344      260,288      38,133   

Cost of revenues

  (205,619   (327,168   (408,985   (59,918   (101,849   (127,165   (18,630
                                         

GROSS PROFIT

  113,312      181,201      493,041      72,231      74,495      133,123      19,503   
                                         

Operating expenses:

             

Selling and marketing(1)

  (19,600   (43,123   (138,423   (20,279   (21,458   (51,703   (7,575

General and administrative(1)

  (33,828   (56,860   (188,518   (27,618   (32,485   (66,367   (9,723

Research and development(1)

  (3,754   (11,696   (17,470   (2,559   (5,869   (5,207   (763
                                         

Total operating expenses

  (57,182   (111,679   (344,411   (50,456   (59,812   (123,277   (18,061
                                         

OPERATING INCOME

  56,130      69,522      148,630      21,775      14,683      9,846      1,442   
                                         

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

  (11,315   5,573      (9,047   (1,326   1,778      (3,137   (460
                                         

Income before tax and non-controlling interest

  44,815      75,095      139,583      20,449      16,461      6,709      982   

Income tax expense

  (10,578   (7,735   (1,562   (229   (133   (3,733   (547
                                         

NET INCOME

  34,237      67,360      138,021      20,220      16,328      2,976      435   

Non-controlling interest

            215      31           901      132   
                                         

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

  34,237      67,360      138,236      20,251      16,328      3,877      567   

Preferred shares redemption value accretion

  (1,407   (67,768   (157,877   (23,129   (38,524   (76,932   (11,271

Allocation of net income to participating preferred shareholders

  (20,837   (53,949   (93,611   (13,715   (23,103   (23,067   (3,379
                                         

NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO ORDINARY SHAREHOLDERS

  11,993      (54,357   (113,252   (16,593   (45,299   (96,122   (14,083
                                         

Net income (loss) per ordinary share(2):

             

Basic

  0.75      (2.36   (2.89   (0.42   (1.35   (2.08   (0.30

Diluted

  0.33      (2.36   (2.89   (0.42   (1.35   (2.08   (0.30

Net income (loss) per ADS:

             

Basic

             

Diluted

             

Weighted average shares used in calculating net income (loss) per share(2)

             

Basic

  16,031,507      23,038,853      39,193,092      39,193,092      33,640,059      46,221,231      46,221,231   

Diluted

  37,622,476      23,038,853      39,193,092      39,193,092      33,640,059      46,221,231      46,221,231   
                                           

 

 

14


Table of Contents
(1)   Share-based compensation expense was included in:

 

(in thousands)   For the Year Ended December 31,   For the Three
Months ended
March 31,
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2009   2010   2010
                             
    RMB   RMB   RMB   US$   RMB   RMB   US$

Selling and marketing

  623   1,194   4,411   646   684   1,450   212

General and administrative

  4,175   8,370   8,640   1,266   2,236   4,035   591

Research and development

  353   426   480   70   110   165   24
                             

 

(2)   Basic and diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period. The potentially dilutive warrants, preferred shares and options were excluded from the calculation of diluted net income (loss) per share in those periods where their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

The following table presents a summary of our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010:

 

 

On an actual basis; and

 

 

As of March 31, 2010, on an adjusted basis to reflect (1) the automatic conversion of all our outstanding preferred shares into Class B ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering, (2) exercise of the Series B warrants and (3) the issuance and sale of              Class A ordinary shares in the form of ADSs by us in this offering and our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from this offering, each based on an assumed initial offering price of US$             per ADS (which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

       As of December 31,    As of March 31, 2010
(in thousands)    2007    2008   

2009

   Actual    Actual    As
Adjusted
   As
Adjusted
                                    
     RMB    RMB    RMB    RMB    US$    RMB    US$

Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:

                    

Cash and cash equivalents

   416,094    778,824    409,926    411,263    60,251      

Total current assets

   1,006,011    1,578,712    1,133,515    949,788    139,146      

Total assets

   1,012,335    1,993,884    3,672,394    3,497,791    512,436      

Total current liabilities

   475,104    502,738    1,131,901    947,055    138,746      

Total liabilities

   475,104    525,626    1,582,625    1,399,341    205,007      

Mezzanine equity

   387,757    1,131,408    1,288,147    1,364,715    199,935      

Total shareholders’ equity

   149,474    336,850    801,622    733,735    107,494      
                                    

 

 

15


Table of Contents

Risk factors

You should carefully consider the risks described below and all other information contained in this prospectus before making an investment decision. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our ADSs could decline, and you may lose part or all of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking information that involves risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including the risks described below and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Risks related to our business and industry

If we are not able to continue to attract students to enroll in our programs, our net revenues may decline and we may not be able to maintain profitability.

The success of our business largely depends on the number of student enrollments in our programs and the amount of course fees that our students are willing to pay. Therefore, our ability to continue to attract students to enroll in our programs without a significant decrease in course fees is critical to the continued success and growth of our business. This will depend on several factors, including our ability to develop new programs and enhance existing programs to respond to changes in market trends and student demands, expand our geographic reach, manage our growth while maintaining the consistency of our teaching quality, effectively market our programs to a broader base of prospective students, develop and license additional high-quality educational content and respond to competitive pressures. Our colleges are subject to government imposed annual enrollment quota limits. If we were to violate requirements to which we are subject, the MOE could reduce the annual enrollment quotas at our colleges or restrict the programs we offer at our colleges or the methods by which we recruit new students. If we are unable to continue to attract students to enroll in our programs without a significant decrease in course fees, our net revenues may decline and we may not be able to maintain profitability, either of which could result in a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we are not able to continue to attract and retain qualified education professionals, we may not be able to maintain consistent teaching quality throughout our school and learning center network and our brand, business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Our education professionals are critical to maintaining the quality of our services, software products and programs, and maintaining our brand and reputation, as they interact with our students on a regular basis. We must continue to attract qualified education professionals who have a strong command of the subject areas to be taught and meet our qualifications. There are a limited number of education professionals in China with the necessary experience to satisfy our qualifications, and we must provide competitive compensation packages to attract and retain qualified teachers and tutors. Some of our education professionals are teachers of public schools that are working at our tutoring centers on a part-time basis. Paid tutoring by teachers of public schools has received more regulatory scrutiny recently. Some of the provinces and cities where we have substantial business operations, such as Beijing, Tianjin, Jiangsu, Hunan and Shaanxi, have promulgated local regulations prohibiting teachers of public schools from teaching, on a part-time basis, at private schools during the work week or at any time. As of December 31, 2009, we believe

 

16


Table of Contents

that approximately 30% of our teachers also work in public schools. If these education professionals choose to leave, or are forced to leave, our learning centers to comply with relevant local regulations, we will need to seek new teachers to replace them which we cannot assure you that we will be able to do at a reasonable cost or at all. If these regulations become the trend and are adopted in more provinces and cities or become more restrictive, we may need to seek more new teachers in more places, which will further increase the difficulty of our recruiting efforts. While none of the existing local regulations impose any penalty on private schools like ours for hiring teachers who also teach at public schools, we cannot assure you that such regulations will not be adopted in the future. In addition, we may not be able to hire and retain enough qualified education professionals to keep pace with our anticipated growth or at acceptable costs while maintaining consistent teaching quality across many different schools, learning centers and programs in different geographic locations. Shortages of qualified education professionals, or decreases in the quality of our instruction, whether actual or perceived in one or more of our markets, or an increase in hiring costs, may have a material and adverse effect on our business and our reputation. Further, our inability to retain our education professionals may hurt the brands we are trying to develop, and retaining qualified teachers at additional costs may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We may not be able to manage our business expansion and increasingly complicated operations effectively, which could harm our business.

We have expanded rapidly, both through acquisitions and internal growth, and we plan to continue to expand our operations in different geographic areas as we address growth in our customer base and market opportunities. We increased the number of our directly-operated schools from none as of December 31, 2007 to five K-12 schools and two colleges as of March 31, 2010, and we increased the number of our tutoring and career enhancement centers from one as of December 31, 2007 to 112 as of March 31, 2010. This expansion has resulted, and will continue to result, in substantial demands on our management, personnel, operational, technological and other resources. To manage the expected growth of our operations and personnel, we will be required to expand our existing operational, administrative and technological systems and our financial systems, procedures and controls, and to expand, train and manage our growing employee base. In addition, the geographic dispersion of our operations as a result of acquisitions and overall internal growth requires significant management resources. We cannot assure you that our current and planned personnel, systems, procedures and controls will be adequate to support our future operations, or that we will be able to effectively and efficiently manage the growth of our operations, recruit and retain qualified personnel and integrate entities we acquire into our operations. Any failure to effectively and efficiently manage our expansion may materially and adversely affect our ability to capitalize on new business opportunities, which in turn may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our business depends on the strength of our brands in the marketplace. We may not be able to retain existing students or attract new students if we cannot continue to use, protect and enhance our brands successfully in the marketplace.

Our operational and financial performance and the successful growth of our business are highly dependent on market awareness of our “Ambow” brand and the regional brands that we have acquired. We believe that maintaining and enhancing the “Ambow” brand is critical to maintaining and enhancing our competitive advantage and growing our business. In order to retain existing students and attract new students, we plan to continue to make significant

 

17


Table of Contents

expenditures to create and maintain our positive brand awareness and brand loyalty. The diverse set of services and products that we offer to K-12 students, college students and other adults throughout many provinces in China places significant demands on us to maintain the consistency and quality of our services and products to ensure that our brands do not suffer from any actual or perceived decrease in the quality of our services and products. As we continue to grow in size, expand our services and products and extend our geographical reach, maintaining the quality and consistency of our services and products may be more difficult. Any negative publicity about our services, products, schools or learning centers, regardless of its veracity, could harm our brand image and have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We face significant competition in each major program we offer and each geographic market in which we operate, and if we fail to compete effectively, we may lose our market share and our profitability may be adversely affected.

The private education sector in China is rapidly evolving, highly fragmented and competitive, and we expect competition in this sector to persist and intensify. In addition, our K-12 schools compete with public schools in China, which are generally viewed to be superior to private schools within the Chinese market. We face competition in each major program we offer and each geographic market in which we operate. For example, in the area of schools and tutoring programs, we face competition from New Oriental Education & Technology Group Inc., a provider of private educational services in China, and a number of smaller, mostly regional players. Moreover, competition is particularly intense in some of the key geographic markets in which we operate, such as Beijing and Shanghai.

We also face competition from many different companies that focus on one area of our business and are able to devote all of their resources to that business line, and these companies may be able to more quickly adapt to changing technology, student preferences and market conditions in these markets than we can. These companies may, therefore, have a competitive advantage over us with respect to these business areas.

The increasing use of the Internet and advances in Internet- and computer-related technologies are eliminating geographic and cost-entry barriers to providing private educational services. As a result, many international companies that offer online test preparation and language training courses may decide to expand their presence in China or to try to penetrate the China market. Many of these international companies have strong education brands, and students and parents in China may be attracted to the offerings based in the country that the student wishes to study in or in which the selected language is widely spoken. In addition, many Chinese and smaller companies are able to use the Internet to quickly and cost-effectively offer their services and products to a large number of students with less capital expenditure than previously required.

Competition could result in loss of market share and revenues, lower profit margins and limit our future growth. A number of our current and potential future competitors may have greater financial and other resources than we have. These competitors may be able to devote greater resources than we can to the development, promotion and sale of their services and products, and respond more quickly than we can to changes in student needs, testing materials, admissions standards, market needs or new technologies.

Our student enrollments may decrease due to intense competition, and we may be required to reduce course fees or increase spending in response to competition in order to retain or attract students or pursue new market opportunities. As a result, our net revenues and profitability may

 

18


Table of Contents

decrease. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors. If we are unable to maintain our competitive position or otherwise respond to competitive pressures effectively, we may lose our market share and our profitability may be materially adversely affected.

Our growth strategy is dependent in significant part on our ability to make strategic acquisitions and investments and to establish and maintain strategic relationships. Our failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our market penetration, revenue growth and future prospects.

As a significant part of our growth strategy, we have completed a number of acquisitions, and we intend to continue to make strategic acquisitions and investments to help fuel future growth. In the future, we may also establish and maintain joint ventures and strategic relationships with third parties. Our strategic acquisitions and investments and any joint ventures and strategic relationships with third parties may not be beneficial for our business. If we are unable to pursue successfully our future acquisition strategy, either with those entities with whom we have executed exclusivity agreements or entered into alliance agreements as of the date of this prospectus or otherwise, our plans for further market penetration, revenue growth and improved results of operations could be harmed. Strategic acquisitions, investments and relationships with third parties involve substantial risks and uncertainties, including:

 

 

Our ability to identify and acquire targets in a cost-effective manner;

 

 

Our ability to obtain approval from relevant governmental authorities for the acquisitions and comply with applicable rules and regulations for such acquisitions;

 

 

Potential ongoing financial obligations in connection with acquisitions;

 

 

Potential unforeseen or hidden liabilities, including litigation claims or tax liabilities, associated with acquired companies or schools;

 

 

The diversion of resources and management attention from our existing businesses;

 

 

Failure to achieve the intended objectives, benefits or revenue-enhancing opportunities expected from the acquisitions;

 

 

Our ability to generate sufficient revenues to offset the costs and expenses of strategic acquisitions, investments, joint venture formations, or other strategic relationships; and

 

 

Potential loss of, or harm to, employee or customer relationships as a result of ownership changes.

In particular, while we have performed due diligence on each entity that we acquired before the acquisition, some of the acquired entities did not maintain their historical documents and records properly and a substantial amount of such documents and records were unavailable for our review. As such, there may be hidden liabilities and risks relating to the business and operation of such acquired entities that we failed to identify before the acquisition and of which we are still unaware. If any such hidden liability is found or any such risk materializes in the future, we may not be able to have any remedy against the sellers and may have to assume the liabilities and losses as a result.

If any one or more of these risks or uncertainties were to occur or if any of the strategic objectives we contemplated is not achieved, our ability to manage our business could be

 

19


Table of Contents

impaired. It could result in our failure to derive the intended benefits of these strategic acquisitions, investments, joint ventures or strategic relationships, or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to successfully integrate businesses that we acquire, which may cause us to lose anticipated benefits from such acquisitions and to incur significant additional expenses.

It is challenging to integrate business operations, infrastructure and management philosophies of acquired schools and companies. The benefits of our past and future acquisitions depend in significant part on our ability to integrate technology, operations and personnel. The integration of acquired schools and companies is a complex, time-consuming and expensive process that, without proper planning and implementation, could significantly disrupt our business and operations. The main challenges involved in integrating acquired entities include the following:

 

 

Ensuring and demonstrating to our students that the acquisitions will not result in adverse changes in service standards or business focus;

 

 

Consolidating and rationalizing corporate IT and administrative infrastructures;

 

 

Retaining qualified education professionals of our acquired entities;

 

 

Consolidating service and product offerings;

 

 

Coordinating and rationalizing research and development activities to enhance introduction of new products and technologies with reduced cost;

 

 

Preserving strategic, marketing or other important relationships of the acquired entity and resolving potential conflicts that may arise with our key relationships; and

 

 

Minimizing the diversion of management attention from ongoing business concerns.

We may not successfully integrate our operations and the operations of entities we acquire in a timely manner, or at all, and we may not realize the anticipated benefits or synergies of the acquisitions to the extent, or in the timeframe, anticipated, which would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our historical results, growth rates and profitability may not be indicative of our future financial results.

We have experienced substantial growth in net revenues and profitability in recent years. Our net revenues grew from RMB318.9 million in 2007 to RMB508.4 million in 2008 to RMB902.0 million (US$132.1 million) in 2009. Our net income grew from RMB34.2 million in 2007 to RMB67.4 million in 2008 to RMB138.0 million (US$20.2 million) in 2009. In addition to organic growth, our historical net revenues and profitability growth was largely driven by acquisitions, which may not be sustainable or indicative of our future results. In the past, we delivered our learning materials through courses to students at our partner schools with the help of sales agents and maintained responsibility for the delivery of this service. In May 2008, we began to change the method by which we utilized our training materials to students at our partner schools, and started selling stand-alone software products to distributors who then sell those products to students not in our directly-operated schools and centers. For these product sales under our new business model we have no obligation to students or schools. At the same time, we have phased out our previous model of providing services to students of schools and centers that are not directly operated by ourselves. This change in our business process and changes in

 

20


Table of Contents

our business mix amongst our four operating segments will make our historical results and growth rates less effective for predicting our future results. Under our new product sales model for sales to distributors we recognize less net revenue per sale, but higher gross margins. As a result of these and other factors, we may not sustain our past growth rates in future periods, and we may not sustain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis in the future.

Our business depends on the continuing efforts of our senior management team and other key personnel and our business may be harmed if we lose their services.

Our future success depends heavily upon the continuing services of the members of our senior management team and, in particular, upon our retaining the services of our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Jin Huang. If one or more of our senior executives or other key personnel, including our school principals, are unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, we may not be able to replace them easily or at all, our business may be disrupted and our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, if any member of our senior management team or any of our other key personnel joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose teachers, students, key professionals and staff members. Competition for experienced management personnel in the private education sector is intense, the pool of qualified candidates is very limited, and we may not be able to retain the services of our senior executives or key personnel, or attract and retain high-quality senior executives or key personnel in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

The growth of our business is in part dependent on our relationships with our distributors and corporate partners. If we were to lose these relationships, or the benefits we derive from these relationships were to diminish, our growth rates and our business would be harmed.

We rely on our distributors and corporate partners to help drive our net revenues and profitability growth rates. We have developed a number of strategic partnerships with significant national and multinational corporations who are expanding the business they do in China, including Cisco Systems, Inc., Skillsoft Plc and The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. We derive both direct benefits, such as expanding and improving the curriculum in our career enhancement centers and helping to attract additional students to these centers, and indirect benefits, such as strengthening the Ambow brand, from these partnerships. We have distributors who help us to distribute our software products throughout China to additional schools and students and to expand our geographic reach to areas where we do not have a direct presence. We also have partnerships, both directly and through our distributors, with a number of K-12 schools and universities throughout China. We sell our services and software products to the students in these schools and universities and also get students in our tutoring centers and career enhancement centers who are enrolled in these schools and universities. If our relationships with any of these partners were to be damaged or lost, or the benefits we derive from these relationships were to be diminished, whether by our own actions, actions of one or more governmental entities or actions of our competitors, our growth rates and our business would be harmed.

If we are not able to continually enhance our online programs, services and products and adapt them to rapid technological changes and student needs, we may lose market share and our business could be adversely affected.

Our online programs, services and products are vital to the success of our business. The market for such programs, services and products is characterized by rapid technological changes and innovation, unpredictable product life cycles and user preferences. We must quickly modify our

 

21


Table of Contents

online programs, services and products to adapt to changing student needs and preferences, technological advances and evolving Internet practices. Ongoing enhancement of our online offerings and related technologies may entail significant expense and technical risk. We may use new technologies ineffectively or fail to adapt our online services or products and related technologies on a timely and cost-effective basis. If our improvements to our online offerings and the related technology are delayed, result in systems interruptions or are not aligned with market expectations or preferences, we may lose market share and our business could be materially adversely affected.

If we fail to successfully develop and introduce new services and products in time, our competitive position and ability to generate revenues could be harmed.

Our future success depends partly on our ability to develop new services and products. The planned timing or introduction of new services and products is subject to risks and uncertainties. Actual timing may differ materially from original plans. Unexpected technical, operational or other problems could delay or prevent the introduction of one or more of our new services or products. Moreover, we cannot assure you that any of our new services and products will achieve widespread market acceptance or generate incremental revenue. If our efforts to develop, market and sell new services and products to the market are not successful, our financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

Failure to adequately and promptly respond to changes in curriculum, testing materials and standards could cause our services and products to be less attractive to our students.

There are continuous changes in the focus of the subjects and questions tested on ZhongKao and GaoKao in China, and the format of the tests and the manner in which the standardized tests are administered. These changes require us to continually update and enhance our curriculum, test preparation materials and our teaching methods. Any inability to track and respond to these changes in a timely and cost-effective manner would make our services and products less attractive to students, which may materially and adversely affect our reputation and ability to continue to attract students without a significant decrease in course fees. Further, we understand the MOE has been discussing reforms to curriculum of K-12 schools. Therefore, school curriculum will likely undergo changes and our tutoring and test preparation programs and materials will need to adapt to such changes. Failure to timely respond to such changes will adversely impact our tutoring services.

Failure to respond to changes to the current assessment and testing systems and admission standards in China could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

A substantial majority of the net revenues generated in our tutoring segment in the year ended December 31, 2009 were generated from tutoring services focused on preparing for ZhongKao and GaoKao. There have been changes in some areas in the way ZhongKao is administered. For example, in Yunnan Province, the provincial Education Department has recently announced that Yunnan Province will stop administering ZhongKao beginning in 2010. Instead, high schools will admit students based on a combination of a comprehensive evaluation of the students’ aptitude (provided by their middle schools) and the students’ middle school academic performance. To ensure the success of the educational reform and cultivate students’ comprehensive abilities, Yunnan Province also prohibits subject competitions in elementary and middle schools, including Olympic math competitions, and standardize admission policies regarding adding points to middle school test scores based on a student’s extracurricular activities. As for GaoKao, some top

 

22


Table of Contents

universities such as Peking University have been allowed to recruit students through independently administered tests and admission procedures in recent years. The candidates still need to take GaoKao and their scores in GaoKao may not be lower than certain thresholds, but such GaoKao scores will not be the sole determining factor in the admission process. Students admitted in this manner generally should not exceed 5% of the annual enrollment quotas of these universities as approved by the MOE. In 2009, 76 universities and colleges were allowed to recruit students through independently administered tests and admission procedures according to a notice promulgated by the MOE on December 12, 2008. It has been reported that the number of such universities and colleges will be increased to 80 in 2010. To the extent ZhongKao, or even GaoKao, becomes less prevalent throughout China, our business and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Our results of operations may fluctuate, which makes our financial results difficult to forecast, and could cause our results to fall short of expectations.

Our results of operations may fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, comparing our results of operations on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful, and you should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance. Our quarterly and annual net revenues and costs and expenses as a percentage of net revenues may be significantly different from our historical or projected rates. Our quarterly and annual net revenues and gross margins may fluctuate due to a number of factors, including:

 

 

The mix of our net revenues across our operating segments;

 

 

Acquisitions and related costs in a given period or the timing of such acquisitions within a given period;

 

 

The revenue and gross margin profiles of our acquisitions in a given period;

 

 

Our ability to successfully integrate our acquisitions and the timing of our post-integration activities;

 

 

Degree of results are subject to seasonality associated with the academic calendar with decreased net revenues specifically during Chinese New Year and over the summer;

 

 

Our ability to reduce our costs as a percentage of our net revenues; and

 

 

Increased competition.

Our ADSs could be subject to significant price volatility should our earnings fail to meet the expectations of the investment community. Any of these events could cause the price of our ADSs to fall.

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations, which may cause our operating results to fluctuate from quarter to quarter. This may result in volatility and adversely affect the price of our ADSs.

We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, seasonal fluctuations in our revenues and results of operations, primarily due to seasonal changes in service days and student enrollments. Historically, the number of days on which our students attend our courses is lower in the first and third quarters due to school closures for the celebration of the Chinese New Year and summer vacation. Because we recognize revenue in our K-12 schools and colleges segments based on the number of service days in the quarter, we expect our revenue in the first and third

 

23


Table of Contents

quarters to be negatively impacted. Our costs and expenses, however, vary significantly and do not necessarily correspond with changes in our student enrollments, service days and net revenues. We make investments in marketing and promotion, teacher recruitment and training, and product development throughout the year. We expect quarterly fluctuations in our revenues and results of operations to continue. These fluctuations could result in volatility and adversely affect the price of our ADSs. As our revenues grow in our K-12 schools and colleges segments, these seasonal fluctuations may become more pronounced.

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property, which could cause us to be less competitive.

Our trademarks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights are important to our success. Unauthorized use of any of our intellectual property may adversely affect our business and reputation. We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark and trade secrets laws and confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and others, including our partner schools, to protect our intellectual property rights. Nevertheless, it may be possible for third parties to obtain and use our intellectual property without authorization. The unauthorized use of intellectual property is widespread in China, and enforcement of intellectual property rights by Chinese regulatory agencies is inconsistent. Moreover, litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights. Future litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of our management’s attention and resources and could disrupt our business. If we are unable to enforce our intellectual property rights, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Given the relative unpredictability of China’s legal system and potential difficulties enforcing a court judgment in China, we may be unable to halt the unauthorized use of our intellectual property through litigation. Failure to adequately protect our intellectual property could materially adversely affect our competitive position, our ability to attract students and our results of operations.

We may be exposed to infringement claims by third parties, which, if successful, could cause us to pay significant damage awards.

Third parties may initiate litigation against us alleging infringement upon their intellectual property rights. On May 13, 2009, the Intermediate Court in Beijing accepted a filing of an infringement claim by the Graduate Management Admission Council, or GMAC, regarding alleged copyright infringement arising from the unauthorized use of GMAT materials by Beijing Century Bersen Consulting Co., Ltd., or Bersen, one of our tutoring centers. In November 2009, GMAC and Bersen entered into a settlement agreement that provides, among other things, that Bersen shall remove certain specified GMAT materials and hyperlinks from Bersen’s website, and RMB0.5 million was paid by Bersen to GMAC for damages and losses incurred by the alleged infringing acts. In the event of a future successful claim of infringement and our failure or inability to develop non-infringing technology or license the infringed or similar technology on a timely basis, our business could be harmed. In addition, even if we are able to license the infringed or similar technology, license fees could be substantial and may adversely affect our results of operations.

We rely heavily on our information systems, and if we fail to further develop our technologies, or if our systems, software, applications, database or source code contain “bugs” or other undetected errors, our operations may be seriously disrupted.

The successful development and maintenance of our systems, software, applications and database, such as our school management software and system, learning engine and student

 

24


Table of Contents

database, is critical to the attractiveness of our online and offline programs and the management of our business operations. In order to achieve our strategic objectives and to remain competitive, we must continue to develop and enhance our technology. This may require us to acquire additional equipment and software and to develop new applications. In addition, our technology platform upon which our management systems and online programs operate, and our other databases, products, systems and source codes could contain undetected errors or “bugs” that could adversely affect their performance.

To date, our information systems have not encountered material errors or technical issues that have adversely affected or disrupted our operations. If we encounter errors or other service quality or reliability issues, or if we are unable to design, develop, implement and utilize information systems and the data derived from these systems, our ability to realize our strategic objectives and our profitability could be adversely affected, and this may cause us to lose market share, harm our reputation and brand names, and materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Unexpected network interruptions, security breaches or computer virus attacks and system failures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any failure to maintain satisfactory performance, reliability, security or availability of our network infrastructure may cause significant damage to our reputation and our ability to attract and maintain students. Major risks involving our network structure include:

 

 

Breakdowns or system failures resulting in a prolonged shutdown of our servers, including failures attributable to power shutdowns, or attempts to gain unauthorized access to our systems, which may cause loss or corruption of data, including customer data, or malfunctions of software or hardware;

 

 

Disruption or failure in the national backbone network, which would make it impossible for visitors and students to log on to our websites;

 

 

Damage from fire, flood, power loss and telecommunications failures; and

 

 

Any infection by or spread of computer virus.

Any network interruption or inadequacy that causes interruptions in the availability of our websites or deterioration in the quality of access to our websites could reduce customer satisfaction and result in a reduction in the number of students using our services. If sustained or repeated, these performance issues could reduce the attractiveness of our online and offline programs. In addition, we may be subject to a security breach caused by a computer hacker, which could involve attempts to gain unauthorized access to our systems or personal information stored in our systems, or to cause intentional malfunctions or loss or corruption of data, software, hardware or other computer equipment. A user who circumvents our security measures could misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations. As a result, we may be required to expend significant resources to protect against the threat of these security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these breaches.

Furthermore, increases in the volume of traffic on our websites could also strain the capacity of our existing computer systems, which could lead to slower response times or system failures. This would cause a disruption or suspension in our online course programs, which would hurt our brand and reputation, and thus negatively affect our net revenue growth. We may need to incur additional costs to upgrade our computer systems in order to accommodate increased demand if we anticipate that our systems cannot handle higher volumes of traffic in the future.

 

25


Table of Contents

All of our servers and routers, including backup servers, are currently hosted by third-party service providers within China. We do not currently maintain any backup servers outside of China. To improve the performance and to prevent the disruption of our services, we may have to make substantial investments to deploy additional servers or one or more copies of our websites to mirror our online resources.

Our legal right to lease certain properties could be challenged by property owners or other third parties, which may cause interruptions to business operations of the affected schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers and adversely affect our financial results.

We lease most of the premises used for the operation of our schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers. As a result, we are dependent on the property rights of these properties held by their owners to enable us to use the premises. We cannot assure you that all lessors of our leased business premises have the relevant land use right certificates or building ownership certificates of the premises they lease to us or otherwise have the right to lease the premises to us.

As of March 31, 2010, we were unable to acquire copies of title certificates of buildings from lessors or registration or approval from competent authorities for properties to be obtained by lessors accounting for approximately 271,334 square meters, or approximately 50% of the premises we lease based on the aggregate of 541,149 square meters of buildings we lease as of such date. These leased buildings with defects, which represent 35.6% of all of the buildings we lease and own, generally house the classrooms and dormitories for our students. Of the buildings we lease with defects, buildings covering approximately 13,377 square meters for schools or learning center space are leased from public schools and such buildings are prohibited from being leased to private schools. If any of our leases were terminated as a result of challenges by third parties or governmental agencies, we may be forced to relocate affected schools and learning centers and incur additional expenses. If we fail to find suitable replacement sites in a timely manner on terms acceptable to us, our business and net revenues at the affected sites could be materially adversely affected.

In 2009, our net revenues were RMB902.0 million (US$132.1 million). If we are forced to vacate the premises at the properties that have defects where we lease buildings that house our classrooms and dormitories, it could impact schools and learning centers that generate approximately 30.0% of our net revenues, which excludes approximately 15.7% of our net revenues in 2009 that were generated by sales of software products and were not reliant on our physical properties. We believe, however, that it is highly unlikely that we would be impacted by all or most of these defects at the same time across numerous locations in various jurisdictions where these properties are located, and we believe that we would be able to find alternative locations quickly without incurring significant additional expenses for most of these locations; therefore, we believe that any impact from these defects on our net revenues would be significantly smaller than 30.0%.

As of March 31, 2010, certain land leased separately from the buildings discussed above covering 370,498 square meters, which represented approximately 78.0% of all our land leased as of that date and approximately 31.3% of all of our leased and owned land as of that date, are restricted to industrial and other uses, rather than for educational use, including one plot of land owned by villages and rural organizations, or collectively-owned land, which is not permitted to be leased for a non-agricultural use under PRC law. This portion of our leased land is used for recreational areas at certain of our K-12 schools, tutoring centers and colleges. As a result, if we were forced to vacate this portion of leased land, which is leased separately from our buildings, we do not believe it would have a direct impact on our net revenues. However, if we are regarded by a

 

26


Table of Contents

competent authority as using this leased land for a purpose other than the use approved by the government, we may be ordered to vacate the relevant land and subject to fines at a rate that we believe, based on our review of the applicable regulations, would be up to RMB30.0 (US$4.39) per square meter, and the total amount of the fines might be up to RMB11.1 million (US$1.6 million).

As of the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of any actions, claims or investigations being contemplated by the competent governmental entitles with respect to the defects in our leased real properties. However, if we are unable to use the existing properties, enter new leases or renew our current leases in a timely basis and on terms favorable to us, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

We do not possess the relevant land use right certificates or building ownership certificates for some of the properties owned by us, and certain of the properties that we own have potential defects or issues that may not be easily remedied, which could cause us to incur significant additional expenses or could disrupt certain aspects of our business.

Some of the real properties that we own have defects or potential issues such as missing title certificates. As of March 31, 2010, we own and occupy land covering an aggregate of 709,222 square meters, of which two parcels of land covering 71,654 square meters, accounting for 10.1% of the land we own as of that date and 6.1% of the land we lease and own as of that date, do not have land use right certificates. One additional parcel of our land covering 12,601 square meters, accounting for 1.8% of the land we own, is zoned for industrial use but actually used for educational purposes. As of March 31, 2010, we own an aggregate of 221,516 square meters of buildings. We have not acquired the building ownership certificates for buildings covering 66,370 square meters, accounting for 30.0% of the square meters of the buildings we own, including certain properties covering 55,870 square meters that have some of the required permits and 10,500 square meters that are without any of the required permits.

To the extent competent governmental entities were to detect these defects and we were found not to be in compliance with the applicable regulations, we may be subject to fines or incur significant additional expenses, our legal title to some of our properties may be challenged, and certain of the land we use to operate our business may be confiscated. We believe that the land covering 12,601 square meters used for purpose other than the approved purposes, and the buildings covering 10,500 square meters built without any of the required permits could cause us to incur fines up to an estimate of approximately RMB5.4 million (US$790,000) if authorities were to investigate and fine us. If we are required to find alternative locations for our schools and learning centers, we may be required to pay increased rent for the new locations and the new locations, especially for our K-12 schools and colleges, may be less convenient and accessible to our students and teachers, which may materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are in the process of applying for the land use right for two parcels of land covering 71,654 square meters and building ownership certificates for five buildings covering 66,370 square meters for which we do not yet hold effective title certificates, and are trying to remedy the defects and issues that prevent us from obtaining such certificates. We shall apply to the local bureau of land and resources, which is in charge of the planning, administration, protection and rational utilization of such natural resources as land, minerals and marine resources in the PRC, for the land use rights to the land we currently occupy without land use right certificates. According to PRC laws, such land use rights shall be distributed through public procedures such as bidding, auction or listing for sale unless such land use rights are legally obtained through

 

27


Table of Contents

allocation from the government. If we bid successfully in these public procedures, we will then sign transfer of land use right agreements with the local bureau of land and resources. The land use right certificate would be issued to us after we fully pay the fees and taxes for the land use right. For land zoned for industrial purposes but used for education purposes, we will apply to the local bureau in charge of urban planning to change the use purpose of the land and then apply for a new land use right certificate indicating the new use purpose. We estimate that the costs we will incur to remedy these defects and issues will be approximately RMB6.0 million (US$879,018) to RMB9.0 million (US$1.3 million). We expect to complete the application process and obtain the certificates in a reasonable period of time, but do not have an exact time frame as of the date of this prospectus. However, we cannot assure you that these applications will be approved in a timely fashion or at all. If we are not able to remedy these defects in a timely manner, we may be required to find alternative locations for our schools and learning centers or may be subject to fines or penalties, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

We were aware of defects in the leased or owned real properties at target entities at the time we made acquisitions. As we continue to expand our business and acquire additional schools and learning centers, certain defects might exist in the leased or owned properties of the schools and learning centers we acquire in the future.

The defects in certain of the properties of our directly-operated schools and learning centers existed at the time we acquired these entities. Our mergers and acquisitions team has followed an internal procedure to identify and assess risks in connection with acquisitions. We were aware of the defects in the leased or owned properties of the acquired schools during our due diligence review, and a final business decision was made after our analysis of the likely impact of such real property defects. As we continue to expand our business and make acquisitions of additional schools and learning centers, we cannot assure you that all properties leased or owned by our acquisition targets will be fully in compliance with the relevant real property regulations. If the target schools fail to remedy the defects and issues in the leased or owned real properties prior to the time at which we complete the acquisitions, the schools or learning centers may be subject to fines or other penalties, which may adversely affect our operation of these schools and our operating results.

Failure by our colleges to comply with regulatory requirements on land use rights and capital commitment may subject our colleges to penalties and adversely affect our business operations.

The Rules Relating to the Establishment and Regulation of Independent Colleges, or Independent College Rules, promulgated by the MOE on February 22, 2008 and effective as of April 1, 2008, provide that an independent college established thereafter shall hold the land use right certificate or construction planning permit for land covering at least 500 mu (333,334 square meters), and independent colleges established prior to April 1, 2008 are required to meet this land requirement within a grace period of five years, namely prior to March 31, 2013. Both of our colleges, the Applied Technology College and Beijing Century College, were established prior to April 1, 2008 and are subject to such minimum land requirements and do not currently comply. To satisfy such requirements would require us to incur significant expenses that we are not able to quantify, but which could be millions of RMB, and we cannot assure you that we can satisfy these requirements in time. In addition, the Independent College Rules require that the capital commitment to an independent college established before the Rules came into effect shall be paid within one year after its effectiveness. Up to now, the capital commitment to the Applied Technology College is fully paid in cash, but we still need to contribute land use rights. For the

 

28


Table of Contents

year ended December 31, 2009, net revenues from our two independent colleges accounted for 16% of our net revenues, which could be higher for the year ending December 31, 2010 when we will have a full twelve months of operations for each of these independent colleges included within our results of operations. Our failure to comply with the land requirements before the deadline or the capital commitment requirement may subject us to penalties, including fines of an unknown amount, and the colleges’ ability to recruit additional students may be limited or suspended, any of which may result in a material adverse effect on our reputation, business and results of operations.

We may need to record a significant charge to earnings if our goodwill or intangible assets arising from acquisitions become impaired, which would adversely affect our net income.

In accordance with U.S. GAAP, we account for our acquisitions using the purchase method of accounting, and such acquisitions have resulted in significant goodwill and intangible assets. These assets may become impaired in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations following such acquisitions. We are required under U.S. GAAP to review our amortizable intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Goodwill is required to be tested for impairment annually, or more frequently, if facts and circumstances warrant a review. Factors that may be considered a change in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of our amortizable intangible assets may not be recoverable include a decline in stock price and market capitalization and slower or declining growth rates in our industry. We may be required to record a significant charge to earnings in our financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our goodwill or amortizable intangible assets is determined, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our grant of employee share options, restricted shares or other share-based compensation and any future grants could have an adverse effect on our net income.

We adopted a stock option plan in 2005, or 2005 Plan, under which we have reserved 20,282,353 Class B ordinary shares to be issued to service providers. As of March 31, 2010, options to purchase 18,548,185 Class B ordinary shares were outstanding under the 2005 Plan. We also intend to adopt a new equity incentive plan following the completion of this offering, under which we will reserve 19,000,000 Class A ordinary shares to be issued to our service providers. U.S. GAAP prescribes how we account for share-based compensation, and may have an adverse or negative impact on our results of operations or the price of our ADSs. U.S. GAAP requires us to recognize share-based compensation as compensation expense in the statement of operations based on the fair value of equity awards on the date of the grant, with the compensation expense recognized over the period in which the recipient is required to provide service in exchange for the equity award. These statements also require us to adopt a fair value-based method for measuring the compensation expense related to share-based compensation. As of March 31, 2010, we had RMB128.6 million (US$18.8 million) of unrecognized stock-based compensation costs, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, related to unvested stock option awards granted prior to such date, which are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.82 years. The expenses associated with share-based compensation may reduce the attractiveness of issuing share options or restricted shares under our equity incentive plan. However, if we do not grant share options or restricted shares, or reduce the number of share options or restricted shares that we grant, we may not be able to attract and retain key personnel. If we grant more share options or restricted shares to attract and retain key personnel, the expenses associated with share-based compensation may adversely affect our net income.

 

29


Table of Contents

Changes to accounting pronouncements or taxation rules or practices or greater than anticipated tax liabilities may adversely affect our reported results of operations or how we conduct our business.

A change in accounting pronouncements or taxation rules or practices can have a significant effect on our reported results and may even affect our reporting of transactions completed before the change is effective. New accounting pronouncements or taxation rules, such as FASB Interpretation No. 48 “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” or FIN 48 (now codified as ASC 740), the Corporate Income Tax Law in China which was effective January 1, 2008, or New CIT Law, and various interpretations of accounting pronouncements or taxation practice have been adopted and may be adopted in the future. These accounting standard and tax regulation changes, future changes and the uncertainties surrounding current practices and implementation procedures may adversely affect our reported financial results or the way we conduct our business. We are subject to income tax, business tax and other taxes in many provinces and cities in China and our tax structure is subject to review by various local tax authorities. The determination of our provision for income tax and other tax liabilities requires significant judgment and, in the ordinary course of our business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Although we believe our estimates are reasonable, the ultimate decisions by the relevant tax authorities may differ from the amounts recorded in our financial statements and may materially affect our financial results in the period or periods for which such determination is made. Moreover, we may lose the tax benefits we are currently receiving or we may be forced to disgorge prior tax benefits we have enjoyed and pay additional taxes and possibly penalties for prior tax years, any of which would harm our results of operations.

For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, we received two types of preferential tax treatments: (i) Ambow Online was recognized as a “Software Enterprise” and was exempted from income tax on its profits for 2008 and 2009, and will be subject to a 50% reduction in income tax rate from 2010 to 2012; and (ii) certain of the affiliated entities of our VIEs, namely, Shandong North Resource Information Technology Co., Ltd. and Jinan Prosperous Resource Technology Co., Ltd., were recognized as “Software Enterprises.” Shandong North Resource Information Technology Co., Ltd. was exempt from income tax on profits for 2005 and 2006, and was subject to a 50% reduction in income tax rate from 2007 to 2009 while Jinan Prosperous Resource Technology Co., Ltd. was exempt from income tax for 2008 and 2009 and will be subject to a 50% reduction in income tax rate from 2010 to 2012. In order to maintain the “Software Enterprise” status, each of these entities is required to obtain a Certificate of Software Enterprise issued by the provincial IT industry administration authorities through meeting the following conditions: (a) its primary business includes computer software development and production, system integration, application services and other related technical services because an enterprise which only engages in software trading is not qualified, (b) it has developed one or more software products or has intellectual property rights to such products, or provides such services as certified computer information system integration, (c) it has the technical equipment and business location required to engage in software development and related technical services, (d) it has the means and ability to control the quality of its software products and technical services, (e) its technicians engaging in product development and technical services make up no less than 50% of the staff, (f) its research and development expenses for software technology and products make up more than 8% of its software revenues, and (g) its annual software sales make up more than 35% of its total annual revenue and the sales of self-produced software make up more than 50% of the software sales. Pursuant to the Criteria for Recognition and Administrative

 

30


Table of Contents

Measures of Software Enterprises, Software Enterprises are subject to annual inspections by the local software industry associations or other relevant associations authorized by the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, or the MIIT. Software Enterprises which fail such annual inspections may not, for the current year, enjoy the relevant incentive policies including the preferential tax treatment. Each of Ambow Online, Shandong North Resource Information Technology Co., Ltd. and Jinan Prosperous Resource Technology Co., Ltd. has obtained the Certificate of Software Enterprise. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, if our corporate subsidiaries and VIEs in the PRC had not been awarded tax holidays or received preferential tax treatment, the increase in our tax expense would have been RMB nil, RMB16,521,000 and RMB39,083,000, respectively. We currently expect to continue to receive these preferential tax treatments throughout the granted periods.

For private schools or colleges operated for reasonable returns they were normally subject to income taxes at 33% prior to 2008 and 25% after January 1, 2008 but were, under certain circumstances, subject to deemed amounts or rates of income tax to be determined by the relevant tax authorities. According to the Implementing Rules of the Law for Promoting Private Education and other relevant tax rules, prior to January 1, 2008, had our schools and colleges been registered as not requiring reasonable returns, they would generally have been exempt from income taxes. To date, no separate regulations or guidelines have been released on how to define reasonable return for the purposes of assessing a school’s tax status prior to January 1, 2008. Moreover, New CIT Law includes specific criteria that need to be met by an entity to qualify as a not-for-profit organization in order to be exempt from corporate income tax. An official circular was issued in November 2009 to set out further clarification of the requirements for not-for-profit organizations, and the circular stipulated that only not-for-profit organizations certified jointly by finance and taxation authorities are entitled to tax exemption and the circular shall go into effect retrospectively as of January 1, 2008. While we currently do not believe it is likely that our schools and colleges would qualify as not-for-profit organizations and therefore be exempt from corporate income tax under the New CIT Law, the detailed implementation guidance has not been provided to local tax authorities on how to apply these changes to schools and colleges. We intend to engage an external tax consultant to conduct comprehensive tax planning once further guidance from the tax authorities is released. This consultant may be expensive and the results of the guidance may not be favorable on our tax rates in the future. If we lose the benefit of the preferential tax treatments some of our schools and companies are currently enjoying, we could be required to pay additional taxes, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Current or worsening economic conditions could adversely impact our business.

Since early 2008, there has been a significant deterioration in the U.S. and global economy and liquidity has contracted significantly. The Chinese economy also slowed down significantly in the first half of 2009 and this trend may resume after 2009. Since we derive substantially all of our revenues from students in China, any prolonged slowdown in the Chinese economy may have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition in a number of ways. For example, our students may decrease or delay spending with us, while we may have difficulty expanding our customer base fast enough, or at all, to offset the impact of decreased spending by our existing students. The adverse economic conditions, if they continued or worsened, will affect consumer spending generally, which could result in decreased demand for our services and products within our target markets.

 

31


Table of Contents

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud.

Our management and our independent registered public accounting firm have reported to our board of directors a material weakness in the design and operation of our internal controls as of December 31, 2009. A material weakness is defined by the standards issued by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) as a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness identified is related to insufficient financial reporting and accounting personnel with appropriate knowledge of U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting and written policies and procedures over financial reporting. While we have developed a remediation plan to address this material weakness, this remediation plan or any additional plan we plan to implement may be insufficient to address our material weakness and additional material weaknesses may be discovered in the future.

Our management and our independent registered public accounting firm have also identified three significant deficiencies in the design and operation of our internal controls as of December 31, 2009. These significant deficiencies are:

 

 

Teams performing due diligence on potential acquisitions did not have sufficient U.S. GAAP expertise to identify potential accounting adjustments at an early stage of the acquisition process.

 

 

A number of entities acquired in 2008 and 2009 used their own accounting software or manual accounting that was not consistent with our requirements.

 

 

We lacked effective internal control procedures for managing contracts during the track record period. In particular, there were insufficient internal control procedures and resources to centrally manage and retain the agreements relating to acquisition and of the acquired entities.

Our management and independent registered public accounting firm did not perform an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting during any period in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Had we and our independent registered public accounting firm performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, additional material weaknesses and significant deficiencies may have been identified. Any failure of our internal controls could also adversely affect the results of such periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our “internal control over financial reporting” that will be required when the rules of the SEC under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act become applicable to us beginning with the required filing of our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ending December 31, 2011.

Prior to this offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. If we fail to remediate our material weakness and significant deficiencies and maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, we may not be able to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Moreover, effective internal controls, particularly those related to revenue recognition, are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important to help prevent fraud. As a result, our failure to

 

32


Table of Contents

achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in the loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could harm our business and negatively impact the trading price of our ADSs. Furthermore, we anticipate that we will incur considerable costs and use significant management time and other resources in an effort to comply with Section 404 and other requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, since a significant part of our business is operated through the schools and centers we acquire, most of which have very limited accounting personnel and resources to address internal controls and procedures, we will need to incur considerable costs and divert significant management time and other resources to the improvement or establishment of the internal control systems in such acquired schools and centers. Our failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls over the financial reporting of these acquired schools and centers could affect our ability to fairly report such schools’ and centers’ financial results.

Risks related to regulation of our business and our corporate structure

All aspects of our business are subject to extensive regulation in China, we may not be in full compliance with these regulations and our ability to conduct business is highly dependent on our compliance with this regulatory framework. If the PRC government finds that the agreements that establish the structure for operating our business do not comply with applicable PRC laws and regulations, we could be subject to severe penalties.

The Chinese government regulates all aspects of our business and operations, including licensing of parties to perform various services, pricing of tuition and other fees, curriculum content, standards for the operations of schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers and foreign investments in the education industry. The laws and regulations applicable to the education sector are subject to frequent change, and new laws and regulations may be adopted, some of which may have a negative effect on our business, either retroactively or prospectively.

PRC laws and regulations currently prohibit foreign ownership of elementary and middle schools for students in grades one to nine and foreign ownership of businesses that provide content over the Internet is restricted in the PRC. Accordingly, our wholly-owned subsidiaries in China, which are considered foreign-invested, are currently ineligible to apply for such education licenses and Internet content provider permits in China.

We conduct our K-12 school business and provide online services in China primarily through contractual arrangements between Ambow Online, our principal operating subsidiary in China, and our VIEs, and their respective shareholders. Our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries hold the required licenses and permits necessary to conduct our education business in China and to operate our K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers. We have been and expect to continue to be dependent on our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries to operate our business.

If our ownership structure and contractual arrangements are found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations or we fail to obtain any of the required permits or approvals, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities including the MOE, the Ministry of Commerce, or MOFCOM, and the MIIT, which regulate the education industry, foreign investment in China and Internet business, respectively, would have broad discretion in dealing with such violations, including:

 

 

Revoking the business and operating licenses of our PRC subsidiaries and affiliated entities;

 

33


Table of Contents
 

Discontinuing or restricting the operations of any related-party transactions among our PRC subsidiaries and affiliated entities;

 

 

Imposing fines or other requirements with which we or our PRC subsidiaries and affiliated entities may not be able to comply;

 

 

Revoking the preferential tax treatment enjoyed by our PRC subsidiaries and affiliated entities;

 

 

Requiring us or our PRC subsidiaries and affiliated entities to restructure the relevant ownership structure or operations; or

 

 

Restricting or prohibiting our use of the proceeds of this offering to finance our business and operations in China, especially expansion of our business through strategic acquisitions.

As of the date of this prospectus, similar ownership structure and contractual arrangements have been used by many China-based companies listed overseas, including in the United States. To our knowledge, none of the penalties listed above has been imposed on any of those public companies, including companies in the education industry. However, we cannot assure you that such penalties will not be imposed on any other companies or us in the future. If any of the above penalties is imposed on us, our business operations and expansion, financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected.

We rely on contractual arrangements with our VIEs and their respective shareholders for a substantial portion of our China operations, which may not be as effective in providing operational control as direct ownership.

We have relied and expect to continue to rely on contractual arrangements with our VIEs and their respective shareholders to operate a substantial portion of our education business. For a description of these contractual arrangements, see “Our corporate structure—Our corporate structure and contractual arrangements” and “Related party transactions—Contractual arrangements with our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries and shareholders.” These contractual arrangements may not be as effective in providing us with control over our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries as direct ownership. If we had direct ownership of our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries, we would be able to exercise our rights as a shareholder to effect changes in the board of directors of our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries, which could effect changes, subject to any applicable fiduciary duties, at the management level. As a legal matter, if our VIEs or any of their respective shareholders fails to perform its or his or her respective obligations under these contractual arrangements, we may have to incur substantial costs and expend significant resources to enforce such arrangements. We may also rely on legal remedies under PRC law, including seeking specific performance or injunctive relief, and claiming damages, but these remedies may not be effective. For example, if the shareholders of any of our VIEs were to refuse to transfer their equity interest in such VIEs to us or our designee when we exercise the call option pursuant to these contractual arrangements, or if they were otherwise to act in bad faith toward us, then we may have to take legal action to compel them to fulfill their contractual obligations. In addition, we may not be able to renew these contracts with our VIEs and/or their respective shareholders.

In addition, these contractual arrangements are governed by PRC law and provide for the resolution of disputes through arbitration in the PRC. Accordingly, these contracts would be interpreted in accordance with PRC law and any disputes would be resolved in accordance with PRC legal procedures. The legal environment in the PRC may not be as developed as in some

 

34


Table of Contents

other jurisdictions, such as the United States. As a result, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit our ability to enforce these contractual arrangements. In the event we are unable to enforce these contractual arrangements, we may not be able to exert effective control over our affiliated entities, and our ability to conduct our business would be materially adversely affected.

The shareholders of our VIEs may have potential conflicts of interest with us, which may harm our business and financial condition.

The shareholders of our VIEs are also employees of our company, and one of them, Xuejun Xie, is a director of certain of our VIEs as well as our company. Conflicts of interest between their dual roles may arise. We cannot assure you that when conflicts of interest arise, any or all of these individuals will act in the best interests of our company or that conflicts of interest will be resolved in our favor. In addition, these individuals may breach or cause our VIEs or their respective subsidiaries to breach or refuse to renew the existing contractual arrangements that allow us to effectively control our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries and to receive economic benefits from them. Currently, we do not have existing arrangements to address potential conflicts of interest between these individuals and our company. We rely on these individuals to abide by the laws of the Cayman Islands and China, both of which provide that directors owe a fiduciary duty to the company, which requires them to act in good faith and in the best interests of the company and not to use their positions for personal gain. If we cannot resolve any conflicts of interest or disputes between us and the beneficial owners of our VIEs, we would have to rely on legal proceedings, which could result in disruption of our business and substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.

Our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries may be subject to significant limitations on their ability to operate private schools or make payments to related parties or otherwise be materially and adversely affected by changes in PRC laws and regulations.

The principal regulations governing private education in China are The Law for Promoting Private Education (2003) and The Implementing Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education (2004), or 2004 Implementing Rules. Under these laws and regulations, a private school may elect to be a school that does not require reasonable returns or a school that requires reasonable returns. At the end of each fiscal year, every private school is required to allocate a certain amount to its development fund for the construction or maintenance of the school or procurement or upgrading of educational equipment. In the case of a private school that requires reasonable returns, this amount shall be no less than 25% of the annual net income of the schools, while in the case of a private school that does not require reasonable returns, this amount shall be equivalent to no less than 25% of the annual increase of net assets of the school (as determined under generally accepted accounting principles in the PRC). All of the private schools operated by our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries currently comply with the existing laws and regulations regarding the allocation of their development funds. A private school that requires reasonable returns must publicly disclose such election and additional information required under the regulations. A private school shall consider factors such as the school’s tuition fees, ratio of the funds used for education-related activities to the course fees collected, admission standards and educational quality when determining the percentage of the school’s net income that would be distributed to the investors as reasonable returns. However, none of the current PRC laws and regulations provides a formula or guidelines for determining “reasonable returns.” In addition, none of the current PRC laws and regulations sets forth different requirements or restrictions on a private school’s ability to operate its education

 

35


Table of Contents

business based on such school’s status as a school that requires reasonable returns or a school that does not require reasonable returns. New laws or regulations might be adopted to:

 

 

Impose significant limitations on the ability of our schools to operate their business, charge course fees or make payments to related parties, such as Ambow Online, for services received; or

 

 

Specify the formula for calculating “reasonable returns.”

We cannot predict the timing and effects of any such amendments or new laws and regulations. Changes in PRC laws and regulations governing private education or otherwise affecting our VIEs’, and their respective subsidiaries’, operations could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects and results of operations.

Regulatory agencies may commence investigations of the K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers controlled and operated by our VIEs. If the results of the investigations are unfavorable to us, we may be subject to fines, penalties, injunctions or other censure that could have an adverse impact on our reputation and results of operations.

Our VIEs control and operate several K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers. As the provision of these services is heavily regulated in China, especially primary or secondary schools, these schools and companies that our VIEs or their respective subsidiaries currently own or operate or may acquire or establish in the future may be subject from time to time to inspections and investigations, claims of non-compliance or lawsuits by governmental agencies, which may allege statutory violations, regulatory infractions or other causes of action. For example, if an independent college is found unable to satisfy one or more conditions for running a college set by the MOE in such inspection or investigation, the MOE may impose limitation on the annual enrollment quota or even suspend the recruitment of the college. In 2006, the MOE, based on the result of an investigation into independent colleges, posted a notice of non-compliance on its website criticizing some independent colleges, including the two colleges that we subsequently acquired, for failure of their respective sponsors to transfer committed assets to the colleges. To date, the colleges and their respective sponsors have not had any fines imposed upon them or otherwise incurred a penalty from the MOE for the failure to pay committed capital, and their enrollment capacity have not been adversely affected for failure to satisfy conditions for running colleges set by the MOE. If the results of any such investigations or lawsuits are unfavorable to us, we may be subject to fines, penalties, injunctions or other censure that could have an adverse impact on our reputation and results of operations. Even if we adequately address the issues raised by a government investigation, we may have to devote significant financial and management resources to resolve these issues, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Contractual arrangements we have entered into among our subsidiaries and our VIEs and their respective shareholders may result in adverse tax consequences to us; such arrangements may be subject to scrutiny by the PRC tax authorities and a finding that we or our VIEs and their respective shareholders owe additional taxes could substantially reduce our consolidated net income and the value of your investment.

Under PRC laws and regulations, arrangements and transactions among related parties should be priced on an arm’s length basis and may be subject to audit or challenge by the PRC tax authorities. We could face material adverse tax consequences if the PRC tax authorities determine that the contractual arrangements between Ambow Online and our VIEs and their respective shareholders do not represent an arm’s-length price and adjust our VIEs’ or any of their respective subsidiaries’ income in the form of a transfer pricing adjustment. A transfer pricing adjustment could, among other things, result in, for PRC tax purposes, increased tax liabilities for our VIEs or any of their respective subsidiaries. In addition, the PRC tax authorities

 

36


Table of Contents

may require us to disgorge our prior tax benefits, and require us to pay additional taxes for prior tax years and impose late payment fees and other penalties on our affiliated entities for underpayment of prior taxes. To date, similar contractual arrangements have been used by many other public companies and, to our knowledge, the PRC tax authorities have not imposed any material penalties on those companies. However, we cannot assure you that such penalties will not be imposed on any other companies or us in the future. Our consolidated net income may be harmed if our affiliated entities’ tax liabilities increase or if they are found to be subject to additional taxes, late payment fees or other penalties.

The tuition, accommodation and other fees charged by our degree programs and our K-12 schools and student enrollment at these schools are subject to regulation by the Chinese government, and our revenue is highly dependent on the level of these fees and our student enrollment.

Chinese regulators have broad powers to regulate the tuition, accommodation and other fees charged by primary, secondary and other schools and student enrollment levels at these schools. As a result, new regulations could adversely impact the fees we receive from the schools to which we provide course materials and software products and the student enrollments at our directly- operated schools and at our partner schools, as well as the returns from the K-12 schools operated by our Chinese affiliated entities. The tuition, accommodation and other fees charged by our degree programs and our K-12 schools are subject to various price controls administered by local price-control authorities and our student enrollment in our independent colleges is subject to annual enrollment quotas established by the MOE. In light of the substantial increase in tuitions and other education-related fees in China in recent years, China’s price-control authorities may impose stricter price control on tuition changes in the future. As of the date of this prospectus, there is no indication from the MOE or the relevant authorities that the government would significantly change the tuition charges or student annual enrollment quotas. If the tuition charges were to be decreased or if they were not allowed to increase in line with increases in our costs because of the actions of China’s administrative price controls or if student enrollments at private schools were restricted, our net revenue and profitability would be materially adversely affected.

The discontinuation of any preferential tax treatments or deemed tax treatments currently available to us or the disgorgement of any benefits we enjoyed in the past could result in a decrease of our net income and harm our results of operations.

According to the 2004 Implementing Rules, private schools that do not require reasonable returns enjoy the same preferential tax treatment as public schools. While it is indicated in the 2004 Implementing Rules that the relevant authorities under the State Council may consider formulating separate preferential tax treatment policies applicable to private schools requiring reasonable returns, no such tax preferential policy has been promulgated yet. In March 2007, the Chinese government enacted the New CIT Law, and promulgated the Implementing Regulations for the PRC Corporate Income Tax Law in December 2007, both of which came into effect on January 1, 2008. On February 22, 2008, the Ministry of Finance and State Taxation Administration issued a subsequent notice, or the 2008 Tax Notice, that effectively abolished our preferential tax treatment under the 2004 Implementing Rules. The New CIT Law and 2008 Tax Notice, among other things, impose a unified income tax rate of 25% for all private schools regardless of whether they require a reasonable return or not unless the school qualifies as a not-for-profit organization as defined in the PRC tax regime effective January 1, 2008. If a school qualifies as a not-for-profit organization in accordance with the tax law, it will be exempt from corporate

 

37


Table of Contents

income tax for certain of its income qualified for exemption under the relevant laws and rules. In November 2009, the Ministry of Finance and State Taxation Administration further issued rules providing the criteria for a not-for-profit organization to qualify for exemption of corporate income tax. These rules are relatively new and contain many ambiguities. In practice, tax treatments for private schools vary across different cities in China. In some cities, private schools are subject to a 25% standard corporate income tax, while in other cities, private schools are subject to a 1.75% to 3.0% tax on gross receipts received by the schools or a deemed fixed tax amount or may be exempted from corporate income tax. These deemed tax rates and deemed fixed tax amount treatments granted to our schools by local tax authorities are subject to review and may be adjusted or revoked at any time. In addition, education services provided to students receiving degree-oriented education by private schools are also exempted from business tax in China so long as those schools are accredited to issue diplomas or degree certificates recognized by the MOE. The discontinuation of any of these tax treatments currently available to us or the determination of the tax authority that any of the preferential tax treatment we have enjoyed is not in compliance with the PRC laws, especially those schools in major cities, would cause our effective tax rate to increase, which would increase our income tax expenses and in turn decrease our net income or even subject us to supplementary payment of tax balance.

Under PRC laws and regulations, an enterprise that qualifies as a new and high-technology enterprise or a software enterprise may enjoy preferential tax benefits. An enterprise qualified as both a “new and high-technology enterprise” and as a “software enterprise” may choose one of the more preferential tax treatments. Ambow Online is a certified “new and high-technology enterprise” and a “software enterprise” and has chosen to enjoy preferential tax treatments as a “software enterprise.” As a result, Ambow Online is entitled to a two-year exemption from the first year Ambow Online generates taxable income and a 12.5% corporate income tax rate for another three years, which might be followed by a 15% tax rate so long as Ambow Online continues to qualify as a new or high-technology enterprise. If Ambow Online fails to maintain the status of a software enterprise or a new and high-technology enterprise, it will cease to enjoy the reduced tax rate and its tax rate will increase to 25% or the then current rate. If PRC laws and regulations were to phase out preferential tax benefits currently granted to software enterprises or new and high-technology enterprises, Ambow Online would be subject to the standard corporate income tax rate, which currently is 25%. Loss of these preferential tax treatments could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The regulation of Internet website operators in China is subject to interpretation, and our operation of online education programs could be harmed if we are deemed to have violated applicable laws and regulations.

The interpretation and application of existing Chinese laws and regulations, the stated positions of the main governing authority, the MIIT, and the possibility of adopting new laws or regulations have created significant uncertainties regarding the legality of the businesses and activities of Chinese companies with Internet operations. In particular, according to the Internet Information Services Administrative Measures promulgated by the State Council on September 25, 2000, the activities of Internet content providers are regulated by various Chinese governmental authorities, including, the MOE, the State Administration of Radio, Film and Television, the General Administration of Press and Publication, or GAPP, and the Ministry of Culture, or MOC, depending on the specific activities conducted by the Internet content provider. In addition, MIIT promulgated a notice titled “Notice on Strengthening Management of Foreign Investment in Operating Value-Added Telecom Services” on July 13, 2006, which prohibits PRC

 

38


Table of Contents

Internet content providers from leasing, transferring or selling their ICP licenses or providing facilities or other resources to illegal foreign investors. The notice states that PRC Internet content providers (or their shareholders) should directly own the trademarks and domain names for websites operated by them, as well as servers and other infrastructure used to support these websites and a PRC Internet content provider’s failure to comply with the notice by November 1, 2006 may result in revocation of its ICP license.

Ambow Shida holds an ICP license issued by Beijing Communications Administration, the local counterpart of the MIIT. According to this ICP license, Ambow Shida is approved to provide internet information services, excluding services of press, publication, education, medicine and medical apparatus and instruments. Due to the uncertainties of implementation of relevant regulations by different authorities, we cannot assure you that Ambow Shida has satisfied or will be able to satisfy all the requirements for a PRC Internet content provider and the ICP license held by Ambow Shida will be deemed to be adequate for all of the online services that we provide. For example, Ambow Shida’s ICP license does not cover educational content while most materials provided on our websites may be deemed educational content, including content related to our tutoring centers and career enhancement centers. According to our experience and our knowledge of other education providers in our industry, and as advised by our PRC counsel, based on their consultation with the competent authorities that the content provided by us does not exceed the scope of Ambow Shida’s ICP License, we believe the content on, and use of, our website are in compliance with the requirement imposed by Chinese Internet Regulations on ICP Licenses. We cannot assure you, however, that the competent authorities will not adopt a different interpretation of this issue.

In 2009, we generated net revenues from our tutoring and career enhancement segments of RMB360.1 million (US$52.8 million) and RMB266.3 million (US$39.0 million), respectively. A small portion of these net revenues was related to providing educational materials online. If the provision of these online services is deemed to have exceeded the scope of Ambow Shida’s license, we may be required to cease providing these online materials, which would harm our net revenues and results of operations. As we are a foreign enterprise in China, Ambow Shida may also be deemed to have illegally leased its ICP license or provided facilities or other resources to foreign investors. If we are deemed to have violated applicable Chinese Internet regulations, we could be subject to severe penalties, including confiscation of illegal gains, fines ranging from three to five times the illegal gains, suspension of certain types of service or orders to shut down the relevant websites.

Risks related to doing business in China

PRC economic, political and social conditions, as well as changes in any government policies, laws and regulations, could adversely affect the overall economy in China or the education or career enhancement market, which could harm our business.

Substantially all of our operations are conducted in China, and substantially all of our net revenues are derived from China. Accordingly, our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and certain transactions we may undertake are subject, to a significant extent, to economic, political and legal developments in China.

The PRC economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the amount of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. While the PRC economy has experienced significant growth in the past two to three decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and

 

39


Table of Contents

among various sectors of the economy. Demand for our services and products depends, in large part, on economic conditions in China. Any slowdown in China’s economic growth may cause our potential customers to delay or cancel their plans to purchase our services and products, which in turn could reduce our net revenues.

Although the PRC economy has been transitioning from a planned economy to a more market-oriented economy since the late 1970s, the PRC government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. The PRC government also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth through allocating resources, controlling the incurrence and payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies. Changes in any of these policies, laws and regulations could adversely affect the economy in China or the education or career enhancement market, which could harm our business.

The PRC government has implemented various measures to encourage foreign investment and sustainable economic growth and to guide the allocation of financial and other resources, which have for the most part had a positive effect on our business and growth. However, we cannot assure you that the PRC government will not repeal or alter these measures or introduce new measures that will have a negative effect on us. China’s social and political conditions may also not be as stable as those of the United States and other developed countries. Any sudden changes to China’s political system or the occurrence of widespread social unrest could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system could harm us.

Our operations in China are governed by PRC laws and regulations. The PRC legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike common law systems, prior court decisions have limited precedential value. Ambow Online and our other wholly-owned subsidiaries in China are generally subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign investments in China and, in particular, laws applicable to wholly foreign-owned enterprises.

Since 1979, PRC legislation and regulations have significantly enhanced the protections afforded to various forms of foreign investments in China. However, China has not developed a fully integrated legal system and recently-enacted laws and regulations may not sufficiently cover all aspects of economic activities in China. In particular, because these laws and regulations are relatively new, and because of the limited volume of published decisions and their nonbinding nature, the interpretation and enforcement of these laws and regulations involve uncertainties. In addition, the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules (some of which are not published on a timely basis or at all) that may have a retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of these policies and rules until some time after the violation. Moreover, some regulatory requirements issued by certain PRC government authorities may not be consistently applied by other government authorities, including local government authorities, thus making strict compliance with all regulatory requirements impractical, or in some circumstances, impossible. In addition, any litigation in China may be protracted and result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention.

Our subsidiaries and affiliated entities in China are subject to restrictions on making dividends and other payments to us or any other affiliated company.

We are a holding company and rely principally on dividends paid by our subsidiaries established in China for our cash needs, including the funds necessary to pay dividends and other cash

 

40


Table of Contents

distributions to our shareholders to the extent we choose to do so, to service any debt we may incur and to pay our operating expenses. Our PRC subsidiaries’ income in turn depends on the service and other fees paid by our VIEs. Current PRC regulations permit our subsidiaries in China to pay dividends to us only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. In addition, under the applicable requirements of PRC law, our PRC subsidiaries and affiliated entities incorporated as companies may only distribute dividends after they have made allowances to fund certain statutory reserves. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends.

In addition, under the New CIT Law, which became effective on January 1, 2008, dividends paid to us by our PRC subsidiaries are subject to withholding tax. The withholding tax on dividends may be exempted or reduced by the PRC State Council. Currently, the withholding tax rate is 10% unless reduced or exempted by treaty between the PRC and the tax residence of the holder of the PRC subsidiary.

Furthermore, if our subsidiaries and affiliated entities in China incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other payments to us. In addition, the PRC tax authorities may require us to adjust our taxable income under the contractual arrangements we currently have in place in a manner that would restrict our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends and make other distributions to us.

In addition, at the end of each fiscal year, each of our affiliated entities that are private schools in China is required to allocate a certain amount to its development fund for the construction or maintenance of the school or procurement or upgrade of educational equipment. In the case of a private school that requires reasonable returns, this amount shall be no less than 25% of the annual net income of the school, while in the case of a private school that does not require reasonable returns, this amount shall be equivalent to no less than 25% of the annual increase in the net assets of the school, if any.

While all of our other schools and colleges choose to be registered as schools requiring reasonable returns, Beijing Century College and Beijing 21st Century Experimental School are registered as schools not requiring reasonable returns. Entities registered as schools not requiring reasonable returns are restricted from directly distributing to us any dividends or profits. Accordingly, Ambow Online entered into a service agreement with Beijing 21st Century Experimental School dated April 1, 2009 pursuant to which Ambow Online, in exchange for payments by Beijing 21st Century Experimental School, provides to Beijing 21st Century Experimental School: (i) consulting services regarding, among other things, business planning, mergers and acquisitions, development, international cooperation, accounting, tax and finance, human resources management and legal compliance; (ii) assistance in the campus LAN upgrade; and (iii) the right to use Ambow Online’s campus management software system. The term of this service agreement is indefinite unless terminated by either party upon 30 days’ notice or by mutual agreement. In addition, we have received payments from Beijing Century College in exchange for the sales of software products and provision of training services to Beijing Century College. These schools contributed 15% of our net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009.

To date, our PRC subsidiaries have not paid dividends to us out of their accumulated profits. In the near future, we do not expect to receive dividends from our PRC subsidiaries because the accumulated profits of these PRC subsidiaries are expected to be used for their own business or expansions. If we are unable to extract the earnings and profits of some of our schools and learning centers, it could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and financial condition.

 

41


Table of Contents

PRC regulation of loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC operating subsidiaries and affiliated entities, which could harm our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

In utilizing the proceeds of this offering in the manner described in “Use of proceeds,” as an offshore holding company of our PRC operating subsidiaries and affiliated entities, we may make loans to our PRC subsidiaries and VIEs or we may make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries. Any loans to our PRC subsidiaries or consolidated PRC affiliated entities are subject to PRC regulations. For example:

 

 

Loans by us to our wholly-owned subsidiaries in China, each of which is a foreign-invested enterprise, to finance their activities cannot exceed statutory limits and must be registered with the PRC State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, or its local counterparts; and

 

 

Loans by us to our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries, which are domestic PRC entities, must be approved by the relevant government authorities and must also be registered with SAFE or its local counterparts.

We may also decide to finance our wholly-owned subsidiaries by means of capital contributions. These capital contributions must be approved by the PRC Ministry of Commerce or its local counterparts. We are not likely, however, to finance the activities of our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries by means of capital contributions due to regulatory issues related to foreign investment in domestic PRC entities, as well as the licensing and other regulatory issues discussed in the “Regulation” section of this prospectus. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these government registrations or approvals on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to future loans or capital contributions by us to our subsidiaries or our VIEs or any of their respective subsidiaries. If we fail to receive such registrations or approvals, our ability to use the proceeds of this offering and to capitalize our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

In addition, on August 29, 2008, SAFE promulgated Circular 142, a notice regulating the conversion by a foreign-invested company of its capital contribution in foreign currency into RMB. The notice requires that the capital of a foreign-invested company settled in RMB converted from foreign currencies shall be used only for purposes within the business scope as approved by the authorities in charge of foreign investment or by other competent authorities and as registered with the Administration for Industries and Commerce and, unless set forth in the business scope or in other regulations, may not be used for equity investments within the PRC. In addition, SAFE strengthened its oversight of the flow and use of the capital of a foreign-invested company settled in RMB converted from foreign currencies. The use of such RMB capital may not be changed without SAFE’s approval, and may not in any case be used to repay RMB loans if the proceeds of such loans have not been used. Violations of Circular 142 will result in severe penalties, including heavy fines. As a result, Circular 142 may significantly limit our ability to transfer the net proceeds from this offering to our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries through our subsidiaries in the PRC, which may adversely affect our ability to expand our business, and we may not be able to convert the net proceeds from this offering into RMB to invest in or acquire any other PRC companies, or establish other VIEs in the PRC.

Presently none of Ambow Online or our other wholly-owned subsidiaries are registered as an investment company. We do not intend to turn these entities into investment companies because to do so these subsidiaries would have to satisfy criteria promulgated by MOFCOM and be

 

42


Table of Contents

approved by MOFCOM or its provincial counterparts before registration with the administration for industries and commerce, which is difficult to accomplish and time consuming. As a result, if the net proceeds from this offering are injected into Ambow Online and our other subsidiaries as increased registered capital, we could not convert such proceeds into RMB to fund acquisitions of the VIEs and their respective subsidiaries, and our ability to expand our business may be adversely affected.

While we may not transfer the net proceeds from this offering through our wholly-owned subsidiaries for the purpose of domestic acquisitions, we may use the proceeds to acquire PRC companies or schools that do not include compulsory education through Wenjian Gongying, an RMB fund established in Suzhou as a venture capital joint venture, subject to the PRC industrial policy for foreign investment. If we use the proceeds of this offering to make acquisitions through Wenjian Gongying in entities that are in restricted industries, like high schools, without receiving proper approvals or in entities that are in prohibited industries, like schools that provide compulsory education, we may be subject to significant fines of unknown amounts or other sanctions. See “Our corporate structure” for a further description of the legal structure, joint venture participants’ identities and such participants’ respective percentage ownership interest in Wenjian Gongying and for a further description of the PRC rules and regulations that will be applicable to our planned investments through Wenjian Gongying.

If we use the proceeds of this offering for the business of Ambow Online or our other wholly-owned subsidiaries, we are also required to apply to the authority of commerce for approval for an increase of their respective registered capital given that the original registered capital of these subsidiaries have been fully paid. We cannot assure you that we can obtain such approvals in a timely manner or at all. If we are unable to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund our PRC operating entities or their subsidiaries or to make strategic acquisitions, it could have a material adverse effect on our expansion plans and future growth.

It is unclear whether we will be considered a PRC “resident enterprise” under the New CIT Law and, depending on the determination of our PRC “resident enterprise” status, dividends paid to us by our PRC subsidiaries may be subject to PRC withholding tax, we may be subject to 25% PRC income tax on our worldwide income, and holders of our ADSs or ordinary shares may be subject to PRC withholding tax on dividends paid by us and gains realized on their transfer of our ADSs or ordinary shares.

The New CIT Law and its Implementing Regulations, which became effective on January 1, 2008, provide that enterprises established outside of China whose “ de facto management bodies” are located in China are considered “resident enterprises.” Although the Implementing Regulations of the PRC CIT Law define the term “ de facto management bodies” as a body which substantially manages, or has control over the business, personnel, finance and assets of an enterprise, currently there are no further detailed rules or precedents applicable to us governing the procedures and specific criteria for determining “ de facto management body” and it is still unclear if the PRC tax authorities would determine that we should be classified as a PRC “resident enterprise.”

If we are treated as a PRC “resident enterprise,” however, we will be subject to PRC income tax on our worldwide income at the 25% uniform tax rate, which could have an impact on our effective tax rate and an adverse effect on our net income and results of operations and our income tax expenses will increase and the amount of dividends, if any, we may pay to our shareholders and ADS holders may be decreased, although dividends distributed from our PRC

 

43


Table of Contents

subsidiaries to us could be exempt from the PRC dividend withholding tax, since such income is exempted under the New CIT Law and its Implementating Regulations to a PRC resident recipient.

In addition, if we are considered a PRC “resident enterprise,” dividends we pay with respect to our ADSs or ordinary shares and the gains realized from the transfer of our ADSs or ordinary shares may be considered income derived from sources within the PRC and be subject to PRC withholding tax.

Restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to receive and use our revenue effectively.

Because substantially all of our revenue is denominated in RMB, restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to use revenue generated in RMB to fund any business activities we may have outside China or to make dividend payments to our shareholders and ADS holders in U.S. dollars. The principal regulation governing foreign currency exchange in China is the Foreign Currency Administration Rules (1996), as amended. Under these rules, RMB is freely convertible for trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, but not for direct investment, loan or investment in securities outside China unless the prior approval of SAFE is obtained. Although the PRC government regulations now allow greater convertibility of RMB for current account transactions, significant restrictions still remain. For example, foreign exchange transactions under our subsidiaries capital accounts, including principal payments in respect of foreign currency-denominated obligations, remain subject to significant foreign exchange controls. These limitations could affect our ability to obtain foreign exchange for capital expenditures. We cannot be certain that the PRC regulatory authorities will not impose more stringent restrictions on the convertibility of RMB, especially with respect to foreign exchange transactions.

Fluctuations in the value of the RMB may have a material adverse effect on your investment.

The change in value of the RMB against the U.S. dollar and other currencies is affected by, among other things, changes in China’s political and economic conditions. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of the RMB to the U.S. dollar. Under the current policy, the RMB is permitted to fluctuate within a narrow and managed band against a basket of certain foreign currencies. This change in policy has resulted in an approximately 21% appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar between July 21, 2005 and March 31, 2010. Recently, the People’s Bank of China has decided to proceed further with reform of the RMB exchange regime and to enhance the RMB exchange rate flexibility. There remains significant international pressure on the PRC government to adopt a more flexible currency policy, which could result in a further and more significant adjustment of the RMB against the U.S. dollar.

Any significant revaluation of the RMB may have a material adverse effect on the value of, and any dividends payable on, our ADSs in foreign currency terms. More specifically, if we decide to convert our RMB into U.S. dollars for the purpose of making payments for dividends on our ordinary shares or ADSs or for other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the RMB would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amount available to us. To the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars we receive from our initial public offering into RMB for our operations, appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the RMB amount we would receive from the conversion. Consequently, appreciation or depreciation in the value of the RMB relative to the U.S. dollar could materially adversely affect our financial results reported in U.S. dollar terms without giving effect to any underlying change in our business or results of operations.

 

44


Table of Contents

Recent PRC regulations relating to offshore investment activities by PRC residents and employee stock options granted by overseas-listed companies may increase our administrative burden, restrict our overseas and cross-border investment activity or otherwise adversely affect the implementation of our acquisition strategy. If our shareholders who are PRC residents, or our PRC employees who are granted or exercise stock options, fail to make any required registrations or filings under such regulations, we may be unable to distribute profits and may become subject to liability under PRC laws.

In 2005, SAFE promulgated regulations that require PRC residents and PRC corporate entities to register with local branches of SAFE in connection with their direct or indirect offshore investment activities. These regulations apply to our shareholders who are PRC residents and may apply to any offshore acquisitions that we make in the future.

Under the SAFE regulations, PRC residents who make, or have previously made, direct or indirect investments in offshore companies, will be required to register those investments. In addition, any PRC resident who is a direct or indirect shareholder of an offshore company is required to file or update the registration with the local branch of SAFE, with respect to that offshore company, any material change involving its round-trip investment, capital variation, such as an increase or decrease in capital, transfer or swap of shares, merger, division, long-term equity or debt investment or creation of any security interest. If any PRC shareholder fails to make the required SAFE registration, the PRC subsidiaries of that offshore parent company may be prohibited from distributing their profits and the proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or liquidation, to their offshore parent company, and the offshore parent company may also be prohibited from injecting additional capital into their PRC subsidiaries. Moreover, failure to comply with the various SAFE registration requirements described above could result in liability under PRC laws for evasion of applicable foreign exchange restrictions.

We cannot provide any assurances that all of our shareholders who are PRC residents will make or obtain any applicable registrations or approvals required by these SAFE regulations. The failure or inability of our PRC resident shareholders to comply with the registration procedures set forth in the SAFE regulations may subject our PRC subsidiaries to fines and legal sanctions, restrict our cross-border investment activities, or limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to distribute dividends to or obtain foreign-exchange dominated loans from our company.

As it is uncertain how the SAFE regulations will be interpreted or implemented, we cannot predict how these regulations will affect our business operations or future strategy. For example, we may be subject to a more stringent review and approval process with respect to our foreign exchange activities, such as remittance of dividends and obtaining foreign currency denominated borrowings, which may harm our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, if we decide to acquire a PRC domestic company, we cannot assure you that we or the owners of such company, as the case may be, will be able to obtain the necessary approvals or complete the necessary filings and registrations required by the SAFE regulations. This may restrict our ability to implement our acquisition strategy and could adversely affect our business and prospects.

On March 28, 2007, SAFE promulgated the Operation Rules on Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Employee Stock Holding Plan or Stock Option Plan of Overseas-Listed Company, or the Stock Option Rule. Under the Stock Option Rule, PRC citizens who are granted stock options by an overseas publicly-listed company are required, through a PRC agent or PRC subsidiary of such overseas publicly-listed company, to register with SAFE and complete certain other procedures. We and our PRC employees who have been granted stock

 

45


Table of Contents

options will be subject to the Stock Option Rule when our company becomes an overseas publicly-listed company. If we or our PRC optionees fail to comply with these regulations, we or our PRC optionees may be subject to fines and legal sanctions. See “Regulation—SAFE regulations on employee share options.”

We may be required to obtain prior approval of the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or CSRC, of the listing and trading of our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange.

On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory authorities, including the Ministry of Commerce, the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Administration for Taxation, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, the CSRC and SAFE, jointly issued the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the New M&A Rules, which became effective on September 8, 2006. This regulation, among other things, includes provisions that purport to require that an offshore special purpose vehicle formed for purposes of overseas listing of equity interests in PRC companies and controlled directly or indirectly by PRC companies or individuals obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of such special purpose vehicle’s securities on an overseas stock exchange. On September 21, 2006, the CSRC published on its official website procedures regarding its approval of overseas listings by special purpose vehicles. The CSRC approval procedures require the filing of a number of documents with the CSRC and it would take several months to complete the approval process.

While the application of the New M&A Rules remains unclear, we believe, based on the advice of our PRC counsel, Commerce & Finance Law Offices, that CSRC approval is not required in the context of this offering because we are not a special purpose vehicle formed or controlled by PRC companies or PRC individuals as defined under the New M&A Rules. However, we cannot assure you that the relevant PRC government agencies, including the CSRC, would reach the same conclusion as our PRC counsel. If the CSRC or other PRC regulatory body subsequently determines that we need to obtain the CSRC’s approval for this offering, we may face sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies. In such event, these regulatory agencies may impose fines and penalties on our operations in the PRC, limit our operations in the PRC, delay or restrict the repatriation of the proceeds from this offering into the PRC, or take other actions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and prospects, as well as the trading price of our ADSs. The CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to halt this offering before settlement and delivery of the ADSs offered by this prospectus.

The M&A Rules establish more complex procedures for some acquisitions of Chinese companies by foreign investors, which could make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisition in China.

The New M&A Rules that became effective on September 8, 2006 established additional procedures and requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities by foreign investors more time-consuming and complex, including requirements in some instances that the Ministry of Commerce be notified in advance of any change-of-control transaction in which a foreign investor takes control of a PRC domestic enterprise. Complying with the requirements of the New M&A Rules to complete such transactions could be time-consuming, and any required approval processes, including obtaining approval from the Ministry of Commerce, may delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions, which could materially adversely affect our ability to grow our business through acquisitions in China.

 

46


Table of Contents

We do not have business insurance coverage in China, which could harm our business.

We could be held liable for accidents that occur at our learning centers and other facilities. In the event of on-site food poisoning, personal injuries, fires or other accidents suffered by students or other people, we could face claims alleging that we were negligent, provided insufficient supervision or instruments or were otherwise liable for the injuries. Such accidents may adversely affect our reputation and financial results. The insurance industry in China is still at an early stage of development. Insurance companies in China offer limited business insurance products. As a result, we do not have any business liability or disruption insurance coverage for our operations. Any business disruption, litigation or natural disaster would result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources.

We face risks related to natural disasters and health epidemics in China, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our business could be materially adversely affected by natural disasters or the outbreak of health epidemics in China. For example, in May 2008, Sichuan Province suffered a strong earthquake measuring approximately 8.0 on the Richter scale that caused widespread damage and casualties. In addition, in the last decade, the PRC has suffered health epidemics related to the outbreak of avian influenza and severe acute respiratory syndrome, or SARS. In April 2009, an outbreak of the H1N1 virus, also commonly referred to as “swine flu,” occurred in Mexico and has spread to other countries. Cases of swine flu have been reported in Hong Kong and mainland China. The Chinese government, and certain regional governments within China, have enacted regulations to address the H1N1 virus specifically within the education services market, which may have an affect on our business. If the outbreak of swine flu were to become widespread in China or increase in severity, it could have an adverse effect on economic activity in China, and could require the temporary closure of our schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers. Such events could severely disrupt our business operations and harm our results of operations. Any future natural disasters or health epidemics in the PRC could also have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

New labor laws in the PRC may adversely affect our results of operations.

On June 29, 2007, the PRC government promulgated a new labor law, namely the Labor Contract Law of the PRC, or the New Labor Contract Law, which became effective on January 1, 2008. The New Labor Contract Law imposes greater liabilities on employers and significantly affects the cost of an employer’s decision to reduce its workforce. Further, it requires certain terminations be based upon seniority and not merit. In the event we decide to significantly change or decrease our workforce, the New Labor Contract Law could adversely affect our ability to enact such changes in a manner that is most advantageous to our business or in a timely and cost-effective manner, thus materially adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations.

Risks related to ownership of our ADSs, our trading market and this offering

There has been no public market for our ordinary shares or ADSs prior to this offering, and you may not be able to resell our ADSs at or above the price you pay for them, or at all.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our ordinary shares or ADSs. We have been approved to list our ADSs on the NYSE. However, an active public market for our ADSs may not develop or be sustained after the offering, in which case the market price and liquidity of our ADSs will be materially adversely affected. Our ordinary shares will not be listed on any exchange or quoted for trading on any over-the-counter system.

 

47


Table of Contents

The initial public offering price for our ADSs may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market and such market prices may be volatile.

The initial public offering price for our ADSs will be determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters and may bear no relationship to the market price for our ADSs after this offering. We cannot assure you that the market price of our ADSs will not decline significantly below the initial public offering price. The financial markets in the United States and other countries have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations in the last few years. Volatility in the price of our ADSs may be caused by factors outside of our control and may be unrelated or disproportionate to changes in our results of operations.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our ADSs, the price of our ADSs and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our ADSs will depend in part on the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade us, the price of our ADSs would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause the price of our ADSs or trading volume to decline.

Substantial future sales of our ADSs or the anticipation of future sales of our ADSs in the public market could cause the price of our ADSs to decline.

Sales of substantial amounts of our ADSs or ordinary shares in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our ADSs to decline. Upon completion of this offering, we will have                      ordinary shares outstanding, including                      Class A ordinary shares represented by                      the                      ADSs sold in this offering. All ADSs sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or additional registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. The                      remaining outstanding shares after this offering will be available for sale upon the expiration of the 180-day lockup period beginning from the date of this prospectus, subject to volume and other restrictions as applicable under Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. Any or all of these shares may be released prior to the expiration of the lock-up period at the discretion of the lead underwriters. Sales of these shares into the market could cause the market price of our ADSs to decline.

In addition, certain holders of our ordinary shares will have the right to cause us to register the sale of their shares under the Securities Act under certain circumstances. See “Shares eligible for future sale” and “Related party transactions—Registration rights.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. Sales of these registered securities in the public market could cause the price of our ADSs to decline.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of ADSs purchased.

The initial public offering price per ADSs will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per ADS prior to the offering. Consequently, when you purchase ADSs in the offering, you will incur an immediate dilution of US$             per ADS (assuming no exercise by the underwriters

 

48


Table of Contents

of options to acquire additional ADSs), representing the difference between our net tangible book value per ADS at US$             as of March 31, 2010 after giving effect to this offering and an assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS (which is the mid-point of the estimated public offering price range).

We may need additional capital, and the sale of additional ADSs or other equity securities would result in additional dilution to our shareholders.

We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents, anticipated cash flow from operations and the net proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs, including targeted acquisitions, for more than the next twelve months. We may, however, require additional cash resources due to changed business conditions or other future developments. If our resources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain a credit facility. We plan to continue to make acquisitions going forward depending on market conditions and our ability to identify and consummate such acquisitions after the completion of this offering. To consummate these transactions, we believe that we will use some of the proceeds from this offering and we also intend to issue additional shares in these acquisitions that will dilute our shareholders. The sale of additional equity securities could result in additional dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could result in operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations or our ability to pay dividends. Our ability to raise additional funds in the future is subject to a variety of uncertainties, including:

 

 

Our future financial condition, results of operations and cash flows;

 

 

General market conditions for capital raising activities; and

 

 

Economic, political and other conditions in China and elsewhere.

We cannot assure you that if we need additional cash financing will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, which could adversely affect the market price of our ADSs.

Under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, our ordinary shares are divided into Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. Holders of Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share, while holders of Class B ordinary shares are entitled to ten votes per share. Upon the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, our executive officers and directors, and their respective affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately         % of the combined total outstanding ordinary shares, representing         % of the total voting rights, in our company. Shareholdings of our executive officers and directors, and their respective affiliates, in particular with respect to the greater voting rights of the Class B ordinary shares they hold, give them the power to control any actions that require shareholder approval under Cayman Islands law, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the NYSE requirements, including the election and removal of any member of our board of directors, mergers, consolidations and other business combinations, changes to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the number of shares available for issuance under share incentive plans and the issuance of significant amounts of our ordinary shares in private

 

49


Table of Contents

placements. Due to the disparate voting rights attached to the two classes of our ordinary shares, our executive officers and directors and their respective affiliates could have sufficient voting rights to determine the outcome of all matters requiring shareholder approval even if they should, at some point in the future, hold less than a majority of the combined total of our outstanding Class A and Class B ordinary shares.

As a result of our executive officers and directors and their respective affiliates’ ownership of Class B ordinary shares, their voting power may cause transactions to occur that might not be beneficial to you as a holder of ADSs and may prevent transactions that would be beneficial to you. For example, their voting power may prevent a transaction involving a change of control of us, including transactions in which you as a holder of our ADSs might otherwise receive a premium for your securities over the then-current market price. Similarly, our executive officers and directors and their respective affiliates may approve a merger or consolidation of our company which may result in you receiving a stake (either in the form of shares, debt obligations or other securities) in the surviving or new consolidated company which may not operate our current business model and dissenters’ rights may not be available to you in such an event. See “Description of share capital—Differences in corporate law—Mergers and similar arrangements” for a detailed discussion of the merger and consolidation provisions under Cayman Islands law. This concentration of ownership could also adversely affect the market price of our ADSs or lessen any premium over market price that an acquirer might otherwise pay.

Our management has broad discretion to determine how to use the funds raised in the offering and may use them in ways that may not enhance our results of operations or the price of our ADSs.

We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering to fund working capital and other general corporate purposes and for the expansion of our business, including strategic acquisitions. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to fund possible investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses, products or technologies or to establish joint ventures. Our management will have significant discretion as to the use of the net proceeds to us from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the market price of our ADSs. In addition, these proceeds may not be invested in a manner that yields a favorable rate of return.

Compliance with rules and requirements applicable to public companies will increase our administrative costs, and any failure by us to comply with such rules and requirements could negatively affect investor confidence in us and cause the market price of our ADSs to decline.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company prior to this offering. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules and regulations implemented by the SEC and the NYSE, have required significant additional corporate governance practices to be implemented by public companies. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs significantly and to make certain corporate activities more time consuming and costly. Complying with these rules and requirements may be especially difficult and costly for us because we may have difficulty hiring sufficient personnel in China with experience and expertise relating to U.S. GAAP and U.S. public company reporting requirements. If we cannot employ sufficient personnel to ensure compliance with these rules and regulations, we may need to rely more on outside legal, accounting and financial experts, which would be very costly. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. We cannot predict

 

50


Table of Contents

or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs but expect that these additional costs could be up to a few million US$ annually. If we fail to comply with these rules and requirements, or are perceived to have weaknesses with respect to our compliance, we could become the subject of a governmental enforcement action, investor confidence in us could be negatively impacted and the market price of our ADSs could decline.

If we cease to qualify as a foreign private issuer, we would be required to comply fully with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to US domestic issuers, and we would incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we would not incur as a foreign private issuer.

We expect to qualify as a foreign private issuer upon the completion of this offering. As a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from the rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. domestic issuers, and we will not be required to disclose in our periodic reports all of the information that U.S. domestic issuers are required to disclose. While we currently expect to qualify as a foreign private issuer immediately following the completion of this offering, we may cease to qualify as a foreign private issuer in the future. If we do not qualify as a foreign private issuer, we will be required to comply fully with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to US domestic issuers, and we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we would not incur as a foreign private issuer.

Many of the corporate governance rules promulgated by the NYSE will not apply to us so long as we qualify as a foreign private issuer, and there may be significant differences between our corporate governance practices and the corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. domestic companies listed on the NYSE.

As a foreign private issuer, we will be permitted to follow corporate governance practices in accordance with Cayman Islands law in lieu of most of the NYSE corporate governance rules in the NYSE Listed Company Manual, or the NYSE Standards. For example, the NYSE Standards require U.S. domestic issuers to have a nominating/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors. We will not be subject to this requirement, and we do not intend to establish a nominating/corporate governance committee. We believe that the composition of our board and its committees and their respective duties and responsibilities are otherwise generally responsive to the relevant NYSE Standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. However, the charters for our audit and compensation committees may not address all aspects of the NYSE Standards applicable to US domestic issuers. For example, the NYSE Standards require compensation committees of U.S. domestic issuers to produce a compensation committee report annually and include such report in their annual proxy statements or annual reports on Form 10-K. We are not subject to this requirement, and we have not addressed this in our compensation committee charter. The NYSE Standards require shareholder approval for certain matters, such as requiring that shareholders must be given the opportunity to vote on all equity compensation plans and material revisions to those plans. We intend to comply with the requirements of Cayman Islands law in determining whether shareholder approval is required on such matters.

 

51


Table of Contents

We may be classified as a passive foreign investment company, which could result in adverse United States federal income tax consequence to U.S. holders of our ADSs or ordinary shares.

Based on the assumed initial public offering price of our ADSs in this offering, and the composition of our income and assets, we do not expect to be considered a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes for our current taxable year ending December 31, 2010. However, a separate determination must be made each year as to whether we are a PFIC (after the close of each taxable year) and we cannot assure you that we will not be a PFIC for our current taxable year ending December 31, 2010 or any future taxable year. Because PFIC status is a factual determination based on complicated rules that cannot be made until after the close of a taxable year, our special United States counsel expresses no opinion with respect to our PFIC status for our current taxable year ending December 31, 2010 and also expresses no opinion with respect to our expectations regarding our PFIC status in future years. A non-United States corporation will be considered a PFIC for any taxable year if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income is passive income or (2) or least 50% of the value of its assets (generally based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during a taxable year) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. PFIC status depends on the composition of our assets and income and the value of our assets (including, among others, a pro rata portion of the income and assets of each subsidiary in which we own, directly or indirectly, at least 25% (by value) of the equity interest) from time to time. Because we currently hold, and expect to continue to hold following this offering, a substantial amount of cash or cash equivalents, which are generally treated as passive assets, and, because the calculation of the value of our assets may be based in part on the value of our ADSs, which is likely to fluctuate after the offering (and may fluctuate considerably given that market prices of technology companies historically have been especially volatile), we may be a PFIC for any taxable year. If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a United States holder held an ADS or an ordinary share, certain adverse United States federal income tax consequences could apply to such United States holder. See “Taxation—United States federal income taxation—Passive foreign investment company.”

Our dual-class ordinary share structure with different voting rights could discourage others from pursuing any change of control transactions that holders of our Class A ordinary shares and ADSs may view as beneficial.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide for a dual-class ordinary share structure. Our ordinary shares are divided into Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. Holders of Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share, while holders of Class B ordinary shares are entitled to ten votes per share. We will issue Class A ordinary shares represented by our ADSs in this offering. Our existing shareholders hold Class B ordinary shares, each of which is convertible into one Class A ordinary share at any time by the holder thereof. Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into Class B ordinary shares under any circumstances. Due to the disparate voting rights attached to these two classes, our existing shareholders will have significant voting rights over matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and certain corporate transactions, such as mergers, consolidations and other business combinations. This concentrated control could discourage others from pursuing any potential merger, takeover or other change of control transactions that holders of Class A ordinary shares and ADSs may view as beneficial.

 

52


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control.

Some provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable, including, among other things, the following:

 

 

Provisions that authorize our board of directors to issue preferred shares in one or more series and to designate the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of such preferred shares without any further vote or action by our shareholders; and

 

 

Provisions that restrict the ability of our shareholders to call meetings and to propose special matters for consideration at shareholder meetings.

The laws of the Cayman Islands may not provide our shareholders with benefits comparable to those provided to shareholders of corporations incorporated in the United States.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, by the Companies Law (2009 Revision) of the Cayman Islands and by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against our directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law in the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands and from English common law. Decisions of the Privy Council (which is the final Court of Appeal for British overseas territories such as the Cayman Islands) are binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. Decisions of the English courts, and particularly the House of Lords and the Court of Appeal are generally of persuasive authority but are not binding in the courts of the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedents in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws relative to the United States. Therefore, our public shareholders may have more difficulty protecting their interests in the face of actions by our management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction in the United States. In addition, shareholders of Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action before the federal courts of the United States. The Cayman Island courts are also unlikely to impose liability against us, in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, based on certain civil liabilities provisions of U.S. securities laws. See “Description of share capital—Differences in corporate law.”

It may be difficult for you to enforce any judgment obtained in the United States against our company, which may limit the remedies otherwise available to our shareholders.

Substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. Almost all of our current operations are conducted in China. A majority of our directors and officers reside outside the United States and a substantial portion of their assets are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these directors and officers in the Cayman Islands or in China in the event that you believe that your rights have been infringed under the securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Cayman Islands and of China may render you unable to enforce a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors and officers. There

 

53


Table of Contents

is no statutory recognition in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, although the courts of the Cayman Islands will in certain circumstances recognize and enforce a non-penal judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits. While there is no binding authority on this point, this is likely to include, in certain circumstances, a non-penal judgment of a United States court imposing a monetary award based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. The Grand Court of the Cayman Islands may stay proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere. Moreover, the PRC does not have treaties with the United States or many other countries providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgment of courts. As a result of all of the above, our public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests through actions against us or our officers, directors or major shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction in the United States. See “Enforceability of civil liabilities.”

The voting rights of holders of ADSs are limited by the terms of the deposit agreement, and you may not be able to exercise your right to vote the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs.

As a holder of our ADSs, you will only be able to exercise the voting rights with respect to the underlying ordinary shares in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement. Under the deposit agreement, you must vote by giving voting instructions to the depositary. Upon receipt of your voting instructions, the depositary will vote the underlying ordinary shares in accordance with these instructions. You will not be able to directly exercise your right to vote with respect to the underlying ordinary shares unless you withdraw the shares. Under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the minimum notice period required for convening a shareholder meeting is ten days. When a shareholder meeting is convened, you may not receive sufficient advance notice to withdraw the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs to allow you to vote with respect to any specific matter. If we ask for your instructions, the depositary will notify you of the upcoming vote and will arrange to deliver our voting materials to you. We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your shares. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for their manner of carrying out your voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise your right to vote and you may have no legal remedy if the shares underlying your ADSs are not voted as you requested. See “Description of American depositary shares” for more detailed information.

You may not be able to participate in rights offerings and may experience dilution of your holdings as a result.

We may from time to time distribute rights to our shareholders, including rights to acquire our securities. Under the deposit agreement for the ADSs, the depositary will not offer those rights to ADS holders unless both the rights and the underlying securities to be distributed to ADS holders are either registered under the Securities Act, or exempt from registration under the Securities Act with respect to all holders of ADSs. We are under no obligation to file a registration statement with respect to any such rights or underlying securities or to endeavor to cause such a registration statement to be declared effective. In addition, we may not be able to take advantage of any exemptions from registration under the Securities Act. Accordingly, holders of our ADSs may be unable to participate in a rights offerings we make and may experience dilution in their holdings as a result.

 

54


Table of Contents

You may not receive distributions on our ordinary shares or any value for them if such distribution is illegal or if any required government approval cannot be obtained in order to make such distribution available to you.

The depositary of our ADSs has agreed to pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on ordinary shares or other deposited securities underlying our ADSs, after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of ordinary shares your ADSs represent. However, the depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any holders of ADSs. For example, it would be unlawful to make a distribution to a holder of ADSs if it consists of securities that require registration under the Securities Act but that are not properly registered or distributed under an applicable exemption from registration. The depositary may also determine that it is not feasible to distribute certain property through the mail. Additionally, the value of certain distributions may be less than the cost of mailing them. In these cases, the depositary may determine not to distribute such property. We have no obligation to register under U.S. securities laws any ADSs, ordinary shares, rights or other securities received through such distributions. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs, ordinary shares, rights or anything else to holders of ADSs. This means that you may not receive distributions we make on our ordinary shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available to you. These restrictions may cause a material decline in the value of our ADSs.

You may be subject to limitations on transfer of your ADSs.

Your ADSs are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its transfer books at any time or from time to time when it deems expedient in connection with the performance of its duties. In addition, the depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of ADSs generally when our books or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary deem it advisable to do so because of any requirement of law or of any government or governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason.

 

55


Table of Contents

Forward-looking statements

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements that relate to future events or our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Words such as, but not limited to, “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “targets,” “likely,” “aim,” “will,” “would,” “could,” and similar expressions or phrases identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operation, business strategy and financial needs. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

 

Anticipated trends and challenges in our business and the markets in which we operate;

 

 

Our ability to anticipate market needs or develop new or enhanced services and products to meet those needs;

 

 

Our ability to compete in our industry and innovation by our competitors;

 

 

Our ability to protect our confidential information and intellectual property rights;

 

 

Our ability to successfully identify and manage any potential acquisitions;

 

 

The timing and number of future acquisitions and the compensation we will expend to make future acquisitions;

 

 

Our need to obtain additional funding and our ability to obtain funding in the future on acceptable terms;

 

 

The impact on our business and results of operations arising from the defects in our real properties;

 

 

Our expectations regarding the use of proceeds from this offering;

 

 

Our planned capital expenditures in 2010;

 

 

Our plan to make significant expenditures to create and maintain our positive brand awareness and brand loyalty;

 

 

The loss of senior management and key personnel;

 

 

Our ability to manage growth; and

 

 

Economic and business conditions in China.

You should read thoroughly this prospectus and the documents that we refer to herein with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from and/or worse than what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements including those made in “Risk factors.” Other sections of this prospectus include additional factors which could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

 

56


Table of Contents

This prospectus also contains third-party data relating to the education and career enhancement markets in China that includes projections based on a number of assumptions. The education and career enhancement markets may not grow at the rates projected by market data, or at all. The failure of this market to grow at the projected rates may have a material adverse effect on our business and the market price of our ADSs. Furthermore, if any one or more of the assumptions underlying the market data turns out to be incorrect, actual results may differ from the projections based on these assumptions. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events or information as of the date on which the statements are made in this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

57


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

We estimate that our net proceeds from the offering will be approximately US$             million, at an assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS (which is the mid-point of the estimated public offering price range), and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately US$             million. A US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS would increase (decrease) the net proceeds of this offering by US$             million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of ADSs by the selling shareholders.

We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering to fund working capital and for other general corporate purposes, including the expansion of our different lines of business. The principal reasons we are conducting this offering are to be able to access public markets in the United States and to raise funds for our general corporate purposes and finance our future expansion, which we expect will include business expansion including strategic acquisitions, upgrades and expansions to our schools and learning centers, teacher training programs and research and development of our educational content and to fund our working capital. We currently estimate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering as follows: US$20 million for working capital and general corporate purposes, including teaching training programs and for research and development of our educational content and US$             million for the expansion of our business. Of the proceeds we expect to use for the expansion of our business, we currently anticipate that US$50 to US$70 million would be used for strategic acquisitions with the remainder to be used for upgrades and expansions to our existing schools and learning centers. For a further discussion of our strategies and business plan, see “Business—Our strategies.”

We do not currently have any agreements or understandings to make any material acquisitions of, or investments in, other businesses but, as of July 14, 2010, Ambow Sihua and Ambow Shanghai have entered into exclusivity agreements with five career enhancement centers and two tutoring centers with whom we may commence acquisition discussions after this offering is completed. See “Business—Our acquisitions.” To the extent that the net proceeds from this offering are not immediately applied for the above purposes, we intend to invest our net proceeds in interest-bearing bank deposits that may be withdrawn upon demand, short-term interest-bearing, investment grade securities, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed government obligations.

In utilizing the proceeds of this offering, as an offshore holding company, we are permitted, under PRC laws and regulations, to provide funding to our PRC subsidiaries only through loans or capital contributions and to other entities only through loans. Subject to satisfaction of applicable government registration and approval requirements, we may extend intercompany loans to our PRC subsidiaries and affiliated entities or make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries to fund their capital expenditures or working capital. We expect to apply and obtain such approval and registration as we deem necessary for utilizing the proceeds of this offering to provide funding to our PRC subsidiaries or other entities through capital contribution and loans. We have successfully obtained government approvals and registrations for our capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries. We did not make any intercompany loans to Ambow Online. We have not obtained governmental approvals or registrations for intercompany loans to our VIEs or their subsidiaries because there are no approval or registration requirements for these

 

58


Table of Contents

loans. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these government approvals or registrations if and when needed on a timely basis, if at all. The time associated with these activities is usually several months and the related cost is minimal. For an increase of registered capital of the wholly-owned foreign enterprise, the authority will decide within 30 days after receiving the application documents. After obtaining the approval from authorities in charge of foreign investment, the time for the wholly-owned foreign enterprise’s registration of such capital contributions with SAFE will generally be less than 20 business days. See “Risk Factors—Risks related to doing business in China—PRC regulation of loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC operating subsidiaries and affiliated entities, which could harm our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.”

The foregoing represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions to use and allocate the net proceeds of this offering. Our management, however, will have significant flexibility and discretion to apply the net proceeds of this offering. If an unforeseen event occurs or business conditions change, we may use the proceeds of this offering differently than as described in this prospectus.

 

59


Table of Contents

Dividends and dividend policy

Since our inception, we have not declared or paid any dividends on our shares. We intend to retain any earnings for use in our business and do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on our ordinary shares. Dividends, if any, on our outstanding ordinary shares will be declared by and subject to the discretion of our board of directors, and subject to Cayman Islands law.

Our ability to pay cash dividends will also depend upon the amount of distributions, if any, received by us from our PRC subsidiaries, which must comply with the laws and regulations of the PRC and their respective articles of association in declaring and paying dividends to us. Under the applicable requirements of PRC law, our PRC subsidiaries incorporated as companies may only distribute dividends after they have made allowances to fund certain statutory reserves. If they record no net income for a year as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the PRC, they generally may not distribute dividends for that year.

Any dividend we declare will be paid to the holders of ADSs, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, to the same extent as holders of our ordinary shares, to the extent permitted by applicable law and regulations, less the fees and expenses payable under the deposit agreement. Any dividend we declare will be distributed by the depositary bank to the holders of our ADSs. Cash dividends on our ordinary shares, if any, will be paid in U.S. dollars. See “Description of American depositary shares.”

 

60


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2010. Our capitalization is presented on:

 

 

An actual basis;

 

 

A pro forma basis to reflect the automatic conversion of all our outstanding preferred shares into Class B ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering; and

 

 

A pro forma, as adjusted basis to reflect (1) the automatic conversion of all our outstanding preferred shares into Class B ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering, (2) exercise of the Series B warrants and (3) the issuance and sale of                      Class A ordinary shares in the form of ADSs by us in this offering and our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from such issuance and sale in this offering, each based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per ADS (which is the mid-point of the estimated public offering price range), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Selected consolidated financial data” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.”

 

       As of March 31, 2010
(in thousands)    Actual    Pro Forma    Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
     RMB    US$    RMB    US$    RMB    US$
               (unaudited)

Long-term borrowings (excluding current portion)

  

74,000

  

10,841

   74,000    10,841      

Mezzanine Equity:

                 

Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares, US$0.0001 par value: 23,387,381 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

   561,934    82,325            

Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares, US$0.0001 par value: 29,835,966 shares authorized and 26,722,649 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

   802,781    117,610            
                               

 

61


Table of Contents
       As of March 31, 2010
(in thousands, except per share data)    Actual     Pro Forma    Pro Forma
As Adjusted
                                 
     RMB     US$     RMB    US$    RMB    US$
                 (unaudited)

Shareholders’ equity:

               

Series A convertible preferred shares, US$0.0001 par value: 12,900,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

   14,283      2,093              

Series B convertible preferred shares, US$0.0001 par value: 18,335,715 shares authorized and 17,745,522 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

   96,667      14,162              

Class A ordinary shares, US$0.0001 par value: 0 shares authorized and 0 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted(1)

                     

Class B ordinary shares, US$0.0001 par value: 155,000,000 shares authorized and 44,999,663 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 200,000,000 shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 200,000,000 shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted(1)

   36      5              

Additional paid-in capital(2)

   622,122      91,143              

Warrants

   2,737      401              

Statutory reserves

   34,155      5,004              

Retained earnings (Accumulated deficit)

   (116,051   (17,003           

Accumulated other comprehensive income

   24,212      3,547              

Non-controlling interest

   55,574      8,142              

Total shareholders’ equity(2)

   733,735      107,494              

Total capitalization(2)

   2,098,450      307,429              
 

 

(1)   Subsequent to March 31, 2010, our share capital was re-designated into Class A and Class B ordinary shares under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which became effective on                     , 2010.

 

(2)   A US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS would increase (decrease) each of the additional paid-in capital, total shareholders’ equity and total capitalization by US$             million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ADSs.

 

62


Table of Contents

The table above excludes the following shares:

 

 

18,548,185 Class B ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2010, with a weighted average exercise price of US$2.41 per ordinary share;

 

 

590,193 Class B ordinary shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2010, which have an exercise price of US$0.75 per ordinary share; and

 

 

1,734,168 ordinary shares reserved for future grants under our equity incentive plan as of March 31, 2010.

 

63


Table of Contents

Dilution

As of March 31, 2010, our net tangible book value was US$             per ordinary shares and US$             per ADS. Net tangible book value per ordinary share represents total tangible assets minus total liabilities divided by the total number of ordinary shares outstanding. Dilution is determined by subtracting net tangible book value per ordinary share from the assumed public offering price per ordinary share.

Without taking into account any other changes in net tangible book value after March 31, 2010, other than giving effect to (1) the automatic conversion of all our outstanding preferred shares into ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering, (2) exercise of the Series B warrants and (3) our sale of                      ADSs in the offering at an assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS (which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range) and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses of the offering payable by us, but without taking into account any other changes in such net tangible book value after March 31, 2010, the net tangible book value per ordinary share would increase to US$             per ordinary share (or US$             per ADS), or US$             per ordinary share (or US$             per ADS) if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of US$             per ordinary share (or US$             per ADS) to our existing shareholders or US$             per ordinary share (or US$             per ADS) if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, and an immediate dilution of US$             per ordinary share (or US$             per ADS) to purchasers of ADSs in the offering or US$             per ordinary share (or US$             per ADS), if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per ordinary share basis and a per ADS basis assuming that all ADSs are exchanged for ordinary shares:

 

       Per Ordinary
Share
   Per ADS

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     

Net tangible book value per ordinary share as of March 31, 2010

     

Increase per share attributable to the sale of the ADSs

     

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

     

Dilution per ordinary share to purchasers of ADSs in the offering

     
 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of US$             per ADS would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value after giving effect to the offering by US$             per ordinary share and US$             per ADS, respectively, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share and per ADS to new investors in this offering by US$             per ordinary share and US$             per ADS, respectively, assuming no change to the number of ADSs offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

64


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of March 31, 2010, the differences between our existing shareholders as of such date and the new investors with respect to the number of ordinary shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per ordinary shares paid at an assumed initial public offering price of US$ per ADS (which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range) before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

       Ordinary Shares Purchased    Total Consideration   

Average
Price

Per Share

  

Average
Price per

ADS

     Number    Percent    Amount    Percent      
 

Existing shareholders

   126,976,783    %    $ 170,464,056    %    1.34   

New Investors

                 
                           

Total

      100.0%    $                 100.0%      
                                 

A US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all shareholders and the average price per ADS paid by all shareholders by US$             million, and US$            , respectively, assuming no change in the number of ADSs sold by us and the selling shareholders as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and without deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

The number of ordinary shares to be outstanding following the offering is based on 126,976,783 shares outstanding at March 31, 2010, which gives effect to the conversion of all of our preferred shares into ordinary shares upon the completion of this offering, and excludes:

 

 

18,548,185 Class B ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2010, with a weighted average exercise price of US$2.41 per ordinary share;

 

 

590,193 Class B ordinary shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2009, which have an exercise price of US$0.75 per ordinary share; and

 

 

1,734,168 ordinary shares reserved for future grants under our equity incentive plan as of March 31, 2010.

To the extent all options and warrants outstanding at March 31, 2010 are exercised, the number of ordinary shares to be outstanding immediately following the offering would increase to                      and the total consideration would increase to US$            . Our existing shareholders would hold                      ordinary shares or         % of the number of ordinary shares outstanding immediately following the offering for which they paid US$             or         % of the total consideration. The purchasers of ADSs in the offering would hold        % of the number of ordinary shares outstanding immediately following the offering and would experience immediate dilution in net tangible book value of US$             per ordinary share (or US$             per ADS). In addition, we may in the future elect to raise additional capital as a result of favorable market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of such securities could result in further dilution to our shareholders.

 

65


Table of Contents

Exchange rate information

Our business is primarily conducted in China and substantially all of our revenues are denominated in RMB. However, periodic reports made to shareholders will be expressed in U.S. dollars using the then current exchange rates. This prospectus contains translations of RMB amounts into U.S. dollars at specific rates solely for the convenience of the reader. Unless otherwise noted, all translations from RMB to U.S. dollars and from U.S. dollars to RMB in this prospectus were made at RMB6.8258 to US$1.00, as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on March 31, 2010. We make no representation that any RMB or U.S. dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars or RMB, as the case may be, at any particular rate, the rates stated below, or at all. The PRC government imposes control over its foreign currency reserves in part through direct regulation of the conversion of RMB into foreign exchange and through restrictions on foreign trade. On July 9, 2010, the exchange rate was RMB6.7720 to US$1.00.

The following table sets forth information concerning exchange rates between the RMB and the U.S. dollar for the periods indicated. These rates are provided solely for your convenience and are not necessarily the exchange rates that we used in this prospectus or will use in the preparation of our periodic reports or any other information to be provided to you. The source of these rates is the Federal Reserve Board.

 

       Exchange Rate
Period    Period End    Average(1)    Low(2)    High(2)
                     

2005

   8.0702    8.1826    8.0702    8.2765

2006

   7.8041    7.9579    7.8041    8.0702

2007

   7.2946    7.5806    7.2946    7.8127

2008

   6.8225    6.9193    6.7800    7.2946

2009

   6.8259    6.8295    6.8176    6.8470

2010

           

January

   6.8268    6.8269    6.8258    6.8295

February

   6.8258    6.8285    6.8258    6.8330

March

   6.8258    6.8262    6.8254    6.8270

April

   6.8247    6.8256    6.8229    6.8275

May

   6.8305    6.8275    6.8245    6.8310

June

   6.7815    6.8184    6.7815    6.8323

July (through July 9)

   6.7720    6.7762    6.7709    6.7807
                     

 

(1)   Annual averages are calculated from month-end noon buying rates in the city of New York as published by the Federal Reserve Bank. Monthly averages are calculated using the daily noon buying rates in the city of New York as set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Federal Reserve Board during the relevant periods.

 

(2)   Annual and monthly lows and highs are calculated from daily noon buying rates in the city of New York as published by the Federal Reserve Bank.

 

66


Table of Contents

Selected consolidated financial data

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes. The selected consolidated financial data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian CPAs Limited Company and were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The selected consolidated financial data, except for the as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data, presented below for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 and as of March 31, 2009 and 2010 is derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements include all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results for the periods presented. We historically prepared limited financial data under PRC accounting standards which were used for internal purposes and to support our PRC tax return information only. We have omitted the selected financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, as such information is not available on a basis that is consistent with the consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, and cannot be provided on a U.S. GAAP basis without unreasonable effort or expense.

We have completed a number of acquisitions since January 1, 2008, which have affected period-to-period comparisons of our selected consolidated financial data. The results of our acquired companies have been included in our financial statements since their respective dates of acquisition and have contributed to our growth in net revenues, net income and net income per share. For a more detailed description of these acquisitions, see note 22 to our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

67


Table of Contents
      For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
(in thousands, except share, per
share and per ADS information)
  2007     2008     2009     2009     2009     2010     2010  
                     
    RMB     RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data :

             

NET REVENUES:

             

Educational programs and services

  317,854      469,543      760,444      111,407      160,109      232,154      34,011   

Educational products

  1,077      38,826      141,582      20,742      16,235      28,134      4,122   
                                         

Total net revenues

  318,931      508,369      902,026      132,149      176,344      260,288      38,133   

Cost of revenues

  (205,619   (327,168   (408,985   (59,918   (101,849   (127,165   (18,630
                                         

GROSS PROFIT

  113,312      181,201      493,041      72,231      74,495      133,123      19,503   
                                         

Operating expenses:

             

Selling and marketing(1)

  (19,600   (43,123   (138,423   (20,279   (21,458   (51,703   (7,575

General and administrative(1)

  (33,828   (56,860   (188,518   (27,618   (32,485   (66,367   (9,723

Research and development(1)

  (3,754   (11,696   (17,470   (2,559   (5,869   (5,207   (763
                                         

Total operating expenses

  (57,182   (111,679   (344,411   (50,456   (59,812   (123,277   (18,061
                                         

OPERATING INCOME

  56,130      69,522      148,630      21,775      14,683      9,846      1,442   
                                         

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

  (11,315   5,573      (9,047   (1,326   1,778      (3,137   (460
                                         

Income before tax and non-controlling interest

  44,815      75,095      139,583      20,449      16,461      6,709      982   

Income tax expense

  (10,578   (7,735   (1,562   (229   (133   (3,733   (547
                                         

NET INCOME

  34,237      67,360      138,021      20,220      16,328      2,976      435   

Non-controlling interest

            215      31           901      132   
                                         

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

  34,237      67,360      138,236      20,251      16,328      3,877      567   

Preferred shares redemption value accretion

  (1,407   (67,768   (157,877   (23,129   (38,524   (76,932   (11,271

Allocation of net income to participating preferred shareholders

  (20,837   (53,949   (93,611   (13,715   (23,103   (23,067   (3,379
                                         

NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO ORDINARY SHAREHOLDERS

  11,993      (54,357   (113,252   (16,593   (45,299   (96,122   (14,083
                                         

Net income (loss) per ordinary share:(2)

             

Basic

  0.75      (2.36   (2.89   (0.42   (1.35   (2.08   (0.30

Diluted

  0.33      (2.36   (2.89   (0.42   (1.35   (2.08   (0.30

Net income (loss) per ADS:

             

Basic

             

Diluted

             

Weighted average shares used in calculating net income (loss) per share(2)

             

Basic

  16,031,507      23,038,853      39,193,092      39,193,092      33,640,059      46,221,231      46,221,231   

Diluted

  37,622,476      23,038,853      39,193,092      39,193,092      33,640,059      46,221,231      46,221,231   
                                           

 

68


Table of Contents
(1)   Share-based compensation expense included in:

 

(in thousands)   For the Year Ended December 31,   For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2009   2010   2010
             
    RMB   RMB   RMB   US$   RMB   RMB   US$

Selling and marketing

  623   1,194   4,411   646   684   1,450   212

General and administrative

  4,175   8,370   8,640   1,266   2,236   4,035   591

Research and development

  353   426   480   70   110   165   24
                             

 

(2)   Basic and diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period. The potentially dilutive warrants, preferred shares and options were excluded from the calculation of diluted net income (loss) per share in those periods where their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

 

      As of December 31,   As of March 31,
(in thousands)   2007   2008   2009   2009   2010   2010
         
    RMB   RMB   RMB   US$   RMB   US$

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data :

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  416,094   778,824   409,926   60,055   411,263   60,251

Total current assets

  1,006,011   1,578,712   1,133,515   166,062   949,788   139,146

Total assets

  1,012,335   1,993,884   3,672,394   538,016   3,497,791   512,436

Total current liabilities

  475,104   502,738   1,131,901   165,826   947,055   138,746

Total liabilities

  475,104   525,626   1,582,625   231,859   1,399,341   205,007

Mezzanine equity

  387,757   1,131,408   1,288,147   188,716   1,364,715   199,935

Total shareholders equity

  149,474   336,850   801,622   117,441   733,735   107,494
         

 

       For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
(in thousands)    2007     2008     2009     2009     2009     2010     2010  
                     
     RMB     RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  

Cash Flow Data :

              

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities

   88,613      (63,630   523,094      76,635      72,321      48,241      7,068   

Net cash used in investing activities

   (118,430   (261,831   (802,365   (117,549   (61,258   (42,906   (6,286

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

   388,754      700,041      (86,500   (12,672        (3,930   (576
                     

 

69


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The discussion in this prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. The cautionary statements made in this prospectus should be read as applying to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed here. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed in “Risk factors,” as well as those discussed elsewhere. See “Risk factors” and “Forward-looking statements.”

Overview

We are a leading national provider of educational and career enhancement services in China. Our business addresses two critical demands in China’s education market, the desire for students to be admitted into top secondary and post-secondary schools, and the desire for graduates of those schools to obtain more attractive jobs. We offer consistently high-quality, individualized services and products through our combined online and offline delivery model powered by our proprietary technologies and robust infrastructure. Our regional service hubs, comprised of our five K-12 schools, 96 tutoring centers, two colleges and 16 career enhancement centers as of March 31, 2010, combined with our distributors, enable us to provide our services and products to students in 30 out of the 31 provinces and autonomous regions within China.

Through our directly-operated schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers and our distributors, we have significantly grown our net revenue, net income and student enrollment. Our net revenues increased from RMB318.9 million in 2007 to RMB508.4 million in 2008 to RMB902.0 million (US$132.1 million) in 2009 and from RMB176.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2009 to RMB260.3 million (US$38.1 million) in the three months ended March 31, 2010. Net revenues from the provision of our services accounted for 99.7%, 92.4%, 84.3% and 89.2% of our net revenues in 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, respectively. Net revenues from direct sales of our tutoring and career enhancement software products accounted for 0.3%, 7.6%, 15.7% and 10.8% of our net revenues in 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, respectively. Our growth from 2008 to 2009 was primarily driven by the expansion of our service hubs across both the Better Schools and Better Jobs divisions, primarily through acquisitions, and to a lesser extent, the organic growth of our businesses. Our ten acquisitions through business combinations and one acquisition of long-term operating rights in 2008 generated net revenues of RMB55.7 million, RMB213.7 million (US$31.3 million) and RMB61.1 million (US$9.0 million) for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, respectively. Our 13 acquisitions through business combinations in 2009 generated net revenues of RMB368.4 million (US$54.0 million) and RMB163.1 million (US$23.9 million) in 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, respectively.

We recorded net income of RMB34.2 million, RMB67.4 million, RMB138.0 million (US$20.2 million) and RMB3.0 million (US$0.4 million) in 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, respectively.

As of March 31, 2010, we had more than 30,000 students enrolled in our K-12 schools and colleges. Since the beginning of 2008, we have had in the aggregate more than 950,000 student

 

70


Table of Contents

enrollments in our tutoring and career enhancement centers. Since the beginning of 2007, we have had in aggregate more than 500,000 registered users of our software products or services through our online services or as a result of our software sales through distributors and, under our old sales model, sales to students of our partner schools. When we refer to student enrollments in this prospectus, we mean the total number of students enrolled in our K-12 schools and colleges and the total number of classes, tutoring sessions or training programs purchased by students in our tutoring centers and career enhancement centers as of the end of a particular academic period. For example, if one student enrolls in two separate tutoring classes or training programs, we count that as two student enrollments.

We have two business divisions, “Better Schools” and “Better Jobs,” and four operating segments, K-12 schools, tutoring, colleges and career enhancement, which are included within our two divisions. Our K-12 schools and tutoring segments are within our Better Schools division and colleges and career enhancement segments are within our Better Jobs division. Net revenues from Better Schools accounted for 43.1%, 51.0%, 54.5% and 70.5% of our total net revenues in 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, respectively. Net revenues from Better Jobs accounted for 56.9%, 49.0%, 45.5% and 29.5% of our total net revenues in 2007, 2008, 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, respectively. We expect the mix of our net revenues between Better Schools and Better Jobs to fluctuate as we continue to expand our business and as the expansion plans focus more heavily on one of our operating segments in a given period.

Due to certain restrictions and qualification requirements under PRC law that apply to foreign investment in China’s education industry, our education business is currently conducted through contractual arrangements among our wholly-owned subsidiaries in China and our consolidated variable interest entities, or VIEs, in China. Our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries hold the licenses and permits necessary to conduct our educational and career enhancement services business in China and directly operate our K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers, develop and distribute educational content, software and other technologies, and operate our online education business. We have entered into Technology Service Agreements or Exclusive Cooperation Agreements with our VIEs pursuant to which we may receive economic benefits in the future. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not received any payments under these agreements because we have not provided any services to the VIEs under these agreements. We plan to utilize these agreements once we have finalized our plans on the provision of intercompany services, which will take into account our liquidity position as well as our ability to fund and expand our business. We have, however, entered into additional agreements to sell products and provide services to our VIEs’ subsidiaries. Under these agreements, we recognized net revenues of RMB58.1 million, RMB187.3 million (US$27.4 million) and RMB24.9 million (US$3.7 million) for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, respectively (which have been eliminated upon consolidation), from the VIEs’ subsidiaries in connection with products sold and services provided by Ambow Online to these subsidiaries. The terms of these sales agreements to our VIEs’ subsidiaries are the same as sales to third parties described further in this section of the prospectus.

As of March 31, 2010, we had RMB162.5 million due from certain related parties and owed RMB9.4 million to certain related parties. Many of the balances due from the related parties were amounts that had been lent to the school principals, owners or other controlling persons of entities we have acquired, prior to our acquisition dates, to fund the operations of various schools, tutoring centers and career enhancement centers. In addition, some amounts relate to

 

71


Table of Contents

indemnifications provided by the previous owners of the schools we acquired for which we have also recognized a corresponding liability. The remaining balances were mainly revenues collected on our behalf by the related parties and owed to us. The balances owed to related parties represented amounts due to former owners of our schools, tutoring centers and career enhancement centers or entities controlled by such owners for certain operating expenses they had paid, repayments of loans from certain principals of our schools, tutoring centers and career enhancement centers or, in one case, the outstanding payment for the training services provided by the principal of a career enhancement center. We do not believe that such transactions with the related parties require approval from the government.

Factors affecting our results of operations

General factors affecting our results of operations

We have benefited significantly from the following recent trends in the China educational and career enhancement services market:

 

 

Rapid growth in disposable household income;

 

 

Intense competition in the education sector and the job market;

 

 

Rapid economic growth;

 

 

Increasing hiring needs of existing and new companies doing business in China; and

 

 

The increased availability and utilization of advanced learning technologies to supplement the traditional education delivery model.

The overall economic growth and the increase in the GDP per capita in China have led to a significant increase in spending on education in China. In addition, education is a welcomed and supported industry in China, which means that education service providers often get preferential treatment in terms of infrastructure support and tax rates. As an example of preferential infrastructure support given to education service providers, we are permitted to utilize the facilities and properties provided by the Kunshan government to operate our Kunshan career enhancement center, free of rent for the first three years and then enjoy a 50% reduction of rent for the following two years. Further, according to a report from the PRC central government in May 2007, the government stated that it will invest RMB10 billion on vocational training related infrastructure projects. Examples of preferential tax treatment include an exemption of public schools and private schools which are qualified as “not-for-profit organizations,” under the New CIT Law from paying income tax with respect to their income qualified for the exemption and the exemption of schools and colleges providing degree-oriented education services from business tax with respect to their income derived from degree-oriented education services, as described further in “—Taxation.”

We anticipate that the demand for private education and career enhancement training in China will continue to increase as the economy in China continues to grow and as disposable income of urban households continues to rise. However, any adverse changes in the economic conditions or regulatory environment in China may have a material adverse effect on the education and career enhancement industries in China, which in turn may harm our business and results of operations. We are subject to a legal regime consisting of regulations governing various aspects of our business such as regulations on education, software, internet, audio-video broadcasting, tax, information security, privacy, copyright and trademark protection and foreign exchange. These regulations are evolving and are subject to frequent changes which may materially adversely affect our business in all aspects such as the operation of our K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers through the VIE structure, the engagement of public school teachers and the organization of classes with large-size attendance in our tutoring

 

72


Table of Contents

centers, the establishment of new colleges and the offering of our online services. As of December 31, 2009, pursuant to The Law of Promoting Private Education (2003), we have reserved RMB10.1 million in the Education Development Reserve for our private schools. Such appropriation is for the purpose of maintaining the schools’ existing facilities and for the acquisition of new facilities for these private schools. Since the Education Development Reserve may be used in the operations of these private schools, we do not anticipate such allocations will have a significant impact on the private schools’ or our liquidity and capital resources. Please see “Risk factors—Risks related to regulation of our business and our corporate structure” and “Regulation.”

Though we do not possess the land use right certificates or building ownership certificates with respect to some of our owned real properties, and the lessors of some of our leased properties do not have effective ownership certificates, we do not believe that our ability to maintain and obtain or renew our licenses or permits for our business operations will be adversely affected by such issues, except that the failure of our two colleges to possess the required amounts of land may impact their ability to conduct their business if we are not able to address this deficiency by the required compliance period in 2013. To satisfy such land requirements at our two colleges would require us to incur significant expenses that we are not able to quantify, but which we believe could be millions of RMB. See “Risk factors—Risks related to our business and industry—Failure by our colleges to comply with regulatory requirements on land use rights and capital commitment may subject our colleges to penalties and adversely affect our business operations.” To remedy the land use rights and building ownership certificates at our owned properties, we believe we will incur approximately RMB6.0 million (US$879,018) to RMB9.0 million (US$1.3 million) of expenses and for the defects at our leased and owned properties could be subject to fines up to RMB16.5 million (US$2.4 million). See “Risk factors—Risks related to our business and industry—Our legal right to lease certain properties could be challenged by property owners or other third parties, which may cause interruptions to business operations of the affected schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers and adversely affect our financial results” and “Risk factors—Risks related to our business and industry—We do not possess the relevant land use right certificates or building ownership certificates for some of the properties owned by us, and certain of the properties that we own have potential defects or issues that may not be easily remedied, which could cause us to incur significant additional expenses or could disrupt certain aspects of our business.”

Specific factors affecting our results of operations

While our business is influenced by factors affecting the education and career enhancement industries in China generally and by conditions in each of the geographic markets we serve within China, we believe our business is more directly affected by company-specific factors, including, among others:

 

 

The number of student enrollments .    The number of student enrollments is largely driven by the demand for the educational programs offered by our K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers, the amount of fees we charge, the effectiveness of our marketing and brand promotion efforts, the locations and capacity of our K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers, our ability to maintain the consistency and quality of our teaching, and our ability to respond to competitive pressures, as well as seasonal factors. In 2008 and 2009, our K-12 schools had student enrollments that were above 85% of the aggregate capacity of the schools. Total capacity at our K-12 schools in 2008 and 2009 was 20,420 and 22,900 students, respectively. In 2008 and 2009, our two colleges, Applied Technology College and Beijing Century College, had government-imposed annual

 

73


Table of Contents
 

enrollment quota limits of an aggregate of 3,499 and 3,409 students, respectively. The total new student enrollments in 2009 at Applied Technology College and Beijing Century College were an aggregate of 3,499 and 3,350, respectively. The students at our K-12 schools take standard course loads and their tuition is tied to the school semester or school year and not directly to their course loads within those periods.

 

 

The amount of fees we charge .    We determine enrollment fees in our K-12 schools and colleges based on demand for the educational programs offered by our schools and government approvals that determine limits for what we can charge to our students. Our colleges are subject to tuition guidelines approved by the local equivalent of the MOE. We determine course fees for our tutoring centers and career enhancement centers primarily based on demand for our courses, the targeted market for our courses, the geographic location and capacity of the center, costs of delivering our services, and the course fees charged by our competitors for the same or similar courses. Our ability to increase enrollment and tuition fees will also depend on the perception of the quality and effectiveness of our services and products, the availability of competing courses and annual enrollment quota restrictions placed on us by PRC regulations.

Education services are an investment for the future, especially for children’s education, in China. Steady growth of the economy will likely result in the continuous growth of income and higher consumption levels for China’s citizens, who will have more capital for the education of their children, especially for after-school tutoring. However, we believe that the tuition fees of K-12 schools and tutoring services and college tuition fees are less impacted by the ups and downs of the overall economy as we believe that people in China generally cut back on other spending before they reduce their spending on their children’s education. We believe that fees charged for career enhancement services will be more impacted by the economy. If students anticipate a lower-waged job after they graduate, they may be willing to spend less for career enhancement services.

The maximum tuition fees that a school can charge vary by locations, but usually the regulations governing these price controls take into consideration China’s economic growth in determining whether to approve a tuition increase and in setting the size of the tuition increase. Usually the local governments review and adjust tuition fees every two to three years as necessary to reflect inflation or new educational services that are provided. Price controls by local governments will affect the amount by which we are able to increase our fees charged to students in our K-12 schools and colleges.

 

 

Our costs and expenses .    We incur costs and expenses at both the headquarter level and at our K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers. Our most significant costs at our K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers are compensation paid to our teachers and for rent expense. A substantial majority of our operating expenses are selling and marketing and general and administrative expenses.

Effects of change in our sales model

In 2007, we provided services through sales agents to students attending our partner schools where we did not control the facilities or teachers. In May 2008, we began to implement a change to our sales model and started to cease providing services directly to students where we did not control the facilities or teachers. Our new business model focuses on the provision of services to students attending schools and centers that are operated directly by ourselves and, to a lesser extent, the sale of stand-alone software products to distributors. This change in sales model that occurred over time during 2008 and 2009 did not have a significant effect on our financial results, specifically our gross margins, until 2009. As of October 2009, all of our sales of

 

74


Table of Contents

educational programs and services and products, other than one ongoing contract that will expire in September 2011, were made under our new sales model, as described below.

Under our old sales model, we delivered the learning materials we had developed through courses to students attending our partner schools with the help of sales agents and we remained responsible for the delivery of the services to students. As a result, the net revenues we recognized were the gross amounts paid by students for our services and we incurred significant costs relating to the services we were responsible to provide under this sales model. Our gross margins in 2007 and 2008, when all or a substantial majority of our net revenues were recognized pursuant to this sales model, were 35.5% and 35.6%, respectively.

In 2008, we started to introduce our new business model which focused on two key sales models: the provision of educational programs and services to students of our directly-operated schools and centers and the sale of software products to distributors. Our directly-operated schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers generate revenues from tuition fees, accommodation fees and, to a much lesser extent, education materials. We use our technology platform and learning materials to enhance the experience of our students attending these directly-operated schools.

Our new sales model for selling software products is focused on selling these products to our distributors and the distributors are responsible for the delivery of services that incorporate our software products or for selling the software products on a stand-alone basis with no further service obligation. Under the new product sales model, we contract directly with distributors and have no direct contact with schools or their students. We also have no further obligation to the schools or students in terms of the delivery of services. As a result, for sales of software products under the new sales model, we recognize less revenue for each sale compared to the old sales model but recognize a higher gross margin as we are no longer responsible for the cost of delivering the services to schools or students or for sales agent costs.

Our gross margin for delivery of services to our K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers, combined with sales of software products under this new sales model, was 54.7% in 2009. The increased gross margin was especially evident in 2009 as 2008 was a transition year with significant net revenue still being recognized on sales of our services through sales agents to students at our partner schools as opposed to selling software products to distributors. As of December 31, 2008, we still had some deferred revenue that was recognized as net revenue in 2009 from sales under our old sales model made in 2008.

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, an estimated 4.0%, 15.0% and 3.5%, respectively, of our net revenues were generated by sales through our distributors. We expect net revenues generated on sales through distributors as a percentage of total net revenues to fluctuate from period to period. During the three months ended March 31, 2010, we had two distributors for our products: one for Better Schools’ products and one for Better Jobs’ products. For the year ended December 31, 2009, these two distributors accounted for approximately 60% of our net revenues to distributors.

The following are the key terms of sales to our distributors, the nature of support services provided by our distributors to their customers and our basis for estimating returned products from distributors.

Terms of sales

In 2009, we generally sold software products to our distributors on a prepaid basis. Sales with credit terms require special approval by our management. While not significant in 2010, we have extended credit terms to our two key distributors. We do not give refunds and only offer

 

75


Table of Contents

replacements to the extent of product defaults. We provide secondary support in rare instances when the distributors cannot answer end users’ questions. This support is available for a short period after the sales of the software product and has been immaterial for all periods presented.

How distributors provide customers with support services

In addition to the sales of software products to end users, our distributors may also provide support services to the end users including classroom tutoring, providing facilities for study and on-the-job coaching, where applicable. The distributors determine what other support services, if any, they are going to provide and bear the sole responsibility for these support services.

How we estimate amounts of returned products

We do not give refunds and only offer replacements to the extent of product defaults within 30 days after delivery. Based on our past experience and quality control procedures performed before products are shipped out, the number of returns is minimal and we, therefore, do not expect any significant returns in the future.

Effects of acquisitions and other expansion plans

In 2008, we made an aggregate of ten acquisitions through business combinations and one acquisition of long-term operating rights pursuant to which we acquired two K-12 schools, 28 tutoring centers and three career enhancement centers. In 2009, we made an aggregate of 13 acquisitions pursuant to which we acquired three K-12 schools, 66 tutoring centers, two colleges and 12 career enhancement centers. Our future results of operations will depend significantly upon our ability to increase student enrollments at existing schools and centers and further expand our school and center network throughout China. We plan to continue to expand our operations going forward, including selectively converting our A+ Alliance partners to our own schools and learning centers through business combinations and by making acquisitions depending on market conditions and our ability to identify and consummate such acquisitions after the completion of this offering. To consummate these transactions, we believe that we will use some of the proceeds from this offering and we also intend to issue additional shares in these acquisitions that will dilute our shareholders. Our planned continued expansion will also result in substantial demands on our management, operational, technological, financial and other resources. We will continue to implement additional measures and recruit qualified personnel in order to effectively manage and support our growth.

Key financial performance indicators

Our key financial performance indicators consist of our net revenues, cost of revenues, gross profit and operating expenses, which are discussed in greater detail below. The following table sets forth our net revenues, cost of revenues and gross profit, both in absolute amount and as a percentage of net revenues, for the periods indicated.

 

      For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2010  
(in thousands, except
percentages)
  RMB     %     RMB     %     RMB     US$     %     RMB     US$     %  

Net revenues

  318,931      100.0      508,369      100.0      902,026      132,149      100.0      260,288      38,133      100.0   

Cost of revenues

  (205,619   (64.5   (327,168   (64.4   (408,985   (59,918   (45.3   (127,165   (18,630   (48.9
                                                           

Gross Profit

  113,312      35.5      181,201      35.6      493,041      72,231      54.7      133,123      19,503      51.1   
                                                             

 

76


Table of Contents

Net revenues

In 2007, 2008, 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, we generated net revenues of RMB318.9 million, RMB508.4 million, RMB902.0 million (US$132.1 million) and RMB260.3 million (US$38.1 million), respectively.

In 2007, we provided services to students of schools where we did not control the facilities or teachers through sales agents and we were responsible for the services provided to these students. Aside from the delivery of these services on a class-by-class basis, we were not directly or indirectly responsible for the delivery of any after-sales or other services.

Beginning in 2008, we acquired and began to operate K-12 schools, tutoring centers and career enhancement centers. These acquired schools and centers generated revenues from tuition fees, accommodation fees and, to a much lesser extent, education materials. We also commenced the sale of services directly to students studying at these acquired schools and centers, in addition to continuing to provide services to other students through our sales agents. In 2008, we also started to sell some of our internally developed software products on a stand-alone basis to distributors with no further obligation to provide services in connection with these software products. As discussed above, under our new sales model, we contract directly with distributors and have no direct contact with the schools or their students.

In 2009, we acquired more K-12 schools, tutoring centers and career enhancement centers and our first two colleges and we completed the transition to our new sales model for sales of our software products to distributors.

Our total product revenues as a percentage of our total net revenues was 0.3%, 7.6%, 15.7% and 10.8% in 2007, 2008, 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, respectively. Our product sales include value added tax. We expect our total product revenues as a percentage of our total net revenues to decline. Our primary focus going forward will be on selling our education programs and services to students in our directly-operated K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers.

We derived net revenues from our four operating segments in terms of percentages of our overall net revenues as follows in 2007, 2008, 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010:

 

       For the Year Ended December 31,    For the Three
Months Ended
March 31,
               2007              2008              2009    2009    2010
                          
     %    %    %    %    %

Better Schools :

              

K-12 schools

      1.8    14.6    4.8    19.5

Tutoring

   43.1    49.2    39.9    44.3    51.0
                        

Total Better Schools

   43.1    51.0    54.5    49.1    70.5

Better Jobs :

              

Colleges

         16.0       15.8

Career enhancement

   56.9    49.0    29.5    50.9    13.7
                        

Total Better Jobs

   56.9    49.0    45.5    50.9    29.5
                          

 

77


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our approximate student enrollments in our K-12 schools and colleges as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010:

 

     As of
December 31,
   As of
March 31,
     2008(1)    2009    2010
                

K-12 schools

   10,000    19,600    21,300

Colleges

      12,400    12,600
              

Total

   10,000    32,000    33,900
                

 

(1)   For the K-12 schools and colleges we controlled as of December 31, 2009, the student enrollments as of December 31, 2008 were 19,200 and 11,800, respectively.

We disclose our student enrollments in our K-12 schools and colleges as of the end of the periods because these students enroll for a semester or school year and the number of students enrolled in these schools is relatively stable throughout the period.

The following table sets forth our approximate student enrollments in our tutoring and career enhancement centers by operating segment in 2008, 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010:

 

     For the Year Ended
December  31,
   For the Three
Months Ended
March 31,
     2008(1)(2)    2009(1)    2010
                

Tutoring

   312,400    500,200    105,700

Career enhancement

   4,900    30,000    5,000
              

Total

   317,300    530,200    110,700
                

 

(1)   The numbers included student enrollments in tutoring and career enhancement centers for the full year regardless of when they came under our control.
(2)   For the tutoring and career enhancement centers we controlled as of December 31, 2009, the student enrollments for the year ended December 31, 2008 were 441,600 and 28,100, respectively.

We disclose our student enrollments in our tutoring and career enhancement centers during the period because these students can enroll in multiple classes during a period, which classes are often shorter in duration than a semester or school year. The number of students enrolled in our tutoring and career enhancement centers fluctuates throughout a period.

The following table sets forth the approximate number of registered users of our software products or services through our online services or as a result of sales through distributors and, under our old sales model, sales to students at our partner schools by division in 2007, 2008, 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010:

 

    For the Year Ended
December  31,
   For the Three
Months Ended
March  31,
 
  2007    2008    2009    2010   
                      

Better Schools

  143,000    150,000    153,000    8,500   

Better Jobs

  29,000    39,000    36,000    1,400   
                    

Total

  172,000    189,000    189,000    9,900   
                      

K-12 schools .    We currently operate five K-12 schools. We recognize revenues from tuition fees and associated accommodation fees collected for enrollment in our K-12 schools ratably over the corresponding semester or school year. Tuition fees and associated accommodation fees collected

 

78


Table of Contents

from students at our K-12 schools are recorded as deferred revenue until they are recognized as revenues over the semester or school year. Our K-12 schools either collect full year tuition fees once a year, or collect half year tuition fees twice per year. Collections mainly takes place between August and October and in February or March. The most significant factors that directly affect our net revenues in our K-12 schools segment are the number of student enrollments and the tuition fees we charge. Tuition fees and associated accommodation fees range from RMB2,500 to RMB45,000 per year. We typically adjust tuition fees and associated accommodation fees based on the market conditions of the city where the particular school is located, subject to the relevant local governmental authority’s advance approval, if required. Our K-12 schools have classes that range from 30 students to 50 students per class.

Tutoring .    We also provide educational services in our 96 tutoring centers as of March 31, 2010 and online. These services consist primarily of test preparation courses, tutoring and foreign languages. We recognize revenues from course fees collected for enrollment in the courses we offer at our tutoring centers proportionally as we deliver the instruction over the period of the course. Course fees collected are recorded as deferred revenues until they are recognized as revenues over the period when the course is taught, which typically ranges from one to six months. We also generate revenues in our tutoring segment through sales of software products. We recognize these net revenues upon delivery of our software products to distributors. The most significant factors that directly affect our net revenues in our tutoring segment are the number of student enrollments in the courses and the amount of course fees. Although similar courses have comparable rates, course fees vary among our numerous courses. Tuition fees in our tutoring centers range from RMB100 to RMB13,000 per program. We determine course fees primarily based on demand for our courses, the targeted market for our courses, the geographic location of the tutoring center, the length of time of the course, cost of services and the course fees charged by our competitors for the same or similar programs. Our courses are generally delivered in large class settings ranging from 15 students to 50 students per class, though we also deliver these services in smaller settings, including one-on-one tutoring.

Colleges .    We operate two colleges, the Applied Technology College and Beijing Century College, which we acquired in 2009. We recognize revenues from tuition fees and associated accommodation fees collected for enrollment in our colleges ratably over the semester. Tuition fees and associated accommodation fees collected in advance are recorded as deferred revenues until the services are provided. Our colleges generally collect full year tuition fees once a year between August and October. The most significant factors that directly affect our net revenues in our colleges segment are the number of student enrollments and the amount of tuition fees and associated accommodation fees we charge. Tuition and associated accommodation fees for our colleges range from RMB16,000 to RMB30,000 per year.

Career enhancement .    Our career enhancement services are provided in our 16 career enhancement centers as of March 31, 2010. We recognize revenues from course fees collected for enrollment in the courses we offer at our career enhancement centers over the period of the course, which typically ranges from one month to 12 months. Course fees collected in advance are recorded as deferred revenues until the services are provided. We also generate revenues in our career enhancement segment through sales of software products. We recognize these revenues upon delivery of our software products to distributors. The most significant factors that directly affect our revenues in our career enhancement segment are the number of student enrollments in the courses and the amount of course fees. In addition to the specific factors mentioned above, student enrollments at our career enhancement centers are affected by the local job markets’ specific demand for skills such as information technology services and digital

 

79


Table of Contents

media. In addition, we believe many university graduates choose to obtain job-readiness training or acquire supplementary skills to differentiate themselves from their peers in order to get a better job. Tuition fees in our career enhancement centers range from RMB700 to RMB13,000 per program with course lengths ranging from one month to six months. We determine course fees primarily based on demand for our courses, the targeted market for our courses, the geographic location of the career enhancement center, costs of services delivered, and the course fees charged by our competitors for the same or similar programs. Our career enhancement courses are generally delivered in settings ranging from 15 students to 50 students per class.

Cost of revenues

Cost of revenues for our educational and career enhancement programs and services primarily consists of:

 

 

Teaching fees and performance-linked bonuses paid to our teachers.    Our teachers consist of both full-time teachers and part-time teachers. Full-time teachers deliver teaching instruction and may also be involved in management, administration and other functions at our schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers. Their compensation and benefits primarily consist of teaching fees based on hourly rates, performance-linked bonuses based on student evaluations, as well as base salary, annual bonus and standard employee benefits in connection with their services other than teaching. Compensation of our part-time teachers is comprised primarily of teaching fees based on hourly rates and performance-linked bonuses based on student evaluations and other factors;

 

 

Rental payments for the operation of our school and center properties;

 

 

Depreciation and amortization of properties and equipment used in the provision of educational and career enhancement services and accommodation facilities;

 

 

Utilities used in our schools and center properties and accommodation facilities; and

 

 

Prior to the change in our sales model, costs paid to sales agents.

Cost of revenues for software products primarily consists of raw material costs of compact disks, packaging and shipping and value added tax and is significantly lower as a percentage of revenues than cost of revenues for services.

 

 

K-12 schools .    Cost of revenues for K-12 schools segment primarily consists of teaching fees and performance-linked bonuses paid to our teachers and rental payments for our schools, depreciation and amortization of property and equipment used in the provision of educational services and accommodation facilities and, to a lesser extent, costs of course materials.

 

 

Tutoring .    Cost of revenues for tutoring segment primarily consists of teaching fees and performance-linked bonuses paid to our teachers and rental payments for our centers. Cost of revenues for products sold in our tutoring segment primarily consists of materials, packaging and shipping.

 

 

Colleges .    Cost of revenues for colleges segment primarily consists of teaching fees and performance-linked bonuses paid to our teachers and rental payments for our schools, depreciation and amortization of property and equipment used in the provision of educational services and accommodation facilities, as well as costs of course materials.

 

80


Table of Contents
 

Career enhancement .    Cost of revenues for career enhancement segment primarily consists of teaching fees and performance-linked bonuses paid to our teachers and rental payments for our centers. Cost of revenues for products sold in our career enhancement segment primarily consists of materials, packaging and shipping.

Gross profit

Gross profit as a percentage of our net revenues was 35.5%, 35.6%, 54.7% and 51.1% in 2007, 2008, 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, respectively. The significant increase in our gross margin from 2008 to 2009 was primarily due to the increased gross margins generated by our acquired entities, which focused on delivering our services to our K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers, the change in the mix of our net revenues among our four operating segments and the change to our product sales model discussed above. During the period, we ceased delivering our services through sales agents to students in schools where we do not control the facilities or teachers and instead started to sell our software products to distributors who will in turn deliver the service or sell the product to students or schools. For these sales to distributors, we recognize less revenue for each sale compared to the old sales model but recognize a higher gross margin as we are no longer responsible for the costs of delivering the services to students or schools or for sales agent costs. Under our old sales model, gross margin was 35.5% in 2007. In 2008, during the initial period of our transition to our new sales model, our gross margin was 35.6%. Under our new sales model, gross margins for our software products are significantly higher as our costs to produce these software products are minimal. Gross margins on the services we deliver in our acquired K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers are also higher, ranging from 38.1% to above 50% in 2009. We do not expect the increase in gross margins from 2008 to 2009 to continue at the same rate in future years.

Operating expenses

Our operating expenses consist of selling and marketing expenses, general and administrative expenses and research and development expenses. The following table sets forth the components of our operating expenses, both in absolute amounts and as a percentage of revenues, for the periods indicated.

 

      For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
(in thousands,
except
percentages)
  2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
                                 
    RMB     %     RMB     %     RMB     US$     %     RMB     %     RMB     US$     %  

Net revenues

  318,931      100.0      508,369      100.0      902,026      132,149      100.0      176,344      100.0      260,288      38,133      100.0   
                                   

Operating expenses:

                       

Selling and marketing

  (19,600   (6.1   (43,123   (8.5   (138,423   (20,279   (15.4   (21,458   (12.2   (51,703   (7,575   (19.9

General and administrative

  (33,828   (10.6   (56,860   (11.2   (188,518   (27,618   (20.9   (32,485   (18.4   (66,367   (9,723   (25.5

Research and development

  (3,754   (1.2   (11,696   (2.3   (17,470   (2,559   (1.9   (5,869   (3.3   (5,207   (763   (2.0
                                   

Total operating expenses

  (57,182   (17.9   (111,679   (22.0   (344,411   (50,456   (38.2   (59,812   (33.9   (123,277   (18,061   (47.4
                                 

Selling and marketing expenses .    Our selling and marketing expenses primarily consist of expenses relating to advertising, seminars, marketing and promotional trips and other

 

81


Table of Contents

community activities for brand promotion purposes. Our selling and marketing expenses increased significantly both in absolute terms and as a percentage of net revenues from 2008 and 2009. This increase was primarily due to the acquisition of additional K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers as we made a number of acquisitions in 2008 and 2009 and also additional headcount related and marketing expenses at the headquarter level. We expect that our selling and marketing expenses will continue to increase as we further expand into new geographic locations, continue to make acquisitions and continue to enhance our brand recognition, but we do not expect the magnitude of the increase as a percentage of net revenue to continue.

General and administrative expenses .    Our general and administrative expenses primarily consist of compensation and benefits of administrative staff, amortization of intangibles and, to a lesser extent, costs of third-party professional services, rental and utilities payments relating to office and administrative functions, and depreciation and amortization of property and equipment used in our general and administrative activities. Our general and administrative expenses increased significantly both in absolute terms and as a percentage of net revenues from 2008 and 2009. This increase was primarily due to the acquisition of additional K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers as we made a number of acquisitions in 2008 and 2009 and also additional headcount at the headquarter level and professional service expenses as we have prepared to become a publicly traded company. We expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase in the near term as we hire additional personnel and incur additional costs in connection with the expansion of our business and with being a publicly traded company, including costs of enhancing our internal controls, and also as we continue to make acquisitions, but we do not expect the magnitude of the increase as a percentage of net revenue to continue.

Research and development expenses .    Our research and development expenses primarily consist of compensation, benefits and other headcount-related costs associated with the development of our online education technology platform and courseware and outsourced development costs. We expect that our research and development expenses will continue to increase as we expand our business and the services and software products we provide and as we consider expanding to geographies outside of China.

Share-based compensation expenses .    The following table sets forth the allocation of our share-based compensation expenses, both in absolute amount and as a percentage of total share-based compensation expenses, among our employees based on the nature of work which they were assigned to perform.

 

      For the Year Ended December 31,   For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
(in thousands, except
percentages)
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
 
    RMB     %   RMB     %   RMB     US$     %   RMB     %   RMB     US$     %

Allocation of share-based expenses:

                       

Selling and marketing

  (623   12.1   (1,194   12.0   (4,411   (646   32.6   (684   22.6   (1,450   (212   25.7

General and administrative

  (4,175   81.1   (8,370   83.8   (8,640   (1,266   63.9   (2,236   73.8   (4,035   (591   71.4

Research and development

  (353   6.8   (426   4.2   (480   (70   3.5   (110   3.6   (165   (24   2.9
                             

Total share-based expenses

  (5,151   100.0   (9,990   100.0   (13,531   (1,982   100.0   (3,030   100.0   (5,650   (827   100.0
                           

Our predecessor entity, Ambow Education Co., Ltd., adopted the 2005 Stock Plan in February 2005. Under this plan we are authorized to issue share options to purchase up to 20,282,353 Class B

 

82


Table of Contents

ordinary shares to our employees, directors and consultants. See “Management—Equity-based compensation plans.” In 2007, 2008, 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, we granted 732,000, 3,006,000, 3,373,885 and 6,701,100 share options, respectively, to our employees and consultants for services rendered by them. Accordingly, we have adopted the provisions of ASC 718 “Stock Compensation” and ASC 505-50 “Equity Based Payments to Non-Employees” for the share options we granted. For options granted to our employees, we record share-based compensation expenses based on the fair value of the award as of the date of grant and amortize the expenses over the vesting periods of the options. For options granted to our consultants, we record share-based compensation expenses based on the fair value of the award of the earlier of the performance commitment date or the date service is completed.

We have engaged Marsh (Beijing) Risk Consulting Company Limited, or Marsh, an independent appraiser, to assist in our determination of the fair values of our options and the ordinary shares underlying the options as of each relevant grant date starting from 2008.

Determining the fair value of our ordinary shares requires making complex and subjective judgments regarding projected financial and operating results, our unique business risks, the liquidity of our shares and our operating history and prospects at the time of grant.

The assumptions used in deriving the fair values are consistent with our business plan. These assumptions include: no material changes in the existing political, legal, fiscal and economic conditions in China; no major changes in tax law in China or the tax rates applicable to our subsidiaries and VIEs; our ability to retain competent management, key personnel and teaching staff to support our ongoing operations; and no material deviation in market conditions from economic forecasts. These assumptions are inherently uncertain. The risks associated with achieving our forecasts were assessed in selecting the appropriate discount rates, which ranged from 16% to 18.0%. If different discount rates had been used, the valuations would have been different and the amount of share-based compensation would also have been different because the fair value of the underlying ordinary shares for the options granted would have been different.

The independent appraiser used the discounted cash flow method of the income approach to estimate the fair value of the ordinary shares when the option was granted. The method involves applying appropriate discount rates to estimated cash flows that are based on earnings forecasts. Our revenues and earnings growth rates, as well as major milestones that we have achieved, contributed significantly to the increase in the fair value of our ordinary shares. However, these fair values are inherently uncertain and highly subjective.

The major assumptions used by the independent appraiser in calculating the fair values of our ordinary shares are as follows:

 

 

Weighted average costs of capital, or WACC:    WACC of between 16% and 18.0% were used. The WACC used decreased from 18.0% in December 2008 to 16% in March 2010. This was the combined result of the changes in the risk-free rate, industry average beta and the increase in our company size as we continued to grow and meet important milestones.

 

 

Comparable companies:    In deriving the discount rates, public companies in the education industry publicly traded on securities markets in the United States were selected for reference.

 

 

Discount for lack of marketability, or DLOM:    A DLOM of between 6% and 12% was used. Marsh quantified the DLOM by the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. This method treats the

 

83


Table of Contents
 

right to sell the company shares freely before a liquidity event as a put option. The farther the valuation date is from a liquidation event, the higher the option value and thus the higher the implied DLOM. The option-pricing method is one of the methods commonly used in estimating discount for lack of marketability as it can take into consideration factors like timing of liquidity events, risk free interest rate and estimated volatility of our shares.

As our capital structure comprises preferred and ordinary shares, the independent appraiser has used the option-pricing method to allocate equity value to preferred and ordinary shares. This method involves making estimates of the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event such as a sale of our company or an initial public offering and estimates of the volatility of our equity securities. The anticipated timing is based on the plans of our board and management. Estimating the volatility of the share price of a privately-held company is complex because there is no readily available market for the shares. We estimated the volatility of our shares based on historical volatility of comparable companies’ shares. Had we used different estimates of volatility, the allocations between preferred and ordinary shares would have been different.

During the period from January 1, 2009 through March 31, 2010, we granted the following options to our employees and consultants:

 

Stock Award Grant Dates   Number of
Ordinary Shares
Underlying
Options Granted
  Option
Exercise Price
Per Share
 

Contemporaneous

Valuation of

Common Shares
Prior to Grant Date

                 

February 10, 2009

  1,375,585   $ 3.73   $ 3.03

May 21, 2009

  1,550,000     3.73     3.34

September 3, 2009

  448,300     4.29     4.27

February 25, 2010

  5,894,300     4.63     4.29

March 26, 2010

  806,800     4.63     4.29
                 

The independent appraiser determines the fair value of the options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model at each option grant date using the following assumptions: 46% to 52% volatility, no dividends, a risk-free interest rate of 2.8% to 4.4%, and an expected option life of 5.0 to 6.1 years (for options to employees) and 4.9 to 10 years (for option to consultants). The fair value of the options granted from an accounting perspective was less than the exercise price for each set of grants made in 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010. If different assumptions were used, our share-based compensation expenses, net income and income per share could have been significantly different.

Our board of directors has determined the exercise price of the option grants. In doing so, our board of directors has considered a number of factors, including the fair value assessments from our independent appraiser, our financial results and the value of recent sales of our preferred shares. Because our option plan is open to all of our employees, the change in the amount of share-based compensation expenses will primarily affect our reported net income, earnings per share and all line items of our operating expenses, which include selling and marketing expenses, general and administrative expenses and research and development expenses and, to a lesser extent cost of revenues.

Although it is reasonable to expect that the completion of this offering may increase the value of our ordinary shares underlying our outstanding options as a result of their increased liquidity and marketability, the amount of such additional value cannot be measured with precision or certainty.

 

84


Table of Contents

Taxation

We are a Cayman Islands company and we currently conduct our operations primarily through our subsidiaries in China and our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries. Under the current laws of the Cayman Islands, we and our Cayman Island subsidiaries are not subject to tax on our income or capital gains. In addition, our payment of dividends, if any, is not subject to withholding tax in the Cayman Islands.

We also have two entities incorporated in Hong Kong which were subject to Hong Kong profit tax at a rate of 17.5% on assessable profits in 2007, and at 16.5% since the beginning of 2008.

As outlined in “Our corporate structure,” we operate a number of subsidiaries and through our VIEs, schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers in China. The following is a summary of the types and rates of taxation to which our China entities are subject.

Business tax

For those schools and colleges in China providing degree-oriented education services, they are exempted from paying business tax on revenue generated from both these services and any accommodation revenue associated with degree-oriented education. For all other entities in China, as well as for any revenue generated by schools and colleges for non-degree-oriented education services, business tax of between 3% and 5% of gross revenues is payable.

Income tax

Current income taxes are provided for in accordance with the laws and regulations set out below. Deferred income taxes are recognized when temporary differences exist between the tax bases and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements.

Corporate entities

Prior to January 1, 2008, our foreign invested enterprises, or FIEs, were taxed in accordance with “Income Tax Law of China for Enterprises with Foreign Investment and Foreign Enterprises,” and the related implementing rules. Our VIEs, together with any other PRC domestic companies within our group, were taxed in accordance with local income tax laws. These companies were generally subject to an enterprise income tax rate of 33%, except those with preferential tax treatment as described below.

Since January 1, 2008, a new Corporate Income Tax Law, or the New CIT Law, became effective which unified the income tax rate for both domestic and foreign invested enterprises. Under the New CIT Law the standard income tax rate for our subsidiaries and VIEs is 25%.

The New CIT Law also imposes a withholding income tax rate of 10% on dividends distributed by an FIE to its immediate holding company outside of China. A lower withholding income tax rate of 5% may be applied if, as in the case of our group structure, the immediate holding company is registered in Hong Kong. Such withholding income tax was exempted under the previous income tax laws. A joint circular and can satisfy the criteria of a beneficial owner set out in Circular Guoshuihan (2009) No. 601 from the Ministry of Finance and State Administration of Taxation clarified that the withholding income tax is only to be paid for earnings generated after January 1, 2008. According to the New CIT Law and a circular promulgated by the PRC State Administration of Taxation on December 10, 2009, in addition to the withholding income tax on dividends distributed by an FIE, the immediate holding company of an FIE will also be subject to

 

85


Table of Contents

an income tax at the rate of 10% for capital gain realized from transferring the equity interests in such FIE to third parties, and shall file and pay such tax within seven days after the date of the transferring agreement. Furthermore, when the de facto controlling shareholder who controls an FIE through an intermediate controlling entity, “indirectly transfers” the equity interests in such FIE by selling the intermediate controlling entity, such de facto controlling shareholder shall also file with the PRC tax authorities in some cases and may be subject to the PRC corporate income tax for the capital gain realized in such sale.

We have determined that our FIEs in China will not declare any dividends on which withholding tax should be paid and therefore no withholding tax has been accrued on the retained earnings of its FIEs in China.

In March 2007, Ambow Online was certified as a “new and high technology enterprise” and a “software enterprise.” As a result, it has been entitled to a two-year income tax exemption since 2008 and will be subject to 12.5% corporate income tax for another three years. This may be followed by a 15% tax rate for so long as Ambow Online continues to qualify as a “new and high-technology enterprise.” If Ambow Online ceases to qualify for the current preferential corporate income tax rate, we will consider options that may be available at the time that would enable it to qualify for other preferential tax treatment.

Other than Ambow Online, certain of our other companies also qualified as “software enterprises” and were subject to a 50% reduction in income tax from 2007 to 2009.

Private schools and colleges

Our private schools and colleges, being privately run non-enterprise institutions, acquired in 2008 and 2009 are registered as private schools that either do or do not require a reasonable return. Prior to January 1, 2008, these private schools and colleges were subject to income tax determined in accordance with the Law for Promoting Private Education (2003) and the 2004 Implementing Rules, as well as the Notice on Tax Policy for Educational Institutions and Notice on Several Preferential Tax Policy jointly issued by the PRC Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation, collectively referred to as the 2003 Education Law. Under these laws and regulations, private schools or colleges not requiring reasonable returns were treated in a similar manner to public schools and were generally not subject to income tax. While it is indicated in the 2004 Implementing Rules that the relevant authorities under the State Council may consider formulating separate preferential tax treatment policies applicable to private schools requiring reasonable returns, no such tax preferential policy has been promulgated yet. As a result, the tax treatment applied to our schools and colleges varies among different cities.

Under the New CIT Law there are specific criteria that should be met to qualify as a not-for-profit entity that is exempt from corporate income tax, and the preferential corporate income tax policy for education institutions under the 2003 Education Law has been superseded. No detailed implementation guidance has been provided to local tax authorities on how to apply these changes to schools and colleges. Some of the schools and colleges we have acquired have been able to obtain preferential tax treatment from the local tax authorities or to agree with local tax authorities on a fixed amount of income tax payable for prior years. Where such preferential tax treatment or fixed amount payable has not been confirmed by the tax authorities, we have made a full provision for income taxes payable based on our understanding of the 2003 Education Law and the New CIT Law. No provision has been made for interest or late payment fees for such provision.

 

86


Table of Contents

For our schools and colleges that we have acquired in 2008 and 2009, we have recorded a tax liability for estimated liabilities brought forward at the date of acquisition. At the same time, we have recorded an asset to recognize that all of the sellers of these schools have agreed to indemnify us against any taxes that may be payable for periods prior to the date of acquisition.

The determination of our provision for income taxes, particularly for private schools and colleges is subject to uncertainty. The strict application of the New CIT Law indicates that certain of our private schools and colleges are subject to income tax of 25% after January 1, 2008. For those private schools and colleges where the tax authorities have not determined a deemed fixed amount or deemed fixed rate for the purposes of calculating income tax payable, we have assumed that income tax of 25% is payable. However, as of June 30, 2010, no detailed implementation guidance has been provided to local tax authorities on how to apply the New CIT Law to private schools and colleges. It is possible that, upon the introduction of the detailed implementation guidance, we may find ourselves in a position whereby income tax is not payable for periods prior to the release of the detailed guidance.

The amount of income tax payable by our PRC subsidiaries, VIEs, schools and colleges in the future will depend on various factors, including, among other things, the results of operations and taxable income of, and the statutory tax rate applicable to, such PRC subsidiaries, and our effective tax rate depends partially on the extent of each of our subsidiaries’ relative contribution to our consolidated taxable income. If further detailed guidance is issued by the State Administration of Taxation on how to apply the New CIT Law to schools and colleges this may also have an impact on the amount of income tax payable by our own schools and colleges.

Preferred shares redemption value accretion

Prior to the occurrence of this offering, the holders of a majority of our outstanding Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares or the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares had the right to require us, at any time after July 20, 2012, to redeem all of such series of preferred shares in cash in an amount equal to the greater of (i) the shares’ original purchase price plus all declared but unpaid dividends, or (ii) the shares’ fair market value. The fair market value of the Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares and Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares was greater than their original purchase price as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010. As a result, we recorded accretion to the redemption value of these shares using the effective interest method as a reduction to net income to arrive at net income attributable to ordinary shareholders. Upon the closing of this offering, our convertible redeemable preferred shares will convert into ordinary shares and this preferred shares redemption value accretion will cease.

Allocation of net income to participating preferred shareholders

Prior to the occurrence of this offering, the holders of our outstanding preferred shares had rights to participate in the dividends of the company on a fixed basis prior to and in preference of the holders of our ordinary shares. As a result, net income has been allocated to participating preferred shareholders based on their existing rights to receive dividends in order to arrive at net income attributable to ordinary shareholders. Upon the closing of this offering, our convertible redeemable preferred shares will convert into ordinary shares and this allocation of net income to participating preferred shareholders will cease.

 

87


Table of Contents

Critical accounting policies and estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The SEC has defined a company’s critical accounting policies as the ones that are most important to the portrayal of the company’s financial condition and results of operations, and which require the company to make its most difficult and subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates of matters that are inherently uncertain. Based on this definition, we have identified the critical accounting policies and judgments addressed below. We also have other key accounting policies, which involve the use of estimates, judgments and assumptions that are significant to understanding our results. For additional information, see Note 2 of Notes to consolidated financial statements. Although we believe that our estimates, assumptions and judgments are reasonable, they are based upon information presently available. Actual results may differ significantly from these estimates under different assumptions, judgments or conditions.

Revenue recognition

Revenues for educational programs and services and sales of software products are recognized when all four of the following criteria are met: (i) pervasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery of the products and/or services has occurred and risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the customer; (iii) the selling price is both fixed and determinable; and (iv) collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. If a sales contract stipulates more than one deliverable and the deliverables are considered as multiple accounting units in accordance with ASC 605, Revenue, the total revenue on such arrangements is allocated to the individual deliverables based on their relative fair values. If sufficient vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value does not exist for the allocation of revenue, the fee for the entire arrangement is recognized ratably over the term of the arrangement. Revenue is recorded net of business tax.

a) Educational programs and services:

Educational programs and services mainly consist of primary and secondary curriculum education, university curriculum education, tutoring programs that supplement primary and secondary curriculum education and career enhancement and other corporate training programs that are provided directly or indirectly to students, where we are responsible for delivery of the programs and services. For the curriculum education programs the tuition revenue, including accommodation, is recognized over the length of the course, which is typically over a period of a semester. For tutoring programs, tuition revenue is recognized over the period during which tutoring services are provided to students. Educational materials revenue, which is immaterial and has not been disclosed separately, relates to the sales of various books, studying text and course notes for which we recognize revenue when the materials have been delivered to students.

b) Sales of software products:

Product revenue relates to revenues from the sale of educational compact disks, or CDs. Our product sales include value added tax. Upon delivery of the CDs we are only responsible for the product’s original quality with no after-sale service obligations. We recognize revenue for these products in accordance with U.S. GAAP guidance on the software revenue recognition guidance in ASC 985-605, Software-Revenue Recognition.

 

88


Table of Contents

Business combinations

We accounted for acquisitions made 2008 using the acquisition method in accordance with SFAS 141 “Business Combinations.” In December 2007, the FASB issued a revision of SFAS 141, and as a result, on January 1, 2009, we adopted on a prospective basis SFAS 141(R) (now codified as ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations).

We allocate the consideration transferred (i.e. purchase price) in a business combination to the acquired business’ identifiable assets, liabilities and non-controlling interests at the fair values as of their respective acquisition dates. The excess of the consideration transferred over the amount allocated to the identifiable assets and liabilities and non-controlling interest, if any, is recorded as goodwill. Any excess of the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed over the consideration transferred, if any, is generally recognized within earnings as of the acquisition date.

We are responsible for determining the fair value of equity issued, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and intangibles identified as of the acquisition date and considered a number of factors including valuations.

The fair value of the equity consideration was estimated using an average of the values determined using the market approach and the income approach as the combination of approaches are deemed to be the most indicative of our fair value in an orderly transaction between market participants. Under the market approach, we utilize publicly-traded comparable company information to determine the revenue and earnings multiples that are used to value us. Under the income approach, we determine the fair value based on estimated future cash flows discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn. Our cash flow projections are based on a multi-year forecast of cash flows, derived from the most recent annual financial forecast, and a terminal value based on the perpetuity growth model. We determine our fair value on a quarterly basis. The fair value of equity exchanged is expected to approximate our fair value as of the acquisition date.

The fair value of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and intangible assets identified was estimated using the following valuation methodologies:

 

 

Property and equipment—land was valued using the market approach; buildings and equipment were valued using the cost approach;

 

 

Trade names were valued using the income approach, specifically the relief from royalty method, which represents the benefits of owning the intangible asset rather than paying royalties for its use;

 

 

Customer relationships, student populations and cooperative agreements were valued using the income approach, specifically the excess earnings method;

 

 

Favorable leases were valued using the income approach, specifically the cost-saving method; and

 

 

All other current assets and current liabilities carrying value approximated fair value at the time of acquisition.

To the extent that our initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete at the end of a reporting period, provisional amounts are reported for those items which are incomplete. We

 

89


Table of Contents

retroactively adjust such provisional amounts as of the acquisition date once new information is received about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date. This measurement period shall not exceed one year from the acquisition date.

We use our best judgment in estimating the fair value of equity issued, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and intangibles identified. There are inherent limitations in any estimation technique and a minor change in an assumption could result in a significant change in its estimate of fair value, thereby increasing or decreasing the amounts of our consolidated assets, liabilities, shareholders’ equity (deficit) and net income or loss.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of costs over the fair value of net assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill acquired in a business combination is tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently when events and circumstances occur indicating that the recorded goodwill may be impaired with the following two-step process. The first step compares the fair values of each reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. The fair value of each reporting unit is established using a combination of expected present value of future cash flow and income approach valuation methodology. If the fair value of each reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered to be impaired and the second step will not be required. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step compares the implied fair value of goodwill to the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to accounting for a business combination with the allocation of the assessed fair value determined in the first step to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to the assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss is recognized for any excess in the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value of goodwill.

Determining when to test for impairment, our reporting units, the fair value of a reporting unit and the fair value of assets and liabilities within a reporting unit, requires judgment and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions include revenue growth rates and operating margins used to calculate projected future cash flows, risk-adjusted discount rates, future economic and market conditions and determination of appropriate market comparables. We perform impairment tests in the fourth quarter of each year. RMB0, RMB0, RMB0 and RMB0 of impairment loss was recognized by us in 2007, 2008, 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, respectively.

We use our best judgment in estimating the fair value of each reporting unit. There are inherent limitations in any estimation technique and a minor change in an assumption could result in a significant change in its estimate of fair value, thereby increasing or decreasing the amounts of our consolidated assets, shareholders’ equity (deficit) and net income or loss.

Long-lived assets

We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. When these events occur, we measure impairment by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying

 

90


Table of Contents

amount of the assets, we will recognize an impairment loss based on the fair value of the assets. We incurred RMB0, RMB0, RMB0 and RMB0 of impairment losses related to long-lived assets in 2007, 2008, 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, respectively.

Income taxes

Deferred income taxes are recognized for temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements, net of operating loss carry forwards and credits, by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Income taxes are provided for in accordance with the laws of the relevant taxing authorities.

We do not record PRC withholding tax expense for foreign earnings which we plan to reinvest to expand our PRC operations. We considered business plans, planning opportunities and expected future outcomes in assessing the needs for future expansion and support of our operations. If our business plans change or our future outcomes differ from our expectations, PRC withholding tax expense and our effective tax rate could increase or decrease in that period.

We adopted the guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes as of January 1, 2007. The guidance prescribes a more likely than not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Guidance was also provided on de-recognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, accounting for income taxes in interim periods and income tax disclosures. Significant judgment is required in evaluating the uncertain tax positions and determining its provision for income taxes. We establish reserves for tax-related uncertainties based on estimates of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. These reserves are established when we believe that certain positions might be challenged despite our belief that our tax return positions are in accordance with applicable tax laws. We adjust these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit, new tax legislation or the change of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made.

Share-based compensation

Share-based payment transactions with employees are measured based on the fair value of the equity instrument issued on the date of grant and recognized as compensation expense over the requisite service period of the award on a straight-line basis, net of an estimated forfeiture rate. Share-based payment transactions with non-employees are measured based on the fair value of the equity instrument issued at the earlier of the commitment date or the date service is completed and recognized as compensation expense over the period the service is provided. Changes in fair value between the interim reporting dates are attributed consistent with the method used in recognizing the original compensation costs.

Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised in the subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We estimate the forfeiture rate to be 3% for share options granted prior to March 31, 2010.

The determination of the fair value of share-based awards and related share-based compensation expense requires input of subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility

 

91


Table of Contents

and estimated option life. Expected volatility is estimated based on historical volatility of comparable public companies for the period before the grant date with length commensurate to expected term of the options. Expected term is the period the options is expected to remain unexercised. The risk free rate is estimated based on the yield to maturity of China Sovereign bonds denominated in U.S. dollars as at the grant date. No dividends were assumed in our estimated option values.

We use our best judgment in estimating the fair value of share-based awards and the forfeiture rate. There are inherent limitations in any estimation technique and a minor change in an assumption could result in a significant change in its estimate of fair value, thereby increasing or decreasing the amounts of our shareholders’ equity (deficit) and net income or loss.

Allowance for doubtful accounts

Accounts receivable mainly represent the amounts due from the customers or students of our various subsidiaries or VIEs. An allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded in the period in which a loss is determined to be probable based on an assessment of specific evidence indicating doubtful collection, historical experience, account balance aging and prevailing economic conditions. Accounts receivable balances are written off after all collection efforts have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. If the financial condition of our customers or students were to deteriorate such that their ability to make payments was impaired, additional allowances could be required.

Functional currency

The functional currency of our company and the subsidiaries incorporated in the Cayman Islands, Hong Kong and the British Virgin Islands is U.S. dollars, while the functional currency of the other entities of our company is RMB. An entity’s functional currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in which it operates, normally that is the currency of the environment in which it primarily generates and expends cash. We considered various indicators, such as cash flows, sales price, market expenses, financing and inter-company transactions and arrangements in determining an entity’s functional currency.

Controls and procedures

In connection with the audit of our financial statements for 2009, our management and our independent registered public accounting firm have reported to our board of directors a material weakness in the design and operation of our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is defined by the standards issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants as a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The material weakness identified is that we do not have sufficient financial reporting and accounting personnel with appropriate knowledge of U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting, particularly at those entities acquired during 2008 and 2009. We only have limited resources at the head office level with sufficient experience to properly analyze significant transactions and account balances. In addition, the existing policies and procedures to support the consolidation of financial information for U.S. GAAP reporting procedures are not thoroughly understood or properly applied, particularly at those recently acquired entities given the short amount of time for integration.

 

92


Table of Contents

Our management and our independent registered public accounting firm have also identified three significant deficiencies in the design and operation of our internal controls as of December 31, 2009. These significant deficiencies are:

 

 

Teams performing due diligence on potential acquisitions did not have sufficient U.S. GAAP expertise to identify potential accounting adjustments at an early stage of the acquisition process.

 

 

We are in the process of establishing a group-wide automated accounting system for management reporting and financial reporting purposes. However, a number of entities acquired in 2008 and 2009 used their own accounting software or manual accounting that was not consistent with our requirements.

 

 

We lacked effective internal control procedures for managing contracts during the track record period. In particular, there were insufficient internal control procedures and resources to centrally manage and retain the agreements relating to acquisition and of the acquired entities.

In response to the material weakness, significant deficiencies and other deficiencies in our internal controls, we have begun to undertake certain remedial steps to improve our internal controls, including identifying and hiring additional personnel with U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting experience, including (i) a controller to oversee our mergers and acquisitions who joined us in July 2009, (ii) a consultant with U.S. GAAP reporting experience, who joined us in September 2009, (iii) a financial analyst responsible for transfer pricing, who joined us in December 2009 and (iv) a senior manager responsible for our consolidation, who joined us in May 2010. We are also targeting additional key hires for our financial reporting and accounting departments with U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting experience, including an internal control compliance officer with Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404 experience. In addition, we are formulating internal policies relating to internal control over financial reporting, including preparing a comprehensive written accounting policies and procedures manual that can effectively and efficiently guide our finance and accounting personnel in addressing significant accounting issues and assist in preparing financial statements that are in compliance with U.S. GAAP and SEC requirements. We also intend to implement new accounting procedures and controls, a web-based executive information system to enable timely collection and sharing of information across the organization and a training manual for all finance and accounting personnel.

The remediation policies and procedures we have implemented and plan to implement may be insufficient to address our material weakness and significant deficiencies and additional material weaknesses and significant deficiencies that may be discovered in the future. The existence of one or more material weaknesses precludes a conclusion that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting. Such conclusion would be required to be disclosed in our future annual reports on Form 20-F and may impact the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting and the reliability of our internal control over financial reporting.

Our management and independent registered public accounting firm did not perform an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting during any period in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Had we and our independent registered public accounting firm performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, additional material weaknesses may have been identified.

 

93


Table of Contents

Results of operations

The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated statements of operations for the periods indicated. This information should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We believe that period-to-period comparisons of results of operations should not be relied upon as indicative of future performance.

Summary of Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

      For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
(in thousands)   2007     2008     2009     2009     2009     2010     2010  
                                           
    RMB     RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data :

             

NET REVENUES:

             

Educational programs and services

  317,854      469,543      760,444      111,407      160,109      232,154      34,011   

Educational products

  1,077      38,826      141,582      20,742      16,235      28,134      4,122   
                                         

Total net revenues

  318,931      508,369      902,026      132,149      176,344      260,288      38,133   

Cost of revenues (1)

  (205,619   (327,168   (408,985   (59,918   (101,849   (127,165   (18,630
                                         

GROSS PROFIT

  113,312      181,201      493,041      72,231      74,495      133,123      19,503   
                                         

Operating expenses:

             

Selling and marketing

  (19,600   (43,123   (138,423   (20,279   (21,458   (51,703   (7,575

General and administrative (1)

  (33,828   (56,860   (188,518   (27,618   (32,485   (66,367   (9,723

Research and development

  (3,754   (11,696   (17,470   (2,559   (5,869   (5,207   (763
                                         

Total operating expenses

  (57,182   (111,679   (344,411   (50,456   (59,812   (123,277   (18,061
                                         

OPERATING INCOME

  56,130      69,522      148,630      21,775      14,683      9,846      1,442   
                                         

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

  (11,315   5,573      (9,047   (1,326   1,778      (3,137   (460
                                         

Income before tax and non-controlling interest

  44,815      75,095      139,583      20,449      16,461      6,709      982   

Income tax expense

  (10,578   (7,735   (1,562   (229   (133   (3,733   (547
                                         

NET INCOME

  34,237      67,360      138,021      20,220      16,328      2,976      435   

Non-controlling interest

            215      31           901      132   
                                         

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

  34,237      67,360      138,236      20,251      16,328      3,877      567   

Preferred shares redemption value accretion

  (1,407   (67,768   (157,877   (23,129   (38,524   (76,932   (11,271

Allocation of net income to participating preferred shareholders

  (20,837   (53,949   (93,611   (13,715   (23,103   (23,067   (3,379
                                         

NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO ORDINARY SHAREHOLDERS

  11,993      (54,357   (113,252   (16,593   (45,299   (96,122   (14,083
                                           

 

94


Table of Contents

 

(1)   Includes depreciation and amortization of RMB1,410, RMB9,290, RMB68,306 (US$10,007), RMB7,707 and RMB27,306 (US$4,000) for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively, including amortization of intangible assets of RMB5, RMB7,106, RMB34,132 (US$5,000), RMB6,410 and RMB11,535 (US$1,690) for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively, including amortization of software of RMB5, RMB4,204, RMB9,268 (US$1,358), RMB2,407 and RMB3,820 (US$560) for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively. Amortization of software is included within amortization of intangible assets.

Three months ended March 31, 2010 compared with three months ended March 31, 2009

Net revenues .    Our net revenues increased by 47.6% from RMB176.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2009 to RMB260.3 million (US$38.1 million) in the three months ended March 31, 2010. This increase was primarily due to a full quarter of net revenues generated in 2010 from our 13 acquisitions completed in 2009, as well as additional sales of our software products under our new sales model (offset by decreased revenue from our old sales model in the three months ended March 31, 2010). The increase was primarily driven by increased net revenues in our K-12 schools of RMB42.3 million, tutoring centers of RMB54.6 million, and colleges of RMB41.1 million offset by decreased net revenues in our career enhancement centers of RMB54.1 million. The decreased net revenues in our career enhancement segment was due to our change in sales model, which caused a significant decline in deferred revenue recognized, from services provided to students at our partner schools that commenced in prior periods, in the first quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009.

Cost of revenues .    Our cost of revenues increased by 25.0% from RMB101.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2009 to RMB127.2 million (US$18.6 million) in the three months ended March 31, 2010. This increase was primarily due to a full quarter of cost of revenues incurred in 2009 from our 13 acquisitions completed in 2009, as well as costs incurred in connection with additional sales of our software products (offset by decreased cost of revenues from our old sales model in the three months ended March 31, 2010). This increase was primarily driven by increases in teaching fees and performance-linked bonuses paid to our teachers and an increase in our rental payments as we had leased facilities for five K-12 schools, 96 tutoring centers, two colleges and 16 career enhancement centers as of March 31, 2010, as compared to two K-12 schools, 44 tutoring centers, no colleges and five career enhancement centers as of March 31, 2009.

Gross profit .    Gross profit as a percentage of our net revenues increased from 42.2% in the three months ended March 31, 2009 to 51.1% in the three months ended March 31, 2010. The increase in our gross margin from 2009 to 2010 was primarily due to some of our entities acquired in 2009 which have a higher gross margin than existing entities and more of our net revenues in 2010 being generated under our new product sales model where we have achieved higher gross margins.

Operating expenses .    Our total operating expenses increased by 106.2% from RMB59.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2009 to RMB123.3 million (US$18.1 million) in the three months ended March 31, 2010. This increase resulted from increases in our selling and marketing and general and administrative expenses.

 

 

Selling and marketing expenses .    Our selling and marketing expenses increased by 140.5% from RMB21.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2009 to RMB51.7 million (US$7.6 million) in the three months ended March 31, 2010. This increase was primarily due to expenses arising in the entities we acquired in 2009 and increases at headquarter level. At our headquarter level, the increases were driven by increased marketing expenses as we increased advertising and promotional spending on our branding and headcount related expenses.

 

95


Table of Contents
 

General and administrative expenses .    Our general and administrative expenses increased by 104.3% from RMB32.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2009 to RMB66.4 million (US$9.7 million) in the three months ended March 31, 2010. This increase was primarily due to expenses from the entities we acquired in 2009, especially at the two colleges where we paid management fees to their cooperating universities for the use of their brand names and administrative support. Our general and administrative expenses also increased at our schools, tutoring centers, and career enhancement centers. These increases were driven by the management fees, headcount related expenses and depreciation expenses.

 

 

Research and development expenses .    Our research and development expenses decreased by 11.9% from RMB5.9 million in the three months ended March 31, 2009 to RMB5.2 million (US$0.8 million) in the three months ended March 31, 2010. This decrease was primarily due to slightly decreased spending on research and development at the headquarter level.

Other income (expense), net .    We recorded net other income of RMB1.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2009, compared to net other expense of RMB3.1 million (US$0.5 million) in the three months ended March 31, 2010. This change was primarily due to interest expense on outstanding indebtedness in the first quarter of 2010.

Income tax expenses .    Our income tax expense increased from RMB0.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2009 to RMB3.7 million (US$0.5 million) in the three months ended March 31, 2010. This change was primarily due to certain of our entities paying taxes at higher rates and a large portion of our profits during the quarter ended March 31, 2010 being located in entities with higher tax rates than the profitable entities in the quarter ended March 31, 2009.

Net income .    Our net income decreased by 81.6% from RMB16.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2009 to RMB3.0 million (US$0.4 million) in the three months ended March 31, 2010. This decrease was primarily due to increased depreciation and amortization of acquired intangible assets and share-based compensation in the first quarter of 2010 versus the first quarter of 2009 and also due to the profit contribution from our old sales model in the first quarter of 2009 not recurring in the first quarter of 2010 offset by increased margins from our acquired entities in 2009. Our depreciation and amortization for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 was RMB7.7 million and RMB27.3 million (US$4.0 million), respectively. Our share-based compensation for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 was RMB3.0 million and RMB5.7 million (US$0.8 million), respectively.

Preferred shares redemption value accretion .    Our preferred shares redemption value accretion increased by 99.7% from RMB38.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2009 to RMB76.9 million (US$11.3 million) in the three months ended March 31, 2010. This increase was due to an increase in the fair market value of our preferred shares from March 31, 2009 to March 31, 2010 as a result of applying the effective interest method.

Allocation of net income to participating preferred shareholders .    Our allocation of net income to participating preferred shareholders remained approximately the same at RMB23.1 million (US$3.4 million) in the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010.

Net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders .    Our net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders increased from RMB45.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2009 to RMB96.1 million (US$14.1 million) in the three months ended March 31, 2010. This increase was primarily due to increases in our preferred shares redemption value accretion and decreased net income.

 

96


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2009 compared with year ended December 31, 2008

Net revenues .    Our net revenues increased by 77.4% from RMB508.4 million in 2008 to RMB902.0 million (US$132.1 million) in 2009. This increase was primarily due to a full year of net revenues generated in 2009 from our ten acquisitions through business combinations and one acquisition of long-term operating rights completed in 2008, and partial year revenues from the 13 acquisitions completed in 2009, as well as additional sales of our software products under our new sales model. This increase was partially offset by our change in sales model under which we ceased providing services to students in schools where we do not control the facilities or teachers, although we continued to recognize net revenues in 2009 from these sales as we had deferred revenues from sales to schools and students as of December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily driven by increased net revenues arising from our colleges of RMB144.3 million, K-12 schools of RMB122.3 million and tutoring centers of RMB109.8 million.

Cost of revenues .    Our cost of revenues increased by 25.0% from RMB327.2 million in 2008 to RMB409.0 million (US$59.9 million) in 2009. This increase was primarily due to a full year of cost of revenues incurred in 2009 from our ten acquisitions through business combinations and one acquisition of long-term operating rights completed in 2008, and partial year cost of revenues from the 13 acquisitions completed in 2009, as well as costs incurred in connection with additional sales of our software products. This increase was partially offset by our change in sales model under which we now incur lower cost of revenues on such sales to our distributors, although we continued to incur cost of revenues in 2009 from 2008 sales where revenue was deferred and recognized in 2009. This increase was primarily driven by increases in teaching fees and performance-linked bonuses paid to our teachers and an increase in our rental payments as we had leased facilities for five K-12 schools, 96 tutoring centers, two colleges and 16 career enhancement centers as of December 31, 2009, as compared to two K-12 schools, 28 tutoring centers, no colleges and four career enhancement centers as of December 31, 2008.

Gross profit .    Gross profit as a percentage of our net revenues increased from 35.6% in 2008 to 54.7% in 2009. The significant increase in our gross margin from 2008 to 2009 was primarily due to gross profit generated from our acquisitions and the change to our sales model discussed above. Under our new sales model, we ceased to deliver our services to students in schools where we did not control the facilities or teachers and instead started to sell our software products to distributors, who will in turn deliver the service or sell the product to students or schools. For these sales to distributors, we recognize less revenue for each sale compared to the old sales model but recognize a higher gross margin as we are no longer responsible for the costs of delivering the services to students or for sales agent costs.

Operating expenses.     Our total operating expenses increased by 208.1% from RMB111.7 million in 2008 to RMB344.4 million (US$50.5 million) in 2009. This increase resulted from increases in all of our operating cost and expense line items, especially selling and marketing and general and administrative.

 

 

Selling and marketing expenses .    Our selling and marketing expenses increased by 221.1% from RMB43.1 million in 2008 to RMB138.4 million (US$20.3 million) in 2009. This increase was primarily due to a full year of expenses from the entities we acquired in 2008, as well as a partial year of expenses from the entities we acquired in 2009. Our selling and marketing expenses increased at both our headquarter level and at our schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers. At our headquarter level, the increases were driven by increases of headcount related expenses, marketing expenses as we increased spending on our branding and travel expenses. At our schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career

 

97


Table of Contents
 

enhancement centers, the increases were driven by advertisements and promotions and headcount related expenses.

 

 

General and administrative expenses .    Our general and administrative expenses increased by 231.3% from RMB56.9 million in 2008 to RMB188.5 million (US$27.6 million) in 2009. This increase was primarily due to a full year of expenses from the entities we acquired in 2008, as well as a partial year of expenses from the entities we acquired in 2009, especially in connection with our acquisitions of two colleges where we paid management fees to their cooperating universities for the use of their brand names and administrative support. Our general and administrative expenses increased at both our headquarter level and at our schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers. At our headquarter level, the increases were driven by increases in headcount related expenses, professional service fees and rental expenses. At our schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers, the increases were driven by headcount related expenses and office operating expenses.

 

 

Research and development expenses . Our research and development expenses increased by 49.6% from RMB11.7 million in 2008 to RMB17.5 million (US$2.6 million) in 2009. This increase was primarily due to increased headcount related expenses and outside services at the headquarter level.

Other income (expense), net .    We recorded net other expenses of RMB9.0 million (US$1.3 million) in 2009, compared to net other income of RMB5.6 million in 2008. This change was primarily due to the interest expense of RMB12.2 million (US$1.8 million) in 2009 versus interest income of RMB9.1 million in 2008, as a result of our short-term and long-term borrowings in 2009 that we did not have in 2008 and, to a lesser extent, lower cash balances in 2009 versus 2008.

Income tax expenses .    Our income tax expense decreased from RMB7.7 million in 2008 to RMB1.6 million (US$0.2 million) in 2009. This change was primarily due to a reversal of a deferred tax liability in 2009 that reduced tax expense for the period.

Net income .    Our net income increased by 104.7% from RMB67.4 million in 2008 to RMB138.0 million (US$20.2 million) in 2009. This increase was primarily due to higher net revenue generated in 2009 partially offset by increased costs and expenses as we were able to generate higher gross profits from each of our four operating segments in 2009 as compared to 2008.

Preferred shares redemption value accretion .    Our preferred shares redemption value accretion increased from RMB67.8 million in 2008 to RMB157.9 million (US$23.1 million) in 2009. This increase was due to an increase in the fair market value of our preferred shares from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009.

Allocation of net income to participating preferred shareholders .    Our allocation of net income to participating preferred shareholders increased from RMB53.9 million in 2008 to RMB93.6 million (US$13.7 million) in 2009. This increase was due to a full year of allocation of net income to preferred shares issued in 2008.

Net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders .    Our net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders increased from RMB54.4 million in 2008 to RMB113.3 million (US$16.6 million) in 2009. This increase was primarily due to increases in our preferred shares redemption value accretion and allocation of net income to participating preferred shareholders offset by increased net income.

Year ended December 31, 2008 compared with year ended December 31, 2007

Net Revenues .    Our net revenues increased by 59.4% from RMB318.9 million in 2007 to RMB508.4 million in 2008. This increase was primarily due to additional sales to schools and

 

98


Table of Contents

students where we did not control the facilities or teachers and net revenues generated from the ten acquisitions through business combinations and one acquisition of long-term operating rights that were completed in 2008. The increase was primarily driven by increased net revenues in our tutoring segment of RMB113.0 million and in our career enhancement segment of RMB67.4 million.

Cost of revenues .    Our cost of revenues increased by 59.1% from RMB205.6 million in 2007 to RMB327.2 million in 2008. This increase was primarily due to an increase in costs associated with continued sales to schools and students where we did not control the facilities or teachers, teaching fees and performance-linked bonuses paid to our teachers and rental payments as we had leased facilities for two K-12 schools, 28 tutoring centers and four career enhancement centers as of December 31, 2008, as compared to one career enhancement center as of December 31, 2007.

Gross profit .    Gross profit as a percentage of our net revenues increased slightly from 35.5% in 2007 to 35.6% in 2008. Our gross margins in 2008 began to be impacted by our change in sales model, but the real impact was not felt until 2009. In 2008, our gross margin on services delivered to our acquired schools and learning centers was higher than our 2007 gross margin, but was offset by lower gross margins on sales to schools or students where we did not control facilities or teachers due to change in the mix of services we sold.

Operating expenses.     Our total operating expenses increased by 95.3% from RMB57.2 million in 2007 to RMB111.7 million in 2008. This increase resulted from increases in all of our operating expense line items for the reasons described below.

 

 

Selling and marketing expenses .    Our selling and marketing expenses increased by 119.9% from RMB19.6 million in 2007 to RMB43.1 million in 2008. Our selling and marketing expenses increased at both our headquarter level and at our schools, tutoring centers and career enhancement centers. At our headquarters level, the increases were driven by increases of headcount related expenses, marketing expenses and travel and entertainment expenses. The increase at our schools was primarily due to a partial year of expenses related to advertisements and promotions and headcount related expenses in connection with the entities we acquired in 2008.

 

 

General and administrative expenses .    Our general and administrative expenses increased by 68.3% from RMB33.8 million in 2007 to RMB56.9 million in 2008. Our general and administrative expenses increased at both our headquarter level and at our schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers. At our headquarter level, the increase was driven by increased headcount related expenses, professional service fees and rental expenses. At our schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers, the increase was driven by a partial year of expenses in connection with the entities we acquired in 2008.

 

 

Research and development expenses .    Our research and development expenses increased by 207.9% from RMB3.8 million in 2007 to RMB11.7 million in 2008. This increase was primarily due to increased headcount and costs for outsourced services.

Other income (expense), net .    We recorded net other income of RMB5.6 million in 2008, compared to net other expense of RMB11.3 million in 2007. This change was primarily due to a beneficial conversion feature charge on conversion of convertible promissory notes of RMB13.0 million in 2007 that did not recur in 2008 and an increase in interest income of RMB6.5 million primarily due to higher cash balances in 2008 versus 2007 offset by higher foreign exchange losses by RMB3.1 million in 2008 versus 2007.

 

99


Table of Contents

Income tax expenses .    Our income tax expense decreased by 27.6% from RMB10.6 million in 2007 to RMB7.7 million in 2008. This decrease was primarily due to more favorable tax rates as a result of our obtaining a two-year tax holiday because Ambow Online qualifies as a software enterprise.

Net income .    Our net income increased by 97.1% from RMB34.2 million in 2007 to RMB67.4 million in 2008. This increase was primarily due to higher revenue generated in 2008 partially offset by increased costs and expenses as we were able to grow higher gross profits from each of the three operating segments we had in 2008 as compared to 2007.

Preferred shares redemption value accretion .    Our preferred shares redemption value accretion increased from RMB1.4 million in 2007 to RMB67.8 million in 2008. This increase was due to the issuance of new preferred shares.

Allocation of net income to participating preferred shareholders .    Our allocation of net income to participating preferred shareholders increased from RMB20.8 million in 2007 to RMB53.9 million in 2008. This increase was due to the allocation of net income to preferred shares issued in 2008.

Net income (loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders .    Our net income (loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders decreased from net income of RMB12.0 million in 2007 to net loss of RMB54.4 million in 2008. This decrease was primarily due to increases in our preferred shares redemption value accretion and allocation of net income to participating preferred shareholders offset by our increased net income.

 

100


Table of Contents

Discussion of segment operations

The following table lists our net revenues, cost of revenues, gross profit and gross margin by our reportable segments for the periods indicated:

 

      For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
(in thousands)   2007     2008     2009     2009     2009     2010     2010  
                                           
    RMB     RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data :

             

Net revenues:

             

K-12 schools

       9,126      131,413      19,252      8,491      50,743      7,434   

Tutoring

  137,320      250,274      360,059      52,750      78,038      132,678      19,438   
                             

Better Schools net revenues

  137,320      259,400      491,472      72,002      86,529      183,421      26,872   

Colleges

            144,250      21,133           41,103      6,022   

Career enhancement

  181,611      248,969      266,304      39,014      89,815      35,764      5,239   
                             

Better Jobs net revenues

  181,611      248,969      410,554      60,147      89,815      76,867      11,261   
                             

Total net revenues of reportable segments and the company

  318,931      508,369      902,026      132,149      176,344      260,288      38,133   

Cost of revenues:

             

K-12 schools

       (8,772   (81,321   (11,914   (6,156   (29,005   (4,249

Tutoring

  (93,862   (171,008   (160,386   (23,498   (43,180   (58,759   (8,608
                             

Better Schools Cost of revenues

  (93,862   (179,780   (241,707   (35,412   (49,336   (87,764   (12,857

Colleges

            (67,476   (9,885        (24,445   (3,582

Career enhancement

  (111,757   (147,388   (99,802   (14,621   (52,513   (14,956   (2,191
                             

Better Jobs Cost of revenues

  (111,757   (147,388   (167,278   (24,506   (52,513   (39,401   (5,773
                             

Total costs of revenues of reportable segments and the company

  (205,619   (327,168   (408,985   (59,918   (101,849   (127,165   (18,630

Gross profit

             

K-12 schools

       354      50,092      7,338      2,335      21,738      3,185   

Tutoring

  43,458      79,266      199,673      29,252      34,858      73,919      10,830   
                             

Better Schools gross profit

  43,458      79,620      249,765      36,590      37,193      95,657      14,015   

Colleges

            76,774      11,248           16,658      2,440   

Career enhancement

  69,854      101,581      166,502      24,393      37,302      20,808      3,048   
                             

Better Jobs gross profit

  69,854      101,581      243,276      35,641      37,302      37,466      5,488   
                             

Total gross profit of reportable segments and the company

  113,312      181,201      493,041      72,231      74,495      133,123      19,503   

Gross margin

             

K-12 schools

       3.9%      38.1%      38.1%      27.5%      42.8%      42.8%   

Tutoring

  31.7%      31.7%      55.5%      55.5%      44.7%      55.7%      55.7%   

Better Schools gross margin

  31.7%      30.7%      50.8%      50.8%      43.0%      52.2%      52.2%   

Colleges

          53.2%      53.2%           40.5%      40.5%   

Career enhancement

  38.5%      40.8%      62.5%      62.5%      41.5%      58.2%      58.2%   

Better Jobs gross margin

  38.5%      40.8%      59.3%      59.3%      41.5%      48.7%      48.7%   

Total gross margin of reportable segments and the company

  35.5%      35.6%      54.7%      54.7%      42.2%      51.1%      51.1%   
                                           

 

101


Table of Contents

Three months ended March 31, 2010 compared with three months ended March 31, 2009

K-12 schools

Net revenues from our K-12 schools increased from RMB8.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 to RMB50.7 million (US$7.4 million) for the three months ended March 31, 2010. This increase was primarily due to net revenues from the three K-12 school acquisitions completed in 2009.

Cost of revenues from our K-12 schools increased from RMB6.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 to RMB29.0 million (US$4.2 million) for the three months ended March 31, 2010. This increase was primarily due to cost of revenues from the three K-12 school acquisitions completed in 2009.

Gross profit as a percentage of our net revenues from our K-12 schools was 27.5% in the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 42.8% in the three months ended March 31, 2010. The increase in our gross margin from 2009 to 2010 was primarily due to a refund received from the Zhenjiang Education Investment Center for reimbursement of previously incurred staff costs.

Tutoring

Net revenues from our tutoring segment increased from RMB78.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 to RMB132.7 million (US$19.4 million) for the three months ended March 31, 2010. This increase was primarily due to net revenues from the acquisitions of 66 tutoring centers completed in 2009 partially offset by the decrease in net revenues due to the change in our sales model.

Cost of revenues from our tutoring segment increased from RMB43.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 to RMB58.8 million (US$8.6 million) for the three months ended March 31, 2010. This increase was primarily due to cost of revenues from the acquisitions of 66 tutoring centers completed in 2009.

Gross profit as a percentage of net revenues from our tutoring segment was 44.7% in the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 55.7% in the three months ended March 31, 2010. The increase in our gross margin from 2009 to 2010 was primarily due to our entities acquired in 2009 having a higher gross margin.

Colleges

Net revenues from our colleges increased from RMB0 for the three months ended March 31, 2009 to RMB41.1 million (US$6.0 million) for the three months ended March 31, 2010. We acquired our two colleges in the second and third quarters of 2009.

Cost of revenues from our colleges increased from RMB0 for the three months ended March 31, 2009 to RMB24.4 million (US$3.6 million) for the three months ended March 31, 2010. We acquired our two colleges in the second and third quarters of 2009.

Gross profit as a percentage of our net revenues from colleges was not applicable in the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 40.5% in the three months ended March 31, 2010.

Career enhancement

Net revenues from our career enhancement segment decreased from RMB89.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 to RMB35.8 million (US$5.2 million) for the three months

 

102


Table of Contents

ended March 31, 2010. This decrease was primarily due to the change in our sales model, which caused a significant decline in deferred revenue recognized, from sales in prior periods in the first quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2009, partially offset by the 12 career enhancement center acquisitions we completed in 2009. Excluding the deferred revenue recognized in the quarter ended March 31, 2009, our net revenues in our career enhancement segment increased from the quarter ended March 31, 2009 to the quarter ended March 31, 2010.

Cost of revenues from our career enhancement segment decreased from RMB52.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 to RMB15.0 million (US$2.2 million) for the three months ended March 31, 2010. This decrease was primarily due to the change in our sales model partially offset by the 12 career enhancement center acquisitions we completed in 2009.

Gross profit as a percentage of our net revenues from our career enhancement segment was 41.5% in the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 58.2% in the three months ended March 31, 2010. The increase in our gross margin from 2009 to 2010 was primarily due to the change in our sales model whereby product sales have a significantly higher gross margin than the services we previously provided to students of schools we do not directly operate.

Year ended December 31, 2009 compared with year ended December 31, 2008

K-12 schools

Net revenues from our K-12 schools increased from RMB9.1 million for 2008 to RMB131.4 million (US$19.3 million) for 2009. This increase was primarily due to a full year of net revenues from the acquisitions of two K-12 schools completed in 2008, as well as a partial year of net revenues from an additional three K-12 school acquisitions completed in 2009.

Cost of revenues from our K-12 schools increased from RMB8.8 million for 2008 to RMB81.3 million (US$11.9 million) for 2009. This increase was primarily due to a full year of cost of revenues from the acquisitions of two K-12 schools completed in 2008, as well as partial year of cost of revenues from an additional three K-12 school acquisitions completed in 2009.

Gross profit as a percentage of our net revenues from our K-12 schools was 3.9% in 2008 and 38.1% in 2009. The gross margin in our K-12 schools operating segment in 2008 was not reflective of the true performance of these schools as they were acquired in the third and fourth quarters of 2008 and we incurred additional costs related to teacher salaries in our K-12 schools in the second half of 2008.

Tutoring

Net revenues from our tutoring segment increased from RMB250.3 million for 2008 to RMB360.1 million (US$52.8 million) for 2009. This increase was primarily due to a full year of net revenues from the acquisitions of 28 tutoring centers completed in 2008, as well as a partial year of net revenues from the 66 tutoring center acquisitions completed in 2009 partially offset by our change in sales model.

Cost of revenues from our tutoring segment decreased from RMB171.0 million for 2008 to RMB160.4 million (US$23.5 million) for 2009. This decrease was primarily due to the change in our sales model, which significantly reduced our cost of revenue on products sold to students in schools where we did not control the facilities or teachers, partially offset by a full year of cost of revenues from the acquisitions completed in 2008 and partial year of cost of revenues from the acquisitions we completed in 2009.

 

103


Table of Contents

Gross profit as a percentage of our net revenues from our tutoring segment was 31.7% in 2008 and 55.5% in 2009. The increased gross margin in our tutoring segment was due to the impact of our acquisitions and our change in sales model.

Colleges

Net revenues from our colleges increased from RMB0 for 2008 to RMB144.3 million (US$21.1 million) for 2009. We acquired our two colleges in the second and third quarters of 2009.

Cost of revenues from our colleges increased from RMB0 for 2008 to RMB67.5 million (US$9.9 million) for 2009. We acquired our two colleges in the second and third quarters of 2009.

Gross profit as a percentage of our net revenues from colleges was not applicable in 2008 and 53.2% in 2009.

Career enhancement

Net revenues from our career enhancement segment increased from RMB249.0 million for 2008 to RMB266.3 million (US$39.0 million) for 2009. This increase was primarily due to a full year of net revenues from the acquisitions of three career enhancement centers completed in 2008, as well as a partial year of net revenues from the twelve career enhancement center acquisitions completed in 2009 partially offset by the change in sales model.

Cost of revenues from our career enhancement segment decreased from RMB147.4 million for 2008 to RMB99.8 million for 2009. This decrease was primarily due to the change in our sales model, which significantly reduced our cost of revenue on services delivered to students in schools where we did not control the facilities or teachers partially offset by a full year of cost of revenue from the three acquisitions completed in 2008 and partial year of cost of revenues from the 12 acquisitions completed in 2009.

Gross profit as a percentage of our net revenues from our career enhancement segment was 40.8% in 2008 and 62.5% in 2009. The increased gross margin in our career enhancement segment was due to the impact of our acquisitions and our change in sales model.

Year ended December 31, 2008 compared with year ended December 31, 2007

K-12 schools

Net revenues from our K-12 schools increased from RMB0 for 2007 to RMB9.1 million for 2008. This increase was due to a partial year of net revenues from two K-12 school acquisitions completed in 2008.

Cost of revenues from our K-12 schools increased from RMB0 for 2007 to RMB8.8 million for 2008. This increase was due to a partial year of cost of revenues from two K-12 school acquisitions completed in 2008.

Gross profit as a percentage of our net revenues in our K-12 schools was not applicable in 2007 and 3.9% in 2008. Our gross margins in our K-12 schools were not meaningful in 2007 and, to a lesser extent in 2008, as we were rapidly expanding our business and changing our sales model.

 

104


Table of Contents

Tutoring

Net revenues from our tutoring segment increased from RMB137.3 million for 2007 to RMB250.3 million for 2008. This increase was primarily due to a partial year of net revenues from the 28 tutoring center acquisitions completed in 2008.

Cost of revenues from our tutoring segment increased from RMB93.9 million for 2007 to RMB171.0 million for 2008. This increase was primarily due to a partial year of cost of revenues from the 28 tutoring center acquisitions completed in 2008.

Gross profit as a percentage of our net revenues in our tutoring segment was 31.7% in 2007 and 2008.

Career enhancement

Net revenues from our career enhancement segment increased from RMB181.6 million for 2007 to RMB249.0 million for 2008. This increase was primarily due to a partial year of net revenues from the three career enhancement center acquisitions completed in 2008.

Cost of revenues from our career enhancement segment increased from RMB111.8 million for 2007 to RMB147.4 million for 2008. This increase was primarily due to a partial year of cost of revenues from the three career enhancement center acquisitions completed in 2008.

Gross profit as a percentage of our net revenues in our career enhancement segment was 38.5% in 2007 and 40.8% in 2008.

 

105


Table of Contents

Selected quarterly results of operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated selected quarterly results of operations for the six fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2010. You should read the following table in conjunction with our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial information on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. The unaudited consolidated financial information includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for the quarters presented.

 

      For the Three Months Ended  
(in thousands)   Dec. 31,
2008
    March 31,
2009
    June 30,
2009
    Sept. 30,
2009
    Dec. 31,
2009
    March 31,
2010
 
                                     
    RMB     RMB    

RMB

    RMB     RMB    

RMB

 
           

NET REVENUES:

           

Educational programs and services

  169,487      160,109      160,436      141,165      298,734      232,154   

Educational products

  11,770      16,235      26,773      40,876      57,698      28,134   
                                   

Total net revenues

  181,257      176,344      187,209      182,041      356,432      260,288   

Cost of revenues (1)

  (121,787   (101,849   (78,545   (81,415   (147,176   (127,165
                                   

GROSS PROFIT

  59,470      74,495      108,664      100,626      209,256      133,123   
                                   

Operating expenses:

           

Selling and marketing (2)

  (13,563   (21,458   (29,571   (38,143   (49,251   (51,703

General and administrative (1) (2)

  (20,670   (32,485   (39,648   (49,526   (66,859   (66,367

Research and development (2)

  (2,098   (5,869   (2,341   (2,127   (7,133   (5,207
                                   

Total operating expenses

  (36,331   (59,812   (71,560   (89,796   (123,243   (123,277
                                   

OPERATING INCOME

  23,139      14,683      37,104      10,830      86,013      9,846   
                                   

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

  5,361      1,778      (4,759   (5,316   (750   (3,137
                                   

Income before tax and non-controlling interest

  28,500      16,461      32,345      5,514      85,263      6,709   

Income tax expense

  (1,022   (133   (406   792      (1,815   (3,733
                                   

NET INCOME

  27,478      16,328      31,939      6,306      83,448      2,976   

Non-controlling interest

                 182      33      901   
                                   

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

  27,478      16,328      31,939      6,488      83,481      3,877   

Preferred shares redemption value accretion

  (36,025   (38,524   (51,916   (33,826   (33,611   (76,932

Allocation of net income to participating preferred shareholders

  (23,597   (23,103   (23,331   (23,594   (23,583   (23,067
                                   

NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO ORDINARY SHAREHOLDERS

  (32,144   (45,299   (43,308   (50,932   26,287      (96,122
                                     

 

106


Table of Contents

 

(1)   Includes depreciation and amortization of RMB6,564, RMB7,707, RMB15,304, RMB18,747, RMB26,549 and RMB27,306 (US$4,000) for the three months ended December 31, 2008, March 31, 2009, June 30, 2009, September 30, 2009, December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, respectively, including amortization of intangible assets of RMB6,019, RMB6,410, RMB8,373, RMB9,196, RMB10,154 and RMB11,535 for the three months ended December 31, 2008, March 31, 2009, June 30, 2009, September 30, 2009, December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, respectively, including amortization of software of RMB178, RMB2,407, RMB2,171, RMB2,414, RMB2,276 and RMB3,820 (US$560) for the three months ended December 31, 2008, March 31, 2009, June 30, 2009, September 30, 2009, December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, respectively. Amortization of software is included within amortization of intangible assets.
(2)   Share-based compensation expense was included in:

 

      For the Three Months Ended
(in thousands)   Dec. 31,
2008
  March 31,
2009
  June 30,
2009
  Sept. 30,
2009
  Dec. 31,
2009
  March 31,
2010
                         
    RMB   RMB  

RMB

  RMB   RMB  

RMB

Sales and marketing

  443   684   1,168   1,167   1,392   1,450

General and administrative

  2,479   2,236   2,430   1,904   2,070   4,035

Research and development

  110   110   111   110   149   165

Our quarterly results of operations over the past six quarters have been most directly affected by the acquisitions made in 2008 and 2009, the seasonal fluctuations relating to our K-12 schools and colleges, and the change in our sales model to students of schools that we do not directly operate. We began this change to our sales model in 2008 as described earlier in this section. The key change, in addition to the acquisition of directly-operated schools, was to cease providing educational programs and services through sales agents to students of schools that we do not directly operate and to commence selling stand-alone software products to distributors. This transition occurred gradually between May 2008 and October 2009. The new product sales model has led to a decline in revenues but higher gross margins. The negative impact of this change to revenues has been partially offset by increased revenues arising from the schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers we acquired in 2008 and 2009, particularly affecting the last quarter of 2009 and the first quarter of 2010. As of October 2009, all of our sales of educational programs and services, other than one ongoing contract that will expire in September 2011, are made to students of our directly-operated schools.

Our gross margins were 32.8%, 42.2%, 58.0%, 55.3%, 58.7% and 51.1% in the six quarters ended March 31, 2010. Our gross margins fluctuated primarily as a result of our transition to a software product sales model and because of the seasonal impact on gross margins for our K-12 schools and colleges. Our gross margins increased significantly during most of 2009 due to the higher gross margins achieved on our software product sales and the higher gross margins achieved by some of our tutoring centers acquired in 2009. Our gross margins declined in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 from the quarter ended December 31, 2009 as a result of seasonal factors impacting our business. The main seasonal factor was the Chinese New Year celebration, usually taking place in January and February, and the resulting winter vacations taken by students at our K-12 schools and colleges. During these winter vacations we recognize less net revenue as our revenue is recognized when services are provided. In our K-12 schools, the number of service days during the six quarters ended March 31, 2010 averaged 92, 67, 89, 34, 92 and 59 days, respectively. In our colleges, the number of service days during the four quarters ended March 31, 2010 averaged 91, 33, 92 and 49, respectively. We acquired our first college during the quarter ended March 31, 2009. The class registrations for our tutoring and career enhancement centers are also lower during this period. A similar impact would normally arise during the third quarter ending September 30 due to K-12 schools’ and colleges’ summer vacations, although the impact on tutoring and career enhancement centers is less pronounced. For the quarter ended September 30, 2009, the seasonal impact on gross margins is less pronounced as one of our larger

 

107


Table of Contents

K-12 schools and one of our colleges was not acquired until the end of that period. Our software product sales also fluctuate around the timing of the academic periods.

Our expenses vary significantly each quarter and do not necessarily correspond with changes in our student enrollments and net revenues as we make investments in the future growth of our business. We make investments in selling and marketing, teacher training and development of programs, services and products throughout the year. We expect our quarterly results of operations to continue to be influenced by seasonal enrollment patterns.

Selected quarterly results of operations by segment

K-12 schools:

Prior to October 1, 2008, we acquired the operating rights of two K-12 schools in one acquisition. The number of additional acquisitions after this date is set out in the table below.

 

       For the Three Months Ended  
     Dec. 31,
2008
    March 31,
2009
    June 30,
2009
    Sept. 30,
2009
    Dec. 31,
2009
    March 31,
2010
 
                                      
     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Net Revenues

   7,435      8,491      27,603      21,930      73,389      50,743   

Cost of revenues

   (7,521   (6,156   (13,478   (19,375   (42,312   (29,005
                                    

Gross profit

   (86   2,335      14,125      2,555      31,077      21,738   
                                    

Gross margin

   (1.2%   27.5%      51.2%      11.7%      42.3%      42.8%   

Number of companies acquired in the period

   1           1      2             

Days of revenue recognized

   92      67      89      34      92      59   
                                      

Our net revenues and cost of revenues for K-12 schools have increased in the three quarters from October 1, 2008 to June 30, 2009 and the quarter ended December 31, 2009. These increases have mainly been driven by the acquisitions of three schools between August 2008 and April 2009 and the acquisition of two further schools in August and September 2009.

Our net revenues and gross margin for our K-12 schools are impacted by seasonal factors caused by Chinese New Year, which typically occurs in January or February, and summer vacations since we only recognize revenue when students attend our schools and our educational programs and services are provided. During these vacations, which have the most impact during the quarters ending March 31 and September 30, we recognize little or no revenue but still record significant costs. This seasonal effect on our gross margin in the quarters ended March 31, 2009 and September 30, 2009 was 27.5% and 11.7%, respectively, significantly lower than the gross margin in the quarters ended June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2009. Our gross margin for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 remained higher at 42.8%. This was because of the impact of a one-off subsidy for teaching costs received from Zhenjiang Investment Center during the period. We expect that the seasonal factors will continue to impact our gross margin from K-12 schools in future periods. Our gross margin is also affected by the margin profiles of schools we acquire in a given period.

 

108


Table of Contents

Tutoring:

 

       For the Three Months Ended  
     Dec. 31,
2008
    March 31,
2009
    June 30,
2009
    Sept. 30,
2009
    Dec. 31,
2009
    March 31,
2010
 
                                      
     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Net Revenues

   79,786      78,038      66,458      94,729      120,834      132,678   

Cost of revenues

   (55,030   (43,180   (29,137   (32,611   (55,458   (58,759
                                    

Gross profit

   24,756      34,858      37,321      62,118      65,376      73,919   
                                    

Gross margin

   31.0%      44.7%      56.2%      65.6%      54.1%      55.7%   

Number of companies acquired in the period

   3      2      2           2        
                                      

Prior to October 1, 2008, we acquired three tutoring companies. The number of additional acquisitions after this date is set out in the table above.

Our revenues and cost of revenues in 2008 and the two quarters ended June 30, 2009 for tutoring arose from a mix of services provided to our directly-operated centers and students of partner schools that we did not control. As a result of the change to our sales model described earlier in this section, the revenue recognized from services provided to students of partner schools declined dramatically during the three quarters ended June 30, 2009. As a result of this change, our gross margins also increased over the same period.

The growth of our revenues in the three quarters ended March 31, 2010 was mainly driven by organic growth in our existing training centers and the acquisitions made during the same period. Our revenue from software product sales to distributors has remained relatively constant and do not form a significant part of the total revenue disclosed.

Our tutoring revenue is not subject to significant seasonal fluctuations when compared to our K-12 schools, college and career enhancement segments, although enrollments will fall slightly during the Chinese New Year holiday, in either January or February each year.

Colleges

 

       For the Three Months Ended  
     Dec. 31,
2008
   March 31,
2009
   June 30,
2009
    Sept. 30,
2009
    Dec. 31,
2009
    March 31,
2010
 
                                    
     RMB    RMB    RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Net Revenues

         40,680      27,590      75,980      41,103   

Cost of revenues

         (13,682   (20,261   (33,533   (24,445
                                  

Gross profit

         26,998      7,329      42,447      16,658   
                                  

Gross margin

         66.4%      26.6%      55.9%      40.5%   

Number of colleges acquired in the period

         1      1             

Days of revenue recognized

         91      33      92      49   
                                    

We have acquired two colleges, Beijing Century College on April 3, 2009 and Applied Technology College on August 8, 2009.

 

109


Table of Contents

Our revenues and gross margin from our colleges are impacted by seasonal factors caused by Chinese New Year and summer vacations since we only recognize revenue when our students attend the colleges and we deliver our education programs and services. During these vacations, which generally occur during the quarters ending March 31 and September 30, little or no revenue is recognized but costs are still recorded. Our gross margin is also affected by the margin profiles of colleges we acquire in a given period.

Career enhancement

Prior to October 1, 2008, we acquired two career enhancement centers. The number of acquisitions after this date is set out in the table below.

 

       For the Three Months Ended  
     Dec. 31,
2008
    March 31,
2009
    June 30,
2009
    Sept. 30,
2009
    Dec. 31,
2009
    March 31,
2010
 
                                      
     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  
            

Net Revenues

   94,036      89,815      52,468      37,792      86,229      35,764   

Cost of revenues

   (59,236   (52,513   (22,248   (9,168   (15,873   (14,956
                                    

Gross profit

   34,800      37,302      30,220      28,624      70,356      20,808   
                                    

Gross margin

   37.0%      41.5%      57.6%      75.7%      81.6%      58.2%   

No. of companies acquired in the periods

   1      1           3             
                                      

Our net revenue and cost of revenues from our career enhancement segment in the four quarters from October 1, 2008 to June 30, 2009 arose mainly from sales of services to students of our partner schools that we do not directly operate under the old sales model, as described earlier in this section. Following the change in our sales model, we focused on acquiring more career enhancement centers and growing our Kunshan career enhancement center organically. This led to a change in the mix of our career enhancement revenue with approximately one half of our revenues arising from students at our directly operated centers and the remainder arising from sales of software products to distributors.

Our gross margin has increased significantly over the five quarters from October 1, 2008 to December 31, 2009. This increase in margins has arisen due to the change in sales model previously described as sales of products to distributors have a high margin compared to services that we previously provided to students of partner schools.

Our career enhancement revenue arising from our career enhancement centers and sales of software products to distributors are subject to seasonal fluctuation. We have seen that during the quarter ended March 31, 2010 the number of people attending courses at our centers drops significantly as people take extended vacation during the Chinese New Year holiday. Our software product sales have also fluctuated with the strongest sales arising in the quarter ended December 31, 2009. The seasonality of our software product sales is still less certain as we are developing this new sales model.

Liquidity and capital resources

Our principal sources of liquidity have been cash generated from operating activities and financing activities, which consisted of our private placements of preferred shares to investors,

 

110


Table of Contents

and bank loans we started to borrow in 2009. As of March 31, 2010, we had RMB411.3 million (US$60.3 million) in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents. Our cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and liquid investments that are unrestricted as to withdrawal or use, have maturities of three months or less and are placed with banks and other financial institutions. Although we consolidate the results of our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries, we do not have direct access to the cash and cash equivalents or future earnings of our VIEs or their respective subsidiaries. However, a portion of the cash balances of our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries is paid to us pursuant to our contractual arrangements with our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries. See “Related party transactions—Contractual arrangements with our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries and shareholders.”

We have not encountered any difficulties in meeting our cash obligations to date. When considering our liquidity position and our future capital resources and needs, we take into account price controls set by local governments that may affect the tuition fees we are able to charge to students in our K-12 schools and colleges, annual enrollment quotas placed on our colleges, the economic benefits we have received from the subsidiaries of our VIEs attributable to the sale of products or provision of services to these entities and the economic benefits we may receive from our VIEs directly through payments under the Technology Service Agreements or Exclusive Cooperation Agreement. To date, we have not received any payments under these agreements. We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents, anticipated cash flow from operations, as well as the net proceeds we expect to receive from this offering, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs, including targeted acquisitions, for more than the next 12 months.

In addition to growing our existing business, as part of our expansion strategy, we may also explore with certain of our A+ Alliance partners, including the seven target entities with which we have entered into exclusivity agreements, the option to convert them to our own schools and learning centers through business combinations and, to a lesser extent, make acquisitions of other businesses that complement our operations when suitable opportunities arise, in aggregate payments which we expect to range from US$50–70 million.

The following table sets forth a condensed summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

(in thousands)   For the years ended December 31,     For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
  2007     2008     2009     2009     2009     2010     2010  
                                           
    RMB     RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities

  88,613      (63,630   523,094      76,635      72,321      48,241      7,068   

Net cash used in investing activities

  (118,430   (261,831   (802,365   (117,549   (61,258   (42,906   (6,286

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

  388,754      700,041      (86,500   (12,672        (3,930   (576

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

  (12,359   (11,850   (3,127   (459   (1,667   (68   (10

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

  346,578      362,730      (368,898   (54,045   9,396      1,337      196   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

  69,516      416,094      778,824      114,100      778,824      409,926      60,055   

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  416,094      778,824      409,926      60,055      788,220      411,263      60,251   
                                           

 

111


Table of Contents

Operating activities

Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to RMB48.2 million (US$7.1 million) in the three months ended March 31, 2010 and RMB523.1 million (US$76.6 million) in the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to net cash used in operating activities of RMB63.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2008 and net cash provided by operating activities of RMB88.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2007. Net cash provided by operating activities in the year ended December 31, 2009 was primarily attributable to net income of RMB138.0 million (US$20.2 million), a decrease in accounts receivable of RMB391.4 million partially offset by a decrease of accounts payable of RMB121.0 million.

Investing activities

Our cash used in investing activities is primarily related to our 23 acquisitions in 2008 and 2009, our purchase of land use rights and our purchase of property, plant and equipment. Net cash used in investing activities amounted to RMB42.9 million (US$6.3 million) in the three months ended March 31, 2010 and RMB802.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 (US$117.5 million) as compared to RMB261.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2008 and RMB118.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2007. Net cash used in investing activities in the year ended December 31, 2009 primarily related to the acquisition of schools and learning centers, net of cash acquired, of RMB626.6 million, the purchase of a term deposit of RMB129.4 million and the purchase of property and equipment of RMB84.6 million.

In connection with our acquisition of a K-12 school and Beijing Century College, the seller agreed to extended payment terms whereby RMB350 million of the acquisition price we will pay will be paid over 18 years, RMB20 million for the first 17 years and RMB10 million for the 18th year of the payment term. This payment term starts at the earlier of (a) March 7, 2016 or (b) upon obtainment of an updated education license before the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the acquisition agreement, which we currently expect to be able to obtain but the timing is not yet known.

Financing activities

Our financing activities since the beginning of 2007 consist primarily of the issuance and sale of Series C and Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares to investors and short-term and long-term borrowings. Net cash used in financing activities amounted to RMB3.9 million (US$0.6 million) in the three months ended March 31, 2010 and RMB86.5 million (US$12.7 million) in the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to cash provided by financing activities of RMB700.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2008 and RMB388.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2007. Net cash used in financing activities in the year ended December 31, 2009 was attributable to repayments on long-term borrowings of RMB168.0 million and repayments on short-term borrowings of RMB129.5 million partially offset by proceeds from short-term borrowings of RMB201.0 million and proceeds from long-term borrowings of RMB10.0 million.

Long-term and short-term borrowings

We did not have any long-term borrowings as of December 31, 2007 or 2008. During 2009, we and our affiliated entities entered into various long-term loan agreements in the aggregate amount of RMB162.0 million with local banks with terms ranging from one year to seven years to finance our working capital. None of the loan agreements requires us to comply with financial covenants. Long-term bank borrowings of RMB41.5 million were secured by land and buildings with a net carrying value of approximately RMB50.9 million.

 

112


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, as of March 31, 2010 and on an individualized basis, our long-term borrowings’ loan amounts, interest rates, maturity profiles and their classification as either non-current or current liabilities.

 

Loan   Loan amount   Annual
interest
rate
 

Maturity terms

  Maturity date   Outstanding
indebtedness
                      Current
portion
  Non-current
portion
                             
    RMB   USD   %           RMB   RMB

1

  10,000,000   1,465,030   6.91%  

5 year

  May 2013     10,000,000

2

  4,000,000   586,012   6.91%   5 year   May 2013     4,000,000

3

  200,000   29,301   6.91%   4 year and 11 months   May 2013     200,000

4

  800,000   117,202   6.91%   4 year and 11 months   May 2013     800,000

5

  15,000,000   2,197,545   6.48%   2 years   September 2010   15,000,000  

6

  4,000,000   586,012   6.48%   2 years   September 2010   4,000,000  

7

  9,000,000   1,318,527   6.48%   2 years   September 2010   9,000,000  

8

  8,500,000   1,245,275   6.48%   3 years   September 2011     8,500,000

9

  2,500,000   366,257   6.91%   1 year and 10 months   December 2011     2,500,000

10

  5,000,000   732,515   6.91%   4 years   August 2012     5,000,000

11

  10,000,000   1,465,030   6.91%   1.5 years   May 2011     10,000,000

12

  6,000,000   879,018   5.94%   6 year and 3 months   September 2015     6,000,000

13

  6,000,000   879,018   5.94%   7 years   May 2016     6,000,000

14

  6,000,000   879,018   5.94%   5 year and 3 months   September 2014     6,000,000

15

  5,000,000   732,515   5.76%   4 year and 3 months   September 2013     5,000,000

16

  5,000,000   732,515   5.76%   3 year and 3 months   September 2012     5,000,000

17

  5,000,000   732,515   5.40%   2 year and 3 months   September 2011     5,000,000

18

  20,000,000   2,930,059   5.94%   11 months   April 2010   20,000,000  

19

  40,000,000   5,860,119   5.94%   1 year and 3 months   September 2010   40,000,000  
                           

Total

  162,000,000   23,733,483         88,000,000   74,000,000
                             

We did not have any short-term borrowings as of December 31, 2007 and 2008. As of December 31, 2009, our secured short-term bank loans consisted of the following two bank loans:

 

 

RMB11.0 million repayable on September 15, 2010 and bearing interest at 6.37% per annum. The loan was secured by a land use right with a net carrying value of approximately RMB12.3 million; and

 

 

RMB2.0 million repayable on May 25, 2010 and bearing interest at 6.37% per annum. The loan was secured by a building with a net carrying value of approximately RMB8.5 million.

 

113


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2009, we have the following unsecured short-term bank loans:

 

 

RMB60.0 million with a maturity date of June 28, 2010 and bearing interest at 4.86% per annum;

 

 

RMB20.0 million with a maturity date of May 4, 2010 and bearing interest at 5.34% per annum. The loan was guaranteed by a third party; and

 

 

RMB20.0 million with a maturity date of July 26, 2010 and bearing interest at 5.34% per annum. The loan was jointly guaranteed by a third party and a minority shareholder of our company.

The weighted average interest rate of short-term bank loans outstanding as of December 31, 2009 was 6.37% per annum.

Capital expenditures

Our capital expenditures are incurred primarily in connection with facility acquisitions, leasehold improvements and investments in equipment and technology within China. Our capital expenditures were RMB1.9 million, RMB8.8 million, RMB84.6 million (US$12.4 million) and RMB14.3 million (US$2.1 million) in 2007, 2008, 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, respectively. We primarily financed our capital expenditures through cash generated from operations and our preferred stock financings and, to a lesser extent, from our borrowings. The rapid expansion of our network of schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers has also required significant investment. We expect to incur capital expenditures of approximately RMB90-100 million (US$13.2-14.7 million) in the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010 in connection with investments in facilities, equipment and technology to meet the expected growth of our operations. We also expect to incur additional costs in connection with our becoming a public company, including costs to prepare for our first Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Section 404 compliance testing and additional legal and accounting costs to comply with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that will apply to us as a public company. We are not currently able to quantify these additional expenses but expect that they could be up to a few million US$ annually. Our PRC subsidiaries and affiliated entities have not paid dividends to us out of their accumulated profits and may be restricted from doing so in the future due to governmental restrictions. See “Risk Factors—Risks related to doing business in China—Our subsidiaries and affiliated entities in China are subject to restrictions on making dividends and other payments to us or any other affiliated company.” We believe that we will be able to fund our capital needs in the foreseeable future through cash generated from this offering and our operating activities.

 

114


Table of Contents

Contractual obligations and commitments

The following table presents a summary of our contractual obligations and payments, by period, as of December 31, 2009.

 

       Payments Due by Period
(in RMB millions)    Total    Less than
1 Year
   1-3 Years    3-5 Years    More than
5 Years
 
     RMB    RMB    RMB    RMB    RMB

Short-term borrowings

   115.4    115.4         

Operating lease obligations

   583.7    67.7    84.8    57.7    373.5

Purchase obligations

   4.7    4.7         

Long-term borrowings

   170.0    97.0    35.0    26.0    12.0

Consideration payable for acquisitions and others

   527.5    113.5          414.0
                        

Total

   1,401.3    398.3    119.8    83.7    799.5
 

Borrowings include estimated cash interest to be paid over the remaining terms of the debt. In addition to the amounts shown in the table above, we have recorded RMB26.4 million

unrecognized tax benefits as liabilities in accordance with ASC 740, and we are uncertain as to if or when such amounts may be settled. We also owe management fees to the universities affiliated with our colleges for the use of their brand names and administrative support. The amounts of these management fees will be calculated as a percentage of net revenues generated by the colleges.

Holding company structure

We conduct our operations primarily through our wholly-owned subsidiary in China, Beijing Ambow Online Software Co. Ltd., or Ambow Online, and its affiliated PRC entities, which we collectively refer to as our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries.

As a result, our ability to pay dividends and to finance any debt we may incur depends primarily upon dividends paid by Ambow Online and fees paid by Ambow Sihua, Ambow Shanghai and Ambow Shida and their subsidiaries to Ambow Online for sales of services and products.

If our subsidiaries or any newly formed subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing their debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends to us. In addition, our subsidiaries are permitted to pay dividends to us only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. Under PRC law, each of our subsidiaries incorporated as companies may only distribute dividends after they have made allowances to fund certain statutory reserves. Although the statutory reserves can be used, among other ways, to increase the registered capital and eliminate future losses in excess of retained earnings of the respective companies, the reserve funds are not distributable as cash dividends except in the event of liquidation of the companies.

Ambow Sihua, Ambow Shanghai and Ambow Shida own and/or operate private schools, tutoring and career enhancement centers in China. At the end of each fiscal year, every private school in China is required to allocate a certain amount to its development fund for the construction or maintenance of the school or procurement or upgrade of educational equipment. In the case of a private school that requires reasonable returns, this amount shall be not less than 25% of the

 

115


Table of Contents

annual net income of the school, while in the case of two of our private schools that do not require reasonable returns, this amount shall be equivalent to no less than 25% of the annual increase in the net assets of the school (as determined under the generally accepted accounting principles of the PRC), if any. See “Risk factors—Risks related to regulation of our business and our corporate structure—Our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries may be subject to significant limitations on their ability to operate private schools or make payments to related parties or otherwise be materially and adversely affected by changes in PRC laws and regulations.”

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We have not entered into any financial guarantees or other commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of any third parties. We have not entered into any derivative contracts that are indexed to our shares and classified as shareholders’ equity, or that are not reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to such entity. We do not have any variable interest in any unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit support to us or engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with us.

Inflation

Inflation in China has not materially impacted our results of operations in recent years. According to the China Statistics Bureau, consumer price inflation in China was 4.8% and 5.9% in 2007 and 2008, respectively, and consumer price deflation was 0.7% in 2009.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosure regarding market risk

Interest rate risk .    The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing the income we receive from our investments without significantly increasing the risk of loss. We currently invest in time deposits. As such, we are exposed to minimal market risks associated with interest rate changes. Our current cash management policy does not allow us to purchase or hold derivative or commodity instruments or other financial instruments for trading purposes. If overall interest rates fell by 10% in 2009, our interest income would have declined approximately RMB2.1 million (US$0.3 million), assuming consistent investment levels.

At December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, we had RMB0, RMB0 and RMB275 million (US$40.3 million), respectively, of borrowings outstanding. The interest rates on our borrowings are variable and adjust periodically based on the PBOC’s base lending rate. If overall interest rates increased by 10% in 2009, our interest expense would have increased approximately RMB0.9 million (US$0.1 million).

Foreign exchange risk .    Substantially all of our revenues and most of our expenses are denominated in RMB. Our exposure to foreign exchange risk primarily relates to cash and cash equivalents denominated in U.S. dollars as a result of our past issuances of preferred shares through private placements and anticipated proceeds from this offering. The effect of an immediate 10% adverse change in exchange rates on our foreign denominated cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2009 would result in a loss of approximately RMB38.5 million (US$5.6 million). We do not believe that we currently have any significant direct foreign exchange risk and have not hedged exposures denominated in foreign currencies or any other

 

116


Table of Contents

derivative financial instruments. Although in general, our exposure to foreign exchange risks should be limited, the value of your investment in our ADSs will be affected by the foreign exchange rate between U.S. dollars and RMB because the value of our business is effectively denominated in RMB, while the ADSs will be traded in U.S. dollars.

The value of the RMB against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in China’s political and economic conditions. The conversion of RMB into foreign currencies, including U.S. dollars, has been based on rates set by the People’s Bank of China. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of the RMB to the U.S. dollar. Under the new policy, the RMB is permitted to fluctuate within a narrow and managed band against a basket of certain foreign currencies. There remains significant international pressure on the PRC government to adopt an even more flexible currency policy, which could result in a further and more significant appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar. To the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars we receive from this offering into RMB for our operations, appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the RMB amount we receive from the conversion. We have not used any forward contracts or currency borrowings to hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk.

Recent accounting pronouncements

See Note 2(ee) of Notes to consolidated financial statements for recent accounting pronouncements that could have an effect on us.

 

117


Table of Contents

Our industry

China educational and career enhancement services market

China’s educational and career enhancement services market is comprised of several segments, including government-run public schools, private schools, tutoring programs, universities and colleges and career enhancement services, which are large and growing. According to IDC, total spending in China’s education market was $236.3 billion in 2008 and is projected to grow to approximately $604.1 billion by 2013. China’s educational and career enhancement services market is fragmented today with no clear leader and a large number of smaller, niche players performing services and offering programs within one or a few of the segments. According to IDC, market share of the top five players in the IT training market was 28.9% in 2008 and market share of the top five players in the ZhongKao/ GaoKao after school tutoring market is 0.93%.

The following chart shows the breakdown for services within the educational and career enhancement services market between K-12 education and career enhancement education and services:

 

      K-12 education   Career enhancement education
      Early
childhood
education
  Elementary
school
  Junior
high school
  Senior
high school
  Middle
vocational
schools
  Higher
vocational
schools and
colleges
  Education
above
bachelor
degrees
  Companies
or enterprises
         
Degree programs         Educational curriculum   Educational curriculum      
             
Non-degree programs   Early
childhood
education
  Elementary
school tutoring
  ZhongKao/
GaoKao tutoring
  Career
enhancement
training for
middle
vocational school
students
  Career
enhancement
training for
college students
  Enterprise
human
resource
service
     
      Training on English and other subjects   Career enhancement training
                                         

Source: IDC report titled “China Zhongkao and Gaokao Tutoring Market 2008-2013 Forecast,” 2009

Each of the segments within China’s educational and career enhancement services market has distinct characteristics. K-12 programs are offered by public and, to a lesser extent, private schools. These schools provide educational services and programs to their students with regionalized curriculum. Tutoring programs are increasingly run by private organizations focused on helping students achieve better grades in their schools and prepare for standardized tests for entrance into both high schools and universities. Universities and colleges in China provide post-secondary education for top students. Career enhancement services are aimed at university, community college and vocational students and focus on preparing individuals to start their careers or enhance their career opportunities.

Competition to get into top high schools and universities is intense as quality educational resources in China are limited. According to IDC, in Beijing (whose education level is leading the Chinese market) in 2009, the number of junior middle school graduates exceeded 56,000, while the top high schools plan to enroll fewer than 17,000 students, for an enrollment rate at top high schools of under 30%. According to the China Statistical Yearbook, there are 2,263 universities and colleges in China, only 100 of which are considered top-tier universities.

Common features of the disparate but related sectors within China’s educational and career enhancement services market include significant growth opportunities, demand driven by

 

118


Table of Contents

demographic trends and stiff competition for advancement, sustainable premium fees for high-quality providers, significant benefits to those who can standardize their business practices, provide services throughout a student’s learning cycle and scale effectively, and a fragmented competitive landscape. These sectors are growing both in terms of absolute size and in terms of importance due to the following factors within China.

Rapid economic growth

According to the International Monetary Fund, China was the 3rd largest economy in the world in 2008 in terms of gross domestic product, or GDP, which amounted to over $4.3 trillion in 2008 and is expected to grow to over $8.2 trillion by 2014. According to the International Monetary Fund, China’s Nominal GDP per capita has increased at a CAGR of 14.2% from approximately RMB7,828 in 2000 to approximately RMB22,647 in 2008, and is expected to continue to grow at a CAGR of 10.3% from 2008 to 2014.

Growth in disposable household income

As a result of China’s rapid economic growth, Chinese consumers have greater amounts of disposable income and have significantly increased their spending:

 

 

The China Statistical Yearbook reported that China’s disposable income per urban resident increased from RMB6,280 in 2000 to RMB15,781 in 2008, representing a CAGR of 12.2%;

 

 

According to the China Statistical Yearbook, the average per capita annual consumption expenditure in urban areas in China has increased from approximately RMB4,998 in 2000 to approximately RMB11,243 in 2008; and

 

 

According to the China Statistical Yearbook, average consumer spending on education, cultural and recreational services amount to 12.1% of total per capita annual consumption expenditure in urban areas in 2008.

Favorable demographic and urbanization trends

According to the China Statistical Yearbook, in 2008 approximately 33.4% of China’s total population were between the ages of 5 and 29, an age group that ranges from school-age children to young and working adults who we believe are most likely to pursue educational opportunities and continuing career enhancement training and certification. The “one-child” policy that the PRC government has in general imposed for nearly three decades has caused a declining birth rate and, according to IDC, a decline of 6.2% in the number of middle school students from 2005 to 2008. This policy, though, has driven strong demand for children’s education by fostering the widely known “little emperor” phenomenon in which Chinese families spend a high percentage of their disposable income investing in their only child’s future to get ahead of the competition.

Approximately 606.7 million people in China lived in urban areas in 2008, according to the China Statistical Yearbook. According to CEIC China Database, in 2008 China had 41 cities each with a population of over 2 million, 122 cities each with a population of over one million and 232 cities each with a population over 500,000. The growing trend towards urbanization is expected to result in more people seeking job and career advancement opportunities in urban areas. Many college graduates who seek urban employment choose to take job-readiness training programs

 

119


Table of Contents

before entering the job market. In addition, many urban employees choose to acquire supplementary skills and ongoing training to remain competitive in their jobs or seek career advancement opportunities. In addition, urban citizens are increasingly recognizing that higher education may lead to greater rewards in terms of income and career opportunities.

Increasing awareness of importance of higher and professional education

We believe people in China are increasingly willing to invest in higher and professional education as it may lead to better career opportunities and enhanced earning power. According to a survey jointly conducted in 2009 by Yangtze Evening News and Taihe Consulting , a professional Chinese human resources management consulting agency, a new university graduate in China with a bachelor’s degree seeking a position in the high tech or software industry on average earns 50% more than the initial income of a high school graduate with an associate degree who does not possess a university or other higher education degree. We believe such income differentials have motivated and will continue to motivate people to choose to continue their education and pursue higher education opportunities. According to the China Statistical Yearbook, enrollment in institutions of higher education increased at a CAGR of 13.5% from approximately 2.2 million in 2000 to approximately 6.1 million in 2008.

We believe that the market for post-secondary education and career enhancement services in China is expected to grow due to demand from various sources, including demand from employers for well-trained professionals, demand from an increasing number of high school and university graduates seeking employment positions which require practical skills and professional certifications, and demand from working professionals who wish to further achieve their career and salary advancement potential.

Need to differentiate oneself from peers

Each step of academic advancement in China from compulsory education to high school to college to the job market requires an individual to differentiate oneself. Despite its rapid economic growth, university students in China are experiencing difficulties in finding a job upon graduation. According to an article from the Chinese Education Newspaper published on July 9, 2009, as of July 1, 2009, the unemployment rate for university students graduated in 2009 was approximately 32%, almost the same rate as 2008; however, the number of students who graduated in 2009 increased by 9.1%. Approximately 1.9 million students in 2009 had difficulties in finding a job upon graduation. We believe that some students in this highly competitive job market may choose to enhance their core skill sets by taking additional training courses. For example, a student who majored in computer science may take web programming courses at a career enhancement center in order to secure a job in the Internet industry. Another student may choose to develop additional skill sets to differentiate himself or herself from his or her peers in order to get a better job. A higher than normal unemployment rate, however, may affect consumers’ discretionary spending on our services and products, particularly on our career enhancement services.

Our target markets

There are two fundamental market demands that need to be addressed in China’s educational and career enhancement services market: the demand for high-quality educational services for K-12 students and the demand for career enhancement services for post-secondary students.

 

120


Table of Contents

Educational services

Demand for high-quality K-12 schools with regionalized curriculum and tutoring programs is growing rapidly in China. According to statistics published by the MOE, in 2008 there were approximately 103 million students from 6 to 12 years old attending elementary schools, 56 million students from 13 to 15 years old attending junior high schools and 25 million students from 16 to 18 years old attending senior high schools. Children from 6 to 15 years old are required to attend elementary and junior high school on weekdays under China’s nine-year compulsory education system and many children choose to attend senior high school in preparation for higher education. Given the pressure of entering into universities, the course load in senior high schools is similar to that under the 9-year compulsory education. In our K-12 schools, the curriculum for elementary schools follows the national teaching guidance in China, which requires six years attendance to complete. The curriculum for post-secondary schools requires three or four years of attendance to complete. The nature of the curriculum is tailored to the tenor and attendance of the students within each school. Our current market share of this large market, which is comprised of public schools and, to a lesser extent, private schools, is low. As our strategy is to leverage our K-12 schools to support our tutoring centers in our educational regional service hubs, we have no intention or expectation to capture significant additional market share of the K-12 school market.

Regionalized curriculum is required because the subjects taught and content necessary for the students to learn must be tailored to the locally administered high school and university entrance exam subjects. There is significant demand at every point of the education process in the Chinese market and a very large base of potential customers. Within the K-12 market, there are both state run and privately run schools. Public schools in China are generally required to use government-approved curricula. In contrast, private schools in China, while also heavily regulated, have greater flexibility to teach additional subjects and emphasize specific subjects to meet students’ needs and to deliver education in a small-group setting. The private education market in China has historically been smaller than the public education market, but has experienced rapid growth in the past few years, which is expected to continue.

The admissions process for both high schools and universities in China is highly competitive. Unlike in the United States, where prior grades and extracurricular activities can have a significant effect on admissions to private high schools, the admissions examination to get into both public and private Chinese high schools, called ZhongKao, is the primary determining factor for admission. Similarly, the admissions examination to get into a Chinese university, called GaoKao, is often the sole or primary determining factor for admission. Further, the “one-child” policy that the PRC government has in general imposed for nearly three decades, has driven strong demand for children’s education by fostering the widely known “little emperor” phenomenon in which Chinese families spend a high percentage of their disposable income investing in their only child’s future to get ahead of the competition.

According to IDC, China’s after school tutoring market was valued at approximately $12.1 billion in 2008 and is expected to grow to $18.7 billion by 2013. In addition, demand for test preparation courses for admissions and assessment tests required by higher educational institutions in China is expected to continue to increase, as Chinese citizens are increasingly able to spend money on higher education to reap greater rewards in terms of future income and career opportunities. Currently, the tutoring markets in China are highly fragmented and localized by region. According to IDC, market share of the top 5 players in 2008 in the ZhongKao and GaoKao after school tutoring market was less than 1%.

 

121


Table of Contents

Career enhancement services

China’s economic growth has led to the creation of more jobs, which has in turn spurred further economic growth within China. At the same time, the Chinese job market is becoming more competitive and is undergoing fundamental changes. In addition, the rapid economic growth in recent years has also created an increasing demand for certified professionals for domestic and multinational companies, as well as for government agencies. Particularly, with China’s accession to the World Trade Organization, the liberalization of China’s trade barriers and China’s continued relatively high rate of economic growth as compared with other major economies’ growth lags, an increasing number of multinational companies have entered, or are expected to enter, China. Many PRC companies will need to steadily improve the quality of their workforce to effectively compete with foreign competitors.

Within China, there are three recognized established economic centers, the Bohai Rim Area, the Pearl River Delta and the Yangtze River Delta, with concentrations of companies doing extensive business and also emerging economic centers where the Chinese government is providing tax and economic incentives to attract additional investment and create areas with concentrations of companies. Businesses in these areas are growing at an even faster rate than businesses throughout China as a whole. According to China Statistical Yearbook, GDP in the Bohai Rim Area, the Pearl River Delta and the Yangtze River Delta grew from RMB5.1 trillion in 2000 to RMB17.9 trillion in 2008, representing a CAGR of 16.9% while overall GDP in China grew from RMB9.9 trillion in 2000 to 30.1 trillion in 2008, representing a CAGR of 14.9%.

We believe, based on the experience of our management team, that the rapid economic growth and the fundamental changes taking place in the China job market, coupled with the possibility of improvements in career prospects, are motivating job seekers and working professionals in China to further develop their skills and knowledge, and to better equip themselves with relevant professional skills and qualifications. The changed job market and job seekers’ demands are causing challenges for Chinese education providers in training students to enter the workforce and start their careers. According to the China Statistical Yearbook, graduates from institutions of higher education increased at a CAGR of 23.4% from approximately 0.95 million in 2000 to approximately 5.12 million in 2008. In the current Chinese labor market, there is often a mismatch between the candidates’ qualifications (specific skills learned at Chinese universities) and requirements of the employer (combination of specific skills and job readiness, or soft skills). We believe that an attractive opportunity exists for career enhancement services providers who can provide effective training programs that enable students and graduates to better prepare for professions such as the information technology, or IT, industry and other industries requiring high technical competence or specialized knowledge and skills. The career enhancement services market has emerged as a large and growing market to address the needs of both post-secondary students and graduates and employers in China. According to IDC, the IT training market was $0.22 billion in 2008 and is projected to grow to $0.72 billion in 2013. In our career enhancement centers, a range of 85% to 98% of the students who had completed our career enhancement courses by December 31, 2009, excluding those students sponsored by their existing employers prior to attending our job training, had obtained employment as of December 31, 2009.

 

122


Table of Contents

Business

Overview

We are a leading national provider of educational and career enhancement services in China. Our business addresses two critical demands in China’s education market, the desire for students to be admitted into top secondary and post-secondary schools, and the desire for graduates of those schools to obtain more attractive jobs. We offer consistently high-quality, individualized services and products through our combined online and offline delivery model powered by our proprietary technologies and robust infrastructure. Our regional service hubs, comprised of five K-12 schools, 96 tutoring centers, two colleges and 16 career enhancement centers as of March 31, 2010, combined with our distributors, enable us to provide our services and products to students in 30 out of the 31 provinces and autonomous regions within China.

We are capitalizing on four significant trends in the educational and career enhancement services market in China:

 

 

Rapid growth in disposable household income combined with a continuing focus and increasing spending by families on their children’s educational services;

 

 

Intense competition in the education sector and job market in China;

 

 

Rapid economic growth and an increasing hiring needs of existing and new companies doing business in China, which poses significant challenges for employers trying to match their hiring needs with the skill sets of graduating students looking for career opportunities; and

 

 

The increased availability and utilization of advanced learning technologies to supplement the traditional education delivery model.

Our educational services cover grades K-12, focusing on both K-12 programs and tutoring services, including test preparation. We provide results-oriented services and products customized to regional curriculum requirements and individual student needs to help students enhance academic results, including those on ZhongKao and GaoKao admission tests, the results of which are of primary importance in determining which students will be admitted into top high school and university programs. We refer to these K-12 programs and tutoring services with standards-based curriculum that enable students to improve their academic results and educational opportunities as “ Better Schools .” Our Better Schools services and products, offered in our regional service hubs, as well as delivered through our partners, are offered to customers in 30 out of the 31 provinces and autonomous regions within China. According to IDC, we are the largest ZhongKao and GaoKao after-school tutoring provider in China in terms of total annual revenue in 2008. According to CCID, we are the largest ZhongKao and GaoKao after-school tutoring provider in China in terms of market share in 2009.

Our career enhancement services target students at universities, colleges and community colleges and recent graduates of these institutions. We refer to these career enhancement services programs that facilitate post-secondary students obtaining more attractive employment as well as our college programs as “ Better Jobs .” Our Better Jobs programs are mainly offered through our career enhancement regional service hubs, which are strategically located in key economic centers across China where there is a high concentration of companies in high-growth industries. Within our career enhancement training centers, we partner with leading international vocational training content providers, corporations and universities to provide practical project-based training to enhance students’ overall competitiveness for better employment opportunities

 

123


Table of Contents

after graduation. As of December 31, 2009, our six career enhancement regional service hubs are located in the Bohai Rim Area, the Central South Area (Changsha, Zhuzhou and Xiangtan) and the Yangtze River Delta. The Bohai Rim Area and the Yangtze River Delta comprise two out of the three currently established regional economic centers in China. Changsha, Zhuzhou and Xiangtan, or the Central South Area, is a strategically important area in China because it is believed to be rich in technology and labor and great efforts are being made in the region to promote the construction of high-tech industries. According to IDC, market share of the top 5 players in 2008 in the IT career enhancement services market was 28.9% and, with a 16.5% market share, we are the largest career enhancement training provider in China in terms of total annual revenue as of the end of 2008. According to CCID, we are the largest IT career enhancement training provider in China, with a 16.0% market share in 2009.

From our inception in 2000 through 2003, we focused on building our technology foundation by designing our proprietary software and technology solutions to provide educational and career enhancement services. We believe our technology foundation is fundamentally important for us to provide our services with consistent high quality across geographies in the long-run. From 2004 to 2007, we focused on building our nationwide services platform by deploying our services and products through sales agents, which enabled us to reach a large target customer base, build our Ambow brand and increase awareness of our products and services in a capital efficient way. As a result of the successful implementation of the aforementioned strategy, the registered users of our software products or services grew throughout this period: from approximately 400 in 2004 to approximately 170,000 in 2007. By the end of 2007, our registered users had reached a critical mass, we had proven that our services and products built upon our proprietary technology were effective and well received by students and our brand and services became well known in the industry and among our target customers. At the beginning of 2008, we considered it to be the opportune time to establish physical regional service hubs to capture further business opportunities and provide our services and products through both offline classroom teaching and online delivery platform to our target customers in our directly-operated schools and learning centers. We have established these physical regional service hubs primarily by acquiring top-tier K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers, which we believe enhances the Ambow brand as a premium educational and career enhancement service provider.

As of March 31, 2010, we had formed a nationwide network to deliver our education and career enhancement services through the five K-12 schools, 96 tutoring centers, two colleges and 16 career enhancement centers we directly operate, and software sales by our distributors, with leading market position in both of our Better Schools and Better Jobs divisions. Such market presence, brand recognition and service awareness enables us to successfully reach students in 30 out of 31 provinces and autonomous regions in China, and we believe will serve as a solid foundation for our future growth.

We currently deliver our wide range of educational and career enhancement services and products through integrated offline and online channels in an interactive learning environment, powered by our proprietary technology platform that has enabled us to provide individualized content and learning solutions tailored to each of our students’ needs, and to develop standards-based, individualized curricula with consistently high quality across our schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers. We also intend to pursue opportunities to provide our educational and career enhancement services outside of China.

Through our directly-operated schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers and our distributors, we have significantly grown our net revenue, net income and

 

124


Table of Contents

student enrollment. Our net revenues increased from RMB318.9 million in 2007 to RMB508.4 million in 2008 and RMB902.0 million (US$132.1 million) in 2009 and from RMB176.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2009 to RMB260.3 million (US$38.1 million) in the three months ended March 31, 2010. Revenues from our Better Schools division accounted for 43.1%, 51.0%, 54.5% and 70.5% of our total net revenues in the fiscal years of 2007, 2008, 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, respectively. Revenues from our Better Jobs division accounted for 56.9%, 49.0%, 45.5% and 29.5% of our total net revenues in 2007, 2008, 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, respectively. We recorded net income of RMB34.2 million, RMB67.4 million, RMB138.0 million (US$20.2 million) and RMB3.0 million (US$0.4 million) in 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, respectively. As of March 31, 2010, we had more than 30,000 students enrolled in our K-12 schools and colleges. Since the beginning of 2008, we have had in aggregate more than 950,000 student enrollments in our tutoring and career enhancement centers. Since the beginning of 2007, we have had in aggregate more than 500,000 registered users of our software products or services through our online services or as a result of our software sales through distributors and, under our old sales model, sales to students at our partner schools.

Our strengths

We believe that the following competitive strengths significantly contribute to our success, differentiate us from our competitors, and form an effective market entry barrier to enhance our leadership position:

Individualized services delivered throughout a student’s learning cycle.     One limitation of the traditional teacher-to-student education model is the wide range of students’ skills and aptitude in a given classroom, which cannot be individually addressed in a single classroom or with standardized assignments. Our curriculum, educational materials and proprietary software-based learning platform, which we refer to as our “learning engine,” are designed to address this issue. Our learning engine is able to capture the way a student learns in order to deliver individualized content and optimized recursive exercises and study guidance to help the student fill knowledge gaps, broaden understanding and build self-confidence. It enables us to deliver individualized content that has been tailored to the local curriculum to each student based on their educational needs and evaluate their learning performance as it happens. We support our curriculum and educational materials with our learning tracking system, which comprehensively records each student’s progress and achievements throughout his or her learning experience. The longer and more often a student uses our services and products, the more effective and efficient services and content we are able to provide to him or her, thus enhancing the students’ tendency to continue to utilize our services throughout their student learning cycle. We believe this proprietary intelligent system, which combines our learning engine and robust content, took years to develop and put in effective operation, sets Ambow apart from our competitors, most of whose services are reliant on individual teachers with varied teaching quality. Our learning tracking system also helps boost customer loyalty and increase switching costs for our students to use the services provided by our competitors.

Consistent, high-quality educational and career enhancement services delivered across geographies.     Another limitation of the traditional teacher-to-student model lies in its lack of consistency across schools and teachers and dependence on the individual quality of teachers. We have spent a number of years developing our technology platform and content and services to ensure that our materials are of the highest quality and relevance for our students and

 

125


Table of Contents

customers. In addition, we have enhanced the depth and quality of our educators by integrating experienced teachers and education managers from local schools we have acquired and we have broadened our geographic reach. Our high-quality educational and career enhancement content and services are not reliant on any particular teacher, but rather can be delivered consistently throughout our schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers by our trained teaching force. Our ability to deliver consistent, high-quality educational and career enhancement services across geographies, regardless of regional differences across China, has allowed us to build a leading national brand.

Robust infrastructure to support scalable business model .    We have established a robust infrastructure to support sustainable expansion of our business operations, including school management, distributor and supplier management, product research and human resources management. Our technology platform allows us to standardize our curricula and school management practices, and facilitate knowledge sharing and best-practice deployment amongst our K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers. Our proprietary enterprise information service system, which we refer as “EIS,” allows us to improve operational efficiency, integrate our new operations efficiently and effectively, and make informed operational decisions timely. We believe our robust infrastructure, combined with our proprietary technologies, enhances customer stickiness, maximizes the lifetime value of our students and allows us to successfully and aggressively scale our business.

Nationwide, multi-channel delivery network .    By establishing regional service hubs for both our Better Schools and Better Jobs divisions and cooperating with our distributors and partner schools, we have developed a multi-channel delivery network, comprised of five K-12 schools, 96 tutoring centers, two colleges and 16 career enhancement centers as of March 31, 2010 that we directly operate, which cover 16 provinces and municipal cities (including Beijing, Chongqing, Shanghai and Tianjin) and 23 cities in China. Combined with our software sales through distributors, our delivery network reaches students in 30 out of the 31 provinces and autonomous regions in China. Our services and products are delivered in both online and offline formats to provide our students their learning experience in their preferred formats tailored to meet their specific academic and skill competence levels. We believe our nationwide, multi-channel delivery network at scale provides us a strong competitive edge in the still fragmented Chinese education market that we believe will be difficult to replicate. Moreover, our strong national network and successful operating track record also help us to establish the trust with local regulatory bodies and potential partners, which we believe further facilitates our future expansion.

Disciplined M&A approach with proven track record .    We have adopted a disciplined and systematic approach towards identifying and evaluating potential acquisition targets. We have also applied a rigorous approach to integrate the entities we have acquired. We utilize a systematic screening process to identify the best potential targets and evaluate the quality of these targets based on thorough due diligence and extensive market surveys. Our target acquisitions are top players in their markets with strong local brands who share our vision and passion for providing educational and career enhancement services. Our acquisitions have helped us develop our regional service hubs, added scale to our business and offerings, expanded our geographic footprint and complemented and enhanced our existing services and content. Since 2007, we have screened and evaluated hundreds of acquisition candidates to quickly identify leading targets, and in 2008 and 2009 we successfully completed 23 separate acquisitions through business combinations and one acquisition of long-term operating rights, acquiring K-12 schools,

 

126


Table of Contents

tutoring centers, software companies, colleges and career enhancement centers. From the acquired entities, we extract best practices and high-quality content that are incorporated into our technology platform and introduced to our other existing schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers. Our disciplined and systematic approach towards acquisitions and realizing synergies has enabled us to scale our business quickly while enhancing our services.

Strong management team with global experience and local education expertise.     Our founder and CEO, Dr. Jin Huang, has 20 years of technology, operating and management experience in the United States and China. Under her leadership, we have established a high-quality management team with extensive experience in finance, information technology and each of our Better Schools and Better Jobs divisions. Each of our executives who lead these functional areas have substantial experience in their respective areas. In addition, the principals and regional teaching professionals at our schools and learning centers have extensive experience in the educational and career enhancement markets and are well-known in their local markets and were attracted to Ambow by our mission of providing high-quality services to Chinese students and career opportunities made possible by our extensive national network. Under Dr. Huang’s leadership, we believe that we have become a trend-setter in the delivery of effective teaching and learning practices. In the last few years, Dr. Huang has received a number of awards recognizing her outstanding contributions to China education and training development and as a top entrepreneur in the China education industry. Dr. Huang is assisted by a team of highly experienced education experts in the management team with combined global and local experiences who have been focused on our product development and operations since our inception. Our Chief Financial Officer, Paul Chow, and our Chief Technology Officer, Yisi Gu, also have 20 years of operating and management experience, including the last ten years as senior executives at international companies.

Our strategies

Our goal is to become the national leader in providing educational and career enhancement services in China. We intend to do this by continuing to address the two most critical issues in a student’s learning cycle, attending a better school and obtaining a better job, by pursuing the following strategies:

Continue to build our brand and reputation .    We plan to continue to position “Ambow” as the premium brand in China’s educational and career enhancement services market and to co-brand “Ambow” with the brands of our acquired schools and programs in order to fully leverage their established local presence and reputation. We intend to continue to create and implement a standard corporate identity across all Ambow schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers by focusing our marketing efforts on high-profile industry summits, corporate events and social-awareness events to promote our innovative education philosophy, leadership in corporate social responsibility and in-depth understanding of business needs. We intend to continue to build partnerships with educational institutions, such as Skillsoft and McGraw-Hill, and corporations, such as Cisco Systems.

Continue to expand into new markets .

 

 

Better Schools.

In addition to our existing presence, we plan to expand our geographic footprint by establishing new educational regional service hubs in additional key locations. We currently operate 16 educational regional service hubs, and we intend to expand to 25 educational

 

127


Table of Contents

regional service hubs with the additional new hubs focused in provincial capitals in the next three to five years. We will continue to build or acquire best-of-market tutoring centers to gain strategic footprints in new geographies we intend to enter. The tutoring centers we acquire need to meet our financial metrics, primarily revenue and operating profit metrics, have strong established local brands and a management team with local knowledge. We plan to leverage these top-tier K-12 schools with regionalized curriculum and teaching expertise to benefit our tutoring centers located in the same region to further penetrate the local market.

 

 

Better Jobs.

We plan to continue to establish regional service hubs with career enhancement centers near urban regions with a high concentration of companies in high growth industries throughout China. We may also expand our existing regional service hubs located in the Bohai Rim Area, the Central South Area (Changsha, Zhuzhou and Xiangtan) and Yangtze River Delta. We are in the process of establishing a career enhancement training base in Dalian. We have also identified two additional high growth industrial areas, Pearl River Delta and the Sichuan-Chongqing Area, and several highly populated provinces where we intend to establish career enhancement regional service hubs in the next three years.

“A+” Alliances

For both our Better Schools and Better Jobs divisions, we have established alliances with tutoring centers and career enhancement training providers in attractive markets we have identified to enter in the near future. We provide a total solution package to these A+ Alliance partners including teacher training, our IT infrastructure and our intelligent system, which combines our learning engine and robust content. The “A+” Alliances typically have a term of three years. We monitor the operational, management and financial performances of the Alliance members and, if they meet our criteria, we may explore with certain of our A+ Alliance members the option to convert them to our own schools and learning centers through business combinations upon terms to be agreed. As of June 30, 2010, we had eight and 13 “A+” Alliance members for our Better Schools and Better Jobs divisions, respectively. We believe this will increase our student enrollments and revenue sources at a relatively low integration risk since these partners will have already met our various operational, management and financial standards by deploying our total solution package before they become our schools and learning centers, as part of our strategy to expand our geographic reach.

Continue to strengthen our leadership in current markets . Our strategy is to have the leading schools and learning centers within each of the markets where we have a direct presence.

 

 

Better Schools.

We intend to upgrade our operations systems, deploy our best practices and implement our learning engine and qualified content through our multi-channel delivery system in our K-12 schools and tutoring centers. By doing this, we will enhance our educational service quality, teaching efficiency and brand reputation, which in turn will allow us to attract students and improve our pricing power in our markets. We plan to roll out additional new product offerings in our tutoring centers such as one-on-one tutoring services. We also plan to continue to open tutoring centers around our educational regional service hubs.

 

 

Better Jobs.

We intend to implement our learning engine and standardize the curricula to improve educational quality and teaching efficiency. We plan to continue to partner with universities

 

128


Table of Contents

on career enhancement training by introducing our curricula to nearby universities and actively participate in their recruiting events to expand our potential customer base. We also plan to continue to partner with corporations who actively recruit recent university graduates on recruiting programs including the joint development of training content to keep our curricula current with job market demands and expand our job referral resources, which are attractive to our students. We intend to roll out additional career enhancement programs that fit job market demands. Since 2008, our primary career enhancement programs were expanded from two to six IT areas and to soft skills training such as communication, presentation, team work and leadership across through our career enhancement centers.

Maximize synergies through integration of acquired entities .    We intend to leverage the synergies we have created through our disciplined and systematic approach towards acquisitions and integrations, including our IT system integrations, financial system integrations, sharing of best practices across school management and curriculum design, and our joint marketing and branding efforts across Ambow entities, to enhance our curricula and customers’ experience and to grow our revenues and profitability. We have a systematic approach to acquisitions, which we implement in three stages. First, we work with the acquired entity to standardize their operations and to implement our entity management infrastructure, including information technology, operations, human resources and financial systems, which provides our management with the visibility over key operational and financial metrics at our schools and learning centers. Next, we work with the acquired entity to expand their product offerings based on best practices at our other schools and learning centers. Finally, we work with the acquired entities to increase student enrollments and optimize pricing. Through such systematic integration we lay a solid foundation for our future growth.

Enhance customer experience throughout student learning cycle .    We plan to continue to build and utilize our database of educational content and student information through analysis of test performances to enhance individualized learning experiences through an individual’s student learning cycle. In addition, we plan to retain our students by satisfying the ultimate users and purchasers of our services, both the students and their parents, by continuously tracking the student’s individual performance and reporting their results and areas for improvement to both the students and their parents.

Our services and products

We offer a variety of educational and career enhancement services and products to students and recent graduates in China. We have adopted a unique strategy built around our regional service hubs to drive revenue growth and have organized our operations accordingly. Our tutoring programs, which are offered in our tutoring centers, are our primary educational services and product offerings to help students enroll in better schools. We also operate K-12 schools to support our tutoring programs by providing strong local brand names and reputations, local education content expertise and potential student customer bases. Our career enhancement services that help students and graduates obtain better jobs are offered primarily in our dedicated career enhancement centers. We also operate two colleges to support our career enhancement centers by providing facilities, research and teaching resources, and potential student customer bases. In addition, we extend our educational and career enhancement services and product offerings to students through our distributors and corporate partners in locations in which we do not have a direct presence. In addition, to support our educational and career enhancement services and products, we provide software products to accommodate our students’ individual learning habits and enrich their learning experience.

 

129


Table of Contents

The following map sets forth the service coverage and the geographic coverage of our K-12 schools and tutoring centers (marked as Better Schools), and our colleges and career enhancement centers (marked as Better Jobs) as of March 31, 2010:

LOGO

As of March 31, 2010, we had a total of 119 schools and centers, comprised of five K-12 schools, 96 tutoring centers, two colleges and 16 career enhancement centers, which are located in 16 provinces and autonomous regions within China. We also have partnerships with schools, through our distributors, and corporations, allowing us to provide our services and products to students in 30 out of the 31 provinces and autonomous regions within China.

Better Schools

Our Better Schools division consists of five K-12 schools and 96 tutoring centers as of March 31, 2010, which are located in or around our 16 educational regional service hubs across China.

Our tutoring centers are designed to help students perform better in school and prepare for important tests, specifically high school and university entrance exams. In addition to our classroom-based teaching services, we offer educational curriculum and software products through our web-based applications to allow our students access to our tutoring services from anywhere at any time. Combined with our proprietary “learning engine,” our software features such functions as online video classes, practice questions, discussion forums and prior actual tests. Our educational software products include e BoPo (meaning “energy and impact” in Chinese), which offers full subjects, online practice tests and instruction for K-12 level students. Our

 

130


Table of Contents

software products and web-based applications complement our in-person classes and offer individualized services and tailored content based on each student’s specific needs. Our tutoring centers offer both classroom instruction and one-on-one tutoring.

Our K-12 schools, which are accredited by the local equivalent of the MOE, provide full-subject national curriculum, including mathematics, language, history, sciences and arts. Our five K-12 schools have an aggregate capacity of up to 22,900 students in 2009. Before our students enter our K-12 schools, they need to take our admissions test. Before they graduate from our K-12 schools, they need to pass the exam required by the local MOE. When they pass this exam, they earn a certificate recognized by the local public school system. Our tutoring centers provide corresponding tutoring programs, along with ZhongKao and GaoKao preparation, GaoKao retake preparation and overseas exam preparation. Our strategy for our educational services is to establish educational regional service hubs that provide services in populated and economically-developed cities in China. Since the beginning of 2008, we have made an aggregate of 15 acquisitions and acquired long-term operating rights targeted at K-12 schools, tutoring centers and a tutorial software company for their strong local brands, the ability of the school teachers to help us develop curriculum in our regional tutoring centers, technology development and, for the schools, as sources of students to our regional tutoring centers. We intend to continue to improve the education quality and brands of our schools, which we leverage to support our tutoring programs. We will also continue to develop or acquire best-of-market tutoring centers that have the highest ratings and top teachers under our “A+” brand, which means a learning center that has met our highest standards.

Better Jobs

Our Better Jobs division consists of 16 career enhancement centers and two colleges, which are located primarily in or around our six career enhancement regional service hubs located in the Bohai Rim Area, Central South Area (Changsha, Zhuzhou and Xiangtan) and Yangtze River Delta.

Our career enhancement centers are designed to help university level students and graduates enhance their practical skills and improve their competitive positioning upon graduation as they look to start their career. We have located our career enhancement regional service hubs in regional economic centers within China where there is a high concentration of companies in high-growth industries. We cooperate with universities to provide our career enhancement services to their students. Our two directly-operated colleges and our university partners provide us with a large base of customers to whom we can offer our services and products. Classes taken at our career enhancement centers can also count as credits earned towards requirements of certain university degree programs. We have also established partnerships with domestic and international institutions, including Cisco Systems, Inc., The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and Skillsoft Plc, to provide training content and direct and indirect job opportunities for our students.

Our career enhancement centers currently focus on IT services and digital media training. Our career enhancement services curriculum emphasizes providing students with “hands-on training” for professional skills, including case studies, job environment simulation and specific technical skills needed to excel in jobs at our corporate partners, as well as “soft skills” training, including courses on time management, presentation, leadership and interview techniques. We design our career enhancement curriculum based on our understanding of the target industries and the actual recruiting needs of our corporate partners and corporations looking to hire our students. We also offer corporate training programs for our corporate partners’ employees that are

 

131


Table of Contents

designed jointly with certain of our corporate partners to specifically tailor the training these employees receive. Our career enhancement software products include Career GPS System , which is an interactive career assessment platform that helps job seekers orient their career path to their skill sets and determine areas for improvement. Our career enhancement centers offer teaching facilities, laboratories, dormitories, grocery stores and other community infrastructure in order to accommodate students’ educational and recreational activities.

One of our career enhancement centers, Kunshan Ambow Service Outsourcing Industrial Park, is located in Kunshan as part of our career enhancement regional service hub in the Yangtze River Delta. This career enhancement center serves the needs of students/graduates and employers located throughout the Yangtze River Delta. The state-of-the-art facility, which can hold up to 3,000 people for training at a given time, currently operated by Ambow, was one of the first office park-type career enhancement centers built by a local government in China. This training center focuses on information technology outsourcing and business process outsourcing as the main objectives of the center’s training programs.

Our colleges offer degree programs to incoming students. Students graduating from our degree programs receive bachelor’s degrees recognized by the MOE. Our degree programs are typically designed to be completed in either two or four years and are designed to provide our students with practical, career-oriented education, positioning them for attractive entry-level job opportunities. Our schools operate for two semesters per academic year: one running from September to January, and the other running from February or March, depending on the date of the Chinese New Year, to July. We typically offer courses five days a week.

Educational content development

We have a strong in-house research and development team with over 90 software and education professionals who help to develop and update our educational content based on the latest official local government curriculum of each of our specific subjects. As of March 31, 2010, we also had 259 part-time and full-time instructors in our career enhancement centers, the majority of whom have prior industry experience. We integrate the best content from our acquired schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers into our qualified content database and then introduce it to our nationwide student user base. We also cooperate with our corporate partners to develop training labs to train students enrolled in our Better Jobs programs with the specific skills required by our corporate partner. In 2007, 2008 and 2009, we spent RMB3.8 million, RMB11.7 million and RMB17.5 million (US$2.6 million), respectively, on research and development expenses.

Student recruitment and retention

We employ a variety of marketing and recruiting methods to attract students and increase student enrollments at our schools and learning centers. We recruit students to our K-12 schools and tutoring centers from the local areas near these schools and centers. We recruit students to our career enhancement centers nationally. We recruit students to our colleges nationally through MOE designated channels by publishing our programs each year in college recruitment guides that are distributed to high schools throughout China. We believe prospective students are attracted to our schools and learning centers due to our strong brand name, innovative

 

132


Table of Contents

teaching and learning practices, and consistent, high-quality, individualized services. Our learning engine technology combined with offline teacher instruction ensures that students receive individualized orientation, instruction and progress assessment in a student-centered environment. By analyzing the accumulated data stored in each student’s learning record, our learning engine optimizes learning strategies and methods, and provides personalized educational content for each student. The longer and more often a student uses our services and products, the more effective and efficient services and content we are able to provide to him or her, thus enhancing the students’ tendency to continue to utilize our services throughout their learning cycle. Students in our K-12 schools and tutoring centers have significantly improved their results in ZhongKao and GaoKao exams, which we believe has enhanced our reputation in the markets in which we participate through word-of-mouth referrals. Our colleges and career enhancement centers help students to identify their career goals early in their life, and provide them with project-based training to improve their employment opportunities.

Our technology infrastructure

We believe our proprietary technologies are one of our major strengths and we have devoted significant resources to the development of technologies for the delivery of our educational and career enhancement services. These include our educational services platform, operational management platform and development and deployment platform. The educational services platform is the backbone that supports our educational and career enhancement product and service offerings to our students. The operational management platform supports our internal management and administrative applications for K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers. The development and deployment platform supports our educational service platform and operational management platform, and standardizes the development of and communication between our IT products and applications.

LOGO

 

133


Table of Contents

Educational services platform

Our educational services platform is built around and driven by our core proprietary technology, the “Learning Engine.” Utilizing advanced Internet and multi-media technologies, the learning engine enables us to embed educational materials and cognitive theories, including memory curve and competency model theories, into our interactive learning products and services, such as the “ eBoPo ” series for educational services and “Career GPS System” for career enhancement services. Our learning engine creates an environment in which personalized courses and instructions can be generated and delivered based on a student’s own knowledge level, goals and learning needs. Our learning engine readily supports features that promote learning, such as video streaming, PowerPoint and interactive testing functions, via open interface and multi-language channels.

Continued tracking

As part of the learning engine, our learning tracking system comprehensively records a student’s progress and achievements throughout the learning experience. The system assesses a student’s knowledge and competency level when he or she starts, and continually monitors the interactions between the student and his or her computer, keeping on file the student’s learning process and progress. The system is able to capture and memorize the way a student learns and create a unique learning profile, which we refer as each student’s “Learning Passport.” The system is also able to compare the student’s current performance with past achievements, both at an individual and at a peer group level, giving the student a clear understanding of his or her current learning status.

Individualized learning experience to students

Our interactive learning engine customizes each student’s learning experience and tracks and evaluates the learning performance as it happens. By leveraging our learning tracking system and analyzing the cumulated data stored in the Learning Passports, the learning engine can optimize learning strategies and methods and provide personalized education content, recursive exercise and study guidance for each student. The learning engine can set learning targets based on personal goals and requirements and adjust individual learning profiles and learning paths as it learns and perceives more about the student, delivering the appropriate learning materials to optimize the student’s education outcome.

Consistent quality

Our personalized educational framework ensures that students receive consistent, high-quality educational experiences tailored to their individual needs. Our educational content and services are not linked to one teacher, but rather to many highly-qualified and experienced educational experts, who work closely with us to ensure that materials are of the highest quality and relevance for students. This means that no matter where students are living—in urban centers or rural villages across China—they can be confident of receiving the same high standard of resources and support at all times.

Operational management platform

We have built up a comprehensive operational management platform to integrate our key management and administrative functions. On top of this platform, we have built our

 

134


Table of Contents

proprietary enterprise information service system, which we refer to as EIS. Our EIS allows us to provide technology applications to address our key business functions, including school management, financial reporting, sales and procurement and human resources management. The key advantage of this system lies in its ability to conduct virtual closes at any time in order for our management to receive real-time feedback on our financial and operating performance and to allow dissemination of the relevant information to key managers. This virtual close process allows us to make better decisions by having timely access to information at any time and enables us to monitor key operational and tactical indicators of future performance. Equipped with our knowledge and experience within China’s education and career enhancement industries, we were able to streamline our operational decision-making process, expand upon our solid IT foundation to implement standardized best practices and effective management among our newly-acquired subsidiaries and successfully scale our business operations.

We are developing additional functionality within our operational management platform to allow us to track revenues and expenses across each of our schools and learning centers by sub-segments, such as ZhongKao and GaoKao test preparation, within our operating segments. This will allow us to have better period-to-period insights into the underlying drivers in our business within each of our four distinct operating segments.

Development and deployment platform

Our research, development and deployment efforts are greatly facilitated by our Enterprise Service Bus, or ESB. As a widely-used software architecture, an ESB acts as a message broker between different business applications, reducing the number of point-to-point connections required to allow applications to communicate, which makes it easier to adapt a system to changes in one or more of its components. Through our standards-based ESB, our technology platform allows for the rapid development and deployment of highly reliable, scalable and stable Internet-based cross-platform applications. We have also adopted the Model-View-Controller design pattern for our platform, which allows the layering of the data, presentation and control modules, thereby making the system more nimble, robust and manageable. The adaptor between the data and control layers easily allows for integration of our services and products with third-party systems.

Intellectual property

We have developed our proprietary technology over the past decade. Our trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights distinguish our services and products from those of our competitors, and contribute to our competitive advantage in our target markets. To protect our brand and other intellectual property, we rely on a combination of trademark, copyright and trade secret laws as well as confidentiality agreements with our employees, contractors and others. In addition, our software products are hosted on our secure servers rather than being distributed on physical media or installed on users’ machines.

“Ambow”, “ LOGO ”, “ LOGO ” “ LOGO ” and “ LOGO ” are our registered trademarks in China. We have also applied for additional trademarks and logos, including “ LOGO ” “ LOGO ”, “ LOGO ” and “ LOGO ,” with the Trademark Office of the State Administration for Industry and Commerce in China. Our main websites are located at www.ambow.com and www.ambow.com.cn . In addition, we have registered certain domain names, including www.ambow.net. In addition to building “Ambow” as a stand-alone brand, we intend to

 

135


Table of Contents

continue to co-brand “Ambow” with the brands of our acquired schools and programs for the foreseeable future in order to fully leverage their established local presence and reputation.

We cannot be certain that our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights will be adequate or that third parties will not infringe or misappropriate these rights. In addition, there can be no assurance that competitors will not independently develop similar intellectual property. If others are able to copy and use our programs and services, we may not be able to maintain our competitive position. Furthermore, the application of laws governing intellectual property rights in China and abroad is uncertain and evolving and could involve substantial risk to us. If litigation is necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights or determine the scope of the proprietary rights of others, we may have to incur substantial costs or divert other resources, which could harm our business.

Our acquisitions

At the beginning of 2008, we considered it to be the opportune time to establish physical regional service hubs to capture further business opportunities and provide our services and products through both offline classroom teaching and online delivery platform to our target customers primarily by acquiring top-tier K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers. To adhere to our goal of providing high-quality educational and career enhancement services to our students and to build a premium brand, we have adopted a disciplined and systematic approach towards acquisitions that complement our existing services and products, add scale and expand our footprint. Our systematic approach to identify, evaluate, acquire and integrate our acquisitions has enabled us to complete 23 separate acquisitions through business combinations and one acquisition of long-term operating rights during the past two years. In 2008, we made an aggregate of ten acquisitions to acquire K-12 schools, tutoring companies, a tutorial software company and career enhancement training companies. In 2008, we also acquired long-term operating rights to run the Zhenjiang K-12 School and to use the school’s buildings and facilities for 12 years. In 2009, we made an aggregate of 13 acquisitions to acquire K-12 schools, tutoring companies, colleges, career enhancement training companies and a career enhancement software company. Certain of our acquisitions involved multiple K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers.

The following tables list the acquisitions we completed during 2008 and 2009 and the dates the acquisitions were completed:

 

Entities acquired during 2008:    Date of acquisition
      

Xi’an Tutoring

   March 12, 2008

Jilin Tutoring

   August 10, 2008

Beijing YZ Tutoring

   August 15, 2008

Dalian Career Enhancement

   August 29, 2008

Tianjin Holding (Career Enhancement)

   September 8, 2008

Beijing Away Career Enhancement

   October 9, 2008

Zhengzhou Tutoring

   October 23, 2008

Changsha Tutoring

   November 15, 2008

Shuyang K-12

   December 9, 2008

Shandong Software Companies

   December 30, 2008
      

 

136


Table of Contents
Entities acquired during 2009:    Date of acquisition
      

Tianjin Tutoring

   January 1, 2009

Shanghai Career Enhancement

   January 9, 2009

Guangzhou HP Tutoring

   February 5, 2009

SIWA Future Holding (K-12 School and College)

   April 3, 2009

Beijing Century Tutoring

   April 20, 2009

Taishidian Holding (College)

   August 8, 2009

Changsha K-12

   August 31, 2009

Beijing IT Career Enhancement

   September 2, 2009

Suzhou Career Enhancement (Training Centers and Software)

   September 24, 2009

Shenyang K-12

   September 30, 2009

Changsha Career Enhancement

   September 30, 2009

Beijing JY Tutoring

   September 30, 2009

Guangzhou DP Tutoring

   October 9, 2009
      

After the completion of this offering, in addition to growing our existing business, as part of our expansion strategy, we may also explore with certain of our A+ Alliance partners, including the seven target entities with which we have entered into exclusivity agreements, the option to convert them to our own schools and learning centers through business combinations and, to a lesser extent, make acquisitions of other businesses that complement our operations when suitable opportunities arise. As of the date of this offering, Ambow Sihua and Ambow Shanghai have entered into exclusivity agreements with five career enhancement centers and two tutoring centers, which are members of our “A+” Alliances that have met our financial, management and operational criteria. The terms of these exclusivity agreements are as follows:

 

 

As of the signing date of the agreement, Ambow Shanghai or Ambow Sihua has not conducted any detailed due diligence on the target entities, and the parties have not reached any agreement with respect to an equity transfer or acquisition;

 

 

The target entities agree that their cooperation with Ambow Shanghai or Ambow Sihua is exclusive and irrevocable; in return, Ambow Shanghai or Ambow Sihua agrees to pay to the target entities a deposit that ranges from RMB1.0 million to RMB25.0 million in the aggregate of RMB110.0 million;

 

 

We have agreed with each of the target entities on a framework for determining that an acquisition price range would be based on the 2009 financial performance of the target;

 

 

The exclusivity periods shall run until December 31, 2010;

 

 

If the parties cannot reach an agreement with respect to an equity transfer or acquisition, upon expiration of the exclusivity periods or if the parties cannot reach an agreement the target entities shall return the deposits with a market rate of interest to Ambow Shanghai or Ambow Sihua; and

 

 

The agreements shall automatically terminate upon either the execution of an acquisition agreement or the earlier to occur of (i) December 31, 2010; or (ii) the date on which Ambow Shanghai or Ambow Sihua decides not to acquire an equity interest in the target entity regardless of completion of due diligence.

As these exclusivity agreements, as well as the relevant alliance agreements with the targets, do not bind us to acquire the target entities and we are in preliminary discussions with the counterparties, there is no assurance that the acquisition of any target entities will be

 

137


Table of Contents

consummated. We anticipate that we may enter into additional exclusivity agreements with additional entities prior to the completion of this offering. See “Use of proceeds” for further discussion on our current expectations regarding use of the proceeds from this offering to make strategic acquisitions.

Our initial screening process to identify the leading targets and then evaluate the quality of these targets is based on extensive market surveys and thorough and rigorous due diligence. We target acquisitions of schools and companies which are top players in their markets with strong local brands and share our vision and passion for providing educational and career enhancement services. We have successfully leveraged our strong brand recognition, our vision and passion for providing education and career enhancement services and our operational platform to attract and acquire target schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers. The key benefits we recognize from our acquisitions in addition to increased revenues and profits are expanding our network of qualified educational professionals, expanding our geographic reach and improving relations with local business and governmental entities.

Our internal approval process for reviewing, negotiating and finalizing each acquisition is conducted by our management team and by the mergers & acquisitions committee of our board of directors. Upon the closing of an acquisition, we integrate the acquired school or company by standardizing their curriculum to the extent local regulations and customs allow. We then implement best practices of our school or center by integrating the acquired entities’ student enrollment, information technology and financial reporting and tracking systems into our systems. We also jointly conduct marketing and branding campaigns amongst our acquired entities to leverage their respective brands and reputation in the local markets. We refine and apply the best practices from each of these entities across our nationwide network of existing schools and centers, enabling us to scale our business while enhancing our integrated services.

Selling and marketing

We sell our services and products both directly and through distributors to schools and students. In our directly-operated schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers, we charge periodic tuition fees generally ranging from three months to one year. We also sell our content and software products indirectly to our school and corporate partners through our distributors.

To promote our brands in the fragmented domestic education market, we selectively and systematically market our products and build our brand names through a number of different marketing programs. By doing so, we intend to continue to create and implement a standard corporate identity across all Ambow schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers. Our marketing efforts, which include national marketing by our corporate headquarters and local marketing by individual schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers, focus primarily on:

 

 

Sponsoring charity and social events and forums around key educational events to build up our corporate image as the most trustworthy, life-long education and career enhancement partner in China;

 

 

Buying airtime on national and local media programs to raise the awareness of our educational and career enhancement services and programs;

 

 

Hosting industry summits with key corporate partners; and

 

138


Table of Contents
 

Partnering with local governments to provide positive support for local schools and the local job market.

We also rely on word-of-mouth referrals and viral marketing about our services and programs.

An example of one of our education forums was the “2009 First Annual Ambow Education High-End Forum” held at the Ambow Kunshan Service Outsourcing Center in Jiangsu province. On November 7, 2009, the forum attracted leading domestic and international education experts, think-tanks, as well as over 400 middle and high school principals and higher education administrators. At the forum, we formally kicked off “Ambow Employment Opportunities for a New Generation of College Students” project, a collaborative effort between Ambow and the MOE to provide practical training and internship experience to help college students increase their employability.

Our partners

In addition to selling our services and products directly to students in our directly-operated schools, tutoring centers and career enhancement centers, we sell our software products indirectly to schools, tutoring centers, career enhancement centers and our corporate partners through distributors. In our Better Schools segment, we sell our eBoPo software products through our Better Schools distributor. In our Better Jobs division, we sell our training platform and corporate training software products through our Better Jobs distributor. For software products we sell indirectly, our distributors provide primary support to the end users, and, in rare instances, we provide limited secondary support in the event that our distributors cannot answer questions of the end users.

Partner schools

We have business relationships with K-12 schools and colleges and universities not directly owned or operated by us, both directly and through our distributors. Under our previous sales model, we provided services through sales agents to students attending these partner schools. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Factors affecting our results of operations—Effects of change in our sales model”. Most of our current relationships with K-12 schools are indirect as they, or their students, are end-user customers of our distributors and are generally limited to such schools’ purchase of our software products through our distributors. Our direct partnerships are primarily with colleges and universities which send their students to our career enhancement centers and, to a lesser extent, K-12 schools. These colleges and universities with whom we have direct partnerships are under no contractual obligation to recommend our services or products.

Corporate partners

We have established business relationships with domestic and multinational corporations with business operations in China and, directly and indirectly through our distributors, with Chinese educational institutions. Our key corporate alliances are with companies who recognize our leadership in providing education and career enhancement services in China and want us to help train potential employees for them and design corporate training materials for their internal or key partners’ use. The following are descriptions of some of our most significant corporate partnerships:

 

 

Cisco Systems, Inc. :    Our partnership with Cisco began when they invested in us in 2006. Since their investment, we have entered into agreements and worked with Cisco China in two

 

139


Table of Contents
 

principal areas—training of their channel partners and development of information technology talent. Our innovative educational model helps Cisco manage the effectiveness of its channel partners by tracking their ability to sell and support Cisco products. We have worked collaboratively to define a competency model and offer combined online and offline training solutions together with Cisco. The development of information technology talent is accomplished through a workforce transformation program targeted at universities to increase the networking talent pool in China.

 

 

Skillsoft Plc :    In April 2008, we reached an agreement with Skillsoft Asia Pacific to serve as its exclusive distributor in the Chinese market until December 31, 2013. Skillsoft is a provider of e-learning and performance support solutions for global enterprises, government, education and small to medium-sized businesses. Under our agreement, we partner with SkillSoft to represent and offer SkillSoft’s e-learning solutions and resources to our corporate training clients and students in our career enhancement centers. We also provide localization for their e-learning solutions, including SkillSoft’s IT Courseware Library, Business Skills Course Collection, KnowledgeCenters and Environmental Safety & Health Course Collection.

 

 

The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. :    In November 2009, we entered into an agreement with McGraw-Hill Education to develop enhanced, customized English Language Training courseware and training for IT engineers in our career enhancement centers. The innovative learning programs we are jointly developing, which are focused on business process outsourcing training, will be offered in a blended format that includes online and group activities focusing on career-specific English that engineers use in their jobs. McGraw-Hill and Ambow also will provide training for the program’s instructors.

We work with these corporate partners, among others, to license their existing content and to collaborate on developing additional content to add to our training programs in order to improve our Better Jobs programs and better satisfy students’ needs.

In October 2009, we began to collaborate with the MOE to establish a university student employment project to help university students obtain better jobs when they graduate. As part of this collaboration, we also plan to collectively launch a career competence enhancement program for both university teachers and students to enhance the careers for both teachers and students.

Competition

The educational and career enhancement services market in China is rapidly evolving, highly fragmented and competitive, and we expect competition in this sector to persist and intensify. We face direct competition in each geographic market and each business segment in which we operate, though no single competitor operates in all of our business segments. Our competition in our K-12 schools is from both public and private schools, and in our tutoring programs from other private companies. To date, we have not faced significant, direct competition in our career enhancement centers, but we expect this to change as companies have begun to enter this market. Other than New Oriental, we believe that none of our competitors focuses on as broad a spectrum of programs, services and products as we provide. Instead, our competition focuses on targeted markets within the educational and career enhancement services market, both in terms of the particular segments of students they aim to attract and the local markets in which they operate. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our markets include the following:

 

 

Alignment of individualized programs, services and products to specific needs of students, parents, educators and employers;

 

140


Table of Contents
 

Overall customer experience;

 

 

Scope and quality of program, service and product offerings;

 

 

Proximity of services to the customers;

 

 

Brand recognition and reputation of service providers; and

 

 

Ability to effectively market programs, services and products to a broad base of prospective students.

We believe that our primary competitive advantages are our well-known “Ambow” brand and our ability to deliver standards-based, individualized curriculum with consistent, high quality across our schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers. However, some of our existing and potential competitors may have more resources than we do. These competitors may be able to devote greater resources than we can to the development, promotion and sale of their programs, services and products and respond more quickly than we can to changes in customer demands, market needs or new technologies. In addition, we face competition from many different organizations that focus on some of our targeted markets, which may be able to respond more promptly to changes in student preferences in these markets.

In addition, the increasing use of the Internet and advances in Internet and computer-related technologies are eliminating geographic and cost-entry barriers to providing private educational and career enhancement services. Many smaller companies are able to use the Internet to quickly and cost-effectively offer their programs, services and products to a large number of students with less capital expenditure than was previously required.

According to IDC, market share of the top five players in the IT training market was 28.9% in 2008 and market share of the top five players in the ZhongKao and GaoKao after school tutoring markets is 0.93%. According to CCID, we are the best positioned company in both the IT training market and the ZhongKao and GaoKao after school tutoring markets in 2009 in terms of market positioning and growth capabilities.

Seasonality

Our business is subject to seasonal variations. Historically, tuition fees we receive from our K-12 schools and colleges are lower during the first quarter due to school closures in January or February for Chinese New Year and winter vacation and during the third quarter due to summer vacation. Our tutoring segment is affected by seasonal variations in the first quarter due to Chinese New Year and winter vacations and our career enhancement segment is affected by seasonal variations in the first and third quarters due to Chinese New Year and summer vacation, though this seasonal impact is to a lesser extent than the impact on our K-12 schools and colleges.

Faculty and employees

We believe that our dedicated and capable faculty of educational professionals is critical to our success. As our teachers and tutors interact with our students on a regular basis, they are critical to maintaining the quality of our programs, services and products and to protecting and enhancing our brand and reputation. We seek to continue to attract and retain teachers and tutors with substantial teaching experience and a strong command of the subject areas. Equally important, we seek to hire teachers and tutors who are capable of delivering innovative and inspirational instruction.

 

141


Table of Contents

We aim to continue to recruit qualified teachers and tutors through a strict multi-step recruitment process. When teachers and tutors first join Ambow, they are required to undergo a job training period, during which they receive training in teaching skills and techniques, subject matter of relevant courses and school culture and philosophy. We also provide training to our teachers and tutors so that they can stay abreast of changes in student demands, admissions and assessment tests, admissions standards and other key trends necessary to teach effectively. Our teachers and tutors are evaluated by students. We also perform periodic peer observations of a significant number of our teachers and tutors to monitor their teaching performance in the classrooms. In addition, we provide our capable and experienced teachers and tutors with opportunities to be promoted to management roles. Currently, almost all of our schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers are managed by members of our faculty.

As of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we and our subsidiaries had 4,017, 3,890, 1,096 and 202 full-time employees, respectively, and 6,344, 5,441, 883 and 54 part-time employees, respectively. As of March 31, 2010, we had the following numbers of full-time employees by department: 759 in selling and marketing, 1,060 in general and administrative functions, 128 in research and development, and 2,070 teachers. None of our employees are represented by collective bargaining arrangements. We consider our relations with our employees to be good. In 2009, we received an award from Fortune (China) Magazine naming us an Outstanding Employer in China.

Facilities

Our headquarters are located in Beijing, China, where we lease approximately 2,400 square meters of office space. In addition, we lease an aggregate of approximately 542,000 square meters of space for our K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers. We own an aggregate of approximately 222,000 square meters, including approximately 54,000 square meters at our K-12 school in Jiangsu Province, 86,000 square meters at the Applied Technology College, approximately 37,000 square meters at our K-12 school in Beijing, approximately 24,000 square meters at Beijing Century College, and approximately 21,000 square meters at Changsha K-12 Experimental School.

Legal proceedings

From time to time, we are subject to legal proceedings, investigations and claims incidental to the conduct of our business. We are not currently a party to any legal proceeding or investigation which, in the opinion of our management, is likely to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

142


Table of Contents

Our corporate structure

Our history

Our founder, Dr. Jin Huang, established Ambow Corporation, a California company, in 2000. We have grown rapidly since our inception, and we are currently a leading national provider of educational and career enhancement services in China.

From 2000 through January 2005, our business was conducted through the following operating entities:

 

 

Ambow Online, which was established as a wholly foreign owned enterprise under the laws of the PRC in 2000 by Ambow Corporation; and

 

 

Beijing Shida Ambow Education Technology Co., Ltd., or Ambow Shida, a limited liability company established under the laws of the PRC in 2004, which was initially operated as a joint venture among Ambow Technology Company Limited, or Ambow Technology, Jianguo Xue, Xiaogang Feng, Xuejun Xie and Beijing Normal University Tech-Zone Technology Development Co., Ltd.

From January 2005 until now, our business has been mainly conducted through certain contractual arrangements as described below.

In May 2005, our prior holding company, Ambow Education Co., Ltd., or AECL, which was formed in January 2005 as an exempted company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands, acquired 100% of the outstanding equity interests in Ambow Online from Ambow Corporation. In April 2010, AECL transferred the 100% outstanding equity interest in Ambow Online to Ambow Education Management (Hong Kong) Limited.

Through a series of transfers in May 2005 and December 2008, Ambow Technology, Xiaogang Feng and Beijing Normal University Tech-Zone Technology Development Co., Ltd. transferred all their equity interest in Ambow Shida to Xuejun Xie so that Xuejun Xie and Jiangguo Xue currently own 100% of the equity interest in Ambow Shida.

Our current holding company, Ambow, an exempted company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands, was established in June 2007. On July 18, 2007, Ambow entered into a share exchange agreement with AECL and its shareholders. Pursuant to this share exchange agreement:

 

 

All shareholders of AECL exchanged their shares in AECL for shares in Ambow; and

 

AECL became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ambow.

Following the share exchange described above, we also established certain wholly-owned subsidiaries in Hong Kong, including Ambow Education Management (Hong Kong) Ltd. and Ambow Education (Hong Kong) Limited.

In furtherance of our business development in China, a number of PRC domestic companies were also incorporated in a number of cities.

 

 

Shanghai Ambow Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd., or Ambow Shanghai, is a limited liability company established under the laws of the PRC on May 16, 2006. Xuejun Xie, Xiaogang Feng and Wenjian Gongying Venture Investment Enterprise, or Wenjian Gongying, collectively own 100% equity interest in Ambow Shanghai;

 

143


Table of Contents
 

Ambow Sihua Education and Technology Co., Ltd., or Ambow Sihua, is a limited liability company established under the laws of the PRC on April 17, 2007. Xuejun Xie and Ambow Shanghai originally owned 100% equity interest in Ambow Sihua. In March 2010, Ambow Shanghai transferred its portion of the equity interest to Xiaogang Feng so that Xuejun Xie and Xiaogang Feng currently own the entire equity interest in Ambow Sihua; and

 

 

Suzhou Wenjian Venture Investment Management Consulting Co., Ltd., or Suzhou Wenjian, is a limited liability company established under the laws of the PRC on February 25, 2009. Yisi Gu, Xuejun Xie and Xiaogang Feng together own the 100% equity interest in Suzhou Wenjian.

 

 

Wenjian Gongying is a fund established under the laws of the PRC on July 20, 2009. Ambow, Ambow Education (Hong Kong) Limited and Suzhou Wenjian own 100% equity interest in the fund.

Each of Ambow Shida, Ambow Shanghai, Ambow Sihua and Suzhou Wenjian has executed a series of control agreements with Ambow Online described in more detail below through which agreements Ambow Online exercises effective contractual control over Ambow Shida, Ambow Shanghai, Ambow Sihua and Suzhou Wenjian.

Ambow Shida, Ambow Sihua and Ambow Shanghai each is a controlling entity operating one of our business lines, including K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement service centers, and owns certain interest in a number of schools and entities. Below is the detailed information of their interest:

1. Schools

 

(1)   K-12 Schools

 

   

Ambow Shida owns the 100% equity interest in Zhenjiang Ambow International School, which controls and manages Zhenjiang K-12 through a cooperation agreement;

 

   

Ambow Shida owns the 100% equity interest in Shuyang K-12 School;

 

   

Ambow Shida owns a 99.71% equity interest and Datong Huaguang Trading Company, an entity unrelated to us, owns 0.29% equity interest in Beijing SIWA Future Education Enterprise Co., Ltd., or SIWA Future Holding, which wholly owns three subsidiaries, Beijing Siwa Century Facility Management Co., Ltd., Beijing Haidian Siwa Twenty-One Century Education Training Centre, and Beijing Century Zhisheng Education Technology Co., Ltd., and one K-12 school, 21st Century School;

 

   

Ambow Shida owns a 70% equity interest and Changsha Yaxing Property Development Company Limited, an entity unrelated to us, owns a 30% equity interest in Changsha K-12 Experimental School and Changsha Kindergarten (Ambow Shida will receive the remaining 30% equity interest in 2029 and Ambow Shida may either rent or purchase, at the then current fair market value, from Changsha Yaxing Property Development Company Limited, which owns the real properties at Changsha K-12 Experimental School and Changsha Kindergarten, such real properties for the continuing use of these properties by the two schools. Ambow Shida’s receipt of the remaining equity interest in 2029 is not conditional upon the rent or purchase of the schools’ real properties); and

 

144


Table of Contents
   

Ambow Shida owns a 90% equity interest and Shenyang Hanwen Classic Books Publishing Co. Ltd., an entity unrelated to us, owns a 10% equity interest in Shenyang K-12.

 

(2)   Colleges

 

   

SIWA Future Holding owns and operates Beijing Century College; and

 

   

Ambow Shida owns 70% equity interest and Shanghai Yunhai Industrial Joint Stock Company Limited and Shanghai Yundu Corporate Development Co. Ltd., entities not related to us, own 30% equity interest in Kunshan Zhouzhuang Taishidian Tourism Scenic Area Development Co., Ltd., or Taishidian Holding, which wholly owns one subsidiary, Kunshan Suda Facility Management Co., Ltd., Taishidian Holding also owns and operates one college, Applied Technology College.

2. Tutoring Centers

 

(1)   Ambow Sihua owns the 100% equity interest in Tianjin Ambow Huaying Education Technology Co., Ltd., which owns the 100% equity interest in Tianjin Tutoring and Tianjin Ambow Huaying School which together operate an aggregate of 12 tutoring centers;

 

(2)   Ambow Sihua owns a 10% equity interest in Xi’an Tutoring, which operates two tutoring centers (Ambow Sihua will receive the remaining 90% equity interest in 2032 in exchange for no additional consideration);

 

(3)   Ambow Sihua owns the 100% equity interest in Beijing YZ Tutoring, which operates seven tutoring centers;

 

(4)   Ambow Sihua owns the 100% equity interest in Shuyang Tutoring, which operates one tutoring center;

 

(5)   Ambow Sihua owns the 100% equity interest in Jilin Clever Technology Consulting Co., Ltd., which owns the 100% equity interest in Jilin Tutoring, which in turn operates 13 tutoring centers;

 

(6)   Ambow Sihua owns the 100% equity interest in Zhenjiang Ambow Education Training Centre, which operates one tutoring center;

 

(7)   Ambow Sihua owns the 100% equity interest in Zhengzhou Tutoring, which operates one tutoring center;

 

(8)   Ambow Sihua owns the 100% equity interest in Changsha Tutoring, which operates three tutoring centers;

 

(9)   Ambow Sihua owns the 100% equity interest in Guangzhou HP Tutoring, which operates four tutoring centers;

 

(10)   Ambow Sihua owns the 100% equity interest in Beijing Century Tutoring, which operates seven tutoring centers;

 

(11)   Ambow Sihua owns the 100% equity interest in Guangzhou DP Tutoring, which operates 16 tutoring centers;

 

145


Table of Contents
(12)   Ambow Sihua owns the 100% equity interest in Beijing JY Tutoring, which operates 28 tutoring centers; and

 

(13)   SIWA Future Holding operates one tutoring center.

In addition, Ambow Sihua owns the 100% equity interest in a tutoring software company which is comprised of two entities, Shandong North Resource and Jinan Prosperous Resource Technology Co., Ltd.

3. Career Enhancement Centers

 

(1)   Ambow Shanghai owns the 100% equity interest in Dalian Career Enhancement, which operates one career enhancement service center;

 

(2)   Ambow Shanghai owns the 100% equity interest in Shanghai Hero Further Education Institute and Shanghai Career Enhancement, which together operate an aggregate of seven career enhancement service centers;

 

(3)   Ambow Shanghai owns the 100% equity interest in Changsha Career Enhancement, which operates three career enhancement service centers;

 

(4)   Ambow Shanghai owns the 100% equity interest in Beijing IT Career Enhancement, which operates one career enhancement service center;

 

(5)   Ambow Shanghai owns the 100% equity interest in Kunshan Ambow Education Technology Co., Ltd., or Ambow Kunshan, which operates one career enhancement service center;

 

(6)   Ambow Kunshan owns the 100% equity interest in Dalian High Tech Zone Ambow Hope Training School, which operates one career enhancement service center;

 

(7)   Ambow Kunshan owns the 100% equity interest in Beijing Away Career Enhancement, which operates one career enhancement service center; and

 

(8)   Ambow Kunshan owns the 100% equity interest in Tianjin Holding, which operates one career enhancement service center.

In addition, Ambow Kunshan owns the 100% equity interest in Suzhou Career Enhancement, a career enhancement software company.

 

146


Table of Contents

Our corporate structure and contractual arrangements

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure with respect to each of our significant subsidiaries and VIEs and the place of incorporation of each named entity as of June 30, 2010.

LOGO

 

Notes:  

 

1.   We excluded certain entities from this diagram that do not conduct any significant business or own or control other entities that conduct significant business. These entities include: 22 British Virgin Islands companies wholly owned by Ambow, Ambow Education Management Ltd., a Cayman Islands company wholly owned by Ambow, Ambow Education Group Limited, a Hong Kong company wholly owned by Ambow, 5 Hong Kong companies (Ambow College Management Limited, Ambow Training Management Limited, Ambow School Management Limited, Ambow School Consultation Management Limited and Ambow College Consultation Management Limited) wholly owned by Ambow Education Management (Hong Kong) Ltd., Beijing Ambow Chuangying Education Technology Co., Ltd., a PRC company wholly owned by Ambow Education Management (Hong Kong) Ltd., and Beijing Ambow Shengying Education and Technology Co., Ltd., a PRC company wholly owned by Ambow Training Management Limited.

 

2.   Ambow Dalian Education Technology Co., Ltd, or Ambow Dalian, a PRC company wholly owned by Ambow Education (Hong Kong) Limited, has not conducted any significant business or owned or controlled other entities that conduct significant business as of the date of this prospectus but is expected to start operating a career enhancement center in Dalian, China, in the second half of 2010.

 

3.   Shareholders of Ambow Shida are Xuejun Xie, one of our officers and directors, and Jianguo Xue, one of our officers, who own 90% and 10% of Ambow Shida, respectively.

 

4.   Shareholders of Ambow Sihua are Xuejun Xie and Xiaogang Feng, one of our employees, who own 57.4% and 42.6% of Ambow Sihua, respectively.

 

5.   Individual shareholders of Ambow Shanghai are Xuejun Xie and Xiaogang Feng, who own 64% and 16% of Ambow Shanghai, respectively. Wenjian Gongying owns the remaining 20% of Ambow Shanghai.

 

6.   Shareholders of Suzhou Wenjian are Yisi Gu, one of our officers, Xuejun Xie, and Xiaogang Feng, who own 30%, 30% and 40% of Suzhou Wenjian, respectively.

 

147


Table of Contents

Due to PRC regulatory restrictions on foreign investments in education for students in grades one to twelve and in Internet content businesses, since 2005, we have conducted our business in China primarily through contractual arrangements among Ambow Online, one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries in China, and the following domestic PRC companies, which are owned by certain PRC persons and entities as described earlier:

 

 

Ambow Shida, which holds our schools, including elementary schools, junior high schools, high schools and colleges;

 

 

Ambow Sihua, which holds our tutoring centers and two tutoring software companies; and

 

 

Ambow Shanghai, which holds our career enhancement centers and a career enhancement software company.

Ambow Online and the acquired schools and learning centers are the principal operating entities for our business operations within China. Their functional currency is RMB. Ambow Education Holding Ltd., our investment holding company, is the principal operating entity for operations relating to non-Chinese partners, including Cisco Systems, Skillsoft and McGraw-Hill. Its functional currency is US$.

Ambow Online has entered into a series of contractual arrangements with each of the above domestic PRC companies that enable us to:

 

 

Exercise effective control over our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries by having such VIEs’ shareholders pledge their respective equity interests in these VIEs to Ambow Online and entrust all the rights to exercise their voting power over these VIEs to Ambow Online. There is no limitation on Ambow Online’s rights to exercise the voting power over the VIEs or to obtain and dispose of the pledged equity interests in the VIEs holding the tutoring centers and career enhancement centers by exercise of its call option or share pledge. Ambow Online’s rights to obtain and dispose of the pledged equity interests in the VIEs holding the K-12 schools and colleges by exercise of its call option or share pledge are subject to Ambow Online’s designating other PRC persons or entities to acquire the pledged equity interests in order not to violate PRC laws that prohibit or restrict foreign ownership in K-12 schools and colleges;

 

 

Receive economic benefits from the pre-tax profits of our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries in consideration for products sold and technical support, marketing and management consulting services provided by Ambow Online to our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries. Such economic benefits, being net revenues of RMB58.1 million, RMB187.3 million (US$27.4 million) and RMB24.9 million (US$3.7 million) for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, respectively (which have been eliminated upon consolidation) were earned by Ambow Online in consideration of the products sold and services provided to our VIEs’ subsidiaries; and

 

 

Have an exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interests in our VIEs and all or part of the equity interest in its subsidiaries, as well as all or part of the assets of our VIEs, in each case when and to the extent permitted by applicable PRC law.

Accordingly, we treat these domestic PRC companies as variable interest entities and have consolidated their historical financial results in our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These domestic PRC companies and their subsidiaries hold the requisite licenses and permits necessary to conduct our education business in China and operate our K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers.

 

148


Table of Contents

In addition to the operational entities described above, we have also formed an RMB fund, Wenjian Gongying, which is owned by us, our Hong Kong subsidiary, Ambow Education (Hong Kong) Ltd., and Suzhou Wenjian, a domestic PRC entity controlled by Ambow Online through contractual arrangements. We may use Wenjian Gongying in the future to provide funding to Ambow Sihua, Ambow Shanghai and other permitted affiliated entities in China, in which event our RMB fund would become a shareholder in such entities. The business purpose of Wenjian Gongying is to make equity investments, consult on venture investments and provide management consulting for companies it invests in. Wenjian Gongying facilitates our ability to convert US$ into RMB to make investments in the PRC. This allows us to make investments in other PRC companies and schools that do not include compulsory education. Such investment by Wenjian Gongying will be subject to the PRC industrial policies on foreign investment, which policies classify industries as “encouraged,” “permitted,” “restricted” and “prohibited” for foreign investment purposes. Wenjian Gongying, as a foreign-invested entity, is allowed by such policies to invest in colleges that are in an encouraged industry, tutoring centers and career enhancement centers that are in permitted industries and high schools that are in a restricted industry. While Wenjian Gongying’s investment in restricted industries, such as high schools, requires approval by the MOFCOM or its local counterparts, its investment in permitted industries or encouraged industries only needs to be filed with such agencies, provided that where an acquisition target is a school or a college, the approval of the MOE or its local counterparts shall also be obtained.

The foreign exchange Wenjian Gongying uses as consideration for an equity acquisition or capital contribution is allowed to be converted into RMB by the seller in an acquisition transaction or the entity receiving a capital contribution, as applicable, according to a SAFE notice issued on November 14, 2008. Since Wenjian Gongying is wholly-owned by us and our affiliates, we do not need to pay Wenjian Gongying any fees for any investment we may make through it. Our domestic entities may use our RMB operating profit to acquire PRC private schools that conduct compulsory education because they are not subject to investment restrictions applicable to foreign investment and, therefore, no MOFCOM or SAFE approval will be involved. We expect that the time to obtain the necessary regulatory approvals to make acquisitions through Wenjian Gongying will be less than three months and we expect the costs involved in obtaining such approvals will be minimal. Since we control Wenjian Gongying and our domestic entities through equity investments and VIE structure, respectively, our control will extend to those entities whose controlling ownership interest is purchased through Wenjian Gongying or our domestic entities.

Agreements that provide effective control over our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries

Agreements that provide effective control over Ambow Shida and its subsidiaries

We have entered into a series of agreements with Ambow Shida and its shareholders. These agreements provide us substantial ability to control Ambow Shida and its shareholders, and we have obtained an option to purchase all of the equity interests of Ambow Shida. These agreements include:

Share Pledge Agreement.     Pursuant to the share pledge agreement, dated January 31, 2005, among Ambow Online, Xuejun Xie and Jianguo Xue, each a shareholder of Ambow Shida, as amended by the supplementary agreement dated January 4, 2009 entered into by and among AECL, Ambow Online, Xuejun Xie and Jianguo Xue, each of Xuejun Xie and Jianguo Xue pledged all of her or his equity interest in Ambow Shida to Ambow Online to secure the performance of

 

149


Table of Contents

Ambow Shida under an exclusive cooperation agreement, dated January 31, 2005, between Ambow Online and Ambow Shida as described below. Each of Xuejun Xie and Jianguo Xue also agreed not to transfer, dispose of or otherwise directly or indirectly create any encumbrance over her or his equity interest in Ambow Shida, or take any actions that may reduce the value of her or his equity interest in Ambow Shida without the prior written consent of Ambow Online.

Call Option Agreement.     Pursuant to the call option agreement, dated January 31, 2005, among AECL, Xuejun Xie and Jianguo Xue, each a shareholder of Ambow Shida, as amended by the termination agreement dated April 26, 2007 and further amended by the supplementary agreement dated January 4, 2009 entered into by and among AECL, Ambow Online, Xuejun Xie and Jianguo Xue, AECL or its designee has an option to purchase from each of Xuejun Xie and Jianguo Xue, to the extent permitted under PRC laws, all or part of his or her equity interest in Ambow Shida in one or more installments at an aggregate purchase price of RMB3.0 million unless the applicable laws state otherwise. AECL or its designee shall have sole discretion to decide when to exercise the option, whether in part or in full. Currently, we do not expect to exercise such option in the foreseeable future. Should we decide to exercise such option, we or our designee would effect such purchase through the cancellation of loans owed to us by Xuejun Xie and/or Jianguo Xue unless the then applicable laws require the purchase price to be determined by a valuation or otherwise provided, in which case the transfer price shall be the minimum amount provided by applicable law and we will effect such purchase through, to the extent necessary, a combination of cash and cancellation of loans owed to us by each of Xuejun Xie and Jianguo Xue.

Powers of Attorney.     Pursuant to the powers of attorney, each dated April 26, 2007, each of Xuejun Xie and Jianguo Xue irrevocably entrusted all the rights to exercise her or his voting power of Ambow Shida to Ambow Online for an indefinite period of time.

Loan Agreements.     Pursuant to the loan agreements, each dated January 31, 2005, among AECL, Xuejun Xie and Jianguo Xue, each a shareholder of Ambow Shida, respectively, amended by amendment agreements, dated April 26, 2007, among Ambow Online, AECL and Xuejun Xie and Jianguo Xue, respectively, and further amended by the supplementary agreement dated January 4, 2009 entered into by and among AECL, Ambow Online, Xuejun Xie and Jianguo Xue or renewed by a loan agreement between Ambow Online and Jianguo Xue dated February 1, 2008, as applicable, Ambow Online loaned RMB2.7 million and RMB0.3 million to Xuejun Xie and Jianguo Xue, respectively, to fund the registered capital requirements of Ambow Shida. To the extent permitted by PRC laws, each loan shall be deemed to have been repaid upon the transfer of the equity interest in Ambow Shida held by Xuejun Xie and Jianguo Xue, as applicable, to Ambow Online or its designee.

Agreements that provide effective control over Ambow Shanghai and its subsidiaries

We have entered into a series of agreements with Ambow Shanghai and its shareholders. These agreements provide us substantial ability to control Ambow Shanghai and its shareholders, and we have obtained an exclusive option to purchase all of the equity interests of Ambow Shanghai. These agreements include:

Share Pledge Agreement.     Pursuant to the share pledge agreement, dated October 31, 2009, and amended by a supplementary agreement dated January 4, 2010, among Ambow Online, Xuejun Xie and Xiaogang Feng, each a shareholder of Ambow Shanghai, each of Xuejun Xie and Xiaogang Feng pledged all of her or his equity interest in Ambow Shanghai to Ambow Online to

 

150


Table of Contents

secure the performance of Ambow Shanghai or its subsidiaries’ obligations under a technology service agreement between Ambow Online and Ambow Shanghai dated October 31, 2009 as described below. Each of Xuejun Xie and Xiaogang Feng also agreed not to transfer, dispose of or otherwise create any encumbrance over her or his equity interest in Ambow Shanghai, or distribute dividends of Ambow Shanghai without the prior written consent of Ambow Online.

Call Option Agreement.     Pursuant to the call option agreement, dated October 31, 2009, and amended by a supplementary agreement dated January 4, 2010, among Ambow Online, Xuejun Xie and Xiaogang Feng, each a shareholder of Ambow Shanghai, each of Xuejun Xie and Xiaogang Feng irrevocably granted Ambow Online or its designee an exclusive option to purchase, to the extent permitted under PRC laws, all or part of her or his equity interest in Ambow Shanghai. The exercise price of such option shall be all or part, as applicable, of the initial amount of the registered capital contributed by such shareholder to acquire such equity interest in Ambow Shanghai and may be paid by the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such shareholder to Ambow Online, or the minimum amount of consideration permitted by applicable PRC law at the time when such transfer occurs, in which case we will pay the exercise price through, to the extent necessary, a combination of cash and cancellation of indebtedness owed by such shareholder to Ambow Online. Ambow Online or its designee shall have sole discretion to decide when to exercise the option, whether in part or in full. Currently, we do not expect to exercise such option in the foreseeable future.

Powers of Attorney.     Pursuant to the powers of attorney, each dated October 31, 2009, each of Xuejun Xie and Xiaogang Feng irrevocably entrusted all the rights to exercise her or his voting power to Ambow Online, including without limitation, the power to sell, transfer or pledge, in whole or in part, such shareholder’s equity interests in Ambow Shanghai and to nominate and appoint the legal representative, directors, supervisors, general managers and other senior management of Ambow Shanghai during the term of the share pledge.

Loan Agreement.     Pursuant to the loan agreement, dated October 31, 2009, and amended by a supplementary agreement dated January 4, 2010, among Ambow Online, Xuejun Xie and Xiaogang Feng, Ambow Online loaned RMB0.8 million to Xuejun Xie and RMB0.2 million to Xiaogang Feng to fund the registered capital requirements of Ambow Shanghai. To the extent permitted by PRC laws, each loan shall be deemed to have been repaid upon the transfer of the equity interest in Ambow Shanghai held by each of Xuejun Xie and Xiaogang Feng, as applicable, to Ambow Online or its designee.

Agreements that provide effective control over Ambow Sihua and its subsidiaries

We have entered into a series of agreements with Ambow Sihua and its shareholders. These agreements provide us substantial ability to control Ambow Sihua and its shareholders, and we have obtained an exclusive option to purchase all of the equity interests of Ambow Sihua. These agreements include:

Share Pledge Agreements.     Pursuant to the share pledge agreement, dated October 31, 2009 and further amended by a supplementary agreement dated March 4, 2010, between Ambow Online and Xuejun Xie, a shareholder of Ambow Sihua, and the share pledge agreement, dated March 4, 2010, between Ambow Online and Xiaogang Feng, a shareholder of Ambow Sihua, each of Xuejun Xie and Xiaogang Feng pledged all of her or his equity interest in Ambow Sihua to Ambow Online to secure the performance of Ambow Sihua or its subsidiaries under a technology service agreement between Ambow Online and Ambow Sihua dated October 31, 2009 as described below. Each of Xuejun Xie and Xiaogang Feng also agreed not to transfer,

 

151


Table of Contents

dispose of or otherwise create any encumbrance over her or his equity interest in Ambow Sihua, or distribute dividends of Ambow Sihua without the prior written consent of Ambow Online.

Call Option Agreements.     Pursuant to the call option agreement, dated October 31, 2009 and further amended by a supplementary agreement dated March 4, 2010, between Ambow Online and Xuejun Xie, a shareholder of Ambow Sihua, and the call option agreement, dated March 4, 2010, between Ambow Online and Xiaogang Feng, a shareholder of Ambow Sihua, each of Xuejun Xie and Xiaogang Feng irrevocably granted Ambow Online or its designee an exclusive option to purchase, to the extent permitted under PRC laws, all or part of her or his equity interest in Ambow Sihua. The exercise price of such option shall be all or part, as applicable, of the initial amount of the registered capital contributed by such shareholder to acquire such equity interest in Ambow Sihua and may be paid by the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such shareholder to Ambow Online or the minimum amount of consideration permitted by applicable PRC law at the time when such transfer occurs, in which case we will pay the exercise price through, to the extent necessary, a combination of cash and cancellation of indebtedness owed by such shareholder to Ambow Online. Ambow Online or its designee shall have sole discretion to decide when to exercise the option, whether in part or in full. Currently, we do not expect to exercise such option in the foreseeable future.

Power of Attorney.     Pursuant to the powers of attorney, dated October 31, 2009 and March 4, 2010, respectively, each of Xuejun Xie and Xiaogang Feng irrevocably entrusted all the rights to exercise her or his voting power to Ambow Online, including without limitation, the power to sell, transfer or pledge, in whole or in part, her or his equity interest in Ambow Sihua and nominate and appoint the legal representative, directors, supervisors, general managers and other senior management of Ambow Sihua during the term of the share pledge.

Loan Agreement.     Pursuant to the loan agreement between Ambow Online and Xiaogang Feng, dated March 4, 2010, Ambow Online loaned RMB40.0 million to Xiaogang Feng to fund the registered capital requirements of Ambow Sihua. To the extent permitted by PRC laws, such loan shall be deemed to have been repaid upon the transfer of the equity interest in Ambow Sihua held by Xiaogang Feng to Ambow Online or its designee.

Agreements that provide effective control over Suzhou Wenjian

We have entered into a series of agreements with Suzhou Wenjian and its shareholders. These agreements provide us with the ability to control Suzhou Wenjian and grant us the exclusive option to purchase all of the equity interests of Suzhou Wenjian. These agreements include:

Share Pledge Agreement.     Pursuant to the share pledge agreement, dated February 25, 2009, among Ambow Online, Xuejun Xie, Xiaogang Feng and Yisi Gu, each a shareholder of Suzhou Wenjian, each of Xuejun Xie, Xiaogang Feng and Yisi Gu pledged all of his or her equity interest in Suzhou Wenjian to Ambow Online to secure the performance of Suzhou Wenjian under a technology service agreement between Ambow Online and Suzhou Wenjian dated February 25, 2009. Each shareholder of Suzhou Wenjian also agreed that, without the prior written consent of Ambow Online, such shareholder shall not transfer, dispose of or otherwise create any encumbrance over his or her equity interest in Suzhou Wenjian. The share pledge will expire three years after all obligations related to the technology service agreement are fully performed.

Call Option Agreement.     Pursuant to the call option agreement, dated February 25, 2009, among Ambow Online, Xuejun Xie, Xiaogang Feng and Yisi Gu, each a shareholder of Suzhou Wenjian, each of Xuejun Xie, Xiaogang Feng and Yisi Gu irrevocably granted Ambow Online or

 

152


Table of Contents

its designee an exclusive option to purchase, to the extent permitted under PRC laws, all or part of his or her equity interest in Suzhou Wenjian. The exercise price of such option shall be all or part, as applicable, of the initial amount of the registered capital contributed by such shareholder to acquire such equity interest in Suzhou Wenjian and may be paid by the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such shareholder to Ambow Online, or the minimum amount of consideration permitted by applicable PRC law at the time when such transfer occurs, in which case we will pay the exercise price through, to the extent necessary, a combination of cash and cancellation of indebtedness owed by such shareholder to Ambow Online. Ambow Online or its designee shall have sole discretion to decide when to exercise the option, whether in part or in full. Currently, we do not expect to exercise such option in the foreseeable future.

Powers of Attorney.     Under powers of attorney, each dated February 25, 2009, each of Xuejun Xie, Xiaogang Feng and Yisi Gu granted to Ambow Online the power to exercise all of his or her voting rights of Suzhou Wenjian during the term of the share pledge.

Loan Agreement.     Pursuant to the loan agreement among Ambow Online, Xuejun Xie, Xiaogang Feng and Yisi Gu dated February 25, 2009, Ambow Online loaned RMB0.4 million to Xiaogang Feng, RMB0.3 million to Xuejun Xie and RMB0.3 million to Yisi Gu to fund the registered capital requirements of a domestic PRC company. Ambow later formed Suzhou Wenjian to serve as this domestic PRC company. To the extent permitted by PRC laws, each loan shall be deemed to have been repaid upon the transfer of the equity interest held by each of Xuejun Xie, Xiaogang Feng and Yisi Gu in Suzhou Wenjian to Ambow Online.

Agreements that transfer economic benefits to us

Agreements that transfer economic benefits to us from Ambow Shida and its subsidiaries

Exclusive Cooperation Agreement.     Pursuant to the exclusive cooperation agreement, dated January 31, 2005 and revised on May 13, 2010, by and between Ambow Online and Ambow Shida, Ambow Online has the exclusive right to provide to Ambow Shida technical support and marketing consulting services relating to online education for primary and middle school and other related services in exchange for certain service fees, which are equal to Ambow Shida’s pre-tax profit. The initial term of this agreement is twenty years and the term can be renewed upon expiration. The agreement can be terminated by mutual agreement, by written notice from the non-breaching party upon a breaching party’s failure to cure its breach, or by either party’s written notice upon non-performance of the agreement for 30 days as a result of any force majeure . We have not received any payment of service fees contemplated by this agreement.

Ambow Online has the unilateral right to adjust the level of service fee to be charged to Ambow Shida under this exclusive cooperation agreement at any time. At the time this agreement was originally entered into on January 31, 2005, we set the service fee that could be charged at 65% of Ambow Shida’s profits in order to retain sufficient cash in Ambow Shida to fund its operating needs and manage liquidity. We subsequently determined that in the short to medium term we would not charge the service fee available to us in the agreement but on May 13, 2010 we updated the agreement to increase the service fee percentage that could be charged by Ambow Online to Ambow Shida to 100% of profits so as to provide us with more flexibility in the future.

We have not yet received any payment of service fees contemplated by this agreement but retain the flexibility to charge these service fees in the future. In addition to extracting the profits of Ambow Shida through the exclusive cooperation agreement, we also can extract profits from

 

153


Table of Contents

Ambow Shida through dividends to Ambow Online received indirectly through the shareholders of Ambow Shida or through donations directly from Ambow Shida to Ambow Online. The dividends and/or donations can be enacted through the agreements that provide us with effective control over Ambow Shida and its subsidiaries as set out in “Our corporate structure and contractual arrangements – Agreements that provide effective control over our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries”. These two alternative mechanisms are not currently subject to any legal restrictions or limitations.

As of the date of this prospectus, no distributions have been made to the shareholders of Ambow Shida and so no subsequent distribution has been made to us or Ambow Online. As described above, at our discretion we have decided to retain all of Ambow Shida’s profits to date within Ambow Shida for the purpose of managing its liquidity.

Agreements that transfer economic benefits to us from Ambow Shanghai and its subsidiaries

Technology Service Agreement.     Pursuant to the technology service agreement, dated October 31, 2009, by and between Ambow Online and Ambow Shanghai, Ambow Online has the exclusive right to provide to Ambow Shanghai (i) education or training solutions; (ii) employee training and technical support; and (iii) management and consulting services related to Ambow Shanghai’s operations, in exchange for certain service fees to be agreed to by the parties from time to time. The term of this agreement is indefinite and the agreement may be terminated by Ambow Online upon either 15 days’ notice or Ambow Shanghai’s failure to cure its breach of the agreement or by mutual written agreement at any time. We have not received any payment of service fees contemplated by this agreement.

Agreements that transfer economic benefits to us from Ambow Sihua and its subsidiaries

Technology Service Agreement.     Pursuant to the technology service agreement, dated October 31, 2009, by and between Ambow Online and Ambow Sihua, Ambow Online has the exclusive right to provide to Ambow Sihua (i) education or training solutions; (ii) employee training and technical support; and (iii) management and consulting services related to Ambow Sihua’s operations, in exchange for certain service fees to be agreed to by the parties from time to time. The term of this agreement is indefinite and the agreement may be terminated by Ambow Online upon either 15 days’ notice or Ambow Sihua’s failure to cure its breach of the agreement or by mutual written agreement at any time. We have not received any payment of service fees contemplated by this agreement.

Agreements that transfer economic benefits to us from Suzhou Wenjian

Technology Service Agreement.     Pursuant to the technology service agreement, dated February 25, 2009, by and between Ambow Online and Suzhou Wenjian, Ambow Online has the exclusive right to provide to Suzhou Wenjian (i) educational and training solutions and related hardware and software development services, (ii) employee training and technical support, and (iii) management and consulting services related to Suzhou Wenjian’s operations, in exchange for certain service fees to be agreed to by the parties from time to time. The term of this agreement is indefinite and the agreement may be terminated by Ambow Online upon either 15 days’ notice or Suzhou Wenjian’s failure to cure its breach of the agreement or by mutual written agreement at any time. We have not received any payment of service fees contemplated by this agreement.

 

154


Table of Contents

Regulation

We operate our business in China under a legal regime consisting of the State Council, which is the highest authority of the executive branch of the PRC central government, and several ministries and agencies under its authority, including the MOE, the MIIT, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, or SAIC, the Ministry of Civil Affairs, or MCA, the Ministry of Commerce, or MOFCOM, the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, and their respective authorized local counterparts. This section summarizes the principal PRC regulations relating to our business.

Regulations on private education

The principal regulations governing private education in China consist of the Education Law of the PRC, the Law for Promoting Private Education (2003) and The Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education (2004) and the Regulations on Chinese-Foreign Cooperation in Operating Schools. Below is a summary of relevant provisions of these regulations.

Education Law of the PRC

On March 18, 1995, the National People’s Congress enacted the Education Law of the PRC, or the Education Law. The Education Law sets forth provisions relating to the fundamental education systems of the PRC, including a school system of pre-school education, primary education, secondary education and higher education, a system of nine-year compulsory education and a system of education certificates. The Education Law stipulates that the government formulates plans for the development of education and establishes and operates schools and other institutions of education and, in principle, enterprises, social organizations and individuals are encouraged to operate schools and other types of education organizations in accordance with PRC laws and regulations. Meanwhile, no organization or individual may establish or operate a school or any other education institution for profit-making purposes. However, according to the Law for Promoting Private Education, private schools may be operated for “reasonable returns,” as described in more detail below.

The Law for Promoting Private Education and the Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education

The Law for Promoting Private Education (2003) became effective on September 1, 2003, and the Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education (2004) became effective on April 1, 2004. Under this law and these regulations, “private schools” are defined as schools established by social organizations or individuals using non-government funds. In addition, private schools providing certifications, pre-school education, education for self-study aid and other academic education shall be subject to approval by the education authorities, while private schools engaging in occupational qualification training and occupational skill training shall be subject to approvals from the authorities in charge of labor and social welfare. A duly approved private school will be granted a Private School Operation License by local or provincial-level counterparts of the MOE for operating a private school, and shall be registered with the local or provincial-level counterparts of the MCA as a privately run non-enterprise institution and be issued a Private Non-enterprise Organization Registration Certificate. The durations of our Private School Operation Licenses vary from two years to 30 years and the durations of our Private Non-enterprise Organization Registration Certificates vary from one year to five years, depending on the location of our private schools.

 

155


Table of Contents

Under the law and regulations discussed above, private schools have the same status as public schools, though private schools are prohibited from providing military, police, political and other kinds of education which are of a special nature. Government-run schools that provide compulsory education are not permitted to be converted into private schools. In addition, the operation of a private school is highly regulated. For example, the items and criteria of fees charged by a private school on those students receiving degree education need to be approved by the governmental pricing authority and is required to be publicly disclosed.

Private schools are divided into three categories: private schools established with donated funds; private schools that require reasonable returns and private schools that do not require reasonable returns. While private education is treated as a public welfare undertaking under the regulations, in the case of private schools choosing to require “reasonable returns”, investors of these schools may choose to require “reasonable returns” from the annual net balance of the school after deduction of costs, donations received, government subsidies, if any, the reserved development fund and other expenses as required by the regulations.

The election to establish a private school requiring reasonable returns shall be provided in the articles of association of the school. The percentage of the school’s annual net balance that can be distributed as a reasonable return shall be determined by the school’s board of directors, taking into consideration the following factors: (i) items and criteria for the school’s fees, (ii) the ratio of the school’s expenses used for educational activities and improving the educational conditions to the total fees collected; and (iii) the admission standards and educational quality. The relevant information relating to the factors discussed above is required to be publicly disclosed before the school’s board determines the percentage of the school’s annual net balance that can be distributed as reasonable returns. Such information and the decision to distribute reasonable returns is also required to be filed with the approval authorities within 15 days from the decision made by the board. However, none of the current PRC laws and regulations provides a formula or guidelines for determining “reasonable returns.” In addition, none of the current PRC laws and regulations sets forth different requirements or restrictions on a private school’s ability to operate its education business based on such school’s status as a school that requires reasonable returns or a school that does not require reasonable returns.

At the end of each fiscal year, every private school is required to allocate a certain amount to its development fund for the construction or maintenance of the schools or procurement or upgrade of educational equipment. In the case of a private school that requires reasonable returns, this amount shall be no less than 25% of the annual net income of the school, while in the case of a private school that does not require reasonable returns, this amount shall be not less than 25% of the annual increase in the net assets of the school, if any. Private schools that do not require reasonable returns shall be entitled to the same preferential tax treatment as public schools, while the preferential tax treatment policies applicable to private schools requiring reasonable returns shall be formulated by the relevant PRC authorities. However, ever since then, no such regulations in respect of tax preferential policy for private schools established by investors requiring reasonable returns have been promulgated.

As of March 31, 2010, we had across our four operating segments a total of 26 private schools that are registered as private schools as opposed to companies, two of which, namely 21st Century School and Beijing Century College, are registered as schools not requiring reasonable returns, while the other schools are registered as schools requiring reasonable returns.

 

156


Table of Contents

Regulation of independent colleges

The principal regulations governing independent colleges in China consist of the Several Opinions on Standardizing and Strengthening the Regulation of the Pilot Operation of Independent Colleges by Universities Through Adopting New Mechanism and Model promulgated by MOE on April 23, 2003 and the Rules Relating to the Establishment and Regulation of Independent Colleges promulgated by MOE and effective as of April 1, 2008. Under these regulations, “independent colleges” are defined as colleges jointly established by universities engaging in degree-granting educational activities above undergraduate stage and social organizations or individuals using non-government funds to engage in degree-granting educational activities at undergraduate stage. Independent colleges fall within the private higher education sector and are deemed as a public welfare undertaking in China and, therefore, the education authorities in China generally regulate them in the same manner as the remaining private schools. MOE regulates independent colleges on a general basis including, but not limited to, the establishment of and material changes to independent colleges. MOE’s counterparts at the provincial level directly regulate the independent colleges’ daily operations.

For the due establishment of independent colleges, these regulations impose a series of requirements, including (i) the universities jointly establishing an independent college should be competent in teaching, management and educational conditions and, as a general rule, are eligible for granting doctors’ degrees, (ii) the social organizations jointly establishing an independent college with a university should be an independent legal person with a registered capital no less than RMB50.0 million, total assets no less than RMB300.0 million, net assets no less than RMB120.0 million and a ratio of total liabilities to total assets shall be less than 60%, (iii) the individuals jointly establishing an independent college with a university should own total assets worth no less than RMB300.0 million, among which their currency assets shall be worth no less than RMB120.0 million. The universities should principally make contributions to the independent colleges in the form of intangible assets, and social organizations or individuals should principally make contributions in kind, currency or land use rights. Furthermore, an independent college established after April 1, 2008 shall hold the land use right certificate or construction planning permit of land covering at least 333,334 square meters. Independent colleges established prior to April 1, 2008 are required to meet this land requirement within a grace period of five years, namely prior to March 31, 2013. Independent colleges are also required to recruit students in accordance with, and limited to, annual enrollment quotas prescribed by the government. Each year the MOE releases a list of independent colleges which are qualified to recruit students for degree education. Student recruitment of those independent colleges which do not satisfy MOE requirements and criteria may be restricted or suspended. The items and rate of tuition and fees are required to be determined according to relevant rules and disclosed in the recruitment brochures and advertisements, which are required to be filed with provincial-level education departments before being released.

We have two independent colleges, namely Applied Technology College and Beijing Century College that are subject to the requirements discussed above. Please see “Risk factors—Risks related to our business and industry—Failure by our colleges to comply with regulatory requirements on land use rights and capital commitment may subject our colleges to penalties and adversely affect our business operations.”

Foreign investment in education service industry

According to the Foreign Investment Industries Guidance Catalog, or Foreign Investment Catalog, which was amended and promulgated by the National Development and Reform Commission, or

 

157


Table of Contents

NDRC, and the MOFCOM on October 31, 2007 and became effective on December 1, 2007, foreign investment is encouraged to participate in higher education. Senior high school education in grades 10-12 is a restricted industry. The foreign investment in higher education and senior high school education has to take the form of a Sino-foreign equity or cooperative joint venture. Foreign investment is banned from compulsory education, which means grades 1-9. Foreign investment is allowed to invest in after-school tutoring services and training services which do not grant diplomas. As of March 31, 2010, we had a total of 119 schools and centers, comprised of five K-12 schools, 96 tutoring centers, two colleges and 16 career enhancement centers. We conduct our education business in China primarily through contractual arrangements among our subsidiaries in China and VIEs. Our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries, as PRC domestic entities, hold the requisite licenses and permits necessary to conduct our education business in China and operate our K-12 schools, tutoring centers, colleges and career enhancement centers.

Regulations on Chinese-foreign cooperation in operating schools

Chinese-foreign cooperation in operating schools or training programs is specifically governed by the Regulations on Operating Chinese-foreign Schools, promulgated by the State Council in 2003 and the Implementing Rules for the Regulations on Operating Chinese-foreign Schools, or the Implementing Rules, which were issued by the MOE in 2004.

The regulations on Operating Chinese-foreign Schools and its Implementing Rules encourage substantive cooperation between overseas educational organizations with relevant qualifications and experience in providing high-quality education and Chinese educational organizations to jointly operate various types of schools in the PRC, with such cooperation in the areas of higher education and occupational education being encouraged. Chinese-foreign cooperative schools are not permitted, however, to engage in compulsory education and military, police, political and other kinds of education that are of a special nature in the PRC.

Permits for Chinese-foreign Cooperation in Operating Schools shall be obtained from the relevant education authorities or from the authorities that regulate labor and social welfare in the PRC.

To date, only one school, namely the Beijing 21st Century Experimental School, is conducting a Chinese-foreign cooperation project which has been approved by the Beijing Commission of Education.

Regulations on online and distance education

Pursuant to the Administrative Regulations on Educational Websites and Online and Distance Education Schools issued by MOE in 2000, or the Online Education Regulations, educational websites and online education schools may provide education services in relation to higher education, elementary education, pre-school education, teacher education, occupational education, adult education and other educational services. Under the Online Education Regulations, “educational websites” refers to education websites providing education or education-related information services to website visitors by means of a database or an online education platform connected to the Internet or an educational television station through an Internet service provider, or ISP. Under the Online Education Regulations, “online education schools” refer to organizations providing academic education services or training services online and issuing various certificates.

 

158


Table of Contents

Under the Online Education Regulations, setting up educational websites and online education schools is subject to approval from relevant education authorities, depending on the specific types of education provided. Under the Online Education Regulations, any educational website and online education school shall, upon receipt of approval, indicate on its website such approval information as well as the approval date and file number.

According to the Administrative License Law promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress, or NPC, on August 27, 2003 and effective as of July 1, 2004, only laws promulgated by the NPC and regulations and decisions promulgated by the State Council may establish administrative license requirements. On June 29, 2004, the State Council promulgated the Decision on Cutting Down Administrative Licenses for the Administrative Examination and Approval Items Really Necessary to be Retained, in which the administrative license for “online education schools” was retained, while the administrative license for “educational websites” was not retained. Our online education business is mainly conducted by Ambow Shida, with Ambow Online providing technical support and marketing consulting services relating to online education and, therefore, falls into the “educational websites” category, as a result of which our online education business is not subject to regulatory approval pursuant to these laws and regulations.

Regulation of the software industry

Policies to Encourage the Development of Software

On June 24, 2000, the State Council issued Certain Policies to Encourage the Development of Software and Integrated Circuit Industries, or the Policies, to encourage the development of the software and integrated circuit industries in China and to enhance the competitiveness of the PRC information technology industry in the international market. The Policies encourage the development of the software and integrated circuit industries in China through various methods, including:

 

 

Encouraging venture capital investment in the software industry and providing capital to software enterprises or assisting such software enterprises to raise capital overseas;

 

 

Providing tax incentives, including an immediate tax rebate for taxpayers who sell self-developed software products, before 2010, of the amount of the statutory value-added tax that exceeds 3% and a number of exemptions and reduced corporate income tax rates;

 

 

Providing government support, such as government funding in the development of software technology;

 

 

Providing preferential treatments, such as credit facilities with low interest rates to enterprises that export software products;

 

 

Taking various strategies to ensure that the software industry has sufficient expertise; and

 

 

Implementing measures to enhance intellectual property protection in China.

To qualify for preferential treatments, an enterprise must be recognized as a software enterprise by governmental authorities. A software enterprise is subject to annual inspection, failure of which in a given year will cause the enterprise to lose the relevant benefits. Ambow Online, our wholly-owned subsidiary, has qualified as a software enterprise and is entitled to enjoy these preferential treatments including tax incentives.

 

159


Table of Contents

Software products administration

On October 27, 2000, the MIIT issued and enforced the Measures Concerning Software Products Administration to regulate and administer software products and promote the development of the software industry in China. Pursuant to the Measures Concerning Software Products Administration, all software products operated or sold in China must be duly registered with and recorded by the relevant authorities, and no entity or individual is allowed to sell or distribute any unregistered and unrecorded software products. To produce software products in China, a software producer is required to have:

 

 

The status of an enterprise legal person, and its scope of operations is required to include the computer software business (including technology development of software or production of software products);

 

 

A fixed production site;

 

 

Necessary conditions and technologies for producing software products; and

 

 

Quality control measures and capabilities for the production of software products.

Software developers or producers are allowed to sell their registered and recorded software products independently or through agents, or by way of licensing. Software products developed in China must be registered with the local provincial governmental authorities in charge of information industry and then filed with the taxation authority at the same level and the MIIT. Imported software products, i.e. , software developed overseas and sold or distributed into China, must be registered with the MIIT. Upon registration, the software products will be granted registration certificates. Each registration certificate is valid for five years from the issuance date and may be renewed upon expiry. The MIIT and other relevant authorities may carry out supervision and inspection over the development, production, operation and import/export of software products in and out of China.

On March 5, 2009, the MIIT promulgated the new Measures Concerning Software Products Administration, or the New Measures, which became effective on April 10, 2009. Under the New Measures, software products operated or sold in China are not required to be registered or recorded by relevant authorities, and software products developed in China (including those developed in China on the basis of imported software) can enjoy certain favorable policies when they have been registered and recorded. The New Measures also eliminated the previous requirements set forth above.

Software copyright

The State Council promulgated the Regulations on the Protection of Computer Software, or the Software Protection Regulations, on December 20, 2001, which became effective on January 1, 2002. The Software Protection Regulations were promulgated, among other things, to protect the copyright of computer software in China. According to the Software Protection Regulations, computer software that is independently developed is attached to physical goods will be protected. However, such protection does not apply to any ideas, mathematical concepts, processing and operation methods used in the development of software solutions. Under the Software Protection Regulations, PRC citizens, legal persons and organizations will enjoy copyright protection for computer software that they have developed, regardless of whether the software has been published. Foreigners or any person without a nationality shall enjoy

 

160


Table of Contents

copyright protection over computer software that they have developed, as long as such computer software was first distributed in China. Software of foreigners or any person without a nationality will enjoy copyright protection in China under these regulations in accordance with a bilateral agreement, if any, executed by and between China and the country to which the developer is a citizen of or in which the developer habitually resides, or in accordance with an international treaty to which China is a party. Under the Software Protection Regulations, owners of software copyright will enjoy the rights of publication, authorship, modification, duplication, issuance, lease, transmission on the information network, translation, licensing and transfer. Software copyright protection takes effect on the day of completion of the software’s development. The protection period for software developed by legal persons and other organizations is 50 years and ends on December 31 of the fiftieth year from the date the software solution was first published. However, the Software Protection Regulations will not protect the software if it is not published within 50 years from the date of the completion of its development. Civil remedies available under the Software Protection Regulations against infringements of copyright include cessation of the infringement, elimination of the effects, apology and compensation for losses. The copyright administrative authorities will order the infringer of software copyright to stop all infringing acts, confiscate illegal gains, confiscate and destroy infringing copies, and may impose a fine on the offender under certain circumstances.

Software copyright registration

On February 20, 2002, the State Copyright Administration of the PRC promulgated and enforced the Measures Concerning Registration of Computer Software Copyright Procedures, or the Registration Procedures, to implement the Software Protection Regulations and to promote the development of China’s software industry. The Registration Procedures apply to the registration of software copyrights and software copyright exclusive licensing contracts and assignment contracts. The registrant of a software copyright will either be the copyright owner or another person (whether a natural person, legal person or an organization) in whom the software copyright becomes vested through succession, assignment or inheritance. Upon registration, the registrant shall be granted a registration certificate by the China Copyright Protection Center. As of March 31, 2010, we have been issued 50 registration certificates for computer software copyrights.

Regulations on Internet information services

Subsequent to the State Council’s promulgation of the Telecom Regulations and the Internet Information Services Administrative Measures on September 25, 2000, or the Internet Information Measures, the MIIT and other regulatory authorities formulated and implemented a number of Internet-related regulations, including but not limited to the Internet Electronic Bulletin Board Service Administrative Measures, or the BBS Measures.

The Internet Information Measures require that commercial Internet content providers, or ICP providers, obtain a license for Internet information services, or ICP license, from the appropriate telecommunications regulatory authorities in order to provide any commercial Internet information services in the PRC. ICP providers are required to display their ICP license number in a conspicuous location on their home page. In addition, the Internet Information Measures also provide that ICP providers that operate in sensitive and strategic sectors, including news, publishing, education, health care, medicine and medical devices, must also obtain additional

 

161


Table of Contents

approvals from the relevant authorities in charge of those sectors. The BBS Measures provide that any ICP provider engaged in providing online bulletin board services, or BBS, is subject to a special approval and filing process with the relevant telecommunications regulatory authorities.

In July 2006, the MIIT posted on its website the “Notice on Strengthening Management of Foreign Investment in Operating Value-Added Telecom Services.” The notice prohibits PRC ICP providers from leasing, transferring or selling their ICP licenses or providing facilities or other resources to any illegal foreign investors. The notice states that PRC ICP providers or their shareholders should directly own the trademarks and domain names for websites operated by them, as well as servers and other infrastructure used to support these websites.

Regulations on broadcasting audio-video programs through the Internet or other information network

The State Administration of Radio, Film and Television, or SARFT, promulgated the Rules for Administration of Broadcasting of Audio-Video Programs through the Internet and Other Information Networks, or the Broadcasting Rules, in 2004, which became effective on October 11, 2004. The Broadcasting Rules apply to the activities of broadcasting, integrating, transmitting and downloading of audio-video programs with computers, televisions or mobile phones and through various types of information networks. Pursuant to the Broadcasting Rules, a Permit for Broadcasting Audio-Video Programs via Information Network is required to engage in these Internet broadcasting activities. On April 13, 2005, the State Council announced a policy on private investments in businesses in China relating to cultural matters that prohibits private investments in businesses relating to the dissemination of audio-video programs through information networks.

On December 20, 2007, SARFT and MIIT issued the Internet Audio-Video Program Measures, which became effective on January 31, 2008. Among other things, the Internet Audio-Video Program Measures stipulate that no entities or individuals may provide Internet audio-video program services without a License for Disseminating Audio-Video Programs through Information Network issued by SARFT or its local counterparts or completing the relevant registration with SARFT or its local counterparts; and only entities wholly owned or controlled by the PRC government may engage in the production, editing, integration or consolidation, and transfer to the public through the Internet, of audio-video programs, and the provision of audio-video program uploading and transmission services. On February 3, 2008, SARFT and MIIT jointly held a press conference in response to inquiries related to the Internet Audio-Video Program Measures, during which SARFT and MIIT officials indicated that providers of audio-video program services established prior to the promulgation date of the Internet Audio-Video Program Measures that do not have any regulatory non-compliance records can re-register with the relevant government authorities to continue their current business operations. After the conference, the two authorities published a press release that confirms the above guidelines. There remain significant uncertainties relating to the interpretation and implementation of both the Internet Audio-Video Program Measures and the press release, in particularly with respect to the scope of “Internet Audio-Video Programs.”

Based on the advice of our PRC legal counsel, Commerce and Finance Law Offices, we do not believe that we are required to apply for a License for Disseminating Audio-Video Programs through Information Network as an enterprise providing online education and test preparation courses. As an online education services provider, we transmit our audio-video educational

 

162


Table of Contents

courses and programs through the Internet only to enrolled course participants, not to the general public. The limited scope of our audience distinguishes us from general online audio-video broadcasting companies, such as companies operating user-generated content websites. In addition, we do not provide audio-video program uploading and transmission services. As a result, we believe that we are not one of those providers of audio-video program services covered under the Internet Audio-Video Program Measures. In the event that we are deemed to be a provider of audio-video program services covered under the Internet Audio-Video Program Measures, we believe that pursuant to the press release it is possible that we may be allowed to continue our current operations and re-register with SARFT or MIIT in accordance with the published guidelines, as we were established prior to the promulgation of the Internet Audio-Video Program Measures and have not had any regulatory non-compliance records. We and our PRC legal counsel are closely monitoring the regulatory developments relating to the Internet Audio-Video Program Measures and we will register with the relevant governmental authorities and obtain the necessary license if required. However, if the governmental authorities decide that our provision of online education services fall within the Internet Audio-Video Program Measures and we are unable to register or obtain the necessary license timely, or at all, due to reasons beyond our control, our equity ownership structure may require significant restructuring, or we may become subject to significant penalties, fines, legal sanctions or an order to suspend our use of audio-video content.

Regulations on information security

Internet content in China is regulated by the PRC government to protect state security. The NPC has enacted a law that may subject to criminal punishment in China any person who: (i) gains improper entry into a computer or system of strategic importance; (ii) disseminates politically disruptive information; (iii) leaks state secrets; (iv) spreads false commercial information; or (v) infringes intellectual property rights.

The Ministry of Public Security has promulgated measures that prohibit use of the Internet in ways that, among other things, result in a leakage of state secrets or a spread of socially destabilizing content. The Ministry of Public Security has supervision and inspection rights in this regard, and we are subject to the jurisdiction of the local security bureaus. If an ICP license holder violates these measures, the PRC government may revoke its ICP license and shut down its websites. We believe we are in compliance with these regulations.

Regulations on Protection of the Right of Dissemination through Information Networks

On May 18, 2006, the State Council promulgated the Regulations on Protection of the Right of Dissemination through Information Networks, or the Dissemination Protection Regulations, which became effective on July 1, 2006. The Dissemination Protection Regulations require that every organization or individual who disseminates a third-party’s work, performance, audio or visual recording products to the public through information networks shall obtain permission from, and pay compensation to, the copyright owner of such products, unless otherwise provided under relevant laws and regulations. The copyright owner may take technical measures to protect his or her right of dissemination through information networks and any organization or individual shall not intentionally evade, circumvent or otherwise assist others in evading such protective measures unless permissible under law. The Dissemination Protection Regulations also

 

163


Table of Contents

provide that permission from the copyright owners and compensation for the copyright-protected works is not required in the event of limited dissemination to teaching or research staff for the purpose of school teaching or scientific research only. We hold copyrights for all of the course materials on our websites.

Regulation of domain names and website names

PRC law requires owners of Internet domain names to register their domain names with qualified domain name registration agencies approved by MIIT and obtain registration certificates from such registration agencies. A registered domain name owner has an exclusive use right over its domain name. Unregistered domain names may not receive proper legal protections and may be misappropriated by unauthorized third parties. As of December 31, 2009, we have registered 98 domain names relating to our websites, with the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers and the China Internet Network Information Center.

PRC law requires entities operating commercial websites to register their website names with the SAIC or its local offices and obtain commercial website name registration certificates. If any entity operates a commercial website without obtaining such a certificate, it may be charged a fine or imposed other penalties by the SAIC or its local offices. On November 5, 2004, the MIIT amended the Measures for Administration of Domain Names for the Chinese Internet, or the Domain Name Measures. The Domain Name Measures regulate the registration of domain names, such as the first tier domain name “.cn.” In February 2006, China Internet Network Information Center, or CNNIC, issued the Implementing Rules for Domain Name Registration and the Measures on Domain Name Disputes Resolution, pursuant to which CNNIC can authorize a domain name dispute resolution institution to decide disputes. As of December 31, 2009, we have registered ten website names used in connection with our online education business with Beijing Municipal Bureau of Industry and Commerce and the registration of four other website names is now in progress.

Regulation of privacy protection

PRC law does not prohibit Internet content providers from collecting and analyzing personal information from their users. PRC law prohibits Internet content providers from disclosing to any third parties any personal information it collects via Internet or transmitted by users through their networks unless otherwise permitted by law. If an Internet content provider violates these regulations, MIIT or its local offices may impose penalties and the Internet content provider may be liable for damages caused to its users. We believe we are in compliance with these regulations.

Regulation of copyright and trademark protection

China has adopted legislation governing intellectual property rights, including copyrights and trademarks. China is a signatory to the main international conventions on intellectual property rights and became a member of the Agreement on Trade Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights upon its accession to the World Trade Organization in December 2001.

Copyright .    The National People’s Congress amended the Copyright Law in 2001 to widen the scope of works and rights that are eligible for copyright protection which extends copyright protection to Internet activities, products disseminated over the Internet and software products.

 

164


Table of Contents

In addition, there is a voluntary registration system administered by the China Copyright Protection Center. In February 2010, the National People’s Congress further amended the Copyright Law to regulate the registration of pledge of copyright, which became effective on April 1, 2010.

To address the problem of copyright infringement related to the content posted or transmitted over the Internet, the National Copyright Administration and MIIT jointly promulgated the Administrative Measures for Copyright Protection Related to the Internet on April 30, 2005. These measures became effective on May 30, 2005.

Trademark .    The PRC Trademark Law, adopted in 1982 and revised in 2001, protects the proprietary rights to registered trademarks. The Trademark Office under the SAIC handles trademark registrations and grants a term of ten years to registered trademarks and another ten years to trademarks as requested upon expiry of the prior term. Trademark license agreements must be filed with the Trademark Office for record. We have registered “Ambow”, “ LOGO ”, “ LOGO ” “ LOGO ” and “ LOGO ” and have also applied for additional trademarks and logos, including “ LOGO ,” “ LOGO ,” “ LOGO ,” and “ LOGO “ with the Trademark Office of the State Administration for Industry and Commerce in China.

Regulation of foreign exchange

The PRC government imposes restrictions on the convertibility of the RMB and on the collection and use of foreign currency by PRC entities. Under current regulations, the RMB is convertible for current account transactions, which include dividend distributions, and the import and export of goods and services. Conversion of RMB into foreign currency and foreign currency into RMB for capital account transactions, such as direct investment, portfolio investment and loans, however, is still generally subject to the prior approval of or registration with SAFE.

Under current PRC regulations, foreign-invested enterprises such as our PRC subsidiaries are required to apply to SAFE for a Foreign Exchange Registration Certificate for Foreign-Invested Enterprise. With such a certificate (which is subject to review and renewal by SAFE on an annual basis), a foreign-invested enterprise may open foreign exchange bank accounts at banks authorized to conduct foreign exchange business by SAFE and may buy, sell and remit foreign exchange through such banks, subject to documentation and approval requirements. Foreign-invested enterprises are required to open and maintain separate foreign exchange accounts for capital account transactions and current account transactions. In addition, there are restrictions on the amount of foreign currency that foreign-invested enterprises may retain in such accounts.

Regulation of foreign exchange in certain onshore and offshore transactions

In October 2005, SAFE issued the Notice on Issues Relating to the Administration of Foreign Exchange in Fund-Raising and Return Investment Activities of Domestic Residents Conducted via Offshore Special Purpose Companies, or SAFE Circular 75, which became effective as of November 1, 2005. According to SAFE Circular 75, prior to establishing or assuming control of an offshore company for the purpose of financing that offshore company with assets or equity interests in an onshore enterprise in the PRC, each PRC resident, whether a natural or legal person, must complete certain overseas investment foreign exchange registration procedures with the relevant local SAFE branch. An amendment to the registration with the local SAFE

 

165


Table of Contents

branch is required to be filed by any PRC resident that directly or indirectly holds interests in that offshore company upon either (i) the injection of equity interests or assets of an onshore enterprise to the offshore company or (ii) the completion of any overseas fund-raising by such offshore company. An amendment to the registration with the local SAFE branch is also required to be filed by such PRC resident when there is any material change involving a change in the capital of the offshore company, such as (i) an increase or decrease in its capital, (ii) a transfer or swap of shares, (iii) a merger or division, (iv) a long-term equity or debt investment or (v) the creation of any security interests.

SAFE Circular 75 applies retroactively. As a result, PRC residents who established or acquired control of offshore companies that made onshore investments in the PRC in the past were required to complete the relevant overseas investment foreign exchange registration procedures by March 31, 2006. Under SAFE Circular 75, failure to comply with the registration procedures may result in restrictions on the relevant onshore entity, including restrictions on the payment of dividends and other distributions to its offshore parent or affiliate and restrictions on the capital inflow from the offshore entity, and may also subject relevant PRC residents to penalties under the PRC foreign exchange administration regulations.

As a Cayman Islands company, we are considered a foreign entity in China. If we purchase the assets or equity interests of a PRC company owned by PRC residents in exchange for our equity interests, such PRC residents will be subject to the registration procedures described in SAFE Circular 75. Moreover, PRC residents who are beneficial holders of our shares are required to register with SAFE in connection with their investment in us.

We believe that, except for renewal of the registration under SAFE Circular 75 for some newly established or acquired entities which is still in process, our beneficial owners who are known to us to be PRC residents are currently in compliance with SAFE Circular 75.

Regulations on dividend distribution

The principal regulations governing dividend distributions by wholly foreign-owned enterprises and Sino-foreign equity joint ventures include:

 

 

Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprise Law (1986), as amended;

 

 

Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprise Law Implementing Rules (1990), as amended;

 

 

Sino-foreign Equity Joint Venture Enterprise Law (1979), as amended; and

 

 

Sino-foreign Equity Joint Venture Enterprise Law Implementing Rules (1983), as amended.

Under these regulations, wholly foreign-owned enterprises and Sino-foreign equity joint ventures in the PRC may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. Additionally, these foreign-invested enterprises are required to set aside certain amounts of their accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends.

Regulation of overseas listings

On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, including the CSRC, promulgated the Regulation on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Companies by Foreign Investors, which became effective on September 8, 2006 and was amended by the MOFCOM on June 22, 2009. This

 

166


Table of Contents

regulation, among other things, has certain provisions that require offshore special purpose vehicles, or SPVs, formed for the purpose of acquiring PRC domestic companies and controlled by PRC individuals, to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange. On September 21, 2006, the CSRC published on its official website a notice specifying the documents and materials that are required to be submitted for obtaining CSRC approval.

We believe, based on the opinion of our PRC legal counsel, Commerce and Finance Law Offices, that CSRC’s approval is not applicable to us in the context of this offering because we established our PRC subsidiaries by means of direct investment rather than merger or acquisition of PRC domestic companies. There remains some uncertainty as to how this regulation will be interpreted or implemented in the context of an overseas offering. If the CSRC or another PRC regulatory agency subsequently determines that the CSRC’s approval is required for this offering, we may face sanctions by the CSRC or another PRC regulatory agency. If this happens, these regulatory agencies may impose fines and penalties on our operations in the PRC, limit our operating privileges in the PRC, delay or restrict the repatriation of the proceeds from this offering into the PRC, restrict or prohibit payment or remittance of dividends by our PRC subsidiaries to us or take other actions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and prospects, as well as the trading price of our ordinary shares. The CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to delay or cancel this offering before settlement and delivery of the ordinary shares being offered by us.

SAFE regulations on employee share options

On March 28, 2007, SAFE promulgated the Application Procedures of Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Employee Share Holding Plan or Share Option Plan of Overseas Listed Company, or the Share Option Rule. The purpose of the Share Option Rule is to regulate foreign exchange administration of PRC domestic individuals who participate in employee share holding plans and share option plans of overseas listed companies. According to the Share Option Rule, if a PRC domestic individual participates in any employee share holding plan or share option plan of an overseas listed company, a PRC domestic agent or the PRC subsidiary of such overseas listed company is required to, among others things, file, on behalf of such individual, an application with SAFE to obtain approval for an annual quota with respect to the purchase of foreign exchange in connection with share holding or share option exercises as PRC domestic individuals may not directly use overseas funds to purchase shares or exercise share options. Concurrently with the filing of such application with SAFE, the PRC subsidiary shall obtain approval from SAFE to open a special foreign exchange account at a PRC domestic bank to hold the funds required in connection with the share purchase or option exercise, any returned principal or profits from sales of shares, any dividends issued on the shares and any other income or expenditures approved by SAFE. The PRC subsidiary is also required to obtain approval from SAFE to open an overseas special foreign exchange account at an overseas bank to hold overseas funds used in connection with any share purchase or option exercise. All proceeds obtained by PRC domestic individuals from sales of shares shall be remitted back to China after relevant overseas expenses are deducted. The foreign exchange proceeds from these sales can be converted into RMB or transferred to such individuals’ foreign exchange savings account after the proceeds have been remitted back to the special foreign exchange account opened at the PRC domestic bank. If the share option is exercised in a cashless exercise, the PRC domestic individuals are required to remit the proceeds to the special foreign exchange account.

 

167


Table of Contents

Although further clarification is required as to how the Share Option Rule will be interpreted or implemented, we believe that we and our PRC employees who have been granted share options will be subject to the Share Option Rule when our company becomes an overseas listed company. If we or our PRC employees fail to comply with the Share Option Rule, we and/or our PRC employees may face sanctions imposed by foreign exchange authority or any other PRC government authorities.

In addition, the State Administration of Taxation has recently issued a few circulars concerning employee share options. Under these circulars, our employees working in China who exercise share options will be subject to PRC individual income tax. Our PRC subsidiaries have obligations to file documents relating to employee share options with relevant tax authorities and withhold individual income taxes of those employees who exercise their share options. If our employees fail to pay and we fail to withhold their income taxes, we may face sanctions imposed by tax authorities or other PRC government authorities.

 

168


Table of Contents

Management

Directors and executive officers

The table below sets forth the certain information relating to our directors and executive officers as of July 14, 2010.

 

Name    Age    Position
 
Jin Huang(3)    44    President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
Paul Chow    59    Chief Financial Officer
Yisi Gu    53    Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer
Senlei Huang    40    Vice President, Sales
Xuejun Xie    43    Vice President, Human Resources and Administration and Director
Jianguo Xue    43    Vice President, Sales
Shasha Chang    52    Director
Mark Robert Harris(1)(2)(3)    40    Director
Lisa Lo(2)    43    Director
Daniel Phillips(1)(3)    46    Director
Tao Sun(1)(2)(3)    35    Director
 

 

(1)   Member of the audit committee

 

(2)   Member of the compensation committee

 

(3)   Member of the mergers & acquisitions committee

Jin Huang has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since our inception in August 2000. Dr. Huang has over 15 years of academic and industry experience in Silicon Valley. Prior to founding Ambow, Dr. Huang was a founding engineer at Avant!, where she was responsible for product design and engineering management. Dr. Huang holds a bachelor’s degree in Computer Science, a master’s degree in Computer Science and a Ph.D. in Electronic Engineering from the University of Electronic Science & Technology of China. From 1990 to 1993, Dr. Huang was doing research and completed her Ph.D. dissertation at the University of California, Berkeley.

Paul Chow has served as our Chief Financial Officer since February 2010. From January 2008 to February 2010, Mr. Chow served as our Senior Vice President, Finance. Prior to joining Ambow, Mr. Chow served as Chief Financial Officer of Van Shung Chong Holdings Limited, a Hong Kong listed company that distributes and processes construction and industrial materials, from July 2005 to December 2007. From July 1999 to June 2005, Mr. Chow first served as the Controller of Cisco Systems (China), and then the Asia Pacific Controller for Cisco’s Customer Advocacy Unit. Prior to that, Mr. Chow spent 14 years at Digital Equipment Corporation and Compaq Computer Corporation from September 1985 to June 1999. Mr. Chow is a fellow member of the Chartered Association of Certified Accountants (UK), Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (UK) and Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Mr. Chow holds a bachelor’s degree in Business Administration majoring in Accounting and Finance and an EMBA from Chinese University of Hong Kong.

 

169


Table of Contents

Yisi Gu has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer since January 2008. Prior to joining Ambow, Ms. Gu served as a Vice President and Chief Information Officer in the Greater China region of Cisco Systems from December 2005 to January 2008. Prior to that, Ms. Gu served as a Chief Information Officer in the Greater China region and Information Technology Director in the Asia Pacific region of GE Healthcare, a business unit of General Electric Company, from December 2000 to December 2005. Ms. Gu holds an MBA from Staffordshire Business School in the United Kingdom.

Senlei Huang has served as our Vice President, Sales in charge of our tutoring services since July 2007. Prior to joining Ambow, Mr. Huang served as an Executive Principal at the online school of the High School of Peking University, or HSPU, and Managing Director of PKUSchool and Lenovo Distance Education Company from December 2000 to July 2007. Mr. Huang holds a bachelor’s degree majoring in public management and administration from Peking University and an EMBA from Tsinghua University.

Xuejun Xie has served as our Vice President, Human Resources and Administration and as a member of our board of directors since our inception in August 2000. Prior to joining Ambow, Ms. Xie taught biology at Sichuan Normal University from July 1988 to October 1999. Ms. Xie holds a bachelor’s degree in biology from East China Normal University.

Jianguo Xue has served as our Vice President, Sales in charge of degree schools since December 2003. Prior to joining Ambow, Mr. Xue served as a Managing Director of Clever Software Group and Executive President of Heilongjiang Clever Networks Co., Ltd., a software company listed in China, from July 1993 to November 2003. Mr. Xue holds a bachelor’s degree in English Language and Literature from Beijing Foreign Studies University and a master’s certificate in English linguistics from Beijing Normal University.

Shasha Chang has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2010. Ms. Chang joined Wolters Kluwer, a global information services and publishing company, in June 2009 and is currently the Chief Executive Officer of Wolters Kluwer China. Prior to joining Wolters Kluwer, from September 2004 to June 2009, Ms. Chang worked with McGraw-Hill companies in several management functions, including Vice President, General Manager of McGraw-Hill China, and Country Manager of Standard & Poor’s China operations. Ms. Chang holds a bachelor’s degree from Guangdong Foreign Languages University and a master of arts degree from New York State University.

Mark Robert Harris has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2008. Since September 2006, Mr. Harris has served as a Senior Managing Director of Avenue Asia Singapore Pte Ltd., a wealth management advisor. From April 2004 to September 2006, Mr. Harris served as Corporate Financial Controller of Hutchison Telecommunications International Limited, a provider of telecommunications services. Mr. Harris is a certified public accountant in the United States. Mr. Harris holds a bachelor’s degree in business administration from California Polytechnic State University and an MBA from the University of Chicago, Booth School of Management.

Lisa Lo has served as a member of our board of directors or the board of directors of Ambow Education Co., Ltd. since December 2005 . Ms. Lo joined the CID Group, an Asian-based private equity firm in early 2004 and is currently a partner of the CID Group and Managing Director of CID Venture Management & Consulting (Beijing), Ltd. Ms. Lo holds a bachelor’s degree in electrical engineering from National Taiwan University and an MBA from National Cheng-Chi University.

Daniel Phillips has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2007. Mr. Phillips joined Macquarie Bank, a provider of banking, financial, advisory and investment services, in 1989 and is currently an Executive Director of Macquarie Group Limited. Mr. Phillips qualifies as

 

170


Table of Contents

an Associate Chartered Accountant in Australia. Mr. Phillips holds a bachelor’s degree in business from Kuring-gai College of Advanced Education (Sydney).

Tao Sun has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2008. Since April 2008, Mr. Sun has served as a Director of Actis LLP, a private equity investor. From August 2006 to March 2008, Mr. Sun served as a Vice President of the Principal Credit Group at Merrill Lynch, an investment bank. From September 2005 to August 2006, he was an associate at McKinsey & Company, a consulting firm. Mr. Sun holds a bachelor’s degree in business and a master’s degree in statistics from Peking University and an MBA from INSEAD.

The business address of each of our executive officers and directors is Ambow Education Holding Ltd., 18th Floor, Building A, Chengjian Plaza, No.18, BeiTaiPingZhuang Road, Haidian District, Beijing 100088, China.

There are no family relationships among any of our directors and executive officers.

None of our non-executive directors has any employment or service contract with our company. See “—Employment agreements” below for a description of the service agreement between us and our Chief Executive Officer and for a description of the confidential information and invention assignment agreements we have entered into with each of our executive officers.

Terms of executive officers

Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors.

Board of directors

Our board of directors currently consists of six directors plus one vacancy, which may be filled by our board of directors.

We believe that each of the non-executive members of our board of directors is an “independent director” as that term is used in the NYSE corporate governance rules.

Effective upon the completion of the offering, no shareholder will have the contractual right to designate persons to be elected to our board of directors, and our post-offering memorandum and articles of association will provide that directors will be elected upon a resolution passed at a duly convened shareholders meeting by holders of a majority of our outstanding shares being entitled to vote in person or by proxy at such meeting, to hold office until the expiration of their respective terms. There is no minimum shareholding or age limit requirement for qualification to serve as a member of our board of directors.

We will have a staggered board following the completion of the offering, at which time our directors will be divided into three classes of directors in Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively, with no more than one class eligible for re-election at any annual shareholders meeting. The two Class I directors will initially be elected for a term expiring on the date of our 2011 annual shareholders meeting and thereafter will be elected to serve terms of three years. The two Class II directors will initially be elected for a term expiring on the date of our 2012 annual shareholders meeting and thereafter will be elected to serve terms of three years. The two Class III directors will initially be elected for a term expiring on the date of our 2013 annual shareholders meeting and thereafter will be elected to serve terms of three years. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control. See “Description of share capital—Differences in corporate law—Anti takeover provisions in our memorandum and articles of association” for more information.

 

171


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the names and classes of our directors who will take office following the completion of the offering:

 

Class I   Class II   Class III
 

Shasha Chang

   

Mark Robert Harris

  Lisa Lo   Jin Huang

Tao Sun

  Daniel Phillips   Xuejun Xie
 

A director may be removed for negligence or other reasonable cause at any time before the expiration of his or her term by a special resolution passed at a duly convened shareholder meeting by the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding shares being entitled to vote in person or by proxy at such meeting or by a unanimous written consent of our shareholders. Vacancies on our board of directors created by such a removal or by resignation may be filled by resolution passed at a duly convened shareholder meeting by the holders of a majority of our outstanding shares entitled to vote in person or by proxy at such meeting or by a majority vote of the remaining directors in office. A director so elected or appointed shall hold office until the next succeeding annual shareholder meeting and may be nominated for reelection at that time.

A director may vote on a proposal, arrangement or contract in which the director is interested, provided that such director has disclosed his interest in such matter to the board of directors at a meeting of the board of directors.

In addition, our board of directors may exercise all the powers of the company to borrow money, mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, and issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as a security for any debt, liability or obligation of the company or of any third party.

Duties of directors

In general, under Cayman Islands law, our directors have a duty of loyalty to act honestly, in good faith and in our best interests. Our directors also have a duty to exercise the care, diligence and skills that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our memorandum and articles of association then in effect. In certain limited circumstances, our shareholders have the right to seek damages through a derivative action in the name of the company if a duty owed by our directors is breached. See “Description of share capital—Differences in corporate law—Directors’ fiduciary duties” for more information on the duties of our directors.

Committees of our board of directors

We have established three committees of the board of directors – the audit committee, the compensation committee and the mergers and acquisitions committee. We have adopted a charter for each of these committees. We have not formed a separate nominating or corporate governance committee of the board. Our full board of directors will perform the functions performed by such committees. Each committee’s members and functions are briefly described below.

 

172


Table of Contents

Audit committee

Our audit committee consists of Daniel Phillips, Mark Robert Harris and Tao Sun, each of whom meets the independence standards of the NYSE and the SEC. Daniel Phillips is the Chairperson of our audit committee. The responsibilities of our audit committee include, among other things:

 

 

Appointing, and overseeing the work of our independent auditors, approving the compensation of our independent auditors, and, if appropriate, discharging our independent auditors;

 

 

Pre-approving engagements of our independent auditors to render audit services and/or establishing pre-approval policies and procedures for such engagements and pre-approving any non audit services proposed to be provided to us by our independent auditors;

 

 

Discussing with management and our independent auditors significant financial reporting issues raised and judgments made in connection with the preparation of our financial statements;

 

 

Reviewing and discussing reports from our independent auditors on (1) the major critical accounting policies to be used, (2) significant alternative treatments of financial information within the U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, that have been discussed with management, (3) ramifications of the use of such alternative disclosures and treatments, (4) treatments preferred by our independent auditors, and (5) other material written communications between our independent auditors and management;

 

 

Resolving any disagreements between management and our independent auditors regarding financial reporting;

 

 

Establishing procedures for receiving, retaining and treating any complaints we receive regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and procedures for the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters; and

 

 

Reporting regularly to the full board of directors.

Compensation committee

Our compensation committee consists of Lisa Lo, Mark Robert Harris and Tao Sun, each of whom is an “independent director” as that term is used in the NYSE corporate governance rules. Lisa Lo is the Chairperson of our compensation committee. Our compensation committee assists the board of directors in reviewing and approving the compensation structure of our directors and officers, including all forms of compensation to be provided to our directors and officers. The responsibilities of our compensation committee include, among other things:

 

 

Reviewing and recommending to our board of directors with respect to the total compensation package for our executive officers;

 

 

Reviewing and recommending to our board of directors with respect to director compensation, including equity-based compensation; and

 

 

Reviewing periodically and recommending to the board of directors with respect to any long term incentive compensation or equity plans, programs or similar arrangements, annual bonuses, employee pension and welfare benefit plans.

 

173


Table of Contents

Mergers and acquisitions committee

Our mergers and acquisitions committee consists of Jin Huang, Mark Robert Harris, Daniel Phillips and Tao Sun. The responsibilities of our mergers and acquisitions committee include, among other things:

• Discussing with our management our acquisition strategy;

 

 

Reviewing and discussing with our management potential acquisition targets; and

 

 

Reviewing and recommending to our board of directors specific acquisitions.

Director and executive compensation

During 2009, the aggregate cash compensation that we paid to our executive officers as a group was RMB7.0 million (US$1.0 million), which includes bonuses and salaries that were earned in 2008 and paid in 2009. We did not pay any cash compensation to non-employee directors in 2009. Maples and Calder, our Cayman Islands counsel, has advised us that Cayman Islands law does not require an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, such as our company, to disclose the individual compensation of its executive officers and directors. Our full-time employees in the PRC, including our executive officers, participate in a government-mandated multi-employer defined contribution plan pursuant to which certain pension benefits, medical care, unemployment insurance, employee housing fund and other welfare benefits are provided to qualified employees. We do not provide our directors with any pension, retirement or similar benefits on termination.

Prior to March 31, 2010, options to purchase an aggregate of 7,939,475 Class B ordinary shares had been granted under our 2005 Stock Plan to our executive officers. The exercise prices of such options range from US$0.00033 to US$4.63 per ordinary share and have expiration dates ranging from February 3, 2015 to February 24, 2020. For share-based compensation of directors and executive officers, see “—Equity-based compensation plans.”

Employment agreements

Service agreement with Dr. Jin Huang

We entered into a service agreement dated August 28, 2007 with Dr. Jin Huang, our Chief Executive Officer. The initial employment term under this service agreement is two years, which will automatically be extended by successive periods of twelve months, unless we or Dr. Huang gives the other party a written notice three months prior to the commencement of the next twelve month period indicating that the notifying party does not wish to extend the employment term, in which case the employment term will expire at the end of such three month notice period.

In the event that we terminate Dr. Huang’s employment for cause, or if Dr. Huang voluntary resigns (other than a resignation for good cause following a change of control), Dr. Huang will not be entitled to receive any severance benefits; provided, that Dr. Huang will be able to exercise any vested and unexercised awards under our equity incentive plans in accordance with the terms set forth therein.

 

174


Table of Contents

In the event that we terminate Dr. Huang’s employment under circumstances other than a change of control and for any reason other than for cause or voluntary termination, or if within 24 months after a change of control Dr. Huang is involuntarily terminated (other than for cause) or voluntarily resigns for good cause, Dr. Huang will be entitled to certain severance benefits, including:

 

 

A lump sum payment consisting of: (i) an amount equal to one time Dr. Huang’s then annual salary; (ii) a prorated bonus based on target opportunity for the year; and (iii) an amount equal to 12 months’ housing allowance;

 

 

The right to exercise any and all unexercised stock options granted under our equity incentive plans in accordance with their terms, as if all such unexercised stock options were fully vested, within one year of the effective date of such termination; and

 

 

Any other bonus amounts or benefits to which Dr. Huang may be entitled under any of our benefit plans.

Pursuant to the service contract, Dr. Huang also has agreed to certain non-competition undertakings during the term of her employment and for a period of one-year following any termination of her employment. These non-competition undertakings include that Dr. Huang may not, during the one-year period following any termination of her employment, (i) solicit or entice away any of our clients or prospective clients, (ii) have any business dealings with any of our clients or prospective clients, (iii) solicit or entice away any individual who is employed by us as a director or in a managerial, executive or technical capacity, or employ or engage any such individual, or (iv) carry on, set up, be employed, engaged or interested in a business anywhere in the PRC which is in competition with our business as of the termination date. These non-competition undertakings will not prohibit Dr. Huang from seeking or doing any business that is not in direct or indirect competition with our business, nor will they prevent Dr. Huang from holding shares or other capital not amounting to more than 5% of the total issued share capital of any company which is listed on a regulated market. Dr. Huang is entitled to receive one-half her annual base salary over the post-termination non-competition period as consideration for her non-competition undertakings, which are subject to our making such payments.

“Cause” means that Dr. Huang habitually neglects her duties to us or engages in gross misconduct during the term of the service agreement and “gross misconduct” means her misappropriation of funds, securities fraud, insider trading, unauthorized possession of corporate property, the sale, distribution, possession or use of a controlled substance, conviction of any criminal offense or entry of a plea of nolo contendere (or similar plea) to a charge of such an offense or a breach of the service agreement and failure to cure such breach within ten days after written notice thereof.

“Good cause” means, without Dr. Huang’s express prior written consent, (i) she is assigned duties materially inconsistent with her position, duties, responsibilities, or status with the company which substantially vary from that which existed immediately prior to the change of control, and such reassignment is not directly related to her incapacity, disability or any “cause”; (ii) she experiences a change in her reporting levels, titles, or business location (more than 50 miles from her current business location or residence, whichever is closer to the new business location) which substantially varies from that which existed immediately prior to the change of control, and such change is not directly related to her incapacity, disability or any “cause”; (iii) she is removed from

 

175


Table of Contents

any position held immediately prior to the change of control, or if she fails to obtain reelection to any position held immediately prior to the change of control, which removal or failure to reelect is not directly related to her incapacity or disability, “cause” or death; (iv) she experiences a reduction in salary of more than ten percent below that which existed immediately prior to the change of control, and such reduction is not directly related to her incapacity, disability or any “cause”; (v) she experiences an elimination or reduction of any employee benefit, business expenses, reimbursement or allotment, incentive bonus program, or any other manner or form of compensation available to her immediately prior to the change of control and such change is not otherwise applied to others in the company with her position or title and is not directly related to her incapacity, disability or any “cause”; or (vi) we fail to obtain from any successor, before the succession takes place, a written commitment obligating the successor to perform the service agreement in accordance with all of its terms and conditions.

“Change in control” means (i) any merger, consolidation, or sale of the company such that any individual, entity or group acquires beneficial ownership of 50 percent or more of our voting capital stock, (ii) any transaction in which we sell substantially all of our material assets, (iii) our dissolution or liquidation, (iv) any change in the control of the composition of our board of directors such that the shareholders who as of the date of the service agreement controlled the composition of our board of directors shall cease to have such control, or (v) there has occurred a “change of control,” as such term (or any term of like import) is defined in any of the following documents which is in effect with respect to us at the time in question: any note, evidence of indebtedness or agreement to lend funds to us, any option, incentive or employee benefit plan of us or any employment, severance, termination or similar agreement with any person who is then our employee.

Employment Agreements with our other Executive Officers

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers. Under these agreements, each of our executive officers is employed for a specified time period subject to renewal. We may terminate employment with or without cause in accordance with the Labor Contract Law of the PRC and the applicable PRC regulations. As stipulated under the applicable laws, we may be required to provide severance compensation as expressly required by applicable law.

Confidential information and invention assignment agreements

We have also entered into a confidential information and invention assignment agreement with each of our executive officers. We require all of our employees to execute the same confidential information and invention assignment agreement or an agreement on substantially similar terms. Under the terms of the agreement, each executive officer has agreed to hold, both during and after such executive officer’s term of employment, in strictest confidence and not to use, except for our benefit, or to disclose to any person, firm or corporation without written authorization, any confidential information. Confidential information does not include any information which has become publicly known and made generally available through no wrongful act of our executive officers. Each executive officer has also agreed during such officer’s term of employment not to improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former or current employer or other person or entity unless consented to in writing by such employer, person or entity. In addition, each executive officer has agreed to disclose to us, hold

 

176


Table of Contents

in trust for the sole right and benefit of us and assign to us, all right, title and interest in and to, any and all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, concepts, improvements or trade secrets, whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar laws, which such executive officer may solely or jointly conceive, develop or reduce to practice or cause to be conceived, developed or reduced to practice, during the period of employment. Furthermore, each executive officer has agreed to not directly or indirectly solicit, induce, recruit or encourage any employees to leave their employment during the 12 month period immediately following such executive officer’s termination of employment.

Equity-based compensation plans

2005 Stock Plan

Our 2005 Stock Plan was initially adopted by the board of directors and shareholders of Ambow Education Co., Ltd. in February 2005. In connection with our restructuring and the formation of Ambow Education Holding Ltd., we assumed and adopted the 2005 Stock Plan, and all options outstanding thereunder, on July 18, 2007.

Our 2005 Stock Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or Code, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, and shares to our employees, directors and consultants and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. We will not grant any additional awards under the 2005 Stock Plan following this offering. Instead, we will grant awards under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. However, the 2005 Stock Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of any outstanding awards previously granted thereunder.

Share reserve.     As of March 31, 2010, we have reserved a total of 20,282,353 of our Class B ordinary shares for issuance pursuant to the 2005 Stock Plan. As of such date, options to purchase 18,548,185 Class B ordinary shares were outstanding, no options have been exercised, and 1,734,168 ordinary shares were available for future grant under the 2005 Stock Plan.

Administration .    Our board of directors or a committee appointed by our board administers our 2005 Stock Plan. Under our 2005 Stock Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of the awards, including the fair market value, the service providers who will receive awards, the number of shares subject to such award, the exercise price, the vesting schedule and exercisability of awards and the form of consideration payable upon exercise.

Options .    The administrator may grant ISOs or NSOs under our 2005 Stock Plan. With respect to ISOs, the exercise price must be at least equal to the fair market value of our ordinary shares on the date of grant. With respect to all NSOs, the exercise price must be equal to at least 85% of the fair market value of our ordinary shares on the date of grant. The term of any option may not exceed ten years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our outstanding shares, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, the term of an ISO must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator determines the term of all options, subject to the above limitations.

After termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in the

 

177


Table of Contents

option agreement. If termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for at least 12 months. If termination is for cause, the option will terminate on the termination date or such later date as our board of directors may determine. In all other cases, the option will remain exercisable for at least 90 days. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Transferability .    Our 2005 Stock Plan does not allow for the transfer of awards other than by beneficiary designation, will or the laws of descent and distribution and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain adjustments .    In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding shares, declaration of a share dividend, combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares into a lesser number of shares, recapitalization, spin-off, reclassification or similar occurrence, the administrator shall make appropriate adjustments in the number of shares available for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan, the number of shares covered by each outstanding option and/or the exercise price of each outstanding option.

Merger and consolidation .    In the event of our merger or consolidation, each outstanding option shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation, which may provide for the continuation, assumption or substitution of outstanding options. Such agreement may also provide for the cancellation of each outstanding option for a payment to the optionee of an amount in cash or cash equivalents equal to the fair market value of each option less its aggregate exercise price. Unless provided otherwise in the applicable award agreement, if the repurchase right for each outstanding award is not assigned to the entity or its parent or subsidiary that employs the participant immediately after the change in control, as defined in the 2005 Stock Plan, the award shall fully vest upon such change in control.

The following table summarizes, as of March 31, 2010, the share options granted under our 2005 Stock Plan to our executive officers.

 

Name    Ordinary Shares
Underlying
Options Granted
  

Exercise Price

(US$/Share)

   Date of Grant    Date of Expiration
                       

Dr. Jin Huang

   2,957,000    US$ 4.63    02/25/10    02/24/20

Paul Chow

   *    US$ 1.95    04/08/08    04/07/18
   *    US$ 4.63    02/25/10    02/24/20

Yisi Gu

   *    US$ 1.95    04/08/08    04/07/18
   *    US$ 4.63    02/25/10    02/24/20

Senlei Huang

   *    US$ 1.95    04/08/08    04/07/18
   *    US$ 3.73    02/10/09    02/09/19
   *    US$ 4.63    02/25/10    02/24/20

Xuejun Xie

   *    US$ 0.00033    02/04/05
   02/03/15
   *    US$ 0.11667    08/04/06    08/03/16
   *    US$ 1.95    08/26/08    08/25/18
   *    US$ 4.63    02/25/10    02/24/20

Jianguo Xue

   *    US$ 0.00033    02/04/05    02/03/15
   *    US$ 1.95    08/26/08    08/25/18
   *    US$ 4.63    02/25/10    02/24/20
                       
*   Less than 1% of the outstanding ordinary shares

Our non-employee directors have not received share options.

 

178


Table of Contents

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

Concurrently with this offering, we intend to establish the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. Our board of directors adopted our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan in March 2010 and our shareholders approved such plan in June 2010.

Our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of ISOs to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of NSOs, restricted shares, restricted share units, share appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Share reserve .    The maximum aggregate number of our ordinary shares that may be issued under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan is 19,000,000 Class A ordinary shares plus (i) any shares that, as of the completion of this offering, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to awards granted under our 2005 Stock Plan and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any shares subject to awards granted under the 2005 Stock Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full, and shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2005 Stock Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by the company, with the maximum number of shares to be added to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above equal to 10,000,000 Class A ordinary shares. In addition, our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance thereunder on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with our 2011 fiscal year, equal to the least of:

 

 

5% of our outstanding ordinary shares on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year;

 

 

25,000,000 Class A ordinary shares; or

 

 

Such lesser number as our board of directors may determine.

Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

Administration .    Our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors administers our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. Different committees with respect to different groups of service providers may administer our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance based compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m), the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m). Subject to the provisions of our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of the awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, and the form of consideration payable upon exercise. The administrator also has the authority to modify or amend awards, to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and to institute an exchange program whereby the exercise prices of outstanding awards may be reduced, outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards with a higher or lower exercise price, or outstanding awards may be transferred to a third party.

 

179


Table of Contents

Options .    The administrator may grant ISOs or NSOs under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. The exercise price of options granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our ordinary shares on the date of grant and its term may not exceed ten years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our outstanding shares, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, the term of an ISO must not exceed five years and the exercise price of such ISO must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator determines the term of all other options.

After termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in the option agreement. In the absence of a specified period of time in the option agreement, the option will remain exercisable for a period of three months following termination (or twelve months in the event of a termination due to death or disability). However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Share appreciation rights .    Share appreciation rights may be granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. Share appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our ordinary shares between the exercise date and the date of grant. The exercise price of share appreciation rights granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our ordinary shares on the date of grant. The administrator determines the terms of share appreciation rights, including when such rights vest and become exercisable and whether to settle such awards in cash or with our ordinary shares, or a combination thereof. Share appreciation rights expire under the same rules that apply to options.

Restricted shares .    Restricted shares may be granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. Restricted share awards are ordinary shares that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Restricted shares will vest and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of restricted shares granted to any employee. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate. For example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals and/or continued service to us. Recipients of restricted share awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Restricted shares that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to us.

Restricted share units .    Restricted share units may be granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. Each restricted share unit granted is a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the fair market value of an ordinary share. Restricted share units are similar to awards of restricted shares, but are not settled unless the award vests. The awards may be settled in shares, cash, or a combination of both, as the administrator may determine. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted share units including the vesting criteria and the form and timing of payment.

Performance units and performance shares .    Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals in its discretion, which, depending on the extent

 

180


Table of Contents

to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. Performance units will have an initial dollar value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares will have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our ordinary shares on the grant date. Payment for performance units and performance shares may be made in cash or in our ordinary shares with equivalent value, or in some combination, as determined by the administrator.

Transferability .    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan does not allow for the transfer of awards other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain adjustments .    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, the administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award and the numerical share limits contained in the plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Change in control transactions .    Our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan provides that in the event of our merger or change in control, as defined in the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for each outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.

Amendment and Termination .    Our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will automatically terminate in 2020, unless we terminate it sooner. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan provided such action does not impair the rights of any participant with respect to any outstanding awards.

 

181


Table of Contents

Principal and selling shareholders

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares at March 31, 2010 by:

 

 

Each of our directors and executive officers;

 

Each person known by us to own more than 5% of our ordinary shares; and

 

Each selling shareholder.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated in the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons named in the following table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

The percentage ownership of each listed person before this offering is based upon 126,976,783 Class B ordinary shares outstanding at March 31, 2010, assuming the conversion of all outstanding preferred shares into Class B ordinary shares. The percentage ownership of each listed person after the offering is based upon                      ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering, including the ordinary shares identified in the immediately preceding sentence plus the ordinary shares to be sold by us in this offering. Of the 126,976,783 Class B ordinary shares (on an as-converted basis) held as of March 31, 2010, 4.5% were held by two record holders in the United States.

In computing the number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed outstanding ordinary shares subject to options or warrants held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2010. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

The underwriters have an option for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an additional                      ADSs from Ambow at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

182


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the principal address of each of the shareholders below is c/o Ambow Education Holding Ltd., 18th Floor, Building A, Chengjian Plaza, No. 18, BeiTaiPingZhuang Road, Haidian District, Beijing 100088, China.

 

      Shares beneficially
owned before
offering
  Shares to be sold
in this offering
(assuming no
exercise of the
over-allotment
option)
  Shares
beneficially
owned after
offering
(assuming no
exercise of  the
over-allotment
option)
  Percentage
of votes
held after
offering
(assuming
no exercise

of the
over-allotment
option)
Name   Number   %   Number   %   Number   %   %
 

Directors and Executive Officers

             

Jin Huang(1)

  14,522,940   11.4          

Paul Chow

  *   *          

Yisi Gu

  *   *          

Senlei Huang

  *   *          

Xuejun Xie

  *   *          

Jianguo Xue

  *   *          

Mark Robert Harris(2)

  21,599,914   17.0          

Lisa Lo(3)

  10,500,775   8.3          

Daniel Phillips(4)

  11,563,026   9.1          

Tao Sun(5)

  12,972,159   10.2          

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (ten persons)(6)

  73,819,671   56.9          

Principal and selling shareholders

             

GL Asia Mauritius II Cayman
Ltd.(7)

  21,599,914   17.0          

Investment entities affiliated with Actis(8)

  12,972,159   10.2          

Macquarie Investment Holdings (No. 2) Pty Limited(9)

  11,563,026   9.1          

Investment entities affiliated with CID(10)

  10,500,775   8.3          

Ed Venture Inc.(11)

  7,500,000   5.9          

CStar Investments Holding Limited(12)

  7,500,000   5.9          

JAFCO Asia Technology Fund III(13)

  5,357,142   4.2          

Other selling shareholders:

             
 

 

*   - Less than 1% of the outstanding ordinary shares.

 

(1)   Includes 12,600,000 Class B ordinary shares held by Spin-Rich Ltd., a British Virgin Islands company that is wholly owned by Dr. Huang and 1,922,940 Class B ordinary shares held by Ambow Corporation, a California corporation, in which Dr. Huang holds a 35.61% ownership interest. This number of shares excludes the 26,121,231 Class B ordinary shares over which Dr. Huang has been given a voting proxy in connection with the company’s acquisitions.

 

(2)   Includes 21,599,914 Class B ordinary shares held by GL Asia Mauritius II Cayman Ltd. Mr. Harris disclaims beneficial ownership of all of our shares held by GL Asia Mauritius II Cayman Ltd., except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The business address of Mr. Harris is c/o Avenue Asia Singapore Pte Ltd., 3 Church Street, #15-04, Singapore 049483.

 

(3)  

Includes 5,250,393 Class B ordinary shares held by Asia Pacific Genesis Venture Capital Fund, L.P.; 2,205,166 Class B ordinary shares held by Asia Pacific Century Venture Capital Ltd.; 875,065 Class B ordinary shares held by Asiagroup Worldwide Limited; 787,556 Class B ordinary shares held by STAR Pacific Worldwide Limited; 542,537 Class B ordinary shares held by J&D Capital Corp.; 267,855 Class B ordinary shares held by Nien Hsing International (Bermuda), Ltd.; 297,520 Class B ordinary shares held by A&D Capital Corp.; 192,514 Class B ordinary shares held by CAM-CID Asia Pacific Investment Corp.; and 82,169 Class B ordinary shares held by Good Works Consultants Limited. Ms. Lo disclaims beneficial ownership of all of our shares

 

183


Table of Contents
 

held by the investment entities affiliated with CID, except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein. The business address of Ms. Lo is Suite 710, China World Trade Center Tower 2, No. 1 Jianguomenwai Avenue, Chaoyang District, Beijing 100004, China.

 

(4)   Includes 11,563,026 Class B ordinary shares held by Macquarie Investment Holdings (No. 2) Pty Limited. Mr. Phillips disclaims beneficial ownership of all of our shares held by Macquarie Investment Holdings (No. 2) Pty Limited, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The business address of Mr. Phillips is Macquarie Investment Advisory (Beijing) Co., Ltd., Shanghai Branch, Level 3, The Centre, 989 Changle Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai 200031, China.

 

(5)   Includes 6,486,080 Class B ordinary shares held by Actis Angel (AEM3) Ltd. and 6,486,079 Class B ordinary shares held by Actis Angel (ACF2) Ltd. Mr. Sun disclaims beneficial ownership of all of our shares owned by Actis Angel (AEM3) Ltd. and Actis Angel (ACF2) Ltd., except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The business address of Mr. Sun is 712 China World Tower 2, No. 1Jianguomenwai Avenue, Chaoyang District, Beijing, 100004, China.

 

(6)   Includes Class B ordinary shares and options to purchase Class B ordinary shares held by all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

 

(7)  

The registered address of GL Asia Mauritius II Cayman Ltd. is Admiral Financial Center, 5 th Floor, 90 Fort Street, Box 32021, Grand Cayman, KY1-1208, Cayman Islands.

 

(8)   Includes 6,486,080 Class B ordinary shares held by Actis Angel (AEM3) Ltd. and 6,486,079 Class B ordinary shares held by Actis Angel (ACF2) Ltd. The registered address of Actis Angel (AEM3) Ltd. and Actis Angel (ACF2) Ltd. is Les Cascades, Edith Cavell Street, Port Louis, Republic of Mauritius.

 

(9)   The registered address of Macquarie Investment Holdings (No. 2) Pty Limited is c/o Company Secretary, Mezzanine Level, No. 1 Martin Place, Sydney, New South Wales, Australia 2000.

 

(10)  

Includes 5,250,393 Class B ordinary shares held by Asia Pacific Genesis Venture Capital Fund, L.P., whose registered address is P.O. Box 847, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands; 2,205,166 Class B ordinary shares held by Asia Pacific Century Venture Capital Ltd., whose registered address is Trident Chambers, P.O. Box 146, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands; 875,065 Class B ordinary shares held by Asiagroup Worldwide Limited, whose registered address is P.O. Box 3152, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands; 787,556 Class B ordinary shares held by STAR Pacific Worldwide Limited, whose registered address is P.O. Box 3152, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands; 542,537 Class B ordinary shares held by J&D Capital Corp., whose registered address is Citco Building, P.O. Box 662, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands; 267,855 Class B ordinary shares held by Nien Hsing International (Bermuda), Ltd., whose registered address is Canon’s Court, 22 Victoria Street, Hamilton HM12, Bermuda; 297,520 Class B ordinary shares held by A&D Capital Corp., whose registered address is Citco Building, P.O. Box 662, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands; 192,514 Class B ordinary shares held by CAM-CID Asia Pacific Investment Corp., whose registered address is International Trust Building, Wickhams Cay I, Road Town, British Virgin Islands; and 82,169 Class B ordinary shares held by Good Works Consultants Limited, whose registered address is 9/F Ruttonjee House, 11 Duddell Street, Central, Hong Kong.

 

(11)   EdVenture Inc. is a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands controlled by Sundry Ventures Limited, a British Virgin Islands company. The registered address of EdVenture Inc. is P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

 

(12)   CStar Investments Holding Limited is a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands controlled by Daewood International Limited, a British Virgin Islands company. The registered address of CStar Investments Holding Limited is P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Island.

 

(13)   JAFCO Asia Technology Fund III is a Cayman Islands exempted company and is wholly owned by JAFCO Asia Technology Fund III L.P., a limited partnership established in the Cayman Islands. JAFCO Asia Technology Holdings III Limited, a Cayman Islands company and a wholly owned subsidiary of JAFCO Investment (Asia Pacific) Ltd., is the sole general partner of JAFCO Asia Technology Fund III L.P. and controls the voting and investment power over the shares owned by JAFCO Asia Technology Fund III. JAFCO Investment (Asia Pacific) Ltd. is wholly owned by JAFCO Co., Ltd., a public company listed on the Tokyo Stock Exchange. The address for JAFCO Asia Technology Fund III is c/o JAFCO Investment (Asia Pacific) Ltd, 6 Battery Road #42-01, Singapore 049909.

Macquarie Investment Holdings (No. 2) Pty Limited has represented to us that it is affiliated with two registered broker-dealers. Based on its representations, we believe that Macquarie Investment Holdings (No. 2) Pty Limited purchased our Series C and Series D preferred shares in the ordinary course of business, and that at the time of such purchase, had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the Series C or Series D preferred shares or the ordinary shares into which the Series C or Series D preferred shares are convertible.

None of our existing shareholders has different voting rights from other shareholders after the closing of this offering. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company.

 

184


Table of Contents

Related party transactions

Contractual arrangements with our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries and shareholders

PRC laws and regulations prohibit foreign ownership of primary and middle schools for students in grades one to nine and foreign ownership of Internet content business in China.

We conduct our education business in China primarily through contractual arrangements among our subsidiaries in China and VIEs. Our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries hold the requisite licenses and permits necessary to conduct our education business in China and operate our K-12 schools, tutoring and training centers, colleges and career enhancement training centers. These contractual arrangements enable us to:

 

 

Exercise effective control over our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries;

 

 

Receive a substantial portion of the economic benefits from our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries in consideration for products sold and technical support, marketing and management consulting services provided by Ambow Online to our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries; and

 

 

Have an exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interests in our VIEs, in each case when and to the extent permitted by applicable PRC law.

In addition, Ambow Online entered into a service agreement with the Applied Technology College effective as of August 1, 2009 pursuant to which Ambow Online, in exchange for service fee payments from the Applied Technology College, shall provide to the Applied Technology College: (i) consulting services regarding, among other things, business planning, mergers and acquisitions, development, accounting, tax and finance, human resources management and legal compliance; (ii) faculty training services; (iii) student career orientation services; and (iv) marketing services. The term of this service agreement is indefinite unless terminated by either party upon 30 days’ notice or by mutual agreement. To date, Applied Technology College has not yet made any payments under this service agreement.

See “Our corporate structure—Our corporate structure and contractual arrangements” for a summary of these contractual arrangements.

As of March 31, 2010, we had RMB162.5 million due from certain related parties and owed RMB9.4 million to certain related parties. Many of the balances due from the related parties were amounts that had been lent to the school principals, owners or other controlling persons of entities we have acquired, prior to our acquisition dates, to fund the operations of various schools, tutoring centers and career enhancement centers. In addition, some amounts relate to indemnifications provided by the previous owners of the schools we acquired for which we have also recognized a corresponding liability. The remaining balances were mainly revenues collected on our behalf by the related parties and owed to us. The balances owed to related parties represented amounts due to former owners of our schools, tutoring centers and career enhancement centers or entities controlled by such owners for certain operating expenses they had paid, repayments of loans from certain principals of our schools, tutoring centers and career enhancement centers or, in one case, the outstanding payment for the training services provided by the principal of a career enhancement center. We do not believe that such transactions with the related parties require approval from the government.

 

185


Table of Contents

Private placements

On July 27, 2007 and September 6, 2007, we issued to eleven shareholders an aggregate of 23,387,381 Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares at a per share price of US$2.3181, including the following principal shareholders:

 

 

An aggregate of 2,465,074 Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares to entities affiliated with CID Group, with which our director Lisa Lo is affiliated;

 

 

10,784,695 Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares to Macquarie Investment Holdings (No. 2) Pty Limited, with which our director Dan Phillips is affiliated; and

 

 

8,627,755 Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares to GL Asia Mauritius II Cayman Ltd., with which our director Mark Robert Harris is affiliated.

On September 8, 2008, September 23, 2008 and September 26, 2008, we issued to the following principal shareholders an aggregate of 26,722,649 Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares at a per share price of US$3.8544:

 

 

778,331 Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares to Macquarie Investment Holdings (No. 2) Pty Limited, with which our director Dan Phillips is affiliated;

 

 

12,972,159 Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares to GL Asia Mauritius II Cayman Ltd., with which our director Mark Robert Harris is affiliated; and

 

 

An aggregate of 12,972,159 Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares to Actis Angel (AEM3) Ltd. and Actis Angel (ACF2) Ltd., with which our director Tao Sun is affiliated.

The price of the Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares and the Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares was determined by arm’s length negotiations between us and the investors and approved by our board of directors. Mr. Phillips was appointed as a member of our board upon the completion of our Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares financing. Mr. Sun and Mr. Harris were appointed as members of our board upon the completion of our Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares financing.

Transactions

For a list of the transactions we have entered into with and the outstanding balances to and from related parties for the years ended and as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, see Note 18 in our Notes to consolidated financial statements.

Employment agreements

We have entered into a service contract with our Chief Executive Officer as well as employment agreements and confidential information and invention assignment agreements with each of our executive officers. See “Management—Employment agreements.”

Indemnification agreements

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that will provide our directors and executive officers with additional protection regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in our post-offering memorandum and

 

186


Table of Contents

articles of association. Pursuant to these agreements, we will indemnify each of our directors and executive officers (to the fullest extent permitted by Cayman Islands law) against all costs and expenses, including expense advances, incurred in connection with any claim by reason or arising out of any event or occurrence relating to the fact that such person is our director or executive officer or is serving at our request at another corporation or entity, or by reason of any activity or inactivity while serving in such capacity. We will not, however, be obligated to indemnify any such person:

 

 

For expenses resulting from matters for which such person is prohibited from being indemnified under our memorandum and articles of association then in effect or applicable laws;

 

 

In respect of any claim initiated or brought voluntarily by such person (other than in limited specified circumstances); or

 

 

For expenses incurred in relation to any proceedings to enforce the agreement in which material assertions in such proceedings made by such person are finally determined by a court to be not made in good faith or to be frivolous.

Registration rights

All of our preferred shareholders and some of our ordinary shareholders are parties to an amended and restated investor rights agreement, or the investor rights agreement, that provides for customary registration rights with respect to the ordinary shares issued upon the conversion of our preferred shares. We refer to these ordinary shares below as the registrable securities.

Demand registration rights .    Holders of at least 40% of the registrable securities may require us to register or qualify for sale all or part of the registrable securities that such holders request to be registered. We are not obligated to effect any such registration:

 

 

Prior to 180 days following the effective date of this offering;

 

 

If the anticipated aggregate proceeds from such registration are less than $10 million;

 

 

In any particular jurisdiction in which we would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance (unless we are already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act);

 

 

After we have initiated three such registrations; or

 

 

During the period starting with the date 60 days prior to our good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending 180 days after the effective date of, a registration initiated by us (provided that we are actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration to become effective).

If we are qualified to do so, our preferred shareholders may also require us, on one occasion in any 12-month period, to register their securities on Form F-3 as long as the anticipated aggregate offering price of the registrable securities to be sold, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, equals or exceeds $2,000,000.

We also have the right to defer a requested registration for a period of not more than 180 days if our board of directors determines in its good faith judgment that the filing of a registration

 

187


Table of Contents

statement covering the registrable securities would be materially detrimental to us and that it is in our best interests to defer the filing of such registration statement. We may not exercise this deferral right more than twice in any 12-month period.

Piggyback registration rights .    Our preferred shareholders that are party to the investor rights agreement also have “piggyback” registration rights, which require us to include their registrable securities when we register our securities.

Underwriters’ cutback .    The number of registrable securities that our shareholders may register pursuant to their demand and “piggyback” registration rights in an underwritten offering may be limited by the underwriters on a pro rata basis based on marketing factors, provided that the aggregate of the registrable securities to be included in such registration may not be reduced to less than 25% of the total value of all securities included in such registration. No registrable securities that are issued or issuable pursuant to conversion of Series B preferred shares, Series C preferred shares or Series D preferred shares may be reduced until all other securities (other than ordinary shares issued by us in such public offering) are excluded from such public offering.

Expenses of registration .    We are generally required to bear all registration expenses relating to demand and piggyback registration rights. However, we are not required to bear the expenses of any demand registration if the request is subsequently withdrawn by the requesting shareholders unless the requesting shareholders agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration.

Indemnification .    The investor rights agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions pursuant to which we and the requesting shareholders are obligated to provide indemnification to each other and in certain circumstances contribute to payments that we or such shareholders may be required to make in the event of material misstatements or omissions in a registration statement or other filing attributable to the indemnifying party.

Termination of registration rights .    The registration rights described above will terminate as to any holder of registrable securities on the earlier of:

 

 

The date on which all shares of registrable securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such holder may immediately be sold under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act during any 90-day period; or

 

 

The five-year anniversary of the completion of this offering.

 

188


Table of Contents

Description of share capital

We are an exempted company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands and our affairs are governed by:

 

 

Our memorandum and articles of association;

 

 

The Companies Law (2009 Revision) of the Caymans Islands, which is referred to as the Companies Law below; and

 

 

Common law of the Cayman Islands.

The following are summaries of material provisions of our post-offering memorandum and articles of association and the Companies Law insofar as they relate to the material terms of our share capital. These summaries do not purport to be complete and are subject to our post-offering memorandum and articles of association to be adopted in connection with the offering and the applicable provisions of Cayman Islands law.

The following description of our share capital assumes the adoption of our post-offering memorandum and articles of association. Our Board of Directors approved the post-offering memorandum and articles of association in March 2010 and our shareholders approved the post-offering memorandum and articles of association in June 2010. Except for the commencement of the trading of our American Depositary Shares on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., there are no other conditions precedent for such adoption of the post-offering memorandum and articles of association. Throughout this description of our share capital, we summarize the material terms of our ordinary shares and preferred shares as though our post-offering memorandum and articles of association are presently in effect. We have filed a copy of our post-offering memorandum and articles of association as an exhibit to our registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC of which this prospectus forms a part.

After the completion of the offering, our authorized share capital will consist of 1,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares with a par value of US$0.0001 per Class A ordinary share, 200,000,000 Class B ordinary shares with a par value of US$0.0001 per Class B ordinary share and 50,000,000 undesignated preferred shares with a par value of US$0.0001 per preferred share. At March 31, 2010, there were 126,976,783 Class B ordinary shares (on an as-converted basis) issued and outstanding.

Amended and restated memorandum and articles of association

The shareholders may by ordinary resolution increase, or by special resolution decrease, our authorized share capital and may also by special resolution amend our memorandum and articles of association.

Ordinary shares

General

All of our outstanding ordinary shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Certificates representing the ordinary shares are issued in registered form. The ordinary shares are not entitled to any preemptive conversion, subscription or redemption rights. Our shareholders may freely hold and vote their shares.

 

189


Table of Contents

Voting rights

Each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote and each Class B ordinary share is entitled to ten votes on all matters upon which the ordinary shares are entitled to vote, including the election of directors. Voting at any meeting of shareholders is by a poll. Our post-offering memorandum of association and articles of association provide that shareholders may approve corporate matters without a meeting being held by way of unanimous written resolution signed by or on behalf of each shareholder entitled to vote on such matters at a shareholders meeting.

A quorum required for a meeting of shareholders consists of at least a number of shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote representing the holders of not less than one-third of our issued voting share capital. Shareholders’ meetings are held annually and may otherwise be convened by the board of directors or its chairperson on its or his/her own initiative, but not by shareholders. Advance notice of at least ten calendar days (but not more than sixty calendar days) is required for the convening of any meeting of shareholders.

Any ordinary resolution to be made by the shareholders requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes attaching to the ordinary shares cast in person or by proxy at a meeting of our shareholders. A special resolution requires the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes cast in person or by proxy at a meeting of our shareholders or a unanimous written resolution of all our shareholders. A special resolution is required for matters such as removing a director for cause, changing our name, amending our memorandum and articles of association and reducing our authorized share capital. Holders of ordinary shares, which immediately after the offering and prior to any issuance of preferred shares thereafter are the only shares carrying the right to vote at our shareholder meetings, have the power, among other things, to elect directors and make changes in the amount of our authorized share capital.

Conversion rights attaching to the shares

Each Class B ordinary share is convertible into one Class A ordinary share at any time by the holder thereof. Class A ordinary shares are not convertible under any circumstances.

Difference between Class A and Class B ordinary shares

The difference between the Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares are the special voting and conversion rights attached to the Class B ordinary shares as disclosed above.

Dividends

The holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors subject to our memorandum and articles of association and the Companies Law. Dividends may be paid only out of profits, which include net earnings and retained earnings undistributed in prior years, and out of share premium, a concept analogous to paid-in surplus in the United States. No dividend may be declared and paid unless our directors determine that immediately after the payment, we will be able to satisfy our liabilities as they become due in the ordinary course of business and we have funds lawfully available for such purpose.

Liquidation

If we were to be liquidated, the liquidator may, with the approval of our shareholders, divide among the shareholders in cash or in kind the whole or any part of our assets, may determine

 

190


Table of Contents

how such division shall be carried out as between the shareholders or different classes of shareholder and may vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the shareholders as the liquidator, with the approval of the shareholders, thinks fit, provided that a shareholder shall not be compelled to accept any shares or other assets that subject such shareholder to liability.

Miscellaneous

Share certificates registered in the names of two or more persons are deliverable to any one of them named in the share register and, if two or more such persons tender a vote, the vote of the person whose name first appears in the share register will be accepted to the exclusion of any other.

Transfer of shares .     Subject to the restrictions of our memorandum and articles of association, as applicable, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her ordinary shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or any other form approved by our board.

Our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, decline to register any transfer of any ordinary shares which is not fully paid up or on which we have a lien. Our directors may also decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share unless (a) the instrument of transfer is lodged with us, accompanied by the certificate for the ordinary shares to which it relates and such other evidence as our board of directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer; (b) the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of ordinary shares; (c) the instrument of transfer is duly and properly signed; (d) in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the ordinary share is to be transferred does not exceed four; or (e) a fee of such maximum sum as our board of directors may from time to time require, is paid to us in respect thereof.

If our board of directors refuses to register a transfer, it shall, within two months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal. The registration of transfers may be suspended and the register closed at such times and for such periods as our board of directors may from time to time determine; provided, however that the registration of transfers shall not be suspended nor the register closed for more than 45 days in any year.

Variation of rights of shares.     All or any of the special rights attached to any class of our shares may, unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, from time to time be varied with the sanction of an ordinary resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

Inspection of books and records .    Holders of our ordinary shares will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or our corporate records. However, we will provide our shareholders with annual audited financial statements. See “Where you can find more information.”

Preferred shares

Upon the completion of the offering, all our outstanding preferred shares will convert into Class B ordinary shares.

Pursuant to our post-offering memorandum of association and articles of association, our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the shareholders, to issue up to

 

191


Table of Contents

50,000,000 preferred shares in one or more series and determine the designations, powers, preferences, privileges and other rights, including dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption rights and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the ordinary shares. Subject to the directors’ duty of acting for a proper purpose, preferred shares can be issued quickly with terms calculated to delay or prevent a change of control of our company or make removal of management more difficult. Additionally, the issuance of preferred shares may have the effect of decreasing the market price of our ordinary shares and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of ordinary shares. No such preferred shares have been issued, and we have no present plans to issue any such preferred shares.

History of share issuances

The following is a summary of securities issuances by us during the past three years.

Share exchange .    On July 18, 2007, in connection with our corporate restructuring and the formation of Ambow Education Holding Ltd., we issued a total of 20,100,000 Class B ordinary shares, 12,900,000 Series A preferred shares and 17,745,522 Series B preferred shares to the holders of shares in Ambow Education Co., Ltd.

Preferred shares .    On July 27, 2007 and September 6, 2007, we issued to eleven shareholders an aggregate of 23,387,381 Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares at a per share price of US$2.3181 for an aggregate offering price of $54.2 million. On September 8, 2008, September 23, 2008 and September 26, 2008, we issued to four shareholders an aggregate of 26,722,649 Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares at a per share price of US$3.8544 for an aggregate offering price of $103.0 million.

Class B ordinary share s.    During the past three years, we have issued an aggregate of 26,121,231 Class B ordinary shares to 22 shareholders in connection with our acquisitions of offshore companies wholly owned by such shareholders.

Option grants .    We have granted options to some of our directors, officers, employees and consultants. As of December 31, 2009, options to purchase an aggregate of 11,921,485 Class B ordinary shares of our company were outstanding. See “Management—Equity-based compensation plans.”

We believe that each of the aforementioned issuances was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act or under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering. No underwriters were involved in the securities issuances described above.

Registration rights

All of our preferred shareholders and some of our ordinary shareholders are parties to an amended and restated investor rights agreement, or the investor rights agreement, that provides for customary registration rights, including demand and piggyback registration rights and Form F-3 registration rights. For a detailed description of these registration rights, see “Related party transactions—Registration rights.”

 

192


Table of Contents

Differences in corporate law

Cayman Islands corporate law is modeled on English corporate law, and the Cayman Islands Companies Law, or Companies Law, is based on a previous enactment of the English Companies Act. Cayman Islands corporate law differs from laws relating to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Law applicable to our company and the laws applicable to Delaware corporations and their shareholders.

Mergers and similar arrangements

In certain circumstances the Cayman Islands Companies Law allows for mergers or consolidations between two Cayman Islands companies, or between a Cayman Islands company and a company incorporated in another jurisdiction (provided that is facilitated by the laws of that other jurisdiction).

Where the merger or consolidation is between two Cayman Islands companies, the directors of each company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation containing certain prescribed information. That plan or merger or consolidation must then be authorized by either (a) a special resolution (usually a majority or 66 2/3% in value) of the shareholders of each company voting together as one class if the shares to be issued to each shareholder in the consolidated or surviving company will have the same rights and economic value as the shares held in the relevant constituent company or (b) a shareholder resolution of each company passed by a majority in number representing 75% in value of the shareholders voting together as one class. A shareholder has the right to vote on a merger or consolidation regardless of whether the shares that he holds otherwise give him voting rights. No shareholder resolution is required for a merger between a parent company (i.e., a company that owns at least 90% of the issued shares of each class in a subsidiary company) and its subsidiary company. The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest of a constituent company must be obtained, unless the court waives such requirement. If the Cayman Islands Registrar of Companies is satisfied that the requirements of the Companies Law (which includes certain other formalities) have been complied with, the Registrar of Companies will register the plan of merger or consolidation.

Where the merger or consolidation involves a foreign constituent company, and where the surviving company is a Cayman Islands company, the procedure is similar, save that with respect to the foreign constituent company, the director of the surviving or consolidated company is required to make a declaration to the effect that, having made due inquiry, he is of the opinion that the requirements set out below have been met: (i) that the merger or consolidation is permitted or not prohibited by the constitutional documents of the foreign company and by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the foreign company is incorporated, and that those laws and any requirements of those constitutional documents have been or will be complied with; (ii) that no petition or other similar proceeding has been filed and remains outstanding or order made or resolution adopted to wind up or liquidate the foreign company in any jurisdictions; (iii) that no receiver, trustee, administrator or other similar person has been appointed in any jurisdiction and is acting in respect of the foreign company, its affairs or its property or any part thereof; (iv) that no scheme, order, compromise or other similar arrangement has been entered into or made in any jurisdiction whereby the rights of creditors of the foreign company are and continue to be suspended or restricted; (v) that the foreign company is able to pay its debts as they fall due and that the merger or consolidated is bona fide and not intended to defraud unsecured creditors of the foreign company; (vi) that in respect of the transfer of any security interest granted by the

 

193


Table of Contents

foreign company to the surviving or consolidated company (a) consent or approval to the transfer has been obtained, released or waived; (b) the transfer is permitted by and has been approved in accordance with the constitutional documents of the foreign company; and (c) the laws of the jurisdiction of the foreign company with respect to the transfer have been or will be complied with; (vii) that the foreign company will, upon the merger or consolidation becoming effective, cease to be incorporated, registered or exist under the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction; and (viii) that there is no other reason why it would be against the public interest to permit the merger or consolidation.

Where the above procedures are adopted, the Companies Law provides for a right of dissenting shareholders to be paid a payment of the fair value of his shares upon their dissenting to the merger or consolidation if they follow a prescribed procedure. In essence, that procedure is as follows (a) the shareholder must give his written objection to the merger or consolidation to the constituent company before the vote on the merger or consolidation, including a statement that the shareholder proposes to demand payment for his shares if the merger or consolidation is authorized by the vote; (b) within 20 days following the date on which the merger or consolidation is approved by the shareholders, the constituent company must give written notice to each shareholder who made a written objection; (c) a shareholder must within 20 days following receipt of such notice from the constituent company, give the constituent company a written notice of his intention to dissent including, among other details, a demand for payment of the fair value of his shares; (d) within seven days following the date of the expiration of the period set out in paragraph (b) above or seven days following the date on which the plan of merger or consolidation is filed, whichever is later, the constituent company, the surviving company or the consolidated company must make a written offer to each dissenting shareholder to purchase his shares at a price that the company determines is the fair value and if the company and the shareholder agree on the price within 30 days following the date on which the offer was made, the company must pay the shareholder such amount; (e) if the company and the shareholder fail to agree on a price within such 30 day period, within 20 days following the date on which such 30 day period expires, the company (and any dissenting shareholder) must file a petition with the Cayman Islands Grand Court to determine the fair value and such petition must be accompanied by a list of the names and addresses of the dissenting shareholders with whom agreements as to the fair value of their shares have not been reached by the company. At the hearing of that petition, the court has the power to determine the fair value of the shares together with a fair rate of interest, if any, to be paid by the company upon the amount determined to be the fair value. Any dissenting shareholder whose name appears on the list filed by the company may participate fully in all proceedings until the determination of fair value is reached. These rights of a dissenting shareholder are not to be available in certain circumstances, for example, to dissenters holding shares of any class in respect of which an open market exists on a recognized stock exchange or recognized interdealer quotation system at the relevant date or where the consideration for such shares to be contributed are shares of any company listed on a national securities exchange or shares of the surviving or consolidated company.

Moreover, Cayman Islands law also has separate statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction or amalgamation of companies in certain circumstances, schemes of arrangement will generally be more suited for complex mergers or other transactions involving widely held companies, commonly referred to in the Cayman Islands as a “scheme of arrangement” which may be tantamount to a merger. In the event that a merger was sought pursuant to a scheme of arrangement (the procedures of which are more rigorous and take longer to complete than the procedures typically required to consummate a merger in the United States), the arrangement in

 

194


Table of Contents

question must be approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meeting summoned for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the terms of the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder would have the right to express to the court the view that the transaction should not be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it satisfies itself that:

 

 

We are not proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of our corporate authority and the statutory provisions as to majority vote have been complied with;

 

 

The shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question;

 

 

The arrangement is such as a businessman would reasonably approve; and

 

 

The arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law or that would amount to a “fraud on the minority.”

If a scheme of arrangement or takeover offer (as described below) is approved, any dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of United States corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

Squeeze-out provisions.     When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares to whom the offer is made within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith, collusion or inequitable treatment of the shareholders.

Further, transactions similar to a merger, reconstruction and/or an amalgamation may in some circumstances be achieved through other means to these statutory provisions, such as a share capital exchange, asset acquisition or control, through contractual arrangements, of an operating business.

Shareholders’ lawsuits

Our Cayman Islands counsel is not aware of any reported class action having been brought in a Cayman Islands court. Derivative actions have been brought in the Cayman Islands courts, and the Cayman Islands courts have confirmed their availability (although, the reported cases were unsuccessful for technical reasons). In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff and a claim against (for example) our officers or directors usually may not be brought by a shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority and be applied by a court in the Cayman Islands, exceptions to the foregoing principle apply in circumstances in which:

 

 

A company is acting or proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;

 

 

The act complained of, although not beyond the scope of the authority, could be effected if duly authorized by more than the number of votes which have actually been obtained; or

 

 

Those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”

 

195


Table of Contents

A shareholder may have a direct right of action against us where the individual rights of that shareholder have been infringed or are about to be infringed.

Indemnification .    The Companies Law of the Cayman Islands does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides for indemnification of officers and directors for losses, damages, costs and expenses incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud or willful default.

Directors’ fiduciary duties

Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty is generally viewed to have two main components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a director of a Cayman Islands company is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company, and therefore it is considered that he owes the following duties to the company—a duty to act bona fide in the best interests of the company, a duty not to make a profit based on his position as director (unless the company permits him to do so) and a duty not to put himself in a position where the interests of the company conflict with his personal interest or his duty to a third party. A director of a Cayman Islands company owes to the company a duty to act with skill and care. It was previously considered that a director need not exhibit in the performance of his duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably be expected from a person of his knowledge and experience. However, English and Commonwealth courts have moved towards a dual objective/subjective standard with regard to the required skill and care to the effect that a director must exercise the skill and care of a reasonably intelligent person having both (a) the general knowledge, skill and experience that may be expected of a person carrying out the same actions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company and (b) the general knowledge, skill and experience that particular director has. These authorities are likely to be followed in the Cayman Islands.

 

196


Table of Contents

Shareholder action by written resolution

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent by amendment to its certificate of incorporation. Cayman Islands law and our post-offering memorandum and articles of association provide that shareholders may approve corporate matters by way of unanimous written resolution signed by or on behalf of each shareholder who would have been entitled to vote on such matters at a shareholder meeting without a meeting being held.

Shareholder proposals

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put a proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the DGCL and the notice provisions in the governing documents. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings. Cayman Islands’ law and our-post offering memorandum and articles of association allow our shareholders to make proposals for consideration and determination by all shareholders at annual shareholder meetings, subject to compliance with the specified notice provisions, but our post-offering memorandum and articles of association does not provide for the ability of shareholders to call a special meeting.

Cumulative voting

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. As permitted under Cayman Islands law, our post-offering memorandum and articles of association specifically do not allow cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less favorable protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

Removal of directors

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our post-offering memorandum and articles of association, a director may be removed for negligence or other reasonable cause at any time before the expiration of his or her term by a special resolution passed at a duly convened shareholders meeting by the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding shares being entitled to vote in person or by proxy at such a meeting or by a unanimous written consent of our shareholders.

Transactions with interested shareholders

The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware public corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from

 

197


Table of Contents

engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date on which such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is one which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting shares within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquiror to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquiror of a Delaware public corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors.

Cayman Islands law has no comparable statute. As a result, we cannot avail ourselves of the types of protections afforded by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although Cayman Islands law does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that such transactions entered into must be bona fide in the best interests of the company and not with the effect of perpetrating a fraud on the minority shareholders.

Dissolution; winding up

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. The Delaware General Corporation Law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board of directors. Under Cayman Islands law, our company may be voluntarily dissolved, liquidated or wound up only by the vote of holders of two-thirds of our shares voting at a meeting or by the unanimous written consent of all shareholders.

Variation of rights of shares

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under Cayman Islands law and our post-offering memorandum and articles of association, if our share capital is divided into more than one class of shares, we may vary the rights attached to any class only with the vote of holders of a majority of the shares of such class.

Amendment of governing documents

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our post-offering memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution passed at a duly convened shareholders meeting by the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding shares being entitled to vote in person or by proxy at such meeting or by a unanimous written consent of all our shareholders.

 

198


Table of Contents

Inspection of books and records

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, any shareholder of a corporation may for any proper purpose inspect or make copies of the corporation’s stock ledger, list of shareholders and other books and records. Holders of our shares will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or our corporate records. However, we intend to provide our shareholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements.

Anti-takeover provisions in our memorandum and articles of association

Some provisions of our post-offering memorandum and articles of association may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable, including provisions that:

 

 

Authorize our board of directors to issue preferred shares in one or more series and to designate the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of such preferred shares without any further vote or action by our shareholders;

 

 

Prohibit cumulative voting;

 

 

Do not permit shareholders to call meetings of shareholders;

 

 

Create a classified board of directors pursuant to which our directors are elected for staggered terms, which means that shareholders can only elect, or remove, a limited number of directors in any given year; and

 

 

Establish advance notice requirements for nominating board of directors’ nominees or for proposing matters that can be acted on by shareholders at annual shareholder meetings.

However, under Cayman Islands law, our directors may only exercise the rights and powers granted to them under our memorandum and articles of association for a proper purpose and for what they believe in good faith to be in the best interests of our company.

Rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders

There are no limitations imposed by foreign law or by our post-offering memorandum and articles of association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our post-offering memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

Anti-money laundering—Cayman Islands

In order to comply with legislation or regulations aimed at the prevention of money laundering we may adopt and maintain anti-money laundering procedures, and we may require shareholders to provide evidence to verify their identity and source of funds. Where permitted, and subject to certain conditions, we may also delegate the maintenance of our anti-money laundering procedures (including the acquisition of due diligence information) to a suitable person.

We reserve the right to request such information as is necessary to verify the identity of a shareholder, unless in the particular case we are satisfied that an exemption applies under the

 

199


Table of Contents

Money Laundering Regulations (2008 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, as amended and revised from time to time, or the Regulations. Depending on the circumstances of each application, a detailed verification of identity might not be required where:

 

 

The shareholder makes the payment for their investment from an account held in the applicant’s name at a recognized financial institution;

 

 

The shareholder is regulated by a recognized regulatory authority and is based or incorporated in, or formed under the law of, a recognized jurisdiction; or

 

 

The purchase of shares is made through an intermediary which is regulated by a recognized regulatory authority and is based in or incorporated in, or formed under the law of a recognized jurisdiction and an assurance is provided in relation to the procedures undertaken on the underlying investors.

For the purposes of these exceptions, recognition of a financial institution, regulatory authority or jurisdiction will be determined in accordance with the Regulations by reference to those jurisdictions recognized by the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority as having equivalent anti-money laundering regulations.

In the event of delay or failure on the part of the subscriber in producing any information required for verification purposes, we may refuse to accept the application, in which case any funds received will be returned without interest to the account from which they were originally debited. We also reserve the right to refuse to make any redemption payment to a shareholder if our directors suspect or are advised that the payment of redemption proceeds to such shareholder might result in a breach of applicable anti-money laundering or other laws or regulations by any person in any relevant jurisdiction, or if such refusal is considered necessary or appropriate to ensure the compliance by us with any such laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction.

If any person resident in the Cayman Islands knows or suspects or has reasonable grounds for knowing or suspecting that another person is engaged in criminal conduct or is involved with terrorism or terrorist property and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of business in the regulated sector, the person will be required to report such knowledge or suspicion to (i) the Financial Reporting Authority of the Cayman Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime Law, 2008 of the Cayman Islands if the disclosure relates to criminal conduct or money laundering, or (ii) a police officer of the rank of constable or higher pursuant to the Terrorism Law, 2003 of the Cayman Islands if the disclosure relates to involvement with terrorism or terrorist financing and property. Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.

Listing

We have been approved to list our ADSs on the NYSE under the symbol “AMBO”.

 

200


Table of Contents

Description of American depositary shares

Citibank, N.A. has agreed to act as the depositary bank for our ADSs. Citibank’s depositary offices are located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013. ADSs represent ownership interests in securities that are on deposit with the depositary bank. ADSs may be represented by certificates that are commonly known as “American Depositary Receipts” or “ADRs.” The depositary bank typically appoints a custodian to safekeep the securities on deposit. In this case, the custodian is Citibank, N.A.—Hong Kong, located at 10/F, Harbour Front (II), 22, Tak Fung Street, Hong Hum, Kowloon, Hong Kong.

We will appoint Citibank as the depositary bank pursuant to a deposit agreement. A copy of the deposit agreement is on file with the SEC under cover of a Registration Statement on Form F-6. You may obtain a copy of the deposit agreement from the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 and from the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov).

We are providing you with a summary description of the material terms of the ADSs and of your material rights as an owner of ADSs. Please remember that summaries by their nature lack the precision of the information summarized and that the rights and obligations of an owner of ADSs will be determined by reference to the terms of the deposit agreement and not by this summary. We urge you to review the deposit agreement in its entirety.

Each ADS represents the right to receive              Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, on deposit with the custodian. An ADS also represents the right to receive any other property received by the depositary or the custodian on behalf of the owner of the ADS but that has not been distributed to the owners of ADSs because of legal restrictions or practical considerations.

If you become an owner of ADSs, you will become a party to the deposit agreement and therefore will be bound to its terms and to the terms of any ADR that represents your ADSs. The deposit agreement and the ADR specify our rights and obligations as well as your rights and obligations as owner of ADSs and those of the depositary. As an ADS holder you appoint the depositary to act on your behalf in certain circumstances. The deposit agreement and the ADRs are governed by New York law. However, our obligations to the holders of ordinary shares will continue to be governed by the laws of the Cayman Islands, which may be different from the laws in the United States.

In addition, applicable laws and regulations may require you to satisfy reporting requirements and obtain regulatory approvals in certain circumstances. You are solely responsible for complying with such reporting requirements and obtaining such approvals. Neither the depositary, the custodian, us nor any of their or our respective agents or affiliates shall be required to take any actions whatsoever on your behalf to satisfy such reporting requirements or obtain such regulatory approvals under applicable laws and regulations.

As an owner of ADSs, you may hold your ADSs either by means of an American depositary receipt, or ADR, registered in your name, through a brokerage or safekeeping account, or through an account established by the depositary in your name reflecting the registration of uncertificated ADSs directly on the books of the depositary (commonly referred to as the “direct registration system” or “DRS”). The direct registration system reflects the uncertificated (book-entry) registration of ownership of ADSs by the depositary. Under the direct registration system, ownership of ADSs is evidenced by periodic statements issued by the depositary to the holders of the ADSs. The direct registration system includes automated transfers between the depositary

 

201


Table of Contents

and The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, the central book-entry clearing and settlement system for equity securities in the United States. If you decide to hold your ADSs through your brokerage or safekeeping account, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or bank to assert your rights as an ADS owner. Banks and brokers typically hold securities such as the ADSs through clearing and settlement systems such as DTC. The procedures of such clearing and settlement systems may limit your ability to exercise your rights as an owner of ADSs. Please consult with your broker or bank if you have any questions concerning these limitations and procedures. All ADSs held through DTC will be registered in the name of a nominee of DTC. This summary description assumes you have opted to own the ADSs directly by means of an ADS registered in your name and, as such, we will refer to you as the “holder.” When we refer to “you,” we assume the reader owns ADSs and will own ADSs at the relevant time.

Dividends and distributions

As a holder, you generally have the right to receive the distributions we make on the securities deposited with the custodian. Your receipt of these distributions may be limited, however, by practical considerations and legal limitations. Holders will receive such distributions under the terms of the deposit agreement in proportion to the number of ADSs held as of a specified record date.

Distributions of cash

Whenever we make a cash distribution for the securities on deposit with the custodian, we will deposit the funds with the custodian. Upon receipt of confirmation of the deposit of the requisite funds, the depositary will arrange for the funds to be converted into U.S. dollars, if the funds are not initially in U.S. dollars, and for the distribution of the U.S. dollars to the holders, subject to the applicable laws and regulations.

The conversion into U.S. dollars will take place only if practicable and if the U.S. dollars are transferable to the United States. The amounts distributed to holders will be net of the fees, expenses, taxes and governmental charges payable by holders under the terms of the deposit agreement. The depositary will apply the same method for distributing the proceeds of the sale of any property (such as undistributed rights) held by the custodian in respect of securities on deposit.

Distributions of shares

Whenever we make a free distribution of ordinary shares for the securities on deposit with the custodian, we will deposit the applicable number of ordinary shares with the custodian. Upon receipt of confirmation of such deposit, the depositary will either distribute to holders new ADSs representing the ordinary shares deposited or modify the ADS-to-ordinary shares ratio, in which case each ADS you hold will represent rights and interests in the additional ordinary shares so deposited. Only whole new ADSs will be distributed. Fractional entitlements will be sold and the proceeds of such sale will be distributed as in the case of a cash distribution.

The distribution of new ADSs or the modification of the ADS-to-ordinary shares ratio upon a distribution of ordinary shares will be made net of the fees, expenses, taxes and governmental charges payable by holders under the terms of the deposit agreement. In order to pay such taxes or governmental charges, the depositary may sell all or a portion of the new ordinary shares so distributed.

 

202


Table of Contents

No such distribution of new ADSs will be made if it would violate a law (i.e., the U.S. securities laws) or if it is not operationally practicable. If the depositary does not distribute new ADSs as described above, it may sell the ordinary shares received upon the terms described in the deposit agreement and will distribute the proceeds of the sale as in the case of a distribution of cash.

Distributions of rights

Whenever we intend to distribute rights to purchase additional ordinary shares, we will give prior notice to the depositary and we will assist the depositary in determining whether it is lawful and reasonably practicable to distribute rights to purchase additional ADSs to holders.

The depositary will establish procedures to distribute rights to purchase additional ADSs to holders and to enable such holders to exercise such rights if it is lawful and reasonably practicable to make the rights available to holders of ADSs, and if we provide all of the documentation contemplated in the deposit agreement (such as opinions to address the lawfulness of the transaction). You may have to pay fees, expenses, taxes and other governmental charges to subscribe for the new ADSs upon the exercise of your rights. The depositary is not obligated to establish procedures to facilitate the distribution and exercise by holders of rights to purchase new ordinary shares other than in the form of ADSs.

The depositary will not distribute the rights to you if:

 

 

We do not timely request that the rights be distributed to you or we request that the rights not be distributed to you;

 

 

We fail to deliver satisfactory documents to the depositary; or

 

 

It is not reasonably practicable to distribute the rights.

The depositary will sell the rights that are not exercised or not distributed if such sale is lawful and reasonably practicable. The proceeds of such sale will be distributed to holders as in the case of a cash distribution. If the depositary is unable to sell the rights, it will allow the rights to lapse.

Elective distributions

Whenever we intend to distribute a dividend payable at the election of shareholders either in cash or in additional shares, we will give prior notice thereof to the depositary and will indicate whether we wish the elective distribution to be made available to you. In such case, we will assist the depositary in determining whether such distribution is lawful and reasonably practicable. The depositary will make the election available to you only if it is reasonably practicable and if we have provided all of the documentation contemplated in the deposit agreement. In such case, the depositary will establish procedures to enable you to elect to receive either cash or additional ADSs, in each case as described in the deposit agreement.

If the election is not made available to you, you will receive either cash or additional ADSs, depending on what a shareholder in the Cayman Islands would receive upon failing to make an election, as more fully described in the deposit agreement.

Other distributions

Whenever we intend to distribute property other than cash, ordinary shares or rights to purchase additional ordinary shares, we will notify the depositary in advance and will indicate whether we

 

203


Table of Contents

wish such distribution to be made to you. If so, we will assist the depositary in determining whether such distribution to holders is lawful and reasonably practicable. If it is reasonably practicable to distribute such property to you and if we provide all of the documentation contemplated in the deposit agreement, the depositary will distribute the property to the holders in a manner it deems practicable.

The distribution will be made net of fees, expenses, taxes and governmental charges payable by holders under the terms of the deposit agreement. In order to pay such taxes and governmental charges, the depositary may sell all or a portion of the property received.

The depositary will not distribute the property to you and will sell the property if:

 

 

We do not request that the property be distributed to you or if we ask that the property not be distributed to you;

 

 

We do not deliver satisfactory documents to the depositary; or

 

 

The depositary determines that all or a portion of the distribution to you is not reasonably practicable.

The proceeds of such a sale will be distributed to holders as in the case of a cash distribution.

Redemption

Whenever we decide to redeem any of the securities on deposit with the custodian, we will notify the depositary in advance. If it is practicable and if we provide all of the documentation contemplated in the deposit agreement, the depositary will provide notice of the redemption to the holders. The custodian will be instructed to surrender the shares being redeemed against payment of the applicable redemption price. The depositary will convert the redemption funds received into U.S. dollars upon the terms of the deposit agreement and will establish procedures to enable holders to receive the net proceeds from the redemption upon surrender of their ADSs to the depositary. You may have to pay fees, expenses, taxes and other governmental charges upon the redemption of your ADSs. If less than all ADSs are being redeemed, the ADSs to be retired will be selected by lot or on a pro rata basis, as the depositary may determine.

Changes affecting Class A ordinary shares

The Class A ordinary shares held on deposit for your ADSs may change from time to time. For example, there may be a change in nominal or par value, a split-up, cancellation, consolidation or reclassification of such ordinary shares or a recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of assets. If any such change were to occur, your ADSs would, to the extent permitted by law, represent the right to receive the property received or exchanged in respect of the ordinary shares held on deposit. The depositary may in such circumstances deliver new ADSs to you, amend the deposit agreement, the ADRs and the applicable registration statement(s) on Form F-6, call for the exchange of your existing ADSs for new ADSs and take any other actions that are appropriate to reflect as to the ADSs. If the depositary may not lawfully distribute such property to you, the depositary may sell such property and distribute the net proceeds to you as in the case of a cash distribution.

Issuance of ADSs upon deposit of ordinary shares

The depositary may create ADSs on your behalf if you or your broker deposit ordinary shares with the custodian. The depositary will deliver these ADSs to the person you indicate only after you

 

204


Table of Contents

pay any applicable issuance fees and any charges and taxes payable for the transfer of the ordinary shares to the custodian. Your ability to deposit ordinary shares and receive ADSs may be limited by U.S., Cayman Islands and any other legal considerations applicable at the time of deposit. The issuance of ADSs may be delayed until the depositary or the custodian receives confirmation that all required approvals have been given and that the ordinary shares have been duly transferred to the custodian. The depositary will only issue ADSs in whole numbers. When you make a deposit of ordinary shares, you will be responsible for transferring good and valid title to the depositary. As such, you will be deemed to represent and warrant that:

 

 

The ordinary shares are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable and legally obtained;

 

 

All preemptive (and similar) rights, if any, with respect to such ordinary shares have been validly waived or exercised;

 

 

You are duly authorized to deposit the ordinary shares;

 

 

The ordinary shares presented for deposit are free and clear of any lien, encumbrance, security interest, charge, mortgage or adverse claim, and are not, and the ADSs issuable upon such deposit will not be, “restricted securities” (as defined in the deposit agreement); and

 

 

The shares presented for deposit have not been stripped of any rights or entitlements.

If any of the representations or warranties are incorrect in any way, we and the depositary may, at your cost and expense, take any and all actions necessary to correct the consequences of the misrepresentations.

Transfer, combination and split up of ADRs

As an ADR holder, you will be entitled to transfer, combine or split up your ADRs and the ADSs evidenced thereby. For transfers of ADRs, you will have to surrender the ADRs to be transferred to the depositary and also must:

 

 

Ensure that the surrendered ADR certificate is properly endorsed or otherwise in proper form for transfer;

 

 

Provide such proof of identity and genuineness of signatures as the depositary deems appropriate;

 

 

Provide any transfer stamps required by the State of New York or the United States; and

 

 

Pay all applicable fees, charges, expenses, taxes and other government charges payable by ADR holders pursuant to the terms of the deposit agreement, upon the transfer of ADRs.

To have your ADRs either combined or split up, you must surrender the ADRs in question to the depositary with your request to have them combined or split up, and you must pay all applicable fees, charges and expenses payable by ADR holders, pursuant to the terms of the deposit agreement, upon a combination or split up of ADRs.

 

205


Table of Contents

Withdrawal of shares upon cancellation of ADSs

As a holder, you will be entitled to present your ADSs to the depositary for cancellation and then receive the corresponding number of underlying ordinary shares at the custodian’s offices. Your ability to withdraw the ordinary shares may be limited by U.S. and legal considerations applicable at the time of withdrawal. In order to withdraw the ordinary shares represented by your ADSs, you will be required to pay to the depositary the fees for cancellation of ADSs and any charges and taxes payable upon the transfer of the ordinary shares being withdrawn. You assume the risk for delivery of all funds and securities upon withdrawal. Once canceled, the ADSs will not have any rights under the deposit agreement.

If you hold ADSs registered in your name, the depositary may ask you to provide proof of identity and genuineness of any signature and such other documents as the depositary may deem appropriate before it will cancel your ADSs. The withdrawal of the ordinary shares represented by your ADSs may be delayed until the depositary receives satisfactory evidence of compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. Please keep in mind that the depositary will only accept ADSs for cancellation that represent a whole number of securities on deposit.

The depositary may only restrict the withdrawal of securities represented by ADSs in connection with:

 

 

Temporary delays that may arise because (i) the transfer books for the ordinary shares or ADSs are closed, or (ii) ordinary shares are immobilized on account of a shareholders’ meeting or a payment of dividends;

 

 

Obligations to pay fees, taxes and similar charges; or

 

 

Restrictions imposed because of laws or regulations applicable to ADSs or the withdrawal of securities on deposit.

The deposit agreement may not be modified to impair your right to withdraw the securities represented by your ADSs except to comply with mandatory provisions of law.

Voting rights

As a holder, you generally have the right under the deposit agreement to instruct the depositary to exercise the voting rights for the Class A ordinary shares represented by your ADSs. See “Description of share capital—Ordinary shares—Voting rights” for a description of the voting rights of holders of ordinary shares.

At our request, the depositary will distribute to you any notice of shareholders’ meeting received from us together with information explaining how to instruct the depositary to exercise the voting rights of the securities represented by ADSs.

Voting at our shareholder meetings is by poll. If the depositary bank timely receives voting instructions from a holder of ADSs, it will endeavor to vote the securities represented by the holder’s ADSs in accordance with such voting instructions.

Please note that the ability of the depositary to carry out voting instructions may be limited by practical and legal limitations and the terms of the securities on deposit. We cannot assure you

 

206


Table of Contents

that you will receive voting materials in time to enable you to return voting instructions to the depositary in a timely manner. Securities for which no voting instructions have been received will not be voted.

Fees and charges

As an ADS holder, you will be required to pay the following service fees to the depositary:

 

Service    Fees
 

Issuance of ADSs

   up to U.S. 5¢
per ADS issued

Cancellation of ADSs

   up to U.S. 5¢
per ADS canceled

Distribution of cash dividends or other cash distributions

   up to U.S. 5¢
per ADS held

Distribution of ADSs pursuant to stock dividends, free stock distributions or exercise of rights

  

up to U.S. 5¢
per ADS held

Distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase additional ADSs

  

up to U.S. 5¢
per ADS held

Depositary Services

   up to U.S. 5¢
per ADS held on
the applicable
record date(s)
established by
the depositary
 

As an ADS holder you will also be responsible to pay certain fees and expenses incurred by the depositary and certain taxes and governmental charges such as:

 

 

Fees for the transfer and registration of ordinary shares charged by the registrar and transfer agent for the ordinary shares in the Cayman Islands (i.e., upon deposit and withdrawal of ordinary shares);

 

 

Expenses incurred for converting foreign currency into U.S. dollars;

 

 

Expenses for cable, telex and fax transmissions and for delivery of securities;

 

 

Taxes and duties upon the transfer of securities (i.e., when ordinary shares are deposited or withdrawn from deposit); and

 

 

Fees and expenses incurred in connection with the delivery or servicing of ordinary shares on deposit.

Depositary fees payable upon the issuance and cancellation of ADSs are typically paid to the depositary by the brokers (on behalf of their clients) receiving the newly issued ADSs from the

 

207


Table of Contents

depositary and by the brokers (on behalf of their clients) delivering the ADSs to the depositary for cancellation. The brokers in turn charge these fees to their clients. Depositary fees payable in connection with distributions of cash or securities to ADS holders and the depositary services fee are charged by the depositary to the holders of record of ADSs as of the applicable ADS record date.

The depositary fees payable for cash distributions are generally deducted from the cash being distributed. In the case of distributions other than cash (i.e., stock dividend, rights), the depositary charges the applicable fee to the ADS record date holders concurrent with the distribution. In the case of ADSs registered in the name of the investor (whether certificated or uncertificated in direct registration), the depositary sends invoices to the applicable record date ADS holders. In the case of ADSs held in brokerage and custodian accounts (via DTC), the depositary generally collects its fees through the systems provided by DTC (whose nominee is the registered holder of the ADSs held in DTC) from the brokers and custodians holding ADSs in their DTC accounts. The brokers and custodians who hold their clients’ ADSs in DTC accounts in turn charge their clients’ accounts the amount of the fees paid to the depositaries.

In the event of refusal to pay the depositary fees, the depositary may, under the terms of the deposit agreement, refuse the requested service until payment is received or may set off the amount of the depositary fees from any distribution to be made to the ADS holder.

Note that the fees and charges you may be required to pay may vary over time and may be changed by us and by the depositary. You will receive prior notice of such changes.

The depositary may reimburse us for certain expenses incurred by us in respect of the ADR program established pursuant to the deposit agreement upon such terms and conditions as we and the depositary may agree from time to time.

Amendments and termination

We may agree with the depositary to modify the deposit agreement at any time without your consent. We undertake to give holders 30 days’ prior notice of any modifications that would materially prejudice any of their substantial rights under the deposit agreement. We will not consider to be materially prejudicial to your substantial rights any modifications or supplements that are reasonably necessary for the ADSs to be registered under the Securities Act or to be eligible for book-entry settlement, in each case without imposing or increasing the fees and charges you are required to pay. In addition, we may not be able to provide you with prior notice of any modifications or supplements that are required to accommodate compliance with applicable provisions of law.

You will be bound by the modifications to the deposit agreement if you continue to hold your ADSs after the modifications to the deposit agreement become effective. The deposit agreement cannot be amended to prevent you from withdrawing the ordinary shares represented by your ADSs (except as permitted by law).

We have the right to direct the depositary to terminate the deposit agreement. Similarly, the depositary may in certain circumstances on its own initiative terminate the deposit agreement. In either case, the depositary must give notice to the holders at least 30 days before termination. Until termination, your rights under the deposit agreement will be unaffected.

After termination, the depositary will continue to collect distributions received (but will not distribute any such property until you request the cancellation of your ADSs) and may sell the

 

208


Table of Contents

securities held on deposit. After the sale, the depositary will hold the proceeds from such sale and any other funds then held for the holders of ADSs in a non-interest bearing account. At that point, the depositary will have no further obligations to holders other than to account for the funds then held for the holders of ADSs still outstanding (after deduction of applicable fees, taxes and expenses).

Books of depositary

The depositary will maintain ADS holder records at its depositary office. You may inspect such records at such office during regular business hours but solely for the purpose of communicating with other holders in the interest of business matters relating to the ADSs and the deposit agreement. The depositary will maintain in New York facilities to record and process the issuance, cancellation, combination, split-up and transfer of ADSs. These facilities may be closed from time to time, to the extent not prohibited by law.

Limitations on obligations and liabilities

The deposit agreement limits our obligations and the depositary’s obligations to you. Please note the following:

 

 

We and the depositary are obligated only to take the actions specifically stated in the deposit agreement without negligence or bad faith.

 

 

The depositary disclaims any liability for any failure to carry out voting instructions, for any manner in which a vote is cast or for the effect of any vote, provided it acts in good faith and in accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement.

 

 

The depositary disclaims any liability for any failure to determine the lawfulness or practicality of any action, for the content of any document forwarded to you on our behalf or for the accuracy of any translation of such a document, for the investment risks associated with investing in ordinary shares, for the validity or worth of the ordinary shares, for any tax consequences that result from the ownership of ADSs, for the credit-worthiness of any third party, for allowing any rights to lapse under the terms of the deposit agreement, for the timeliness of any of our notices or for our failure to give notice.

 

 

We and the depositary will not be obligated to perform any act that is inconsistent with the terms of the deposit agreement.

 

 

We and the depositary disclaim any liability if we are prevented or forbidden from acting on account of any law or regulation, any provision of our memorandum and articles of association, any provision of any securities on deposit or by reason of any act of God or war or other circumstances beyond our control.

 

 

We and the depositary disclaim any liability by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any discretion provided for the deposit agreement or in our memorandum and articles of association or in any provisions of securities on deposit.

 

 

We and the depositary further disclaim any liability for any action or inaction in reliance on the advice or information received from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting shares for deposit, any holder of ADSs or authorized representatives thereof, or any other person believed by either of us in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information.

 

209


Table of Contents
 

We and the depositary also disclaim liability for the inability by a holder to benefit from any distribution, offering, right or other benefit which is made available to holders of ordinary shares but is not, under the terms of the deposit agreement, made available to you.

 

 

We and the depositary may rely without any liability upon any written notice, request or other document believed to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper parties.

 

 

We and the depositary also disclaim liability for any consequential or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the deposit agreement.

Pre-release transactions

The depositary may, in certain circumstances, issue ADSs before receiving a deposit of ordinary shares. These transactions are commonly referred to as “pre-release transactions.” The deposit agreement limits the aggregate size of pre-release transactions and imposes a number of conditions on such transactions (i.e., the need to receive collateral, the type of collateral required, the representations required from brokers, etc.). The depositary may retain the compensation received from the pre-release transactions.

Taxes

You will be responsible for the taxes and other governmental charges payable on the ADSs and the securities represented by the ADSs. We, the depositary and the custodian may deduct from any distribution the taxes and governmental charges payable by holders and may sell any and all property on deposit to pay the taxes and governmental charges payable by holders. You will be liable for any deficiency if the sale proceeds do not cover the taxes that are due. The depositary may refuse to issue ADSs, to deliver, transfer, split and combine ADRs or to release securities on deposit until all taxes and charges are paid by the applicable holder. The depositary and the custodian may take reasonable administrative actions to obtain tax refunds and reduced tax withholding for any distributions on your behalf. However, you may be required to provide to the depositary and to the custodian proof of taxpayer status and residence and such other information as the depositary and the custodian may require to fulfill legal obligations. You are required to indemnify us, the depositary and the custodian for any claims with respect to taxes based on any tax benefit obtained for you.

Foreign currency conversion

The depositary will arrange for the conversion of all foreign currency received into U.S. dollars if such conversion is practical, and it will distribute the U.S. dollars in accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement. You may have to pay fees and expenses incurred in converting foreign currency, such as fees and expenses incurred in complying with currency exchange controls and other governmental requirements. If the conversion of foreign currency is not practical or lawful, or if any required approvals are denied or not obtainable at a reasonable cost or within a reasonable period, the depositary may take the following actions in its discretion:

 

 

Convert the foreign currency to the extent practical and lawful and distribute the U.S. dollars to the holders for whom the conversion and distribution is lawful and practical;

 

 

Distribute the foreign currency to holders for whom the distribution is lawful and practical; or

 

 

Hold the foreign currency (without liability for interest) for the applicable holders.

 

210


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding             ADSs representing approximately     % of our ordinary shares in issue. In addition, we will have outstanding                 Class B ordinary shares not represented by ADSs. All of the ADSs sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of our ADSs in the public market could have a material adverse effect on the prevailing market prices of our ADSs.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares or the ADSs, and while application has been made for the ADSs to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange, we cannot assure you that an active trading market for our ADSs will develop. Our ordinary shares will not be listed on any exchange or quoted for trading on any over-the-counter trading system. We do not expect that a trading market will develop for our ordinary shares not represented by the ADSs.

Lock-up agreements

We have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the representatives, subject to certain exceptions, we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any ADSs or ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any ADSs or ordinary shares, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Our executive officers, directors and existing shareholders and the holder of our Series B preferred share purchase warrants have agreed that, subject to limited exceptions, they will not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ADSs or ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any ADSs or ordinary shares, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our ADSs or ordinary shares or such other securities, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our ADSs or ordinary shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise, without, in each case, the prior written consent of the underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. After the expiration of the 180-day period, the ordinary shares or ADSs held by our executive officers, directors and existing shareholders and the holder of our purchase warrants may be sold subject to the restrictions under Rule 144 under the Securities Act or by means of registered public offerings.

The 180-day lock-up period is subject to adjustment under certain circumstances. If in the event that either (i) during the last 17 days of the relevant “lock-up” period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (ii) prior to the expiration of the relevant “lock-up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the relevant “lock-up” period, then in either case the expiration of the relevant “lock-up” will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless the representatives waive, in writing, such an extension.

 

211


Table of Contents

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus a person who has beneficially owned our “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months is entitled to sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act, subject to certain restrictions. Persons who are our affiliates may sell within any three-month period a number of restricted securities that does not exceed the greater of the following:

 

 

1% of the number of our ordinary shares then outstanding, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, which will equal approximately             shares immediately after this offering, or approximately             shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in full; and

 

 

The average weekly trading volume of our ADSs on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

Sales under Rule 144 by persons who are deemed our affiliates are subject to manner-of-sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. Persons who are not our affiliates and have beneficially owned our restricted securities for more than six months but not more than one year may sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act, subject to the availability of current public information about us. Persons who are not our affiliates and have beneficially owned our restricted securities for more than one year may freely sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act.

In addition, in each case, these shares would remain subject to lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

Rule 701

Beginning 90 days after the date of the prospectus, persons other than our affiliates who purchased ordinary shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell such shares in the United States in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 subject only to its manner-of-sale requirements.

Share options

Shortly after the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all ordinary shares issuable under our equity-based compensation plans. See “Management—Equity-Based compensation plans” for a description of such plans.

This Form S-8 registration statement is expected to become effective immediately upon filing, and ordinary shares covered by that registration statement will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to:

 

 

The Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates;

 

 

The expiration of the lock-up period; and

 

 

Vesting restrictions imposed by us.

 

212


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2010, there were outstanding options to purchase 18,548,185 Class B ordinary shares.

Registration rights

We have entered into an investor rights agreement with all of the holders of our preferred shares and some holders of our ordinary shares, which provides for customary registration rights with respect to the ordinary shares issued upon the conversion of our preferred shares. See “Description of share capital—Registration rights.”

 

213


Table of Contents

Taxation

The following summary of the material Cayman Islands, People’s Republic of China and United States federal income tax consequences of an investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under U.S. state, local and other tax laws other than Cayman Islands, People’s Republic of China and United States federal income tax laws. To the extent that the discussion relates to matters of Cayman Islands tax law, it represents the opinion of Maples & Calder, our special Cayman Islands counsel.

Cayman Islands taxation

Prospective investors should consult their professional advisers on the possible tax consequences of buying, holding or selling any ADSs or ordinary shares under the laws of their country of citizenship, residence or domicile.

The following is a discussion on certain Cayman Islands income tax consequences of an investment in the ADSs or ordinary shares. The discussion is a general summary of present law, which is subject to prospective and retroactive change. It is not intended as tax advice, does not consider any investor’s particular circumstances, and does not consider tax consequences other than those arising under Cayman Islands law.

No stamp duty, capital duty, registration or other issue or documentary taxes are payable in the Cayman Islands on the creation, issuance or delivery of the ADSs or ordinary shares. The Cayman Islands currently have no form of income, corporate or capital gains tax and no estate duty, inheritance tax or gift tax. There are currently no Cayman Islands’ taxes or duties of any nature on gains realized on a sale, exchange, conversion, transfer or redemption of the ADSs or ordinary shares. Payments of dividends and capital in respect of the ADSs or ordinary shares will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of interest and principal or a dividend or capital to any holder of the ADSs or ordinary shares, nor will gains derived from the disposal of the ADSs or ordinary shares be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax as the Cayman Islands currently have no form of income or corporation taxes.

We have been incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability and, as such, have applied for and obtained an undertaking from the Governor of the Cayman Islands that no law enacted in the Cayman Islands during the period of 20 years from the date of the undertaking imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciation shall apply to us or our operations and no such tax or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable (directly or by way of withholding) on the ADSs or ordinary shares, debentures or other obligations of ours.

People’s Republic of China taxation

The newly enacted CIT Law, or the New CIT Law, and the implementation regulations for the New CIT Law issued by the PRC State Council, became effective as of January 1, 2008. The New CIT Law provides that enterprises established outside of China whose “de facto management

 

214


Table of Contents

bodies” are located in China are considered “resident enterprises” and are generally subject to the uniform 25% corporate income tax rate as to their worldwide income. Under the implementation regulations for the New CIT Law issued by the PRC State Council, a “de facto management body” is defined as a body that has material and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel and human resources, finances and treasury, and acquisition and disposition of properties and other assets of an enterprise. Currently no interpretation or application of the New CIT Law and its implementing rules is available for non-Chinese enterprise or group enterprise controlled entity. Therefore, it is unclear whether PRC tax authorities would require (or permit) us to be treated as a PRC resident enterprise.

Under the New CIT Law and implementation regulations issued by the State Council, PRC income tax at the rate of 10% is applicable to dividends payable to investors that are “non-resident enterprises,” which do not have an establishment or place of business in the PRC, or which have such establishment or place of business but the relevant income is not effectively connected with the establishment or place of business, to the extent such dividends have their sources within the PRC. Similarly, any gain realized on the transfer of ADSs or shares by such investors is also subject to 10% PRC income tax if such gain is regarded as income derived from sources within the PRC. However, under a new PRC tax law that became effective in January 2008 and the Arrangement between the PRC and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region on the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Prevention of Fiscal Evasion , or the Double Taxation Arrangement, which became effective on January 1, 2007, dividends from our PRC subsidiaries paid to us through our Hong Kong subsidiary may be subject to a withholding tax at a rate of 5%. If we are considered a PRC “resident enterprise,” it is unclear whether dividends we pay with respect to our ordinary shares or ADSs, or the gain you may realize from the transfer of our ordinary shares or ADSs, may be treated as income derived from sources within the PRC and would be subject to PRC tax. It is unclear whether, if we are considered a PRC “resident enterprise,” holders of our ordinary shares or ADSs might be able to claim the benefit of income tax treaties entered into between China and other countries.

United States federal income taxation

The following discussion, to the extent that it states legal conclusions and subject to the qualifications herein, represents the opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, our United States counsel, on the material United Stated federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the ownership of our ADSs or ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus. This summary applies only to investors that hold the ADSs or ordinary shares as capital assets and that have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. This discussion is based on the tax laws of the United States as in effect on the date of this Registration Statement and on United States Treasury regulations in effect, or, in some cases, proposed, as of the date of this Registration Statement, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below.

The following discussion does not deal with the tax consequences to any particular investor or to persons in special tax situations, including, without limitation:

 

 

Banks and certain other financial institutions;

 

215


Table of Contents
 

Dealers in securities or currencies;

 

 

Insurance companies, regulated investment companies and real estate investment trusts;

 

 

Brokers and/or dealers;

 

 

Traders that elect the mark-to-market method of accounting;

 

 

Tax-exempt entities;

 

 

Persons liable for alternative minimum tax;

 

 

Persons holding an ADS or ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedging, constructive sale, conversion transaction or integrated transaction;

 

 

Persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more of our voting stock; or

 

 

Persons holding ADSs or ordinary shares through partnerships or other pass-through entities.

The discussion below of the United States federal income tax consequences to “U.S. Holders” will apply if you are the beneficial owner of ADSs or ordinary shares and you are, for United States federal income tax purposes,

 

 

A citizen or resident of the United States;

 

 

A corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

 

An estate whose income is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

 

A trust that (1) is subject to the supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more United States persons or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

If a partnership (including any entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds ADSs or ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding ADSs or ordinary shares, you should consult your own tax advisors.

The discussion below assumes that the representations contained in the deposit agreement are true and that the obligations in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be complied with in accordance with their terms. If you hold ADSs, for United States federal income tax purposes, you generally will be treated as the owner of the underlying ordinary shares represented by such ADSs. Accordingly, the conversion of ADSs into ordinary shares will not be subject to United States federal income tax.

Taxation of dividends and other distributions on ADSs or ordinary shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, the gross amount of our distributions to you with respect to our ADSs or ordinary shares will be included in your gross income as dividend income on the date of receipt either by the depositary, in the case of ADSs, or

 

216


Table of Contents

by you, in the case of ordinary shares, but only to the extent that the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (computed under United States federal income tax principles). The dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from other United States corporations.

With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individual U.S. Holders, for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, dividends generally may be taxed at the applicable long-term capital gains rate (“qualified dividend income”) provided that (1) the ADSs or ordinary shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States; (2) we are not a passive foreign investment company (as discussed below) for either our taxable year in which the dividend was paid or the preceding taxable year; and (3) certain holding period requirements are met. Under recently published Internal Revenue Service guidance, our ADSs, but not our ordinary shares, should be considered for purpose of clause (1) above to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States upon listing on the New York Stock Exchange. You should consult your own tax advisors regarding the applicable rate for dividends paid with respect to our ADSs or ordinary shares.

Dividends will constitute foreign source income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Subject to the discussion below concerning the New CIT Law, a U.S. Holder may be eligible, subject to a number of complex limitations, to claim a foreign tax credit with respect to any foreign withholding taxes on dividends received on our ADSs or ordinary shares. A U.S. Holder that does not elect to claim a foreign tax credit for foreign income tax withheld may instead claim a deduction with respect to such withheld taxes, but only for a year in which such holder elects to do so for all creditable foreign income taxes. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us with respect to ADSs or ordinary shares will generally constitute “passive category income” but could, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, constitute “general category income.”

If we are treated as a resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes, we may be required under the New CIT Law to withhold PRC income taxes on any dividends paid to U.S. Holders of our ADSs or ordinary shares. For more information regarding the New CIT Law, see “—People’s Republic of China taxation.” U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of, and limitations on, foreign tax credits with respect to any PRC withholding taxes on dividends received on our ADSs or ordinary shares.

To the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, it will be treated first as a tax-free return of your tax basis in your ADSs or ordinary shares, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds your tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain. We do not intend to calculate our earnings and profits for United States federal income tax purposes. Therefore, a U.S. Holder should expect that a distribution with respect to our ADSs or ordinary shares will be reported as a dividend.

Taxation of disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, you will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of an ADS or an ordinary share equal to the difference between the amount realized (in U.S. dollars) for the ADS or the ordinary share and your adjusted tax basis (in U.S. dollars) in the ADS or the ordinary share. The gain or loss will be capital gain or loss. If you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, including an

 

217


Table of Contents

individual U.S. Holder, who has held the ADS or ordinary share for more than one year, you will be eligible for long-term capital gains tax rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any gain or loss that you recognize, including for foreign tax credit purposes, will generally be treated as United States source income or loss.

Passive foreign investment company

We do not expect to be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes for our current taxable year. Our expectation for our current taxable year ending December 31, 2010 is based in part on our estimates of the value of our assets, as determined by estimates of the price of the ADSs in this offering, and the composition of our income. Our actual PFIC status for the current taxable year ending December 31, 2010 will not be determinable until the close of the current taxable year ending December 31, 2010, and, accordingly, there is no guarantee that we will not be a PFIC for the current taxable year.

Because PFIC status is a factual determination that cannot be made until after the close of a taxable year, our special United States counsel expresses no opinion with respect to our PFIC status for our current taxable year and also expresses no opinion with respect to our expectations regarding our PFIC status in future years. In connection with this determination of our PFIC status, our special United States counsel expresses no opinion with respect to whether, for United States federal income tax purposes, our control over our VIEs through the contractual arrangements described in “Related Party Transactions” results in us being treated as owners of our VIEs.

A non-United States corporation is considered a PFIC for any taxable year if either:

 

 

At least 75% of its gross income is passive income (the “income test”), or

 

 

At least 50% of the value of its assets (generally based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during a taxable year) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income (the “asset test”).

We will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, more than 25% (by value) of the stock. In applying this “look-through” rule, we intend to include our proportionate share of the assets and income of our VIEs. In the event that the Internal Revenue Service successfully challenges this position, our classification as a PFIC could be adversely affected.

A separate determination must be made each year as to whether we are a PFIC. As a result, our PFIC status may change. In particular, because we currently hold, and expect to continue to hold following this offering, a substantial amount of cash or cash equivalents, which are generally treated as passive assets, and because the calculation of the value of our assets for purposes of the asset test generally will take into account the market price of our ADSs, which is likely to fluctuate after the offering (and may fluctuate considerably given that market prices of technology companies have been especially volatile), fluctuations in the market price of the ADSs may result in our being a PFIC for any taxable year. In addition, the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend the cash we raise in this offering. If we are a PFIC for any year during which you hold ADSs or ordinary shares, we generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which you hold ADSs or ordinary shares.

 

218


Table of Contents

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold ADSs or ordinary shares, you will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” that you receive and any gain you realize from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the ADSs or ordinary shares, unless you make a “mark-to-market” election as discussed below. Distributions you receive in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions you received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or your holding period for the ADSs or ordinary shares will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these special tax rules:

 

 

The excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the ADSs or ordinary shares,

 

 

The amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we became a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income, and

 

 

The amount allocated to each other year will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for that year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year.

The tax liability for amounts allocated to years prior to the year of disposition, or “excess distribution,” cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains (but not losses) realized on the sale of the ADSs or ordinary shares cannot be treated as capital and will be subject to the “excess distribution” regime described above, even if you hold the ADSs or ordinary shares as capital assets.

A U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” (within the meaning of Section 1296 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election for such stock of a PFIC to elect out of the tax treatment discussed in the three preceding paragraphs. If you make a mark-to-market election for the ADSs or ordinary shares, you will include in income each year an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the ADSs or ordinary shares as of the close of your taxable year over your adjusted basis in such ADSs or ordinary shares. You are allowed a deduction for the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of the ADSs or ordinary shares over their fair market value as of the close of the taxable year. However, deductions are allowable only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains on the ADSs or ordinary shares included in your income for prior taxable years. Amounts included in your income under a mark-to-market election, as well as gain on the actual sale or other disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares, are treated as ordinary income. Ordinary loss treatment also applies to the deductible portion of any mark-to-market loss on the ADSs or ordinary shares, as well as to any loss realized on the actual sale or disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares, to the extent that the amount of such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included for such ADSs or ordinary shares. Your basis in the ADSs or ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. The tax rules that apply to distributions by corporations which are not PFICs would apply to distributions by us.

The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable” stock that is traded in other than de minimis quantities for at least 15 days during each calendar quarter on a qualified exchange, including the New York Stock Exchange, or other market, as defined in applicable United States Treasury regulations. Because the ADSs will be listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the mark-to-market election would be available to a holder of ADSs if we were to be or become a PFIC.

Alternatively, the “excess distribution” rules described above may generally be avoided by electing to treat us as a “qualified electing fund” under Section 1295 of the Internal Revenue

 

219


Table of Contents

Code of 1986, as amended. This option is not available to you, however, because we do not intend to comply with the requirements necessary to permit you to make this election.

If you hold ADSs or ordinary shares in any year in which we were a PFIC, you will be required to file Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 regarding any distributions received on the ADSs or ordinary shares and any gain realized on the disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares.

You should consult with your tax advisors regarding the United States federal income tax consequences of holding ADSs or ordinary shares if we are considered to be a PFIC in any taxable years as well as your eligibility for a “mark-to-market” election and whether making such an election would be advisable to you in your particular circumstances.

Information reporting and backup withholding

Dividend payments with respect to ADSs or ordinary shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of ADSs or ordinary shares may be subject to information reporting to the Internal Revenue Service and possible United States backup withholding at a current rate of 28%. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification, or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exempt status must provide such certification on Internal Revenue Service Form W-9. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the United States information reporting and backup withholding rules.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your United States federal income tax liability, and you generally may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service and furnishing any required information.

YOU SHOULD CONSULT WITH YOUR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES, AS WELL AS ANY ADDITIONAL TAX CONSEQUENCES RESULTING FROM AN INVESTMENT IN THE ADSs OR ORDINARY SHARES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF THE TAX LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN JURISDICTION, INCLUDING ESTATE, GIFT AND INHERITANCE LAWS.

 

220


Table of Contents

Enforceability of civil liabilities

We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands in order to enjoy the following benefits:

 

 

Political and economic stability;

 

 

An effective judicial system;

 

 

A favorable tax system;

 

 

The absence of exchange control or currency restrictions; and

 

 

The availability of professional and support services.

However, certain disadvantages accompany incorporation in the Cayman Islands. These disadvantages include:

 

 

The Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides significantly less protection to investors; and

 

 

Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.

 

 

Our constituent documents do not contain provisions requiring that disputes, including those arising under the securities laws of the United States, between us, our officers, directors and shareholders be arbitrated.

Substantially all of our current operations are conducted in China, and substantially all of our assets are located in China. In addition, most of our directors and officers are nationals or residents of countries other than the United States, and all or a substantial portion of such persons’ assets are or may be located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for you to effect service of process within the United States upon us or such persons, or to enforce against us or them in courts of the United States, Cayman Islands or China, judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. For example, China does not have treaties with the United States and many other countries providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an original action against us or against these individuals in a Chinese court in the event that you believe that your rights have been infringed under the U.S. federal securities laws or otherwise. We have appointed C T Corporation System, New York, New York, as our agent for service of process in the United States with respect to any action brought against us in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York under the securities laws of the United States or any State of the United States or any action brought against us in the Supreme Court of the State of New York in the County of New York under the securities laws of the State of New York.

Maples and Calder, our Cayman Islands counsel, has advised us that although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, a judgment obtained in such jurisdiction will be recognized and enforced in the courts of the Cayman Islands at common law, without any re-examination of the merits of the underlying dispute, by an action commenced on the foreign judgment debt in the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, provided such judgment:

 

 

Is given by a foreign court of competent jurisdiction;

 

221


Table of Contents
 

Imposes on the judgment debtor a liability to pay a liquidated sum (or in certain limited circumstances, orders that the defendant do or refrain from doing a certain thing);

 

 

Is final;

 

 

Is not in respect of taxes, a fine or a penalty; and

 

 

Was not obtained in a manner and is not of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands.

While there is no binding judicial authority on the point, it is likely that this would include a non-penal judgment of a U.S. court imposing a monetary award based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities law (provided the above conditions were also satisfied).

Maples and Calder has further advised us that a final and conclusive judgment in the federal or state courts of the United States under which a sum of money is payable (other than a sum payable in respect of taxes, fines, penalties or similar charges) may be subject to enforcement proceedings as debt in the courts of the Cayman Islands under the common law doctrine of obligation.

Commerce and Finance Law Offices, our counsel as to PRC law, has advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of China would:

 

 

Recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States; or

 

 

Entertain original actions brought in each respective jurisdiction against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

Commerce and Finance Law Offices has further advised us that the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under PRC Civil Procedures Law. Under the PRC Civil Procedures Law, courts in China may recognize and enforce foreign judgments pursuant to treaties between China and the country where the judgment is rendered or based on reciprocity arrangements for the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments between jurisdictions. If there are neither treaties nor reciprocity arrangements between China and a foreign jurisdiction where a judgment is rendered, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, matters relating to the recognition and enforcement of a foreign judgment in China may be resolved through diplomatic channels. China does not have any treaties or other arrangements that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments with the United States or the Cayman Islands. As a result, it is generally difficult to recognize and enforce in China a judgment rendered by a court in either of these two jurisdictions.

 

222


Table of Contents

Underwriting

We and the selling shareholders are offering the ADSs described in this prospectus through several underwriters, for whom J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C. are acting as the representatives. J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C. are also the joint bookrunners for this offering. We and the selling shareholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we and the selling shareholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally and not jointly agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the respective number of ADSs listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name    Number of ADSs
 

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

  

Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C.

  

Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc.

  

Signal Hill Capital Group LLC

  
    

Total

  
 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the ADSs offered by this prospectus are subject to certain conditions precedent, including the absence of any material adverse change in our business and the receipt of certain certificates, opinions and letters from us, the selling shareholders, our counsel, the selling shareholders’ counsel and the independent accountants. The underwriters are committed to purchase all of the ADSs offered by us and the selling shareholders if they purchase any ADS. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated. All sales of our ADSs in the United States will be made by U.S. registered broker/dealers. Sales of our ADSs outside the United States may be made by the underwriters directly or through their affiliated entities.

The underwriters propose to offer the ADSs directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of US$             per ADS. Any such dealers may resell ADSs to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to US$             per ADS from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering of the ADSs, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters.

The underwriters have an option to buy from us up to                      additional ADSs to cover sales of ADSs by the underwriters which exceed the number of ADSs specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this overallotment option. If any ADSs are purchased with this overallotment option, the underwriters will severally purchase the ADSs in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional ADSs are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional ADSs on the same terms as those on which the ADSs are being offered.

The following table sets forth the per ADS and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us and the selling shareholders in connection with this offering. The amounts in the

 

223


Table of Contents

following table are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option.

Underwriting discounts and commissions

 

     

Per ADSs

  Total
To be paid by   No exercise   Full exercise   No exercise   Full exercise
 

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

 

US$            

  US$               US$               US$            

Selling Shareholders

 

US$            

  US$               US$               US$            
 

The underwriting discounts and commissions have been determined by negotiations among us, the selling shareholders and the representatives and are a percentage of the offering price to the public. Among the factors considered in determining the discounts and commissions were the size of the offering, the nature of the security to be offered and the discounts and commissions charged in comparable transactions.

We have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the representatives, subject to certain exceptions, we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any of our ADSs or ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of our ADSs or ordinary shares, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

Our selling shareholders, our directors, executive officers, certain of our other shareholders and the holder of our Series B preferred share purchase warrants have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering under which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of the representatives, (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our ADSs (including, without limitation, ADSs or ordinary shares which may be deemed to be beneficially owned with sole disposition power by such directors and executive officers in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a share option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our ADSs or ordinary shares, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of ADSs or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any of our ADSs or ordinary shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our ADSs or ordinary shares without the prior written consent of the representatives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day

 

224


Table of Contents

restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

The underwriters have advised us that they have no present intent or arrangement to release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements. The release of any lock-up agreement is considered on a case by case basis. The underwriters have further advised us that the factors they would consider in determining whether to release shares subject to a lock-up agreement include, but are not limited to, the length of time before the lock-up agreement expires, the number of shares involved, the reasons for the requested release, market conditions, the trading price of our ordinary shares, historical trading volumes of our ordinary shares and whether the person seeking the release is an officer, director or other affiliate of us.

In addition, we have agreed to instruct Citibank, N.A., as depositary, not to accept any deposit of any ordinary shares by, or issue any ADSs to, specified individuals who are our current shareholders or beneficial owners for 180 days after the date of this prospectus (other than in connection with this offering), including holders of options that have vested or will vest during that 180-day period, unless we otherwise instruct. The foregoing does not affect the right of ADS holders to cancel their ADSs, withdraw the underlying ordinary shares and re-deposit such shares.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

We have been approved to list our ADSs on the NYSE under the symbol “AMBO.” In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the ADSs on the NYSE, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more of the ADSs to a minimum of 400 U.S. holders.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling ADSs in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the ADSs while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the ADSs, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of ADSs than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing ADSs on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ overallotment option referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing ADSs in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of ADSs available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase ADSs through the overallotment option. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the ADSs in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase ADSs in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the ADSs,

 

225


Table of Contents

including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase ADSs in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those ADSs as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the ADSs or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the ADSs, and, as a result, the price of the ADSs may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NYSE or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ADSs. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters considered a number of factors including:

 

 

The information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

 

Our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

 

An assessment of our management;

 

 

Our prospects for future earnings;

 

 

The general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

 

The recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded securities of generally comparable companies; and

 

 

Other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our ADSs, or that the ADSs will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In particular, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., one of the joint bookrunners for this offering, provided services to us in connection with the private placement of our Series D Preferred Shares in 2008. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

Macquarie Investment Holdings (No. 2) Pty Limited, an affiliate of Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., purchased (1) 10,784,695 Series C redeemable convertible preferred shares for consideration of $25.0 million under a Series C Preferred Shares Purchase Agreement dated July 20, 2007 and amended September 4, 2007, and (2) 778,331 shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred shares for consideration of $3.0 million under a Series D Preferred Shares Purchase Agreement dated August 29, 2008. All of our issued and outstanding Series C and Series D redeemable convertible preferred shares will automatically convert into our Class B ordinary shares upon completion of this offering.

The address of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. is 383 Madison Avenue, Floor 4, New York, New York 10179. The address of Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C. is 68th Floor, Cheung Kong Center, 2 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong.

 

226


Table of Contents

Selling restrictions

No action has been or will be taken by us or by any underwriter in any jurisdiction except in the United States that would permit a public offering of our ADSs, or the possession, circulation or distribution of a prospectus or any other material relating to us and our ADSs in any country or jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, our ADSs may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any other material or advertisements in connection with this offering may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

We will not offer to sell any ordinary shares or ADSs to any member of the public in the Cayman Islands.

The ADSs may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in any province or territory of Canada or to or for the benefit of any resident of any province or territory of Canada except pursuant to an exemption from the requirement to file a prospectus in the province or territory of Canada in which the offer or sale is made and only by a dealer duly registered under applicable laws in circumstances where an exemption from applicable registered dealer registration requirements is not available.

This prospectus has not been approved by an authorized person in the United Kingdom and has not been registered with the Registrar of Companies in the United Kingdom. The ADSs have not been offered or sold, and prior to the expiry of a period of six months from the latest date of the issue of the ADSs, the ADSs may not be offered or sold to any persons in the United Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses, or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995, as amended. In addition, no person may communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or the FSMA), in connection with the issue or sale of any ADSs except in circumstances in which section 21(I) of the FSMA does not apply.

The ADSs have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (1) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (2) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance; and there has not been any advertisement, invitation or document relating to the ADSs, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to ADSs which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) and any rules made thereunder.

The ADSs have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan and have not, directly or indirectly, been offered or sold and will not, directly or indirectly, be offered or sold in Japan or to, or for the account or benefit of, any resident of Japan (which

 

227


Table of Contents

term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to, or for the account or benefit of, others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the account or benefit of, a resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan and any other applicable laws and regulations of Japan.

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase of the ADSs may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the ADSs be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275 (1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the ADSs are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person, which is:

 

(a)   a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

(b)   a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor,

shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the ADSs under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

(1)   to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

 

(2)   where no consideration is given for the transfer; or

 

(3)   by operation of law.

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), and effective as of the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date), no ADS has been offered or will be offered to the public in that Relevant Member State, except that the ADSs may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, be offered to the public in that Relevant Member State:

 

(a)   in the period beginning on the date of publication of a prospectus in relation to the ADSs which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive and ending on the date which is 12 months after the date of such publication;

 

228


Table of Contents
(b)   at any time to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

(c)   at any time to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year, (2) a total balance sheet or more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or

 

(d)   at any time in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of ADSs to the public” in relation to any ADSs in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the ADSs to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the ADSs, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

No action may be taken in any jurisdiction other than the United States that would permit a public offering of the ADSs or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the ADSs may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither the prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the ADSs may be distributed or published in or from any country or jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

 

229


Table of Contents

Expenses relating to this offering

The following table sets forth the estimated costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the offering (all amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee):

 

SEC registration fee

   US$ 10,500   

FINRA filing fee

     17,500   

NYSE listing fee

      

Printing expenses

     300,000   

Legal fees and expenses

      

Accounting fees and expenses

      

Miscellaneous

      
        

Total

   US$     
        
   

 

*   To be provided by amendment.

Legal matters

Certain legal matters as to United States federal and New York law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation. Certain legal matters as to United States federal and New York law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP. The validity of the Class A ordinary shares represented by the ADSs offered in this offering and certain other legal matters as to Cayman Islands law will be passed upon for us by Maples and Calder. Certain legal matters as to PRC law will be passed upon for us by Commerce and Finance Law Offices and for the underwriters by Global Law Offices. Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, may rely upon Maples and Calder with respect to matters governed by Cayman Islands law and Commerce and Finance Law Offices with respect to matters governed by PRC law. Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP may rely upon Global Law Offices with respect to matters governed by PRC law.

Experts

Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian CPAs Limited Company, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The offices of PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian CPAs Limited Company are located at 26 th Floor, Office Tower A, Beijing Fortune Plaza, 7 Dongsanhuan Zhong Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing 100020, People’s Republic of China.

 

230


Table of Contents

Industry and market data

We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data throughout this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research as well as from industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications, studies and surveys generally state that they have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe that each of these studies and publications is reliable, we have not independently verified market and industry data from third-party sources. While we believe our internal company research is reliable and the market definitions are appropriate, neither such research nor these definitions have been verified by any independent source.

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the underlying ordinary shares represented by the ADSs to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. You should refer to the registration statement for further information. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the content of any contract or other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or document. A related registration statement on Form F-6 is being filed to register the issuance of the ADSs.

Upon declaration by the SEC of the effectiveness of the registration statement, we will become subject to the periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to a foreign private issuer. Under the Exchange Act, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. All information filed with the SEC can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference rooms. You may also obtain additional information over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov .

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we intend to furnish the depositary with our annual reports, which will include a review of operations and annual audited financial statements prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP, and all notices of shareholders’ meetings and other reports and communications that are made generally available to our shareholders. The depositary will make such notices, reports and communications available to holders of ADSs and, upon our request, will provide or make available to all record holders of ADSs the information contained in any notice of a shareholders’ meeting received by the depositary from us.

 

231


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Index to consolidated financial statements

Contents

 

     Pages

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009

   F-3-F-4

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009

   F-6-F-8

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009

   F-9-F-10

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-11-F-94

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010

   F-95-F-96

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March  31, 2009 and 2010

   F-97

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010

   F-98-F-99

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March  31, 2009 and 2010

   F-100

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-101-F-117

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of changes in shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Ambow Education Holding Ltd. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian CPAs Limited Company

Beijing, the People’s Republic of China

March 31, 2010

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Consolidated balance sheets

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

        As of December 31,
    Note   2007   2008   2009   2009   2009   2009
                           
        RMB   RMB   RMB   US$   RMB   US$
                    Note 2 (a)   Note 2 (a)
                        Pro-forma (Note 23)
(unaudited)

ASSETS

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

    416,094   778,824   409,926   60,055   409,926   60,055

Restricted cash

        10,000   1,465   10,000   1,465

Term deposits

        119,623   17,525   119,623   17,525

Accounts receivable, net

  3   328,066   360,499   21,528   3,154   21,528   3,154

Amounts due from related parties

  18     37,383   232,482   34,059   232,482   34,059

Deferred tax assets

  16       1,689   247   1,689   247

Prepaid and other current assets

  4   261,851   402,006   338,267   49,557   338,267   49,557
                         

Total current assets

    1,006,011   1,578,712   1,133,515   166,062   1,133,515   166,062

Non-current assets:

             

Property and equipment, net

  5   5,031   47,127   606,820   88,901   606,820   88,901

Land use rights, net

  6     2,561   263,771   38,643   263,771   38,643

Intangible assets, net

  7   144   115,592   544,655   79,794   544,655   79,794

Goodwill

  8     219,607   1,028,592   150,692   1,028,592   150,692

Deferred tax assets

  16     69   503   74   503   74

Other non-current assets

    1,149   30,216   94,538   13,850   94,538   13,850
                         

Total non-current assets

    6,324   415,172   2,538,879   371,954   2,538,879   371,954
                         

Total assets

    1,012,335   1,993,884   3,672,394   538,016   3,672,394   538,016
                         

LIABILITIES

       

Current liabilities:

             

Short-term borrowings

  10       113,000   16,555   113,000   16,555

Current portion of long-term borrowings

  11       89,000   13,039   89,000   13,039

Deferred revenue

    116,451   226,623   424,131   62,136   424,131   62,136

Accounts payable

    285,074   150,131   83,987   12,304   83,987   12,304

Accrued and other liabilities

  9   59,441   104,330   361,934   53,024   361,934   53,024

Income tax payable

    14,138   20,654   47,567   6,969   47,567   6,969

Amounts due to related parties

  18     1,000   12,282   1,799   12,282   1,799
                         

Total current liabilities

    475,104   502,738   1,131,901   165,826   1,131,901   165,826

Non-current liabilities:

             

Deferred tax liabilities

  16     22,888   163,373   23,935   163,373   23,935

Long-term borrowings

  11       73,000   10,695   73,000   10,695

Non-current portion of consideration payable for acquisitions and other liabilities

        214,351   31,403   214,351   31,403
                         

Total non-current liabilities

      22,888   450,724   66,033   450,724   66,033
                         

Total liabilities

    475,104   525,626   1,582,625   231,859   1,582,625   231,859
                         

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Consolidated balance sheets (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

        As of December 31,  
    Note   2007   2008     2009     2009     2009     2009  
                                     
        RMB   RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     US$  
                        Note 2(a)     Note 2(a)  
                              Pro-forma
(Note 23)
(unaudited)
 

Commitments and contingencies

  19            

MEZZANINE EQUITY

             

Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.0001 par value; 23,387,381 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009) (redemption value RMB768,127 (US$112,531)) (none outstanding on a pro-forma basis as of December 31, 2009 (unaudited))

  12   387,757   422,351      520,985      76,325             

Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.0001 par value; 29,835,966 shares authorized, 26,722,649 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and 2009) (redemption value RMB914,163 (US$133,926)) (none outstanding on a pro-forma basis as of December 31, 2009 (unaudited))

  12     709,057      767,162      112,391             

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

             

Series A convertible preferred shares (US$0.0001 par value; 12,900,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively) (none outstanding on a pro-forma basis as of December 31, 2009 (unaudited))

  12   14,283   14,283      14,283      2,093             

Series B convertible preferred shares (US$0.0001 par value; 18,335,715 shares authorized, 17,745,522 shares issued and outstanding, as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively) (none outstanding on a pro-forma basis as of December 31, 2009 (unaudited))

  12   96,667   96,667      96,667      14,162             

Ordinary shares (US$0.0001 par value; 155,000,000 shares authorized, 20,100,000, 33,587,586, and 44,999,663 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively) (125,755,215 outstanding on a pro-forma basis as of December 31, 2009 (unaudited))

  13   17   26      35      5      90      13   

Additional paid-in capital

    16,983   188,924      616,473      90,315      2,015,515      295,278   

Warrants

  14   2,737   2,737      2,737      401      2,737      401   

Statutory reserves

  21   3,039   16,285      34,155      5,004      34,155      5,004   

Retained earnings (Accumulated deficit)

    8,169   (5,485   (42,996   (6,299   (42,996   (6,299

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    7,579   23,413      23,793      3,486      23,793      3,486   
                                   

Total Ambow Education Holding Ltd.’s equity

    149,474   336,850      745,147      109,167      2,033,294      297,883   

Non-controlling interest

  24          56,475      8,274      56,475      8,274   
                                   

Total shareholders’ equity

    149,474   336,850      801,622      117,441      2,089,769      306,157   
                                   

Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders’ equity

    1,012,335   1,993,884      3,672,394      538,016      3,672,394      538,016   
                                   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Consolidated statements of operations

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

          Years ended December 31,  
     Note    2007     2008     2009     2009  
                             
          RMB     RMB     RMB     US$  
                            Note 2(a)  

NET REVENUES

           

—Educational programs and services

      317,854      469,543      760,444      111,407   

—Software products

      1,077      38,826      141,582      20,742   
                           

Total net revenues

      318,931      508,369      902,026      132,149   

Cost of revenues

      (205,619   (327,168   (408,985   (59,918
                           

GROSS PROFIT

      113,312      181,201      493,041      72,231   
                           

Operating expenses:

           

Selling and marketing

      (19,600   (43,123   (138,423   (20,279

General and administrative

      (33,828   (56,860   (188,518   (27,618

Research and development

      (3,754   (11,696   (17,470   (2,559
                           

Total operating expenses

      (57,182   (111,679   (344,411   (50,456
                           

OPERATING INCOME

      56,130      69,522      148,630      21,775   
                           

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

           

Interest income (expense), net

      2,639      9,129      (12,165   (1,782

Foreign exchange losses, net

      (1,104   (4,236   (591   (87

Other income, net

      126      680      3,709      543   

Beneficial conversion feature

   12    (12,976               
                           

Income before tax and non-controlling interest

      44,815      75,095      139,583      20,449   

Income tax expense

   16    (10,578   (7,735   (1,562   (229
                           

NET INCOME

      34,237      67,360      138,021      20,220   

Non-controlling interest

                215      31   
                           

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

      34,237      67,360      138,236      20,251   

Preferred shares redemption value accretion

   12    (1,407   (67,768   (157,877   (23,129

Allocation of net income to participating preferred shareholders

   12    (20,837   (53,949   (93,611   (13,715
                           

NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO ORDINARY SHAREHOLDERS

      11,993      (54,357   (113,252   (16,593
                           

Net income (loss) per share—basic

   17    0.75      (2.36   (2.89   (0.42

Net income (loss) per share—diluted

   17    0.33      (2.36   (2.89   (0.42

Weighted average shares used in calculating basic net income (loss) per share

   17    16,031,507      23,038,853      39,193,092      39,193,092   

Weighted average shares used in calculating diluted net income (loss) per share

   17    37,622,476      23,038,853      39,193,092      39,193,092   

Share-based compensation expense included in:

           

—Selling and marketing

      623      1,194      4,411      646   

—General and administrative

      4,175      8,370      8,640      1,266   

—Research and development

      353      426      480      70   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity

and comprehensive income

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

        Attributable to Ambow Education Holding Ltd’s Equity            
        Series  A
Convertible
Preferred
Shares
  Series  B
Convertible
Preferred
Shares
  Ordinary shares  

Additional
paid-in

capital

 

Warrants

   

Statutory

reserves

 

Accumu-

lated

other

Compre-

hensive
income

 

Retained

Earnings

(Accumu-

lated
deficit)

   

Total

Equity

   

Compre-

hensive

income

    Note   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount              
                                                             
            RMB   RMB   RMB   RMB   RMB     RMB   RMB   RMB     RMB     RMB

Balance as of January 1, 2007

    12,900,000   14,283       12,600,000   11   8,941   2,897      647   1,625   (22,269   6,135     

Exercise of warrants

  14           7,500,000   6   2,891   (2,897                

Reclassification of warrants

  14                 2,737               2,737     

Reclassification of Series B convertible preferred shares

  12       17,745,522   96,667                       96,667     

Preferred shares redemption value accretion

                           (1,407   (1,407  

Share-based compensation

  15               5,151                 5,151     

Appropriation to statutory reserves

  21                      2,392     (2,392       

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                         5,954        5,954      5,954

Net income

                           34,237      34,237      34,237
                             

Total comprehensive income

                                     40,191
                                                           

Balance as of December 31, 2007

    12,900,000   14,283   17,745,522   96,667   20,100,000   17   16,983   2,737      3,039   7,579   8,169      149,474     
         

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity

and comprehensive income (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

        Attributable to Ambow Education Holding Ltd’s Equity            
        Series  A
Convertible
Preferred
Shares
  Series  B
Convertible
Preferred
Shares
  Ordinary shares  

Additional
paid-in
capital

 

Warrants

 

Statutory
reserves

 

Accumu-

lated
other
compre-

hensive
income

 

Retained
Earnings
(Accumu-

lated
deficit)

   

Total
Equity

   

Compre-

hensive
Income

    Note   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount              
                                                           
            RMB       RMB       RMB   RMB   RMB   RMB   RMB   RMB     RMB     RMB

Balance as of January 1, 2008

    12,900,000   14,283   17,745,522   96,667   20,100,000   17   16,983   2,737   3,039   7,579   8,169      149,474     

Issuance of ordinary shares for acquisitions

  13           13,487,586   9   161,951              161,960     

Preferred shares redemption value accretion

  12                       (67,768   (67,768  

Share-based compensation

  15               9,990              9,990     

Appropriation to statutory reserves

  21                   13,246     (13,246       

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                      15,834        15,834      15,834

Net income

                        67,360      67,360      67,360
                             

Total comprehensive income

                            83,194
                                                           

Balance as of December 31, 2008

    12,900,000   14,283   17,745,522   96,667   33,587,586   26   188,924   2,737   16,285   23,413   (5,485   336,850     
                                                         

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity

and comprehensive income (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

        Attributable to Ambow Education Holding Ltd’s Equity                  
        Series  A
Convertible
Preferred
Shares
  Series  B
Convertible
Preferred
Shares
  Ordinary shares  

Additional
paid-in
capital

 

Warrants

 

Statutory
reserves

 

Accumu-

lated
other
compre-

hensive
income

 

Retained
Earnings

(Accumu-

lated
deficit)

   

Non
contro-
lling
Interest

   

Total
Equity

   

Compre-

hensive
income

    Note   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount                
                                                                 
            RMB       RMB       RMB   RMB   RMB   RMB   RMB   RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB

Balance as of January 1, 2009

    12,900,000   14,283   17,745,522   96,667   33,587,586   26   188,924   2,737   16,285   23,413   (5,485        336,850     

Issuance of ordinary shares for acquisitions

  13           11,412,077   9   414,018                   414,027     

Non-controlling interests from acquisitions of subsidiaries

                             56,690      56,690     

Preferred shares redemption value accretion

  12                       (157,877        (157,877  

Share-based compensation

  15               13,531                   13,531     

Appropriation to statutory reserves

  21                   17,870     (17,870            

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                      380             380      380

Net income

                        138,236      (215   138,021      138,021
                               

Total comprehensive income

                              138,401
                                                               

Balance as of December 31, 2009

    12,900,000   14,283   17,745,522   96,667   44,999,663   35   616,473   2,737   34,155   23,793   (42,996   56,475      801,622     
                                                             

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Consolidated statements of cash flows

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009     2009  
                        
     RMB     RMB     RMB     US$  
                       Note 2(a)  

Cash flows from operating activities

        

Net income

   34,237      67,360      138,021      20,220   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

        

Depreciation and amortization

   1,410      9,290      68,306      10,007   

Accretion of long-term payable balances

             7,144      1,047   

Share-based compensation expense

   5,151      9,990      13,531      1,982   

Beneficial conversion feature

   12,976                  

Foreign exchange losses, net

   1,104      4,236      591      87   

Deferred tax

        (107   (6,265   (918

Others

   (305   233      1,365      200   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Accounts receivable

   (144,903   (30,312   391,384      57,340   

Prepaid and other current assets

   (21,474   (83,409   33,458      4,902   

Amounts due from related parties

        6,551      24,903      3,648   

Other non-current assets

        931      (49,260   (7,217

Accounts payable

   144,650      (135,585   (121,006   (17,728

Accrued liabilities

   40,195      18,210      27,572      4,039   

Income tax payable

   10,578      6,223      25,975      3,805   

Deferred revenue

   4,994      63,686      (39,151   (5,735

Amounts due to related parties

        (927   6,526      956   
                        

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities

   88,613      (63,630   523,094      76,635   
                        

Cash flows from investing activities

        

Placement of term deposits

             (129,423   (18,961

Maturity of term deposits

             11,000      1,612   

Prepayment for land use right

   (81,500        (6,341   (929

Refund of deposit from cancellation of a land use right purchase agreement

        121,500             

Purchase of property and equipment

   (1,930   (8,779   (84,603   (12,395

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment

        309      213      31   

Purchase of intangible assets

        (15,950   (20,594   (3,017

Purchase of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

        (165,502   (626,617   (91,801

Prepayments for acquisitions

   (35,000   (163,409          

Purchase of operating rights

        (30,000   (15,000   (2,198

Proceeds from cancellation of acquisition agreements

             69,000      10,109   
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

   (118,430   (261,831   (802,365   (117,549
   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Consolidated statements of cash flows (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009     2009  
                        
     RMB     RMB     RMB     US$  
                       Note 2(a)  

Cash flows from financing activities

        

Proceeds from issuance of convertible promissory notes (net of issuance costs of RMB0)

   30,678                  

Proceeds from issuance of Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares (net of issuance costs of RMB8,339)

   358,076                  

Proceeds from issuance of Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares (net of issuance costs of RMB2,243)

        700,041             

Proceeds from short-term borrowings

             201,000      29,447   

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

             10,000      1,465   

Repayments of short-term borrowings

             (129,500   (18,972

Repayments of long-term borrowings

             (168,000   (24,612
                        

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

   388,754      700,041      (86,500   (12,672
                        

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   (12,359   (11,850   (3,127   (459
                        

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

   346,578      362,730      (368,898   (54,045

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

   69,516      416,094      778,824      114,100   
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   416,094      778,824      409,926      60,055   
                        

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

        

Income tax paid

        (1,458   (1,312   (192

Interest paid

             (11,927   (1,747

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

        

Issuance of ordinary shares for purchases of subsidiaries

        161,960      414,027      60,656   

Conversion of convertible promissory notes into Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares

   30,678                  

Issuance of ordinary shares upon exercise of warrants

   4,011                  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

1. Organization and principal activities

a. Background

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Ambow Education Holding Ltd. (the “Company”), its subsidiaries and variable interest entities (“VIEs”) for which the Company or its subsidiaries are the primary beneficiaries. The Company, its subsidiaries and VIEs are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Group”.

The Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on June 26, 2007. Pursuant to a group reorganization as set out below, the Company became the ultimate holding company of the subsidiaries and VIEs comprising the Group in July 2007.

b. Nature of operations

The Group is a national provider of education and career enhancement services in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”). The Group offers a wide range of educational and career enhancement services and products focusing on improving educational opportunities for primary and advanced degree school students and employment opportunities for university graduates.

The Group is also pursuing opportunities to provide similar services to those outlined above outside of the PRC.

c. Reorganizations and share splits of the Group

Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. (“Ambow Online”) was originally incorporated in the PRC on August 24, 2000, as a wholly foreign owned enterprise of Ambow Corporation, a company incorporated in the United States. Prior to a reorganization in February 2005, Ambow Online operated all of the initial business of the Group. Pursuant to the reorganization in February 2005, Ambow Education Co., Ltd. (“AECL”), a newly established investment holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands became the parent company of Ambow Online. Ambow Corporation transferred all its ownership in Ambow Online to AECL in exchange for Series A convertible preferred shares (see Note 12-“Convertible Preferred Shares” for additional information) issued by AECL. There was no change in shareholdings and the reorganization in February 2005 is accounted for as a legal reorganization of entities under common control in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interests.

In July 2007, pursuant to a share exchange agreement, all the then existing shareholders of AECL exchanged their respective shares, warrants or options of AECL for equivalent classes of shares, warrant or options of the Company on a 1 for 3 basis. As a result, AECL became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The rights of the preferred shares, ordinary shares, options and warrants issued by the Company are the same as those originally issued by AECL. The Company has accounted for the share exchange agreement as a legal reorganization of entities under common control in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interests. All share and per share data have been restated to give retroactive effect to the reorganization in February 2005 and the share exchange in July 2007. Accordingly, the share capital represents the capital amount of the Company as if the reorganization had been completed as of the earliest period presented.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The Company has also established a number of subsidiaries both overseas and within the PRC and VIEs to facilitate its investments and the development of its business overseas and in China.

d. Acquisitions

In 2008 and 2009, the Group entered into 24 acquisitions, 23 of which are accounted for as business combinations. The other one is an acquisition of operating rights for a fixed period of time, which is accounted for as a prepaid operating lease. The 23 acquisitions involved the Group obtaining control of one or more existing businesses in exchange for cash and/or common stock. Therefore, the Group accounts for them as business combinations using the purchase method of accounting. This method requires the acquisition cost to be allocated to the assets and liabilities acquired based on their fair values. The Group makes estimates and judgments in determining the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities, based on independent appraisal reports. See Note 22—“Acquisitions” for additional information.

e. Major subsidiaries and VIEs

As of December 31, 2009, the Company’s major subsidiaries and VIEs include the following entities:

 

Name  

Date of

incorporation

or establishment

 

Place of

Incorporation

(or establishment)

/operation

  Principal activity
 

Subsidiaries

     

Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. ( “Ambow Online”)

  August 24, 2000   PRC   Investment holding

Ambow Education Co., Ltd. (Cayman)

  January 25, 2005   Cayman Islands   Investment holding

Ambow Education Ltd. (Cayman)

  June 6, 2007   Cayman Islands   Investment holding

Ambow Education (Hong Kong) Ltd.

  December 17, 2007   Hong Kong   Investment holding

Beijing Ambow Chuangying Education and Technology Co., Ltd. (“Ambow ChuangYing”)

  January 18, 2008   PRC   Investment holding

Wenjian Gongying Venture Investment Enterprise (“Wenjian Fund”)

  July 20, 2009   PRC   Investment holding

Variable interest entities (“VIEs”)

     

Beijing Normal University Ambow Education Technology Co., Ltd. (“Ambow Shida”)

  July 30, 2004   PRC   Investment holding
 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

Name  

Date of

incorporation

or establishment

 

Place of

Incorporation

(or establishment)

/operation

  Principal activity
 

Shanghai Ambow Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Ambow Shanghai”)

  May 16, 2006   PRC   Investment holding

Ambow Sihua Education and Technology Co., Ltd. (“Ambow Sihua”)

  April 17, 2007   PRC   Investment holding

Suzhou Wenjian Venture Investment Management Consulting Co., Ltd (“Suzhou Wenjian”)

  February 25, 2009   PRC   Investment holding

Subsidiaries of VIEs

     

Changsha Study School (“Changsha Tutoring”)

  June 1, 1984   PRC   Tutoring

Tianjin Peace School (“Tianjin Tutoring”)

  March 5, 1986   PRC   Tutoring

Beijing 21st Century Experimental School (“21st Century School”)

  February 20, 1993   PRC   K-12 School

Beijing Intelligent Training School (“Beijing YZ Tutoring”)

  December 30, 1994   PRC   Tutoring

Hunan Changsha Tongsheng Lake Experimental School and Kindergarten (“Changsha K-12”)

  June 18, 1999   PRC   K-12 School

Jilin Clever Training School (“Jilin Tutoring”)

  May 8, 2000   PRC   Tutoring

Shenyang Universe High School (“Shenyang K-12”)

  December 8, 2003   PRC   K-12 School

Century College Bei You (“Beijing Century College”)

  July 13, 2005   PRC   College

Su Da Applied Technology College (“Applied Technology College”)

  April 29, 2006   PRC   College

Shuyang Galaxy School (“Shuyang K-12”)

  November 1, 2008   PRC   K-12 School

Beijing Jinghan Yingcai Education and Technology Co., Ltd. (“Beijing JY Tutoring”)

  January 21, 2009   PRC   Tutoring
 

The names of certain schools or companies referred to above represent management’s best effort in translating the Chinese names of these entities as no English names for these entities have been registered.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

2. Significant accounting policies

a. Basis of presentation

The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). All amounts in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes are expressed in Renminbi (“RMB”). Amounts in United States dollars (“US$”) are presented solely for the convenience of readers and an exchange rate of RMB6.8258, representing the noon buying rate as set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the U.S. Federal Reserve Board on March 31, 2010. No representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted into US$ at such rate.

PRC regulations restrict foreign owned companies from directly investing in certain businesses providing educational services in China. In order to comply with these regulations, the Company through its PRC subsidiaries, has entered into exclusive technical consulting and service agreements (the “Service Agreements”) with a number of VIEs in China which are able to provide such educational services.

The shareholders of the VIEs, through share pledge agreements, have pledged all of their rights and interests in the VIEs, including voting rights and dividend rights, to the Company or its subsidiaries as collateral for their obligation to perform in accordance with the Service Agreements. Further, the shareholders of the VIEs, through an exclusive call option agreement, granted to the Company or its subsidiaries an exclusive, irrevocable and unconditional right to purchase part or all of the equity interests in the VIEs for an amount equal to the original cost of their investment should the purchase becomes permissible under the relevant PRC law.

Through the contractual agreements described above, Ambow Shida, Ambow Shanghai, Ambow Sihua and Suzhou Wenjian are VIEs in accordance with US GAAP for the following reasons:

 

 

Shareholders of VIEs lack the right to receive their expected residual returns;

 

 

Shareholders of VIEs lack the ability to make decisions about the activities of the VIEs that have a significant effect on their success; and

 

 

Substantially all of the VIEs’ businesses are conducted on behalf of the Company or its subsidiaries.

The Company, either directly or through its subsidiaries, is the primary beneficiary of the VIEs because it holds all the variable interests in the VIEs. As a result, the accounts and operations of the VIEs and their subsidiaries are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

b. Use of estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, the Group evaluates its estimates, including those related to the useful lives of long-lived assets including property and equipment, stock-based compensation, goodwill and other intangible assets, income taxes, and contingencies. The Group bases its estimates of the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, when these carrying values are not readily available from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

c. Basis of consolidation

All significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated upon consolidation. Non-controlling interests represent the equity interests in the Company’s subsidiaries and VIEs that are not attributable, either directly or indirectly, to the Company.

d. Significant risks and uncertainties

The Group participates in a regulated and dynamic industry and believes that changes in any of the following areas could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s future financial position, results of operations or cash flows: the share market performance and public interest in companies operating in the PRC that are listed on share market in the United States; competition from other competitors; regulatory or other PRC related factors; risks associated with the Group’s ability to attract and retain employees necessary to support its growth; risks associated with the Group’s success in managing and integrating businesses acquired; and general risks associated with the education industry in the PRC.

e. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, cash in bank with no restrictions, money market funds, as well as highly liquid investments which are unrestricted as to withdrawal or use, and which have remaining maturities of three months or less when initially purchased.

f. Restricted cash

Restricted cash relates to cash deposited into banking institutions as a security deposit to enable further borrowings from the bank.

g. Term deposits

Term deposits consist of bank deposits with original maturity of between three to twelve months.

h. Allowance for doubtful accounts

Accounts receivable mainly represent the amounts due from the customers or students of the Company’s various subsidiaries and VIEs. An allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded in the

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

period in which a loss is determined to be probable based on an assessment of specific evidence indicating doubtful collection, historical experience, account balance aging and prevailing economic conditions. Accounts receivable balances are written off after all collection efforts have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.

i. Land use rights, net

Land use rights are recorded at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is provided on straight-line basis over the term of the land use right agreement or 50 years, whichever is shorter.

j. Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated on a straight line basis over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Buildings

   20 – 50 years

Motor vehicles

   5 years

Office and computer equipment

   3 – 5 years

Leasehold improvements

   Shorter of the remaining lease terms or estimated useful lives

k. Construction in progress

Construction in progress represents property and equipment under construction or installation, which is recorded at actual cost. Cost comprises the original cost of equipment, installation costs and construction costs. Borrowing costs on qualifying assets are capitalized as part of the cost of the fixed assets until the assets are ready for their intended use. Construction in progress is transferred to fixed assets when the assets are ready for their intended use, at which time depreciation begins.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

l. Intangible assets, net

Finite lived intangible assets are initially recorded at fair value when acquired in a business combination and are amortized on a straight-line basis except student populations and customer relationships which are amortized using an accelerated method to reflect the expected departure rate over the remaining useful life of the asset. The Group reviews identifiable amortizable intangible assets to be held and used for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. Determination of recoverability is based on the lowest level of identifiable estimated undiscounted cash flows resulting from use of the asset and its eventual disposition. Measurement of any impairment loss is based on the excess of the carrying value of the asset over its fair value. The intangible assets have original estimated useful lives as follows (see Note 7-“Intangible assets, net” for additional information):

 

Software

   3 years to 5 years

Student populations

   2.5 years to 15 years

Customer relationships

   4.3 years to 5 years

Cooperative agreements

   1.3 years to 10.3 years

Favorable leases

   0.8 years to 20 years

Trade names

   Indefinite

The Group has determined that trade names have the continued ability to generate cash flows indefinitely. There are no legal, regulatory, contractual, economic or other factors limiting the useful life of the respective trade names. Consequently, the carrying amounts of trade names are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually in the fourth quarter or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the assets may be impaired. Such impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair values of the trade names with their carrying amounts and an impairment loss is recognized if and when the carrying amounts of the trade names exceed their fair values.

m. Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of costs over the fair value of net assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill acquired in a business combination is tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently when events and circumstances occur indicating that the recorded goodwill may be impaired. The Group completes the following two-step process. The first step compares the fair values of each reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. The fair value of each reporting unit is established using a combination of expected present value of future cash flow and income approach valuation methodology. If the fair value of each reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered to be impaired and the second step will not be required. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step compares the implied fair value of goodwill to the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to accounting for a business combination with the allocation of the assessed fair value determined in the first step to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

the amounts assigned to the assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss is recognized for any excess in the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value of goodwill.

Determining when to test for impairment, the Group’s reporting units, the fair value of a reporting unit and the fair value of assets and liabilities within a reporting unit, requires judgment and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions include revenue growth rates and operating margins used to calculate projected future cash flows, risk-adjusted discount rates, future economic and market conditions and determination of appropriate market comparables. The Group bases fair value estimates on assumptions it believes to be reasonable but that are unpredictable and inherently uncertain. Actual future results may differ from those estimates.

The Group performs impairment tests in the fourth quarter of each year. No impairment loss was recognized for all periods presented.

n. Impairment of long-lived assets

The Group reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. When these events occur, the Group measures impairment by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount of the assets, the Group would recognize an impairment loss based on the fair value of the assets. The Group did not incur impairment losses related to long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009.

o. Revenue recognition

Revenue for education program and services and sales of products are recognized when all four of the following criteria are met: (i) pervasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery of the products and/or services has occurred and risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the customer; (iii) the selling price is both fixed and determinable; and (iv) collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured . If a sales contract stipulates more than one deliverable and the deliverables are considered as multiple accounting units in accordance with ASC Topic 605, Revenue, the total revenue on such arrangements is allocated among the individual deliverables based on their relative fair values. If sufficient vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value does not exist for the allocation of revenue, the fee for the entire arrangement is recognized ratably over the term of the arrangement. Revenue is recorded net of business tax.

a) Educational programs and services

Educational programs and services mainly consist of primary and secondary curriculum education, university curriculum education, tutoring programs that supplement primary and secondary curriculum education and career enhancement and other corporate training programs that are

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

provided directly or indirectly to customers, where the Group is responsible for delivery of the programs and services. For the curriculum education programs, the tuition revenue, including accommodation, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the length of the course, which is typically over a period of a semester. For tutoring programs, tuition revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period during which tutoring services are provided to students. Educational materials revenue, which is immaterial and has not been disclosed separately, relates to the sales of books, course materials, course notes for which the Group recognizes revenue when the materials have been delivered to students.

b) Sales of software products

Product revenues relates to revenues from the sale of educational compact disks (“CDs”). The sales arrangements do not include post customer support services and the Group does not provide customers with upgrades. The Group recognizes revenue for these products in accordance with US GAAP on the software revenue recognition guidance in ASC Topic 985-605, Software-Revenue Recognition.

p. Cost of revenues

Cost of revenues for educational programs and services primarily consist of costs paid to sales agents for their services, teaching fees and performance-linked bonuses paid to the teachers, rental payments for the schools and learning centers, depreciation and amortization of property, equipment and land use rights used in the provision of educational services and costs of educational materials.

Cost of revenues for software products primarily consists of raw material costs of compact disks and packing boxes.

q. Operating leases

Leases where substantially all the rewards and risks of ownership of assets remain with the lessor are accounted for as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Group normalizes rent expense on operating leases that involve rent concessions.

r. Research and development

Research and development expenses comprise of: i) payroll, employee benefits, and other headcount-related costs associated with the development of online education technology platform and courseware, and ii) outsourced development cost. Except for costs related to internal use software and website development costs, the Group expenses all other research and development costs when incurred for the years and period presented.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

a) Software to be sold, leased or marketed

The Group recognizes costs to develop its online education technology platform and courseware in accordance with the guidance in ASC Topic 985-20, “Costs of Software to be Sold, Leased or Marketed”. Costs incurred for the development of online education technology platform and courseware prior to the establishment of technological feasibility is expensed when incurred. Once an online education technology platform or courseware has reached technological feasibility with a proven ability to operate in the market, all subsequent online education technology platform or courseware development costs are capitalized until the product is available for general release. Technical feasibility is evaluated on a product-by-product basis, but typically encompasses technical design documentation.

b) Internal use software

The Group recognizes internally used software development costs in accordance with the guidance in Internal Use Software subtopic of ASC Topic 350. Accordingly, the Group expenses all costs that are incurred in connection with the planning and implementation phases of development and costs that are associated with repair or maintenance of the existing software. Direct costs incurred to develop the software during the application development stage that can provide future benefits are capitalized.

For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Group did not capitalize any internal use software. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, the Group capitalized certain internal use software development costs totaling approximately RMB3,068 and RMB10,285, respectively. The estimated useful life of costs capitalized is evaluated for each specific project as four years. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, the amortization of capitalized costs amounted to approximately RMB237 and RMB1,519, respectively, and have been included as part of general and administrative expenses. Capitalized internal use software and website development costs are included in intangible assets: others, net.

s. Advertising costs

The Group expenses advertising costs as incurred. Total advertising expenses were RMB1,155, RMB16,843 and RMB44,233 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and have been included as part of selling and marketing expenses.

t. Foreign currency translation

The Group uses RMB as its reporting currency. The functional currency of the Company and its subsidiaries incorporated in the Cayman Islands, Hong Kong and the British Virgin Islands is the US$, while the functional currency of the other entities in the Group is the RMB. In the consolidated financial statements, the financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries, which use US$ as their functional currency, has been translated into RMB. Assets and liabilities are translated from each subsidiary’s functional currency at the exchange rates on the balance sheet date, equity amounts are translated at historical exchange rates, and revenues, expenses,

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

gains, and losses are translated using the average rate for the year. Translation adjustments are reported as cumulative translation adjustments and are shown as a separate component of other comprehensive income or loss in the statement of shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income.

Foreign currency transactions denominated in currencies other than functional currency are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are remeasured at the applicable rates of exchange in effect at that date. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from remeasurement at year-end are recognized in foreign currency exchange gain/loss, net on the consolidated statement of operations.

u. Foreign currency risk

The RMB is regulated by the PRC government and is not a freely convertible currency. The State Administration for Foreign Exchange, under the authority of the People’s Bank of China, controls the conversion of RMB into foreign currencies. Limitations on foreign exchange transactions imposed by the PRC government could cause future exchange rates to vary significantly from current or historical exchange rates. Further, the value of RMB is subject to changes in central government policies and to international economic and political developments affecting supply and demand in the China Foreign Exchange Trading System market. Cash and cash equivalents and term deposits of the Group included aggregate amounts of RMB104,452, RMB72,898 and RMB385,497 at December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, which were denominated in RMB.

v. Fair value of financial instruments

Financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, borrowings and amounts due from and due to related parties. Except for accounts receivable and accounts payable arising from school acquisitions, which are determined based on the incremental borrowing rate discounted using the effective interest method, the carrying values of other financial instruments approximate their fair values due to their short-term maturities.

On January 1, 2008, the Group adopted the US GAAP guidance on “Fair Value Measurements”. Refer to Note 25–”Fair value measurements” for additional information.

w. Net income per share

In accordance with US GAAP guidance on “Computation of Earnings Per Share” and “Participating Securities and the Two-Class Method”, basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year using the two-class method. Under the two-class method, net income is allocated between ordinary shares and other participating securities based

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

on their respective participating rights. All of the preferred shares of the Company are participating securities on a fixed basis (refer to Note 12 for dividend provisions of all preferred shares). Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income attributable to ordinary shareholders as adjusted for the effect of dilutive ordinary equivalent shares, if any, by the weighted average number of ordinary and dilutive ordinary equivalent shares outstanding during the year. Ordinary share equivalent consist of the ordinary shares issuable upon the conversion of the convertible preferred shares (using the if-converted method) and ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding share options (using the treasury stock method). Ordinary share equivalents are excluded from the computation of the diluted net income per share in years when their effect would be anti-dilutive.

x. Income taxes

Deferred income taxes are recognized for temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements, net of operating loss carry forwards and credits, by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Income taxes are provided for in accordance with the laws of the relevant taxing authorities.

y. Uncertain tax positions

The Group adopted the guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes as of January 1, 2007. The guidance prescribes a more likely than not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Guidance was also provided on derecognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, accounting for income taxes in interim periods, and income tax disclosures. Significant judgment is required in evaluating the Group’s uncertain tax positions and determining its provision for income taxes. The Group establishes reserves for tax-related uncertainties based on estimates of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. These reserves are established when the Group believes that certain positions might be challenged despite its belief that its tax return positions are in accordance with applicable tax laws. The Group adjusts these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit, new tax legislation, or the change of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made. The provision for income taxes includes the effect of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that are considered appropriate, as well as the related net interest and penalties where applicable. See Note 16–“Income Taxes” for additional information. The Group did not have any adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as of January 1, 2007 as a result of the implementation of FIN 48, now codified as ASC Topic 340. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the Group did not have any interest and penalties associated with tax positions. See Note 16 for details of the Group’s tax position as of December 31, 2009.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

z. Comprehensive income

Comprehensive income includes net income and foreign currency translation adjustments. Comprehensive income is reported as a component of the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity.

aa. Imputation of interest on long-term receivables and payables

The Group imputes interest on non-current receivables and payables in accordance with ASC Topic 835-30. Two long-term payable balances and one long-term receivable balance arose as part of the Group’s business combinations during 2009. For the period ended December 31, 2009, net interest expense of RMB5,947 was imputed on the outstanding long-term receivable and payable balances using the incremental borrowing rate of approximately 6.82%.

bb. Share-based compensation

The Group grants share options to its employees, directors and non-employees. The Group measures the cost of employee services received at the grant-date the fair value of the equity instrument issued net of an estimated forfeiture rate, and therefore only recognizes compensation costs for those shares expected to vest over the service period of the award. The Group records stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, generally four years.

Cost of services received from non-employees is measured at fair value at the earlier of the performance commitment date or the date service is completed and recognized over the period the service is provided. Changes in fair value between the interim reporting dates are attributed consistent with method used in recognizing the original compensation costs.

Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised in the subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

cc. Business Combinations

The Group accounted for acquisitions made in the year ended December 31, 2008 using the acquisition method in accordance with SFAS 141 “Business Combinations”.

In December 2007, the FASB issued a revision of the SFAS 141 business combinations accounting standard. On January 1, 2009, the Group adopted on a prospective basis SFAS 141(R) (now codified as ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations). This recently issued guidance significantly changed how business acquisitions were accounted for and impacts financial statements both on the acquisition date and in subsequent periods requiring:

 

 

more assets acquired and liabilities assumed to be measured at fair value as of the acquisition date;

 

 

any non-controlling interest in the acquiree to be measured at fair value as of the acquisition date;

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

 

liabilities related to contingent consideration to be remeasured at fair value in each subsequent reporting period;

 

 

an acquirer to expense acquisition-related costs; and

 

 

additional disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination.

In April 2009, the FASB amended this new accounting standard to require that assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination that arise from contingencies be recognized at fair value, if the fair value can be determined during the measurement period. The Group accounted for acquisitions made in the year ended December 31, 2009 using the acquisition method in accordance with ASC Topic 805.

dd. Borrowing costs

The Group capitalizes the borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset as part of the cost of that asset in accordance with ASC Topic 835-20, Capitalization of Interest.

ee. Recently issued accounting pronouncements

In May 2009, the FASB issued authoritative accounting guidance on subsequent events, a topic that was previously only addressed by auditing literature. The FASB clarified a subsequent event as either recognized subsequent events or non-recognized subsequent events, and modified the definition of subsequent events to refer to events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date, but before the financial statements are issued or available to be issued. Furthermore, the guidance requires entities to disclose the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events and the basis for that date. The authoritative guidance was effective for the interim or annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009, and is applied prospectively. No significant unrecognized subsequent events were noted.

In June 2009, the FASB issued an amendment to the accounting and disclosure requirements for transfers of financial assets. This amendment requires greater transparency and additional disclosures for transfers of financial assets and the entity’s continuing involvement with them and changes the requirements for derecognizing financial assets. In addition, this amendment eliminates the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity (QSPE). This amendment is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. This amendment will not have a material affect on the Group’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

In June 2009, the FASB also issued an amendment to the accounting and disclosure requirements for the consolidation of variable interest entities. The elimination of the concept of a QSPE, as discussed above, removes the exception from applying the consolidation guidance within this amendment. This amendment requires an enterprise to perform a qualitative analysis when

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

determining whether or not it must consolidate a VIE. The amendment also requires an enterprise to continuously reassess whether it must consolidate a VIE. Additionally, the amendment requires enhanced disclosures about an enterprise’s involvement with VIEs and any significant change in risk exposure due to that involvement, as well as how its involvement with VIEs impacts the enterprise’s financial statements. Finally, an enterprise will be required to disclose significant judgments and assumptions used to determine whether or not to consolidate a VIE. This amendment is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. This amendment will not have a material affect on the Group’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

In October 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on ASC Topic 605-25, “Revenue Recognition—Multiple-Element Arrangements.” This guidance modifies the revenue recognition guidance for arrangements that involve the delivery of multiple-elements, such as product, software, services or support, to a customer at different times as part of a single revenue generating transaction. This standard provides principles and application guidance to determine whether multiple deliverables exist, how the individual deliverables should be separated and how to allocate the revenue in the arrangement among those separate deliverables. The standard also expands the disclosure requirements for multiple deliverable revenue arrangements. This accounting guidance is effective for the Group beginning January 1, 2011, but may be early adopted as of the first quarter of 2010 or through a retrospective application to all revenue arrangements for all periods presented in the financial statements. The Group is currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, on the Group’s consolidated financial statements and timing of the adoption of this guidance.

In October 2009, the FASB amended the existing accounting guidance for how entities account for multiple-element arrangements that include both software and hardware elements, which typically resulted in the sale of hardware being accounted for under the software recognition rules. The software revenue recognition guidance in ASC Topic 985-605, “Software-Revenue Recognition,” changes revenue recognition for tangible products containing software elements and non-software elements. The tangible element of the product is always outside of the scope of the software revenue recognition rules, and the software elements of tangible products when the software element and non-software elements function together to deliver the product’s essential functionality are outside of the scope of the software rules. As a result, both the hardware and qualifying related software elements are excluded from the scope of the software revenue guidance and accounted for under the revised multiple-element revenue recognition guidance discussed above. This accounting guidance is effective for the Group beginning January 1, 2011 with early adoption permitted. However, early adoption is permitted only when ASC Topic 605-25 is also early adopted as of the same period. The Group is currently evaluating the impact, if any, the adoption of this guidance will have on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

3. Accounts receivable, net

Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2007    2008    2009  
                
     RMB    RMB    RMB  

Accounts receivable

   328,066    360,499    21,879   

Less: allowance for doubtful accounts

         (351
                

Accounts receivable, net

   328,066    360,499    21,528   
                

4. Prepaid and other current assets

Prepaid and other current assets consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,
     2007    2008    2009
              
     RMB    RMB    RMB

Prepaid rental fees

   1,148    1,998    13,217

Rental deposits

   722    1,408    8,672

Advances to staff

   1,584    3,740    4,617

Value added tax (“VAT”) refund receivables

   26,955    35,095    15,118

Deposits for purchase of land use rights

   121,500       4,122

Prepaid professional service fees

      28,513    5,443

Prepaid commissions

   74,324    98,554    19,814

Prepayment for an operating lease arrangement (as set out in
Note 22(24))

      13,143    2,762

Receivables arising from the cancellation of agreements*

   35,000    183,590    169,458

Prepayment for a product development project

         40,000

Prepayment for cooperative rights to cooperating universities

         17,949

Others

   618    35,965    37,095
              
   261,851    402,006    338,267
              

 

*   RMB66,522 of receivables arising from the cancellation of agreements as at December 31, 2009 are secured by buildings. A further RMB51,801 of receivables classified in Other non-current assets are secured by the same buildings.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

5. Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009  
                  
     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Buildings

        31,080      492,916   

Motor vehicles

   1,164      1,966      15,627   

Office and computer equipment

   4,297      13,442      98,420   

Leasehold improvements

   2,225      4,259      15,370   
                  
   7,686      50,747      622,333   

Less: accumulated depreciation

   (2,655   (3,620   (30,333

Add: construction in progress

             14,820   
                  

Total

   5,031      47,127      606,820   
                  

For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, depreciation expenses were RMB1,405, RMB2,184 and RMB30,245, respectively and are recorded in cost of revenues and general and administrative expenses.

As at December 31, 2009, the Group is in the process of applying for the building ownership certificates for certain buildings with total net carrying value of approximately RMB174,657.

6. Land use rights, net

Land use rights, net consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2007    2008    2009  
                
     RMB    RMB    RMB  

Land use rights

      2,561    267,700   

Less: accumulated amortization

         (3,929
                

Land use rights, net

      2,561    263,771   
                

Amortization expenses for land use rights amounted to RMB0, RMB0 and RMB3,929 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and are recorded in cost of revenues and general and administrative expenses. The Group did not have any amortization expenses for the year ended December 31, 2008 as the land use rights were acquired in December 2008 as part of the Group’s acquisition of Shandong North Resource Information Technology Co. Ltd (“Shandong North Resources”) and Jinan Prosperous Resource Technology Co., Ltd. (together referred to as the “Shandong Software Companies”)

Based on the current land use rights held, future amortization expenses are estimated to be RMB6,353 per year for each of the next five years through December 31, 2014.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

7. Intangible assets, net

The following table summarizes the Group’s intangible assets, net:

 

    As of December 31, 2007   As of December 31, 2008   As of December 31, 2009
    Gross
Carrying
Amount
 

Accumu-

lated
Amorti-

zation

    Net
Carrying
Amount
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
 

Accumu-

lated
Amorti-

zation

    Net
Carrying
Amount
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
 

Accumu-

lated
Amorti-

zation

   

Net
Carrying

Amount

                                         
    RMB   RMB     RMB   RMB   RMB     RMB   RMB   RMB     RMB

Trade names

           72,776        72,776   303,686        303,686

Student populations

           20,970   (2,754   18,216   64,060   (14,880   49,180

Software

  155   (11   144   20,066   (4,215   15,851   43,018   (13,483   29,535

Customer relationships

           7,820        7,820   9,940   (3,663   6,277

Cooperative Agreements*

           150   (39   111   101,963   (7,386   94,577

Favorable Leases

           927   (109   818   63,237   (1,837   61,400
                                         

Intangible assets

  155   (11   144   122,709   (7,117   115,592   585,904   (41,249   544,655
                                         

 

*   In connection with the acquisitions completed in 2008 and 2009, the Group identified certain cooperative agreements as intangible assets, which were entered into by the sellers prior to the acquisitions. These cooperative agreements offer the Group the right to be affiliated with certain reputable universities in China.

Amortization expenses for intangible assets amounted to RMB5, RMB7,106 and RMB34,132 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and are included in general and administrative expenses. Based on the current amount of intangible assets subject to amortization, the estimated amortization expense for each of the future annual periods is as follows: 2010: RMB59,532, 2011: RMB34,164, 2012: RMB26,006, 2013: RMB22,113, 2014: RMB18,229, and cumulatively thereafter: RMB80,925.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

8. Goodwill

The Group did not have any goodwill as of December 31, 2007. The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by segment for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 were as follows:

 

    Better Schools     Better Jobs        
    Tutoring     K-12
Schools
    Subtotal     Career
Enhancement
    Colleges     Subtotal     Consolidated  
                                         
    RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Balance as of January 1, 2008

                                  

Goodwill acquired during the year

  181,506           181,506      38,567           38,567      220,073   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  (494        (494   28           28      (466
                                         

Balance as of December 31, 2008

  181,012           181,012      38,595           38,595      219,607   

Goodwill acquired during the year

  279,731      244,977      524,708      126,891      157,868      284,759      809,467   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  (222   (112   (334   (61   (87   (148   (482
                                         

Balance as of December 31, 2009

  460,521      244,865      705,386      165,425      157,781      323,206      1,028,592   
                                         

The Group did not recognize any goodwill impairment losses during all periods presented.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

9. Accrued and other liabilities

Accrued and other liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,
     2007    2008    2009
              
     RMB    RMB    RMB

Accrued payroll and welfare

   1,627    5,661    45,385

Current portion of consideration payable for acquisitions

      17,845    113,531

Other taxes payable

   41,317    52,183    53,829

Professional service fees payable

   13,679    12,359    5,052

Payable from the termination of sale of land use right

         49,800

Amounts due to cooperating partners

         18,813

Payments in advance

      2,715    16,562

Accrued rental expense

         4,435

Payable for equipment purchase

         1,692

Others

   2,818    13,567    52,835
              

Total

   59,441    104,330    361,934
              

10. Short-term borrowings

Short-term borrowings consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31, 2009
    
     RMB

Secured short-term bank loans

   13,000

Unsecured short-term bank loans

   100,000
    

Total

   113,000
    

The Group did not have any short-term borrowings as of December 31, 2007 and 2008. As of December 31, 2009, secured short-term bank loans consisted of the following two bank loans:

 

 

RMB2,000 repayable on May 25, 2010 and bearing interest at 6.37% per annum. The loan was secured by a building with a net carrying value of approximately RMB8,452.

 

 

RMB11,000 repayable on September 15, 2010 and bearing interest at 6.37% per annum. The loan was secured by a land use right with a net carrying value of approximately RMB12,286.

As of December 31, 2009, the Group has the following unsecured short-term bank loans:

 

 

RMB60,000 with a maturity date of June 28, 2010 and bearing interest at 4.86% per annum.

 

 

RMB20,000 with a maturity date of May 4, 2010 and bearing interest at 5.34% per annum. The loan was guaranteed by a third party.

 

 

RMB20,000 with a maturity date of January 29, 2010 and bearing interest at 5.34% per annum. The loan was jointly guaranteed by a third party and a minority shareholder of the Group. This

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

loan was subsequently renewed on January 29, 2010 at no additional cost. The renewed borrowing is due to be repaid on July 26, 2010.

None of these short-term bank loans have guarantee fees.

The above short-term borrowings incurred interest expenses for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 of RMB0, RMB0 and RMB545, respectively, of which RMB0, RMB0 and RMB216 was capitalized as additions to construction in-progress in the same respective years. The weighted average interest rate of bank loans outstanding as of December 31, 2009 was 6.37% per annum. The fair value of the short-term bank loans approximate their carrying amounts.

11. Long-term borrowings

Long-term borrowings consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31, 2009  
   
     RMB  

Secured long-term bank loans

   41,500   

Unsecured long-term bank loans

   120,500   
      

Total

   162,000   

Less: current portion of long-term bank loans

   (89,000
      

Non-current portion of long-term bank loans

   73,000   
   

The Group did not have any long-term loans as of December 31, 2007 and 2008. In the year ended December 31, 2009, the Group entered into fifteen long-term loan agreements with local banks with terms ranging from one year to seven years to finance its working capital requirements. The twelve loans from one bank bear a floating interest rate at 120% of PBOC’s base lending rate per annum and are re-priced annually. The other three loans bear a floating interest rate at PBOC’s base lending rate per annum and are re-priced annually. The weighted average interest rate of bank loans outstanding as of December 31, 2009 was 6.76% per annum and all were denominated in RMB. None of the loan agreements contains any financial covenant.

Secured long-term bank loans of RMB41,500 were secured by land use rights and buildings with a net carrying value of approximately RMB50,948. Unsecured long-term bank loans were guaranteed by the following parties:

 

 

bank loans of RMB35,500 were guaranteed by a related party, Shanghai Yunhai Group.

 

 

bank loans of RMB10,000 were guaranteed by an independent guarantee company, Jiangsu Yongtailong Investment Guarantee Co., Ltd.

 

 

bank loans of RMB5,000 were guaranteed by an independent guarantee company, Jiangsu Donghaoling Investment Co., Ltd.

 

 

bank loans of RMB10,000 were guaranteed by a subsidiary of a related party, Yunhai Resort.

 

 

bank loans of RMB60,000 were guaranteed by an independent guarantee company, Huaxia Credit Guarantee Co., Ltd.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The above long-term loans incurred guarantee fees of RMB1,040 and interest expenses of RMB10,825 for the year ended December 31, 2009, of which RMB1,843 was capitalized in additions to construction in-progress in the same year. The fair value of the long-term bank loans approximate their carrying amounts.

The repayment schedule of the long-term borrowings is as follows:

 

     As of December 31, 2009
    
     RMB

Within one year

   89,000

Between one and two years

   25,000

Between two and three years

   10,000

Between three and four years

   20,000

Between four and five years

   6,000

Beyond five years

   12,000
    

12. Convertible preferred shares

Series A Convertible Preferred Shares

On February 10, 2005, the shareholders of Ambow Online, which was the predecessor of the Company, exchanged their shareholdings in Ambow Online for 1,800,000 Series A convertible preferred shares issued by AECL. At the same time as this reorganization, AECL issued 2,500,000 Series A convertible preferred shares to a creditor in exchange for the extinguishment of its loan outstanding at the time. The loan extinguishment was accounted for based on the fair value of Series A convertible preferred shares issued to the creditor.

These preferred shares were then exchanged on a 1 for 3 basis for preferred shares of the Company with equivalent rights, preferences, and privileges on July 18, 2007.

The Group has classified the Series A convertible preferred shares as equity as these preferred shares cannot be redeemed.

Series B Convertible Preferred Shares

On December 2, 2005 and April 19, 2006, the Company issued an aggregate of 5,803,567 Series B convertible preferred shares for a purchase price of US$2.24 per share, net of issuance costs of US$801. Upon the first closing, the Company issued an additional 111,607 Series B convertible preferred shares upon the automatic conversion of US$150 convertible promissory notes held by a creditor at the time. A beneficial conversion feature of US$100 was recognized upon the automatic conversion of the convertible promissory notes based upon the fair value of the preferred shares received by the creditor.

In December 2005, in conjunction with the issuance of the Series B convertible preferred shares, the Company issued to its placement agent warrants to purchase an aggregate of 196,731 Series B convertible preferred shares at an exercise price of US$2.24 per share.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

These preferred shares were then exchanged on a 1 for 3 basis for preferred shares of the Company with equivalent rights, preferences, and privileges on July 18, 2007. On July 20, 2007 the holders of the Series B convertible preferred shares waived their redemption rights at the time the Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares were issued.

The Group has determined that there was no embedded beneficial conversion feature attributable to the Series B convertible preferred shares because the initial effective conversion price of Series B convertible preferred shares was higher than the fair value of the Group’s ordinary shares determined based on an independent third party valuation.

The Group has classified the Series B convertible preferred shares as equity as these preferred shares cannot be redeemed.

Series C Convertible Redeemable Preferred Shares

On July 27, 2007 and September 6, 2007, the Company issued an aggregate of 20,922,307 Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares for a purchase price of US$2.3181 per share, net of issuance costs of US$1,111. Upon the first closing, the Company issued an additional 2,465,074 Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares upon the automatic conversion of US$4,000 convertible promissory notes held by a creditor at the time. A beneficial conversion feature of US$1,714 was recognized upon the automatic conversion of the convertible promissory notes based upon the fair value of the preferred shares received by the creditor.

The Group has determined that there was no embedded beneficial conversion feature attributable to the Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares because the initial effective conversion price of Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares was higher than the fair value of the Group’s ordinary shares determined based on an independent third party valuation.

The Group has classified the Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares as mezzanine equity as these preferred shares can be redeemed at the option of the holders after July 20, 2012.

Series D Convertible Redeemable Preferred Shares

On September 8, 2008, September 23, 2008 and September 26, 2008, the Company issued an aggregate of 26,722,649 Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares for a purchase price of US$3.8544 per share, net of issuance costs of US$328.

The Group has determined that there was no embedded beneficial conversion feature attributable to the Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares because the initial effective conversion price of Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares was higher than the fair value of the Group’s ordinary shares determined based on an independent third party valuation.

The Group has classified the Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares as mezzanine equity as these preferred shares can be redeemed at the option of the holders after July 20, 2012.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The key terms of the preferred shares are summarized as follows:

Dividend provisions

The holders of the preferred shares are entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends in preference of any payment of any dividend on ordinary shares, as and when declared by the Board of Directors as follows:

 

Series A convertible preferred shares

   US$0.0050 per share, per annum

Series B convertible preferred shares

   US$0.0597 per share, per annum

Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares

   US$0.1855 per share, per annum

Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares

   US$0.3084 per share, per annum

Liquidation rights

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of preferred shares shall be entitled to receive an amount as shown below, plus all declared and unpaid dividends. After such payment has been paid to holders of preferred shares, any remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed to the holders of ordinary shares and preferred shares pro rata on an as-converted basis:

 

Series A convertible preferred shares

   US$0.0833 per share

Series B convertible preferred shares

   US$0.7467 per share

Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares

   US$2.3181 per share

Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares

   US$3.8544 per share

Conversion rights

Each preferred share is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time after the date of issuance of such preferred share according to a conversion ratio, subject to adjustments for dilution, including but not limited to stock splits, stock dividends and recapitalization. Each preferred share is convertible into a number of ordinary shares determined by dividing the applicable original issuance price by the conversion price. The conversion price of each preferred share is the same as its original issuance price and no adjustments to conversion price have occurred, other than for the preferred shares outstanding at the time of the 1 for 3 share exchange in July 2007. At December 31, 2009, each preferred share is convertible into one ordinary share.

Each preferred share automatically converts into ordinary shares upon the earlier of (i) the closing of an initial public offering at a price per share that reflects a pre-offering valuation of the Company of not less than US$600,000 (a “Qualified Public Offering”), or (ii) the written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such series of preferred shares; provided that the conversion of Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares and Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares into ordinary shares pursuant to the foregoing clause

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

shall also require the written consent of at least two thirds of the outstanding shares of such series of preferred shares.

Voting rights

The holders of the preferred shares each has the right to one vote for each common share into which such series of preferred shares could then be converted, and with respect to such vote, such holder has full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of common shares.

Redemption rights

At the date of issuance, subject to certain conditions, the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B convertible preferred shares could require the Company to redeem the preferred shares in cash at the original purchase price plus all declared but unpaid dividends. However, the holders of the Series B convertible preferred shares waived their redemption rights at the time the Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares were issued. Since July 20, 2007, the Series B convertible preferred shares were no longer redeemable and so were reclassified from mezzanine equity to equity.

At any time after July 20, 2012, provided that a Qualified Public Offering has not occurred, the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares or the holders of at least two thirds of the outstanding Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares may require the Company to redeem all of such series of preferred shares in cash equal to the greater of (i) original purchase price plus all declared but unpaid dividends, or (ii) their fair market value.

The fair market value of the Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares and Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares are greater than their original purchase price as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009. The accretion to the redemption value using the effective interest method was reflected as a reduction to net income to arrive at net (loss) income available to common shareholders in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and amounted to RMB1,407, RMB67,768 and RMB157,877 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

13. Ordinary shares

On December 15, 2004, AECL issued 4,200,000 ordinary shares (12,600,000 ordinary shares, as adjusted for the 1 for 3 share exchange in July 2007) to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, as compensation. On July 18, 2007, AECL further issued an additional 2,500,000 ordinary shares (7,500,000 ordinary shares, as adjusted for the 1 for 3 share exchange in July 2007) upon the exercise of warrants to purchase ordinary shares held by CStar Investments Holding Limited.

The Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on June 26, 2007 and became the holding company of the Group pursuant to the reorganization as described in Note 1. In July 2007,

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

pursuant to a share exchange agreement, all the then existing shareholders of AECL exchanged their respective 6,700,000 ordinary shares for 20,100,000 ordinary shares of the Company. As a result, AECL became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The rights of the ordinary shares issued by the Company are the same as those originally issued by AECL. The newly issued shares had a par value at US$0.0001 per share. The Company has accounted for the share exchange agreement as a legal reorganization of entities under common control in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interests. All share and per share data have been restated to reflect the retroactive effect of the share exchange in July 2007.

During the years ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009, the Company issued 13,487,586 and 11,412,077 ordinary shares as consideration for acquisitions completed in 2008 and 2009. During the three months ended March 31, 2010, the Company issued 1,221,568 ordinary shares as consideration for acquisitions previously completed in 2009. See Note 22 “Acquisitions” for additional information.

14. Warrants

In March 2005, AECL granted warrants to purchase 2,500,000 ordinary shares to CStar Investments Holding Limited in exchange for services provided. Compensation cost was recognized on that date based upon the fair value of warrants granted. These warrants were exercised on July 18, 2007.

In December 2005, in conjunction with the placement of Series B convertible preferred shares, the Company issued the placement agent with warrants to purchase an aggregate of 196,731 Series B convertible preferred shares at an exercise price of US$2.24 per share (590,193 Series B convertible preferred shares at an exercise price of US$0.75 per share, as adjusted for the 1 for 3 share exchange in July 2007). These warrants will expire upon the earlier of (i) five years after their issuance, or (ii) the initial public offering of the Company’s equity securities. The warrants were initially recorded as a liability based on their estimated fair value in accordance with ASC Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities From Equity”. Since July 20, 2007, the Series B convertible preferred shares were no longer redeemable and hence these warrants were reclassified from a liability to equity.

The aggregate fair value of the placement agent warrants at issuance and on July 20, 2007 was US$196 and US$363, respectively. The fair value of these warrants was estimated on the basis of the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     Issuance    July 20, 2007
         

Expected volatility

   43% to 45%    34%

Risk-free interest rate

   5.00%    4.53%

Expected dividend

     

Expected life of the warrant

   5 years    3 years

Fair value of preferred share

   US$2.20    US$3.69

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

15. Share option plan

On February 4, 2005, the Group adopted the 2005 Share Incentive Plan, or the “2005 Plan”, under which the Group may grant options to purchase up to 1,500,000 ordinary shares of the Company to its employees, external directors and consultants. On November 14, 2008 the Board of Directors subsequently raised the number of options available to be granted to 20,282,353 shares. In the event that any outstanding option or other right for any reason expires, is cancelled, or otherwise terminated, the shares allocable to the unexercised portion of the 2005 Plan or other right shall again be available for the purposes of the 2005 Plan.

An individual who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company shall not be eligible for designation as an optionee or purchaser unless:

 

(i)   the per share exercise price shall be not less than 110% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant;

 

(ii)   the purchase price shall be not less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant; and

 

(iii)   in the case of an Incentive Shares Option (“ISO”), such ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

The 2005 Plan will terminate automatically 10 years after its adoption, unless terminated earlier at the Board of Directors’ discretion. Option awards are granted with an exercise price determined by the Board of Directors; those option awards generally vest based on 4 years of continuous service and expire in 10 years. As of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, options granted to employees to purchase 5,438,100, 7,970,800 and 9,901,485 shares of ordinary shares and to non-employees to purchase 1,500,000, 1,970,000 and 2,020,000 shares of ordinary shares were outstanding, and options to purchase 6,248,329, 10,341,553 and 8,360,868 ordinary shares were still available for future grants.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

A summary of the share option activity under the 2005 Plan as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 is as follows:

 

    Year ended December 31, 2007   Year ended December 31, 2008   Year ended December 31, 2009
    Shares  

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

 

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Term

 

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

  Shares    

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

 

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Term

 

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

  Shares    

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

 

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Term

 

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

                                                   

Outstanding at beginning of year

  6,206,100   0.25       6,938,100      0.30   7.7   61,754   9,940,800      4.23   7.5   163,835

Granted

  732,000   0.90       3,006,000      13.60       3,373,885      25.98    

Forfeited

          (3,300   0.81       (1,393,200   24.48    

Outstanding at end of year

  6,938,100   0.30   7.7   61,754   9,940,800      4.23   7.5   163,835   11,921,485      8.01   6.9   253,681

Exercisable at end of year

  3,933,945   0.10   7.3   35,796   5,496,188      0.17   6.5   112,860   7,459,076      2.32   6.0   201,160

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

Management of the Group is responsible for determining the fair value of options granted and considered a number of factors including valuations. The fair values of option awards were estimated as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The Black-Scholes model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable and requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility and estimated option life. Expected volatility is estimated based on historical volatility of comparable public companies for the period before the grant date with length commensurate to expected term of the options. Expected term is the period the options is expected to remain unexercised. The risk free rate is estimated based on the yield to maturity of China Sovereign bonds denominated in USD as at the grant date. No dividends were assumed in the Company’s estimated option values. Assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model are presented below:

 

     Year ended
December 31, 2007
   Year ended
December 31, 2008
   Year ended
December 31, 2009

Risk-free rate of return

   4.80%~4.99%    3.40%~4.54%    3.30%~4.50%

Expected term

   6.1~7.4    6.1~9.7    5.2~9.7

Volatility rate

   42.00%~49.58%    44.96%~52.11%    44.04%~50.87%

Weighted average volatility rate

   46.46%    46.76%    45.62%

Dividend yield

        

The Company estimates the forfeiture rate to be 3% for share options granted as of December 31, 2009.

The Company recorded share-based compensation expenses of RMB5,151, RMB9,990 and RMB13,531 during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, attributed based on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. Total fair values of option vested are RMB2,315, RMB3,604 and RMB8,300 for employees and RMB1,842, RMB4,124 and RMB5,610 for non-employees during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Weighted average grant date fair values per share are RMB6.35, RMB5.77 and RMB12.10 during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009. The Company did not capitalize any of the share-based compensation expenses as part of the cost of any asset during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009.

As of December 31, 2009, there was RMB35,662 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements under the 2005 Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.08 years.

16. Taxation

a. VAT

Ambow Online and the Shandong Software Companies are each subject to 17% VAT for the revenues from software products sold in the PRC. Companies that fulfill certain criteria set by the relevant authorities including developing their own software products and registering the

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

software product with the relevant authorities in the PRC are entitled to a refund of VAT equivalent to the excess of VAT paid over and above 3% of net revenues.

For all periods presented, Ambow Online and the Shandong software companies have met these criteria and therefore were entitled to the VAT refund. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the VAT payable amounted to approximately RMB4,558, RMB9,822 and RMB12,568, respectively.

Suzhou Yisichuangyi Technology Co., Ltd. (“Suzhou Career Enhancement”) is a small scale VAT taxpayer, and in 2009 was subject to 3% VAT on the revenue from software products sold within the PRC.

b. Business tax

In China, business taxes are imposed by the government on the revenues arising from the provision of taxable services, the transfer of intangible assets and the sale of immovable properties in China. The business tax rate varies depending on the nature of the revenues. Other than revenues generated from degree oriented educational activities provided by private schools that are accredited to issue diplomas or degree certificates recognized by the Ministry of Education of the PRC which are exempted from business tax, the applicable business tax rate for the Group’s revenues generally ranges from 3% to 5%. Business tax and related surcharges are deducted from revenues before arriving at net revenues.

c. Income taxes

Cayman Islands

Under the current laws of Cayman Islands, the Company and its subsidiaries incorporated in the Cayman Islands are not subject to tax on income or capital gains. In addition, upon payment of dividends by the Company to its shareholders, no Cayman Islands withholding tax will be imposed.

British Virgin Islands

The Company’s subsidiaries incorporated in the British Virgin Islands are not subject to taxation.

Hong Kong

Entities incorporated in Hong Kong are subject to Hong Kong profit tax at a rate of 17.5% on assessable profits in 2007, and at 16.5% since the beginning of 2008, the effective date that the Hong Kong government promulgated a 1% decrease in the profit tax rate.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

PRC

Significant components of the provision for income taxes on earnings for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 are as follows:

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2007    2008     2009  
                 
     RMB    RMB     RMB  

Current:

       

PRC

   10,578    7,842      7,827   

Deferred:

       

PRC

      (107   (6,265
                 

Provision for income tax

   10,578    7,735      1,562   
                 

Corporate entities

Prior to January 1, 2008, the Group’s subsidiaries and VIEs that were registered as companies in the PRC were governed by the Income Tax Law of the People’s Republic of China concerning Foreign Investment Enterprises (“FIE”) and Foreign Enterprises and domestic enterprise income tax regulations (the “previous income tax laws and rules”). Pursuant to the previous income tax laws and rules, all companies were generally subject to a statutory tax rate of 33% on PRC taxable income. Under the previous income tax laws and rules, High and New Technology Enterprises and software enterprises could enjoy certain income tax holidays or preferential income tax rates.

In March 2007, the Chinese government enacted the new Corporate Income Tax Law (“New CIT Law”), and promulgated the related Implementing Regulations for the PRC Corporate Income Tax Law. The law and regulation came into effect on January 1, 2008. New CIT Law, among other things, imposes a unified income tax rate of 25% for both domestic and foreign invested enterprises. High and New Technology Enterprises can still enjoy a favorable tax rate of 15%.

New CIT Law provides a five-year transitional period for those entities established before March 16, 2007, which enjoyed a favorable income tax rate of less than 25% under the previous income tax laws and rules, to gradually change their rates to 25%. In addition, the Corporate Income Tax Law provides grandfather treatment for enterprises which were qualified as “High and New Technology Enterprises” under the previous income tax laws and were established before March 16, 2007, if they continue to meet the criteria for High and New Technology Enterprises after January 1, 2008. The grandfather provision allows these enterprises to continue to enjoy their unexpired tax holiday provided by the previous income tax laws and rules.

New CIT Law also imposes a withholding income tax of 10% on dividends distributed by a FIE to its immediate holding company outside of China. A lower withholding income tax rate of 5% is applied if the FIE’s immediate holding company is registered in Hong Kong or other jurisdiction

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

that have a tax treaty or arrangement with China and the FIE’s immediate holding company satisfies the criteria of beneficial owner as set out in Circular Guoshuihan [2009] No. 601. Such withholding income tax was exempted under the previous income tax laws and rules. On February 22, 2008, the Ministry of Finance (“MOF”) and the State Administration of Taxation (“SAT”) jointly issued a circular which stated that FIEs that generate earnings in or after 2008 and distribute those earnings to foreign investors should pay the withholding tax. As stipulated in the New CIT Law, if the earnings of a tax resident enterprise are distributed to another tax resident enterprise, the withholding tax can be exempted. According to New CIT Law and New CIT implementation regulation, a tax resident enterprise is an entity incorporated in the PRC, or incorporated outside the PRC but its “place of effective management” is in the PRC. The Company assessed and concluded that it does not satisfy the definition of a tax resident enterprise. The Company has further determined that its FIEs in China will not declare any dividend should the withholding tax on dividends be applied. Accordingly, the Company did not record any withholding tax on the retained earnings of its FIEs in China for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009.

A summary of the preferential tax treatments available to the Group’s significant PRC entities as of December 31, 2009 is as follows:

 

(i)   Ambow Online was recognized as a “Software Enterprise” and a “High and New Technology Enterprises”, and was exempted from income tax on its profits for 2008 and 2009, and is subject to a 50% reduction in income tax rate from 2010 to 2012. Ambow Online was subject to income tax at an overall income tax rate of 33% in 2007.

 

(ii)   Certain companies were recognized as “Software Enterprises” and were exempt from income tax on their profits for 2005 and 2006, and were subject to a 50% reduction in income tax rate from 2007 to 2009.

During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, if the Company’s corporate subsidiaries and VIEs in the PRC had not been awarded tax holidays or received preferential tax treatment, the increase in tax expense and its net income per share effects would have been as follows:

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2007    2008     2009  
                 
     RMB    RMB     RMB  

Increase in tax expense

      (16,521   (39,083

Net income per share—basic

      (0.72   (1.00
                 

Net income per share—diluted

      (0.72   (1.00
                 

Private schools and colleges

For the Group’s companies providing education services they are taxed as corporate enterprises as referred to above. Prior to January 1, 2008, private schools or colleges were subject to income tax determined in accordance with the Law for Promoting Private Education (2003) and the

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education (2004). For those private schools or colleges not registered as requiring reasonable returns they were treated in a similar manner to public schools and were generally not subject to income taxes. For private schools or colleges operated for reasonable returns they were normally subject to income taxes at 33% prior to 2008 or 25% after January 1, 2008 but were sometimes subject to deemed amounts or rates of income tax to be determined by the relevant tax authorities. To date, no separate regulations or guidelines have been released on how to define reasonable return for the purposes of assessing a school’s tax status before January 1, 2008, nor on what preferential tax treatments should be applied locally. In certain cities, schools that were registered as requiring reasonable returns were subject to income tax of between 1.75% to 3.0% on gross revenue or a fixed tax amount.

New CIT Law includes specific criteria that need to be met by an entity to qualify as a not-for-profit organization in order to be exempt from corporate income tax. In November 2009, the MOF and SAT jointly issued the “Circular on Management Issues Concerning Not-for-Profit Organizations’ Eligibility for Tax Exemption”. This circular set out further clarification of the requirements for not-for-profit organizations, and stipulated that only not-for-profit organizations certified jointly by finance and taxation authorities are entitled to tax exemption, and the circular shall be implemented as of January 1, 2008. However, as of March 31, 2010 the detailed implementation guidance has not been provided to local tax authorities on how to apply these changes to schools and colleges.

The principal components of the Group’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2007    2008     2009  
     RMB    RMB     RMB  
                 

Current deferred tax assets

           1,689   
                 

Non-current deferred tax assets

      2,995      17,971   

Less: valuation allowance on non-current deferred tax assets

      (2,926   (17,468
                 

Total non-current deferred tax assets, net

      69      503   
                 

Total deferred tax assets, net

      69      2,192   
                 

Non-current deferred tax liabilities:

       

—Unrecognized valuation surplus and deficit—Acquisition

      22,926      167,553   

—Unrecognized valuation surplus and deficit—Transfer due to amortization

      (38   (4,180
                 

Total deferred tax liabilities

      22,888      163,373   
                 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

Reconciliation between total income tax expense and the amount computed by applying the weighted average statutory income tax rate to income before income taxes is as follows:

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009  
                  
     %     %     %  

Weighted average statutory tax rate

   33%      24%      24%   

Tax effect of preferential tax treatments

        (22%   (28%

Tax effect of non-deductible expenses

   4%      18%      3%   

Tax effect of non-taxable income

   (18%   (15%   (11%

Tax effect of tax -exempt entities

   17%      2%      3%   

Changes in valuation allowance

   (12%   3%      10%   
                  

Effective tax rates

   24%      10%      1%   
                  

d. Uncertain tax positions

As of January 1, 2007 when the guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes was adopted, the Group did not have any unrecognized tax benefits and thus, no interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits were recorded.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of liabilities associated with uncertain tax positions is as follows:

 

     As of December 31,
     2007    2008    2009
              
     RMB    RMB    RMB

Unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of year

         1,663

Increase due to business combinations*

      264    19,738

Increases related to current tax positions

      1,399    5,034
              

Unrecognized tax benefits, end of year

      1,663    26,435
              
*   The Group received an indemnification from every seller for unrecognized tax benefits payable arising from business combinations (see Note 22—“Acquisitions” for additional information) and recognized a corresponding tax indemnification asset at the acquisition date. The indemnification asset will continue to be measured on the same basis as the related unrecognized tax benefits payable, subject to collectability and contractual limitations on the indemnified amount until they are collected, sold, cancelled, or expire. Accordingly, the entire amount of unrecognized tax benefits arising from business combinations , if recognized, would not have any effect on the Group’s annual effective tax rate.

The Group did not accrue any potential penalties and interest related to these unrecognized tax benefits for all periods presented on the basis that the likelihood of penalties and interest being charged is not considered to be high and are also indemnified by the sellers.

The amounts of unrecognized tax benefits listed above are based on the recognition and measurement criteria of FIN 48, now codified as ASC Topic 740. However, due to the uncertain and complex application of tax regulations, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of uncertain tax positions may result in liabilities which could be materially different from these estimates. In such an event, the Group will record additional tax expense or tax benefit in the period in which

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

such resolution occurs. The Group does not expect changes in unrecognized tax benefits recognized as of December 31, 2009 to be material in the next twelve months.

In accordance with PRC Tax Administration Law on the Levying and Collection of Taxes, the PRC tax authorities generally have up to five years to claw back underpaid tax plus penalties and interest for PRC entities’ tax filings. In the case of tax evasion, which is not clearly defined in the law, there is no limitation on the tax years open for investigation. Accordingly, the PRC entities’ tax years from 2004 to 2008 remain subject to examination by the tax authorities. There are no ongoing examinations by taxing authorities as at March 31, 2010.

17. Net income (loss) per share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share for the periods indicated:

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009  
                  
     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Numerator:

      

Net income attributable to Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

   34,237      67,360      138,236   

Preferred shares redemption value accretion

   (1,407   (67,768   (157,877

Allocation of net income to participating preferred shareholders*

   (20,837   (53,949   (93,611
                  

Numerator for basic income (loss) per share

   11,993      (54,357   (113,252
                  

Dilutive effect of Series A convertible preferred shares

   489             

Numerator for diluted income (loss) per share

   12,482      (54,357   (113,252
                  

Denominator:

      

Denominator for basic income (loss) per share—weighted average ordinary shares outstanding

   16,031,507      23,038,853      39,193,092   

Dilutive effect of warrants**

   4,068,493             

Dilutive effect of Series A convertible preferred shares**

   12,900,000             

Dilutive effect of share options**

   4,622,476             
                  

Denominator for diluted income (loss) per share—weighted average ordinary shares outstanding

   37,622,476      23,038,853      39,193,092   
                  

Basic income (loss) per share

   0.75      (2.36   (2.89

Diluted income (loss) per share

   0.33      (2.36   (2.89

 

*   Net income for the periods has been allocated to preferred shares and ordinary shares based on their respective rights to share in dividends.

 

**   The potentially dilutive warrants, preferred shares and options were excluded from the calculation of dilutive net income (loss) per share in those periods where their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

18. Related party transactions

The Group has entered into a number of transactions with related parties:

(a) Transactions

The Group entered into the following transactions with related parties:

 

     Years ended December 31,
Transactions    2007    2008    2009
              
     RMB    RMB    RMB

Issuance of convertible promissory notes to preferred shareholders

   30,678      

Receipt of consulting services from a company owned by a family member of Jilin Tutoring principal

      2,000   

Financing to the minority shareholder of Taishidian Holding and one of its subsidiaries

         37,405

Sales of software to companies owned by a family member of Jilin Tutoring principal

         11,198

Sales of software to a company owned by principal of Shanghai Hero Educational Technology Training School (“Shanghai Career Enhancement”)

         6,460

Sales of software to a company owned by a family member of Changsha Bull’s Ear Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Changsha Career Enhancement”) chairman of the board of directors

         3,525

Sales of software to a company owned by CEO of Beijing Century Bersen Consulting Co., Ltd (“Beijing Century Tutoring”)

         2,947

Sales of software to a company owned by honorary principal of Guangzhou Modern Olympic Training School (“Guangzhou HP Tutoring”)

         200

Receipt of consulting services from a company owned by a family member of Jilin Tutoring principal

         9,573

Receipt of consulting services from a company owned by the family member of the principal of Tianjin Peace School (“Tianjin Tutoring”)

         1,805

Receipt of consulting services from a company owned by principal of Beijing YZ Tutoring

         1,505

Receipt of property management services from the former shareholder of Changsha K-12

         2,559

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

(b) The Group had the following balances with related parties:

 

     Amounts due from
related parties
   Amounts due to
related parties
     As of December 31,    As of December 31,
Relationship    2007    2008    2009    2007    2008    2009
                             
     RMB    RMB    RMB    RMB    RMB    RMB

Principal of Xi’an Dragon Continuation School (“Xi’an Tutoring”)

      2,339    2,774         

Principal of Beijing YZ Tutoring

      9,259    8,593         

Principal of Jilin Tutoring

      502    481       1,000    110

Former owner of Beijing Away United Technology Co., Ltd. (“Beijing Away Career Enhancement”)

      1,000    1,000         

Former principal of Dalian Hope School (“Dalian Career Enhancement”) and a senior manager of the Group

      1,113    1,064         

Family member of Changsha Tutoring principal

      3,648    171         

Principal of Shuyang K-12

      13,237    1,556         

The director of Beijing SIWA Future Education Enterprise Co., Ltd (“SIWA Future Holding”)

         56         

A company established by the director of SIWA Future Holding and its subsidiary

         92,071          701

A fund established by the director of SIWA Future Holding

                  14

Subsidiary of the minority shareholder of Kunshan Zhouzhuang Taishidian Tourism Scenic Area Development Co., Ltd. (“Taishidian Holding”)

         5,110         

Minority shareholder of Taishidian Holding

         11,892          4,000

The chairman of the board of directors of Taishidian Holding

         20,400         

Former shareholder of Changsha K-12

         28,566          1,262

Former shareholder of Shenyang K-12

         44         

Subsidiary of former shareholder of
Shenyang K-12

         29,350          275

Principal of Shanghai Career Enhancement

         3,178         

Principal of Zhengzhou Experimental Continuation School (“Zhengzhou Tutoring”)

      758    377         

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

     Amounts due from
related parties
   Amounts due to
related parties
     As of December 31,    As of December 31,
Relationship    2007    2008    2009    2007    2008    2009
                             
     RMB    RMB    RMB    RMB    RMB    RMB

Principal of Shenyang K-12

         367         

Principal of Changsha Career Enhancement

         5,379         

Principal of Tianjin Tutoring

         5,783         

A company owned by the family member of principal of Tianjin Tutoring

                  150

Principal of Tianjin Changcheng Occupational Training School (“Tianjin Career Enhancement”)

      457    193          2,174

The general manager of Shandong North Resource

      3,580            

Former owner of Jinan Prosperous Resource Technology Co., Ltd.

      1,490    1,490         

Subsidiary of the former shareholder of Changsha K-12

         52          2,843

Former Owner of Medium Range Online (Beijing) Technology Co., Ltd. (“Beijing IT Career Enhancement”)

         833          670

A school established by SIWA Future Holding director’s family member

                  83

CEO of Beijing Century Tutoring

         4,737         

Former shareholder of Guangzhou HP Tutoring

         371         

Former owner and currently general manager of Beijing JY Tutoring

         800         

Former owner of Guangzhou Depth Pools Education Training Center (“Guangzhou DP Tutoring”)

         5,010         

CEO of Suzhou Career Enhancement

         784         
                             
      37,383    232,482       1,000    12,282
                             

The above balances are non-interest bearing and unsecured with no fixed repayment terms.

Balances related to indemnifications from the sellers are RMB0, RMB5,312 and RMB41,491 as at December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

19. Commitments and contingencies

Operating leases

The Group leases offices and classroom under operating leases. The terms of substantially all of these leases are ten years or less. Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2009 were as follows:

 

     Amount
    
     RMB

2010

   67,687

2011

   49,452

2012

   35,386

2013

   31,507

2014

   26,217

Thereafter

   371,935
    

Total

   582,184
    

Rent expenses for all cancelable and non-cancelable leases were approximately RMB3,543, RMB12,564 and RMB57,508 for years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

Capital commitment

 

     Amount
    
     RMB

Capital commitment for purchase of property and equipment

   4,700

Capital commitment for purchase of intangible assets

  
    

Total

   4,700
    

Contingencies

There were no significant legal contingencies during all periods presented.

20. Segment information

US GAAP guidance on ASC Topic 280, Segment Reporting, establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments on a basis consistent with the Group’s internal organizational structure as well as information about geographical areas, business segments and major customers in financial statements for details on the Group’s business segments.

The Group offers a wide range of educational and career enhancement services and products focusing on improving educational opportunities for primary and advanced degree school students and employment opportunities for university graduates.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The Group’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) has been identified as the CEO who reviews the financial information of separate operating segments when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Group. Based on management’s assessment, the Group has determined that it has four operating segments which are Tutoring, K-12 Schools, Career Enhancement, and Colleges. These four operating segments are also identified as reportable segments. The reportable segments of tutoring and K-12 schools are grouped under the “Better Schools” division because the segments offer programs and education services using a standards-based curriculum that enables students to improve their academic results and educational opportunities. The reportable segments of career enhancement and colleges are grouped under the “Better Jobs” division because the segments offer services and programs that facilitate post-secondary students to obtain more attractive employment opportunities. Since the Group commenced a number of acquisitions of education institutions in 2008 (see Note 22 “Acquisitions” for additional information), the Group has been organized as four operating segments encompassing all of the Group’s business operations. The Group adjusted its operating segments and has reclassified results of all periods presented to conform to the revised operating segments as of December 31, 2009.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. The CODM evaluates performance based on each reporting segment’s revenues, cost of revenues, and gross profit. The CODM does not review balance sheet information to measure the performance of the reportable segments, nor is this part of the segment information regularly provided to the CODM. Revenues, cost of revenues and gross profit by segment were as follows:

For the year ended December 31, 2007

 

     Better Schools     Better Jobs        
     Tutoring     K-12 Schools    Subtotal     Career
Enhancement
    Colleges    Subtotal     Consolidated  
                                        
     RMB     RMB    RMB     RMB     RMB    RMB     RMB  

Net revenues

   137,320         137,320      181,611         181,611      318,931   

Cost of revenues

   (93,862      (93,862   (111,757      (111,757   (205,619
                                        

Gross profit

   43,458         43,458      69,854         69,854      113,312   
                                        

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

For the year ended December 31, 2008

 

     Better Schools     Better Jobs        
     Tutoring     K-12 Schools     Subtotal     Career
Enhancement
    Colleges    Subtotal     Consolidated  
                                         
     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB    RMB     RMB  

Net revenues

   250,274      9,126      259,400      248,969         248,969      508,369   

Cost of revenues

   (171,008   (8,772   (179,780   (147,388      (147,388   (327,168
                                         

Gross profit

   79,266      354      79,620      101,581         101,581      181,201   
                                         

For the year ended December 31, 2009

 

     Better Schools     Better Jobs        
     Tutoring     K-12 Schools     Subtotal     Career
Enhancement
    Colleges     Subtotal     Consolidated  
                                          
     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Net revenues

   360,059      131,413      491,472      266,304      144,250      410,554      902,026   

Cost of revenues

   (160,386   (81,321   (241,707   (99,802   (67,476   (167,278   (408,985
                                          

Gross profit

   199,673      50,092      249,765      166,502      76,774      243,276      493,041   
                                          

The Group primarily operates in the PRC. Substantially all the Group’s long-lived assets are located in the PRC.

21. Mainland China contribution and profit appropriation

Full time employees of the Group in the PRC participate in a government-mandated multiemployer defined contribution plan pursuant to which certain pension benefits, medical care, unemployment insurance, employee housing fund and other welfare benefits are provided to qualified employees. PRC labor regulations require the Group to accrue for these benefits based on certain percentages of the employees’ salaries. The relevant local labor bureau is responsible for meeting all retirement benefit obligations; hence, the Group has no further commitments beyond its monthly contributions. The total contributions for such employee benefits were RMB2,518, RMB7,667 and RMB24,569 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

In accordance with the Regulations on Enterprises with Foreign Investment of China and their articles of association, the Company’s subsidiaries in the PRC, being foreign invested enterprises established in China, are required to provide for certain statutory reserves, namely general

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

reserve, enterprise expansion reserve and staff welfare and bonus reserve, all of which are appropriated from net profit as reported in the Group’s PRC statutory accounts. The Company’s subsidiaries in the PRC are required to allocate at least 10% of their after-tax profits to the general reserve fund until such fund has reached 50% of their respective registered capital. Appropriations to the enterprise expansion fund and staff welfare and bonus fund are at the discretion of the board of directors of the Company’s subsidiaries.

In accordance with the China Company Laws, the Group’s VIEs established in China make appropriations from their after-tax profits as reported in their PRC statutory accounts to non-distributable reserves, namely statutory surplus reserve, statutory public welfare reserve and discretionary surplus reserve. The Company’s or its subsidiaries’ VIEs are required to allocate at least 10% of their after-tax profits to the statutory surplus reserve until the reserve reaches 50% of each entity’s registered capital. Appropriation to the statutory public welfare fund is 5% to 10% of their after-tax profits as reported in the PRC statutory accounts. Effective from January 1, 2006, under the revised China Company Laws, an appropriation to the statutory public welfare reserve is no longer mandatory. Appropriation to the discretionary surplus reserve is made at the discretion of the board of directors of the VIEs.

In accordance with the Law of Promoting Private Education (2003), the Group’s school subsidiaries in China must make appropriations from their after-tax profits as reported in their PRC statutory accounts to non-distributable reserves, namely the education development reserve, which requires annual appropriations of at least 25% of after-tax profits or the increase in net assets of private education schools (as determined under accounting principles generally accepted in the PRC at each year-end) to the statutory reserve.

The following table presents the Group’s appropriations to the general reserve fund, statutory surplus reserve and education development reserve for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009:

 

     As of December 31,
     2007    2008    2009
              

Statutory surplus reserve

   3,039    15,275    24,090

Education development reserve

      1,010    10,065
              

Total

   3,039    16,285    34,155
              

The general reserve and statutory surplus reserve are restricted to set-off against losses, expansion of production and operation and increasing registered capital of the respective company. The education development fund is restricted to investing in fixed assets and the expansion of the respective school. The other reserves are not allowed to be transferred to the Company in terms of cash dividends, loans or advances, nor can they be distributed except in the event of liquidation.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

22. Acquisitions

The following table summarizes the business combinations completed during the two years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009:

 

     Date of
acquisition
  Purchase
price
  Goodwill    Intangibles
with
indefinite
life
  Amortizable
intangibles
 
                         
             RMB   RMB    RMB   RMB  
Entities acquired during the year ended December 31, 2008            
(1)   Xi’an Tutoring    Mar 12, 2008   35,137   22,909    7,760     
(2)   Jilin Tutoring    Aug 10, 2008   38,027   24,131    9,140   6,920   
(3)   Beijing YZ Tutoring    Aug 15, 2008   79,640   55,018    20,710   7,610   
(4)   Dalian Career Enhancement    Aug 29, 2008   12,990   9,242    3,110   150   
(5)  

Tianjin Yimatong Technology Development Co., Ltd. (“Tianjin Holding”)

   Sep 8, 2008   18,200   12,938    3,920   320   
(6)  

Beijing Away Career Enhancement

   Oct 9, 2008   21,896   16,387    5,190     
(7)   Zhengzhou Tutoring    Oct 23, 2008   10,117   7,254    2,450     
(8)   Changsha Tutoring    Nov 15, 2008   52,282   34,506    12,790   6,120   
(9)   Shuyang K-12    Dec 9, 2008   36,598      5,406   927   
(10)   Shandong Software Companies    Dec 30, 2008   67,114   37,688    2,300   11,940
                       
     Sub-total   372,001   220,073    72,776   33,987   
                       
Entities acquired during the year ended December 31, 2009            
(11)   Tianjin Tutoring    Jan 1, 2009   104,223   68,292    22,870   9,390   
(12)   Shanghai Career Enhancement    Jan 9, 2009   29,643   27,706    8,600     
(13)   Guangzhou HP Tutoring    Feb 5, 2009   33,182   20,373    8,950   7,100   
(14)   SIWA Future Holding    Apr 3, 2009   450,060   178,180    40,580   81,173   
(15)   Beijing Century Tutoring    Apr 20, 2009   50,578   43,362    12,500     
(16)   Taishidian Holding    Aug 8, 2009   187,271   81,714      17,580   
(17)   Changsha K-12    Aug 31, 2009   155,755   108,036    29,400   45,480   
(18)   Beijing IT Career Enhancement    Sep 2, 2009   35,401   27,652    8,070   2,120   
(19)   Suzhou Career Enhancement    Sep 24, 2009   7,920   4,317        
(20)   Shenyang K-12    Sep 30, 2009   79,348   34,915    27,390   34,290   
(21)  

Changsha Career Enhancement

   Sep 30, 2009   86,777   67,216    21,200   5,290   
(22)   Beijing JY Tutoring    Sep 30, 2009   123,008   99,900    36,380   5,150   
(23)   Guangzhou DP Tutoring    Oct 9, 2009   60,800   47,804    14,970   1,760   
                       
     Sub-total   1,403,966   809,467    230,910   209,333   
                       

Operating rights acquired

           
(24)   Zhenjiang International School and Zhenjiang Foreign Language School (“Zhenjiang K-12”)    Aug 31, 2008         
   

 

*   Of the RMB11,940 acquired amortizable intangible assets, RMB160 was assigned as in-process research and development, which was written off as of the acquisition date.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

In connection with the acquisitions completed in both 2008 and 2009, the total purchase price generally consisted of cash and equity consideration. The acquisition date is determined based on the date at which the Group obtained control of the acquiree and the terms of the acquisition were agreed with the seller. Management of the Group is responsible for determining the fair value of equity issued, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and intangibles identified as of the acquisition date and considered a number of factors including valuations from Marsh (Beijing) Risk Consulting Company Limited, an independent appraiser.

The fair value of the equity consideration was estimated using an average of the values determined using the market approach and the income approach as the combination of approaches are deemed to be the most indicative of the Group’s fair value in an orderly transaction between market participants. Under the market approach, the Group utilizes publicly-traded comparable company information to determine the revenue and earnings multiples that are used to value the Group. Under the income approach, the Group determines the fair value based on estimated future cash flow of the Group discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk of the Group and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn. The cash flow projections for the Group are based on a six-year forecast of cash flows, derived from the most recent annual financial forecast, and a terminal value based on the perpetuity growth model. The Group determines the fair value of the Group as a whole on a quarterly basis. The fair value of equity exchanged is expected to approximate the fair value of the Group as of the acquisition date.

The Group will recognize additional assets or liabilities if new information is obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have resulted in the recognition of those assets and liabilities as of that date. The measurement period shall not exceed one year from the acquisition date. Further, any associated restructuring costs will be expensed in future periods. Goodwill represents the excess of costs over the fair value of assets and liabilities of businesses acquired. The goodwill acquired resulted primarily from the Group’s expected synergies from the integration of businesses acquired into the Group’s service and product offerings.

In 2009, the Company adopted ASC Topic 805. Accordingly, the Company used the following valuation methodologies to value assets acquired, liabilities assumed and intangible assets identified:

 

 

Property and equipment—land was valued using the market approach; buildings and equipment were valued using the cost approach;

 

 

Trade names were valued using the income approach, specifically the relief from royalty method, which represents the benefits of owning the intangible asset rather than paying royalties for its use;

 

 

Customer relationships, Student populations and Cooperative agreements were valued using the income approach, specifically the excess earnings method;

 

 

Favorable leases were valued using the income approach, specifically the cost-saving method; and

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

 

All other current assets and current liabilities carrying value approximated fair value at the time of acquisition.

Acquisition-related costs incurred for the acquisitions are not material and have been expensed as incurred in general and administrative expense.

Acquisitions completed in 2008:

(1) Xi’an Tutoring

On March 12, 2008, Ambow Sihua and Xi’an Dragongate Education Technology Group Limited (“Dragongate Holding”) entered into a cooperation agreement. Under the terms of this agreement, Ambow Sihua acquired the exclusive rights to manage and operate Xi’an Tutoring, a private school providing remediation cooperation classes for students wishing to retake the national senior school or college entrance examination, for 25 years starting from June 1, 2007. During the cooperation period, Ambow Sihua has the right to make additional investment into Xi’an Tutoring to develop the school’s business. Both parties have agreed that during the cooperation period, all of the operational results of Xi’an Tutoring are attributable to Ambow Sihua and Dragongate Holding had permanently given up all rights attributable to Xi’an Tutoring . Ambow Sihua initially acquired a 10% equity interest in Xi’an Tutoring. Upon the completion of the cooperative agreement period, Ambow Sihua will obtain the remaining 90% of the equity interest without providing any additional consideration. The total consideration was RMB35,137, which consisted of RMB22,000 in cash consideration and the issuance of 1,232,492 ordinary shares with an aggregate fair value of RMB13,137 on the acquisition date. The RMB22,000 of total cash consideration less cash acquired of RMB459 resulted in a net cash outlay of RMB21,541.

This transaction constitutes the acquisition of a variable interest entity for which the Group is the primary beneficiary; therefore, Xi’an Tutoring is consolidated into the Group’s accounts as of the acquisition date.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The purchase price was allocated based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

 

           Weighted average
amortization period
at acquisition date
      
     RMB     (in years)

Cash and cash equivalents

   459     

Indemnifications from the seller

   721     

Prepaid and other current assets

   11,191     

Property and equipment

   342     

Intangible asset:

    

Trade name

   7,760      Indefinite

Goodwill

   22,909     
        

Total assets acquired

   43,382     

Deferred revenue

   (4,841  

Other liabilities assumed

   (1,518  

Deferred tax liability

   (1,886  
        

Total

   35,137     
        

In accordance with the cooperation agreement, the seller agreed to indemnify the Company against certain liabilities incurred prior to the acquisition date. The Group has estimated the total business tax liabilities, income tax liabilities and social welfare liabilities (included above within Other liabilities assumed) at the acquisition date to be RMB721 and has recorded a corresponding asset for the indemnifications from the seller as of the acquisition date. The Group has assessed the recoverability of the indemnifications from the seller at each reporting period. As of December 31, 2009, the Group concluded that the indemnifications from the seller continue to be recoverable.

An intangible asset of RMB7,760 was identified in respect of a trade name that is considered to have an indefinite life and so is not subject to amortization. Goodwill is not tax deductible for tax purposes. For the purposes of presenting operating segments Xi’an Tutoring and the goodwill arising on its acquisition are classified within the Tutoring segment. No amounts have been allocated to in-process research and development.

(2) Jilin Tutoring

On August 10, 2008, Ambow Sihua acquired the 100% equity interest in Jilin Tutoring, an entity engaged in providing after-school tutoring services for primary and junior high school students in Jilin. The Group believes the acquisition of Jilin Tutoring is an integral piece of the Group’s strategy to increase the market shares in providing after school tutoring services in China. The purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired from Jilin Tutoring and as a result, the Group recorded goodwill in connection with this transaction. The total purchase price of RMB38,027 consisted of RMB16,800 in cash consideration and RMB21,227 in equity exchanged through the issuance of 1,411,764 ordinary shares. The

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

RMB16,800 of total cash consideration less cash acquired of RMB0 resulted in a net cash outlay of RMB16,800.

The purchase price was allocated based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

 

           Weighted average
amortization period
at acquisition date
      
     RMB     (in years)

Indemnifications from the seller

   482     

Prepaid and other current assets

   2,866     

Property and equipment

   87     

Intangible assets:

    

Trade name

   9,140      Indefinite

Student population

   6,920      4

Goodwill

   24,131     
        

Total assets acquired

   43,626     

Deferred revenue

   (976  

Other liabilities assumed

   (2,030  

Deferred tax liability

   (2,593  
        

Total

   38,027     
        

In accordance with the acquisition agreement, the seller agreed to indemnify the Company against certain liabilities incurred prior to the acquisition date. As such, the Group has estimated the total social welfare liabilities (included above within Other liabilities assumed) at the acquisition date to be RMB482 and has recorded a corresponding asset for the indemnifications from the seller as of the acquisition date. The Group has assessed the recoverability of the indemnifications from the seller at each reporting period. As of December 31, 2009, the Group concluded that the indemnifications from the seller continue to be recoverable.

Of the RMB16,060 of acquired intangible assets, RMB9,140 was assigned to a trade name with an indefinite life that is not subject to amortization. The remaining amortizable intangible assets of RMB6,920 have a useful life of 4 years. Goodwill is not tax deductible for tax purposes. For the purposes of presenting operating segments, Jilin Tutoring and the goodwill arising out of its acquisition are classified within the Tutoring segment. No amounts have been allocated to in-process research and development.

(3) Beijing YZ Tutoring

On August 15, 2008, Ambow Sihua acquired the 100% equity interest in Beijing YZ Tutoring, an entity engaged in providing after-school tutoring services for junior high and high school students in Beijing. The Group believes the acquisition of Beijing YZ Tutoring is an integral piece of the Group’s strategy to becoming an industry leader in providing after school tutoring services in China. The purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired from Beijing YZ Tutoring and as a result, the Group recorded goodwill in connection

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

with this transaction. The total purchase price of RMB79,640 consisted of RMB51, 000 in cash consideration and RMB28,640 in equity exchanged through the issuance of 1,904,761 ordinary shares. The RMB51,000 of total cash consideration less cash acquired of RMB919 resulted in a net cash outlay of RMB50,081.

The purchase price was allocated based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

 

           Weighted average
amortization period
at acquisition date
      
     RMB     (in years)

Cash and cash equivalents

   919     

Prepaid and other current assets

   9,510     

Indemnifications from the seller

   1,940     

Property and equipment

   351     

Intangible assets:

    

Trade name

   20,710      Indefinite

Student population

   7,610      6

Goodwill

   55,018     
        

Total assets acquired

   96,058     

Deferred revenue

   (6,160  

Other liabilities assumed

   (4,179  

Deferred tax liability

   (6,079  
        

Total

   79,640     
        

In accordance with the acquisition agreement, the seller agreed to indemnify the Group against certain liabilities incurred prior to the acquisition date. As such, the Group has estimated the total business tax liabilities and social welfare liabilities (included above within Other liabilities assumed) at the acquisition date to be RMB1,940 and has recorded a corresponding asset for the indemnifications from the seller as of the acquisition date. The Group has assessed the recoverability of the indemnifications from the seller at each reporting period. As of December 31, 2009, the Group concluded that the indemnifications from the seller continue to be recoverable.

Of the RMB28,320 of acquired intangible assets, RMB20,710 was assigned to a trade name with an indefinite life that is not subject to amortization. The remaining amortizable intangible assets of RMB7,610 have a useful life of 6 years. Goodwill is not tax deductible for tax purposes. For the purposes of presenting operating segments Beijing YZ Tutoring and the goodwill arising on its acquisition are classified within the Tutoring segment. No amounts have been allocated to in-process research and development.

(4) Dalian Career Enhancement

On August 29, 2008, Ambow Sihua acquired the 100% equity interest in Dalian Career Enhancement, an entity engaged in providing information technology (“IT”) career enhancement

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

services to both individuals seeking further education opportunities and corporations in Dalian. The Group believes the acquisition of Dalian Career Enhancement is an integral piece of the Group’s strategy to build a comprehensive network to becoming a leader in providing IT career enhancement services in China. The purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired from Dalian Career Enhancement, and as a result, the Group recorded goodwill in connection with this transaction. The total purchase price of RMB12,990 consisted of RMB7,500 in cash consideration and RMB5,490 in equity exchanged through the issuance of 341,796 ordinary shares. The RMB7,500 of total cash consideration less cash acquired of RMB3,946 resulted in a net cash outlay of RMB3,554.

The purchase price was allocated based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

 

           Weighted average
amortization period
at acquisition date
      
     RMB     (in years)

Cash and cash equivalents

   3,946     

Prepaid and other current assets

   57     

Indemnifications from the seller

   428     

Property and equipment

   189     

Intangible assets:

    

Trade name

   3,110      Indefinite

Cooperative agreement

   150      1.3

Goodwill

   9,242     
        

Total assets acquired

   17,122     

Deferred revenue

   (2,871  

Other liabilities assumed

   (498  

Deferred tax liability

   (763  
        

Total

   12,990     
        

In accordance with the acquisition agreement, the seller agreed to indemnify the Group against certain liabilities incurred prior to the acquisition date. As such, the Group has estimated the total business tax liabilities and income tax liabilities (included above within Other liabilities assumed) at the acquisition date to be RMB428 and has recorded a corresponding asset for the indemnifications from the seller as of the acquisition date. The Group has assessed the recoverability of the indemnifications from the seller at each reporting period. As of December 31, 2009, the Group concluded that the indemnifications from the seller continue to be recoverable.

Of the RMB3,260 of acquired intangible assets, RMB3,110 was assigned to a trade name with an indefinite life that is not subject to amortization. The remaining amortizable intangible assets of RMB150 have a useful life of 1.3 years. Goodwill is not tax deductible for tax purposes. For the purposes of presenting operating segments Dalian Career Enhancement and the goodwill arising on its acquisition are classified within the Career Enhancement segment. No amounts have been allocated to in-process research and development.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

(5) Tianjin Holding

On September 8, 2008, Ambow Sihua acquired the 100% equity interest in Tianjin Holding, an entity engaged in providing IT career enhancement services to both individuals seeking further education opportunities and corporations in Tianjin. The Group believes the acquisition of Tianjin Holding is an integral piece of the Group’s strategy to build a comprehensive network to increase its market share in providing IT career enhancement services in China. The purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired from Tianjin Holding, and as a result, the Group has recorded goodwill in connection with this transaction. The total purchase price of RMB18,200 consisted of RMB10,500 in cash consideration and RMB7,700 in equity exchanged through the issuance of 478,514 ordinary shares. The RMB10,500 of total cash consideration less cash acquired of RMB3,225 resulted in a net cash outlay of RMB7,275.

The purchase price was allocated based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

 

           Weighted average
amortization period
at acquisition date
      
     RMB     (in years)

Cash and cash equivalents

   3,225     

Accounts receivable

   240     

Indemnifications from the seller

   193     

Prepaid and other current assets

   1,518     

Other non-current assets

   203     

Property and equipment

   99     

Intangible assets:

    

Trade name

   3,920      Indefinite

Student population

   320      2.5

Goodwill

   12,938     
        

Total assets acquired

   22,656     

Deferred revenue

   (1,605  

Other liabilities assumed

   (1,835  

Deferred tax liability

   (1,016  
        

Total

   18,200     
        

In accordance with the acquisition agreement, the seller agreed to indemnify the Group against certain tax liabilities incurred prior to the acquisition date. As such, the Group has estimated the total business tax liabilities and income tax liabilities (included above within Other liabilities assumed) at the acquisition date to be RMB193 and has recorded a corresponding asset for the indemnifications from the seller as of the acquisition date. The Group has assessed the recoverability of the indemnifications from the seller at each reporting period. As of December 31, 2009, the Group concluded that the indemnifications from the seller continue to be recoverable.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

Of the RMB4,240 of acquired intangible assets, RMB3,920 was assigned to a trade name with an indefinite life that is not subject to amortization. The remaining amortizable intangible assets of RMB320 have a useful life of 2.5 years. Goodwill is not tax deductible for tax purposes. For the purposes of presenting operating segments Tianjin Holding and the goodwill arising on its acquisition are classified within the career enhancement segment. No amounts have been allocated to in-process research and development.

(6) Beijing Away Career Enhancement

On October 9, 2008, Ambow Sihua acquired the 100% equity interest in Beijing Away Career Enhancement, an entity specializing in providing IT career enhancement services to both individuals seeking continuing education opportunities and corporations in Beijing. The Group believes the acquisition of Beijing Away Career Enhancement is an integral piece of the Group’s strategy to build a comprehensive network to becoming a leader in providing IT career enhancement services in China. The purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired from Beijing Away Career Enhancement, and as a result, the Group recorded goodwill in connection with this transaction. The total purchase price of RMB21,896 consisted of RMB14,400 in cash consideration and RMB7,496 in equity exchanged through the issuance of 437,499 ordinary shares. The RMB14,400 of total cash consideration less cash acquired of RMB397 resulted in a net cash outlay of RMB14,003.

The purchase price was allocated based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

 

           Weighted average
amortization period
at acquisition date
      
     RMB     (in years)

Cash and cash equivalents

   397     

Indemnifications from the seller

   1,001     

Prepaid and other current assets

   3,253     

Property and equipment

   641     

Intangible assets:

    

Trade name

   5,190      Indefinite

Goodwill

   16,387     
        

Total assets acquired

   26,869     

Deferred revenue

   (2,354  

Other liabilities assumed

   (1,264  

Deferred tax liability

   (1,355  
        

Total

   21,896     
        

In accordance with the acquisition agreement, the seller agreed to indemnify the Group against certain liabilities incurred prior to the acquisition date. As such, the Group has estimated the total business tax liabilities and social welfare liabilities (included above within Other liabilities assumed) at the acquisition date to be RMB1,001 and has recorded a corresponding asset for the

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

indemnifications from the seller as of the acquisition date. The Group has assessed the recoverability of the indemnifications from the seller at each reporting period. As of December 31, 2009, the Group concluded that the indemnifications from the seller continue to be recoverable.

An intangible asset of RMB5,190 was identified, being a trade name with an indefinite useful life that is not subject to amortization. Goodwill is not tax deductible for tax purposes. For the purposes of presenting operating segments Beijing Away Career Enhancement and the goodwill arising on its acquisition are classified within the Career enhancement segment. No amounts have been allocated to in-process research and development.

(7) Zhengzhou Tutoring

On October 23, 2008, Ambow Sihua acquired the 100% equity interest in Zhengzhou Tutoring, an entity that provides tutoring services for students wishing to re-take the national college entrance examination. The Group believes the acquisition of Zhengzhou Tutoring is an integral piece of the Group’s strategy to become an industry leader in providing tutoring services to high school students who desire to enhance their opportunities to be admitted into colleges in China. The purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired from Zhengzhou Tutoring, and as a result, the Group recorded goodwill in connection with this transaction. The total purchase price of RMB10,117 consisted of RMB4,000 in cash consideration and RMB6,117 in equity exchanged through the issuance of 334,375 ordinary shares. The RMB4,000 of total cash consideration less cash acquired of RMB3,499 resulted in a net cash outlay of RMB501.

The purchase price was allocated based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

 

           Weighted average
amortization period
at acquisition date
      
     RMB     (in years)

Cash and cash equivalents

   3,499     

Indemnifications from the seller

   377     

Prepaid and other current assets

   934     

Property and equipment

   388     

Intangible assets:

    

Trade name

   2,450      Indefinite

Goodwill

   7,254     
        

Total assets acquired

   14,902     

Deferred revenue

   (3,417  

Other liabilities assumed

   (716  

Deferred tax liability

   (652  
        

Total

   10,117     
        

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

In accordance with the acquisition agreement, the seller agreed to indemnify the Group against certain liabilities incurred prior to the acquisition date. As such, the Group has estimated the total business tax liabilities and income tax liabilities (included above within Other liabilities assumed) at the acquisition date to be RMB377 and has recorded a corresponding asset for the indemnifications from the seller as of the acquisition date. The Group has assessed the recoverability of the indemnifications from the seller at each reporting period. As of December 31, 2009, the Group concluded that the indemnifications from the seller continue to be recoverable.

An intangible asset of RMB2,450 was identified, being a trade name that has an indefinite life and so is not subject to amortization. Goodwill is not tax deductible for tax purposes. For the purposes of presenting operating segments Zhengzhou Tutoring and the goodwill arising on its acquisition are classified within the Tutoring segment. No amounts have been allocated to in-process research and development.

(8) Changsha Tutoring

On November 15, 2008, Ambow Sihua acquired the 100% equity interest in Changsha Tutoring, an entity engaged in providing after-school tutoring services for junior high and high school students in Changsha. The Group believes the acquisition of Changsha Tutoring is an integral piece of the Group’s strategy to increase its market share in providing after school tutoring services in China. The purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired from Changsha Tutoring and as a result, the Group recorded goodwill in connection with this transaction. The total purchase price of RMB52,282 consisted of RMB25,000 in cash consideration and RMB27,282 in equity exchanged through the issuance of 1,400,560 ordinary shares. The RMB25,000 of total cash consideration less cash acquired of RMB7,874 resulted in a net cash outlay of RMB17,126.

The purchase price was allocated based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

 

           Weighted average
amortization period
at acquisition date
      
     RMB     (in years)

Cash and cash equivalents

   7,874     

Prepaid and other current assets

   300     

Indemnifications from the seller

   171     

Property and equipment

   405     

Intangible assets:

    

Trade name

   12,790      Indefinite

Student population

   6,120      5.6

Goodwill

   34,506     
        

Total assets acquired

   62,166     

Deferred revenue

   (1,948  

Other liabilities assumed

   (3,226  

Deferred tax liability

   (4,710  
        

Total

   52,282     
        

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

In accordance with the acquisition agreement, the seller agreed to indemnify the Group against certain liabilities incurred prior to the acquisition date. As such, the Group has estimated the total social welfare liability (included above within Other liabilities assumed) at the acquisition date to be RMB171 and has recorded a corresponding asset for the indemnifications from the seller as of the acquisition date. The Group has assessed the recoverability of the indemnifications from the seller at each reporting period. As of December 31, 2009, the Group concluded that the indemnifications from the seller continue to be recoverable.

Within the RMB18,910 of identifiable acquired intangible assets, RMB12,790 relates to a trade name with an indefinite life that is not subject to amortization. The remaining amortizable intangible assets of RMB6,120 have a useful life of 5.6 years. Goodwill is not tax deductible for tax purposes. For the purposes of presenting operating segments Changsha Tutoring and the goodwill arising on its acquisition are classified within the Tutoring segment. No amounts have been allocated to in-process research and development.

(9) Shuyang K-12

On December 9, 2008, Ambow Sihua acquired the 100% equity interest in Shuyang K-12, an entity engaged in providing K-12 education services for primary, middle and high school students in Jiangsu Shuyang. The Group believes the acquisition of Shuyang K-12 is an integral piece of the Group’s strategy to build a network of private schools that can leverage the Group’s experience of delivering education services in China. The purchase price was less than the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired from Shuyang K-12 and as a result, the Group allocated the negative goodwill to long-lived assets acquired on a pro-rata basis. The total purchase price of RMB36,598 consisted of RMB27,690 in cash consideration and RMB8,908 in equity exchanged through the issuance of 455,728 ordinary shares. The RMB27,690 of total cash consideration less cash acquired of RMB64 resulted in a net cash outlay of RMB27,626.

The purchase price was allocated based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

 

           Weighted average
amortization period
at acquisition date
      
     RMB     (in years)

Cash and cash equivalents

   64     

Prepaid and other current assets

   23,442     

Property and equipment

   30,544     

Intangible assets:

    

Trade name

   5,406      Indefinite

Favorable lease

   927      0.8
        

Total assets acquired

   60,383     

Deferred revenue

   (22,311  

Other liabilities assumed

   (1,126  

Deferred tax liability

   (348  
        

Total

   36,598     
        

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

In accordance with the acquisition agreement, the seller will assist the Group in obtaining the land use rights of 185 acres of government allocated land for education use for an aggregate amount no more than RMB4,200. As of December 31, 2009, the government allocated land use right for the 100 of the 185 acres of land has been obtained, and the Group has filed the application for the government allocated land use right for the remaining 85 acres of land. While the application is in the process of being evaluated by the land authority in Shuyang, the Group believes that it is probable to obtain the land use right of the remaining portion.

Furthermore, in accordance with the acquisition agreement, the seller agreed to indemnify the Group against certain liabilities incurred prior to the acquisition date. At the acquisition date and as of December 31, 2009 the Group has estimated that no such liabilities exist.

Within the RMB6,333 of acquired intangible assets, RMB5,406 relates to a trade name with an indefinite life that is not subject to amortization. The remaining amortizable intangible assets of RMB927 have a useful life of 0.8 years. No amounts have been allocated to in-process research and development.

(10) Shandong Software Companies

On December 30, 2008, Ambow Sihua and Ambow Shida acquired the 100% equity interests in Shandong Software Companies, entities engaged in the development and sales of educational software and related services. The Group believes the acquisition of Shandong Software Companies will enable it to leverage the acquired technology to further develop its existing education software as well as increasing its market share in Shandong.

The total purchase price of RMB67,114 consisted of RMB31,149 in cash consideration and RMB35,965 in equity exchanged through the issuance of 1,736,694 ordinary shares. The RMB31,149 of total cash consideration less cash acquired of RMB6,311 resulted in a net cash outlay of RMB24,838.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The purchase price was allocated based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

 

           Weighted average
amortization period
at acquisition date
      
     RMB     (in years)

Cash and cash equivalents

   6,311     

Accounts receivable

   1,880     

Prepaid and other current assets

   5,864     

Property and equipment

   2,792     

Prepayments for land use rights

   2,561     

Intangible assets:

    

Trade name

   2,300      Indefinite

Customer relationship

   7,820      5

Software

   3,960      5

Research and development

   160     

Goodwill

   37,688     
        

Total assets acquired

   71,336     

Deferred revenue

   (5  

Other liabilities assumed

   (693  

Deferred tax liability

   (3,524  
        

Total

   67,114     
        

In accordance with the acquisition agreement, the seller agreed to indemnify the Group against certain liabilities incurred prior to the acquisition date. At the acquisition date and as of December 31, 2009 the Group has estimated that no such liabilities exist.

Of the RMB14,240 of acquired intangible assets, RMB2,300 is assigned to a trade name that has an indefinite useful life and so is not subject to amortization and RMB160 was assigned to research and development assets that were written-off at the acquisition date. These write-offs are included in general and administrative expenses. The remaining amortizable intangible assets of RMB11,780 have a useful life of 5 years. Goodwill is not tax deductible for tax purposes. For the purposes of presenting operating segments the Shandong Software Companies and the goodwill arising on their acquisition are classified within the Tutoring segment.

Pro-forma net revenue and net income of the Group reflecting acquisitions made in 2008

The net revenue and net income arising from acquisitions made in 2008 that are included in the Group’s consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2008 are RMB55,656 and RMB7,159, respectively. The following summary of unaudited pro forma results of operations of the Group for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 is presented using the assumption that the acquisitions made in 2008 were completed as of January 1, 2007. These pro forma results of the Group have been prepared for comparative purposes only and do not purport to be

 

F-66


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

indicative of the results of operations which would have resulted had the significant acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2007, nor is it indicative of future operating results.

 

    

Year ended

December 31, 2007

  

Year ended

December 31, 2008

 
     RMB (unaudited)    RMB (unaudited)

Pro forma net revenue

   465,927    639,716

Pro forma net income

   66,113    101,682
 

Acquisitions completed in 2009:

(11) Tianjin Tutoring

On January 1, 2009, Ambow Sihua acquired the 100% equity interest in Tianjin Tutoring, an entity engaged in providing tutoring services. The Group believes the acquisition of Tianjin Tutoring is an integral piece of the Group’s strategy to increase the market shares in providing after school tutoring services in China. The purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired from Tianjin Tutoring and as a result, the Group recorded goodwill in connection with this transaction. The total purchase price of RMB104,223 consisted of RMB47,349 in cash consideration and RMB56,874 in equity exchanged through the issuance of 2,745,000 ordinary shares. The RMB47,349 of total cash consideration less cash acquired of RMB11,779 resulted in a net cash outlay of RMB35,570.

The purchase price was allocated based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

 

           Weighted average
amortization period
at acquisition date
      
     RMB     (in years)

Cash and cash equivalents

   11,779     

Prepaid and other current assets

   4,407     

Indemnifications from the seller

   3,735     

Property and equipment

   101     

Intangible assets:

    

Trade name

Student population

   22,870

9,390

  

  

  Indefinite

9.0

Goodwill

   68,292     
        

Total assets acquired

   120,574     

Deferred revenue

   (4,407  

Other liabilities assumed

   (4,679  

Deferred tax liability

   (7,265  
        

Total

   104,223     
        

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

In accordance with the acquisition agreement, the seller agreed to indemnify the Group against certain liabilities incurred prior to the acquisition date. As such, the Group has estimated the total business tax liabilities, income tax liabilities and social welfare liabilities (included above within Other liabilities assumed) at the acquisition date to be RMB3,735 and has recorded a corresponding asset for the indemnifications from the seller as of the acquisition date. The Group has assessed the recoverability of the indemnifications from the seller at each reporting period. As of December 31, 2009, the Group concluded that the indemnifications from the seller continue to be recoverable.

Of the RMB32,260 of acquired intangible assets, RMB22,870 was assigned to a trade name that is not subject to amortization. The remaining amortizable intangible assets of RMB9,390 have a useful life of 9.0 years. Goodwill is not tax deductible for tax purposes and is included in the Tutoring segment.

(12) Shanghai Career Enhancement

On January 9, 2009, Kunshan Ambow Education and Technology Co., Ltd (“Ambow Kunshan”) acquired 100% equity interest in Shanghai Career Enhancement, an entity engaged in providing career enhancement services. The Group believes the acquisition of Shanghai Career Enhancement is an integral piece of the Group’s strategy to increase its market share for providing career enhancement services in China. The purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired from Shanghai Career Enhancement and as a result, the Group recorded goodwill in connection with this transaction. The total purchase price of RMB29,643 consisted of RMB18,447 in cash consideration and RMB11,196 in equity exchanged through the issuance of 540,371 ordinary shares. The RMB18,447 of total cash consideration less cash acquired of RMB49 resulted in a net cash outlay of RMB18,398.

The purchase price was allocated based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

 

           Weighted average
amortization period
at acquisition date
      
     RMB     (in years)

Cash and cash equivalents

   49     

Indemnifications from the seller

   1,598     

Intangible assets:

    

Trade name

   8,600      Indefinite

Goodwill

   27,706     
        

Total assets acquired

   37,953     

Deferred revenue

   (3,661  

Other liabilities assumed

   (2,499  

Deferred tax liability

   (2,150  
        

Total

   29,643     
        

In accordance with the acquisition agreement, the seller agreed to indemnify the Group against certain liabilities incurred prior to the acquisition date. As such, the Group has estimated the

 

F-68


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

total business tax liabilities, income tax liabilities and social welfare liabilities (included above within Other liabilities assumed) at the acquisition date to be RMB1,598 and has recorded a corresponding asset for the indemnifications from the seller as of the acquisition date. The Group has assessed the recoverability of the indemnifications from the seller at each reporting period. As of December 31, 2009, the Group concluded that the indemnifications from the seller continue to be recoverable.

The RMB8,600 of acquired intangible assets relates to a trade name with an indefinite life that is not subject to amortization. Goodwill is not tax deductible for tax purposes. For the purposes of presenting operating segments Shanghai Career Enhancement and the goodwill arising on its acquisition are classified within the Career Enhancement segment.

(13) Guangzhou HP Tutoring

On February 5, 2009, Ambow Sihua acquired the 100% equity interest in Guangzhou HP Tutoring, an entity engaged in providing after-school tutoring services for junior high and high school students. The Group believes the acquisition of Guangzhou HP Tutoring is an integral piece of the Group’s strategy to increase its market share for providing after school tutoring services in China. The purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired from Guangzhou HP Tutoring and as a result, the Group recorded goodwill in connection with this transaction. The total purchase price of RMB33,182 consisted of RMB11,530 in cash consideration and RMB21,652 in equity exchanged through the issuance of 1,008,403 ordinary shares. The RMB11,530 of total cash consideration less cash acquired of RMB693 resulted in a net cash outlay of RMB10,837.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The purchase price was allocated based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

 

           Weighted average
amortization period
at acquisition date
      
     RMB     (in years)

Cash and cash equivalents

   693     

Indemnifications from the seller

   371     

Prepaid and other current assets

   403     

Other non-current assets

   866     

Property and equipment

   121     

Intangible assets:

    

Trade name

   8,950      Indefinite

Student population

   4,040      4.4

Cooperative agreement

   3,060      5.2

Goodwill

   20,373     
        

Total assets acquired

   38,877     

Deferred revenue

   (669  

Other liabilities assumed

   (1,022  

Deferred tax liability

   (4,004  
        

Total

   33,182     
        

In accordance with the acquisition agreement, the seller agreed to indemnify the Group against certain tax liabilities incurred prior to the acquisition date. As such, the Group has estimated the total business tax liabilities and income tax liabilities (included above within Other liabilities assumed) at the acquisition date to be RMB371 and has recorded a corresponding asset for the indemnifications from the seller as of the acquisition date. The Group has assessed the recoverability of the indemnifications from the seller at each reporting period. As of December 31, 2009, the Group concluded that the indemnifications from the seller continue to be recoverable.

Of the RMB16,050 of acquired intangible assets, RMB8,950 was for a trade name with an indefinite life that is not subject to amortization. The remaining amortizable intangible assets of RMB7,100 have a useful life of 4.7 years. Goodwill is not tax deductible for tax purposes. For the purposes of presenting operating segments Guangzhou HP Tutoring and the goodwill arising on its acquisition are classified within the Tutoring segment.

(14) SIWA Future Holding

On April 3, 2009, Ambow Sihua and Ambow Shanghai acquired the 100% equity interest in SIWA Future Holding, an entity engaged in providing education services to students from primary level through to college level in Beijing.

SIWA Future Holding owns a privately operated school providing services to primary, junior high and high school students. SIWA Future Holding also has training centers that provide after school

 

F-70


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

tutoring services. Furthermore, SIWA Future Holding has established the wholly owned Beijing Century College through a cooperation arrangement with Bei You Daxue. The Group believes the acquisition of SIWA Future Holding is an integral piece of the Group’s strategy to become one of the most comprehensive private education service providers in China.

The total purchase price of RMB450,060 consisted of RMB390,360 in cash consideration and RMB59,700 in equity exchanged through the issuance of 2,925,687 ordinary shares on the acquisition date. Furthermore, the Group agreed to extend payment terms with the seller whereby the remaining RMB350,000 would be paid over 18 years, RMB20,000 for the first 17 years and RMB10,000 for the 18 th year of the payment term. This payment term starts at the earlier of (a) March 7, 2016 or (b) upon obtainment of an updated education license before the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the acquisition agreement. The extended payment terms are only contingent upon the passage of time. Accordingly, the Group discounted the extended payment based on its incremental borrowing rate with the expectation that the education license will be obtained by the fifth anniversary of the effective date of this acquisition agreement. The net present value of the extended payment term is estimated to be RMB160,360. The RMB390,360 of total cash consideration less cash acquired of RMB46,916 resulted in a net cash outlay of RMB343,444.

With the acquisition of SIWA Future Holding, the Group also acquired significant land use rights that are allocated by the Chinese government. To account for the fair value of acquired allocated land use rights, the Group used a combination of sales comparisons and benchmark land sale price adjustment methods to arrive at the valuation results.

The purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired from SIWA Future Holding and as a result, the Group recorded goodwill in connection with this transaction.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The purchase price was allocated based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

 

           Weighted average
amortization period
at acquisition date
      
     RMB     (in years)

Cash and cash equivalents

   46,916     

Term deposits

   1,000     

Accounts receivable

   1,383     

Indemnifications from the seller

   12,312     

Prepaid and other current assets

   145,141     

Other non-current assets

   539     

Property and equipment

   206,173     

Prepayments for land use rights

   158,590     

Intangible assets:

    

Trade name

   40,580      Indefinite

Cooperative agreement

   81,173      10.3

Goodwill

   178,180     
        

Total assets acquired

   871,987     

Deferred revenue

   (68,729  

Short-term and long-term borrowings

   (170,000  

Termination liability

   (22,135  

Other liabilities assumed

   (100,840  

Deferred tax liability

   (60,223  
        

Total

   450,060     
        

In connection with the acquisition agreement, the Group has entered into the following key arrangements:

The Group entered into a contingent refundable arrangement with the seller of SIWA Future Holding, whereby the seller agreed to refund a portion of the paid consideration to the Group should the acquired entity fail to meet certain minimum enrollment requirements in the first year after acquisition. As of the acquisition date, the Group estimated the fair value of the refundable consideration to be RMB0 based on estimated probability of receiving such a refund. Hence, the Group did not record any refundable consideration. As of December 31, 2009, the Group had confirmed with the seller that no refund is required.

The Group assumed a termination liability in connection with the cooperation agreement entered into between SIWA Future Holding and Bei You Daxue. Upon the end of the agreement period, Bei You Daxue will be eligible for 35% of the undistributed net assets of Beijing Century College even though Bei You Daxue has no equity interest in Beijing Century College. Should the Group decide to terminate the cooperative agreement prior to the end of the agreement, the Group is required to pay a RMB40,000 termination penalty. As of the acquisition date, the Group

 

F-72


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

estimated the liabilities to be RMB22,135, after applying a discount rate of 5.94%. As of December 31, 2009, the Group recorded an accretion expense of RMB488 in connection with this termination liability.

In accordance with the acquisition agreement, the seller agreed to indemnify the Group against certain liabilities incurred prior to the acquisition date. As such, the Group has estimated the maximum total business tax liabilities, income tax liabilities and social welfare liabilities (included above within Other liabilities assumed) at the acquisition date to be RMB12,312 and has recorded a corresponding asset for the indemnifications from the seller as of the acquisition date. The Group calculated the amount of such indemnification it expects to receive based on SIWA Future Holding’s incurred business tax and income tax liabilities of past years and unpaid social welfare balances. The Group has assessed the recoverability of the indemnifications from the seller at each reporting period. As of December 31, 2009, the Group concluded that the indemnifications from the seller continue to be recoverable.

If Beijing Century College fails to obtain the updated education license referred to above before the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the acquisition agreement, the seller has agreed to refund 100% of payments received from the Group together with an additional 10 percent interest. At the same time, the Group would be required to refund to the seller 37% of any tuition revenue received since January 1, 2009. The Group believes that Beijing Century College will be able to obtain the updated education license. As of December 31, 2009, there were no changes in the recognized amounts or range of outcomes for the contingent refundable arrangements.

Of the RMB121,753 of acquired intangible assets, RMB40,580 relates to trade names with indefinite lives that are not subject to amortization. The remaining amortizable intangible assets of RMB81,173 have a useful life of 10.3 years. Goodwill is not tax deductible for tax purposes. For the purposes of presenting operating segments the various schools and colleges of SIWA Future Holding and the goodwill arising on its acquisition are classified within the Colleges and K-12 schools] segments. The allocation of goodwill to the Colleges and K-12 schools segments is RMB76,154 and RMB102,026, respectively.

Revenue and income after tax of SIWA Future Holding from the date of acquisition to December 31, 2009 were RMB152,922 and RMB29,063, respectively, and these amounts have been included in the consolidated financial statements.

(15) Beijing Century Tutoring

On April 20, 2009, Ambow Shida acquired the 100% equity interest in Beijing Century Tutoring, an entity engaged in providing tutoring services. The Group believes the acquisition of Beijing Century Tutoring is an integral piece of the Group’s strategy to increase its market share of providing after school tutoring services in China. The purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired from Beijing Century Tutoring and as a result, the Group recorded goodwill in connection with this transaction. The total purchase price of RMB50,578 consisted of RMB29,242 in cash consideration and RMB21,336 in equity exchanged through the issuance of 856,461 ordinary shares. The RMB29,242 of total cash consideration less cash acquired of RMB1,047 resulted in a net cash outlay of RMB28,195.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The purchase price was allocated based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

 

           Weighted average
amortization period
at acquisition date
      
     RMB     (in years)

Cash and cash equivalents

   1,047     

Indemnifications from the seller

   758     

Prepaid and other current assets

   3,110     

Other non-current assets

   8     

Property and equipment

   14     

Intangible assets:

    

Trade name

   12,500      Indefinite

Goodwill

   43,362     
        

Total assets acquired

   60,799     

Deferred revenue

   (5,400  

Other liabilities assumed

   (1,696  

Deferred tax liability

   (3,125  
        

Total

   50,578     
        

In accordance with the acquisition agreement, the seller agreed to indemnify the Group against certain tax liabilities incurred prior to the acquisition date. As such, the Group has estimated the total business tax liabilities and income tax liabilities (included above within Other liabilities assumed) at the acquisition date to be RMB758 and has recorded a corresponding asset for the indemnifications from the seller as of the acquisition date. The Group has assessed the recoverability of the indemnifications from the seller at each reporting period. As of December 31, 2009, the Group concluded that the indemnifications from the seller continue to be recoverable.

The RMB12,500 of acquired intangible assets relates to a trade name with an indefinite life that is not subject to amortization. Goodwill is not tax deductible for tax purposes. For the purposes of presenting operating segments Beijing Century Tutoring and the goodwill arising on its acquisition are classified within the Tutoring segment.

(16) Taishidian Holding

On August 8, 2009, Ambow Shida acquired a 70% equity interest in Taishidian Holding, an entity engaged in providing education services to college students. Taishidian Holding has established a wholly owned entity called Applied Technology College in cooperation with Soochow University. The Group believes the acquisition of Taishidian Holding is an integral piece of the Group’s strategy to increase the market shares in providing college services in China. The purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired from Taishidian Holding and as a result, the Group recorded goodwill in connection with this transaction. The

 

F-74


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

total purchase price of RMB187,271 consisted of RMB171,524 in cash consideration and RMB15,747 in equity exchanged through the issuance of 538,596 ordinary shares on the acquisition. The RMB171,524 of total cash consideration less cash acquired of RMB7,370 resulted in a net cash outlay of RMB164,154.

The purchase price was allocated based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

 

          

Weighted average
amortization period

at acquisition date

      
     RMB     (in years)

Cash and cash equivalents

   7,370     

Restricted cash

   10,000     

Term deposits

   200     

Accounts receivable

   273     

Indemnifications from the seller

   9,806     

Prepaid and other current assets

Land use rights

   34,286

104,330

  

  

 

Property and equipment

   259,298     

Intangible assets:

    

Cooperative agreement

   17,580      10.0

Goodwill

   81,714     
        

Total assets acquired

   524,857     

Deferred revenue

   (316  

Short-term and long-term borrowings

   (191,500  

Other liabilities assumed

   (86,645  

Deferred tax liability

   (11,295  

Non-controlling interest

   (47,830  
        

Total

   187,271     
        

The fair value of the non-controlling interest is based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market and thus represents Level 3 measurements as defined in SFAS 157. Key assumptions include:

 

(1)   discount rate of 23%;

 

(2)   a terminal value based on a multiple of approximately five times the annual EBITDA forecast five years after the acquisition date;

 

(3)   financial multiples of companies deemed to be similar to the acquired schools; and

 

(4)   adjustments because of the lack of control or lack of marketability that market participants would consider when estimating the fair value of the non-controlling interest of the acquired schools.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

In accordance with the acquisition agreement, the seller agreed to indemnify the Group against certain tax liabilities (included within Other liabilities assumed) incurred prior to the acquisition date. As such, the Group has estimated the maximum income tax liabilities at the acquisition date to be RMB9,806 and has recorded a corresponding asset for the indemnifications from the seller as of the acquisition date. The Group calculated the amount of such indemnifications it expects to receive based on Taishidian Holding’s income tax liabilities of past years.

The Group has assessed the recoverability of the indemnifications from the seller at each reporting period. As of December 31, 2009, the Group concluded that the indemnifications from the seller continue to be recoverable.

The RMB17,580 was assigned to amortizable intangible assets that have a useful life of 10.0 years. Goodwill is not tax deductible for tax purposes. For the purposes of presenting operating segments, Taishidian Holding and the goodwill arising on its acquisition is included in the Colleges segment.

Revenue and income after tax of Taishidian Holding from the date of acquisition to December 31, 2009 was RMB46,195 and RMB4,201, respectively, and these amounts have been included in the consolidated financial statements.

(17) Changsha K-12

On August 31, 2009, Ambow Shida acquired the 100% equity interest in Changsha K-12, an entity engaged in providing K-12 education services for junior high and high school students. 30% of the equity interest was acquired contractually and such interest will be transferred to the Group in 25 years unconditionally. The Group believes the acquisition of Changsha K-12 is an integral piece of the Group’s strategy to increase the market shares in providing K-12 education services in China. The purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired from Changsha K-12 and as a result, the Group recorded goodwill in connection with this transaction. The total purchase price of RMB155,755 consisted of RMB83,910 in cash consideration and RMB71,845 in equity exchanged through the issuance of 2,457,272 ordinary shares. The RMB83,910 of total cash consideration less cash acquired of RMB12,801 resulted in a net cash outlay of RMB71,109.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The purchase price was allocated based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

 

           Weighted average
amortization period
at acquisition date
      
     RMB     (in years)

Cash and cash equivalents

   12,801     

Indemnifications from the seller

   10     

Prepaid and other current assets

   27,070     

Property and equipment

   28,227     

Intangible assets:

    

Trade name

   29,400      Indefinite

Student population

   15,270      15.0

Favorable lease

   30,210      20.0

Goodwill

   108,036     
        

Total assets acquired

   251,024     

Deferred revenue

   (42,401  

Other liabilities assumed

   (34,486  

Deferred tax liability

   (18,382  
        

Total

   155,755     
        

In accordance with the acquisition agreement, the seller agreed to indemnify the Group against certain tax liabilities incurred prior to the acquisition date. As such, the Group has estimated the income tax liabilities (included within Other liabilities assumed) at the acquisition date to be RMB10 and has recorded a corresponding asset for the indemnification from the seller as of the acquisition date. The Group has assessed the recoverability of the indemnification from the seller at each reporting period. As of December 31, 2009, the Group concluded that the indemnification from the seller continues to be recoverable. Of the RMB74,880 of acquired intangible assets, RMB29,400 was assigned to trade names that are not subject to amortization. The remaining amortizable intangible assets of RMB45,480 have a useful life of 18.3 years. No value was assigned to the 30% of equity interest acquired contractually that will be transferred to the Group in 25 years unconditionally without providing any additional consideration. Goodwill is not tax deductible for tax purposes. For the purposes of presenting operating segments, Changsha K-12 and the goodwill arising on its acquisition are classified within the K-12 schools segment.

Revenue and income after tax of Changsha K-12 from the date of acquisition to December 31, 2009 was RMB32,466 and RMB11,169, respectively, and these amounts have been included in the consolidated financial statements.

(18) Beijing IT Career Enhancement

On September 2, 2009, Ambow Kunshan acquired the 100% equity interest in Beijing IT Career Enhancement, an entity engaged in providing career enhancement services. The Group believes

 

F-77


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

the acquisition of Beijing IT Career Enhancement is an integral piece of the Group’s strategy to increase the market shares in providing career enhancement services in China. The purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired from Beijing IT Career Enhancement and as a result, the Group recorded goodwill in connection with this transaction. The total purchase price of RMB35,401 consisted of RMB19,402 in cash consideration and RMB15,999 in equity exchanged through the issuance of 547,400 ordinary shares. The RMB19,402 of total cash consideration less cash acquired of RMB1,292 resulted in a net cash outlay of RMB18,110.

The purchase price was allocated based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

 

           Weighted average
amortization period
at acquisition date
      
     RMB     (in years)

Cash and cash equivalents

   1,292     

Accounts receivable

   439     

Indemnifications from the seller

   833     

Prepaid and other current assets

   105     

Property and equipment

   186     

Intangible assets:

    

Trade name

   8,070      Indefinite

Customer relationship

   2,120      4.3

Goodwill

   27,652     
        

Total assets acquired

   40,697     

Deferred revenue

   (438  

Other liabilities assumed

   (2,446  

Deferred tax liability

   (2,412  
        

Total

   35,401     
        

In accordance with the acquisition agreement, the seller agreed to indemnify the Group against certain tax liabilities incurred prior to the acquisition date. As such, the Group has estimated the total business tax liabilities and income tax liabilities (included above within Other liabilities assumed) at the acquisition date to be RMB833 and has recorded a corresponding asset for the indemnifications from the seller as of the acquisition date. The Group has assessed the recoverability of the indemnifications from the seller at each reporting period. As of December 31, 2009, the Group concluded that the indemnifications from the seller continue to be recoverable.

Of the RMB10,190 of acquired intangible assets, RMB8,070 was assigned to trade names that are not subject to amortization. The remaining amortizable intangible assets of RMB2,120 have a useful life of 4.3 years. Goodwill is not tax deductible for tax purposes. For the purposes of presenting operating segments, Beijing IT Career Enhancement and the goodwill arising in its acquisition are classified within the Career Enhancement segment.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

(19) Suzhou Career Enhancement

On September 24, 2009, Ambow Kunshan acquired the 100% equity interest in Suzhou Career Enhancement, an entity engaged in providing career enhancement services. The Group believes the acquisition of Suzhou Career Enhancement is an integral piece of the Group’s strategy to increase the market shares in providing career enhancement services in China. The purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired from Suzhou Career Enhancement and as a result, the Group recorded goodwill in connection with this transaction. The total purchase price is RMB7,920. The RMB7,920 of total cash consideration less cash acquired of RMB2,027 resulted in a net cash outlay of RMB5,893.

The purchase price was allocated based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

 

        
  
     RMB  

Cash and cash equivalents

   2,027   

Accounts receivable

   529   

Prepaid and other current assets

   50   

Other non-current assets

   960   

Property and equipment

   147   

Goodwill

   4,317   
      

Total assets acquired

   8,030   

Other liabilities assumed

   (110
      

Total

   7,920   
      

In accordance with the acquisition agreement, the seller agreed to indemnify the Company against certain liabilities incurred prior to the acquisition date. At the acquisition date and as of December 31, 2009 the Group has estimated that no such liabilities existed.

Goodwill is not tax deductible for tax purposes. For the purpose of presenting operating segments, Suzhou Career Enhancement and the goodwill arising on its acquisition are classified within the career enhancement segment.

(20) Shenyang K-12

On September 30, 2009, Ambow Shida acquired a 90% equity interest in Shenyang K-12, an entity engaged in providing K-12 education services for junior high and high school students. The Group believes the acquisition of Shenyang K-12 is an integral piece of the Group’s strategy to increase the market share in providing K-12 education services in China. The purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired from Shenyang K-12 and as a result, the Group recorded goodwill in connection with this transaction. The total purchase price of RMB108,968 consisted of RMB59,760 in cash consideration and RMB49,208 in equity exchanged through the issuance of 1,679,656 ordinary shares. The RMB59,760 of total cash consideration less cash acquired of RMB404 resulted in a net cash outlay of RMB59,356.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The purchase price was allocated based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

 

           Weighted average
amortization period
at acquisition date
      
     RMB     (in years)

Cash and cash equivalents

   404     

Indemnifications from the seller

   44     

Prepaid and other current assets

   38,818     

Property and equipment

   5,786     

Intangible assets:

    

Trade name

   27,390      Indefinite

Student population

   2,190      5.9

Favorable lease

   32,100      20.0

Goodwill

   64,535     
        

Total assets acquired

   171,267     

Deferred revenue

   (30,629  

Other liabilities assumed

   (7,411  

Deferred tax liability

   (15,399  

Non-controlling interest

   (8,860  
        

Total

   108,968     
        

In December 2009, Ambow and the original shareholder of Shenyang K-12 signed supplemental agreements to reduce the total consideration of Shenyang K-12. Total consideration was revised down by RMB29,620 which consisted of RMB16,200 in cash consideration and RMB13,420 in equity exchanged through the reduction of 458,088 ordinary shares. The change in total consideration arose due to new information identified subsequent to the acquisition date that affected the determination of the total consideration. Since the new information related to circumstances existing as of the acquisition date, this has been accounted for as a measurement period adjustment and reduces goodwill in the measurement period. This directly revised down the amount of goodwill from RMB64,535 to RMB34,915.

As of December 31, 2009 1,221,568 ordinary shares due to the seller of Shenyang K-12 had not been issued and were subsequently issued in February 2010. The fair value of these outstanding shares has been reflected in Additional Paid-In Capital at the acquisition date.

The fair value of the non-controlling interest is based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market and thus represents Level 3 measurements as defined in SFAS 157. Key assumptions include:

 

(1)   discount rate of 23%;

 

(2)   a terminal value based on a multiple of approximately five times the annual EBITDA forecast five years after the acquisition date;

 

F-80


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

(3)   financial multiples of companies deemed to be similar to the acquired schools; and

 

(4)   adjustments because of the lack of control or lack of marketability that market participants would consider when estimating the fair value of the non-controlling interest of the acquired schools.

In accordance with the acquisition agreement, the seller agreed to indemnify the Group against certain tax liabilities incurred prior to the acquisition date. As such, the Group has estimated income tax liabilities (include above within Other liabilities assumed) at the acquisition date to be RMB44 and has recorded a corresponding asset for the indemnification from the seller as of the acquisition date. The Group has assessed the recoverability of the indemnification from the seller at each reporting period. As of December 31, 2009, the Group concluded that the indemnification from the seller continue to be recoverable.

Of the RMB61,680 of acquired intangible assets, RMB27,390 was assigned to a trade name that is not subject to amortization. The remaining amortizable intangible assets of RMB34,290 have a useful life of 19.1 years. Goodwill is not tax deductible for tax purposes. For the purposes of presenting operating segments, Shenyang K-12 and the goodwill arising on its acquisition are classified within the K-12 schools segment.

(21) Changsha Career Enhancement

On September 30, 2009, Ambow Shanghai acquired the 100% equity interest in Changsha Career Enhancement, an entity engaged in providing career enhancement services. The Group believes the acquisition of Changsha Career Enhancement is an integral piece of the Group’s strategy to increase the market share in providing career enhancement services in China. The purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired from Changsha Career Enhancement and as a result, the Group recorded goodwill in connection with this transaction. The total purchase price of RMB86,777 consisted of RMB47,525 in cash consideration and RMB39,252 in equity exchanged through the issuance of 1,339,837 ordinary shares. The RMB47,525 of total cash consideration less cash acquired of RMB7,637 resulted in a net cash outlay of RMB39,888.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The purchase price was allocated based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

 

           Weighted average
amortization period
at acquisition date
      
     RMB     (in years)

Cash and cash equivalents

   7,637     

Prepaid and other current assets

   4,172     

Indemnification from the seller

   1,702     

Other non-current assets

   590     

Property and equipment

   4,740     

Intangible assets:

    

Trade name

   21,200      Indefinite

Student population

   5,290      2.8

Goodwill

   67,216     
        

Total assets acquired

   112,547     

Deferred revenue

   (16,246  

Other liabilities assumed

   (3,592  

Deferred tax liability

   (5,932  
        

Total

   86,777     
        

In accordance with the acquisition agreement, the seller agreed to indemnify the Group against certain tax liabilities incurred prior to the acquisition date. As such, the Group has estimated the total business tax liabilities (included above within Other liabilities assumed) at the acquisition date to be RMB1,702 and has recorded a corresponding asset for the indemnification from the seller as of the acquisition date. The Group has assessed the recoverability of the indemnification from the seller at each reporting period. As of December 31, 2009, the Group concluded that the indemnification from the seller continue to be recoverable.

Of the RMB26,490 of acquired intangible assets, RMB21,200 was assigned to trade names that are not subject to amortization. The remaining amortizable intangible assets of RMB5,290 have a useful life of 2.8 years. Goodwill is not tax deductible for tax purpose. For the purposes of presenting operating segments, Changsha Career Enhancement and the goodwill arising on its acquisition are classified within the career enhancement segment.

(22) Beijing JY Tutoring

On September 30, 2009, Ambow Sihua acquired the 100% equity interest in Beijing JY Tutoring, an entity engaged in providing after-school tutoring services for junior high and high school students. The Group believes the acquisition of Beijing JY Tutoring is an integral piece of the Group’s strategy to increase its market shares in providing after school tutoring services in China. The purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired from Beijing JY Tutoring and as a result, the Group recorded goodwill in connection with this transaction. The total purchase price of RMB123,008 consisted of RMB79,979 in cash

 

F-82


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

consideration and RMB43,029 in equity exchanged through the issuance of 1,468,744 ordinary shares. The RMB79,979 of total cash consideration less cash acquired of RMB305 resulted in a net cash outlay of RMB79,674.

The purchase price was allocated based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

 

           Weighted average
amortization period
at acquisition date
      
     RMB     (in years)

Cash and cash equivalents

   305     

Accounts receivable

   50,140     

Prepaid and other current assets

   5,581     

Other non-current assets

   53     

Property and equipment

   519     

Intangible assets:

    

Trade name

   36,380      Indefinite

Student population

   5,150      5.3

Goodwill

   99,900     
        

Total assets acquired

   198,028     

Deferred revenue

   (63,764  

Other liabilities assumed

   (1,000  

Deferred tax liability

   (10,256  
        

Total

   123,008     
        

In accordance with the acquisition agreement, the seller agreed to indemnify the Company against certain liabilities incurred prior to the acquisition date. At the acquisition date and as of December 31, 2009 the Group has estimated that no such liabilities existed.

Of the RMB41,530 of acquired intangible assets, RMB36,380 was assigned to a trade name that is not subject to amortization. The remaining amortizable intangible assets of RMB5,150 have a useful life of 5.3 years. Goodwill is not tax deductible for tax purposes. For the purposes of presenting operating segments, Beijing JY Tutoring and the goodwill arising on its acquisition are classified within the Tutoring segment.

(23) Guangzhou DP Tutoring

On October 9, 2009, Ambow Sihua acquired the 100% equity interest in Guangzhou DP Tutoring, an entity engaged in providing tutoring services for kindergarten and primary school students. The Group believes the acquisition of Guangzhou DP Tutoring is an integral piece of the Group’s strategy to increase the market share in providing tutoring services in China. The purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired from Guangzhou DP Tutoring and as a result, the Group recorded goodwill in connection with this transaction. The total purchase price of RMB60,800 consisted of RMB39,191 in cash consideration and RMB21,609

 

F-83


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

in equity exchanged through the issuance of 737,709 ordinary shares. The RMB39,191 of total cash consideration less cash acquired of RMB137 resulted in a net cash outlay of RMB39,054.

The purchase price was allocated based on the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

 

           Weighted average
amortization period
at acquisition date
      
     RMB     (in years)

Cash and cash equivalents

   137     

Indemnifications from the seller

   5,010     

Prepaid and other current assets

   4,733     

Property and equipment

   171     

Intangible assets:

    

Trade name

   14,970      Indefinite

Student population

   1,760      2.9

Goodwill

   47,804     
        

Total assets acquired

   74,585     

Other liabilities assumed

   (9,602  

Deferred tax liability

   (4,183  
        

Total

   60,800     
        

In accordance with the acquisition agreement, the seller agreed to indemnify the Group against certain liabilities incurred prior to the acquisition date. As such, the Group has estimated the total business tax liabilities, income tax liabilities and social welfare liabilities (included above within Other liabilities assumed) at the acquisition date to be RMB5,010 and has recorded a corresponding asset for the indemnifications from the seller as of the acquisition date. The Group has assessed the recoverability of the indemnifications from the seller at each reporting period. As of December 31, 2009, the Group concluded that the indemnifications from the seller continue to be recoverable.

Of the RMB16,730 of acquired intangible assets, RMB14,970 was assigned to a trade name that is not subject to amortization. The remaining amortizable intangible assets of RMB1,760 have a useful life of 2.9 years. Goodwill is not tax deductible for tax purposes. For the purposes of presenting operating segments, Guangzhou DP Tutoring and the goodwill arising on its acquisition are classified within the Tutoring segment.

The aggregate revenue and income after tax of Tianjin Tutoring, Shanghai Career Enhancement, Guangzhou HP Tutoring, Beijing Century Tutoring, Beijing IT Career Enhancement, Suzhou Career Enhancement, Shenyang K-12, Changsha Career Enhancement, Beijing JY Tutoring and Guangzhou DP Tutoring from their date of acquisition to December 31, 2009 was RMB136,849 and RMB26,203, respectively, and these amounts have been included in the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

Pro-forma net revenue and net income of the Group reflecting acquisitions made in 2009

The amount of net revenue and net income included in the Group’s consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2009 in respect of acquisitions completed in 2009 is RMB368,432 and RMB70,636, respectively. The following summary of unaudited pro forma results of operations of the Group for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 is presented using the assumption that acquisitions made in 2009 were completed as of January 1, 2008. These pro forma results of the Group have been prepared for comparative purposes only and do not purport to be indicative of the results of operations which would have resulted had the significant acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2009, nor is it indicative of future operating results.

 

    

Year ended

December 31, 2008

  

Year ended

December 31, 2009

         
    

RMB

(unaudited)

  

RMB

(unaudited)

Pro forma net revenue

   1,179,662    1,329,832

Pro forma net income

   139,131    176,156

(24) Zhenjiang K-12

On August 31, 2008, Ambow Sihua entered into a cooperation agreement with the Zhenjiang Education Investment Centre and acquired the rights to run Zhenjiang K-12, and to use the schools’ buildings and facilities for 12 years. Zhenjiang K-12 is an education institution that provides services to junior high and high school students. This acquisition is an integral piece of the Group’s strategy to build a network of private schools that can leverage the Group’s experience of delivering education services. In accordance with the agreement, the Group will retain any net profits earned during the contractual period. The aggregate consideration for the cooperative agreement was RMB50,000, of which RMB45,000 had been paid as of December 31, 2009. The remaining RMB5,000 should be paid by July 2013. Any fixed asset investment in the schools made by Ambow can be offset against the final payment, subject to the Zhenjiang Education Investment Centre’s approval. The Group accounted for the purchase of the cooperative rights as a lease, and recorded the initial payments as a prepayment of an operating lease. The Group recognized lease expenses of RMB1,389 and RMB4,167 for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

23. Unaudited pro-forma balance sheet and net income (loss) per share

All of the preferred shares will automatically be converted into ordinary shares at the applicable conversion price upon the earlier of (i) a Qualified Public Offering, or (ii) the written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such series of preferred shares; provided that the conversion of Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares and Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares into ordinary shares pursuant to the foregoing clause shall also require the written consent of at least two thirds of the outstanding shares of such series of preferred shares. The pro-forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2009 presents an adjusted

 

F-85


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

financial position as if the conversion of the preferred shares into ordinary shares occurred on December 31, 2009.

The unaudited pro-forma earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 giving effect to the conversion of preferred shares into ordinary shares as of the beginning of the periods are as follows:

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2007    2008     2009  
                 
     RMB    RMB     RMB  

Numerator:

       

Net income (loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders

   11,993    (54,357   (113,252

Pro-forma effect of conversion of preferred shares

   22,244    121,717      251,488   
                 

Numerator for pro forma basic and diluted net income per share

   34,237    67,360      138,236   
                 

Denominator:

       

Denominator for basic net income (loss) per share—weighted average ordinary shares outstanding

   16,031,507    23,038,853      39,193,092   

Pro-forma effect of conversion of preferred shares

   39,566,554    61,707,446      80,755,552   
                 

Denominator for pro forma basic net income per share

   55,598,061    84,746,299      119,948,644   
                 

Dilutive effect of warrants

   4,068,493           

Dilutive effect of share options

   4,622,476    6,120,379      7,175,653   
                 

Denominator for pro forma diluted net income per share

   64,289,030    90,866,678      127,124,297   
                 

Pro-forma basic net income per share

   0.62    0.79      1.15   

Pro-forma diluted net income per share

   0.53    0.74      1.09   

24. Non-controlling interests

The Group’s majority-owned subsidiaries which are consolidated in Group’s financial statements but with non controlling interest recognized are Shenyang K-12 and Taishidian Holding. As of December 31, 2009, the Group recognized a non-controlling interest in the consolidated statements of operations to reflect the 10% and 30% economic interest in Shenyang K-12 and Taishidian Holding, respectively, that is attributable to the shareholders other than the Group.

25. Fair value measurements

At the beginning of the 2008 fiscal year, the Group adopted ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. ASC Topic 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and expands financial statement disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The Group’s initial adoption of ASC Topic 820 was limited to its fair value measurements of financial assets and

 

F-86


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

financial liabilities, as permitted by ASC Topic 820. At the beginning of the 2009 fiscal year, the Group adopted ASC Topic 820 for the remainder of the Group’s fair value measurements. The implementation of the fair value measurement guidance of ASC Topic 820 did not result in any material changes to the carrying values of the Group’s assets and liabilities.

ASC Topic 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) on the measurement date in an orderly transaction between market participants in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability. ASC Topic 820 specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques, which is based on whether the inputs into the valuation technique are observable or unobservable. The hierarchy is as follows:

Level 1—Valuation techniques in which all significant inputs are unadjusted quoted prices from active markets for assets or liabilities that are identical to the assets or liabilities being measured.

Level 2—Valuation techniques in which significant inputs include quoted prices from active markets for assets or liabilities that are similar to the assets or liabilities being measured and/or quoted prices for assets or liabilities that are identical or similar to the assets or liabilities being measured from markets that are not active. Also, model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets are Level 2 valuation techniques.

Level 3—Valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable. Unobservable inputs are valuation technique inputs that reflect the Group’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

Management of the Group is responsible for determining the fair value of equity issued, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and intangibles identified as of the acquisition date and considered a number of factors including valuations from Marsh (Beijing) Risk Consulting Company Limited, an independent appraiser.

When available, the Group uses quoted market prices to determine the fair value of an asset or liability. If quoted market prices are not available, the Group measures fair value using valuation techniques that use, when possible, current market-based or independently-sourced market parameters, such as interest rates and currency rates. The following is a description of the valuation techniques that the Group uses to measure the fair value of assets and liabilities that are measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis:

Cash equivalents. At December 31, 2009, the Group’s cash equivalents consisted of money market mutual funds. Cash equivalents are valued using observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for securities with identical characteristics, and accordingly, the Group’s classifies the valuation techniques that use these inputs as Level 1.

Restricted cash. At December 31, 2009, the Group’s restricted cash relates to a security deposit with a banking institution. Restricted cash is valued using observable inputs that reflect market

 

F-87


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

prices for securities with identical characteristics. The Group classifies the valuation techniques that use these input as Level 1.

Term deposits. At December 31, 2009, the Group’s term deposits consist of bank deposits with original maturity of three to twelve months. The Group’s term deposits are valued using observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for similar securities with identical characteristics, therefore considered Level 1 valuation techniques.

At December 31, 2008 and 2009, information about inputs into the fair value measurements of the assets and liabilities that the Group makes on a recurring basis was as follows:

 

    Total Fair
Value and
Carrying
Value on
Balance Sheet
  Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
      Quoted Prices
in Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
 

Significant

Other Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)

               

As of December 31, 2008

       

Assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  778,824   778,824    

As of December 31, 2009

       

Assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  409,926   409,926    

Restricted cash

  10,000   10,000    

Term deposits

  119,623   119,623    

26. Concentrations

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Group to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, term deposits, accounts receivable, and advances to suppliers. The Group places its cash and cash equivalents and term deposits with financial institutions with high-credit ratings. The Group conducts credit evaluations of its customers and suppliers, and generally does not require collateral or other security from them. To date, the Group has not experienced significant losses from uncollectible accounts. The Group evaluates its collection experience and long outstanding balances to determine the need for an allowance for doubtful accounts.

(a) Major customers

No single customer represented 10% or more of the Group’s total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009.

 

F-88


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

(b) Credit risk

A summary of the debtors who accounted for 10% or more of the Group’s consolidated accounts receivable, other receivable or amounts due from related parties was as follows:

 

     As of December 31,
Debtors    2007    2008    2009
 
     RMB    %    RMB    %    RMB    %

Accounts receivable

                 

Company A

   321,405    98%    212,255    59%      

School B

         141,660    39%      

School C

               3,834    18%

Company D

               2,350    11%

For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the Group collected fees for educational programs and services of RMB163,475, RMB403,798, and RMB384,635, respectively through collection agents. Accounts receivable balances above are mainly amounts due from collection agents.

 

     As of December 31,
Debtors    2007    2008    2009
 
     RMB    %    RMB    %    RMB    %

Other receivables

                 

Company E

   121,500    65%            

Company F

   35,000    19%    183,590    66%    66,522    61%

State tax bureau (VAT refund)

         35,095    13%      

Amounts due from related parties

                 

Principal of Shuyang K-12

         13,237    35%      

Principal of Beijing YZ Tutoring

         9,259    25%      

Family member of Changsha Tutoring principal

         3,648    10%      

The general manager of Shandong North Resource

         3,580    10%      

A company established by the director of SIWA Future Holding

               92,071    40%

Subsidiary of former shareholder of
Shenyang K-12

               29,350    13%

Former shareholder of Changsha K-12

               28,566    12%

Other non-current assets

                 

Company F

               51,801    56%

(c) PRC Regulations

The Chinese market in which the Group operates exposes the Company to certain macro-economic and regulatory risks and uncertainties. These uncertainties extend to the ability of the Group to provide educational and career enhancement services through contractual arrangements in the PRC since this industry remains highly regulated. The Chinese government may issue from time to time new laws or new interpretations on existing laws to regulate the

 

F-89


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

education industry. Regulatory risk also encompasses the interpretation by the tax authorities of current tax laws, the status of properties leased for our operations and the Group’s legal structure and scope of operations in the PRC, which could be subject to further restrictions resulting in limitations on the Company’s ability to conduct business in the PRC.

27. Subsequent events

No significant subsequent events have occurred since December 31, 2009. The Group has considered subsequent events through March 31, 2010, which was the date these financial statements were issued.

28. Additional information—condensed financial statements

Relevant PRC statutory laws and regulations permit the payment of dividends by the Group’s PRC VIEs and subsidiaries only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, PRC laws and regulations require that annual appropriations of certain percentages of the after-tax income or the increase in net assets for the year (as determined under accounting principles generally accepted in the PRC) should be set aside at each year end as a reserve prior to the payment of dividends. As a result of these PRC laws and regulations, the Group’s PRC VIEs and subsidiaries are restricted in their ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to the Group either in the form of dividends, loans or advances.

The condensed financial statements of the Company have been prepared using the same accounting policies as set out in the Group’s consolidated financial statements except that the Company used the equity method to account for investments in its subsidiaries and VIEs.

The Company, its subsidiaries and VIEs were included in the consolidated financial statements whereby the inter-company balances and transactions were eliminated upon consolidation. For the purpose of the Company’s condensed financial statements, its investments in subsidiaries are reported using the equity method of accounting. The Company’s share of income and losses from its subsidiaries are reported as share of income from subsidiaries in the condensed financial statements.

The Company is a Cayman Islands company, therefore, is not subjected to income taxes for all years presented.

The footnote disclosures contain supplemental information relating to the operations of the Company and, as such, these statements should be read in conjunction with the notes to the consolidated financial statements of the Company. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with US GAAP have been condensed or omitted.

As of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, there were no material contingencies, significant provisions for long-term obligations, or guarantees of the Company, except for those which have been separately disclosed in the consolidated financial statements, if any.

 

F-90


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

Financial information of Parent Company

Balance sheets

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

     As of December 31,     
     2007    2008    2009    2009
    
     RMB    RMB    RMB    US$
                    Note 2(a)

ASSETS

           

Current assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   252,849    471,408    3,879    568

Amounts due from related parties

      271,511    471,165    69,027

Prepaid and other current assets

   9,744    21,729    3,355    492
                   

Total current assets

   262,593    764,648    478,399    70,087

Non-current assets:

           

Intangible assets, net

         600    88

Investment in subsidiaries

   277,318    708,404    1,752,430    256,736
                   

Total non-current assets

   277,318    708,404    1,753,030    256,824
                   

Total assets

   539,911    1,473,052    2,231,429    326,911
                   

LIABILITIES

           

Current liabilities:

           

Accrued and other liabilities

   2,680    4,794    198,135    29,028
                   

Total current liabilities

   2,680    4,794    198,135    29,028
                   

Total liabilities

   2,680    4,794    198,135    29,028
      

 

F-91


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

Financial information of Parent Company

Balance sheets

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

     As of December 31,        
     2007    2008    2009     2009  
                      
     RMB    RMB    RMB     US$  
                     Note 2(a)  

Commitments and contingencies

          

MEZZANINE EQUITY

          

Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.0001 par value; 23,387,381 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009) (redemption value RMB768,127 (US$112,531))

   387,757    422,351    520,985      76,325   

Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.0001 par value; 29,835,966 shares authorized, 26,722,649 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and 2009) (redemption value RMB914,163 (US$133,926))

      709,057    767,162      112,391   

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

          

Series A convertible preferred shares (US$0.0001 par value; 12,900,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively)

   14,283    14,283    14,283      2,093   

Series B convertible preferred shares (US$0.0001 par value; 18,335,715 shares authorized, 17,745,522 shares issued and outstanding, as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively)

   96,667    96,667    96,667      14,162   

Ordinary shares (US$0.0001 par value; 155,000,000 shares authorized, 20,100,000, 33,587,586, and 44,999,663 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively)

   17    26    35      5   

Additional paid-in capital

   16,983    188,924    616,473      90,315   

Warrants

   2,737    2,737    2,737      401   

Retained earnings (Accumulated deficit)

   11,208    10,800    (8,841   (1,295

Accumulated other comprehensive income

   7,579    23,413    23,793      3,486   
                      

Total shareholders’ equity

   149,474    336,850    745,147      109,167   
                      

Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders’ equity

   539,911    1,473,052    2,231,429      326,911   
         

 

F-92


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

Financial information of Parent Company

Statements of operations

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009     2009  
                        
     RMB     RMB     RMB     US$  
                       Note 2(a)  

Operating expenses:

        

Selling and marketing

   (622   (1,194   (4,411   (646

General and administrative

   (6,855   (8,370   (11,706   (1,715

Research and development

   (353   (426   (480   (70
                        

Total operating expenses

   (7,830   (9,990   (16,597   (2,431
                        

OPERATING LOSS

   (7,830   (9,990   (16,597   (2,431

Share of income from subsidiaries

   53,029      70,938      153,204      22,443   

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

        

Interest income, net

   2,014      6,587      1,629      239   

Foreign exchange losses, net

        (175          

Beneficial conversion feature

   (12,976               
                        

NET INCOME

   34,237      67,360      138,236      20,251   
         

 

F-93


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to consolidated financial statements (Continued)

Financial information of Parent Company

Statements of cash flows

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009     2009  
                        
     RMB     RMB     RMB     US$  
                       Note 2(a)  

Cash flows from operating activities

   (126,586   (469,632   (467,126   (68,435

Cash flows from investing activities

                    

Cash flows from financing activities

   388,754      700,041             

Effects of exchange rate changes

   (9,319   (11,850   (403   (60

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

   252,849      218,559      (467,529   (68,495

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

        252,849      471,408      69,063   
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   252,849      471,408      3,879      568   
                        

Supplement disclosure of cash flow information

        

Income taxes paid

                    

Interest paid

                    

Supplement disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

        

Conversion of convertible promissory notes into Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares

   30,678                  

Issuance of ordinary shares for purchases of subsidiaries

        161,960      414,027      60,656   

Issuance of ordinary shares upon exercise of warrants

   4,011                  
         

 

F-94


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheets

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

   

Note

 

As of
December 31,

2009

  As of March 31,
        2010   2010   2010   2010
                       
        RMB   RMB   US$   RMB   US$
                Note 2(a)   Note 2(a)
                    Pro-forma (Note 15)

ASSETS

           

Current assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

    409,926   411,263   60,251   411,263   60,251

Restricted cash

    10,000        

Term deposits

    119,623   104,595   15,323   104,595   15,323

Accounts receivable, net

  3   21,528   37,795   5,537   37,795   5,537

Amounts due from related parties

  11   232,482   162,521   23,810   162,521   23,810

Deferred tax assets

  9   1,689   5,365   786   5,365   786

Prepaid and other current assets

  4   338,267   228,249   33,439   228,249   33,439
                     

Total current assets

    1,133,515   949,788   139,146   949,788   139,146

Non-current assets:

           

Property and equipment, net

    606,820   606,756   88,892   606,756   88,892

Land use rights, net

    263,771   262,189   38,411   262,189   38,411

Intangible assets, net

    544,655   545,282   79,885   545,282   79,885

Goodwill

    1,028,592   1,028,368   150,659   1,028,368   150,659

Deferred tax assets

  9   503   725   106   725   106

Other non-current assets

    94,538   104,683   15,337   104,683   15,337
                     

Total non-current assets

    2,538,879   2,548,003   373,290   2,548,003   373,290
                     

Total assets

    3,672,394   3,497,791   512,436   3,497,791   512,436
                     

LIABILITIES

           

Current liabilities:

           

Short-term borrowings

    113,000   109,070   15,979   109,070   15,979

Current portion of long-term borrowings

    89,000   88,000   12,893   88,000   12,893

Deferred revenue

    424,131   403,826   59,162   403,826   59,162

Accounts payable

    83,987   37,447   5,487   37,447   5,487

Accrued and other liabilities

  5   361,934   243,309   35,644   243,309   35,644

Income tax payable

    47,567   55,987   8,202   55,987   8,202

Amounts due to related parties

  11   12,282   9,416   1,379   9,416   1,379
                     

Total current liabilities

    1,131,901   947,055   138,746   947,055   138,746

Non-current liabilities:

           

Deferred tax liabilities

  9   163,373   161,260   23,625   161,260   23,625

Long-term borrowings

    73,000   74,000   10,841   74,000   10,841

Non-current portion of consideration payable for acquisitions and other liabilities

    214,351   217,026   31,795   217,026   31,795
                     

Total non-current liabilities

    450,724   452,286   66,261   452,286   66,261
                     

Total liabilities

    1,582,625   1,399,341   205,007   1,399,341   205,007
                     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-95


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheets (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

        As of
December 31,
    As of March 31,  
    Note   2009     2010     2010     2010     2010  
                                 
        RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     US$  
                    Note 2(a)           Note 2(a)  
                         

Pro-forma

(Note 15)

 

Commitments and contingencies

  12          

MEZZANINE EQUITY

           

Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.0001 par value; 23,387,381 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010) (redemption value RMB825,328(US$120,913)) (none outstanding on a pro-forma basis as of March 31, 2010 (unaudited))

  6   520,985      561,934      82,325             

Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.0001 par value; 29,835,966 shares authorized, 26,722,649 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010) (redemption value RMB981,332 (US$143,768)) (none outstanding on a pro-forma basis as of March 31, 2010 (unaudited))

  6   767,162      802,781      117,610             

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

           

Series A convertible preferred shares (US$0.0001 par value; 12,900,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, as of December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, respectively) (none outstanding on a pro-forma basis as of March 31, 2010 (unaudited))

  6   14,283      14,283      2,093             

Series B convertible preferred shares (US$0.0001 par value; 18,335,715 shares authorized, 17,745,522 shares issued and outstanding, as of December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, respectively) (none outstanding on a pro-forma basis as of March 31, 2010 (unaudited))

  6   96,667      96,667      14,162             

Ordinary shares (US$0.0001 par value; 155,000,000 shares authorized, 44,999,663 and 46,221,231 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, respectively) (126,976,783 outstanding on a pro-forma basis as of March 31, 2010 (unaudited))

  7   35      36      5      91      13   

Additional paid-in capital

    616,473      622,122      91,143      2,097,732      307,325   

Warrants

    2,737      2,737      401      2,737      401   

Statutory reserves

    34,155      34,155      5,004      34,155      5,004   

Accumulated deficit

    (42,996   (116,051   (17,003   (116,051   (17,003

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    23,793      24,212      3,547      24,212      3,547   
                               

Total Ambow Education Holding Ltd’s equity

    745,147      678,161      99,352      2,042,876      299,287   

Non-controlling interest

    56,475      55,574      8,142      55,574      8,142   
                               

Total shareholders’ equity

    801,622      733,735      107,494      2,098,450      307,429   
                               

Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders’ equity

    3,672,394      3,497,791      512,436      3,497,791      512,436   
                               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-96


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of operations

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

          For the Three Months ended March 31,  
     Note    2009     2010     2010  
                       
                          RMB                     RMB                     US$  
                      Note 2(a)  

NET REVENUES

         

—Educational programs and services

      160,109      232,154      34,011   

—Software products

      16,235     28,134      4,122   
                     

Total net revenues

      176,344      260,288      38,133   

Cost of revenues

      (101,849   (127,165   (18,630
                     

GROSS PROFIT

      74,495      133,123      19,503   
                     

Operating expenses:

         

Selling and marketing

      (21,458   (51,703   (7,575

General and administrative

      (32,485   (66,367   (9,723

Research and development

      (5,869   (5,207   (763
                     

Total operating expenses

      (59,812   (123,277   (18,061
                     

OPERATING INCOME

      14,683      9,846      1,442   
                     

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

         

Interest income (expense), net

      1,236      (3,199   (469

Foreign exchange gain (loss), net

      5      (36   (5

Other income, net

      537      98      14   
                     

Income before tax and non-controlling interest

      16,461      6,709      982   

Income tax expense

   9    (133   (3,733   (547
                     

NET INCOME

      16,328      2,976      435   

Non-controlling interest

           901      132   
                     

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD

      16,328      3,877      567   

Preferred shares redemption value accretion

   6    (38,524   (76,932   (11,271

Allocation of net income to participating preferred shareholders

   6    (23,103   (23,067   (3,379
                     

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO ORDINARY SHAREHOLDERS

      (45,299   (96,122   (14,083
                     

Net loss per share—basic

   10    (1.35   (2.08   (0.30

Net loss per share—diluted

   10    (1.35   (2.08   (0.30

Weighted average shares used in calculating basic net loss per share

   10    33,640,059      46,221,231      46,221,231   

Weighted average shares used in calculating diluted net loss per share

   10    33,640,059      46,221,231      46,221,231   

Share-based compensation expense included in:

         

—Selling and marketing

      684      1,450      212   

—General and administrative

      2,236      4,035      591   

—Research and development

      110      165      24   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-97


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

        Attributable to Ambow Education Holding Ltd’s Equity                  
        Series  A
Convertible
Preferred
Shares
  Series  B
Convertible
Preferred
Shares
  Ordinary shares  

Additional
paid-in
capital

 

Warrants

 

Statutory

reserves

 

Accumu-

lated

other

Compre-

hensive
income

   

Accumu-

lated

deficit

   

Non

Contro-

lling

Interest

 

Total

Equity

   

Compre-

hensive

Income
(loss)

 
    Note   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount                
                                                                   
            RMB       RMB       RMB   RMB   RMB   RMB   RMB     RMB     RMB   RMB     RMB  

Balance as of January 1, 2009

    12,900,000   14,283   17,745,522   96,667   33,587,586   26   188,924   2,737   16,285   23,413      (5,485     336,850     
                                                             

Ordinary shares to be issued for acquisitions

  7               89,721                   89,721     

Preferred shares redemption value accretion

  6                          (38,524     (38,524  

Share-based compensation

  8               3,030                   3,030     

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                      (322          (322   (322

Net income

                           16,328        16,328      16,328   
                                 

Total comprehensive income

                              16,006   
                                                                 

Balance as of March 31, 2009

    12,900,000   14,283   17,745,522   96,667   33,587,586   26   281,675   2,737   16,285   23,091      (27,681     407,083     
                                                             

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-98


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

        Attributable to Ambow Education Holding Ltd’s Equity                  
        Series A Convertible
Preferred Shares
  Series  B
Convertible
Preferred
Shares
  Ordinary shares  

Additional
paid-in
capital

   

Warrants

 

Statutory

reserves

 

Accumu-

lated

other

Compre-

hensive
income

 

Accumu-

lated

deficit

   

Non

Contro-

lling

Interest

   

Total

Equity

   

Compre-

hensive

Income
(loss)

    Note   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount                
                                                                     
            RMB       RMB       RMB   RMB     RMB   RMB   RMB   RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB

Balance as of January 1, 2010

    12,900,000   14,283   17,745,522   96,667   44,999,663   35   616,473      2,737   34,155   23,793   (42,996   56,475      801,622     
                                                               

Issuance of ordinary shares for acquisitions

  7           1,221,568   1   (1                       

Preferred shares redemption value accretion

  6                          (76,932        (76,932  

Share-based compensation

  8               5,650                      5,650     

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                         419             419      419

Net income (loss)

                           3,877      (901   2,976      2,976
                               

Total comprehensive income

                              3,395
                                                                 

Balance as of March 31, 2010

    12,900,000   14,283   17,745,522   96,667   46,221,231   36   622,122      2,737   34,155   24,212   (116,051   55,574      733,735     
                                                               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-99


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of cash flows

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2009     2010     2010  
                  
     RMB     RMB     US$  
                 Note 2(a)  

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net cash provided by operating activities

   72,321      48,241      7,068   
                  

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Proceeds from restricted cash

        10,000      1,465   

Placement of term deposits

        (2,000   (293

Maturity of term deposits

        17,000      2,491   

Purchase of property and equipment

   (6,881   (14,274   (2,091

Purchase of intangible assets

   (2,743   (4,484   (657

Purchase of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

   (41,434   (49,048   (7,186

Purchase of operating rights

   (10,000          

Others

   (200   (100   (15
                  

Net cash used in investing activities

   (61,258   (42,906   (6,286
                  

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Proceeds from short-term borrowings

        48,070      7,042   

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

        2,500      366   

Repayments of short-term borrowings

        (52,000   (7,618

Repayments of long-term borrowings

        (2,500   (366
                  

Net cash used in financing activities

        (3,930   (576
                  

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   (1,667   (68   (10
                  

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

   9,396      1,337      196   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

   778,824      409,926      60,055   
                  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   788,220      411,263      60,251   
                  

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

      

Issuance of ordinary shares for purchases of subsidiaries

   89,721             

Payables for purchase of subsidiaries offset by related parties receivables

        50,156      7,348   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-100


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

1. Organization and principal activities

a. Background

The accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Ambow Education Holding Ltd. (the “Company”), its subsidiaries and variable interest entities (“VIEs”) for which the Company or its subsidiaries are the primary beneficiaries. The Company, its subsidiaries and VIEs are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Group”.

The Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on June 26, 2007. Pursuant to a group reorganization, the Company became the ultimate holding company of the subsidiaries and VIEs comprising the Group in July 2007.

b. Acquisitions

In the first three months ended March 31, 2009, the Group entered into 3 acquisitions, and 10 other acquisitions subsequently in 2009. All acquisitions in 2009 are accounted for as business combinations. The 13 acquisitions involved the Group obtaining control of one or more existing businesses in exchange for cash and/or common stock. Therefore, the Group accounts for them as business combinations using the purchase method of accounting. This method requires the acquisition cost to be allocated to the assets and liabilities acquired based on their fair values. Management of the Group is responsible for determining the fair value of equity issued, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and intangibles identified as of the acquisition date and considered a number of factors including valuations. The Group did not make any acquisition in the three months ended March 31, 2010.

2. Significant accounting policies

The accounting polices used for the preparation of unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 are consistent with those set out in the audited consolidated financial statements for the three years ended December 31, 2009.

a. Basis of presentation

The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) for interim financial information. Accordingly, it does not include all of the information and footnotes required by US GAAP for annual financial statements. The accompanying unaudited consolidated interim financial statements reflect all normal recurring adjustments which, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim periods presented. Results for the three months ended March 31, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full fiscal year or for any future period. The interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the latest annual financial statements.

 

F-101


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

All amounts in the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements and notes are expressed in Renminbi (“RMB”). Amounts in United States dollars (“US$”) are presented solely for the convenience of readers and an exchange rate of RMB6.8258, representing the noon buying rate as set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the U.S. Federal Reserve Board on March 31, 2010. No representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted into US$ at such rate.

b. Use of estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, the Group evaluates its estimates, including those related to the useful lives of long-lived assets including property and equipment, stock-based compensation, goodwill and other intangible assets, income taxes, and contingencies. The Group bases its estimates of the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, when these carrying values are not readily available from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

c. Basis of consolidation

The accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements. All significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated upon consolidation. Non-controlling interests represent the equity interests in the Company’s subsidiaries and VIEs that are not attributable, either directly or indirectly, to the Company.

d. Research and development

Research and development expenses comprise of: i) payroll, employee benefits, and other headcount-related costs associated with the development of online education technology platform and courseware; and ii) outsourced development cost. Except for costs related to internal use software and website development costs, the Group expenses all other research and development costs when incurred for the years and period presented.

a) Software to be sold, leased or marketed

The Group recognizes costs to develop its online education technology platform and courseware in accordance with the guidance in ASC Topic 985-20, “Costs of Software to be Sold, Leased or Marketed”. Costs incurred for the development of online education technology platforms and courseware prior to the establishment of their technological feasibility are expensed when incurred. Once an online education technology platform or courseware has reached

 

F-102


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

technological feasibility with a proven ability to operate in the market, all subsequent online education technology platform or courseware development costs are capitalized until the product is available for general release. Technical feasibility is evaluated on a product-by-product basis, but typically encompasses technical design documentation.

b) Internal use software

The Group recognizes internally used software development costs in accordance with the guidance in the Internal Use Software subtopic of ASC Topic 350. Accordingly, the Group expenses all costs that are incurred in connection with the planning and implementation phases of development and costs that are associated with repair or maintenance of the existing software. Direct costs incurred to develop the software during the application development stage that can provide future benefits are capitalized.

For the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, the Group capitalized certain internal use software development costs totaling approximately RMB2,500 and RMB1,286, respectively. The estimated useful life of costs capitalized is evaluated for each specific project to be four years. For the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, the amortization of capitalized costs amounted to approximately RMB192 and RMB1,072, respectively, and have been included as part of general and administrative expenses. Capitalized internal use software development costs are included in intangible assets, net.

e. Advertising costs

The Group expenses advertising costs as incurred. Total advertising expenses were RMB6,996 and RMB20,459 for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively, and have been included as part of selling and marketing expenses.

f. Foreign currency risk

The RMB is regulated by the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) government and is not a freely convertible currency. The State Administration for Foreign Exchange, under the authority of the People’s Bank of China, controls the conversion of RMB into foreign currencies. Limitations on foreign exchange transactions imposed by the PRC government could cause future exchange rates to vary significantly from current or historical exchange rates. Further, the value of RMB is subject to changes in central government policies and to international economic and political developments affecting supply and demand in the China Foreign Exchange Trading System market. Cash and cash equivalents and term deposits of the Group included aggregate amounts of RMB385,497 and RMB374,388 as at December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, respectively, which were denominated in RMB.

 

F-103


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

g. Imputation of interest on non-current receivables and payables

The Group imputes interest on non-current receivables and payables in accordance with ASC Topic 835-30. Two long-term payable balances and one long-term receivable balance arose as part of the Group’s business combinations during 2009. For the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, net interest expense of RMB0 and RMB1,644 was imputed on the outstanding long-term receivable and payable balances using the incremental borrowing rate of approximately 6.82%.

3. Accounts receivable, net

Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following:

 

     As of
December 31, 2009
    As of
March 31, 2010
 
     RMB     RMB  

Accounts receivable

   21,879      38,146   

Less: allowance for doubtful accounts

   (351   (351
            

Accounts receivable, net

   21,528      37,795   
            

4. Prepaid and other current assets

Prepaid and other current assets consisted of the following:

 

     As of
December 31, 2009
   As of
March 31, 2010
     RMB    RMB

Receivables arising from the cancellation of agreements*

   169,458    67,801

Prepayment for a product development project

   40,000    40,000

Others

   128,809    120,448
         
   338,267    228,249
         

 

*   RMB67,801 of receivables and related interest income arising from the cancellation of agreements as at March 31, 2010 are secured by buildings. A further RMB52,832 of receivables classified in Other non-current assets are secured by the same buildings.

5. Accrued and other liabilities

Accrued and other liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     As of
December 31, 2009
   As of
March 31, 2010
     RMB    RMB

Accrued payroll and welfare

   45,385    36,729

Current portion of consideration payable for acquisitions

   113,531    14,327

Others

   203,018    192,253
         

Total

   361,934    243,309
         

 

F-104


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

6. Convertible preferred shares

The Group has 12,900,000 Series A convertible preferred shares, 17,745,522 Series B convertible preferred shares, 23,387,381 Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares and 26,722,649 Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares issued and outstanding. The significant terms of these preferred shares include dividend provisions, liquidation rights, conversion rights, voting rights and redemption rights.

The Group has classified the Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares and Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares as mezzanine equity as these preferred shares can be redeemed at the option of the holders. At any time after July 20, 2012, provided that a Qualified Public Offering (defined as the closing of an initial public offering at a price per share that reflects a pre-offering valuation of the Company of not less than US$600,000) has not occurred, the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares or the holders of at least two thirds of the outstanding Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares may require the Company to redeem all of such series of preferred shares in cash equal to the greater of (i) original purchase price plus all declared but unpaid dividends, or (ii) their fair market value.

The fair market value of the Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares and Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares are greater than their original purchase price as of December 31 2009 and March 31 2010. The accretion to the redemption value using the effective interest method was reflected as a reduction to net income to arrive at net loss available to common shareholders in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and amounted to RMB38,524 and RMB76,932 for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

7. Ordinary Shares

No ordinary shares were issued during the three months ended March 31, 2009. During the three months ended March 31, 2010, the Company issued 1,221,568 ordinary shares as consideration for acquisitions previously completed in 2009.

 

F-105


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

8. Share Option Plan

A summary of the share option activity under the 2005 Share Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2010 is as follows:

 

     Three months ended March 31, 2010
     Shares    

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

  

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Term

  

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

                    

Outstanding at beginning of period

   11,921,485      8.01    6.9    253,681

Granted

   6,701,100      31.61      

Forfeited

   (74,400   20.54      

Outstanding at end of period

   18,548,185      16.49    7.9    280,456

Exercisable at end of period

   8,146,143      3.58    6.0    228,279

The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model are presented below:

 

     Three months ended
March 31, 2010

Risk-free rate of return

   2.81%~4.22%

Expected term

   5.0~10.0

Volatility rate

   47.10%~52.10%

Weighted average volatility rate

   47.21%

Dividend yield

  

The Company estimates the forfeiture rate to be 3% for share options granted as of March 31, 2010.

The Company recorded share-based compensation expenses of RMB 5,650 for the period ended March 31, 2010, attributed based on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. Total fair values of options vested are RMB 5,023 for employees and RMB 810 for non-employees during the period ended March 31, 2010. Weighted average grant date fair value per share is RMB15.07 during the period ended March 31, 2010. The Company did not capitalize any of the share-based compensation expenses as part of the cost of any asset during the period ended March 31, 2010.

As of March 31, 2010, there was RMB 128,644 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements under the 2005 Share Incentive Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.82 years.

 

F-106


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

9. Taxation

a. VAT

Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd., Shandong North Resource Information Technology Co. Ltd. and Jinan Prosperous Resource Technology Co., Ltd. are each subject to 17% VAT for the revenues from software products sold in the PRC. Companies that fulfill certain criteria set by the relevant authorities including developing their own software products and registering the software product with the relevant authorities in the PRC are entitled to a refund of VAT equivalent to the excess of VAT paid over and above 3% of net revenues.

For all periods presented, these companies have met these criteria and therefore were entitled to the VAT refund. For the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, the VAT payable amounted to approximately RMB3,889 and RMB2,148, respectively.

Suzhou Yisichuangyi Technology Co., Ltd (“Suzhou Career Enhancement”) was a small scale VAT taxpayer in 2009, and was subject to 3% VAT on the revenue from software products sold within the PRC. From January 1, 2010, Suzhou Career Enhancement was changed from a small scale VAT taxpayer to a general VAT taxpayer, and is subject to 17% VAT for the revenues from software products sold in the PRC.

b. Income taxes

Significant components of the provision for income taxes on earnings for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 are as follows:

 

     Three months ended March 31,  
     2009     2010  
            
     RMB     RMB  

Current:

    

PRC

   559      9,744   

Deferred:

    

PRC

   (426   (6,011
            

Provision for income tax

   133      3,733   
            

 

F-107


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, if the Company’s corporate subsidiaries and VIEs in the PRC had not been awarded tax holidays or received preferential tax treatment, the increase in tax expense and its net income per share effects would have been as follows:

 

     Three Months ended March 31,  
     2009     2010  
            
     RMB     RMB  

Increase in tax expense

   (2,835   (1,979

Net income per share—basic

   (0.08   (0.04

Net income per share—diluted

   (0.08   (0.04

The principal components of the Group’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

 

     As of
December 31, 2009
    As of
March 31, 2010
 
     RMB     RMB  

Current deferred tax assets

   1,689      5,365   
            

Non-current deferred tax assets

   17,971      21,160   

Less: valuation allowance on non-current deferred tax assets

   (17,468   (20,435
            

Total non-current deferred tax assets, net

   503      725   
            

Total deferred tax assets, net

   2,192      6,090   
            

Non-current deferred tax liabilities:

    

—Unrecognized valuation surplus and deficit—Acquisition

   167,553      167,553   

—Unrecognized valuation surplus and deficit—Transfer due to amortization

   (4,180   (6,293
            

Total deferred tax liabilities

   163,373      161,260   
            

The effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2010 was 56 percent, compared to 1 percent for the same period in 2009. The Group’s provision for income taxes is based on its estimated annualized effective tax rate, having included estimated annual effect derived from permanent and temporary differences and excluded jurisdictions for which a loss is expected for the year and no benefit can be realized for those losses. Such jurisdictions’ tax is based on actual withholding taxes for the quarter. The increase in the income tax provision for the three months ended March 31, 2010 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2009 is primarily attributable to application of preferential tax treatments available to certain entities that were recognized as “Software Enterprise” and that enjoyed a 50% reduction in income tax rate since January 1, 2010, whereas in 2009 these entities were exempted from income tax.

 

F-108


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

c. Uncertain tax positions

As of January 1, 2007 when the guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes was adopted, the Group did not have any unrecognized tax benefits and thus, no interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits were recorded.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of liabilities associated with uncertain tax positions is as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31, 2009
   Three months ended
March 31, 2010
     RMB    RMB

Unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of year/period

   1,663    26,435

Increase due to business combinations* during the year/period

   19,738   

Increases related to current tax positions during the year/period

   5,034    5,681
         

Unrecognized tax benefits, end of year/period

   26,435    32,116
         

 

*   The Group received an indemnification from every seller for unrecognized tax benefits payable arising from business combinations and recognized a corresponding tax indemnification asset at the acquisition date. The indemnification asset will continue to be measured on the same basis as the related unrecognized tax benefits payable, subject to collectability and contractual limitations on the indemnified amount until they are collected, sold, cancelled, or expire. Accordingly, the entire amount of unrecognized tax benefits arising from business combinations, if recognized, would not have any effect on the Group’s annual effective tax rate.

The Group did not accrue any potential penalties and interest related to these unrecognized tax benefits for all periods presented on the basis that the likelihood of penalties and interest being charged is not considered to be high and are also indemnified by the sellers.

The amounts of unrecognized tax benefits listed above are based on the recognition and measurement criteria of FIN 48, now codified as ASC Topic 740. However, due to the uncertain and complex application of tax regulations, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of uncertain tax positions may result in liabilities which could be materially different from these estimates. In such an event, the Group will record additional tax expense or tax benefit in the period in which such resolution occurs. The Group does not expect changes in unrecognized tax benefits recognized as of December 31, 2009 to be material in the next twelve months.

In accordance with PRC Tax Administration Law on the Levying and Collection of Taxes, the PRC tax authorities generally have up to five years to claw back underpaid tax plus penalties and interest for PRC entities’ tax filings. In the case of tax evasion, which is not clearly defined in the law, there is no limitation on the tax years open for investigation. Accordingly, the PRC entities’ tax years from 2004 to 2008 remain subject to examination by the tax authorities. There are no ongoing examinations by taxing authorities as at March 31, 2010.

 

F-109


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

10. Net income (loss) per share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share for the periods indicated:

 

     Three months ended March 31,  
                         2009                         2010  
            
     RMB     RMB  

Numerator:

    

Net income attributable to Ambow Education Holding Ltd.,

   16,328      3,877   

Preferred shares accretion

   (38,524   (76,932

Allocation of net income to participating preferred shareholders*

   (23,103   (23,067
            

Numerator for basic loss per share

   (45,299   (96,122
            

Numerator for diluted loss per share

   (45,299   (96,122
            

Denominator:

    

Denominator for basic income (loss) per share—weighted average ordinary shares outstanding

   33,640,059      46,221,231   
            

Denominator for diluted income (loss) per share—weighted average ordinary shares outstanding

   33,640,059      46,221,231   
            

Basic loss per share

   (1.35   (2.08

Diluted loss per share

   (1.35   (2.08

 

*   Net income for the periods has been allocated to preferred shares and ordinary shares based on their respective rights to share in dividends.

 

F-110


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

11. Related party transactions

The Group has entered into a number of transactions with related parties:

(a) Transactions

The Group entered into the following transactions with related parties:

 

     Three months ended March 31,
Transactions    2009    2010
         
     RMB    RMB

Sales of software to a company owned by principal of Shanghai Hero Educational Technology Training School (“Shanghai Career Enhancement”)

   6,460   

Sales of software to a company owned by honorary principal of Guangzhou Modern Olympic Training School

   200   

Sales of software to a company owned by a family member of Jilin Clever Training School principal

   3,000   

Receipt of consulting services from a company owned by the family member of the principal of Tianjin Peace School (“Tianjin Tutoring”)

   550    320

Receipt of property management services from the school founded by the principal of Shuyang Galaxy School (“Shuyang K-12”)

      450

Receipt of property management services from the former shareholder of Hunan Changsha Tongsheng Lake Experimental School and Kindergarten (“Changsha K-12”)

      1,622

Receipt of recruitment services from a company owned by the former owner of Beijing Away United Technology Co., Ltd (“Beijing Away Career Enhancement”)

      320

Financing to one of the subsidiaries of the minority shareholder of Kunshan Zhouzhuang Taishidian Tourism Scenic Development Co., Ltd (“Taishidian Holding”)

      14,677

As of March 31, 2010, short-term bank loans of RMB41,910 and long-term bank loans of RMB43,000 were guaranteed by minority shareholders of the Group and one of a minority shareholder’s subsidiaries.

 

F-111


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

(b) The Group had the following balances with related parties:

 

     Amounts due from
related parties
   Amounts due to related
parties
Relationship   

As of
December 31,

2009

   As of
March 31,
2010
   As of
December 31,
2009
   As of
March 31,
2010
                   
     RMB    RMB    RMB    RMB

Principal of Xi’an Dragon Continuation School

   2,774    1,768      

Principal of Beijing Intelligent Training School (“Beijing YZ Tutoring”)

   8,593    4,940      

Former owner of Beijing Away Career Enhancement

   1,000    1,000      

Former principal of Dalian Hope School and a senior manager of the Group

   1,064    464      

Principal of Shuyang K-12

   1,556          1,590

A company established by the director of Beijing SIWA Future Education Enterprise Co., Ltd. and its subsidiary (“SIWA Future Holding”)

   92,071    92,136    701    784

Subsidiary of the minority shareholder of Taishidian Holding

   5,110    20,034      

Minority shareholder of Taishidian Holding

   11,892    11,892    4,000   

The chairman of the board of directors of Taishidian Holding

   20,400    400      

Former shareholder of Changsha K-12

   28,566    10    1,262    2,209

Subsidiary of former shareholder of Shenyang Universe High School (“Shenyang K-12”)

   29,350    850    275    550

Principal of Shanghai Career Enhancement

   3,178    3,178      

Principal of Changsha Bull’s Ear Education Consulting Co., Ltd.

   5,379    1,702      

Principal of Tianjin Tutoring

   5,783    6,145      

Principal of Tianjin Changcheng Occupational Training School

   193    193    2,174    2,274

Former owner of Jinan Prosperous Resource Technology Co., Ltd.

   1,490    1,490      

Subsidiary of the former shareholder of Changsha K-12

   52       2,843    951

CEO of Beijing Century Bersen Consulting Co., Ltd

   4,737    2,318      

Former owner of Guangzhou Depth Pools Education Training Center

   5,010    5,010      

Others

   4,284    8,991    1,027    1,058
                   
   232,482    162,521    12,282    9,416
                   

The above balances are non-interest bearing and unsecured with no fixed repayment terms.

Balances related to indemnifications from the sellers are RMB41,491 and RMB41,491 as at December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, respectively.

 

F-112


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

12. Commitments and contingencies

Operating leases

The Group leases offices and classrooms under operating leases. The terms of substantially all of these leases are ten years or less. Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases at March 31, 2010 were as follows:

 

     As of March 31, 2010
    
     RMB

2010

   52,426

2011

   56,065

2012

   41,198

2013

   38,289

2014

   26,274

Thereafter

   369,627
    

Total

   583,879
    

Rent expenses for all cancelable and non-cancelable leases were approximately RMB6,816 and RMB23,205 for three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

Capital commitments

 

     As of March 31, 2010
    
     RMB

Capital commitments for purchase of property and equipment

   3,440

Capital commitments for purchase of intangible assets

  
    

Total

   3,440
    

Contingencies

There were no significant legal contingencies during all periods presented.

13. Segment Information

The revenues, cost of revenues and gross profit by segment were analyzed as follows:

For three months ended March 31, 2009

 

    Better Schools     Better Jobs        
    Tutoring     K-12
Schools
    Subtotal     Career
Enhancement
    Colleges    Subtotal     Consolidated  
                                        
    RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB    RMB     RMB  

Net Revenues

  78,038      8,491      86,529      89,815         89,815      176,344   

Cost of revenues

  (43,180   (6,156   (49,336   (52,513      (52,513   (101,849
                                        

Gross profit

  34,858      2,335      37,193      37,302         37,302      74,495   
                                        

 

F-113


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2010

 

    Better Schools     Better Jobs        
    Tutoring     K-12
Schools
    Subtotal     Career
Enhancement
    Colleges     Subtotal     Consolidated  
                                         
    RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Net Revenues

  132,678      50,743      183,421      35,764      41,103      76,867      260,288   

Cost of revenues

  (58,759   (29,005   (87,764   (14,956   (24,445   (39,401   (127,165
                                         

Gross profit

  73,919      21,738      95,657      20,808      16,658      37,466      133,123   
                                         

The Group primarily operates in the PRC. Substantially all the Group’s long-lived assets are located in the PRC.

14. Mainland China Contribution

Full time employees of the Group in the PRC participate in a government-mandated multi-employer defined contribution plan pursuant to which certain pension benefits, medical care, unemployment insurance, employee housing fund and other welfare benefits are provided to qualified employees. PRC labor regulations require the Group to accrue for these benefits based on certain percentages of the employees’ salaries. The relevant local labor bureau is responsible for meeting all retirement benefit obligations; hence, the Group has no further commitments beyond its monthly contributions. The total contributions for such employee benefits were RMB3,324 and RMB10,249 for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

15. Unaudited pro-forma balance sheet and net income (loss) per share

All of the preferred shares will automatically be converted into ordinary shares at the applicable conversion price upon the earlier of (i) a Qualified Public Offering, or (ii) the written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such series of preferred shares; provided that the conversion of Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares and Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares into ordinary shares pursuant to the foregoing clause shall also require the written consent of at least two thirds of the outstanding shares of such series of preferred shares. The pro-forma balance sheet as of March 31, 2010 presents an adjusted financial position as if the conversion of the preferred shares into ordinary shares occurred on March 31, 2010.

 

F-114


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

The unaudited pro-forma earnings per share for the three months ended March 31, 2010 giving effect to the conversion of preferred shares into ordinary shares as of the beginning of the periods are as follows:

 

     Three months ended
March 31, 2010
 
     RMB  
     (unaudited)  

Numerator:

  

Net loss attributable to Ordinary shareholders

   (96,122

Pro-forma effect of conversion of preferred shares

   99,999   
      

Numerator for pro forma basis and diluted net income per share

   3,877   
      

Denominator:

  

Denominator for basic net income per share – weighted average ordinary shares outstanding

   46,221,231   

Pro-forma effect of conversion of preferred shares

   80,755,552   
      

Denominator for pro forma basis net income per share

   126,976,783   
      

Pro-forma basic net income per share

   0.03   

Denominator for diluted net income per share:

  

Diluted effect of stock options

   7,972,966   
      

Denominator for pro forma diluted net income per share

   134,949,749   
      

Pro-forma diluted net income per share

   0.03   

16. Fair Value Measurements

The following is a description of the valuation techniques that the Group uses to measure the fair value of assets and liabilities that are measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis:

Cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, the Group’s cash equivalents consisted of money market mutual funds. Cash equivalents are valued using observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for securities with identical characteristics, and accordingly, the Group’s classifies the valuation techniques that use these inputs as Level 1.

Restricted cash. As of December 31, 2009, the Group’s restricted cash relates to a security deposit with a banking institution. Restricted cash is valued using observable inputs that reflect market prices for securities with identical characteristics. The Group classifies the valuation techniques that use these inputs as Level 1.

Term deposits. As of December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, the Group’s term deposits consist of bank deposits with original maturity of three to twelve months. The Group’s term deposits are valued using observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for similar securities with identical characteristics, therefore considered Level 1 valuation techniques.

 

F-115


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

At December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, information about inputs into the fair value measurements of the assets and liabilities that the Group makes on a recurring basis was as follows:

 

     Total Fair
Value and
Carrying
Value on
Balance Sheet
   Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
       

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical

Assets (Level 1)

   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  

Significant

Unobservable

Inputs

(Level 3)

                   

As of December 31, 2009

           

Assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   409,926    409,926      

Restricted cash

   10,000    10,000      

Term deposits

   119,623    119,623      

As of March 31, 2010

           

Assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   411,263    411,263      

Term deposits

   104,595    104,595      

17. Concentrations

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Group to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, term deposits, accounts receivable, and advances to suppliers. The Group places its cash and cash equivalents and term deposits with financial institutions with high-credit ratings. The Group conducts credit evaluations of its customers and suppliers, and generally does not require collateral or other security from them. To date, the Group has not experienced significant losses from uncollectible accounts. The Group evaluates its collection experience and long outstanding balances to determine the need for an allowance for doubtful accounts.

(a) Major customers

No single customer represented 10% or more of the Group’s total revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2010.

 

F-116


Table of Contents

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

(b) Credit risk

A summary of the debtors who accounted for 10% or more of the Group’s consolidated accounts receivable, other receivable or amounts due from related parties was as follows:

 

Debtors    As of December 31,
2009
   As of March 31,
2010
                     
     RMB    %    RMB    %

Accounts receivable

     

School A

   3,834    18%      

Company B

   2,350    11%      

Company C

         5,616    15%
Debtors    As of December 31,
2009
   As of March 31,
2010
                     
     RMB    %    RMB    %

Other receivables

           

Company D

   66,522    61%    67,801    62%

Amounts due from related parties

           

A company established by the director of SIWA Future Holding

   92,071    40%    92,136    57%

Subsidiary of former shareholder of Shenyang K-12

   29,350    13%      

Former shareholder of Changsha K-12

   28,566    12%      

A subsidiary of the minority shareholder of Taishidian Holding

         20,034    12%

Other non-current assets

           

Company D

   51,801    56%    52,832    57%

18. Subsequent events

Since March 31, 2010, the Group has entered into exclusivity agreements with the shareholders of seven target entities and agreed to make an aggregate deposit payment of RMB110,000 to commence acquisition discussions. The deposits are fully refundable and deposit payments of RMB101,000 out of RMB110,000 have been made to the shareholders of the target entities. As these exclusivity agreements do not bind the Group to acquire these target entities and the Group is in preliminary discussions with the counterparties, there is no assurance that the acquisition of any target entities will be consummated.

The Group has considered subsequent events through July 8, 2010, which was the date these financial statements were issued.

 

F-117


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

American Depositary Shares

Representing                      Class A Ordinary Shares

LOGO

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Prospectus

 

J.P. Morgan   Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C.
Macquarie Capital   Signal Hill

                    , 2010

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, ADSs only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our ADSs.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of the ordinary shares or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable that jurisdiction.

Until                     , 2010, all dealers that buy, sell or trade in our ADSs, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

PART II

Information not required in prospectus

Item 6. Indemnification of directors and officers

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy post-offering, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated articles of association provide for indemnification of officers and directors for losses, damages, costs and expenses incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud or willful default.

Pursuant to indemnification agreements, the form of which is filed as Exhibit 10.3 to this registration statement, we will agree to indemnify our directors and officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being such a director or officer.

The form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will also provide for indemnification of us and our officers and directors.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 7. Recent sales of unregistered securities

Our securities that were sold by us within the past three years and not registered under the Securities Act of 1933 are described below. We believe that each of the following issuances was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act or under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering. No underwriters were involved in the securities issuances described below.

 

Date of Issuance   Securities   Aggregate
Consideration
(in US$ millions)
    Principal Purchasers
 

March 1, 2007—present

 

Options to Purchase 20,020,085
Ordinary Shares(1)

 

N/A

  

 

Employees and

consultants

July 18, 2007

  20,100,000 Ordinary Shares   N/A (2)    Our CEO and one investor

September 5, 2008—present

  26,121,231 Ordinary Shares   N/A (3)    22 investors

July 18, 2007

  12,900,000 Series A Preferred Shares   N/A (2)    Two investors

July 18, 2007

  17,745,522 Series B Preferred Shares   N/A (2)    11 investors

July 18, 2007

  Warrants to Purchase 590,193 Series B Preferred Shares   N/A (4)    One investor

July—September 2007

  23,387,381 Series C Preferred Shares   54.2      11 investors

September 2008

  26,722,649 Series D Preferred Shares   103.0      Four investors
 

 

II-1


Table of Contents
1.   Includes options to purchase ordinary shares that were granted under our 2005 Stock Plan by our previous holding company, Ambow Education Co., Ltd., and assumed by our current holding company, Ambow Education Holding Ltd., on July 18, 2007.

 

2.   Issued in exchange for shares of our previous holding company Ambow Education Co., Ltd. in connection with our July 2007 restructuring.

 

3.   Issued in connection with our acquisitions of certain offshore companies.

 

4.   Issued in exchange for warrants to purchase Series B preferred shares of our previous holding company Ambow Education Co., Ltd. in connection with our July 2007 restructuring.

Item 8. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

 

  (a)   Exhibits

See exhibit index beginning on page II-7 of this registration statement.

 

  (b)   Financial statement schedules

All schedules have been omitted because the information required to be presented in them is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

Item 9. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 6, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

1. For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

2. For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

3. For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness; provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in Beijing, China on this 14th day of July 2010.

 

AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

By:  

/s/ Jin Huang

 

Name:   Dr. Jin Huang

 

Title:     President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Power of attorney

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Dr. Jin Huang and Paul Chow, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys in fact and agents with full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective on filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys in fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys in fact and agents or any of them, or his, her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature    Title   Date
 

/s/ Jin Huang

Dr. Jin Huang

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors (Principal Executive Officer)   July 14, 2010

/s/ Paul Chow

Paul Chow

   Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   July 14, 2010

/s/ Xuejun Xie

Xuejun Xie

  

Director

  July 14, 2010

/s/ Mark Robert Harris

Mark Robert Harris

  

Director

  July 14, 2010

/s/ Lisa Lo

Lisa Lo

  

Director

  July 14, 2010

/s/ Daniel Phillips

Daniel Phillips

  

Director

  July 14, 2010

/s/ Tao Sun

Tao Sun

  

Director

  July 14, 2010

/s/ Shasha Chang

Shasha Chang

  

Director

  July 14, 2010
 

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Signature of authorized representative of the registrant

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Ambow Education Holding Ltd., has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in Beijing, China on July 14, 2010.

 

By

 

/s/ Jin Huang

 

Name:   Dr. Jin Huang

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit index

 

Exhibit No.   Description
 
1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement*
3.1   Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant, as currently in effect
3.2   Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant (effective upon the completion of this offering)
4.1   Registrant’s Form of American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 4.3) (1)
4.2   Registrant’s Form of Certificate for Class A Ordinary Shares*
4.3   Form of Deposit Agreement among the Registrant, the depositary and holders and beneficial owners from time to time of American depositary shares issued thereunder (1)
4.4   Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, among the Registrant and other parties therein
5.1   Opinion of Maples and Calder, Cayman Islands counsel to the Registrant, regarding the validity of the ordinary shares being registered*
8.1   Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., U.S. counsel to the Registrant, regarding certain United States tax matters*
8.2   Opinion of Maples and Calder, Cayman Islands counsel to the Registrant, regarding certain Cayman Islands tax matters (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
10.1   2005 Stock Plan, Amendment No.1 to the 2005 Stock Plan and forms of agreements thereunder
10.2   2010 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder
10.3   Form of Indemnification Agreement with the Registrant’s directors and executive officers
10.4   English Translation of Lease Agreement by and between Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. and Beijing Chengjian Real Estate Co., Ltd., dated December 27, 2005 and amended August 13, 2007
10.5   English Translation of Exclusive Cooperation Agreement between Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. and Beijing Ambow Shida Education Technology Co., Ltd., dated January 31, 2005, amended May 13, 2010
10.6   English Translation of Share Pledge Agreement by and among Ambow Education Co., Ltd., Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd., Xuejun Xie and Jianguo Xue, dated January 31, 2005, amended on January 4, 2009
10.7   English Translation of Call Option Agreement by and among Ambow Education Co., Ltd., Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd., Xuejun Xie and Jianguo Xue, dated January 31, 2005, amended on April 26, 2007 and further amended on January 4, 2009
10.8   English Translation of Powers of Attorney, each dated April 26, 2007
10.9   English Translation of Loan Agreement by and among Ambow Education Co., Ltd., Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. and Xuejun Xie, dated January 31, 2005, amended on April 26, 2007 and further amended on January 4, 2009
10.10   English Translation of Loan Agreement by and between Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. and Jianguo Xue, dated February 1, 2008
 

 

II-7


Table of Contents
Exhibit No.   Description
 
10.11   English Translation of Technology Service Agreement by and between Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. and Beijing Sihua Education and Technology Co., Ltd., dated October 31, 2009
10.12   English Translation of Share Pledge Agreement by and between Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. and Xuejun Xie, dated October 31, 2009, amended on March 4, 2010
10.13   English Translation of Share Pledge Agreement by and between Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. and Xiaogang Feng, dated March 4, 2010
10.14   English Translation of Call Option Agreement by and between Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. and Xuejun Xie, dated October 31, 2009, amended on March 4, 2010
10.15   English Translation of Call Option Agreement by and between Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. and Xiaogang Feng, dated March 4, 2010
10.16   English Translation of Powers of Attorney, dated October 31, 2009 and March 4, 2010, respectively
10.17   English Translation of Loan Agreement with Xiaogang Feng, dated March 4, 2010
10.18   English Translation of Technology Service Agreement between Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. and Shanghai Ambow Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd., dated October 31, 2009
10.19   English Translation of Share Pledge Agreement by and among Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd., Xiaogang Feng and Xuejun Xie, dated October 31, 2009
10.20   English Translation of Call Option Agreement by and among Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. Xiaogang Feng and Xuejun Xie, dated October 31, 2009
10.21   English Translation of Powers of Attorney, each dated October 31, 2009
10.22   English Translation of Loan Agreement by and among Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd., Xiaogang Feng and Xuejun Xie, dated October 31, 2009
10.23   English Translation of Technology Service Agreement between Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. and Suzhou Wenjian Venture Investment Management Consulting Co., Ltd., dated February 25, 2009
10.24   English Translation of Share Pledge Agreement by and among Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd., Xiaogang Feng, Xuejun Xie and Yisi Gu, dated February 25, 2009
10.25   English Translation of Call Option Agreement by and among Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. Xiaogang Feng, Xuejun Xie and Yisi Gu, dated February 25, 2009
10.26   English Translation of Powers of Attorney, each dated February 25, 2009
10.27   English Translation of Loan Agreement by and among Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd., Xiaogang Feng, Xuejun Xie and Yisi Gu, dated February 25, 2009
10.28   English translation of amendment dated May 13, 2010 to certain Exclusive Cooperation Agreement between Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. and Beijing Ambow Shida Education Technology Co., Ltd., dated January 31, 2005
21.1     Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1     Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian CPAs Limited Company
23.2     Consent of Maples and Calder (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
 

 

II-8


Table of Contents
Exhibit No.   Description
 
23.3     Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. (included in Exhibit 8.1)*
23.4     Consent of Commerce and Finance Law Offices (included in Exhibit 99.1)
23.5     Consent of CCID Consulting Co., Ltd.
24.1     Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)
99.1     Opinion of Commerce and Finance Law Offices
 

 

*   To be filed by amendment

 

(1)   Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form F-6 (File No. 333-            ), which will be filed with the SEC with respect to American depositary shares representing ordinary shares.

 

II-9

Exhibit 3.1

THE COMPANIES LAW (2007 REVISION)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES

OF

ASSOCIATION

OF

 

 

AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

(Adopted By Special Resolutions Dated September 8, 2008)

 

 


THE COMPANIES LAW (2007 REVISION)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

(Adopted by Special Resolutions Dated September 8, 2008)

 

1 The name of the Company is Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

 

2 The registered office of the Company shall be at the offices of Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands, or at such other place as the Directors may from time to time decide.

 

3 The objects for which the Company is established are to carry on any trade or business or lawful activity and enter into any transactions whatever which can in the opinion of the Board of Directors be advantageously or conveniently carried on by the Company for which purpose the Company will have such power as are not prohibited by law; AND without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing:

 

  3.1 to do, perform and execute any and all acts, deeds, documents and things and to undertake and carry on all kinds of financial, commercial and other operations which and individual of full legal age and capacity is and would be entitled to do, perform and execute; and to undertake or carry out any lawful transaction; and to take advantage of or exercise any right; power or privilege, and to assume any duty, obligation or liability, that an individual of full legal age and capacity is and would be entitled to undertake, carry out, take advantage of or exercise or assume.

 

  3.2 to carry out all of its objects and to exercise and take advantage of all or any of its rights, power or privileges in any part of the world and either as principal, agent, contractor, trustee or otherwise, and by or through agents or otherwise, and either alone or jointly ( including jointly and severally), or in conjunction with others.

 

  3.3 to borrow or raise money in such manner as the Company thinks fit, and in particular without restricting the generality of the foregoing by the issue of debentures or debenture stock (perpetual or otherwise) and to secure the repayment of any money borrowed, raised or owing by debenture, mortgage, charge or lien upon the whole or any part of the Company’s property or assets ( whether present or future) including its uncalled capital; and also by a similar debenture, mortgage, charge or lien to secure and guarantee the performance by the Company of any obligation, liability or guarantee it may undertake; and to redeem and pay off any such loan or security.


  3.4 to draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, execute and issue promissory notes, bills of exchange, cheques, bills of landing, warrant, debentures and other negotiable or transferable instruments and to give guarantees.

 

  3.5 to do all such other things as may be deemed incidental or conducive to the attainment of these objects or any of them.

The Company’s business is not restricted to the furtherance of the objects expressly mentioned in this clause. The Company has full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the Companies Law or any other law of the Cayman Islands. The Company is capable of exercising all the functions of a natural person of full capacity irrespective of any question of corporate benefit. In this Memorandum, each sub-clause must be construed independently of the other sub-clauses and none of the objects mentioned in any sub-clause are to be deemed to be merely subsidiary to or limited or restricted by the objects mentioned in any other sub-clause, or by the name of the Company; and in case of doubt or ambiguity, this clause and every sub-clause of it must be construed so as to enlarge and not restrict or limit the Company’s powers.

 

4 The liability of each Member is limited to the amount from time to time unpaid on such Member’s shares.

 

5 The share capital of the Company is US$23,945.9062 divided into 155,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.0001 par value each and 84,459,062 Preferred Shares of US$0.0001 par value each, of which 12,900,000 Preferred Shares are designated Series A Preferred Shares, 18,335,715 Preferred Shares are designated Series B Preferred Shares, 23,387,381 Preferred Shares are designated Series C Preferred Shares and 29,835,966 Preferred Shares are designated Series D Preferred Shares.

 

6 The Company has power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

7 Capitalised terms that are not defined in this Memorandum of Association bear the same meaning as those given in the Articles of Association of the Company.


THE COMPANIES LAW (2007 REVISION)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

 

1. TABLE A
2. INTERPRETATION
3. BOARD OF DIRECTORS
4. MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY
5. POWER TO APPOINT MANAGING DIRECTOR OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
6. POWER TO APPOINT MANAGER
7. POWER TO AUTHORISE SPECIFIC ACTIONS
8. POWER TO APPOINT ATTORNEY
9. POWER TO DELEGATE TO A COMMITTEE
10. POWER TO APPOINT AND DISMISS EMPLOYEES
11. POWER TO BORROW AND CHARGE PROPERTY
12. REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE OF SHARES BY THE COMPANY
13. DISCONTINUATION
14. ELECTION OF DIRECTORS AND VOTING
15. DEFECTS IN APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTORS
16. ALTERNATE DIRECTORS AND PROXIES
17. VACANCIES ON THE BOARD
18. NOTICE OF MEETINGS OF THE BOARD
19. QUORUM AT MEETINGS OF THE BOARD
20. MEETINGS OF THE BOARD
21. UNANIMOUS WRITTEN RESOLUTIONS
22. CONTRACTS AND DISCLOSURE OF DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS
23. REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS
24. OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
25. APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS
26. REMUNERATION OF OFFICERS
27. DUTIES OF OFFICERS
28. CHAIRPERSON OF MEETINGS
29. REGISTER OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
30. REGISTER OF MORTGAGES AND CHARGES
31. OBLIGATIONS OF BOARD TO KEEP MINUTES
32. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
33. WAIVER OF CLAIM BY MEMBER
34. NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
35. NOTICE OF EXTRAORDINARY GENERAL MEETING
36. ACCIDENTAL OMISSION OF NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETING
37. MEETING CALLED ON REQUISITION OF MEMBERS


38. SHORT NOTICE
39. POSTPONEMENT OF MEETINGS
40. QUORUM FOR GENERAL MEETING
41. ADJOURNMENT OF MEETINGS
42. ATTENDANCE AT MEETINGS
43. WRITTEN RESOLUTIONS
44. ATTENDANCE OF DIRECTORS
45. VOTING AT MEETINGS
46. VOTING ON SHOW OF HANDS AND POLLS
47. DECISION OF CHAIRPERSON
48. SENIORITY OF JOINT HOLDERS VOTING
49. INSTRUMENT OF PROXY
50. REPRESENTATION OF CORPORATION AT MEETINGS
51. RIGHTS OF SHARES
52. POWER TO ISSUE SHARES
53. ALTERATION OF CAPITAL
54. ALTERATION OF REGISTERED OFFICE, NAME AND OBJECTS
55. VARIATION OF RIGHTS
56. REGISTERED HOLDER OF SHARES
57. DEATH OF A JOINT HOLDER
58. SHARE CERTIFICATES
59. CALL ON SHARES
60. FORFEITURE OF SHARES
61. CONTENTS OF REGISTER OF MEMBERS
62. DETERMINATION OF RECORD DATES
63. INSTRUMENT OF TRANSFER
64. RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER
65. TRANSFERS BY JOINT HOLDERS
66. REPRESENTATIVE OF DECEASED MEMBER
67. REGISTRATION ON DEATH OR BANKRUPTCY
68. DECLARATION OF DIVIDENDS BY THE BOARD
69. OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS AND RESERVE FUND
70. DEDUCTION OF AMOUNTS DUE TO THE COMPANY
71. ISSUE OF BONUS SHARES
72. DRAG-ALONG RIGHTS
73. SHARE PREMIUM ACCOUNT
74. RECORDS OF ACCOUNT
75. APPOINTMENT OF AUDITOR
76. NOTICES TO MEMBERS OF THE COMPANY
77. NOTICES TO JOINT MEMBERS
78. SERVICE AND DELIVERY OF NOTICE
79. THE SEAL
80. WINDING-UP/DISTRIBUTION BY LIQUIDATOR
81. ALTERATION OF ARTICLES


The Schedule

 

Form “A”:

   Proxy limited to one meeting.

Form “B”:

   Forfeiture of shares.

Form “C”:

   Transfer of shares.

Form “D”:

   Transfer by personal representative.


THE COMPANIES LAW (2007 REVISION)

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

(Adopted by Special Resolutions Dated September 8, 2008)

 

1. Table A

The regulations in Table A in the First Schedule to the Companies Law (2007 Revision) do not apply to the Company.

 

2. Interpretation

(1) In these Articles where the context permits:

Alternate Director ” means an alternate Director appointed in accordance with these Articles;

Articles ” means these Articles of Association as altered from time to time;

Auditors ” means the auditors for the time being of the Company and includes any person or partnership;

Board ” means the Board of Directors appointed or elected pursuant to these Articles and acting by resolution in accordance with the Law and these Articles or the Directors present at a meeting of Directors at which there is a quorum;

Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for business in the Cayman Islands and the People’s Republic of China;

class meeting ” means a separate meeting of the members of a class of shares;

Company ” means the company for which these Articles are approved and confirmed;

Director ” means a director, including a sole director, for the time being of the Company and shall include an Alternate Director;


Group Member ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Series D Purchase Agreement;

Initial Public Offering ” means a firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s Ordinary Shares (or other securities) on an internationally recognized stock exchange;

Law ” means The Companies Law (2007 Revision) of the Cayman Islands and every modification or reenactment thereof for the time being in force;

Member ” means the person registered in the Register of Members as the holder of shares in the Company and, when two or more persons are so registered as joint holders of shares, means the person whose name stands first in the Register of Members as one of such joint holders or all of such persons as the context so requires;

month ” means calendar month;

notice ” means written notice as further defined in these Articles unless otherwise specifically stated;

Officer ” means any person appointed by the Board to hold an office in the Company;

ordinary resolution ” means (i) a resolution passed at a general meeting (or, if so specified, a class meeting) of the Company by a simple majority of the votes cast, or (ii) a resolution approved in writing by Members holding a majority of the shares for the time being carrying the entitlement to receive notice of and to attend and vote at a general meeting of the Company (or being corporations by their duly authorized representatives), and the effective date of the resolution so adopted shall be the date on which the instrument or the last of such instruments, if more than one, is executed. In computing the majority, regard shall be had to the number of votes to which each Member is entitled by the Articles;

Ordinary Shares ” means the ordinary shares in the share capital of the Company of US$0.0001 par value each;

Original Purchase Price ” means, with respect to the Series A Preferred Shares, US$0.0833 per share, with respect to the Series B Preferred Shares, US$0.7467 per share, with respect to the Series C Preferred Shares, US$2.3181 per share and with respect to the Series D Preferred Shares, US$3.8544 per share;

paid-up ” means paid-up or credited as paid-up;

Preferred Shares ” means, collectively, the Series A Preferred Shares, the Series B Preferred Shares, the Series C Preferred Shares and the Series D Preferred Shares;


Recapitalizations ” means any share split, share dividend, share combination or consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event in relation to the shares of the Company;

Register of Directors and Officers ” means the register of directors and officers of the Company;

Register of Members ” means the register of members of the Company;

Registered Office ” means the registered office for the time being of the Company;

Seal ” means the common seal or any official or duplicate seal of the Company;

Secretary ” means the person appointed to perform any or all duties of secretary and includes any deputy or assistant secretary;

Series A Preferred Shares ” means the series A convertible preferred shares in the share capital of the Company of US$0.0001 par value each;

Series B Preferred Shares ” means the series B convertible preferred shares in the share capital of the Company of US$0.0001 par value each;

Series C Preferred Shares ” means the series C redeemable and convertible preferred shares in the share capital of the Company of US$0.0001 par value each;

Series D Preferred Shares ” means the series D redeemable and convertible preferred shares in the share capital of the Company of US$0.0001 par value each;

Series D Purchase Agreement ” means that certain Series D Preferred Shares Purchase Agreement dated August 29, 2008 among the Company, the persons and entities listed on Exhibit A thereto and the other entities party thereto, as such agreement may be amended from time to time;

Shares ” means any of the Ordinary Shares, the Preferred Shares or such other classes of securities in the share capital of the Company from time to time in issue and includes fractions thereof (except as otherwise provided herein);

special resolution ” means, a resolution passed at a general meeting (or, if so specified, a class meeting) of the Company by a majority of not less than two thirds of the votes cast, as provided in the Law, or a written resolution passed by unanimous consent of all Members entitled to vote;

year ” means calendar year.


(2) In these Articles where not inconsistent with the context:

 

  (a) words denoting the plural number include the singular number and vice versa;

 

  (b) words denoting the masculine gender include the feminine gender and vice versa;

 

  (c) words importing persons include companies or associations or bodies of persons, corporate or not;

 

  (d) the word “may” shall be construed as permissive; the word “shall” shall be construed as imperative;

 

  (e) a reference to a statutory provision shall be deemed to include any amendment or re-enactment thereof.

(3) Subject as aforesaid, words defined or used in the Law have the same meaning in these Articles.

(4) Expressions referring to writing or written shall unless the contrary intention appears, include facsimile, printing lithography, photography and other modes of representing words in a visible form.

(5) The headings in these Articles are for ease of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of these Articles.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

3. Board of Directors

Subject to Article 4, the business of the Company shall be managed and conducted by the Board. The Board shall consist of seven (7) directors, elected as provided in Article 14.


4. Management of the Company

(1) In managing the business of the Company, the Board may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by statute or by these Articles, required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting subject, nevertheless, to these Articles, the provisions of any statute and to such regulations as may be prescribed by the Company in general meeting

(2) The following matters in respect of each Group Member and/or the Group Members as a whole (where applicable) shall require (a) the approval of a majority of the Directors at a meeting of the Board duly constituted pursuant to these Articles provided that such approval shall include the approval of the Series B Director, the Series C Director and, before the GLAM Subsequent Closing, the Initial Closing Series D Director and, after the GLAM Subsequent Closing, both Series D Directors, (b) a unanimous written resolution of the Board duly passed pursuant to Article 21 or (c) if permissible under applicable law, the written approval (which may include electronic mail) of the Series B Director, the Series C Director and, before the GLAM Subsequent Closing, the Initial Closing Series D Director and, after the GLAM Subsequent Closing, both Series D Directors:

 

  (a) the incurrence of indebtedness in excess of US$2,000,000 in the aggregate during any one year (other than the incurrence of indebtedness provided for in the Company’s business plan and budget approved pursuant to subparagraph (e) below and other than the incurrence of indebtedness by one or more Group Members to one or more other Group Members);

 

  (b) the purchase or lease of any real estate (other than office, manufacturing, training center or warehouse space used in the ordinary course of business);

 

  (c) the purchase of equity securities in any company, the acquisition of the operating assets of any entity (including without limitation any school) that is not a Group Member or the acquisition through contractual arrangements of the beneficial ownership interests in and/or voting control over any entity (including without limitation any school) that is not a Group Member;

 

  (d) the extension of any loan to any party that is not related to the business operations of the Company or other Group Member;

 

  (e) the approval of the Company’s business plan and budget (including any capital expenditure plan) or any material changes thereof or any material deviation from the Company’s then current business plan and budget (including any capital expenditure plan);

 

  (f) the hiring or firing of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, President or Chief Financial Officer;


  (g) any repurchase or redemption of any of its share capital other than in connection with (i) a termination of employment or consulting relationship pursuant to a bona fide employment agreement or consulting agreement approved by the Board, or (ii) a redemption pursuant to Article 12(13) hereof;

 

  (h) the appointment or removal of the auditors of the Company or Ambow Education Co., Ltd. or any material change in the accounting policies of the Company or Ambow Education Co., Ltd.;

 

  (i) the provision of direct or indirect guaranties for any indebtedness of a person that is not a Group Member;

 

  (j) creating or permitting to exist any lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance of any kind on any of its assets for any indebtedness of any person that is not a Group Member;

 

  (k) the establishment of any new direct or indirect subsidiary (including without limitation any school) of the Company or any joint venture or partnership;

 

  (l) the adoption of, or amendment to, any employee equity incentive plan;

 

  (m) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up or any Company Sale Event (as defined in Article 51(3)(b)(vi));

 

  (n) any transaction involving it, on the one hand, and any of its key employees, officers, directors or shareholders or any affiliate or relative of a shareholder or any of its officers, directors or shareholders, on the other hand (other than (i) employment contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any transaction where the transaction value is less than US$500,000);

 

  (o) the commencement or settlement of any litigation where the amount in controversy exceeds US$500,000;

 

  (p) the disposition of its assets, business or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, in each case with a value in excess of US$1 million in any single transaction or in the aggregate at any time in a series of related transactions in any twelve month period;

 

  (q) the terms of an initial public offering of any of its securities on any stock exchange (including without limitation the structure of the listing group and any restructuring in preparation of such initial public offering);

 

  (r) the sale, transfer, license, charge, encumbrance or any form of disposal of any trademarks, patents or other intellectual property rights owned or used by it other than in the ordinary course of business (other than any such sale, transfer, license, charge, encumbrance or form of disposal to one or more other Group Members);


  (s) the cessation of the business of the Group Members taken as a whole as such business is conducted as of the date of the Series D Purchase Agreement or any material change in the business activities of the Group Members taken as a whole as such activities are conducted as of the date of the Series D Purchase Agreement;

 

  (t) the execution or termination of (1) any contract outside the ordinary course of business where the dollar value of such contract exceeds US$1 million, (2) any derivatives contract regardless of the dollar value of such contract, or (3) any contract with a dollar value exceeding US$1 million granting any supplier, vendor or any other third party any exclusive rights to sell, operate, license or otherwise use any properties, services, rights, or any other assets of any Group Member (excluding for this purpose any such contract entered into solely between Group Members);

 

  (u) the approval of the annual financial statements of the Company and, to the extent separately prepared, the annual financial statements of Ambow Education Co., Ltd.;

 

  (v) the delegation of any powers of the board of directors of the Company or any other Offshore Group Member (as such term is defined in the Series D Purchase Agreement) to a committee or any person or the change of any such delegation or the change of the composition or membership of such a committee.

For the avoidance of doubt, except to the extent delegated to a committee pursuant to the following paragraph, the Company shall not effect a corporate restructuring of the Group Members, taken as a whole, in preparation for an initial public offering of any Group Member or any initial public offering of the securities of any Group Member without obtaining (a) the approval of a majority of the Directors at a meeting of the Board duly constituted pursuant to these Articles, provided that such approval shall include the approval of the Series B Director, the Series C Director and, before the GLAM Subsequent Closing, the Initial Closing Series D Director and, after the GLAM Subsequent Closing, both Series D Directors, or (b) a unanimous written resolution of the Board duly passed pursuant to Article 21.

The Board may delegate its power to approve one or more of the foregoing matters set forth above in this Article 4(2) to any committee or any person so long as such delegation is approved as set forth above in this Article 4(2)(v) and is effected in accordance with the other Articles. In the event of any such delegation to any committee or any person, approval by such committee or such person in respect of such matters (in accordance with the authority granted and directions imposed with such delegation by the Board) shall satisfy the approval requirements of this Article 4(2).


The provisions of this Article 4(2) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the closing of a Qualified Public Offering (as defined in Article 51(3)(c)(xii)).

(3) No regulation or alteration to these Articles pursuant to a special resolution shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if that regulation or alteration had not been made.

(4) The Board may procure that the Company pays all expenses incurred in promoting and incorporating the Company.

 

5. Power to appoint managing director or chief executive officer

Subject to Article 3, the Board may from time to time appoint one or more Directors to the office of managing director or chief executive officer of the Company who shall, subject to the control of the Board, supervise and administer all of the general business and affairs of the Company.

 

6. Power to appoint manager

Subject to Article 4, the Board may appoint a person to act as manager of the Company’s day to day business and may entrust to and confer upon such manager such powers and duties as it deems appropriate for the transaction or conduct of such business.

 

7. Power to authorise specific actions

Subject to Article 4, the Board may from time to time and at any time authorise any company, firm, person or body of persons to act on behalf of the Company for any specific purpose and in connection therewith to execute any agreement, document or instrument on behalf of the Company.

 

8. Power to appoint attorney

Subject to Article 4, the Board may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be an attorney of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions so vested in the attorney. Such attorney may, if so authorised under the seal of the Company, execute any deed or instrument under such attorney’s personal seal with the same effect as the affixation of the seal of the Company.


9. Power to delegate to a committee

Subject to Article 4, the Board may delegate any of its powers to a committee appointed by the Board and every such committee shall conform to such directions as the Board shall impose on them. Subject to any directions or regulations made by the Board for this purpose, the meetings and proceedings of such committees shall be governed by the provisions of these Articles covering the meetings and proceedings of the Directors, including provisions for written resolutions.

 

10. Power to appoint and dismiss employees

Subject to Article 4, the Board may appoint, suspend or remove any manager, secretary, clerk, agent or employee of the Company and may fix their remuneration and determine their duties.

 

11. Power to borrow and charge property

Subject to Article 4, the Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, and may issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or any third party.

 

12. Redemption and Purchase of Shares by the Company

(1) Subject to the Law and Article 4, the Company is hereby authorised to issue Shares which are redeemable or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or a Member.

(2) Subject to Article 4, the Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to purchase all or any part of its own shares pursuant to the Law. Shares purchased by the Company shall be cancelled and shall cease to confer any right or privilege on the Member from whom the shares are purchased.

(3) Subject to Article 4, the Company is hereby authorised to make payments in respect of the redemption of its Shares out of capital or out of any other account or fund which can be authorised for this purpose in accordance with the Law.


(4) Subject to the other provisions contained in these Articles, the redemption price of a redeemable Share, or the method of calculation thereof, shall be fixed by the Directors at or before the time of issue.

(5) Every share certificate representing a redeemable Share shall indicate that the Share is redeemable.

(6) Subject to the other provisions contained in these Articles, in the case of Shares redeemable at the option of a Member a redemption notice from a Member may not be revoked without the agreement of the Directors.

(7) At the time or in the circumstances specified for redemption the redeemed Shares shall be cancelled and shall cease to confer on the relevant Member any right or privilege, without prejudice to the right to receive the redemption price, which price shall become payable as soon as it can with due despatch be calculated, but subject to surrender of the relevant share certificate for cancellation (and reissue in respect of any balance).

(8) Subject to the other provisions contained in these Articles, the redemption price may be paid in any manner authorised by these Articles for the payment of dividends.

(9) A delay in payment of the redemption price shall not affect the redemption but, in the case of a delay of more than thirty days, interest shall be paid for the period from the due date until actual payment at a rate which the Directors, after due enquiry, estimate to be representative of the rates being offered by Class A banks in the Cayman Islands for thirty day deposits in the same currency.

(10) Subject to Article 4, the Directors may exercise as they think fit the powers conferred on the Company by Section 37(5) of the Law (payment out of capital) but only if and to the extent that the redemption could not otherwise be made (or not without making a fresh issue of Shares for this purpose).

(11) Subject to the other provisions contained in these Articles, the Directors may determine, as they think fit all questions that may arise concerning the manner in which the redemption of the Shares shall or may be effected.

(12) No Share may be redeemed unless it is fully paid-up.


(13) Holders of the Series C Preferred Shares and the Series D Preferred Shares may require the Company to redeem the Series C Preferred Shares and the Series D Preferred Shares as set forth in this Article 12 (13).

 

  (a)

Redemption. If the Company fails to consummate a Qualified Public Offering (as defined in Article 51(3)(c)(xii)) prior to July 20, 2012, then holders of a majority of the Series C Preferred Shares may elect at any time and from time to time thereafter, by delivery of a written notice to the Company (the “ Series C Redemption Election ”), to require the Company to offer to redeem all of the outstanding Series C Preferred Shares as set forth in this Article 12 (13). If the Company fails to consummate a Qualified Public Offering (as defined in Article 51(3)(c)(xii)) prior to July 20, 2012, then holders of at least two-thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the Series D Preferred Shares may elect at any time and from time to time thereafter, by delivery of a written notice to the Company (the “ Series D Redemption Election ”), to require the Company to offer to redeem all of the outstanding Series D Preferred Shares as set forth in this Article 12 (13). The Company shall within five Business Days of its receipt of (i) the Series C Redemption Election inform each holder of the Series D Preferred Shares of its receipt of the Series C Redemption Election and (ii) the Series D Redemption Election inform each holder of the Series C Preferred Shares of its receipt of the Series D Redemption Election. The right to redemption of the holders of Series C Preferred Shares as provided herein and the right to redemption of the holders of Series D Preferred Shares as provided herein shall rank pari passu with each other.

 

  (b) Series C Redemption Price and Process. In the event of the receipt by the Company of the Series C Redemption Election, the Company shall offer to redeem all of the outstanding Series C Preferred Shares at a per share redemption price (the “ Series C Redemption Price ”) in cash equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the purchase price for each Series C Preferred Share (as adjusted for any stock splits, combinations, consolidations, stock distributions or dividends), plus all declared but unpaid dividends, or (ii) the fair market value for each Series C Preferred Share, as determined in good faith by the Company and the holders of a majority of the Series C Preferred Shares or, if the Company and the holders of a majority of the Series C Preferred Shares are unable to determine such fair market value by the thirtieth Business Day after the date of receipt by the Company of the Series C Redemption Election (the “ Series C Valuation Date ”), as determined by an internationally recognized third party appraiser selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to the holders of a majority of the Series C Preferred Shares. If no such third party appraiser is agreed and appointed within ten Business Days after the Series C Valuation Date, the holders of a majority of the Series C Preferred Shares shall thereafter have the right at their discretion to select and appoint such third party appraiser. The Company and the holders of a majority of the Series C Preferred Shares shall procure that such third party appraiser shall determine such fair market value within sixty Business Days after the date of its appointment. Within five Business Days after the date (i) on which the Company and the holders of a majority of the Series C Preferred Shares agree on such fair market value or (ii) of receipt of the valuation report from such third party appraiser on such fair market value (as the case may be), the Company shall notify all holders of Series C Preferred Shares of such Series C Redemption Election and provide each such holder with a written notice setting forth the Series C Redemption Price and requesting each such holder to designate within seven Business Days after the date of receipt of such notice (the “ Series C Notice Period ”) the number of such holder’s Series C Preferred Shares, if any, to be redeemed. Subject to the following provisions of this Article 12(13), the Company shall effect such redemption within fifteen (15) Business Days of the expiry of the Series C Notice Period by payment to each participating holder of an amount equal to the Series C Redemption Price times the number of Series C Preferred Shares designated to be redeemed by such holder.


  (c) Series D Redemption Price and Process. In the event of the receipt by the Company of the Series D Redemption Election, the Company shall offer to redeem all of the outstanding Series D Preferred Shares at a per share redemption price (the “ Series D Redemption Price ”) in cash equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the purchase price for each Series D Preferred Share (as adjusted for any stock splits, combinations, consolidations, stock distributions or dividends), plus all declared but unpaid dividends, or (ii) the fair market value for each Series D Preferred Share, as determined in good faith by the Company and the holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred Shares or, if the Company and the holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred Shares are unable to determine such fair market value by the thirtieth Business Day after the date of receipt by the Company of the Series D Redemption Election (the “ Series D Valuation Date ”), as determined by an internationally recognized third party appraiser selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to the holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred Shares. If no such third party appraiser is agreed and appointed within ten Business Days after the Series D Valuation Date, the holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred Shares shall thereafter have the right at their discretion to select and appoint such third party appraiser. The Company and the holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred Shares shall procure that such third party appraiser shall determine such fair market value within sixty Business Days after the date of its appointment. Within five Business Days after the date (i) on which the Company and the holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred Shares agree on such fair market value or (ii) of receipt of the valuation report from such third party appraiser on such fair market value (as the case may be), the Company shall notify all holders of Series D Preferred Shares of such Series D Redemption Election and provide each such holder with a written notice setting forth the Series D Redemption Price and requesting each such holder to designate within seven Business Days after the date of receipt of such notice (the “ Series D Notice Period ”) the number of such holder’s Series D Preferred Shares, if any, to be redeemed. Subject to the following provisions of this Article 12(13), the Company shall effect such redemption within fifteen (15) Business Days of the expiry of the Series D Notice Period by payment to each participating holder of an amount equal to the Series D Redemption Price times the number of Series D Preferred Shares designated to be redeemed by such holder.


  (d) If at any time and from time to time the assets legally available for the redemption of the Series C Preferred Shares and Series D Preferred Shares are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of all of the Series C Preferred Shares designated for redemption of the full amount of the Series C Redemption Price for such Series C Preferred Shares pursuant to Article 12(13)(b) and to the holders of all of the Series D Preferred Shares designated for redemption of the full amount of the Series D Redemption Price for such Series D Preferred Shares pursuant to Article 12(13)(c), then the assets legally available for redemption of the Series C Preferred Shares and the Series D Preferred Shares shall be used to redeem a ratable number of the Series C Preferred Shares and Series D Preferred Shares held by each holder who has designated Series C Preferred Shares and/or Series D Preferred Shares for redemption in proportion to the redemption amount such holder otherwise is entitled to. Series C Preferred Shares and Series D Preferred Shares which are designated for redemption but which are not redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all of the rights and preferences provided herein. At any time thereafter, when additional funds of the Company are legally available for the redemption of Series C Preferred Shares and Series D Preferred Shares, such funds will be used to ratably redeem the balance of such Series C Preferred Shares and Series D Preferred Shares to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

13. Discontinuation

Subject to Article 4, the Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to transfer by way of continuation the Company to a named country or jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands pursuant to Section 224 of the Law.


14. Election of Directors and Voting

(1) The Board shall consist of up to seven (7) Directors. The limits in the number of Directors may, subject to Article 51(3)(e), be increased or decreased from time to time by ordinary resolution.

(2) The holders of the Series B Preferred Shares may, by written notice to the Company signed by the holders of a majority in number of the Series B Preferred Shares, or by a resolution passed at a class meeting of the holders of Series B Preferred Shares by a majority vote (regard being had to the number of Series B Preferred Shares held by each Member), appoint one (1) Director (the “ Series B Director ”) and may in like manner remove with or without cause the Series B Director so appointed and may in like manner appoint another person in his or her stead; provided , that the Series B Director shall be designated by the CID Group so long as the CID Group and its Affiliates (as defined in the Series D Purchase Agreement) collectively hold at least 1,500,000 Series B Preferred Shares (or with respect to periods prior to the Qualified Public Offering (as defined in Article 51(3)(c)(xii)) Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion thereof).

(3) The holders of the Series C Preferred Shares may, by written notice to the Company signed by the holders of a majority in number of the Series C Preferred Shares, or by a resolution passed at a class meeting of the holders of Series C Preferred Shares by a majority vote (regard being had to the number of Series C Preferred Shares held by each Member), appoint one (1) Director (the “ Series C Director ”) and may in like manner remove with or without cause the Series C Director so appointed and may in like manner appoint another person in his or her stead; provided , that the Series C Director shall be designated by Macquarie Bank Limited (“ Macquarie ”) so long as Macquarie and its Affiliates collectively hold at least 1,500,000 Series C Preferred Shares (or with respect to periods prior to the Qualified Public Offering (as defined in Article 51(3)(c)(xii)) Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion thereof).

(4) The holders of the Series D Preferred Shares may, by written notice to the Company signed by the holders of a majority in number of the Series D Preferred Shares, or by a resolution passed at a class meeting of the holders of Series D Preferred Shares by a majority vote (regard being had to the number of Series D Preferred Shares held by each Member), appoint two (2) Director (the “ Series D Directors ”) and may in like manner remove with or without cause the Series D Directors so appointed and may in like manner appoint another person in his or her stead; provided , that one (1) Series D Director shall be designated by Actis Angel (AEM3) Ltd. (“ Actis ”) so long as Actis and its Affiliates collectively hold at least 1,500,000 Series D Preferred Shares (or with respect to periods prior to the Qualified Public Offering (as defined in Article 51(3)(c)(xii)) Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion thereof) (the “ Initial Closing Series D Director ”); and one (1) Series D Director shall be designated by GL Asia Mauritius II Cayman Ltd. (“ GLAM ”) so long as GLAM and its Affiliates collectively hold at least 1,500,000 Series D Preferred Shares Shares (or with respect to periods prior to the Qualified Public Offering (as defined in Article 51(3)(c)(xii)) Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion thereof) (the “ Subsequent Closing Series D Director ”); provided that the Subsequent Closing Series D Director shall only be appointed to the Board upon the Subsequent Closing (as defined in the Series D Purchase Agreement) in which GLAM purchases 12,972,159 Series D Preferred Shares (the “ GLAM Subsequent Closing ”) and prior to such GLAM Subsequent Closing, the holders of the Series D Preferred Shares shall not have any right to appoint such Subsequent Closing Series D Director.


(5) The holders of the Ordinary Shares (excluding for this purpose the holders of any Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares) and the Series A Preferred Shares may, by written notice to the Company signed by the holders of a majority in number, on an as-converted basis, of the Ordinary Shares (excluding for this purpose the holders of any Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares) and Series A Preferred Shares, or by a resolution passed at a class meeting of the holders of Ordinary Shares (excluding for this purpose the holders of any Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares) and Series A Preferred Shares by a majority vote, on an as-converted basis (regard being had to the number of Ordinary Shares (excluding for this purpose the holders of any Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares) or Series A Preferred Shares held by each holder Member), appoint two (2) Directors (the “ Ordinary/Series A Directors ”) and may in like manner remove with or without cause the Ordinary/Series A Directors so appointed and may in like manner appoint persons in their stead.

(6) The Ordinary/Series A Directors, the Series B Director, the Series C Director and the Series D Directors may, by unanimous written consent, appoint one Director (the “ Independent Director ”) and may in like manner remove with or without cause the Independent Director so appointed and may in like manner appoint another person in his or her stead.

(7) An appointment of a Director may be on terms that the Director shall automatically retire from office (unless he has sooner vacated office) at the next or a subsequent annual general meeting or upon any specified event or after any specified period; but no such term shall be implied in the absence of express provision.

(8) There shall be no shareholding qualification for Directors unless prescribed by special resolution.


(9) The Directors shall select one of them to be the Chairperson of the Board; provided that (a) the Chairperson of the Board shall have an additional tie breaking vote in the case of a deadlock, and (b) unless otherwise unanimously agreed to by the Directors, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall serve as the Chairperson of the Board.

 

15. Defects in appointment of Directors

All acts done bona fide by any meeting of the Board or by a committee of the Board or by any person acting as a Director shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director.

 

16. Alternate Directors and Proxies

(1) A Director may at any time appoint any person (including another Director) to be his Alternate Director and may at any time terminate such appointment. An appointment and a termination of appointment shall be by notice in writing signed by the Director and deposited at the Registered Office or delivered at a meeting of the Directors.

(2) The appointment of an Alternate Director shall determine on the happening of any event which, if he were a Director, would cause him to vacate such office or if his appointor ceases for any reason to be a Director.

(3) An Alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notices of meetings of the Directors and shall be entitled to attend and vote as a Director at any such meeting at which his appointor is not personally present and generally at such meeting to perform all the functions of his appointor as a Director; and for the purposes of the proceedings at such meeting these Articles shall apply as if he (instead of his appointor) were a Director, save that he may not himself appoint an Alternate Director or a proxy.

(4) If an Alternate Director is himself a Director or attends a meeting of the Directors as the Alternate Director of more than one Director, his voting rights shall be cumulative.

(5) Unless the Directors determine otherwise, an Alternate Director may also represent his appointor at meetings of any committee of the Directors on which his appointor serves; and the provisions of this Article shall apply equally to such committee meetings as to meetings of the Directors.


(6) Subject to Article 21, an Alternate Director may join in a written resolution of the Directors adopted pursuant to these Articles and his signature of such resolution shall be as effective as the signature of his appointor.

(7) Save as provided in these Articles an Alternate Director shall not, as such, have any power to act as a Director or to represent his appointor and shall not be deemed to be a Director for the purposes of these Articles.

(8) A Director who is not present at a meeting of the Directors, and whose Alternate Director (if any) is not present at the meeting, may be represented at the meeting by a proxy duly appointed, in which event the presence and vote of the proxy shall be deemed to be that of the Director. All the provisions of these Articles regulating the appointment of proxies by members shall apply equally to the appointment of proxies by Directors.

 

17. Vacancies on the Board

(1) The Board may act notwithstanding any vacancy in its number.

(2) The office of Director shall be vacated if the Director:

 

  (a) is removed from office pursuant to these Articles or is prohibited from being a Director by law;

 

  (b) is or becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally;

 

  (c) is or becomes of unsound mind pursuant to a court declaration made in accordance with the applicable laws or an order for his detention is made under the Mental Health Law of the Cayman Islands or any analogous law of a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands or dies;

 

  (d) resigns his or her office by notice in writing to the Company.


18. Notice of meetings of the Board

(1) The Chairperson, the Chief Executive Officer or any two Directors may at any time summon a meeting of the Board of Directors by at least ten (10) Business Days’ notice to each Director, which notice shall set forth the general nature of the business to be considered.

(2) Notice of a meeting of the Board shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if it is given to such Director verbally in person or by telephone or otherwise communicated or sent to such Director by post, cable, telex, electronic mail, telecopier, facsimile or other mode of representing words in a legible and non-transitory form at such Director’s last known address or any other address given by such Director to the Company for this purpose. Notice given in person, by electronic mail or by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given on the day it is delivered to such Director.

(3) Notice of a meeting need not be given to any Director (i) who signs a waiver of notice or a consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof, whether before or after the meeting, or (ii) who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such Director. All such waivers, consents, and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made part of the minutes of the meeting. A waiver of notice need not specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

19. Quorum at meetings of the Board

The quorum necessary for the transaction of business at a meeting of the Board shall be four (4) Directors, one of whom must be the Series C Director and two of whom must be the Series D Directors; provided that if there are only three Directors for the time being in office the quorum shall be three, if there are only two Directors for the time being in office the quorum shall be two, and if there is only one Director for the time being in office, the quorum shall be one; provided further that if no quorum as aforesaid be constituted, then such meeting of the Board shall be postponed to a date falling five (5) Business Days after the date of such meeting of the Board at the same venue and time and the quorum for such meeting of the Board shall be four (4) Directors, one of whom must be the Series C Director and one of whom must be a Series D Director.


20. Meetings of the Board

(1) The Board may meet for the transaction of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it sees fit, provided that the Board shall meet no less often than once per calendar quarter.

(2) Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board by means of such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(3) Subject to Article 4, a resolution put to the vote at a meeting of the Board shall be carried by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast and in the case of an equality of votes, the Chairperson of the Board shall have a tie breaking vote.

 

21. Unanimous written resolutions

A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors which may be in counterparts, shall be as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Board duly called and constituted, such resolution to be effective on the date on which the last Director signs the resolution. For the purposes of this Article only, “Director” shall not include an Alternate Director if his appointor has signed the resolution.

 

22. Contracts and disclosure of Directors’ interests

(1) Any Director, or any Director’s firm, partner or any company with whom any Director is associated, may act in a professional capacity for the Company and such Director or such Director’s firm, partner or such company shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if such Director were not a Director, provided that nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or Director’s firm, partner or such company to act as Auditor of the Company.

(2) A Director who is directly or indirectly interested in a contract or proposed contract or arrangement with the Company shall declare the nature of such interest.

(3) Following a declaration being made pursuant to this Article, and unless disqualified by the chairperson of the relevant Board meeting, a Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement in which such Director is interested and may be counted in the quorum at such meeting.


23. Remuneration of Directors

The remuneration (if any) of the Directors shall, subject to any direction that may be given by the Company in general meeting, be approved by all the Directors from time to time and shall be deemed to accrue from day to day. Except for payments approved by all the Directors, the Company shall not be obligated to pay or reimburse any Director for the cost and expense incurred by him or her in connection with his or her duties as a Director. Except for payments approved by all the Directors, the Company shall not be obligated to pay or reimburse any board observer for the cost and expense incurred by him or her for attending meetings of the Board any committee thereof.

OFFICERS

 

24. Officers of the Company

The Company may have several Officers, including a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Financial Officer, a Secretary and such additional Officers as the Board may from time to time determine all of whom shall be deemed to be Officers for the purposes of these Articles.

 

25. Appointment of Officers

Subject to Article 4, the Chief Executive Officer, President, Secretary and additional Officers, if any, shall be appointed by the Board from time to time.

 

26. Remuneration of Officers

Subject to Article 4, the Officers shall receive such remuneration as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

27. Duties of Officers

Subject to Article 4, the Officers shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to them by the Board from time to time.


28. Chairperson of meetings

Unless otherwise agreed by a majority of those attending and entitled to attend and vote thereat, the Chairperson, if there be one, shall act as chairperson at all meetings of the Members and of the Board at which such person is present. In his or her absence, a chairperson shall be appointed or elected by those present at the meeting and entitled to vote.

 

29. Register of Directors and Officers

(1) The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books at its registered office a Register of Directors and Officers in accordance with the Law and shall enter therein the following particulars with respect to each Director and Officer:

 

  (a) first name and surname; and

 

  (b) address.

(2) The Board shall, within the period of thirty days from the occurrence of

 

  (a) any change among its Directors and Officers; or

 

  (b) any change in the particulars contained in the Register of Directors and Officers,

cause to be entered on the Register of Directors and Officers the particulars of such change and the date on which such change occurred, and shall notify the Registrar of Companies of any such change that takes place.

 

30. Register of Mortgages and Charges

(1) The Directors shall cause to be kept the register of mortgages and charges required by the Law.

(2) The Register of Mortgages and Charges shall be open to inspection in accordance with the Law, at the office of the Company on every business day in the Cayman Islands, subject to such reasonable restrictions as the Board may impose, so that not less than two hours in each such business day be allowed for inspection.


MINUTES

 

31. Obligations of Board to keep minutes

The Board shall cause minutes to be duly entered in books provided for the purpose:

 

  (a) of all elections and appointments of Officers;

 

  (b) of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Board and of any committee appointed by the Board; and

 

  (c) of all resolutions and proceedings of general meetings of the Members, meetings of the Board, meetings of managers and meetings of committees appointed by the Board.

INDEMNITY

 

32. Indemnification of Directors and Officers of the Company

The Directors, Officers and Auditors of the Company and any trustee for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company and every former director, officer, auditor or trustee and their respective heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives (each of such persons being referred to in this Article as an “ indemnified party ”) shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company from and against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them shall or may incur or sustain by reason of any act done or omitted in or about the execution of their duties in their respective offices or trusts, except any which an indemnified party shall incur or sustain by or through his own wilful neglect or default; no indemnified party shall be answerable for the acts, omissions, neglects or defaults of any other Director, officer, Auditor or trustee, or for joining in any receipt for the sake of conformity, or for the solvency or honesty of any banker or other persons with whom any moneys or effects belonging to the Company may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for any insufficiency of any security upon which any monies of the Company may be invested, or for any other loss or damage due to any such cause as aforesaid or which may happen in or about the execution of his office or trust unless the same shall happen through the wilful neglect or default of such indemnified party.


33. Waiver of claim by Member

Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action such Member might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director or Officer on account of any action taken by such Director or Officer, or the failure of such Director or Officer to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Company, PROVIDED THAT such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to such Director or Officer.

MEETINGS

 

34. Notice of annual general meeting

(1) The Company may in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting.

(2) Subject to paragraph (1) the annual general meeting of the Company may be held at such time and place as the Chairperson or any two Directors or any Director and the Secretary or the Board shall appoint. At least seven Business Days notice of such meeting shall be given to each Member stating the date, place and time at which the meeting is to be held and if different, the record date for determining members entitled to attend and vote at general meeting, and as far as practicable, the other business to be conducted at the meeting.

 

35. Notice of extraordinary general meeting

(1) General meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

(2) The Chairperson or any two Directors or any Director and the Secretary or the Board may convene an extraordinary general meeting of the Company whenever in their judgment such a meeting is necessary, upon not less than seven Business Days’ prior written notice which shall state the date, time, place and the general nature of the business to be considered at the meeting.

 

36. Accidental omission of notice of general meeting

The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non-receipt of notice of a general meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.


37. Meeting called on requisition of Members

(1) Notwithstanding anything herein, the Board shall, on the requisition of Members holding at the date of the deposit of the requisition not less than one-tenth of such of the paid-up share capital of the Company as at the date of the deposit carries the right to vote at general meetings of the Company on an as-converted basis assuming all the then outstanding Preferred Shares were converted into Ordinary Shares, forthwith proceed to convene a extraordinary general meeting of the Company. To be effective, the requisition shall state the objects of the meeting, shall be in writing, signed by the requisitionists, and shall be deposited at the Registered Office. The requisition may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more requisitionists.

(2) If the Directors do not within twenty-one days from the date of the requisition duly proceed to call an extraordinary general meeting, the requisitionists, or any of them representing more than one half of the total voting rights of all of them on an as-converted basis assuming all the then outstanding Preferred Shares were converted into Ordinary Shares, may themselves convene an extraordinary general meeting; but any meeting so called shall not be held more than ninety days after the requisition. An extraordinary general meeting called by requisitionists shall be called in the same manner, as nearly as possible, as that in which general meetings are to be called by the Directors.

 

38. Short notice

A general meeting of the Company shall, notwithstanding that it is called by shorter notice than that specified in these Articles, be deemed to have been properly called if it is so agreed by all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat in the case of an annual general meeting, or in the case of an extraordinary general meeting, by seventy-five percent of the members entitled to attend and vote thereat.

 

39. Postponement of meetings

The Board may postpone any general meeting called in accordance with the provisions of these Articles provided that notice of postponement is given to each Member before the time for such meeting. Fresh notice of the date, time and place for the postponed meeting shall be given to each Member in accordance with the provisions of these Articles.


40. Quorum for general meeting

At any general meeting of the Company two persons present in person or by proxy representing in excess of 50% of the total issued voting shares in the Company (on an as-converted basis assuming all the then outstanding Preferred Shares were converted into Ordinary Shares) throughout the meeting shall form a quorum for the transaction of business, provided that if the Company shall at any time have only one Member, one Member present in person or by proxy shall form a quorum for the transaction of business at any general meeting of the Company held during such time. If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day one week later, at the same time and place or to such other day, time or place as the Board may determine.

 

41. Adjournment of meetings

The chairperson of a general meeting may, with the consent of the Members at any general meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed), adjourn the meeting. Unless the meeting is adjourned for more than 60 days fresh notice of the date, time and place for the resumption of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Member in accordance with the provisions of these Articles.

 

42. Attendance at meetings

Members may participate in any general meeting by means of such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

43. Written resolutions

(1) A special resolution in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by all Members for the time being entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at general meetings (or being corporations by their duly authorized representatives) shall be as valid and effective as if the same had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held. An ordinary resolution in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by Members holding a majority of the Shares (assuming all the then outstanding Preferred Shares were converted into Ordinary Shares) for the time being carrying the entitlement to receive notice of and to attend and vote at general meetings (or being corporations by their duly authorized representatives) (regard being had to the number of votes to which each Member is entitled by the Articles) shall be as valid and effective as if the same had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held.


(2) A resolution in writing may be signed by, or, in the case of a Member that is a corporation whether or not a company within the meaning of the Law, on behalf of, all the Members, or any class thereof, in as many counterparts as may be necessary.

(3) For the purposes of this Article, the date of the resolution is the date when the resolution is signed by, or, in the case of a Member that is a corporation whether or not a company within the meaning of the Law, on behalf of, the last Member to sign and any reference in any Article to the date of passing of a resolution is, in relation to a resolution made in accordance with this Article, a reference to such date.

(4) A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Article is as valid as if it had been passed by the Company in general meeting or by a meeting of the relevant class of Members, as the case may be, and any reference in any Article to a meeting at which a resolution is passed or to Members voting in favour of a resolution shall be construed accordingly.

(5) A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Article shall constitute minutes for the purposes of the Law.

 

44. Attendance of Directors

The Directors of the Company shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and be heard at any general meeting.

 

45. Voting at meetings

(1) Subject to the provisions of the Law and these Articles, any question proposed for the consideration of the Members at any general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast in accordance with the provisions of these Articles and in the case of an equality of votes the resolution shall fail.

(2) No Member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless such Member has paid all the calls on all shares held by such Member.


46. Voting on a show of hands and polls

(1) At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall, in the first instance, be voted upon by a show of hands and, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being lawfully attached to any class of Shares and subject to the provisions of these Articles, every Member present in person and every person holding a valid proxy at such meeting shall be entitled to one vote and shall cast such votes by raising his or her hand.

(2) Notwithstanding the provision of the immediately preceding Article, at any general meeting of the Company, in respect of any question proposed for the consideration of the Members (whether before or on the declaration of the result of a show of hands as provided for in these Articles), a poll may be demanded by the Chairperson or at least one Member.

(3) Where, in accordance with the provisions of subparagraph (2) of this Article, a poll is demanded, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being lawfully attached to any class of shares, every person present at such meetings shall have one vote for each Share (on an as-converted basis assuming all the then outstanding Preferred Shares were converted into Ordinary Shares) of which such person is the holder or for which such person holds a proxy and such vote shall be counted in the manner set out in sub-paragraph (5) of this Article or in the case of a general meeting at which one or more Members are present by telephone in such manner as the chairperson of the meeting may direct and the result of such poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded and shall replace any previous resolution upon the same matter which has been the subject of a show of hands.

(4) A poll demanded in accordance with the provisions of subparagraph (2) of this Article, for the purpose of electing a Chairperson or on a question of adjournment, shall be taken forthwith and a poll demanded on any other question shall be taken in such manner and at such time and place as the Chairperson may direct and any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded may be proceeded with pending the taking of the poll.

(5) Where a vote is taken by poll, each person present and entitled to vote shall be furnished with a ballot paper on which such person shall record his or her vote in such manner as shall be determined at the meeting having regard to the nature of the question on which the vote is taken, and each ballot paper shall be signed or initialled or otherwise marked so as to identify the voter and the registered member in the case of a proxy. At the conclusion of the poll, the ballot papers shall be examined and counted by a committee of not less than two Members or proxy members appointed by the Chairperson for the purpose and the result of the poll shall be declared by the Chairperson.


47. Decision of chairperson

At any general meeting a declaration by the chairperson of the meeting that a question proposed for consideration has, on a show of hands, been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in a book containing the minutes of the proceedings of the Company shall, subject to the provisions of these Articles, be conclusive evidence of that fact.

 

48. Seniority of joint holders voting

In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members.

 

49. Instrument of proxy

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of Form “A” in the Schedule hereto, under the hand of the appointor or of the appointor’s attorney duly authorised in writing, or if the appointor is a corporation, either under its seal, or under the hand of a duly authorised officer or attorney. The decision of the chairperson of any general meeting as to the validity of any instrument of proxy shall be final.

 

50. Representation of corporations at meetings

A corporation which is a Member may, by written instrument, authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Members and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which such person represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the chairperson of the meeting may accept such assurances as he or she thinks fit as to the right of any person to attend and vote at general meetings on behalf of a corporation which is a Member.

SHARE CAPITAL AND SHARES

 

51. Rights of shares

(1) The Company is authorised to issue only two classes of Shares designated “ Ordinary Shares ” and “ Preferred Shares .” The total number of Shares which the Company is authorised to issue is two hundred thirty nine million four hundred fifty nine thousand and sixty-two (239,459,062). The number of Ordinary Shares authorised is one hundred fifty five million (155,000,000). The number of Preferred Shares authorised is eighty-four million four hundred fifty nine thousand and sixty-two (84,459,062), twelve million nine hundred thousand (12,900,000) of which shall be designated Series A Preferred Shares, eighteen million three hundred and thirty five thousand seven hundred and fifteen (18,335,715) of which shall be designated Series B Preferred Shares, twenty-three million three hundred eighty seven thousand three hundred and eighty-one (23,387,381) of which shall be designated Series C Preferred Shares and twenty-nine million eight hundred thirty five thousand nine hundred and sixty-six (29,835,966) of which shall be designated Series D Preferred Shares.


(2) The holders of Ordinary Shares shall:

 

  (a) be entitled to one vote per Share;

 

  (b) subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Shares, be entitled to such dividends as the Board may from time to time declare;

 

  (c) in the event of a winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or for the purpose of a reorganisation or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, be entitled, subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Shares, to the surplus assets of the Company; and

 

  (d) generally be entitled to enjoy all of the rights attaching to Shares.

(3) The holders of Preferred Shares shall be subject to the following rights:

 

  (a) Dividends . The holders of the Series A Preferred Shares, Series B Preferred Shares, Series C Preferred Shares and Series D Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, out of any funds legally available therefor, dividends at the rates of US$0.0050 per share (as adjusted for any Recapitalizations), US$0.0597 per share (as adjusted for any Recapitalizations), US$0.1855 per share (as adjusted for any Recapitalizations) and US$0.3084 per share (as adjusted for any Recapitalizations), per annum, respectively, payable in preference and priority to any payment of any dividend on Ordinary Shares when and as declared by the Board of Directors. The right to such dividends on the Preferred Shares shall not be cumulative, and no right shall accrue to holders of Preferred Shares by reason of the fact that dividends on such shares are not declared or paid in any prior year.


  (b) Liquidation Rights .

(i) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Company, whether those assets are capital or surplus of any nature, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of Series A Preferred Shares, Series B Preferred Shares, Series C Preferred Shares or Ordinary Shares by reason of their ownership of such shares, an amount equal to the US$3.8544 (as adjusted for any Recapitalizations) per Series D Preferred Share held by them, plus all declared and unpaid dividends, if any. If, upon the occurrence of a liquidation, dissolution of winding up, the assets and surplus funds distributed among the holders of Series D Preferred Shares shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full preferential amount, then the entire assets and surplus funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series D Preferred Shares.

(ii) After the distribution described in subsection (i) above has been paid in full, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Company, whether those assets are capital or surplus of any nature, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of Series A Preferred Shares, Series B Preferred Shares or Ordinary Shares by reason of their ownership of such shares, an amount equal to the US$2.3181 (as adjusted for any Recapitalizations) per Series C Preferred Share held by them, plus all declared and unpaid dividends, if any. If, after the distribution described in subsection (i) above, the assets and surplus funds distributed among the holders of Series C Preferred Shares shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full preferential amount, then the entire assets and surplus funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series C Preferred Shares.

(iii) After the distributions described in subsection (i) and (ii) above have been paid in full, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Company, whether those assets are capital or surplus of any nature, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of Series A Preferred Shares or Ordinary Shares by reason of their ownership of such shares, an amount equal to US$0.7467 (as adjusted for any Recapitalizations) per Series B Preferred Share held by them, plus all declared and unpaid dividends, if any. If, after the distributions described in subsection (i) and (ii) above, the remaining assets and surplus funds available shall be insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Series B Preferred Shares of the full preferential amount, then the entire remaining assets and surplus funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series B Preferred Shares.


(iv) After the distributions described in subsections (i), (ii) and (iii) above have been paid in full, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Company, whether those assets are capital or surplus of any nature, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of Ordinary Shares by reason of their ownership of such shares, an amount equal to US$0.0833 (as adjusted for any Recapitalizations) per Series A Preferred Share held by them, plus all declared and unpaid dividends, if any. If, after the distributions described in subsections (i), (ii) and (iii) above, the remaining assets and surplus funds available shall be insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Series A Preferred Shares of the full preferential amount, then the entire remaining assets and surplus funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series A Preferred Shares.

(v) After the distributions described in subsections (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above have been paid in full, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to shareholders shall be distributed among the holders of Series A Preferred Shares, Series B Preferred Shares, Series C Preferred Shares, Series D Preferred Shares and Ordinary Shares pro rata based on the number of Ordinary Shares held by each (assuming conversion of all such Preferred Shares pursuant to Section (c) below, notwithstanding no actual conversion).

(vi) For purposes of this Section (b), a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, each of the following transactions (each, a “ Company Sale Event ”): (aa) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any merger, reorganization or acquisition of shares of the Company); or (bb) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, unless the Company’s shareholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such acquisition or sale will, immediately after such acquisition or sale (by virtue of securities issued as consideration for the Company’s acquisition or sale or otherwise) hold at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity; provided, that (i) in respect of the Series B Preferred Shares, the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred Shares (based on the number of Ordinary Shares into which each holder’s Series B Preferred Shares is then convertible, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to section (c) hereof) may elect not to treat the foregoing transactions as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up, (ii) in respect of the Series C Preferred Shares, the holders of at least two-thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the outstanding Series C Preferred Shares voting as a separate class (based on the number of Ordinary Shares into which each holder’s Series C Preferred Shares is then convertible, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to section (c) hereof) may elect not to treat the foregoing transactions as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up, and (iii) in respect of the Series D Preferred Shares, the holders of at least two-thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the outstanding Series D Preferred Shares voting as a separate class (based on the number of Ordinary Shares into which each holder’s Series D Preferred Shares is then convertible, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to section (c) hereof) may elect not to treat the foregoing transactions as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up.


(vii) In any of such events, if the consideration received by the Company is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value. Any securities shall be valued as follows:

(aa) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability:

(A) If traded on a securities exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the thirty-day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing;

(B) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the mean of the closing bid and ask prices over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the distribution; and

(C) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined and approved in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

(bb) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (aa) (A), (B) or (C) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined and approved in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.


  (c) Conversion Rights . The holders of Preferred Shares shall have the following conversion rights into Ordinary Shares (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(i) Optional Conversion. Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section (c), any Preferred Shares may, at the option of the holder, be converted at any time into fully-paid and nonassessable Ordinary Shares. The number of Ordinary Shares to which a holder of Preferred Shares shall be entitled upon conversion shall be the product obtained by multiplying the applicable Conversion Rate then in effect (determined as provided in Section (c)(ii)) by the number of Preferred Shares being converted.

(ii) Conversion Rate. The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of Preferred Shares (the “ Conversion Rate ”) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the Original Purchase Price applicable to such Preferred Shares by the Conversion Price applicable to such Preferred Shares (determined as provided in Section (c)(iii)).

(iii) Conversion Price. The conversion price for each series of Preferred Shares shall be initially equal to the Original Purchase Price for such series of Preferred Shares. (in each case, the “ Conversion Price ”). The Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as set forth below, and all references herein to the Conversion Price shall mean such prices as so adjusted.

(iv) Mechanics of Conversion. Each holder of Preferred Shares who desires to convert the same into Ordinary Shares pursuant to this Section (c) shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Preferred Shares and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same. Such notice shall state the number of Preferred Shares being converted. Thereupon, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of Ordinary Shares to which such holder is entitled and shall promptly pay in cash or, to the extent sufficient funds are not then legally available therefor, in Ordinary Shares, (at the Ordinary Shares’ fair market value determined by the Board of Directors as of the date of such conversion) any declared and unpaid dividends on the Preferred Shares being converted. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificates representing the Preferred Shares to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the Ordinary Shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such Ordinary Shares on such date.


(v) Adjustment for Shares Splits and Combinations. If the Company shall at any time or from time to time after the date that the first Series D Preferred Share is issued (the “ Original Issue Date ”) effect a subdivision of the outstanding Ordinary Shares without a corresponding subdivision of the Preferred Shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased. Conversely, if the Company shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date combine the outstanding Ordinary Shares into a smaller number of shares without a corresponding combination of the Preferred Shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this Section (c)(v) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(vi) Adjustment for Ordinary Shares Dividends and Distributions. If the Company at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date makes, or fixes, a record date for the determination of holders of Ordinary Shares entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional Ordinary Shares, in each such event the Conversion Price that is then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such record date is fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction (1) the numerator of which is the total number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and (2) the denominator of which is the total number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of Ordinary Shares issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution; provided , however , that if such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section (c)(vi) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution.


(vii) Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange, and Substitution. If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, the Ordinary Shares issuable upon the conversion of Preferred Shares are changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend or a reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of assets provided for elsewhere in this Section (c)), in any such event each holder of Preferred Shares shall have the right thereafter to convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification or other change by holders of the maximum number of Ordinary Shares into which such Preferred Shares could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof.

(viii) Reorganizations. If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, there is a capital reorganization of the Ordinary Shares (other than a recapitalization, subdivision, combination, reclassification, exchange or substitution of shares provided for elsewhere in this (c)), as a part of such capital reorganization, provision shall be made so that the holders of Preferred Shares shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of such Preferred Shares the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Company to which a holder of the number of Ordinary Shares deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such capital reorganization, subject to adjustment in respect of such stock or securities by the terms thereof. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section (c) with respect to the rights of the holders of Preferred Shares after the capital reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Section (c) (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of Preferred Shares) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

(ix) Sale of Shares Below Conversion Price.


(aa) If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, the Company issues or sells, or is deemed by the express provisions of this subsection (c)(ix) to have issued or sold, Additional Ordinary Shares (as defined in subsection (c)(ix)(dd)) below)), other than as a dividend or other distribution on any class of stock as provided in Section (c)(vi) above, and other than a subdivision or combination of Ordinary Shares as provided in Section (c)(v) above, for an Effective Price (as defined in Subsection (c)(ix)(dd) below) less than the Conversion Price in effect for any series of Preferred Shares at the time of, and immediately prior to, such issue or sale, then the Conversion Price for each such series of Preferred Shares shall be reduced, as of the opening of business on the date of such issue or sale, to a price determined by multiplying the applicable Conversion Price by a fraction (A) the numerator of which shall be (1) the number of Ordinary Shares deemed outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (2) the number of Ordinary Shares which the aggregate consideration received (as defined in Subsection (c)(ix)(bb)) by the Company for the total number of Additional Ordinary Shares so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price, and (B) the denominator of which shall be the number of Ordinary Shares deemed outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the total number of Additional Ordinary Shares so issued. For the purposes of the preceding sentence, the number of Ordinary Shares deemed to be outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of (A) the number of Ordinary Shares actually outstanding, (B) the number of Ordinary Shares into which the then outstanding Preferred Shares could be converted if fully converted on the day immediately preceding the given date, and (C) the number of Ordinary Shares which could be obtained through the exercise or conversion of all other rights, warrants, options and convertible securities on the day immediately preceding the given date.

(bb) For the purpose of making any adjustment required under this Section (c)(ix), the consideration received by the Company for any issue or sale of securities shall (A) to the extent it consists of cash, be computed at the net amount of cash received by the Company after deduction of any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Company in connection with such issue or sale but without deduction of any expenses payable by the Company, (B) to the extent it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value of that property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, and (C) if Additional Ordinary Shares, Convertible Securities (as defined in subsection (c)(ix)(cc) below) or rights or options to purchase either Additional Ordinary Shares or Convertible Securities are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Company for a consideration which covers both, be computed as the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors to be allocable to such Additional Ordinary Shares, Convertible Securities or rights or options.


(cc) For the purpose of the adjustment required under this Section (c)(ix)(cc), if the Company issues or sells any rights or options for the purchase of, or shares or other securities convertible into, Additional Ordinary Shares (such convertible shares or securities being herein referred to as “ Convertible Securities ”) and if the Effective Price of such Additional Ordinary Shares is less than the Conversion Price then in effect for any series of Preferred Shares, the Company shall be deemed to have issued at the time of the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities the maximum number of Additional Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion thereof and to have received as consideration for the issuance of such Additional Ordinary Shares an amount equal to the total amount of the consideration, if any, received by the Company for the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities, plus, in the case of such rights or options, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the exercise of such rights or options, plus, in the case of Convertible Securities, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) upon the conversion thereof; provided that if in the case of Convertible Securities the minimum amounts of such consideration cannot be ascertained, but are a function of antidilution or similar protective clauses, the Company shall be deemed to have received the minimum amounts of consideration without reference to such clauses; provided further that if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of rights, options or Convertible Securities is reduced over time or on the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events other than by reason of antidilution adjustments, the Effective Price shall be recalculated using the figure to which such minimum amount of consideration is reduced; provided further that if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities is subsequently increased, the Effective Price shall be again recalculated using the increased minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities. No further adjustment of the Conversion Price, as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities, shall be made as a result of the actual issuance of Additional Ordinary Shares on the exercise of any such rights or options or the conversion of any such Convertible Securities. If any such rights or options or the conversion privilege represented by any such Convertible Securities shall expire without having been exercised, the Conversion Price, as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities shall be readjusted to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect had an adjustment been made on the basis that the only Additional Ordinary Shares so issued were the Additional Ordinary Shares, if any, actually issued or sold on the exercise of such rights or options or rights of conversion of such Convertible Securities, and such Additional Ordinary Shares, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company for the granting of all such rights or options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received for issuing or selling the Convertible Securities actually converted, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) on the conversion of such Convertible Securities, provided that such readjustment shall not apply to conversions of Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares, if any, effected prior to the date of such readjustment.


(dd) “ Additional Ordinary Shares ” shall mean all Ordinary Shares issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section (c)(ix), whether or not subsequently reacquired or retired by the Company other than (A) Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion of Preferred Shares, (B) Ordinary Shares issued or issuable to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to share purchase or share option plans or other arrangements approved by the Board, or upon exercise of options or similar rights granted to such parties pursuant to any such plan or arrangement, (C) Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of options, warrants or other Convertible Securities outstanding as of the Original Issue Date, (D) Ordinary Shares and/or Convertible Securities issued in connection with an acquisition or similar business combination approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to Article 4 and other Articles hereof, and (E) Ordinary Shares and/or Convertible Securities the issuance of which is specifically excluded from the provisions of this Section (c)(ix) by unanimous vote or consent of the Board. The “ Effective Price ” of Additional Ordinary Shares shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the total number of Additional Ordinary Shares issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold by the Company under this Section (c)(ix), into the aggregate consideration received, or deemed to have been received by the Company for such issue under this Section (c)(ix), for such Additional Ordinary Shares.

(x) Certificate of Adjustment. In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section (c), the Company, at its expense, shall, within five (5) days after the occurrence of the event giving rise to or resulting in such adjustment or readjustment pursuant to this Article, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of Preferred Shares affected by such adjustment or readjustment at the holder’s address as shown in the Company’s books. The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based, including a statement of (aa) the consideration received or deemed to be received by the Company for any Additional Ordinary Shares issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold, (bb) the Conversion Price at the time in effect, (cc) the number of Additional Ordinary Shares and (dd) the type and amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon conversion of the Preferred Shares.


(xi) Notices of Record Date. Upon (aa) any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of Shares for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or (bb) any capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital of the Company, or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the Company shall mail to each holder of Preferred Shares at least twenty (20) days prior to the record date specified therein a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (B) the date on which any such reorganization, reclassification, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and (C) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of Ordinary Shares (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their Ordinary Shares (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

(xii) Automatic Conversion. Each Series A Preferred Share, Series B Preferred Share and Series C Preferred Share shall automatically be converted into Ordinary Shares at the Conversion Price at the time in effect for such series of Preferred Shares, immediately upon the earlier of (aa) the closing of an Initial Public Offering at a price per share that reflects a pre-offering valuation of the Company of not less than US$600,000,000, which valuation shall be calculated based on the midpoint of the per share price range specified in the preliminary prospectus for such public offering (“ Qualified Public Offering ”); or (bb) the date specified by written consent of the holders of more than 50% of the then outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Shares approving the conversion of all of the then outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares; provided that the conversion of the Series C Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares pursuant to foregoing clause (bb) shall require the written consent of the holders of at least two thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the then outstanding Series C Preferred Shares. Each Series D Preferred Share shall automatically be converted into Ordinary Shares at the Conversion Price at the time in effect for the Series D Preferred Shares, immediately upon the earlier of (aa) the closing of a Qualified Public Offering or (bb) the date specified by written consent of the holders of at least two thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the then outstanding shares of the Series D Preferred Shares approving the conversion of all of the then outstanding shares of such Series D Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares. In such event, the affected Preferred Shares shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the Ordinary Shares issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such Preferred Shares are either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of Preferred Shares, the holders of Preferred Shares shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for Preferred Shares. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of Ordinary Shares into which the Preferred Shares surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred, and any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section (c)(iv).


(xiii) Fractional Shares. No fractional Ordinary Shares shall be issued upon conversion of Preferred Shares. All Ordinary Shares (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one Preferred Share by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the Ordinary Shares’ fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors) on the date of conversion.

(xiv) Reservation of Shares Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Shares, such number of its Ordinary Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Shares. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding Preferred Shares, the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

(xv) Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section (c) shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (aa) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified; (bb) when sent by confirmed telex or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day; (cc) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (dd) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Company.


(xvi) Payment of Taxes. The Company will pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon income) and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of Ordinary Shares upon conversion of Preferred Shares, excluding any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of Ordinary Shares in a name other than that in which the Preferred Shares so converted were registered.

 

  (d) Voting Rights . The holder of each Preferred Share shall have the right to one vote for each Ordinary Share into which such Preferred Share could then be converted, and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Ordinary Shares, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any shareholders’ meeting in accordance with the articles of this Company, and shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Ordinary Shares, with respect to any question upon which holders of Ordinary Shares have the right to vote at a class meeting of the Ordinary Shareholders. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Shares held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward).

 

  (e) Protective Provisions.

(i) Series A Preferred Shares. In addition to any other rights provided by law, so long as at least 6,450,000 Series A Preferred Shares (as adjusted for any Recapitalizations) shall be outstanding, the Company shall not, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred Shares voting as a separate class (based on the number of Ordinary Shares into which each holder’s Series A Preferred Shares is then convertible, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section (c) hereof):

(aa) waive, amend, or repeal any provision of the Articles of Association if such action would adversely alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series A Preferred Shares;


(bb) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Shares; or

(cc) create (by reclassification or otherwise) any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on a parity with the Series A Preferred Shares.

(ii) Series B Preferred Shares. In addition to any other rights provided by law, so long as at least 3,000,000 Series B Preferred Shares (as adjusted for any Recapitalizations) shall be outstanding, the Company (1) shall not, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred Shares voting as a separate class (based on the number of Ordinary Shares into which each holder’s Series B Preferred Shares is then convertible, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section (c) hereof) and (2) in the case of (aa), (cc), (dd), (ee) and (ff) below, shall procure that each of the other Group Members shall not, without obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred Shares voting as a separate class (based on the number of Ordinary Shares into which each holder’s Series B Preferred Shares is then convertible, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section (c) hereof):

(aa) waive, amend, or repeal any provision of the articles of association or other charter documents of such Group Member if such action would adversely alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series B Preferred Shares;

(bb) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Shares;

(cc) create (by reclassification, merger or otherwise) any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges with respect to dividends, or payments upon liquidation senior to or on a parity with the Series B Preferred Shares or having voting rights other than those granted to the Preferred Shares generally;


(dd) take any action that would expose the holders of Series B Preferred Shares to more than a minimal risk of being subject to taxation under Section 305 of the United States Internal Revenue Code;

(ee) redeem or repurchase any of the Company’s shares or declare a dividend with respect to any such shares; provided , however , that this provision shall not apply to the Company’s redemption or repurchase of shares issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company upon termination of their employment or services or pursuant to agreements providing for the right of such repurchase between the Company and such persons;

(ff) change the number of Directors constituting the full Board and the board of directors of each of the Offshore Group Members (as defined in the Series D Purchase Agreement); or

(gg) amend this Section (e)(ii).

(iii) Series C Preferred Shares. In addition to any other rights provided by law, so long as at least 3,000,000 of the Series C Preferred Shares issued on the Original Issue Date (as adjusted for any Recapitalizations) shall be outstanding, the Company (1) shall not, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least two thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the outstanding Series C Preferred Shares voting as a separate class (based on the number of Ordinary Shares into which each holder’s Series C Preferred Shares is then convertible, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section (c) hereof), and (2) in the case of (aa), (cc), (dd), (ee) and (ff) below, shall procure that each of the other Group Members shall not, without obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least two thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the outstanding Series C Preferred Shares voting as a separate class (based on the number of Ordinary Shares into which each holder’s Series C Preferred Shares is then convertible, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section (c) hereof):

(aa) waive, amend, or repeal any provision of the articles of association or any other charter documents of such Group Member if such action would adversely alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series C Preferred Shares;

(bb) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Shares;


(cc) create (by reclassification, merger or otherwise), offer or issue any new class or series of shares, or any securities or rights to acquire or convert into any such class or series of shares, having rights, preferences or privileges (including but not limited to with respect to dividends or payments upon liquidation) senior to or on a parity with the Series C Preferred Shares or having voting rights other than those granted to the Preferred Shares generally;

(dd) take any action that would expose the holders of Series C Preferred Shares to more than a minimal risk of being subject to taxation under Section 305 of the United States Internal Revenue Code;

(ee) declare a dividend with respect to any of its shares or any other payment to the holders of its shares in their capacity as shareholders out of distributable profits or reserves of the relevant Group Member;

(ff) change the number of Directors constituting the full Board and the board of directors of each of the Offshore Group Members (as defined in the Series D Purchase Agreement); or

(gg) amend this Section (e)(iii).

(iv) Series D Preferred Shares. In addition to any other rights provided by law, so long as at least 3,000,000 of the Series D Preferred Shares issued on the Original Issue Date (as adjusted for any Recapitalizations) shall be outstanding, the Company (1) shall not, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least two thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the outstanding Series D Preferred Shares voting as a separate class (based on the number of Ordinary Shares into which each holder’s Series D Preferred Shares is then convertible, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section (c) hereof), and (2) in the case of (aa), (cc), (dd), (ee) and (ff) below, shall procure that each of the other Group Members shall not, without obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least two thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the outstanding Series D Preferred Shares voting as a separate class (based on the number of Ordinary Shares into which each holder’s Series D Preferred Shares is then convertible, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section (c) hereof):

(aa) waive, amend, or repeal any provision of the articles of association or any other charter documents of such Group Member if such action would adversely alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series D Preferred Shares;

(bb) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series D Preferred Shares;


(cc) create (by reclassification, merger or otherwise), offer or issue any new class or series of shares, or any securities or rights to acquire or convert into any such class or series of shares, having rights, preferences or privileges (including but not limited to with respect to dividends or payments upon liquidation) senior to or on a parity with the Series D Preferred Shares or having voting rights other than those granted to the Preferred Shares generally;

(dd) take any action that would expose the holders of Series D Preferred Shares to more than a minimal risk of being subject to taxation under Section 305 of the United States Internal Revenue Code;

(ee) declare a dividend with respect to any of its shares or any other payment to the holders of its shares in their capacity as shareholders out of distributable profits or reserves of the relevant Group Member;

(ff) change the number of Directors constituting the full Board and the board of directors of each of the Offshore Group Members (as defined in the Series D Purchase Agreement); or

(gg) amend this Section (e)(iv).

 

  (f) Status of Converted Shares . No Preferred Shares acquired by the Company by reason of purchase, conversion, redemption or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such shares shall be canceled, retired and eliminated from the shares that the Company shall be authorized to issue.

 

  (g) Consent for Certain Repurchases of Ordinary Shares Deemed to be Distributions . Each holder of Preferred Shares shall be deemed to have consented to distributions made by the Company in connection with the repurchase of Ordinary Shares issued to or held by employees or consultants upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for such right of repurchase between the Company and such persons.

 

52. Power to issue Shares

(1) The Board shall, in connection with the issue of any Share, have the power to pay such commission and brokerage as may be permitted by law.

(2) The Company may from time to time do any one or more of the following things:

 

  (a) make arrangements on the issue of Shares for a difference between the Members in the amounts and times of payments of calls on their Shares;


  (b) accept from any Member the whole or a part of the amount remaining unpaid on any Shares held by him, although no part of that amount has been called up;

 

  (c) pay dividends in proportion to the amount paid up on each Share where a larger amount is paid up on some Shares than on others; and

 

  (d) issue its Shares in fractional denominations and deal with such fractions to the same extent as its whole Shares and Shares in fractional denominations shall have in proportion to the respective fractions represented thereby all of the rights of whole Shares including (but without limiting the generality of the foregoing) the right to vote, to receive dividends and distributions and to participate in a winding up.

 

53. Alteration of Capital

(1) Subject to the Law, Article 4 and Article 51(3)(e), the Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution alter the conditions of its Memorandum of Association to increase its share capital by new shares of such amount as it thinks expedient or, if the Company has Shares without par value, increase its share capital by such number of Shares without nominal or par value, or increase the aggregate consideration for which its Shares may be issued, as it thinks expedient.

(2) Subject to the Law, Article 4 and Article 51(3)(e), the Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution alter the conditions of its Memorandum of Association to:

 

  (a) consolidate and divide all or any class of Shares into a larger number of Shares than its existing number of Shares;

 

  (b) subdivide its Shares or any of them into a smaller number of Shares than that fixed by the Memorandum of Association; or

 

  (c) cancel Shares which at the date of the passing of the resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled or, in the case of Shares without par value, diminish the number of Shares into which its capital is divided.


(3) For the avoidance of doubt it is declared that paragraph (2) above does not apply if at any time the Shares have no par value.

(4) Subject to the Law, Article 4 and Article 51(3)(e), the Company may from time to time by special resolution reduce its share capital in any way or, subject to Article 53(1) and (2), alter any conditions of its Memorandum of Association relating to share capital.

 

54. Alteration of registered office, name and objects

Subject to the Law, the Company may by resolution of its Directors change the location of its Registered Office.

Subject to the Law, the Company may from time to time by special resolution change its name or alter its objects or make any other alteration to its Memorandum of Association for which provision has not been made elsewhere in these Articles.

 

55. Variation of Rights

Subject to Article 51, if at any time the share capital is divided into different classes of Shares, the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound-up, be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of 50% of the issued Shares of that class or with the sanction of a resolution passed by a majority of the votes cast at a separate general meeting of the holders of the Shares of the class. The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu therewith.

 

56. Registered holder of Shares

(1) The Company shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any Share as the absolute owner thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognise any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such Share on the part of any other person.


(2) No person shall be entitled to recognition by the Company as holding any Share upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by, or be compelled in any way to recognise, (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any Share or any other right in respect of any Share except an absolute right to the entirety of the Share in the holder. If, notwithstanding this Article, notice of any trust is at the holder’s request entered in the Register or on a share certificate in respect of a Share, then, except as aforesaid:

 

  (a) such notice shall be deemed to be solely for the holder’s convenience;

 

  (b) the Company shall not be required in any way to recognise any beneficiary, or the beneficiary, of the trust as having an interest in the Share or Shares concerned;

 

  (c) the Company shall not be concerned with the trust in any way, as to the identity or powers of the trustees, the validity, purposes or terms of the trust, the question of whether anything done in relation to the Shares may amount to a breach of trust or otherwise; and

 

  (d) the holder shall keep the Company fully indemnified against any liability or expense which may be incurred or suffered as a direct or indirect consequence of the Company entering notice of the trust in the Register or on a share certificate and continuing to recognise the holder as having an absolute right to the entirety of the Share or Shares concerned.

(3) Any dividend, interest or other moneys payable in cash in respect of Shares may be paid by cheque or draft sent through the post directed to the Member at such Member’s address in the Register of Members or, in the case of joint holders, to such address of the holder first named in the Register of Members, or to such person and to such address as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct. If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any Shares any one can give an effectual receipt for any dividend paid in respect of such Shares.

 

57. Death of a joint holder

Where two or more persons are registered as joint holders of a Share or Shares then in the event of the death of any joint holder or holders the remaining joint holder or holders shall be absolutely entitled to the said Share or Shares and the Company shall recognise no claim in respect of the estate of any joint holder except in the case of the last survivor of such joint holders.


58. Share certificates

(1) Every Member shall be entitled to a certificate under the seal of the Company (or a facsimile thereof) specifying the number and, where appropriate, the class of Shares held by such Member and whether the same are fully paid up and, if not, how much has been paid thereon. The Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in a particular case, that any or all signatures on certificates may be printed thereon or affixed by mechanical means.

(2) If any such certificate shall be proved to the satisfaction of the Board to have been worn out, lost, mislaid or destroyed the Board may cause a new certificate to be issued and request an indemnity for the lost certificate if it sees fit.

(3) Share certificates may not be issued in bearer form.

 

59. Calls on Shares

(1) The Board may from time to time make such calls as it thinks fit upon the Members in respect of any monies unpaid on the Shares allotted to or held by such Members and, if a call is not paid on or before the day appointed for payment thereof, the Member may at the discretion of the Board be liable to pay the Company interest on the amount of such call at such rate as the Board may determine, from the date when such call was payable up to the actual date of payment. The joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

(2) The Board may, on the issue of Shares, differentiate between the holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment of such calls.

 

60. Forfeiture of Shares

(1) If any Member fails to pay, on the day appointed for payment thereof, any call in respect of any Share allotted to or held by such Member, the Board may, at any time thereafter during such time as the call remains unpaid, direct the Secretary to forward to such Member a notice in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of Form “B” in the Schedule hereto.


(2) If the requirements of such notice are not complied with, any such Share may at any time thereafter before the payment of such call and the interest due in respect thereof be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect, and such Share shall thereupon become the property of the Company and may be disposed of as the Board shall determine.

(3) A Member whose Share or Shares have been forfeited as aforesaid shall, notwithstanding such forfeiture, be liable to pay to the Company all calls owing on such Share or Shares at the time of the forfeiture and all interest due thereon.

REGISTER OF MEMBERS

 

61. Contents of Register of Members

The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books a Register of Members which may be kept outside the Cayman Islands at such place as the Directors shall appoint and shall enter therein the following particulars:

 

  (a) the name and address of each Member, the number and, where appropriate, the class of Shares held by such Member and the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid on such Shares;

 

  (b) the date on which each person was entered in the Register of Members; and

 

  (c) the date on which any person ceased to be a Member.

 

62. Determination of record dates

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, the Board may fix any date as the record date for:

 

  (a) determining the Members entitled to receive any dividend; and

 

  (b) determining the Members entitled to receive notice of and to vote at any general meeting of the Company.


but, unless so fixed, the record date shall be as follows:

 

  (a) as regards the entitlement to receive notice of a meeting or notice of any other matter, the date of despatch of the notice;

 

  (b) as regards the entitlement to vote at a meeting, and any adjournment thereof, the date of the original meeting;

 

  (c) as regards the entitlement to a dividend or other distribution, the date of the Directors’ resolution declaring the same.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

63. Instrument of transfer

(1) An instrument of transfer shall be in the form or as near thereto as circumstances admit of Form “C” in the Schedule hereto or in such other common form as the Board may accept. Such instrument of transfer shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and transferee provided that, in the case of a fully paid Share, the Board may accept the instrument signed by or on behalf of the transferor alone. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of such Share until the same has been transferred to the transferee in the Register of Members.

(2) The Board may refuse to recognise any instrument of transfer unless it is accompanied by the certificate in respect of the Shares to which it relates and by such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer.

 

64. Restriction on transfer

(1) At any time on or prior to December 31, 2010, the Board may in its absolute discretion and without assigning any reason therefor refuse to register the transfer of a Share; provided , however that the Board shall not pursuant to this Article 64(1) refuse to register (i) the transfer of a Share by a shareholder that is a corporation to its parent or its 100% owned subsidiary, (ii) in case of a Macquarie Related Party, the transfer of a Share by a Macquarie Related Party to another Macquarie Related Party, (iii) in case of an Actis Related Party, the transfer of a Share by an Actis Related Party to another Actis Related Party or (iv) in case of a GLAM Related Party, the transfer of a Share by a GLAM Related Party to another GLAM Related Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time (including without limitation after December 31, 2010), the Board may refuse to register the transfer of a Share to any Competitor (as defined below). Subject to the foregoing, the Board shall take all such necessary actions to register any transfer of a Share that is effected in accordance with the provisions of these Articles and the Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement among the Company and other parties named therein. The provisions of this Article 64(1) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the closing of a Qualified Public Offering.


For the purpose of this Article 64:

Actis Related Party ” means: (i) any fund, investment vehicle or other entity formed or incorporated in any jurisdiction which is managed or advised by an entity in the Actis Group (“ Actis Fund(s) ”); (ii) any investor or participant in an Actis Fund; (iii) any incorporated body or unincorporated body wholly owned by Actis Fund(s); (iv) any member of the Actis Group; (v) any officer, employee or partner of any member of the Actis Group; and (vi) any nominee, trustee or custodian of any person referred to in (i) to (v).

Actis Group ” means: (i) Actis LLP; and (ii) any unincorporated body, body corporate or partnership which is its subsidiary, subsidiary undertaking or holding company or parent undertaking or other Affiliates and each unincorporated body, body corporate or partnership which is a subsidiary or subsidiary undertaking of its holding company or parent undertaking or other Affiliates.

Competitor ” means (i) the following entities (the “ Competing Entities ”) that conduct the business of providing (a) online and offline tutoring and education to students preparing for primary school, middle school, PRC national university admission examinations and vocational education, and (b) primary school, middle school and college LOGO education, in each case in the People’s Republic of China (the “ Business ”) and (ii) any fund, investment vehicle, entity or person that owns or beneficially owns directly or indirectly more than twenty percent (20%) (on a fully diluted and as converted basis) of the voting securities or voting interests of any of the Competing Entities; provided, that in June 2009 and once every six months thereafter, the Board acting in good faith shall review and, if the Board acting in good faith so determines, update the list of Competing Entities by (1) deleting from the list those entities that no longer conduct the Business and are no longer a competitor of the Company, and (2) inserting in the list any entity that conducts the Business and is a competitor of the Company: (a) New Oriental Education and Technology Group, (b) Juren Education Group, (c) ChinaEdu Corporation, (d) China Distance Education Holding Limited, (e) ATA Inc., and (f) Noah Education Holding Co., Ltd.

GLAM Related Party ” means: (i) any fund, investment vehicle or other entity formed or incorporated in any jurisdiction which is managed or advised by an entity in the GLAM Group (“ GLAM Fund(s) ”); (ii) any investor or participant in a GLAM Fund; (iii) any incorporated body or unincorporated body wholly owned by GLAM Fund(s); (iv) any member of the GLAM Group; (v) any officer, employee or partner of any member of the GLAM Group; and (vi) any nominee, trustee or custodian of any person referred to in (i) to (v).


GLAM Group ” means: (i) GLAM; and (ii) any unincorporated body, body corporate or partnership which is its subsidiary, subsidiary undertaking or holding company or parent undertaking or other Affiliates and each unincorporated body, body corporate or partnership which is a subsidiary or subsidiary undertaking of its holding company or parent undertaking or other Affiliates.

Macquarie Related Party ” means: (i) any fund, investment vehicle or other entity formed or incorporated in any jurisdiction which is managed or advised by an entity in the Macquarie Group (“ Macquarie Fund(s) ”); (ii) any investor or participant in a Macquarie Fund; (iii) any incorporated body or unincorporated body wholly owned by Macquarie Fund(s); (iv) any member of the Macquarie Group; (v) any officer, employee or partner of any member of the Macquarie Group; and (vi) any nominee, trustee or custodian of any person referred to in (i) to (v).

Macquarie Group ” means: (i) Macquarie Group Limited; and (ii) any unincorporated body, body corporate or partnership which is its subsidiary, subsidiary undertaking or holding company or parent undertaking or other Affiliates and each unincorporated body, body corporate or partnership which is a subsidiary or subsidiary undertaking of its holding company or parent undertaking or other Affiliates.

The terms “ holding company , subsidiary and subsidiary undertaking ” shall have the meanings contained in the English Companies Act 2006.

(2) If the Board refuses to register a transfer of any Share the Secretary shall, within three months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to the transferor and transferee notice of the refusal.

 

65. Transfers by joint holders

The joint holders of any Share or Shares may transfer such Share or Shares to one or more of such joint holders, and the surviving holder or holders of any Share or Shares previously held by them jointly with a deceased Member may transfer any such Share to the executors or administrators of such deceased Member.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

66. Representative of deceased Member

In the case of the death of a Member, the survivor or survivors where the deceased Member was a joint holder, and the legal personal representatives of the deceased Member where the deceased Member was a sole holder, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the deceased Member’s interest in the Shares. Nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased joint holder from any liability in respect of any Share which had been jointly held by such deceased Member with other persons. Subject to the provisions of Section 39 of the Law, for the purpose of this Article, legal personal representative means the executor or administrator of a deceased Member or such other person as the Board may in its absolute discretion decide as being properly authorised to deal with the Shares of a deceased Member.


67. Registration on death or bankruptcy

Any person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of any Member may be registered as a Member upon such evidence as the Board may deem sufficient or may elect to nominate some person to be registered as a transferee of such Share, and in such case the person becoming entitled shall execute in favour of such nominee an instrument of transfer in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of Form “D” in the Schedule hereto. On the presentation thereof to the Board, accompanied by such evidence as the Board may require to prove the title of the transferor, the transferee shall be registered as a Member but the Board shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as it would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by that Member before such Member’s death or bankruptcy, as the case may be.

DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS

 

68. Declaration of dividends by the Board

(1) The Board may, subject to Article 4 and Article 51(3)(e) declare a dividend to be paid to the Members, in proportion to the number of Shares held by them and paid up by them, and such dividend may be paid in cash or wholly or partly in specie in which case the Board may fix the value for distribution in specie of assets.

(2) Dividends may be declared and paid out of the profits of the Company, realised or unrealised, or from any reserve set aside from profits which the Directors determine is no longer needed, or not in the same amount. With the sanction of an ordinary resolution dividends may also be declared and paid out of share premium account or any other fund or account which can be authorised for this purpose in accordance with the Law.

(3) No dividend shall bear interest against the Company.

(4) Subject to Articles 4 and 51(3)(e), with the sanction of an ordinary resolution of the Company, the Directors may determine that a dividend shall be paid wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets (which may consist of the shares or securities of any other company) and may settle all questions concerning such distribution. Without limiting the foregoing generally but subject to Articles 4 and 51(3)(e), the Directors may fix the value of such specific assets, may determine that cash payments shall be made to some members in lieu of specific assets and may vest any such specific assets in trustees on such terms as the Directors think fit.


69. Other distributions and reserve fund

(1) Subject to Articles 4 and 51(3)(e), the Board may declare and make such other distributions (in cash or in specie) to the Members as may be lawfully made out of the assets of the Company.

(2) Subject to Articles 4 and 51(3)(e), the Board may from time to time before declaring a dividend set aside, out of the surplus or profits of the Company, such sum as it thinks proper as a reserve fund to be used to meet contingencies or for equalising dividends or for any other special purpose. Pending application, such sums may be employed in the business of the Company or invested, and need not be kept separate from other assets of the Company. The Directors may also, without placing the same to reserve, carry forward any profit which they decide not to distribute.

 

70. Deduction of Amounts due to the Company

Subject to Articles 4 and 51(3)(e), the Board may deduct from the dividends or distributions payable to any Member all monies due from such Member to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

CAPITALISATION

 

71. Issue of bonus shares

(1) Subject to Articles 4 and 51(3)(e), the Board may resolve to capitalise any part of the amount for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Company’s share premium or other reserve accounts or to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution by applying such sum in paying up unissued Shares to be allotted as fully paid bonus shares pro rata to the Members.

(2) Subject to Articles 4 and 51(3)(e), the Board may resolve to capitalise any sum standing to the credit of a reserve account or sums otherwise available for dividend or distribution by applying such amounts in paying up in full partly paid Shares of those Members who would have been entitled to such sums if they were distributed by way of dividend or distribution.


DRAG-ALONG RIGHTS

 

72. Drag-Along Rights

Subject to the provisions of the Articles, if, prior to the closing of any Qualified Public Offering, (1) holders of a majority of the aggregate number of the Company’s outstanding Ordinary Shares, voting as a separate class, (2) holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the aggregate number of the Company’s outstanding Series B Preferred Shares, voting as a separate class, (3) holders of a majority of the aggregate number of the Company’s outstanding Series C Preferred Shares, voting as a separate class, and (4) holders of at least two thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the aggregate number of the Company’s outstanding Series D Preferred Shares, voting as a separate class (collectively, the “ Approving Members ”), vote in favor of, otherwise consent in writing to, and/or otherwise agree in writing to sell or transfer all of their shares in any Acquisition Transaction or Sale of Assets (each as defined below), in each case reflecting a pre-transaction valuation of the Company of not less than US$600,000,000 or such lower amount as consented by the holders of at least two thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the outstanding Series C Preferred Shares and the holders of at least two thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the outstanding Series D Preferred Shares, then the Company shall promptly notify each of the remaining members (“ Remaining Members ”) in writing of such vote, consent and/or agreement and the material terms and conditions of such Acquisition Transaction or Sale of Assets, whereupon each Remaining Member shall, in accordance with instructions received from the Company, vote all of its Shares in favor of, consent in writing to, and/or otherwise sell or transfer all of its Shares in such Acquisition Transaction or Sale of Assets (including without limitation tendering original share certificates for transfer, signing and delivering share transfer certificates, share sale or exchange agreements, and certificates of indemnity relating to any Shares in the event that such Remaining Member has lost or misplaced the relevant share certificate) on the same terms and conditions as were agreed to by the Approving Members; provided , however , that such terms and conditions, including with respect to price paid or received per Share, may differ as between the Ordinary Shares and the Preferred Shares and different series of Preferred Shares. As used herein, an “ Acquisition Transaction ” means any consolidation, merger, amalgamation, sale or transfer of the Company’s outstanding Shares or other corporate reorganization in which Members immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation, sale or transfer of Shares or similar transaction do not (by virtue of their ownership of securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction(s)) beneficially own Shares possessing a majority of the voting power of the surviving company or companies immediately following such transaction. As used herein, a “ Sale of Assets ” means any sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. In furtherance of the foregoing, each of the members of the Board is hereby expressly authorized by each Remaining Member to take any or all of the following actions on such Remaining Member’s behalf (without receipt of any further consent by such Remaining Member): (1) as proxy for such Remaining Member, vote all of the Shares of such Remaining Member in favor of any such Acquisition Transaction or Sale of Assets; (2) otherwise consent on such Remaining Member’s behalf to such Acquisition Transaction or Sale of Assets; (3) sell all of such Remaining Member’s Shares in such Acquisition Transaction or Sale of Assets, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Article 72; and/or (4) act as the Remaining Member’s attorney-in-fact in relation to any such Acquisition Transaction or Sale of Assets and have the full authority to sign and deliver, on behalf of such Remaining Member, share transfer certificates, share sale or exchange agreements and certificates of indemnity relating to any Shares in the event that such Remaining Member has lost or misplaced the relevant share certificate. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 72, the Remaining Members shall not be obligated to vote, consent and/or sell their Shares in connection with any such Acquisition Transaction or Sale of Assets to the extent that all of the Approving Members do not also do so with respect to all of the applicable class or series of Shares held by them .


SHARE PREMIUM ACCOUNT

 

73. Share Premium Account

Subject to any direction from the Company in general meeting and Articles 4 and 51(3)(e), the Directors may on behalf of the Company exercise all the powers and options conferred on the Company by the Law in regard to the Company’s share premium account, save that unless expressly authorised by other provisions of these Articles the sanction of an ordinary resolution shall be required for any application of the share premium account in paying dividends to members.

ACCOUNTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

74. Records of account

(1) The Board shall cause to be kept proper records of account with respect to all transactions of the Company and in particular with respect to:

 

  (a) all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt and expenditure relates;

 

  (b) all sales and purchases of goods by the Company; and

 

  (c) the assets and liabilities of the Company.

Such records of account shall be kept and proper books of account shall not be deemed to be kept with respect to the matters aforesaid if these are not kept such books as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions at such place as the Board thinks fit.


(2) No Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company; provided that any Member holding at least 1,500,000 Preferred Shares or Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion of such Preferred Shares shall have the right to make reasonable request for inspection of such account or book or document.

(3) Subject to any waiver by the Company in general meeting of the requirements of this Article, the Directors shall lay before the Company in general meeting, or circulate to members, financial statements in respect of each financial year of the Company, consisting of:

 

  (a) a profit and loss account giving a true and fair view of the profit or loss of the Company for the financial year; and

 

  (b) a balance sheet giving a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company at the end of the financial year;

together with a report of the Board reviewing the business of the Company during the financial year. The financial statements and the Directors’ report, together with the auditor’s report, if any, shall be laid before the Company in general meeting, or circulated to members, no later than 180 days after the end of the financial year.

(4) The financial year end of the Company shall be the December in each year but, subject to any direction of the Company in general meeting, the Board may from time to time prescribe some other period to be the financial year, provided that the Board may not without the sanction of an ordinary resolution prescribe or allow any financial year longer than eighteen months.

AUDIT

 

75. Appointment of Auditor

(1) The Company may in general meeting appoint Auditors to hold office for such period as the Members may determine. Such Auditor may be a Member but no Director, Officer or employee of the Company shall, during his or her continuance in office, be eligible to act as an Auditor of the Company.


(2) Whenever there are no Auditors appointed as aforesaid the Directors may appoint Auditors to hold office for such period as the Directors may determine or earlier removal from office by the Company in general meeting. Unless fixed by the Company in general meeting the remuneration of the Auditors shall be as determined by the Directors.

(3) The Auditors shall make a report to the Members on the accounts examined by them and on every set of financial statements laid before the Company in general meeting, or circulated to Members, pursuant to this Article during the Auditors’ tenure of office.

(4) The Auditors shall have right of access at all times to the Company’s books, accounts and vouchers and shall be entitled to require from the Company’s Directors and Officers such information and explanations as the Auditors think necessary for the performance of the Auditors’ duties; and, if the Auditors fail to obtain all the information and explanations which, to the best of their knowledge and belief, are necessary for the purposes of their audit, they shall state that fact in their report to the Members.

(5) The Auditors shall be entitled to attend any general meeting at which any financial statements which have been examined or reported on by them are to be laid before the Company and to make any statement or explanation they may desire with respect to the financial statements.

(6) The financial statements provided for by these Articles shall be audited by the Auditor in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. The Auditor shall make a written report thereon in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and the report of the Auditor shall be submitted to the Members in general meeting.

NOTICES

 

76. Notices to Members of the Company

A notice may be given by the Company to any Member either by delivering it to such Member in person or by sending it to such Member’s address in the Register of Members or to such other address given for the purpose. For the purposes of this Article, a notice may be sent by mail, courier service, cable, telex, telecopier, facsimile or other mode of representing words in a legible and non-transitory form.


77. Notices to joint Members

Any notice required to be given to a Member shall, with respect to any shares held jointly by two or more persons, be given to whichever of such persons is named first in the Register of Members and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the holders of such shares.

 

78. Service and delivery of notice

Any notice shall be deemed to have been served at the time when the same would be delivered in the ordinary course of transmission and, in proving such service, it shall be sufficient to prove that the notice was properly addressed and prepaid, if posted, and the time when it was posted, delivered to the courier or to the cable company or transmitted by telex, facsimile or other method as the case may be.

SEAL OF THE COMPANY

 

79. The seal

(1) The Seal shall only be used by the authority of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors authorised by the Directors in that behalf; and, until otherwise determined by the Directors, the Seal shall be affixed in the presence of a Director or the Secretary or an assistant secretary or some other person authorised for this purpose by the Directors or the committee of Directors.

(2) Notwithstanding the foregoing the Seal may without further authority be affixed by way of authentication to any document required to be filed with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands, and may be so affixed by any Director, Secretary or assistant secretary of the Company or any other person or institution having authority to file the document as aforesaid.

(3) The Company may have one or more duplicate Seals, as permitted by the Law; and, if the Directors think fit, a duplicate Seal may bear on its face the name of the country, territory, district or place where it is to be used.

WINDING-UP

 

80. Winding-up/distribution by liquidator

(1) Subject to Articles 4 and 51(3)(e), the Company may be voluntarily wound-up by a special resolution of Members.


(2) Subject to Article 51(3)(b), if the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution, divide amongst the Members in specie or in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose, set such value as he or she deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities or assets whereon there is any liability.

ALTERATION OF ARTICLES

 

81. Alteration of Articles

Subject to the Law and Article 51(3)(e), the Company may from time to time by special resolution alter or amend these Articles in whole or in part.


AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

SCHEDULE - FORM “A” (Article 49)

PROXY LIMITED TO ONE MEETING

I/We                                                                                                                                                                              [name]

the holder of                                                                                                                                                     [number] shares

hereby appoint                                                                                                                                                                         [proxy]

of                                                                                                                                                                              [address]

or failing whom                                                                                                                                                             [proxy]

of                                                                                                                                                                              [address]

to be my/our proxy to vote on me/our behalf at the annual/extraordinary general meeting of the Members of the Company to be held on the      day of                      200      , and at any adjournment thereof.

Unless otherwise instructed with respect to any particular resolution(s) the proxy will vote or abstain as he thinks fit.

AS WITNESS my/our hand(s) this      day of                      200     

 

SIGNED by

 

(Signature(s) of shareholder(s))

 

(Witness)


AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

SCHEDULE - FORM “B” (Article 60)

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

You have failed to pay the call of [amount of call] made on the      day of                      , 200      last, in respect of the [number] share(s) [numbers in figures] standing in your name in the Register of Members of the Company, on the      day of                      , 200      last, the day appointed for payment of such call. You are hereby notified that unless you pay such call together with interest thereon at the rate of              per annum computed from the said      day of                      , 200      last, on or before the      day of                      , 200      next at the place of business of the said Company the share(s) will be liable to be forfeited.

Dated this      day of                      , 200     

 

 
  [Signature of Secretary]
  By order of the Board


AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

SCHEDULE - FORM “C” (Article 63)

TRANSFER OF SHARES

I/We                                                                                                                                                     [the transferor]

in consideration of                                                                                                                                         [amount]

DO HEREBY TRANSFER TO                                                                                                            [the transferee]

of                                                                                                                                                                     [address]

                                                                                                                                            [number and class of shares]

in the Company represented by the attached/within certificate.

AS WITNESS my/our hand(s) the      day of                      200     

SIGNED by the above-named transferor(s)

in the presence of:

 

 

(Signature of Transferor(s))

 

 

(Witness)

 

 

(Signature of Transferee(s))

 

 

(Witness)


AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

SCHEDULE - FORM “D” (Article 67)

Transfer by personal representatives

I/We having become entitled in consequence of the death of (name of deceased shareholder)                      to (number)                      share(s) comprised in certificate(s) numbered                      standing in the Register of Members of                      in the name of the said deceased shareholder, instead of being registered myself/ourselves in consideration of the sum of (state total consideration)                      paid to me/us by name(s) of transferee(s)                      of (address(es)                      (hereinafter called “the transferee(s)”) do hereby transfer to the transferee(s) (number and class of shares transferred)                      share(s) in the said Company subject to the several conditions on which the same were held immediately before the execution hereof; and I/We the transferee(s) do hereby agree to take the said share(s) hereby transferred subject to the conditions aforesaid.

AS WITNESS my/our hand(s) the      day of                      200     

SIGNED by the above-named person(s)

entitled in the presence of:

 

 

(Signatures of person(s) entitled)

 

 

   

SIGNED by the above-named Transferee(s)

in the presence of:

   

 

 

(Signature(s) of Transferee(s))

 

 

   

Exhibit 3.2

THE COMPANIES LAW (2009 REVISION)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

Adopted by Special Resolution

passed on June 11, 2010 and

effective immediately upon commencement of the trading of the Company’s American Depositary

Shares representing its Class A Ordinary Shares on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

1. The name of the Company is Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

2. The Registered Office of the Company shall be at the offices of Maples Corporate Services Limited, P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands, or at such other place as the Directors may from time to time decide.

3. The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the Companies Law (2009 Revision) or as the same may be revised from time to time, or any other law of the Cayman Islands.

4. The liability of each Member is limited to the amount from time to time unpaid on such Member’s shares.

5. The authorized share capital of the Company is US$125,000 divided into 1,000,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.0001 each, 200,000,000 Class B Ordinary Shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.0001 each and 50,000,000 Preferred Shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.0001 each with the power for the Company, insofar as is permitted by law, to redeem or purchase any of its shares and to increase or reduce the said capital subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and the Articles of Association and to issue any part of its capital, whether original, redeemed or increased with or without any preference, priority or special privilege or subject to any postponement of rights or to any conditions or restrictions and so that unless the conditions of issue shall otherwise expressly declare every issue of shares whether declared to be preference or otherwise shall be subject to the powers hereinbefore contained.

6. The Company has the power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.


7. Capitalized terms that are not defined in this Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association bear the same meaning as those given in the Amended and Restated Articles of Association of the Company adopted by Special Resolution passed on June 11, 2010 and effective immediately upon commencement of the trading of the Company’s American Depositary Shares representing its Class A Ordinary Shares on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

 

-2-


THE COMPANIES LAW (2009 REVISION)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

Adopted by Special Resolution

passed on June 11, 2010 and

effective immediately upon commencement of the trading of the Company’s American Depositary

Shares representing its Class A Ordinary Shares on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

INTERPRETATION

1. In these Articles, unless otherwise defined, the defined terms shall have the meanings assigned to them as follows:

“Affiliate”

(i) in the case of a natural person, such person’s parents, parents-in-law, spouse, children or grandchildren, a trust for the benefit of any of the foregoing, a company, partnership or any natural person or entity wholly or jointly owned by such person or any of the foregoing, (ii) in the case of an entity, a partnership, a corporation or any natural person or entity which directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such entity. The term “control” shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of shares possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the corporation, or the partnership or other entity (other than, in the case of corporation, share having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency), or having the power to control the management or elect a majority of members to the board of directors or equivalent decision-making body of such corporation, partnership or other entity.

“Articles”

the Amended and Restated Articles of Association adopted by Special Resolution on June 11, 2010 and effective immediately upon the commencement of trading of the Company’s American Depositary Shares representing its Class A Ordinary Shares on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., as from time to time altered or added to in accordance with the Statute and these Articles;

“Business Day”

a day, excluding Saturdays or Sundays, on which banks in Beijing and New York are open for general banking business throughout their normal business hours;

 

-3-


“Class A Ordinary Shares”

a Class A Ordinary Share in the capital of the Company of US$0.0001 nominal or par value designated as Class A Ordinary Shares, and having the rights provided for in these Articles;

“Class B Ordinary Shares”

a Class B Ordinary Share in the capital of the Company of US$0.0001 nominal or par value designated as Class B Ordinary Shares, and having the rights provided for in these Articles;

“Commission”

Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America or any other federal agency for the time being administering the Securities Act;

“Company”

Ambow Education Holding Ltd., a Cayman Islands company limited by shares;

“Company’s Website”

the website of the Company, the address or domain name of which has been notified to Members;

“Designated Stock Exchange”

the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. or any other stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s securities are then traded;

“Directors” and “Board of Directors” and “Board”

the directors of the Company for the time being, or as the case may be, the Directors assembled as a Board or as a committee thereof;

“electronic”

the meaning given to it in the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision) of the Cayman Islands and any amendment thereto or re-enactments thereof for the time being in force and includes every other law incorporated therewith or substituted therefore;

“electronic communication”

electronic transmission to any number, address or internet website or other electronic delivery methods as otherwise decided and approved by not less than a majority vote of the Board;

 

-4-


“in writing”

includes writing, printing, lithograph, photograph, type-writing and every other mode of representing words or figures in a legible and non-transitory form and, only where used in connection with a notice served by the Company on Members or other persons entitled to receive notices hereunder, shall also include a record maintained in an electronic medium which is accessible in visible form so as to be useable for subsequent reference;

“Market Price”

for any given day, the price quoted in respect of the Class A Ordinary Shares on the Designated Stock Exchange (assuming the conversion of the Company’s American Depositary Shares into Class A Ordinary Shares) as of the close of trading on the previous trading day.

“Member”

a person whose name is entered in the Register of Members as the holder of a share or shares;

“Memorandum of Association”

the Memorandum of Association of the Company, as amended and restated from time to time;

“month”

calendar month;

“Ordinary Resolution”

a resolution passed by a simple majority of votes cast by such Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, in the case of any Member being an organization, by its duly authorized representative or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the Company;

“Ordinary Shares”

collectively, the Class A Ordinary Shares and the Class B Ordinary Shares ;

“paid up”

paid up as to the par value and any premium payable in respect of the issue of any shares and includes credited as paid up;

“Preferred Shares”

shares in the capital of the Company of US$0.0001 nominal or par value designated as Preferred Shares ;

 

-5-


“Register of Members”

the register to be kept by the Company in accordance with Section 40 of the Statute;

“Seal”

the Common Seal of the Company including any facsimile thereof;

“Securities Act”

the Securities Act of 1933 of the United States of America, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time;

“share”

any share in the capital of the Company, including the Ordinary Shares and shares of other classes;

“signed”

includes a signature or representation of a signature affixed by mechanical means or an electronic symbol or process attached to or logically associated with an electronic communication and executed or adopted by a person with the intent to sign the electronic communication;

“Special Resolution”

a resolution shall be a special resolution when it has been passed by (i) not less than two-thirds of votes cast by such Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, in the case of such Members as are corporations, by their duly authorized representative or, whether proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of which not less than ten (10) days’ notice, specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution, has been duly given, or (ii) a unanimous written resolution;

“Statute”

the Companies Law (2009 Revision) of the Cayman Islands and any statutory amendment or re-enactment thereof. Where any provision of the Statute is referred to, the reference is to that provision as amended by any law for the time being in force;

“year”

calendar year.

2. In these Articles, save where the context requires otherwise:

(a) words importing the singular number shall include the plural number and vice versa;

 

-6-


(b) words importing the masculine gender only shall include the feminine gender;

(c) words importing persons only shall include companies or associations or bodies of persons, whether corporate or not;

(d) “may” shall be construed as permissive and “shall” shall be construed as imperative;

(e) a reference to a dollar or dollars (or $) is a reference to dollars of the United States;

(f) references to a statutory enactment shall include reference to any amendment or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force;

(g) any phrase introduced by the terms “including”, “include”, “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms; and

(h) Section 8 of the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision) shall not apply.

3. Subject to the last two preceding Articles, any words defined in the Statute shall, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, bear the same meaning in these Articles.

PRELIMINARY

4. The business of the Company may be commenced as soon after incorporation as the Directors see fit, notwithstanding that only part of the shares may have been allotted or issued.

5. The registered office of the Company shall be at such address in the Cayman Islands as the Directors shall from time to time determine. The Company may in addition establish and maintain such other offices and places of business and agencies in such places as the Directors may from time to time determine.

SHARE CAPITAL

6. The authorized share capital of the Company at the date of adoption of these Articles is US$125,000 divided into 1,000,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.0001 each, 200,000,000 Class B Ordinary Shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.0001 each and 50,000,000 Preferred Shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.0001 each, with power for the Company insofar as is permitted by law, to redeem or purchase any of its shares and to increase or reduce the said capital subject to the provisions of the Statute and these Articles and to issue any part of its capital, whether original, redeemed or increased with or without any preference, priority or special privilege or subject to any postponement of rights or to any conditions or restrictions and so that unless the conditions of issue shall otherwise expressly declare every issue of shares whether declared to be preferred or otherwise shall be subject to the powers hereinbefore contained.

 

-7-


ISSUE OF SHARES

7. Subject to the provisions, if any, in the Articles, the Memorandum of Association and applicable law, including the Statute, the Directors may, in their absolute discretion and without approval of the holders of Ordinary Shares, cause the Company to issue such amounts of Ordinary Shares and/or Preferred Shares or similar securities in one or more series or grant rights over existing shares as they deem necessary and appropriate and determine designations, powers, preferences, privileges and other rights, including dividend rights, conversion rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the powers and rights associated with the Ordinary Shares, at such times and on such other terms as they think proper. The Company shall not issue shares in bearer form. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not issue any Class B Ordinary Shares after the commencement of the trading of the Company’s American Depositary Shares representing its Class A Ordinary Shares on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. other than pursuant to equity awards outstanding as of the commencement of such trading or the issuance of dividends in the form of Class B Ordinary Shares pursuant to these Articles including, without limitation, Article 117.

RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS ATTACHING TO ORDINARY SHARES

8. The rights and restrictions attaching to the Ordinary Shares are as follows:

(a) Income. Holders of Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to such dividends as the Directors may in their absolute discretion lawfully declare from time to time.

(b) Capital. Holders of Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to a return of capital on liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company (other than on a conversion, redemption or purchase of shares, or an equity financing or series of financings that do not constitute the sale of all or substantially all of the shares of the Company).

(c) Attendance at General Meetings and Voting. Holders of Ordinary Shares have the right to receive notice of, attend, speak and vote at general meetings of the Company. Except as required by applicable law and the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, holders of shares of Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares shall at all time vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote for Members’ consent. Each share of Class A Ordinary Share shall be entitled to one vote on all matters subject to the vote at general meetings of the Company, and each share of Class B Ordinary Share shall be entitled to ten (10) votes on all matters subject to the vote at general meetings of the Company.

(d) Conversion. Subject, in each case, to any then applicable anti-dilution adjustments:

(i) Each share of Class B Ordinary Share is convertible into one (1) share of Class A Ordinary Share at any time by the holder thereof without payment of additional consideration. In no event shall Class A Ordinary Shares be convertible into Class B Ordinary Shares.

 

-8-


(ii) If at any time Jin Huang and her Affiliates collectively own less than 5% of the total number of the issued and outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares of the Company, each issued and outstanding share of Class B Ordinary Share shall be automatically and immediately converted into one share of Class A Ordinary Share without payment of additional consideration, and no Class B Ordinary Shares shall be issued by the Company thereafter.

(iii) Upon any sale, pledge, transfer, assignment or disposition of Class B Ordinary Shares by a holder thereof to any person or entity which is not an Affiliate of such holder or an Affiliate of the Company, such Class B Ordinary Shares shall be automatically and immediately converted into an equal number of Class A Ordinary Shares without payment of additional consideration; provided that, except as set forth in Article 8(d)(iv) below, a change in the beneficial ownership of Class B Ordinary Shares shall not cause a conversion under this Article 8(d)(iii). In addition, if approved by the holders of at least two-thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares, such number of Class B Ordinary Shares as approved by such holders of Class B Ordinary Shares, or, if less than 10,000,000 Class B Ordinary Shares (as adjusted for any share split, share dividend, share combination or consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event in relation to the shares of the Company) are outstanding, all of the remaining Class B Ordinary Shares, shall be automatically and immediately converted into an equal number of Class A Ordinary Shares without payment of additional consideration.

(iv) Within six months after a transfer by a holder of Class B Ordinary Shares to an Affiliate of such holder or an Affiliate of the Company, if there is a change of the beneficial ownership of the Class B Ordinary Shares held by the Affiliate, such Class B Ordinary Shares shall be automatically and immediately converted into an equal number of Class A Ordinary Shares without payment of additional consideration. For purposes of this Article 8(d)(iv), a transfer shall be deemed to be effective upon the Company’s registration of such transfer in its register of Members. For purposes of Article 8(d)(iii) and Article 8(d)(iv), “beneficial ownership” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 13d-3 under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(v) The Company shall give effect to any conversion pursuant to Article 8(d) by redeeming the Class B Ordinary Shares and in consideration therefor issuing fully-paid Class A Ordinary Shares in equal number. The Class B Ordinary Shares converted into Class A Ordinary Shares pursuant to Article 8(d) shall be cancelled and may not be reissued. The Company shall at all times keep available out of its authorized but unissued Class A Ordinary Shares, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Class B Ordinary Shares, such number of its Class A Ordinary Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares, and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued Class A Ordinary Shares is not sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares, the Company shall take such corporate action as may, in accordance with the Articles and the Statute, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued Class A Ordinary Shares to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

 

-9-


REGISTER OF MEMBERS AND SHARE CERTIFICATES

9. The Company shall maintain a Register of its Members and every person whose name is entered as a Member in the Register of Members shall, without payment, be entitled to a certificate within two months after allotment or lodgement of transfer (or within such other period as the conditions of issue shall provide) in the form determined by the Directors. All certificates shall specify the share or shares held by that person and the amount paid up thereon, provided that in respect of a share or shares held jointly by several persons the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate, and delivery of a certificate for a share to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all. All certificates for shares shall be delivered personally or sent through the post addressed to the member entitled thereto at the Member’s registered address as appearing in the register.

10. Every share certificate of the Company shall bear any legends required under applicable laws, including the Securities Act.

11. Any two or more certificates representing shares of any one class held by any Member may at the Member’s request be cancelled and a single new certificate for such shares issued in lieu on payment (if the Directors shall so require) of US$1.00 or such smaller sum as the Directors shall determine.

12. If a share certificate shall be damaged or defaced or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, a new certificate representing the same shares may be issued to the relevant member upon request subject to delivery up of the old certificate or (if alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed) compliance with such conditions as to evidence and indemnity and the payment of out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in connection with the request as the Directors may think fit.

13. In the event that shares are held jointly by several persons, any request may be made by any one of the joint holders and if so made shall be binding on all of the joint holders.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

14.

(a) Subject to these Articles, any Member may transfer all or any of his shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in any other form approved by the Board and may be under hand or, if the transferor or transferee is a clearing house or it nominee(s), by hand or by machine imprinted signature or by such other manner of execution as the Board may approve from time to time.

(b) The instrument of transfer shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor. Without prejudice to the last preceding Article, the Board may also resolve, either generally or in any particular case, upon request by the transferor or transferee to accept mechanically executed transfers. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of the share until the name of the transferee in entered into the Register in respect thereof. Nothing in these Articles shall preclude the Board from recognizing a renunciation of the allotment or provisional allotment of any share by the allotee in favour of some other person.

 

-10-


(c)

(i) The Board may, in its absolute discretion (except with respect to a transfer from a Member to its Affiliates(s)), and without giving any reason therefor, refuse to register a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) to a person of whom it does not approve, or any share issued under any share incentive scheme for employees upon which a restriction on transfer imposed thereby still subsists, and it may also, without prejudice to the foregoing generality, refuse to register a transfer of any share to more than four joint holders or a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) on which the Company has a lien. The Board shall refuse to register a share transfer which does not comply with Article 8(d). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a transfer complies with the holder’s transfer obligations and restrictions set forth under applicable law and rules of the Designated Stock Exchange (including, but not limited to U.S. securities law provisions related to insider trading) and these Articles, Directors shall promptly register such transfer.

(ii) The Board in so far as permitted by any applicable law and rules of the Designated Stock Exchange may, in its absolute discretion, at any time and from time to time transfer any share upon the Register to any branch register or any share on any branch register to the Register or any other branch register. In the event of any such transfer, the shareholder requesting such transfer shall bear the cost of effective such transfer unless the Board otherwise determines.

(iii) Unless the Board otherwise agrees (which agreement may be on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board in its absolute discretion may from time to time determine, and which agreement the Board shall, without giving any reason therefore, be entitled in its absolute discretion to give or withhold), no shares upon the Register shall be transferred to any branch register nor shall shares on any branch register be transferred to the Register or any other branch register and all transfers and other documents of title shall be lodged for registration, and registered, in the case of any shares on a branch register, at the relevant Registration Office, and, in the case of any shares on the Register, at the Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Companies Law.

(d) Without limiting the generality of the last preceding Article, the Board may decline to recognize any instrument of transfer unless:

(i) a fee of such maximum sum as the Board may from time to time require is paid to the Company in respect thereof;

(ii) the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share;

(iii) the instrument of transfer is lodged at the Office or such other place as the Register is kept in accordance with the Companies Law accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s) or such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer (and, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, the authority of that person so to do); and

 

-11-


(iv) the instrument of transfer is duly and properly signed.

(e) If the Board refuses to register a transfer of any share, it shall, within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of the refusal.

15. The registration of transfers may be suspended at such time and for such periods as the Directors may from time to time determine, provided always that such registration shall not be suspended for more than thirty (30) days in any year.

REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE OF OWN SHARES

16. Subject to the provisions, if any, in the Articles, the Memorandum of Association, applicable law, including the Statute, and the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company may:

(a) issue shares on terms that they are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the Member on such terms and in such manner as the Directors may, before the issue of such shares, determine;

(b) purchase its own shares (including any redeemable shares) provided that the manner of purchase is in accordance with the following provisions (this authorization is in accordance with sections 37(2) and 37(3)(d) of the Statute or any modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force):

 

  (i) the Company is authorized to purchase any Share (including American Depositary Shares representing its Class A Ordinary Shares) listed on a Designated Stock Exchange in accordance with the following manner of purchase: (1) the maximum number of shares that may be repurchased shall be equal to the number of issued and outstanding shares less one share, and (2) at such time, at not less than the Market Price, and on such other terms as determined and agreed by the Board in its discretion; provided, however, that (x) such repurchase transaction shall be in accordance with the relevant code, rules and regulations applicable to the listing of the shares on the Designated Stock Exchange; and (y) that the Company shall be able to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business and be solvent immediately before and after the date on which the payment in respect of the repurchase transaction is proposed to be made; provided, further, that, in the case of a purchase of shares intended to comply with Rule 10b-18 promulgated under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the purchase price shall equal the prevailing market price at the time of such purchase (as determined by independent bids or transaction prices), rather than the Market Price.

 

-12-


  (ii) the Company is authorized to purchase any Share not listed on a Designated Stock Exchange in accordance with the following manner of purchase: (i) the Company shall serve a repurchase notice in a form approved by the Board on the Member from whom the Shares are to be repurchased at least two (2) days prior to the date specified in the notice as being the repurchase date, (ii) the price for the Shares being repurchased shall be such price agreed between the Board and the applicable Member, (iii) the date of repurchase shall be the date specified in the repurchase notice, (iv) the repurchase shall be on such other terms as specified in the repurchase notice as determined and agreed by the Board and the applicable Member in their sole discretion, and (v) the Company shall be able to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business and be solvent immediately before and after the date on which the payment in respect of the repurchase transaction is proposed to be made;

and

(c) make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own shares otherwise than out of profits or the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares.

17. Any share in respect of which notice of redemption has been given shall not be entitled to participate in the profits of the Company in respect of the period after the date specified as the date of redemption in the notice of redemption.

18. The redemption or purchase of any share shall not be deemed to give rise to the redemption or purchase of any other share.

19. The Directors may when making payments in respect of redemption or purchase of shares, if authorized by the terms of issue of the shares being redeemed or purchased or with the agreement of the holder of such shares, make such payment in any form of consideration permitted by the Statute.

VARIATION OF RIGHTS ATTACHING TO SHARES

20. Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, if at any time the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attaching to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may, subject to these Articles, be varied or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of at least two-thirds of the issued shares of that class, or with the sanction of a resolution passed by the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares of the class present in person or by proxy at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class. Each holder of shares of the class being effected shall be entitled to one vote for every such share held by such holder.

21. The provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings shall apply to every such general meeting of the holders of one class of shares except that the necessary quorum shall be one person holding or representing by proxy at least one-third of the issued shares of the class and that any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.

 

-13-


22. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking in priority to or pari passu therewith.

COMMISSION ON SALE OF SHARES

23. The Company may in so far as the Statute from time to time permits pay a commission to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe whether absolutely or conditionally for any shares of the Company. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the lodgement of fully or partly paid-up shares or partly in one way and partly in the other. The Company may also on any issue of shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS

24. No person shall be recognized by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognize (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future, or partial interest in any share, or any interest in any fractional part of a share, or (except only as is otherwise provided by these Articles or the Statute) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

REGISTRATION OF EMPOWERING INSTRUMENTS

25. The Company shall be entitled to charge a fee not exceeding one dollar (US$1.00) on the registration of every probate, letters of administration, certificate of death or marriage, power of attorney, or other instrument.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

26. The legal personal representative of a deceased sole holder of a share shall be the only person recognized by the Company as having any title to the share. In the case of a share registered in the name of two or more holders, the survivors or survivor, or the legal personal representatives of the deceased survivor, shall be the only person recognized by the Company as having any title to the share.

27. Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member shall upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be properly required by the Directors, have the right either to be registered as a member in respect of the share or, instead of being registered himself, to make such transfer of the share as the deceased or bankrupt person could have made. If the person so becoming entitled shall elect to be registered himself as holder he shall deliver or send to the Company a notice in writing signed by him stating that he so elects.

 

-14-


28. A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the holder shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the share, except that he shall not, before being registered as a Member in respect of the share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company, provided however, that the Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or to transfer the share, and if the notice is not complied with within ninety (90) calendar days, the Directors may thereafter withhold payment of all dividends, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

LIEN

29. The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all moneys (whether presently payable or not) called or payable at a fixed time in respect of that share. The Company shall also have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) registered in the name of a Member (whether or not jointly with other Members) for all amounts of money presently payable by such Member or his estate to the Company whether the same shall have been incurred before or after notice to the Company of any equitable or other interest of any person other than such Member, and whether the period for the payment or discharge of the same shall have actually arrived or not, and notwithstanding that the same are joint debts or liabilities of such Member or his or her estate and any other person, whether a Member or not. The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to all dividends or other moneys payable thereon or in respect thereof. The Board may at any time, generally or in any particular case, waive any lien that has arisen or declare any share exempt in whole or in part, from the provisions of this Article.

30. Subject to these Articles, the Company may sell in such manner as the Board determines any share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, or the liability or engagement in respect of which such lien exists is liable to be presently fulfilled or discharged nor until the expiration of fourteen (14) clear days after a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of the sum presently payable, or specifying the liability or engagement and demanding fulfillment or discharge thereof and giving notice of the intention to sell in default, has been served on the registered holder for the time being of the share or the person entitled thereto by reason of his or her death or bankruptcy.

31. The net proceeds of the sale shall be received by the Company and applied in or towards payment or discharge of the debt or liability in respect of which the lien exists, so far as the same is presently payable, and any residue shall (subject to a like lien for debts or liabilities not presently payable as existed upon the share prior to the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the share at the time of the sale. To give effect to any such sale the Board may authorize some person to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the shares so transferred and he or she shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.

 

-15-


CALLS ON SHARES

32. Subject to these Articles and to the terms of allotment, the Board may from time to time make calls upon the Members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium), and each Member shall (subject to being given at least fourteen (14) clear days’ notice specifying the time and place of payment) pay to the Company as required by such notice the amount called on his shares. A call may be extended, postponed or revoked in whole or in part as the Board determines but no Member shall be entitled to any such extension, postponement or revocation except as a matter of grace and favour.

33. A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Board authorizing the call was passed and may be made payable either in one lump sum or by installments.

34. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls and installments due in respect thereof or other moneys due in respect thereof.

35. If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day appointed for payment thereof to the time of actual payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty percent (20%) per annum) as the Board may determine, but the Board may in its absolute discretion waive payment of such interest wholly or in part.

36. No Member shall be entitled to receive any dividend or to be present and vote (save as proxy for another Member) at any general meeting either personally or by proxy, or be reckoned in a quorum, or exercise any other privilege as a Member until all calls or installments due by him to the Company, whether alone or jointly with any other person, together with interest and expenses (if any) shall have been paid.

37. On the trial or hearing of any action or other proceedings for the recovery of any money due for any call, it shall be sufficient to prove that the name of the Member sued is entered in the Register of Members as the holder, or one of the holders, of the shares in respect of which such debt accrued, that the resolution making the call is duly recorded in the minute book, and that notice of such call was duly given to the Member sued, in pursuance of these Articles; and it shall not be necessary to prove the appointment of the Directors who made such call, nor any other matters whatsoever, but the proof of the matters aforesaid shall be conclusive evidence of the debt.

38. Any amount payable in respect of a share upon allotment or at any fixed date, whether in respect of nominal value or premium or as an installment of a call, shall be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date fixed for payment and if it is not paid the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

-16-


39. On the issue of shares the Board may differentiate between the allottees or holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment.

40. The Board may, if it thinks fit, receive from any Member willing to advance the same, and either in money or money’s worth, all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid or installments payable upon any shares held by him and upon all or any of the moneys so advanced (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate (if any) as the Board may decide. The Board may at any time repay the amount so advanced upon giving to such Member not less than one (1) month’s notice of its intention in that behalf, unless before the expiration of such notice the amount so advanced shall have been called up on the shares in respect of which it was advanced. Such payment in advance shall not entitle the holder of such share or shares to participate in respect thereof in a dividend subsequently declared.

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

41.

(1) If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Board may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen (14) clear days’ notice:

(a) requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and which may still accrue up to the date of actual payment; and

(b) stating that if the notice is not complied with the shares on which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

(2) If the requirements of any such notice are not complied with, any share in respect of which such notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before payment of all calls and interest due in respect thereof has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect, and such forfeiture shall include all dividends declared in respect of the forfeited share but not actually paid before the forfeiture.

42. When any share has been forfeited, notice of the forfeiture shall be served upon the person who was before forfeiture the holder of the share. No forfeiture shall be invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such notice.

43. The Board may accept the surrender of any share liable to be forfeited hereunder and, in such case, references in these Articles to forfeiture will include surrender.

44. Any share so forfeited shall be deemed the property of the Company and may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of to such person, upon such terms and in such manner as the Board determines, and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be annulled by the Board on such terms as the Board determines.

 

-17-


(a) A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of the forfeited shares but nevertheless shall remain liable to pay the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares, with (if the Directors shall in their discretion so require) interest thereon from the date of forfeiture until payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty percent (20%) per annum) as the Board determines. The Board may enforce payment thereof if it thinks fit, and without any deduction or allowance for the value of the forfeited shares, at the date of forfeiture, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all such moneys in respect of the shares. For the purposes of this Article any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, is payable thereon at a fixed time which is subsequent to the date of forfeiture, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall notwithstanding that time has not yet arrived be deemed to be payable at the date of forfeiture, and the same shall become due and payable immediately upon the forfeiture, but interest thereon shall only be payable in respect of any period between the said fixed time and the date of actual payment.

45. A declaration by a Director or the Secretary that a share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share, and such declaration shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer by the Company if necessary) constitute a good title to the share, and the person to whom the share is disposed of shall be registered as the holder of the share and shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration (if any), nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the share. When any share shall have been forfeited, notice of the declaration shall be given to the Member in whose name it stood immediately prior to the forfeiture, and an entry of the forfeiture, with the date thereof, shall forthwith be made in the register, but no forfeiture shall be in any manner invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such notice or make any such entry.

46. Notwithstanding any such forfeiture as aforesaid the Board may at any time, before any shares so forfeited shall have been sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of, permit the shares forfeited to be bought back upon the terms of payment of all calls and interest due upon and expenses incurred in respect of the share, and upon such further terms (if any) as it thinks fit.

47. The forfeiture of a share shall not prejudice the right of the Company to any call already made or installment payable thereon.

48. The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

-18-


ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

49. Subject to these Articles, the Company may from time to time by Ordinary Resolution increase the share capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such classes and amount, as the resolution shall prescribe.

50. Subject to these Articles, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

(a) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares;

(b) sub-divide its existing shares, or any of them into shares of a smaller amount provided that in the subdivision the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any unpaid on each reduced share shall be the same as it was in case of the share from which the reduced share is derived;

(c) divide shares into multiple classes; or

(d) cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled.

No change shall be made pursuant to this Article unless the change applies equally to the Class A Ordinary Shares and the Class B Ordinary Shares, if applicable.

51. Subject to these Articles, the Company may by Special Resolution:

(a) change its name;

(b) alter or add to these Articles;

(c) alter or add to the Memorandum of Association with respect to any objects, powers or other matters specified therein; or

(d) reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve in any manner authorized by law.

52. All new shares created hereunder shall be subject to the same provisions with reference to the payment of calls, liens, transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise as the shares in the original share capital.

 

-19-


CLOSING REGISTER OF MEMBERS OR FIXING RECORD DATE

53. For the purpose of determining those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at any meeting of Members or any adjournment thereof, or those Members that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination as to who is a Member for any other purpose, the Directors may provide that the Register of Members shall be closed for transfers for a stated period but not to exceed in any case sixty (60) calendar days. If the Register of Members shall be so closed for the purpose of determining those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Members such register shall be so closed for at least ten (10) calendar days (but not more than sixty (60) calendar days) immediately preceding such meeting and the record date for such determination shall be the date of the closure of the Register of Members.

54. In lieu of or apart from closing the Register of Members, the Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of the Members and for the purpose of determining those Members that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend the Directors may, at or within ninety (90) calendar days prior to the date of declaration of such dividend fix a subsequent date as the record date of such determination.

55. If the Register of Members is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of those Members entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Members or those Members that are entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is posted or the date on which the resolution of the Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Members. When a determination of those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Members has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

UNTRACEABLE MEMBERS

56.

(1) Without prejudice to the rights of the Company under paragraph (2) of this Article, the Company may cease sending checks for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants by post if such checks or warrants have been left uncashed on two consecutive occasions. However, the Company may exercise the power to cease sending checks for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants after the first occasion on which such a check or warrant is returned undelivered.

(2) The Company shall have the power to sell, in such manner as the Board thinks fit, any shares of a Member who is untraceable, but no such sale shall be made unless:

(a) all checks or warrants in respect of dividends of the shares in question, being not less than three (3) in total number, for any sum payable in cash to the holder of such shares in respect of them sent during the relevant period in the manner authorized by the Articles have remained uncashed;

 

-20-


(b) so far as it is aware at the end of the relevant period, the Company has not at any time during the relevant period received any indication of the existence of the Member who is the holder of such shares or of a person entitled to such shares by death, bankruptcy or operation of law; and

(c) the Company, if so required by the rules governing the listing of shares on the Designated Stock Exchange, has given notice to, and caused advertisement in newspapers to be made in accordance with the requirements of, the Designated Stock Exchange of its intention to sell such shares in the manner required by the Designated Stock Exchange, and a period of three (3) months or such shorter period as may be allowed by the Designated Stock Exchange has elapsed since the date of such advertisement.

For the purpose of the foregoing, the “relevant period” means the period commencing twelve (12) years before the date of publication of the advertisement referred to in paragraph (c) of this Article and ending at the expiry of the period referred to in that paragraph.

(3) To give effect to any such sale the Board may authorize some person to transfer the said shares and an instrument of transfer signed or otherwise executed by or on behalf of such person shall be as effective as if it had been executed by the registered holder or the person entitled by transmission to such shares, and the purchaser shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale. The net proceeds of the sale will belong to the Company and upon receipt by the Company of such net proceeds it shall become indebted to the former Member for an amount equal to such net proceeds. No trust shall be created in respect of such debt and no interest shall be payable in respect of it and the Company shall not be required to account for any money earned from the net proceeds which may be employed in the business of the Company or as it thinks fit. Any sale under this Article shall be valid and effective notwithstanding that the Member holding the shares sold is dead, bankrupt or otherwise under any legal disability or incapacity.

GENERAL MEETINGS

57. All general meetings of the Company other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

58. The Company shall, if required by the Statute, in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting at such time and place as may be determined by the Directors.

59. The Board or the Chairperson of the Board may call extraordinary general meetings, which extraordinary general meetings shall be held at such time and place as may be determined by the Directors. No Member shall have the right to call any general meeting.

 

-21-


NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

60. At least ten (10) calendar days’ notice (but not more than sixty (60) calendar days’ notice) shall be given for any general meeting. Every notice shall be exclusive of the day on which it is given or deemed to be given and of the day for which it is given and shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business and shall be given in the manner hereinafter mentioned or in such other manner if any as may be prescribed by the Company, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this regulation has been given and whether or not the provisions of Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed:

(a) in the case of an annual general meeting by all the Members (or their proxies) entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

(b) in the case of an extraordinary general meeting by a majority in number of the Members (or their proxies) having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety five per cent in par value of the shares giving that right.

61. The notice convening an annual general meeting shall specify the meeting as such, and the notice convening a meeting to pass a Special Resolution shall specify the intention to propose the resolution as a Special Resolution. Notice of every general meeting shall be given to all Members other than such as, under the provisions hereof or the terms of issue of the Shares they hold, are not entitled to receive such notice from the Company.

62. In cases where instruments of proxy are sent out with notices, the accidental omission to send such instrument of proxy to, or the non-receipt of any such instrument of proxy by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate any resolution passed or any proceeding at any such meeting.

63. No business may be transacted at any general meeting, other than business that is either (A) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof), (B) otherwise properly brought before an annual general meeting by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (C) otherwise properly brought before an annual general meeting by any Member of the Company who (i) is a Member of record on both (x) the date of the giving of the notice by such Member provided for in this Article and (y) the record date for the determination of Members entitled to vote at such annual general meeting and (ii) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Article.

(a) In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be brought properly before an annual general meeting by a Member, such Member must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Company.

(b) For matters other that for the nomination for election of a Director to be made by a Member of the Company, to be timely, such Member’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company not less than sixty (60) days nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual general meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual general meeting is advanced by more than thirty (30) days or delayed by more than sixty (60) days from such anniversary date, notice by a Member to be timely must be delivered not earlier than the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual general meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the sixtieth (60 th ) day prior to such annual general meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.

 

-22-


(c) To be in proper written form, a Member’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to such matter such Member proposes to bring before the annual general meeting (1) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual general meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual general meeting, (2) the name and address, as they appear on the Company’s books, of the Member proposing such business and any Member Associated Person (as defined below), (3) the class or series and number of shares of the Company that are held of record or are beneficially owned by such Member or any Member Associated Person and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the Member or any Member Associated Person, (4) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of such Member or any Member Associated Person with respect to any securities of the Company, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such Member or any Member Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, (5) any material interest of the Member or a Member Associated Person in such business, and (6) a statement whether either such Member or any Member Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Company’s voting shares required under applicable law and the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange to carry the proposal. For purposes of this Article 63(c), a “ Member Associated Person ” of any Member shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such Member, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of the Company owned of record or beneficially by such Member and on whose behalf the proposal or nomination, as the case may be, is being made, or (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).

(d) No business shall be conducted at the annual general meeting except business brought before the annual general meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article, provided, however, that once business has been properly brought before the annual general meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Article shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any Member of any such business. If the Chairperson of an annual general meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the annual general meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairperson shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

 

-23-


(e) In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination for election of a Director to be made by a Member of the Company, such Member must (A) be a Member of record on both (x) the date of the giving of the notice by such Member provided for in this Article and (y) the record date for the determination of Members entitled to vote at such annual general meeting; (B) have held at least 50,000 Ordinary Shares or Preferred Shares for at least twelve (12) months; and (C) have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Company. If a Member is entitled to vote only for a specific class or category of directors at a meeting of the Members, such Member’s right to nominate one or more persons for election as a director at the meeting shall be limited to such class or category of directors.

(f) To be timely for purposes of Article 63(e) in connection with the annual general meeting, a Member’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company. In the event the Company calls an extraordinary general meeting for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any Member entitled to vote for the election of such director(s) at such meeting and satisfying the requirements specified above may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as are specified in the Company’s notice of such meeting, but only if the Member notice required hereof shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Company, The period for lodgment of the notices by a Member referred to in this Article shall commence no earlier than the day after the dispatch of the notice of the meeting appointed for such election and end no later than (7) days prior to the date of such meeting and shall be for a minimum period of seven (7) days .

(g) To be in proper written form for purposes of Article 63(e), a Member’s notice to the Secretary must be set forth (A) as to each person whom the Member proposes to nominate for election as a director (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (2) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (3) the class or series and number of Shares of the Company, if any, which are owned beneficially or of record by the person and (4) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to any Exchange Rules; and (B) as to the Member giving notice (1) the name and record address of such Member, (2) the class or series and number of Shares of the Company which are owned beneficially or of record by such Member, (3) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such Member and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such Member, (4) a representation that such Member intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to nominate the person(s) named in its notice and (5) any other information relating to such Member that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to any Exchange Rules. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.

(h) No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Company unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Articles under this heading of “ NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS ”. If the Chairperson of an annual general meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairperson shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded. This Article shall not apply to any nomination of a director in an election in which only the holders of one or more series of Preferred Shares of the Company are entitled to vote (unless otherwise provided in the terms of such series of Preferred Shares).

 

-24-


64. The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to or the non-receipt of a notice of a meeting by any Member shall not invalidate the proceedings at any meeting.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

65. No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of Members is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. Members holding not less than an aggregate of one-third of all voting share capital of the Company in issue present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall be a quorum for all purposes. A person may participate at a general meeting by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other. Participation by a person in a general meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting.

66. If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week, at the same time and place, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved.

67. The Chairperson of the Board of Directors shall preside as Chairperson at every general meeting of the Company.

68. If at any meeting the Chairperson of the Board of Directors is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting or is unwilling to act as Chairperson, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to Chairperson of the meeting or if all the Directors present decline to take the chair, the Members present shall choose one of their own number to be the Chairperson of the meeting.

69. The Chairperson may with the consent of any meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting) adjourn a meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a meeting is adjourned for ten (10) calendar days or more, not less than seven (7) Business Days’ notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Save as aforesaid it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.

70. At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a poll.

71. A poll shall be taken in such manner as the Chairperson directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting.

 

-25-


72. In the case of an equality of votes, the Chairperson of the meeting shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote.

VOTES OF MEMBERS

73. Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares, every holder of Class A Ordinary Shares present in person and every person representing a holder of Class A Ordinary Shares by proxy at a general meeting of the Company shall have one vote for each share registered in his name in the Register of Members and every holder of Class B Ordinary Shares present in person and every person representing a holder of Class B Ordinary Shares by proxy at a general meeting of the Company shall have ten (10) votes for each share registered in his name in the Register of Members. No cumulative voting shall be allowed.

74. In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior who tenders a vote whether in person or by proxy shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the joint holders and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members.

75. A Member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote on a poll by his committee, or other person in the nature of a committee appointed by that court, and any such committee or other person, may on a poll, vote by proxy.

76. No Member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the Company have been paid.

77. On a poll, votes may be given either personally or by proxy.

78. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorized in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under seal or under the hand of an officer or attorney duly authorized. A proxy need not be a Member of the Company.

79. An instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form or such other form as the Directors may approve.

80. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll.

81. Other than a Special Resolution effected by a unanimous written resolution, written resolutions of the Members shall not be permitted.

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES AT MEETING

82. Any corporation which is a Member or a Director may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorize such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of Members or of the Board of Directors or of a committee of Directors, and the person so authorized shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member or Director.

 

-26-


CLEARING HOUSES

83. If a clearing house (or its nominee) is a member of the Company it may, by resolution of its directors or other governing body or by power of attorney, authorize such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative or representatives at any general meeting of the Company or at any general meeting of any class of members of the Company provided that, if more than one person is so authorized, the authorization shall specify the number and class of shares in respect of which each such person is so authorized. A person so authorized pursuant to this provision shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the clearing house (or its nominee) which he represents as that clearing house (or its nominee) could exercise if it were an individual member of the Company holding the number and class of shares specified in such authorization.

DIRECTORS

84. (a) There shall be a Board of Directors consisting of up to seven (7) Directors or such other number as shall be fixed from time to time by the Directors. The Directors shall be elected or appointed in the first place by the subscribers to the Memorandum of Association or by a majority of them and thereafter by the Members at general meeting.

(b) The Directors shall be divided into three (3) classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively, which classes may include Directors appointed by the holders of any series of Preferred Shares, if any. Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. At the first annual general meeting of Members following the initial meeting after the adoption of these Articles, the term of office of the Class I Directors shall expire and Class I Directors shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years. At the second annual general meeting of Members following the initial meeting, the term of office of the Class II Directors shall expire and Class II Directors shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years. At the third annual general meeting of Members following the initial meeting, the term of office of the Class III Directors shall expire and Class III Directors shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years. At each succeeding annual general meeting of Members, Directors shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years to succeed the Directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual general meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, each Director shall hold office until the expiration of his term, until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of Directors constituting the Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director.

(c) The Board of Directors shall have a Chairperson of the Board of Directors (the “Chairperson”) elected and appointed by a majority of the Directors then in office; provided, that, unless otherwise unanimously agreed to by the Directors, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall serve as the Chairperson. The Directors may also elect a Vice-Chairperson of the Board of Directors (the “Vice-Chairperson”). The Chairperson shall preside as Chairperson at every meeting of the Board of Directors. To the extent the Chairperson is not present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, the Vice-Chairperson, or in his absence, the attending Directors may choose one Director to be the Chairperson of the meeting. The Chairperson’s voting right as to the matters to be decided by the Board of Directors shall be the same as other Directors; provided, that, in the case of an equality of votes, the Chairperson shall have an additional tie-breaking vote.

 

-27-


(d) Subject to these Articles, applicable law and the listing rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution elect any person to be a Director either to fill a casual vacancy on the Board (other than a vacancy caused by the death, resignation or removal of a Director appointed by the holders of any series of Preferred Shares, if any) or as an addition to the existing Board. Any Director so appointed shall hold office until the next succeeding annual general meeting of Members or until his death, resignation or removal.

(e) The Directors by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining Directors present and voting at a Board meeting shall have the power from time to time and at any time to appoint any person as a Director to fill a casual vacancy on the Board or as an addition to the existing Board, subject to these Articles, applicable law and the listing rules of the Designated Stock Exchange. Any Director so appointed shall hold office until the next succeeding annual general meeting of Members or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

85. Subject to Article 84, a Director may be removed from office by Special Resolution for negligence or other reasonable cause at any time before the expiration of his term notwithstanding anything in these Articles or in any agreement between the Company and such Director (but without prejudice to any claim for damages under such agreement).

86. A vacancy on the Board created by the removal of a Director under the provisions of Article 85 above (other than a vacancy caused by the removal of a Director appointed by the holders of any series of Preferred Shares, if any) may be filled by the election or appointment by Ordinary Resolution at the meeting at which such Director is removed or by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining Directors present and voting at a Board meeting, subject to these Articles, applicable law and the listing rules of the Designated Stock Exchange. Any Director so appointed shall hold office until the next succeeding annual general meeting of Members or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

87. The Board may, from time to time, and except as required by applicable law or the listing rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, adopt, institute, amend, modify or revoke the corporate governance policies or initiatives, which shall be intended to set forth the policies of the Company and the Board on various corporate governance related matters, as the Board shall determine by resolution from time to time.

88. A Director shall not be required to hold any shares in the Company by way of qualification. A Director who is not a member of the Company shall nevertheless be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and speak at general meetings of the Company and all classes of shares of the Company.

 

-28-


DIRECTORS’ FEES AND EXPENSES

89. The Directors may receive such remuneration as the Board may from time to time determine. The Directors may be entitled to be repaid all traveling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred by him in attending meetings of the Board or committees of the Board or general meetings or separate meetings of any class of shares or of debentures of the Company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his duties as a Director.

90. Any Director who, by request, goes or resides abroad for any purpose of the Company or who performs services which in the opinion of the Board go beyond the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such extra remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Board may determine and such extra remuneration shall be in addition to or in substitution for any ordinary remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article.

POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

91. Subject to the provisions of the Statute, these Articles and to any resolutions made in a general meeting, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors, who may pay all expenses incurred in setting up and registering the Company and may exercise all powers of the Company. No resolution made by the Company in a general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors that would have been valid if that resolution had not been made.

92. Subject to these Articles, the Directors may from time to time appoint any person, whether or not a director of the Company to hold the office of the Chief Executive Officer as the Directors may think necessary for the administration of the Company, for such term and at such remuneration (whether by way of salary or commission or participation in profits or partly in one way and partly in another), and with such powers and duties as the Directors may think fit. The Chief Executive Officer may from time to time appoint any person to hold such office in the Company as he or she may think necessary for the administration of the Company, including without prejudice to the foregoing generality, the office of one or more Vice Presidents, Chief Financial Officer, Manager or Controller, and for such term and at such remuneration (whether by way of salary or commission or participation in profits or partly in one way and partly in another), and with such powers and duties as the Chief Executive Officer may think fit.

93. The Directors may delegate any of their powers to committees consisting of such member or members of their body as they think fit; provided that any committee so formed shall include amongst its members at least one Director unless otherwise required by applicable law, rules and regulations and the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange. Any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated conform to any regulations that may be imposed on it by the Directors. The Directors may also delegate to any Director holding any executive office such of their powers as they consider desirable to be exercised by him or her. Any such delegation may be made subject to any conditions the Board may impose, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and may be revoked or altered.

 

-29-


94. The Directors may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney appoint any company, firm or person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretion (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Directors may think fit, and may also authorize any such attorney to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretion vested in him.

95. The Directors may from time to time provide for the management of the affairs of the Company in such manner as they shall think fit and the provisions contained in the following paragraphs shall be without prejudice to the general powers conferred by this paragraph.

96. The Directors from time to time and at any time may establish any committees, local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company and may appoint any persons to be members of such committees or local boards and may appoint any managers or agents of the Company and may fix the remuneration of any of the aforesaid.

97. The Directors from time to time and at any time may delegate to any such committee, local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in the Directors and may authorize the members for the time being of any such local board, or any of them to fill up any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies and any such appointment or delegation may be made on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may think fit and the Directors may at any time remove any person so appointed and may annul or vary any such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such annulment or variation shall be affected thereby.

98. Any such delegates as aforesaid may be authorized by the Directors to subdelegate all or any of the powers, authorities, and discretions for the time being vested to them.

99. The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital or any part thereof, to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

100. Subject to Article 84, the office of Director shall be vacated, if the Director:

(a) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors;

(b) is found to be or becomes of unsound mind;

(c) resigns his office by notice in writing to the Company;

 

-30-


(d) is prohibited by applicable law or the Designated Stock Exchange from being a director;

(e) without special leave of absence from the Board, is absent from meetings of the Board for six consecutive months and the Board resolves that his office be vacated; or

(f) if he or she shall be removed from office pursuant to these Articles or the Statute.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

101. Subject to Article 84, the Directors may meet together (whether within or outside the Cayman Islands) for the dispatch of business, adjourn, and otherwise regulate their meetings and proceedings as they think fit. Questions arising at any meeting of the Directors shall be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the Chairperson of the Board shall have an additional tie breaking vote.

102. The Chairperson of the Board or any two Directors may, and the Secretary on the requisition of such persons, shall, at any time summon a meeting of the Board by notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, electronic email, telegraph or telex, during normal business hours, or by sending notice in writing to each Director by first class mail, charges prepaid, at least two (2) days before the date of the meeting, which notice shall set forth the general nature of the business to be considered unless notice is waived by all the Directors either at, before or after the meeting is held and provided further if notice is given in person, by telephone, facsimile, electronic email, telegraph or telex the same shall be deemed to have been given on the day it is delivered to the Directors or transmitting organization as the case may be. Notice of at least fourteen (14) days shall be given to each Director for any regular Board meeting. The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting of the Board to, or the non-receipt of notice of a meeting by any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings of that meeting.

103. A Director or Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee appointed by the Board of Directors of which such Director or Directors are members, by means of telephone or similar communication equipment by way of which all persons participating in such meeting can hear each other and such participation shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at the meeting.

104. The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Directors shall be a majority of the then existing Directors, including at least one Director. If at any time there is only a sole Director, the quorum shall be one (1) Director. A meeting of the Directors at which a quorum is present when the meeting proceeds to business shall be competent to exercise all powers and discretions for the time being exercisable by the Directors. A meeting of the Directors may be held by means of telephone or teleconferencing or any other telecommunications facility provided that all participants are thereby able to communicate immediately by voice with all other participants.

 

-31-


105. Subject to Article 84, a Director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of the Directors. A general notice given to the Directors by any Director to the effect that he is a member of any specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract which may thereafter be made with that company or firm shall be deemed a sufficient declaration of interest in regard to any contract so made. A Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement notwithstanding that he may be interested therein and if he does so his vote shall be counted and he may be counted in the quorum at any meeting of the Directors at which any such contract or proposed contract or arrangement shall come before the meeting for consideration.

106. A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms (as to remuneration and otherwise) as the Directors may determine and no Director or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company either with regard to his tenure of any such other office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director is in any way interested, be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realized by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relation thereby established. A Director, notwithstanding his interest, may be counted in the quorum present at any meeting whereat he or any other Director is appointed to hold any such office or place of profit under the Company or whereat the terms of any such appointment are arranged and he may vote on any such appointment or arrangement. Any Director who enters into a contract or arrangement or has a relationship that is reasonably likely to be implicated under this Section 106 or that would reasonably be likely to affect a Director’s status as an “Independent Director” under applicable law or the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange shall disclose the nature of his or her interest in any such contract or arrangement in which he is interested or any such relationship.

107. Any Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company, and he or his firm shall be entitled to reasonable expense reimbursement consistent with the Company’s policies in connection with such Directors service in his or her official capacity; provided that nothing herein contained shall authorize a Director or his firm to act as auditor to the Company.

108. The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books or loose-leaf folders provided for the purpose of recording:

(a) all appointments of officers made by the Directors;

(b) the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors; and

(c) all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the Company, and of the Directors and of committees of Directors.

 

-32-


109. When the Chairperson of a meeting of the Directors signs the minutes of such meeting the same shall be deemed to have been duly held notwithstanding that all the Directors have not actually come together or that there may have been a technical defect in the proceedings.

110. A resolution signed by all the Directors shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors duly called and constituted. When signed a resolution may consist of several documents each signed by one or more of the Directors.

111. The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body but if and so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to these Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors, the continuing Directors may act for the purpose of increasing the number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.

112. The Directors shall elect a Chairperson of their meetings and determine the period for which he is to hold office but if at any meeting the Chairperson is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be Chairperson of the meeting.

113. A committee appointed by the Directors may elect a Chairperson of its meetings. If no such Chairperson is elected, or if at any meeting the Chairperson is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the members present may choose one of their number to be Chairperson of the meeting.

114. A committee appointed by the Directors may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes of the committee members present and in case of an equality of votes the Chairperson shall have a second or casting vote.

115. All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of Directors, or by any person acting as a Director, shall notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any such Director or person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director.

PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT

116. A Director of the Company who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the Minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent from such action with the person acting as the Chairperson or Secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered post to such person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favour of such action.

 

-33-


DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND RESERVE

117. Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares and these Articles, the Directors may from time to time declare dividends (including interim dividends) and other distributions on shares in issue and authorize payment of the same out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor; provided, however, that, to the extent Class B Ordinary Shares remain outstanding, in the event that such dividend is paid in the form of shares of Class A Ordinary Shares or rights to acquire Class A Ordinary Shares, the holders of shares of Class A Ordinary Shares shall receive Class A Ordinary Shares or rights to acquire Class A Ordinary Shares, as the case may be, and the holders of shares of Class B Ordinary Shares shall receive Class B Ordinary Shares or rights to acquire Class B Ordinary Shares, as the case may be. All dividends unclaimed for one (1) year after having been declared may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Board for the benefit of the Company until claimed. Any dividend unclaimed after a period of six (6) years from the date of declaration shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company. The payment by the Board of any unclaimed dividend or other sums payable on or in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof.

118. The Directors may, before recommending or declaring any dividend, set aside out of the funds legally available for distribution such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Directors be applicable for meeting contingencies, or for equalizing dividends or for any other purpose to which those funds be properly applied and pending such application may, at the like discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments (other than shares of the Company) as the Directors may from time to time think fit. The Board shall establish an account to be called the “Share Premium Account” and shall carry to the credit of such account from time to time a sum equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any share in the Company. Unless otherwise provided by the provisions of these Articles, the Board may apply the share premium account in any manner permitted by the Statute and the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange. The Company shall at all times comply with the provisions of these Articles, the Statue and the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange in relation to the share premium account.

119. Any dividend may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through the post to the registered address of the Member or person entitled thereto, or in the case of joint holders, to any one of such joint holders at his registered address or to such person and such address as the Member or person entitled, or such joint holders as the case may be, may direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent or to the order of such other person as the Member or person entitled, or such joint holders as the case may be, may direct.

120. The Directors when paying dividends to the Members in accordance with the foregoing provisions may make such payment either in cash or in specie.

121. No dividend shall be paid otherwise than out of profits or, subject to the restrictions of the Statute, the share premium account.

 

-34-


122. Subject to the rights of persons, if any, entitled to shares with special rights as to dividends, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid or credited as fully paid on the shares, but if and so long as nothing is paid up on any of the shares in the Company dividends may be declared and paid according to the amounts of the shares. No amount paid on a share in advance of calls shall, while carrying interest, be treated for the purposes of this Article as paid on the share.

123. If several persons are registered as joint holders of any share, any of them may give effectual receipts for any dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of the share.

124. No dividend shall bear interest against the Company.

BOOK OF ACCOUNTS

125. The books of account relating to the Company’s affairs shall be kept in such manner as may be determined from time to time by the Directors.

126. The books of account shall be kept at such place or places as the Directors think fit, and shall always be open to the inspection of the Directors.

127. The Directors shall from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Members not being Directors, and no Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by law or authorized by the Directors or by the Company by Ordinary Resolution.

128. The accounts relating to the Company’s affairs shall be audited in such manner and with such financial year end as may be determined from time to time by the Company by Ordinary Resolution or failing any such determination by the Directors or failing any determination as aforesaid shall not be audited.

ANNUAL RETURNS AND FILINGS

129. The Board shall make the requisite annual returns and any other requisite filings in accordance with the Statute.

AUDIT

130. The Directors may appoint an auditor of the Company who shall hold office until removed from office by a resolution of the Directors and may fix his or their remuneration.

131. Every Auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and Officers of the Company such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the auditors.

 

-35-


132. Auditors shall, if so required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an ordinary company, and at the next special meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an exempted company, and at any time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors or any general meeting of the Members.

THE SEAL

133. The Seal of the Company shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of the Seal and if given after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of the Seal. The Seal shall be affixed in the presence of any one or more persons as the Directors may appoint for the purpose and every person as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the Seal of the Company is so affixed in their presence.

134. The Company may maintain a facsimile of its Seal in such countries or places as the Directors may appoint and such facsimile Seal shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of such facsimile Seal and if given after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of such facsimile Seal. The facsimile Seal shall be affixed in the presence of such person or persons as the Directors shall for this purpose appoint and such person or persons as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the facsimile Seal of the Company is so affixed in their presence of and the instrument signed by a Director or the Secretary (or an Assistant Secretary) of the Company or in the presence of any one or more persons as the Directors may appoint for the purpose.

135. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Director shall have the authority to affix the Seal, or the facsimile Seal, to any instrument for the purposes of attesting authenticity of the matter contained therein but which does not create any obligation binding on the Company.

OFFICERS

136. Subject to Article 92, the Company may have a Chief Executive Officer, Chief Technology Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, Manager or Controller, appointed by the Directors. The Directors may also from time to time appoint such other officers as they consider necessary, all for such terms, at such remuneration and to perform such duties, and subject to such provisions as to disqualification and removal as the Directors from time to time subscribe.

REGISTER OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

137. The Company shall cause to be kept in one or more books at its Office a Register of Directors and Officers in which there shall be entered the full names and addresses of the Directors and Officers and such other particulars as required by the Companies Law or as the Directors may determine. The Company shall send to the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands a copy of such register, and shall from time to time notify the said Registrar of any change that takes place in relation to such Directors and Officers as required by the Companies Law.

 

-36-


CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS

138. Subject to the Statute and these Articles, the Board may capitalize any sum standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts (including a share premium account or a capital redemption reserve fund) or any sum standing to the credit of profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution and to appropriate such sum to Members in the proportions in which such sum would have been divisible amongst them had the same been a distribution of profits by way of dividend and to apply such sum on their behalf in paying up in full unissued shares for allotment and distribution credited as fully paid up to and amongst them in the proportion aforesaid. In such event the Directors shall do all acts and things required to give effect to such capitalization, with full power to the Directors to make such provisions as they think fit for the case of shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrue to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The Directors may authorize any person to enter on behalf of all of the Members interested into an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalization and matters incidental thereto and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all concerned.

NOTICES

139. Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, any notice or document may be served by the Company or by the person entitled to give notice to any Member either personally, by facsimile or by sending it through the post in a prepaid letter or via a recognized courier service, fees prepaid, addressed to the Member at his address as appearing in the Register of Members or, to the extent permitted by all applicable laws and regulations, by electronic means by transmitting it to any electronic number or address or website supplied by the member to the Company or by placing it on the Company’s Website provided that the Company has obtained the Member’s prior express positive confirmation in writing to receive or otherwise have made available to him notices. In the case of joint holders of a share, all notices shall be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the Register of Members in respect of the joint holding, and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the joint holders.

140. Notices posted to addresses outside the Cayman Islands shall be forwarded by prepaid airmail.

141. Any Member present, either personally or by proxy, at any meeting of the Company shall for all purposes be deemed to have received due notice of such meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which such meeting was convened.

142. Any notice or other document, if served by (a) post, shall be deemed to have been served when the letter containing the same is posted and if served by courier, shall be deemed to have been served when the letter containing the same is delivered to the courier (in proving such service it shall be sufficient to prove that the letter containing the notice or document was properly addressed and duly posted or delivered to the courier), or (b) facsimile, shall be deemed to have been served upon confirmation of receipt, or (c) recognized delivery service, shall be deemed to have been served when the letter containing the same is delivered to the courier service and in proving such service it shall be sufficient to provide that the letter containing the notice or documents was properly addressed and duly posted or delivered to the courier or (d) electronic means as provided herein shall be deemed to have been served and delivered on the day on which it is successfully transmitted or at such later time as may be prescribed by any applicable laws or regulations.

 

-37-


143. Any notice or document delivered or sent to any Member in accordance with the terms of these Articles shall notwithstanding that such Member be then dead or bankrupt, and whether or not the Company has notice of his death or bankruptcy, be deemed to have been duly served in respect of any share registered in the name of such Member as sole or joint holder, unless his name shall at the time of the service of the notice or document, have been removed from the Register of Members as the holder of the share, and such service shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service of such notice or document on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the share.

144. Notice of every general meeting shall be given to:

(a) all Members who have supplied to the Company an address for the giving of notices to them;

(b) every person entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member, who but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting;

(c) the Auditors; and

(d) each Director.

No other person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

INFORMATION

145. No Member shall be entitled to require discovery of any information in respect of any detail of the Company’s trading or any information which is or may be in the nature of a trade secret or secret process which may relate to the conduct of the business of the Company and which in the opinion of the Board would not be in the interests of the members of the Company to communicate to the public.

146. The Board shall be entitled to release or disclose any information in its possession, custody or control regarding the Company or its affairs to any of its members including, without limitation, information contained in the Register of Members and transfer books of the Company.

 

-38-


INDEMNITY

147. Every Director and officer of the Company (which for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include auditors of the Company), together with every former Director and former officer of the Company (each an “ Indemnified Person ”) shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against any liability, action, proceeding, claim, demand, costs, damages or expenses, including legal expenses, whatsoever which they or any of them may incur as a result of any act or failure to act in carrying out their functions other than such liability (if any) that they may incur by reason of their own actual fraud or wilful default. No Indemnified Person shall be liable to the Company for any loss or damage incurred by the Company as a result (whether direct or indirect) of the carrying out of their functions unless that liability arises through the actual fraud or wilful default of such Indemnified Person. No person shall be found to have committed actual fraud or wilful default under this Article unless or until a court of competent jurisdiction shall have made a finding to that effect. Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action he or she might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director on account of any action taken by such Director, or the failure of such Director to take any action in the performance of his or her duties with or for the Company; provided that such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or willful default which may attach to such Director.

148. The Company shall advance to each Indemnified Person reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such Indemnified Person for which indemnity will or could be sought. In connection with any advance of any expenses hereunder, the Indemnified Person shall execute an undertaking to repay the advanced amount to the Company if it shall be determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article. If it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses, then such party shall not be indemnified with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses and any advancement shall be returned to the Company (without interest) by the Indemnified Person.

149. The Directors, on behalf of the Company, may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Director or other officer of the Company against any liability which, by virtue of any rule of law, would otherwise attach to such person in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which such person may be guilty in relation to the Company.

150. Neither any amendment nor repeal of the Articles set forth under this heading of “ INDEMNIFICATION ” (the “ Indemnification Articles ”), nor the adoption of any provision of the Company’s Articles or Memorandum of Association inconsistent with the Indemnification Articles, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of the Indemnification Articles, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for these Indemnification Articles, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

-39-


FINANCIAL YEAR

151. Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on December 31st in each year and shall begin on January 1st in each year.

WINDING UP

152. If the Company shall be wound up, and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the share capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them. If in a winding up the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the share capital at the commencement of the winding up, the surplus shall be distributed amongst the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them at the commencement of the winding up subject to a deduction from those Shares in respect of which there are monies due, of all monies payable to the Company for unpaid calls or otherwise. This Article is without prejudice to the rights of the holders of Shares issued upon special terms and conditions.

153. Subject to these Articles, if the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, with the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution of the Company divide amongst the Members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the contributories as the liquidator, with the like sanction shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities whereon there is any liability.

AMENDMENT OF MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION AND NAME

OF COMPANY

154. Subject to the Statute and these Articles, the Company may at any time and from time to time by Special Resolution alter or amend these Articles or the Memorandum of Association of the Company, in whole or in part, or change the name of the Company.

REGISTRATION BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

155. Subject to these Articles, the Company may by Special Resolution resolve to be registered by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing. In furtherance of a resolution adopted pursuant to this Article, the Directors may cause an application to be made to the Registrar of Companies to deregister the Company in the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing and may cause all such further steps as they consider appropriate to be taken to effect the transfer by way of continuation of the Company.

 

-40-

Exhibit 4.4

AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of September 8, 2008, by and among Ambow Education Holding Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”), the holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Shares listed on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Series A Investors ”), the holders of the Company’s Series B Preferred Shares listed on Exhibit B hereto (the “ Series B Investors ”), the holders of the Company’s Series C Preferred Shares listed on Exhibit C hereto (the “ Series C Investors ”), the purchasers of the Company’s Series D Preferred Shares listed on Exhibit D hereto (the “ Series D Investors ”, and together with the Series A Investors, Series B Investors and Series C Investors, the “ Investors ”, and each, an “ Investor ”) and certain of the holders of the Ordinary Shares or the rights to acquire Ordinary Shares listed on Exhibit E attached hereto (each, a “ Founder ” and together, the “ Founders ”).

A. The Series D Investors have agreed to purchase from the Company, and the Company has agreed to issue to such Series D Investors, Series D Preferred Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in that certain Series D Preferred Shares Purchase Agreement dated August 29, 2008, by and among the Company, Ambow Education Co., Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company, Ambow Education Management Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company, Ambow Education Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company, Ambow Education (Hong Kong) Ltd., a Hong Kong limited liability company, Beijing Ambow Online Software Co. Ltd. LOGO , a wholly-foreign owned enterprise established under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (the “ PRC ”), Ambow Education Chuangying Ltd. LOGO , a wholly-foreign owned enterprise established under the laws of the PRC, Beijing Ambow BNU Education Technology Co. Ltd. LOGO , a limited liability company established under the laws of the PRC, Shanghai Ambow Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd. LOGO , a limited liability company established under the laws of the PRC, Ambow Si Hua Education and Technology Co., Ltd. LOGO , a limited liability company established under the laws of the PRC, Beijing Sage Grounds Club Co., Ltd. LOGO , a limited liability company established under the laws of the PRC, Jin Huang and such Series D Investors (the “ Series D Purchase Agreement ”).

B. The obligations of the parties in the Series D Purchase Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

C. The Company, certain of the Investors and Founders are parties to a Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of July 20, 2007 and amended as of September 4, 2007 (the “ Existing Rights Agreement ”).

D. The Company and the other parties to the Existing Rights Agreement now desire to amend and restate such agreement in its entirety as set forth in this Agreement.


NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Acceptance Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b) hereto.

Affiliate ” of a Person (the “ Subject Person ”) shall mean (i) in the case of a Person other than a natural person, any other Person that directly or indirectly Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Subject Person, (ii) any of the Subject Person’s partners, members or other equity owners, or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners, or to the estate of any of its partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners, or (iii) in the case of a Subject Person that is a natural person, any Relative or trust for the benefit of any individual Subject Person or Relative thereof. In the case of GLAM, the term “Affiliate” also includes (v) any shareholder of GLAM, (w) any of such shareholder’s general partners, (x) the fund manager managing such shareholder (and general partners and officers thereof) and (y) trusts Controlled by or for the benefit of any such individuals referred to in (w) or (x). In the case of Actis, the term “Affiliate” also includes any Actis Related Party (as defined in Section 8.5 ). In the case of GLAM, the term “Affiliate” also includes any GLAM Related Party (as defined in Section 8.5 ). In the case of Macquarie, the term “Affiliate” also includes any Macquarie Related Party (as defined in Section 8.5 ).

Board ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c) hereto.

Business Day ” shall mean a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for business in the Cayman Islands and the People’s Republic of China.

Company ” shall mean Ambow Education Holding Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

Commission ” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

Control ” of a Person means (i) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the shares in issue or other existing interests or registered capital of such Person or (ii) the power to direct the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of such Person, through the power to appoint a majority of the members of the board of directors or similar governing body of such Person, through contractual arrangements or otherwise, and “ Controlled ” shall be construed accordingly.

Conversion Shares ” shall mean Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares.

 

-2-


Convertible Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a) hereof.

Co-Sale Significant Holder(s) ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b) hereof.

Co-Sale Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a) hereof.

Co-Sale Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a) hereto.

Election Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(c) hereto.

Electing Significant Holder ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b) hereto.

Exchange Act ” shall mean the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

Founder or Founders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Founder Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a) hereto.

Holder ” shall mean any Investor who holds Registrable Securities and any holder of Registrable Securities to whom the registration rights conferred by this Agreement have been duly and validly transferred in accordance with Section 2.12 of this Agreement.

Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c) hereto.

Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c) hereto.

Initial Public Offering ” shall mean the closing of the Company’s or Listco’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s Ordinary Shares (or other securities) or Listco’s ordinary shares (or other securities) (as the case may be) registered under the Securities Act or pursuant to the laws and regulations of a jurisdiction other than the United States.

Initiating Holders ” shall mean any Holder or Holders who in the aggregate hold not less than forty percent (40%) of the outstanding Registrable Securities.

Investor(s) ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Investor Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) hereto.

Investor Transfer Condition ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) hereto.

Listco ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4 hereto.

New Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a) hereto.

 

-3-


Notice of Investor Transfer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) hereto.

Notice of Transfer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a) hereto.

Offered Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) hereto.

Ordinary Shares ” shall mean the ordinary shares in the share capital of the Company of a par value of US$0.0001 each.

Preferred Shares ” shall, collectively, mean the Series A Preferred Shares, Series B Preferred Shares, Series C Preferred Shares and Series D Preferred Shares.

Proposed Transferee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) hereto.

Qualified Public Offering ” shall mean the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s Ordinary Shares (or other securities) or Listco’s ordinary shares (or other securities) (as the case may be) on an internationally recognized stock exchange at a price per share that reflects a pre-offering valuation of the Company or Listco of not less than US$600,000,000, which valuation shall be calculated based on the midpoint of the per share price range specified in the preliminary prospectus for such public offering.

Registrable Securities ” shall mean (i) Ordinary Shares issued or issuable pursuant to the conversion of the Preferred Shares and (ii) any Ordinary Shares issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of the shares referenced in (i) above; provided , however , that Registrable Securities shall not include any shares of Ordinary Shares described in clause (i) or (ii) above which have previously been registered or which have been sold to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, or which have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not validly assigned in accordance with this Agreement.

The terms “ register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” shall refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred in effecting any registration pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification, and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and reasonable fees and disbursements of one special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses, and expenses of any regular or special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but shall not include Selling Expenses, fees and disbursements of other counsel for the Holders and the compensation of regular employees of the Company, which shall be paid in any event by the Company.

 

-4-


Relative ” shall mean, with respect to a natural person, the spouse, parent, grandparent, child, grandchild, sibling, uncle, aunt, nephew, niece or great-grandparent of such person.

Restricted Securities ” shall mean any securities of the Company required to bear the first legends set forth in Section 2.8(c) hereof.

Right of First Refusal Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(c) hereto.

Rule 144 ” shall mean Rule 144 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

Rule 145 ” shall mean Rule 145 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

Sale Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2 hereto.

Second Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(c) hereto.

Securities Act ” shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

Selling Expenses ” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder (other than the fees and disbursements of one special counsel to the Holders included in Registration Expenses).

Selling Founder ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a) hereto.

Selling Investor ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) hereto.

Series A Preferred Shares ” shall mean the series A preferred shares in the share capital of the Company of a par value of US$0.0001 each.

Series B Preferred Shares ” shall mean the series B preferred shares in the share capital of the Company of a par value of US$0.0001 each.

Series C Preferred Shares ” shall mean the series C preferred shares in the share capital of the Company of a par value of US$0.0001 each.

Series D Preferred Shares ” shall mean the series D preferred shares in the share capital of the Company of a par value of US$0.0001 each.

 

-5-


Series D Purchase Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Agreement.

Significant Holders ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 hereof.

Significant Holder Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(c) hereto.

Significant Holder Notice to Investor ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b) hereto.

2. REGISTRATION RIGHTS

2.1 Requested Registration .

(a) Request for Registration . Subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.1, if the Company shall receive from Initiating Holders a written request signed by such Initiating Holders that the Company effect any registration with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of by such Initiating Holders), the Company will:

(i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders; and

(ii) as soon as practicable, file and use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration (including, without limitation, filing post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws, and appropriate compliance with the Securities Act) and to permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request received by the Company within twenty (20) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered.

(b) Limitations on Requested Registration . The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 :

(i) Prior to the earlier of (A) the four (4) year anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (B) one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company covering an underwritten offering of any of its securities to the general public;

(ii) If the anticipated aggregate proceeds therefrom are less than $10,000,000;

(iii) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification, or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

-6-


(iv) After the Company has initiated three (3) such registrations pursuant to this Section 2.1 ; or

(v) During the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

(c) Deferral . If (i) in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), the filing of a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities would be materially detrimental to the Company and the Board concludes, as a result, that it is in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement at such time, and (ii) the Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be materially detrimental to the Company for such registration statement to be filed in the near future and that it is, therefore, in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement, then (in addition to the limitations set forth in Section 2.1(b)(v) above) the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than one hundred eighty (180) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, and, provided further , that the Company shall not defer its obligation in this manner more than twice in any twelve-month period.

(d) Other Shares . The registration statement filed pursuant to the request of the Initiating Holders may, subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(e), include shares held by Holders other than the Initiating Holders, and may include securities of the Company being sold for the account of the Company.

(e) Underwriting . If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.1 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice given pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i) . In such event, the right of any Holder to include all or any portion of its Registrable Securities in such registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities to the extent provided herein. The Company shall (together with all Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders, which underwriters are reasonably acceptable to the Company.

If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company, the underwriter or the Initiating Holders. The securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from registration. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall also be withdrawn from such registration.

 

-7-


2.2 Company Registration .

(a) Company Registration . If the Company shall determine to register any of its securities either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders, other than a registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.3 , a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other Rule 145 transaction, or a registration on any registration form that does not permit secondary sales, the Company will:

(i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all Holders; and

(ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), except as set forth in Section 2.2(b) below, and in any underwriting involved therein, all of such Registrable Securities as are specified in a written request or requests made by any Holder or Holders received by the Company within ten (10) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered. Such written request may specify all or a part of a Holder’s Registrable Securities.

(b) Underwriting . If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i) . In such event, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and the other holders of securities of the Company with registration rights to participate therein distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected by the Company.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2 , if the underwriters advise the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the Company may (subject to the limitations set forth below) limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in, the registration and underwriting. The Company may limit, to the extent so advised by the underwriters, the amount of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration, provided that the aggregate of the Registrable Securities to be included in such registration may not be so reduced to less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the total value of all securities included in such registration; provided that, no Registrable Securities that are issued or issuable pursuant to the conversion of Series B Preferred Shares, Series C Preferred Shares or Series D Preferred Shares shall be reduced until all other securities (other than the Ordinary Shares issued by the Company in such public offering) are excluded from such public offering. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, the exclusion of Registrable Securities that are issued or issuable pursuant to the conversion of Series B Preferred Shares, Series C Preferred Shares or Series D Preferred Shares from an underwritten offering pursuant hereto shall only be made on a pro-rata basis.

 

-8-


If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall also be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company or the underwriter. The Registrable Securities or other securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from such registration. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration.

(c) Right to Terminate Registration . The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration.

2.3 Registration on Form F-3/S-3 .

(a) Request for Form F-3/S-3 Registration . After its Initial Public Offering, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to qualify for registration on Form F-3 or Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form or forms. After the Company has qualified for the use of Form F-3 or Form S-3, in addition to the rights contained in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2 and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.3, if the Company shall receive from a Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities a written request that the Company effect any registration on Form F-3 or Form S-3 or any similar short form registration statement with respect to all or part of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended methods of disposition of such shares by such Holder or Holders), the Company will take all such action with respect to such Registrable Securities as required by Section 2.1(a)(i) and (ii) .

(b) Limitations on Form F-3/Form S-3 Registration . The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 :

(i) In the circumstances described in either Sections 2.1(b)(i) , 2.1(b)(iii) or 2.1(b)(v) ;

(ii) If the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) on Form F-3 or Form S-3 at an aggregate price to the public of less than $2,000,000; or

(iii) If, in a given twelve-month period, the Company has effected one (1) such registration in such period.

 

-9-


(c) Deferral . The provisions of Section 2.1(c) shall apply to any registration pursuant to this Section 2.3.

(d) Underwriting . If the Holders of Registrable Securities requesting registration under this Section 2.3 intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, the provisions of Sections 2.1(e) shall apply to such registration. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not be counted as requests for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.1.

2.4 Expenses of Registration . All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with registrations pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 hereof shall be borne by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.3 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered or because a sufficient number of Holders shall have withdrawn so that the minimum offering conditions set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.3 are no longer satisfied (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata among each other based on the number of Registrable Securities requested to be so registered), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to a demand registration pursuant to Section 2.1 . All Selling Expenses relating to securities registered on behalf of the Holders shall be borne by the holders of securities included in such registration pro rata among each other on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities so registered.

2.5 Registration Procedures . In the case of each registration effected by the Company pursuant to Section 2 , the Company will keep each Holder advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration and as to the completion thereof. At its expense, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

(a) Keep such registration effective for a period ending on the earlier of the date which is sixty (60) days from the effective date of the registration statement or such time as the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto.

(b) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above;

(c) Furnish such number of prospectuses, including any preliminary prospectuses, and other documents incident thereto, including any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus, as a Holder from time to time may reasonably request;

 

-10-


(d) Use its reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdiction as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided , that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(e) Notify each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing, and following such notification promptly prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing;

(f) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(g) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed; and

(h) In connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration statement filed pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof, enter into an underwriting agreement in form reasonably necessary to effect the offer and sale of Ordinary Shares, provided such underwriting agreement contains reasonable and customary provisions, and provided further , that each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

 

-11-


2.6 Indemnification .

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners, legal counsel, and accountants and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification, or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Section 2 , and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act any underwriter, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages, and liabilities (or actions, proceedings, or settlements in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any prospectus, offering circular, or other document (including any related registration statement, notification, or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification, or compliance, (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation (or alleged violation) by the Company of the Securities Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any offering covered by such registration, qualification, or compliance, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors, partners, legal counsel, and accountants and each person controlling such Holder, each such underwriter, and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action; provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by such Holder, any of such Holder’s officers, directors, partners, legal counsel or accountants, any person controlling such Holder, such underwriter or any person who controls any such underwriter and stated to be specifically for use therein; and provided , further that, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.6(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification, or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, officers, partners, legal counsel, and accountants and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, each other such Holder, and each of their officers, directors, and partners, and each person controlling such Holder, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document, or (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company and such Holders, directors, officers, partners, legal counsel, and accountants, persons, underwriters, or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided , however , that the obligations of such Holder hereunder shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claims, losses, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); and provided that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.6 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

 

-12-


(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 2.6 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense; and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2.6 , to the extent such failure is not prejudicial. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.6 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

2.7 Information by Holder . Each Holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification, or compliance referred to in this Section 2 .

 

-13-


2.8 Restrictions on Transfer; Legend .

(a) The holder of each certificate representing Registrable Securities by acceptance thereof agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2.8 . Each Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Restricted Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until (i) such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition, (ii) such disposition is made in accordance with applicable law, including any restrictions on transfer resulting from applicable securities laws, (iii) such disposition is made in accordance with restrictions on transfer set forth in the Company’s articles of association, including Article 64 thereof, and (iv) such disposition, to the extent effected after December 31, 2010, is made in accordance with the rights of first refusal set forth in Section 6 hereof.

(b) Each certificate representing Preferred Shares or Registrable Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL AND RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AS SET FORTH IN THE COMPANY’S ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION AND AN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 2.8 .

(c) The first legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 2.8(b) hereof stamped on a certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities and the share transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such Restricted Securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such Restricted Securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a public sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration under the Securities Act, or (iii) such holder provides the Company with reasonable assurances, which may, at the option of the Company, include an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, that such securities can be sold pursuant to Section (k) of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

-14-


2.9 Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

(a) Make and keep public information regarding the Company available as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements; and

(c) So long as a Holder owns any Restricted Securities, furnish to the Holder forthwith upon written request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

2.10 Market Stand-Off Agreement . If requested by the Company and an underwriter of Ordinary Shares (or other securities) of the Company, each Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any Ordinary Shares (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the Company’s Initial Public Offering provided that: all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements; provided further that if (a) during the last 17 days of such 180-day period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (b) prior to the expiration of such 180-day period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of such 180-day period, the restrictions imposed by this Section 2.10 shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with the second legend set forth in Section 2.8(b) hereof with respect to the shares of Ordinary Shares (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day period. Each Holder agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.10 . Such Market Stand-off Agreement shall provide that transfers of Registrable Securities by any Holder to any Affiliate of such Holder during the restricted period are permitted, provided that such Affiliate executes a lock-up or standoff agreement substantively identical to that signed by the transferring Holder.

 

-15-


2.11 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to take any action to restrain, enjoin, or otherwise delay any registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2 .

2.12 Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register securities granted to a Holder by the Company under this Section 2 may be transferred or assigned by a Holder only to an Affiliate of such Holder or to a transferee or assignee of not less than 1,500,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for share splits, share dividends, reverse share splits, and the like); provided that, in each case (i) the Company is given written notice prior to said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are intended to be transferred or assigned and (ii) the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement, including without limitation the obligations set forth in Section 2.10 .

2.13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of a majority in interest of the Holders, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights the terms of which are senior to the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder.

2.14 Termination of Registration Rights . The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 shall terminate on the earlier of (i) such date, on or after the closing of the Company’s first registered public offering of Ordinary Shares, on which all shares of Registrable Securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such Holder may immediately be sold under Rule 144 during any ninety (90)-day period, and (ii) five (5) years after the closing of a Qualified Public Offering.

3. INFORMATION COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

3.1 Financial Information . The Company will furnish the following reports to each Holder (a “ Significant Holder ”) who owns at least 1,500,000 Preferred Shares and/or Conversion Shares (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for share splits, share dividends, reverse share splits, and the like):

(a) As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each such fiscal year of the Company (unless otherwise agreed by the Board, including the approval of the Series C Director and, before the GLAM Subsequent Closing, the Initial Closing Series D Director and, after the GLAM Subsequent Closing, both Series D Directors), a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for such year, prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the US (“ US GAAP ”) consistently applied, audited by a “big-four” international accounting firm selected by the Company (the “ Auditor ”).

 

-16-


(b) As soon as practicable after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of the first, second, and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the end of each such quarterly period, and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for such period, prepared in accordance with US GAAP consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments.

(c) Prior to the end of each fiscal year, an operating budget for the Company for the next succeeding fiscal year;

(d) Within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, information with respect to the outstanding shares and share options of the Company outstanding (which share option information may be provided in the aggregate) as of the end of such fiscal year;

(e) Within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, (i) unaudited monthly financial statements (including income statements, balance sheets, cash flow statements and accounts receivable reconciliation), (ii) a management report, in such form as agreed by the Board at the first meeting of the Board following the date hereof, setting forth (aa) the business development plan of the Group Members including any acquisition plan (and its progress thereof) of the operating assets of any entity (including without limitation any school) or the beneficial ownership interests in and/or voting control over any entity (including without limitation any school), any development plan of any new facility (including without limitation any school) and (bb) the current number of schools and students of the Group Members, and (iii) key performance indicators reporting, when available; and

(f) Such additional financial and other information as such Significant Holder may from time to time reasonably request.

The Company will provide a quarterly reporting package to the members of its Board to facilitate quarterly Board meetings. This quarterly reporting package will include all the necessary information required by a typical board member of a company and will include quarterly management accounts, discussions of the Company’s operation performance and financial performance, forecasts of the Company’s immediate future performance, management issues and other matters relevant to the Company’s operations.

 

-17-


3.2 Inspection Rights . The Significant Holders or their duly appointed agent shall have the right to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company and, upon prior notice to the Company and with the Company’s consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Company shall arrange for such Significant Holders to visit and inspect the properties of the other Group Members (as such term is defined in the Series D Purchase Agreement). The Significant Holders or their duly appointed agent shall have the right to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company with its officers, and to review such information as is reasonably requested all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested. Any expense incurred as a result of such inspection shall be paid by the Significant Holder exercising these inspection rights. The Company shall take all actions necessary to cause each of the Group Members to effect the inspections contemplated hereof.

3.3 Termination of Covenants . The Company’s obligations under this Section 3 will terminate upon a Qualified Public Offering.

4. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ON COMPANY ISSUANCES

4.1 Right of First Refusal to Significant Holders . The Company hereby grants to each Significant Holder the right of first refusal to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities (as defined in this Section 4.1(a) ) which the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement. A Significant Holder’s pro rata share, for purposes of this right of first refusal, is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of Ordinary Shares owned by such Significant Holder immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of the Preferred Shares and exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants, directly or indirectly, into Ordinary Shares held by said Significant Holder) to (b) the total number of shares of Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of the Preferred Shares and exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants of the Company). The Significant Holders shall have the over allotment option to purchase New Securities in the event if any Significant Holder fails to purchase all of its pro rata shares of New Securities.

(a) “ New Securities ” shall mean any share capital (including Ordinary Shares and/or Preferred Shares) of the Company whether now authorized or not, and rights, convertible securities, options or warrants to purchase such capital shares, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, exercisable or convertible into capital shares (collectively “ Convertible Securities ”); provided that the term “New Securities” does not include:

(i) The Series D Preferred Shares issued at the Initial Closing (as defined in the Series D Purchase Agreement) and to be issued at the Subsequent Closing (as defined in the Series D Purchase Agreement) pursuant to the Series D Purchase Agreement and the Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares;

(ii) Ordinary Shares issued or issuable to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to share purchase or share option plans or other arrangements approved by the Board, or upon exercise of options or similar rights granted to such parties pursuant to any such plan or arrangement;

 

-18-


(iii) Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of options, warrants or other Convertible Securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement;

(iv) Ordinary Shares and/or Convertible Securities issued in connection with an acquisition or similar business combination approved by the Board;

(v) Ordinary shares and/or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to a share split, share dividend, combination, recapitalization or like event; or

(vi) Ordinary Shares and/or Convertible Securities the issuance of which is specifically excluded from the provisions of this Section 4 by unanimous vote or unanimous written consent of the Board.

(b) In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give each Significant Holder written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, and their price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Significant Holder shall have ten (10) days after any such notice is mailed or delivered to agree to purchase such Significant Holder’s pro rata share of such New Securities and to indicate whether such Significant Holder desires to exercise its over allotment option for the price and upon the terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased.

(c) In the event the Significant Holders fail to exercise fully the right of first refusal and over allotment rights, if any, within said ten (10) day period (the “ Election Period ”), the Company shall have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell or enter into an agreement (pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby shall be closed, if at all, within ninety (90) days from the date of said agreement) to sell that portion of the New Securities with respect to which the Significant Holders’ right of first refusal option set forth in this Section 4.1 was not exercised, at a price and upon terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to Significant Holders delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(b) . In the event the Company has not sold within such ninety (90) day period following the Election Period, or such ninety (90) day period following the date of said agreement, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities, without first again offering such securities to the Significant Holders in the manner provided in this Section 4.1 .

(d) The right of first refusal granted under this Section 4 shall not apply with respect to and shall expire immediately prior to a Qualified Public Offering.

5. TRANSFERS BY THE FOUNDERS

5.1 Right of First Refusal .

(a) Notice of Transfer . Subject to the consent requirement under Section 8.5 herein if a Founder proposes to transfer any shares (the “ Founder Shares ”) beneficially owned by the Founder (the “ Selling Founder ”), then the Selling Founder shall promptly give written notice (the “ Notice of Transfer ”) simultaneously to each Significant Holder and the Company at least thirty (30) days prior to the closing of such transfer. The Notice of Transfer shall describe in reasonable detail the proposed transfer including, without limitation, the number of Founder Shares to be transferred, the nature of such transfer, the consideration to be paid, and the name and address of each prospective investor or transferee.

 

-19-


(b) Company’s Right of First Refusal . For a period of ten (10) days following receipt of any Notice of Transfer described in Section 5.1(a) , the Company shall have the right to purchase all or a portion of the Founder Shares subject to such Notice of Transfer on the same terms and conditions as set forth therein. The Company’s purchase right shall be exercised by written notice signed by a majority of the directors of the Company who are not nominated by the Selling Founder and delivered to the Selling Founder. The Company shall effect the purchase of the Founder Shares, including payment of the purchase price, not more than ten (10) Business Days after delivery of the Notice of Transfer, and at such time the Selling Founder shall deliver to the Company the certificate(s) representing the Founder Shares to be purchased by the Company, each certificate to be properly endorsed for transfer. The Founder Shares so purchased shall thereupon be cancelled and cease to be issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares.

(c) Significant Holder’s Right of First Refusal . In the event that the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Founder Shares available pursuant to its rights under Section 5.1(b) within the period set forth therein, the Selling Founder shall promptly give written notice (the “ Second Notice ”) to each Significant Holder, which shall set forth the number of Founder Shares not purchased by the Company and which shall include the terms of Notice of Transfer set forth in Section 5.1(a) . Each such Significant Holder shall then have the right, exercisable upon written notice to the Selling Founder (the “ Significant Holder Notice ”) within ten (10) days after the receipt of the Second Notice, to purchase up to all of the Founder Shares subject to the Second Notice and on the same terms and conditions as set forth therein. If more than one Significant Holder provides notice of exercise of its rights under this Section 5.1(c) with respect to any proposed transfer of Founder Shares, then each such Significant Holder shall be entitled to purchase that percentage of the Founder Shares proposed to be transferred that is equal to (i) the number of shares of Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares held by such Significant Holder divided by (ii) the total number of Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares held by all Significant Holders exercising their rights pursuant to this Section 5.1(c) . Each such Significant Holder shall effect the purchase of the Founder Shares, including payment of the purchase price, not more than ten (10) days after delivery of the Significant Holder Notice (the “ Right of First Refusal Period ”), and at such time the Selling Founder shall deliver to such Significant Holder the certificate(s) representing the Founder Shares to be purchased by such Significant Holder, each certificate to be properly endorsed for transfer.

5.2 Right of Co-Sale .

(a) Co-Sale Notice . To the extent that the Significant Holders and the Company do not exercise their rights with respect to all of the Founder Shares subject to a proposed sale of Founder Shares pursuant to Section 5.1 above, a Selling Founder shall, before any sale of such Founder Shares, first give the Significant Holders written notice of such Selling Founder’s intention to sell the remaining Founder Shares that are not being purchased by the Company or the Significant Holders pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof (the “ Co-Sale Shares ”), describing the amount of Co-Sale Shares proposed to be transferred, the identity of the proposed transferee, and the price and terms upon which such Selling Founder proposes to make such transfer (the “ Co-Sale Notice ”).

 

-20-


(b) Co-Sale . Within fifteen (15) Business Days after delivery of the Co-Sale Notice, each Significant Holder who has not exercised her or his right of first refusal as provided in Section 5.1(c) hereof may elect to sell up to its pro rata share of the Co-Sale Shares to be purchased by the transferee described in the Co-Sale Notice by giving written notice thereof to the Selling Founder and tendering to the Secretary of the Company a certificate representing the shares to be sold, properly endorsed for transfer, with written instructions to transfer the shares to the transferee described in the Co-Sale Notice upon receipt of payment for such shares from such transferee for the benefit of such Significant Holder (“ Co-Sale Significant Holder(s) ”). The Selling Founder shall thereupon notify the transferee of the co-sale arrangements hereunder, and instruct the transferee to deliver payment for the shares to be purchased from the Significant Holders to the Secretary of the Company, who shall transmit such payment to such Co-Sale Significant Holders. For the purpose of the co-sale right set forth in this Section 5.2 , the pro rata share of a Co-Sale Significant Holder shall be determined based on the number of shares of Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares held by such Co-Sale Significant Holder divided by the sum of (A) the total number of shares of Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares held by all Co-Sale Significant Holders exercising the co-sale right pursuant to this Section 5.2 plus (B) the number of shares of Ordinary Shares held by the Selling Founder at the date of the Co-Sale Notice (assuming conversion of all convertible securities and exercise of all options and warrants held by such Selling Founder). To the extent that any prospective buyer refuses to purchase all of the shares from an Co-Sale Significant Holder exercising co-sale rights hereunder, the Selling Founder shall not sell any Co-Sale Shares to such prospective buyer unless and until, simultaneously with such sale, such Selling Founder shall purchase such Co-Sale Shares from such Co-Sale Significant Holder at not less than the price and upon other terms and conditions, if any, set forth in the Co-Sale Notice.

5.3 Selling Founder’s Right to Transfer . If any of the Founder Shares remain available after the exercise (or failure to exercise) of the rights of first refusal under Section 5.1 and the co-sale rights under Section 5.2 , the Selling Founder may, within ninety (90) days after the date of delivery of the Co-Sale Notice, transfer some or all of the Co-Sale Shares which were the subject of the Co-Sale Notice at a price and on terms no more favorable to the transferee(s) than specified in the Co-Sale Notice. Co-Sale Shares transferred in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.3 shall no longer be subject to the restrictions on Co-Sale Shares set forth in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 . After the expiration of the ninety (90) day period, the Selling Founder shall not transfer any Co-Sale Shares without again complying with the procedures set forth above in Sections 5.1 and   5.2 .

 

-21-


5.4 Exempt Transfers . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the first refusal rights of the Company and Significant Holders set forth in Section 5.1 and the rights of co-sale of the Significant Holders set forth in Section 5.2 shall not apply to transfers by a Founder (i) without consideration therefor to such Founder’s ancestors, descendants or spouse, or to trusts for the benefit of such persons, or (ii) by way of any bona fide gift effected for tax planning purposes; provided that in the event of any transfer made pursuant to the exemptions provided by clauses (i) or (ii) above, (A) the Founder shall inform the Company and the Significant Holders of such transfer or gift prior to effecting it and (B) the transferee or donee shall furnish the Company and the Significant Holders with a written agreement to be bound by and comply with all provisions of this Agreement. Such transferred Founder Shares shall remain “Founder Shares” hereunder, and such transferee or donee shall be treated as the “Founder” for purposes of this Agreement.

5.5 Termination . The rights of first refusal and co-sale granted under this Section 5 shall not apply with respect to and shall expire immediately prior to a Qualified Public Offering.

6. TRANSFERS BY THE INVESTORS

6.1 Right of First Refusal .

(a) Notice of Transfer . If an Investor proposes to transfer at any time after December 31, 2010 any Preferred Shares or Conversion Shares (the “ Investor Shares ”) beneficially owned by the Investor (the “ Selling Investor ”), then the Selling Investor shall promptly give written notice (the “ Notice of Investor Transfer ”) simultaneously to each Significant Holder, with a copy to the Company. The Notice of Investor Transfer shall describe in reasonable detail the proposed transfer including, without limitation, (i) the number of Investor Shares proposed to be transferred (the “ Offered Shares ”), (ii) the nature of such transfer, (iii) the proposed consideration for such transfer, which consideration must be in United States Dollar cash only and may not be in kind, (iv) the name and address of each prospective purchaser or transferee of the Offered Shares (the “ Proposed Transferee ”), and (v) at the election of the Selling Investor, a condition (the “ Investor Transfer Condition ”) that the Selling Investor is not willing to sell the Offered Shares unless the Electing Significant Holders (as defined below) that issue a valid Significant Holder Notice to Investor (as defined below) within the Acceptance Period (as defined below), in aggregate, elect to purchase all of the Offered Shares on the terms set out in the Notice of Investor Transfer. The Notice of Investor Transfer shall be irrevocable and shall constitute a binding agreement by the Selling Investor to sell the Offered Shares to the Electing Significant Holder(s); provided that if the Investor Transfer Condition is specified in the Notice of Investor Transfer, the Notice of Investor Transfer shall only constitute a binding agreement by the Selling Investor to sell the Offered Shares to the Electing Significant Holder(s) if the Electing Significant Holder(s) that issue a valid Significant Holder Notice to Investor within the Acceptance Period, in the aggregate, elect to purchase all of the Offered Shares on the terms set out in the Notice of Investor Transfer.

 

-22-


(b) Significant Holder’s Right of First Refusal . Each Significant Holder shall have the right, exercisable upon written notice to the Selling Investor (the “ Significant Holder Notice To Investor ”) within ten (10) Business Days after the receipt of the Notice of Investor Transfer (the “ Acceptance Period ”), to purchase up to all of the Offered Shares subject to the Notice of Investor Transfer and on the same terms and conditions as set forth therein. If more than one Significant Holder provides notice of exercise of its rights under this Section 6.1(b) with respect to the Offered Shares, then each such Significant Holder (the “ Electing Significant Holder ”) shall be entitled to purchase that percentage of the Offered Shares proposed to be transferred that is equal to (i) the number of shares of Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares held by such Electing Significant Holder divided by (ii) the total number of Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares held by all Electing Significant Holders exercising their rights pursuant to this Section 6.1(b) . Each such Electing Significant Holder shall effect the purchase of the Offered Shares, including payment of the purchase price, not more than ten (10) Business Days after delivery of the Significant Holder Notice To Investor, and at such time the Selling Investor shall deliver to each such Electing Significant Holder the certificate(s) representing the relevant Offered Shares to be purchased by such Electing Significant Holder, each certificate to be properly endorsed for transfer. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Investor Transfer Condition is specified in the Notice of Investor Transfer and the Electing Significant Shareholders do not elect to purchase all of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Section 6.1(b) , the right of first refusal of the Electing Significant Shareholders in relation to the Offered Shares shall lapse unless and until such Offered Shares are not sold to the Proposed Transferee within the Sale Period (defined below) in accordance with Section 6.2 .

6.2 Selling Investor’s Right to Transfer . If any of the Offered Shares remain unsold after the exercise (or failure to exercise) of the rights of first refusal pursuant to Section 6.1 , the Selling Investor shall have the right, subject to Article 64 of the Company’s Articles of Association, within ninety (90) days after the expiration of the Acceptance Period (the “ Sale Period ”) to transfer all of the Offered Shares which were not sold pursuant to Section 6.1 to the Proposed Transferee specified in the Notice of Investor Transfer at a price and on terms no more favorable to the Proposed Transferee than specified in the Notice of Investor Transfer. After the expiration of the Sale Period, the Selling Investor shall not transfer any Offered Shares without again complying with the procedures set forth above in Section 6.1 and this Section 6.2 .

6.3 Exempt Transfers . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the first refusal rights of the Significant Holders set forth in Section 6.1 shall not apply to transfers by an Investor to an Affiliate of such Investor, provided that in the event of any such transfer by an Investor to an Affiliate of such Investor, (A) the Investor shall inform the Company and the Significant Holders of such transfer prior to effecting it and (B) the transferee shall furnish the Company and the Significant Holders with a written agreement to be bound by and comply with all provisions of this Agreement. Such transferred Investor Shares shall remain “Investor Shares” hereunder, and such transferee shall be treated as the “Investor” for purposes of this Agreement.

6.4 Termination . The rights of first refusal granted under this Section 6 shall not apply with respect to and shall expire immediately prior to a Qualified Public Offering.

 

-23-


7. VOTING AGREEMENT

7.1 Agreement to Vote . Each Investor, as a holder of Preferred Shares, hereby agrees on behalf of itself and any transferee or assignee of any such shares to hold all of the Preferred Shares registered in its name (and any securities of the Company issued with respect to, upon conversion of, or in exchange or substitution for such shares, and any other voting securities of the Company subsequently acquired by such Investor) subject to, and to vote the Preferred Shares at a regular or special meeting of shareholders (or by written consent) in accordance with, the provisions of this Section 7 . The Founders, as holders of Ordinary Shares of the Company, hereby agree on behalf of themselves and any transferee or assignee of any such shares of Ordinary Shares, to hold all of such shares of Ordinary Shares and any other voting securities of the Company acquired by the Founders in the future (and any securities of the Company issued with respect to, upon conversion of, or in exchange or substitution for such securities) subject to, and to vote the Ordinary Shares at a regular or special meeting of shareholders (or by written consent) in accordance with, the provisions of this Section 7 .

7.2 Board Size . The Investors and Founders shall vote at a regular or special meeting of shareholders (or by written consent) such Preferred Shares and Ordinary Shares that they own (or as to which they have voting power), as applicable, to ensure that the size of the Board shall be set and remain at seven (7) directors.

7.3 Election of Directors . In any election of directors of the Company, whether at a general meeting or by written consent, the Founders and each Investor shall each vote (or execute any written consent with respect to) such number of Preferred Shares or Ordinary Shares then owned by them (or as to which they then have voting power) as may be necessary to elect the following individuals to the Board:

(a) two (2) representatives selected by the holders of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (excluding for this purpose any Conversion Shares converted from the Preferred Shares) and Series A Preferred Shares, voting together as a single class;

(b) one (1) representative selected by the holder of a majority of the Series B Preferred Shares (the “ Series B Director ”), which representative shall be designated by The CID Group so long as The CID Group and its Affiliates collectively hold at least 1,500,000 Series B Preferred Shares (or Conversion Shares converted therefrom);

(c) one (1) representative selected by the holder of a majority of the Series C Preferred Shares (the “ Series C Director ”), which representative shall be designated by Macquarie Group Limited (“ Macquarie ”) so long as Macquarie and its Affiliates hold at least 1,500,000 Series C Preferred Shares (or Conversion Shares converted therefrom);

(d) two (2) representatives selected by the holder of a majority of the Series D Preferred Shares (the “ Series D Directors ”), one (1) of which representatives shall be designated by Actis Angel (AEM3) Ltd. (“ Actis ”) so long as Actis and its Affiliates hold at least 1,500,000 Series D Preferred Shares (or Conversion Shares converted therefrom) (the “ Initial Closing Series D Director ”), and one (1) of which representatives shall be designated by GL Asia Mauritius II Cayman Ltd. (“ GLAM ”) so long as GLAM and its Affiliates hold at least 1,500,000 Series D Preferred Shares (or Conversion Shares converted therefrom) (the “ Subsequent Closing Series D Director ”); provided that the Subsequent Closing Series D Director shall only be appointed to the Board upon the Subsequent Closing (as defined in the Series D Purchase Agreement) in which GLAM purchases 12,972,159 Series D Preferred Shares (the “ GLAM Subsequent Closing ”) and prior to such GLAM Subsequent Closing, the holders of the Series D Preferred Shares shall not have any right to appoint such Subsequent Closing Series D Director; and

 

-24-


(e) one (1) representative unanimously selected by all other directors of the Board.

7.4 Removal . Any director of the Company may be removed from the Board in the manner allowed by law and the Company’s Articles of Association, but with respect to a director designated above, only upon the vote or written consent of the shareholders entitled to designate such director.

7.5 No Liability for Election of Recommended Directors . Neither the Company, the Founders, the Investors, nor any officer, director, shareholder, partner, employee or agent of such party, makes any representation or warranty as to the fitness or competence of the nominee of any party hereunder to serve on the Company’s Board by virtue of such party’s execution of this Agreement or by the act of such party in voting for such nominee pursuant to this Agreement.

7.6 Grant of Proxy . Should the provisions relating to the voting of shares pursuant to this Section 6 be construed to constitute the granting of proxies, such proxies shall be deemed coupled with an interest and are irrevocable for the term of this Agreement.

7.7 Manner of Voting . The voting of shares pursuant to this Section 7 may be effected in person, by proxy, by written consent, or in any other manner permitted by applicable law.

7.8 Protective Provisions .

(a) So long as at least 6,450,000 Series A Preferred Shares (as adjusted for any share split, share dividend, share combination or consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event) shall be outstanding, the Investors and Founders shall not, without obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred Shares voting as a separate class (based on the number of Ordinary Shares into which each holder’s Series A Preferred Shares is then convertible, as adjusted from time to time), vote at a regular or special meeting of shareholders (or by written consent) to:

(i) waive, amend, or repeal any provision of the Company’s Articles of Association if such action would adversely alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series A Preferred Shares;

(ii) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Shares; or

(iii) create (by reclassification or otherwise) any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on a parity with the Series A Preferred Shares.

 

-25-


(b) So long as at least 3,000,000 Series B Preferred Shares (as adjusted for any share split, share dividend, share combination or consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event) shall be outstanding, the Investors and the Founders (1) shall not, without obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred Shares voting as a separate class (based on the number of Ordinary Shares into which each holder’s Series B Preferred Shares is then convertible, as adjusted from time to time) vote at a regular or special meeting of shareholders (or by written consent) of the Company to and (2) in the case of (i), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) below, shall procure that each of the other Group Members shall not, without obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred Shares voting as a separate class (based on the number of Ordinary Shares into which each holder’s Series B Preferred Shares is then convertible, as adjusted from time to time), vote at a regular or special meeting of shareholders (or by written consent) of the Group Member that it owns to:

(i) waive, amend, or repeal any provision of the articles of association or any other charter documents of such Group Member if such action would adversely alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series B Preferred Shares;

(ii) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Shares;

(iii) create (by reclassification, merger or otherwise) any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges with respect to dividends, or payments upon liquidation senior to or on a parity with the Series B Preferred Shares or having voting rights other than those granted to the Preferred Shares generally;

(iv) take any action that would expose the holders of Series B Preferred Shares to more than a minimal risk of being subject to taxation under Section 305 of the United States Internal Revenue Code;

(v) redeem or repurchase any of the Company’s shares or declare a dividend with respect to any such shares; provided , however, that this provision shall not apply to the Company’s redemption or repurchase of shares issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company upon termination of their employment or services or pursuant to agreements providing for the right of such repurchase between the Company and such persons;

(vi) change the number of directors constituting the full Board and the board of directors of each of the Offshore Group Members; or

(vii) amend Article 51(3)(e)(ii) of the Company’s Articles of Association.

 

-26-


(c) So long as at least 3,000,000 of the Series C Preferred Shares (as adjusted for any share split, share dividend, share combination or consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event) shall be outstanding, the Investors and the Founders (1) shall not, without obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding Series C Preferred Shares voting as a separate class (based on the number of Ordinary Shares into which each holder’s Series C Preferred Shares is then convertible, as adjusted from time to time), vote at a regular or special meeting of shareholders (or by written consent) of the Company to, and (2) in the case of (i), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) below, shall procure that each of the other Group Members shall not, without obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding Series C Preferred Shares voting as a separate class (based on the number of Ordinary Shares into which each holder’s Series C Preferred Shares is then convertible, as adjusted from time to time), vote at a regular or special meeting of shareholders (or by written consent) of the Group Member that it owns to:

(i) waive, amend, or repeal any provision of the articles of association or any other charter documents of such Group Member if such action would adversely alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series C Preferred Shares;

(ii) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Shares;

(iii) create (by reclassification, merger or otherwise), offer or issue any new class or series of shares, or any securities or rights to acquire or convert into any such class or series of shares, having rights, preferences or privileges (including but not limited to with respect to dividends or payments upon liquidation) senior to or on a parity with the Series C Preferred Shares or having voting rights other than those granted to the Preferred Shares generally;

(iv) take any action that would expose the holders of Series C Preferred Shares to more than a minimal risk of being subject to taxation under Section 305 of the United States Internal Revenue Code;

(v) declare a dividend with respect to any of its shares or any other payment to the holders of its shares in their capacity as shareholders out of its distributable profits or reserves of the relevant Group Member;

(vi) change the number of directors constituting the full Board and the board of directors of each of the Offshore Group Members; or

(vii) amend Article 51(3)(e)(iii) of the Company’s Articles of Association.

 

-27-


(d) So long as at least 3,000,000 of the Series D Preferred Shares (as adjusted for any share split, share dividend, share combination or consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event) shall be outstanding, the Investors and the Founders (1) shall not, without obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least two thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the outstanding Series D Preferred Shares voting as a separate class (based on the number of Ordinary Shares into which each holder’s Series D Preferred Shares is then convertible, as adjusted from time to time), vote at a regular or special meeting of shareholders (or by written consent) of the Company to and (2) in the case of (i), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) below, shall procure that each of the other Group Members shall not, without obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least two-thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the outstanding Series D Preferred Shares voting as a separate class (based on the number of Ordinary Shares into which each holder’s Series D Preferred Shares is then convertible, as adjusted from time to time), vote at a regular or special meeting of shareholders (or by written consent) of the Group Member that it owns to:

(i) waive, amend, or repeal any provision of the articles of association or any other charter documents of such Group Member if such action would adversely alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series D Preferred Shares;

(ii) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series D Preferred Shares;

(iii) create (by reclassification, merger or otherwise), offer or issue any new class or series of shares, or any securities or rights to acquire or convert into any such class or series of shares, having rights, preferences or privileges (including but not limited to with respect to dividends or payments upon liquidation) senior to or on a parity with the Series D Preferred Shares or having voting rights other than those granted to the Preferred Shares generally;

(iv) take any action that would expose the holders of Series D Preferred Shares to more than a minimal risk of being subject to taxation under Section 305 of the United States Internal Revenue Code;

(v) declare a dividend with respect to any of its shares or any other payment to the holders of its shares in their capacity as shareholders out of distributable profits or reserves of the relevant Group Member;

(vi) change the number of directors constituting the full Board and the board of directors of each of the Offshore Group Members; or

(vii) amend Article 51(3)(e)(iv) of the Company’s Articles of Association.

 

-28-


7.9 Board Level Protective Provisions . The Founders, the Investors and the Company shall ensure that the following matters in respect of each Group Member and/or the Group Members as a whole (where applicable) shall not be undertaken unless it has been (a) approved by a majority of the Directors at a meeting of the Board duly constituted pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association, provided that such approval shall include the approval of the Series B Director, the Series C Director and, before the GLAM Subsequent Closing, the Initial Closing Series D Director and, after the GLAM Subsequent Closing, both Series D Directors, (b) approved by a unanimous written resolution of the Board duly passed pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association or (c) if permissible under applicable law, approved in writing (which may include electronic mail) by the Series B Director, the Series C Director and, before the GLAM Subsequent Closing, the Initial Closing Series D Director and, after the GLAM Subsequent Closing, both Series D Directors:

 

  (a) the incurrence of indebtedness in excess of US$2,000,000 in the aggregate during any one year (other than the incurrence of indebtedness provided for in the Company’s business plan and budget approved pursuant to subparagraph (e) below and other than the incurrence of indebtedness by one or more Group Members to one or more other Group Members);

 

  (b) the purchase or lease of any real estate (other than office, manufacturing, training center or warehouse space used in the ordinary course of business);

 

  (c) the purchase of equity securities in any company, the acquisition of the operating assets of any entity (including without limitation any school) that is not a Group Member or the acquisition through contractual arrangements of the beneficial ownership interests in and/or voting control over any entity (including without limitation any school) that is not a Group Member;

 

  (d) the extension of any loan to any party that is not related to the business operations of the Company or other Group Member;

 

  (e) the approval of the Company’s business plan and budget (including any capital expenditure plan) or any material changes thereof or any material deviation from the Company’s then current business plan and budget (including any capital expenditure plan);

 

  (f) the hiring or firing of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, President or Chief Financial Officer;

 

  (g) any repurchase or redemption of any its share capital other than in connection with (i) a termination of employment or consulting relationship pursuant to a bona fide employment agreement or consulting agreement approved by the Board, or (ii) a redemption pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association;

 

  (h) the appointment or removal of the auditors of the Company or Ambow Education Co., Ltd. or any material change in the accounting policies previously adopted by the Company or Ambow Education Co., Ltd.;

 

  (i) the provision of direct or indirect guaranties for any indebtedness of a person that is not a Group Member;

 

-29-


  (j) creating or permitting to exist any lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance of any kind on any of its assets for any indebtedness of any person that is not a Group Member;

 

  (k) the establishment of any new direct or indirect subsidiary (including without limitation any school) of the Company or any joint venture or partnership;

 

  (l) the adoption of, or amendment to, any employee equity incentive plan;

 

  (m) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up or any Company Sale Event (as defined in Article 51(3)(b)(vi) of the Company’s Articles of Association);

 

  (n) any transaction involving it, on the one hand, and any of its key employees, officers, directors or shareholders or any affiliate or relative of a shareholder or any of its officers, directors or shareholders, on the other hand (other than (i) employment contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any transaction where the transaction value is less than US$500,000);

 

  (o) the commencement or settlement of any litigation where the amount in controversy exceeds US$500,000;

 

  (p) the disposition of its assets, business or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, in each case with a value in excess of US$1 million in any single transaction or in the aggregate at any time in a series of related transactions in any twelve month period;

 

  (q) the terms of an initial public offering of any of its securities on any stock exchange (including without limitation the structure of the listing group and any restructuring in preparation of such initial public offering);

 

  (r) the sale, transfer, license, charge, encumbrance or any form of disposal of any trademarks, patents or other intellectual property rights owned or used by it other than in the ordinary course of business (other than any such sale, transfer, license, charge, encumbrance or form of disposal to one or more other Group Members);

 

  (s) the cessation of the business of the Group Members taken as a whole as such business is conducted as of the date of the Series D Preferred Share Purchase Agreement or any material change in the business activities of the Group Members taken as a whole as such activities are conducted as of the date of the Series D Preferred Share Purchase Agreement;

 

-30-


  (t) the execution or termination of (1) any contract outside the ordinary course of business where the dollar value of such contract exceeds US$1 million, (2) any derivatives contract regardless of the dollar value of such contract, or (3) any contract with a dollar value exceeding US$1 million granting any supplier, vendor or any other third party any exclusive rights to sell, operate, license or otherwise use any properties, services, rights, or any other assets of any Group Member (excluding for this purpose any such contract entered into solely between Group Members);

 

  (u) the approval of the annual financial statements of the Company and, to the extent separately prepared, the annual financial statements of Ambow Education Co., Ltd.; and

 

  (v) the delegation of any powers of the board of directors of the Company or any other Offshore Group Member (as such term is defined in the Series D Purchase Agreement) to a committee or any person or the change of any such delegation or the change of the composition or membership of such a committee.

For the avoidance of doubt, except to the extent such authority is delegated by the Board to a committee in accordance with the following paragraph, the Company shall not effect a corporate restructuring of the Group Members, taken as a whole, in preparation for an initial public offering of any Group Member or any initial public offering of the securities of any Group Member without obtaining (a) the approval of a majority of the Directors at a meeting of the Board duly constituted pursuant to these Articles, provided that such approval shall include the approval of the Series B Director, the Series C Director and, before the GLAM Subsequent Closing, the Initial Closing Series D Director and, after the GLAM Subsequent Closing, both Series D Directors, or (b) a unanimous written resolution of the Board duly passed pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association.

The Board may delegate its power to approve one or more of the foregoing matters set forth above in this Section 7.9 to any committee or any person so long as such delegation is approved as set forth above in this Section 7.9(v) and is effected in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association. In the event of any such delegation to any committee or any person, approval by such committee or such person in respect of such matters (in accordance with the authority granted and directions imposed with such delegation by the Board) shall satisfy the approval requirements of this Section 7.9 .

7.10 Board of Directors of Offshore Group Members . The board of directors of each Offshore Group Member (as such term is defined in the Series D Purchase Agreement) (other than the Company) shall have the same number of directors as that of the Company. The directors of each Offshore Group Member (other than the Company) shall be appointed and removed in accordance with the same rules and procedures provided for the Board, and such rules and procedures with respect to the appointment and removal of the directors of the Board set forth in this Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to the board of directors of each Offshore Group Member (other than the Company) and the directors of such board of directors; provided that, in the event a matter submitted or to be submitted for approval to the board of directors of an Offshore Group Member (other than the Company) is approved by the Board of the Company, then the members of the board of directors of such Offshore Group Member shall execute all consents and other documents reasonably required to effect the approval of such matter by the board of directors of such Offshore Group Member (i) concurrently with the approval by the Board of the Company, or (ii) in the event any such consent or other document is subsequently provided to the members of the board of directors of such Offshore Group Member, no later than five Business Days following receipt thereof.

 

-31-


7.11 Termination of Rights . The rights and obligations set forth in this Section 7 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the closing of a Qualified Public Offering.

8. ADDITIONAL COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY AND THE FOUNDER

8.1 Corporate Governance . The Company shall develop policies and procedures that are in accordance with good corporate governance, include appropriate internal control procedures to be developed as soon as practicable after the Company’s hiring of a Chief Financial Officer and the establishment of Board sub-committees as determined by the Board. The Board shall adopt policies concerning the following issues (i) business plan approvals, (ii) significant variances in expenses, borrowings and other grants over the Company’s assets outside the business plan, (iii) key appointments and compensation, (iv) change in/cessation of business operations or dissolution; (v) auditors and accounting policies, (vi) share option granting policy and approval procedures, and (vii) related party transactions policy.

8.2 Board Composition . Subject to Section 7 hereof, the Company and the Investors shall cooperate to further develop a Board structure incorporating independent Board members reflecting best practice corporate governance.

8.3 United States Tax Matters .

(a) Before the closing of the Qualified Public Offering, the Company shall determine annually, within forty-five (45) days from the end of each taxable year, with respect to such taxable year (i) whether the Company is a passive foreign investment company (“ PFIC ”) as described in Section 1297 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) (including whether any exception to PFIC status may apply) or is or may be classified as a partnership or branch for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and (ii) to provide such information reasonably available to the company as any U.S. Investor may request to permit such U.S. Investor to elect to treat the Company and/or any such entity (including a controlled Affiliate of the Company) as a “qualified electing fund” (within the meaning of Section 1295 of the Code) (a “ QEF Election ”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Company shall also, reasonably promptly upon request, obtain and provide any and all other information deemed necessary by the U.S. Investor to comply with the provisions of this Section 8.3(a) .

(b) If a determination is made by the Company that the Company is a PFIC for a particular taxable year, then for such year and for each year thereafter, the Company shall also provide each known U.S. Investor within sixty (60) days from the end of such year with a completed “PFIC Annual Information Statement”, in form and substance as attached in Exhibit F , as required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.1295-1(g) and any other information required by a U.S. Investor to comply with any reporting or other requirements in connection with the QEF Election.

 

-32-


(c) The Company shall promptly provide the U.S. Investors with written notice if it (or any of its controlled Affiliates) becomes a controlled foreign corporation as described in Section 957 of the Code. The Company shall, (i) upon the reasonable request of a U.S. Investor, furnish on a timely basis all information requested by such Investor to satisfy its U.S. federal income tax return filing requirements, if any, arising from its investment in the Company and relating to the Company or any other Group Member’s classification as a controlled foreign corporation (“ CFC ”) as described in the Code; and (ii) use commercially best efforts to avoid generating for any taxable year in which the Company or any other Group Member is a CFC income that would be includible in the income of such U.S. Investor pursuant to Section 951 of the Code (“ Subpart F income ”).

(d) The Company will comply and will cause its controlled Affiliates to comply with all record-keeping, reporting, and other requests necessary for the Company and its controlled Affiliates to allow any U.S. Investor to comply with any applicable U.S. federal income tax law. The Company will also provide any known U.S. Investor with any information reasonably requested to allow such investor to comply with any applicable U.S. federal income tax law (including but not limited to information relating to the transfer of any equity interests of the Company (or any controlled Affiliate) and the issuance or redemption by the Company (or any controlled Affiliate) of any equity interests).

(e) The Company shall, if requested by a U.S. Investor, cooperate in determining whether it would be desirable, reasonable and appropriate for the Company and/or any controlled Affiliate to elect to be classified as a partnership or branch for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, if so, to take all reasonable steps to cause any such elections to be made, including by filing or by causing to be filed, Internal Revenue Service Form 8832 (or any successor form), and the Company shall not permit such election, once made, to be terminated or revoked without the written consent of the U.S. Investor.

(f) For purposes of this Section 8.3 : (i) “U.S. Investor” means (A) any Investor that is a United States person and (B) any Investor that is an entity treated as a foreign partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, one or more of the owners of which are, or controlled by, United States persons; and (ii) “United States person” means any person described in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

8.4 Public Offering . The Company intends to procure a Qualified Public Offering as soon as reasonably practicable. In the event that the entity to be listed (the “ Listco ”) is a subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall, at the request of any Investor and in exchange of such Investor’s equity interest in the Company, cause such Investor to be allotted such number of Listco’s shares corresponding to such Investor’s equity interest in the Company without any additional consideration.

 

-33-


8.5 Founder Lock-Up . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, Dr. Jin Huang hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees and covenants that:

(i) prior to the Qualified Public Offering, other than Permitted Transfers, she will not and will cause any entity controlled by her not to, directly or indirectly, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise encumber or dispose of in any way or agree to or grant an option in relation to the same (“ Transfer ”) any of her equity interest in the Company (directly or indirectly held) without the prior written consent of holders of at least two-thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the outstanding Series D Preferred Shares; and

(ii) unless waived in writing by (A) GLAM (for so long as GLAM Related Parties continue to hold any of the Series D Preferred Shares purchased by GLAM under the Series D Purchase Agreement (or the Conversion Shares converted therefrom)), (B) Actis (for so long as Actis Related Parties continue to hold any of the Series D Preferred Shares purchased by Actis Angel (AEM3) Ltd. and Actis Angel (ACF2) Ltd. under the Series D Purchase Agreement (or the Conversion Shares converted therefrom) and (C) Macquarie (for so long as Macquarie Related Parties continue to hold any of the Series D Preferred Shares purchased by Macquarie under the Series D Purchase Agreement (or the Conversion Shares converted therefrom), other than Permitted Transfers, she will not, directly or indirectly, Transfer more than twenty percent (20%) in the aggregate of any of her equity interest in the Company (directly or indirectly held upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering) for a period of 360-days past the expiration of the 180-days lock-up period applicable to any Series D Preferred Shares in connection with the Initial Public Offering. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, Section 8.5(ii) shall survive the closing of the Initial Public Offering.

For the purpose of this Section 8.5 :

Actis Related Party ” means: (i) any fund, investment vehicle or other entity formed or incorporated in any jurisdiction which is managed or advised by an entity in the Actis Group (“ Actis Fund(s) ”); (ii) any investor or participant in an Actis Fund; (iii) any incorporated body or unincorporated body wholly owned by Actis Fund(s); (iv) any member of the Actis Group; (v) any officer, employee or partner of any member of the Actis Group; and (vi) any nominee, trustee or custodian of any person referred to in (i) to (v).

Actis Group ” means: (i) Actis LLP; and (ii) any unincorporated body, body corporate or partnership which is its subsidiary, subsidiary undertaking or holding company or parent undertaking or other Affiliates and each unincorporated body, body corporate or partnership which is a subsidiary or subsidiary undertaking of its holding company or parent undertaking or other Affiliates.

GLAM Related Party ” means: (i) any fund, investment vehicle or other entity formed or incorporated in any jurisdiction which is managed or advised by an entity in the GLAM Group (“ GLAM Fund(s) ”); (ii) any investor or participant in a GLAM Fund; (iii) any incorporated body or unincorporated body wholly owned by GLAM Fund(s); (iv) any member of the GLAM Group; (v) any officer, employee or partner of any member of the GLAM Group; and (vi) any nominee, trustee or custodian of any person referred to in (i) to (v).

 

-34-


GLAM Group ” means: (i) GLAM; and (ii) any unincorporated body, body corporate or partnership which is its subsidiary, subsidiary undertaking or holding company or parent undertaking or other Affiliates and each unincorporated body, body corporate or partnership which is a subsidiary or subsidiary undertaking of its holding company or parent undertaking or other Affiliates.

Macquarie Related Party ” means: (i) any fund, investment vehicle or other entity formed or incorporated in any jurisdiction which is managed or advised by an entity in the Macquarie Group (“ Macquarie Fund(s) ”); (ii) any investor or participant in a Macquarie Fund; (iii) any incorporated body or unincorporated body wholly owned by Macquarie Fund(s); (iv) any member of the Macquarie Group; (v) any officer, employee or partner of any member of the Macquarie Group; and (vi) any nominee, trustee or custodian of any person referred to in (i) to (v).

Macquarie Group ” means: (i) Macquarie Group Limited; and (ii) any unincorporated body, body corporate or partnership which is its subsidiary, subsidiary undertaking or holding company or parent undertaking or other Affiliates and each unincorporated body, body corporate or partnership which is a subsidiary or subsidiary undertaking of its holding company or parent undertaking or other Affiliates.

The terms “ holding company , subsidiary and subsidiary undertaking ” shall have the meanings contained in the English Companies Act 2006.

Permitted Transfer ” shall mean (i) any transfer of shares to the shareholders of the transferor, if the transferor is an entity, or if transferor is a natural person, to her spouse, parents or children or trusts for the benefit of her or her spouse, parents or children or transfers of shares by her by devise or descent, and (ii) any bona fide gift of up to five percent (5%) in the aggregate of the shares held by transferor as at the date hereof, to a charitable organization; provided , in the case of a Permitted Transfer pursuant to the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii), the transferee or other recipient agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 8.5 .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 8.5 shall terminate in respect of GLAM, Actis or Macquarie (as the case may be) at such time as GLAM Related Parties, Actis Related Parties or Macquarie Related Parties respectively no longer hold any of the Series D Preferred Shares purchased by them under the Series D Purchase Agreement (or the Conversion Shares converted therefrom).

8.6 Amendments of Articles of Offshore Group Members . The Founders and the Company shall procure that the articles of association of each of the Offshore Group Members shall be amended within 30 days from the date hereof to reflect the provisions set forth in Section 7.9 and Section 7.10.

 

-35-


9. GENERAL PROVISIONS

9.1 Notices . Any and all notices required or permitted to be given to a party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be effective and deemed to provide such party sufficient notice under this Agreement on the earliest of the following: (i) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (ii) at the time of transmission by facsimile, addressed to the other party at its facsimile number specified herein (or hereafter modified by subsequent notice to the parties hereto), with confirmation of receipt made by both telephone and printed confirmation sheet verifying successful transmission of the facsimile; (iii) one (1) Business Day after deposit with an express overnight courier for deliveries within a country, or three (3) Business Days after such deposit for international deliveries or (iv) three (3) Business Days after deposit in mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) or equivalent for deliveries within a country.

Any party hereto (and such party’s permitted assigns) may by notice so given change its address for future notices hereunder. Notice shall conclusively be deemed to have been given in the manner set forth above.

9.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with all the Exhibits hereto, constitutes and contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior negotiations, correspondence, agreements, understandings, duties or obligations between the parties respecting the subject matter hereof.

9.3 Governing Law and Dispute Resolution .

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced, and the arbitrators shall decide any disputed submitted by the parties of this Agreement, in accordance with the substantive laws of New York as such laws are applied to agreements between New York residents entered into and to be performed within New York without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

(b) Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of, relating to, or concerning this Agreement, or the interpretation, performance, breach, termination or validity of this Agreement, shall be settled by arbitration to be held in Hong Kong under the UNCITRAL Rules in accordance with the HKIAC Procedures for the Administration of International Arbitration in force at the time of arbitration. However, if such rules are in conflict with the provisions of this Section 9.3(b) , including provisions concerning the appointment of arbitrators, the provisions of this Section 9.3(b) shall apply. The arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in English and administered under the auspices of the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (“ HKIAC ”). There shall be a single arbitrator agreed upon by the parties or, if the parties are unable to agree within thirty days, appointed by the HKIAC.

(c) Each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such arbitration in Hong Kong and the HKIAC, and hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of Hong Kong and the HKIAC in any such arbitration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party to a dispute under this Agreement shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief from any court of competent jurisdiction pending the constitution of the arbitration tribunal.

 

-36-


(d) The award of the arbitrator(s) shall be final, conclusive and binding on the parties to the arbitration. The prevailing party may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement of such award.

(e) The parties to the arbitration shall each pay an equal share of the costs and expenses of such arbitration, and each party shall separately pay for its respective counsel fees and expenses; provided , however , that the prevailing party in any such arbitration shall be entitled to recover from the non-prevailing party its reasonable costs and attorney fees.

9.4 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, then such provision(s) shall be: (a) excluded from this Agreement and the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision(s) were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms and (b) replaced by a mutually acceptable provision, which being valid, legal, enforceable and in compliance with applicable law comes closest to the intention of the parties underlying such illegal, invalid or unenforceable term.

9.5 Delays or Omissions . It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any Holder, upon any breach, default or noncompliance of the Company under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on any Holder’s part of any breach, default or noncompliance under the Agreement or any waiver on such Holder’s part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to Holders, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

9.6 Third Parties . Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

9.7 Successors And Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto, except that the Company may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement.

9.8 Captions . The captions to sections of this Agreement have been inserted for identification and reference purposes only and shall not be used to construe or interpret this Agreement.

 

-37-


9.9 Counterparts; Telecopy Signatures . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties, and an executed copy of this Agreement may be delivered by one or more parties by facsimile or similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen, and such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party, all parties agree to execute an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction hereof.

9.10 Costs And Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that any action, suit or other proceeding is instituted concerning or arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereunder, the prevailing party shall recover all of such party’s costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in each such action, suit or other proceeding, including any and all appeals or petitions therefrom.

9.11 Adjustments for Share Splits, Etc . Wherever in this Agreement there is a reference to a specific number of shares of Ordinary Shares or Preferred Shares of the Company of any class or series, then, upon the occurrence of any subdivision, combination or share dividend of such class or series of shares, the specific number of shares so referenced in this Agreement shall automatically be proportionally adjusted to reflect the affect on the outstanding shares of such class or series of shares by such subdivision, combination or share dividend.

9.12 Aggregation of Shares . All shares held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

9.13 Reservation of Ordinary Shares . The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the conversion of the Preferred Shares, all Ordinary Shares issuable from time to time upon such conversion.

 

-38-


9.14 Amendment . Except as expressly provided herein, and subject to the remaining provisions of this Section 9.14 , neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities; provided , however , that Holders purchasing Series D Preferred Shares in a Subsequent Closing (as defined in the Series D Purchase Agreement) may become parties to this Agreement, by executing a counterpart of this Agreement without any amendment of this Agreement pursuant to this paragraph or any consent or approval of any other Holder. Any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Holder and each future holder of all such securities of Holder. Each Holder acknowledges that by the operation of this paragraph, subject to the remaining provisions of this Section 9.14 , the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of such Holder under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event that any amendment of this Agreement shall adversely affect any Holder in a manner that is different from the effect on all other Investors within the same class and series of the affected Holder or imposes any material obligation or liability on such Holder beyond that already imposed on such Holder hereunder prior to such amendment, such amendment shall require the prior written consent of such affected Holder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (i) in the event that any amendment of this Agreement shall diminish or eliminate any rights given to a Holder of Series B Preferred Shares, such amendment shall require the prior written consent of Holders holding at least a majority of Series B Preferred Shares, (ii) in the event that any amendment of this Agreement shall diminish or eliminate any rights given to a Holder of Series C Preferred Shares , such amendment shall require the prior written consent of Holders holding at least two thirds (  2 / 3 ) of Series C Preferred Shares and (iii) in the event that any amendment of this Agreement shall diminish or eliminate any rights given to a Holder of Series D Preferred Shares, such amendment shall require the prior written consent of Holders holding at least two thirds (  2 / 3 ) of Series D Preferred Shares.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

-39-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

“COMPANY”

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

a Cayman Islands exempted company

By:  

/s/ Jin Huang

Name:  

Jin Huang

Title:  

CEO

( Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement )


“INVESTORS”
Ambow Corporation
By:  

/s/ Jin Huang

Name:  

Jin Huang

Title:  

 

EdVenture Inc.
By:  

/s/

Name:  

illegible

Title:  

 

( Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement )


“INVESTORS”
Asia Pacific Genesis Venture Capital Fund L.P.
By:  

/s/ Steven Chang

Name:  

Steven Chang

Title:  

Managing Partner

Asia Pacific Century Venture Capital Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Steven Chang

Name:  

Steven Chang

Title:  

Managing Partner

Asiagroup Worldwide Limited
By:  

/s/ Steven Chang

Name:  

Steven Chang

Title:  

Managing Partner

Star Pacific Worldwide Limited
By:  

/s/ Steven Chang

Name:  

Steven Chang

Title:  

Managing Partner

( Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement )


“INVESTORS”
J & D Capital Corp.
By:  

/s/ Steven Chang

Name:  

Steven Chang

Title:  

Managing Partner

Nien Hsing International (Bermuda) Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Steven Chang

Name:  

Steven Chang

Title:  

Managing Partner

A & D Capital Corp.
By:  

/s/ Steven Chang

Name:  

Steven Chang

Title:  

Managing Partner

CAM-CID Asia Pacific Investment Corp.
By:  

/s/ Steven Chang

Name:  

Steven Chang

Title:  

Managing Partner

( Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement )


“INVESTORS”

Good Work Consultants Limited
By:  

/s/ Steven Chang

Name:  

Steven Chang

Title:  

Managing Partner

( Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement )


“INVESTORS”

Ligenh Global Fund LP
By:  

/s/ Stephen T. Wuu

Name:  

Stephen T. Wuu

Title:  

General Partner

JAFCO Asia Technology Fund III
By:  

/s/ Hiroshi Yamada

Name:  

Hiroshi Yamada

Title:  

Attorney

CSI BD (Mauritius)
By:  

/s/ Mark T. Gorman

Name:  

Mark T. Gorman

Title:  

Director

( Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement )


“INVESTORS”
Macquarie Investment Holdings (No. 2) Pty Limited
By:  

/s/ Daniel Phillips

Name:  

Daniel Phillips

Title:  

Executive Director

By:  

/s/ Yuan Liu

Name:  

Yuan Liu

Title:  

Senior VP

( Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement )


“INVESTORS”

GL Asia Mauritius II Cayman Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Jennifer Tang

Name:  

Jennifer Tang

Title:  

 

( Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement )


“INVESTORS”
Actis Angel (AEM3) Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Yannick Roussety

Name:  

Yannick Roussety

Title:  

Director

Actis Angel (ACF2) Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Yannick Roussety

Name:  

Yannick Roussety

Title:  

Director

( Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement )


“FOUNDERS”

By:  

/s/ Jin Huang

Name:  

Dr. Jin Huang

Spin-Rich Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Jin Huang

Name:  

Jin Huang

Title:  

 

CStar Investments Holding Limited
By:  

/s/ Jin Huang

Name:  

Jin Huang

Title:  

 

( Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement )


EXHIBIT A

List of Series A Investors

 

Name of Investor

   Number of Series  A
Preferred Shares Held

Ambow Corporation

   5,400,000

EdVenture, Inc

   7,500,000


EXHIBIT B

List of Series B Investors

 

Name of Investor

   Number of Series  B
Preferred Shares Held

Asia Pacific Genesis Venture Capital Fund L.P.

   4,017,855

Asia Pacific Century Venture Capital Ltd.

   1,687,500

Asiagroup Worldwide Limited

   669,642

Star Pacific Worldwide Limited

   602,676

J & D Capital Corp.

   415,176

Nien Hsing International (Bermuda) Ltd.

   267,855

A & D Capital Corp.

   227,676

CAM-CID Asia Pacific Investment Corp.

   147,321

Ligenh Global Fund LP

   334,821

JAFCO Asia Technology Fund III

   5,357,142

CSI BD (Mauritius)

   4,017,858


EXHIBIT C

List of Series C Investors

 

Name of Investor

   Number of Series  C
Preferred Shares Held

Macquarie Investment Holdings (No. 2) Pty Limited

   10,784,695

Good Work Consultants Limited

   82,169

CAM-CID Asia Pacific Investment Corp.

   45,193

J&D Capital Corp.

   127,361

A&D Capital Corp.

   69,844

STAR Pacific Worldwide Limited

   184,880

Asiagroup Worldwide Limited

   205,423

Asia Pacific Century Venture Capital LTD

   517,666

Asia Pacific Genesis Venture Capital Fund L.P.

   1,232,538

CSI BD (Mauritius)

   1,509,857

GL Asia Mauritius II Cayman Ltd.

   8,627,755


EXHIBIT D

List of Series D Investors

 

Name of Investor

   Number of Series  D
Preferred Shares Held

Actis Angel (AEM3) Ltd.

   6,486,080

Actis Angel (ACF2) Ltd.

   6,486,079

GL Asia Mauritius II Cayman Ltd.

   12,972,159

Macquarie Investment Holding (No. 2) Pty Limited

   778,331


EXHIBIT E

List of Founders

 

Name

  

Class

   Shares

Dr. Jin Huang (1)

  

Ordinary Shares

   12,600,000

CStar Investments Holding Limited

  

Ordinary Shares

   7,500,000

 

(1)

Shares held of record by Spin-Rich Ltd. and beneficially owned by Dr. Jin Huang.


EXHIBIT F

PFIC Annual Information Statement

[Must be signed by an authorized representative of the Company]

PFIC Annual Information Statement pursuant to U.S. Treasury Regulation § 1.1295-1(g).

                                                              (the “ Company ”) hereby represents that:

 

1. This PFIC Annual Information Statement applies to the Company’s taxable year beginning on              and ending on              .

 

2. The pro rata shares of the Company’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain attributable to the U.S. Shareholder (directly or indirectly through any other entity that holds the investment in the Company) for the taxable year specified in paragraph (1) are:

Ordinary Earnings: $                     

Net Capital Gain: $                       

 

3. The amount of cash and the fair market value of other property distributed or deemed distributed by the Company to the U.S. Shareholder during the taxable year specified in paragraph (1) are as follows:

Cash: $                                                      

Fair Market Value of Property: $             

 

4. The Company will permit the U.S. Shareholder to inspect the Company’s permanent books of account, records, and such other documents as may be maintained by the Company that are necessary to establish that the Company’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain are computed in accordance with U.S. Federal income tax principles, and to verify these amounts and the U.S. Shareholders direct or indirect pro rata shares thereof; provided , that (i) a Company representative shall, at the Company’s option, accompany the Investor on any such inspection, and (ii) the Company shall not be required to permit such inspection if such inspection would violate applicable Laws, regulations or policies of the PRC or the Cayman Islands.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 
 

Date:

 

Exhibit 10.1

AMBOW EDUCATION CO., LTD.

2005 STOCK PLAN


AMBOW EDUCATION CO., LTD.

2005 STOCK PLAN

 

          Page

TABLE OF CONTENTS

  
SECTION 1.   

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

   1
SECTION 2.   

ADMINISTRATION

   1

(a)

  

Committees of the Board of Directors

   1

(b)

  

Authority of the Board of Directors

   1
SECTION 3.   

ELIGIBILITY

   1

(a)

  

General Rule

   1

(b)

  

Ten-Percent Stockholders

   1
SECTION 4.   

STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

   2

(a)

  

Basic Limitation

   2

(b)

  

Additional Shares

   2
SECTION 5.   

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES

   2

(a)

  

Stock Purchase Agreement

   2

(b)

  

Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights

   2

(c)

  

Purchase Price

   2

(d)

  

Withholding Taxes

   2

(e)

  

Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting

   3

(f)

  

Accelerated Vesting

   3

(g)

  

Basic Term

   3

(h)

  

Nontransferability

   3

(i)

  

Termination of Service (Except by Death)

   3

(j)

  

Leaves of Absence

   4

(k)

  

Death of Optionee

   4

(l)

  

No Rights as a Stockholder

   4

(m)

  

Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options

   4

(n)

  

Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting

   5

(o)

  

Accelerated Vesting

   5
SECTION 6.   

PAYMENT FOR SHARES

   5

(a)

  

General Rule

   5

(b)

  

Surrender of Stock

   5

(c)

  

Services Rendered

   5

(d)

  

Exercise/Sale

   5

(e)

  

Exercise/Pledge

   6
SECTION 7.   

ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES

   6

(a)

  

General

   6

(b)

  

Mergers and Consolidations

   6

(c)

  

Reservation of Rights

   6

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page
SECTION 8.   

SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS

   7

(a)

  

General

   7

(b)

  

Financial Reports

   7
SECTION 9.   

NO RETENTION RIGHTS

   7
SECTION 10.   

DURATION AND AMENDMENTS

   7

(a)

  

Term of the Plan

   7

(b)

  

Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan

   7

(c)

  

Effect of Amendment or Termination

   8
SECTION 11.   

DEFINITIONS

   8

 

-ii-


AMBOW EDUCATION CO., LTD.

2005 STOCK PLAN

SECTION 1. Establishment And Purpose.

The purpose of the Plan is to offer selected individuals an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company, or to increase such interest, by purchasing Shares of the Company’s Stock. The Plan provides both for the direct award or sale of Shares and for the grant of Options to purchase Shares. Options granted under the Plan may include Nonstatutory Options as well as ISOs intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code. Capitalized terms are defined in Section 12.

SECTION 2. Administration.

(a) Committees of the Board of Directors. The Plan may be administered by one or more Committees. Each Committee shall consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors who have been appointed by the Board of Directors. Each Committee shall have such authority and be responsible for such functions as the Board of Directors has assigned to it. If no Committee has been appointed, the entire Board of Directors shall administer the Plan. Any reference to the Board of Directors in the Plan shall be construed as a reference to the Committee (if any) to whom the Board of Directors has assigned a particular function.

(b) Authority of the Board of Directors. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board of Directors shall have full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Board of Directors shall be final and binding on all Purchasers, all Optionees and all persons deriving their rights from a Purchaser or Optionee.

SECTION 3. Eligibility.

(a) General Rule. Only Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants shall be eligible for the grant of Options or the direct award or sale of Shares. Only Employees shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs.

(b) Ten-Percent Stockholders. An individual who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be eligible for designation as an Optionee or Purchaser unless (i) the Exercise Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, (ii) the Purchase Price (if any) is at least 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share and (iii) in the case of an ISO, such ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant. For purposes of this Subsection (b), in determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.

 

-1-


SECTION 4. Stock Subject To Plan.

(a) Basic Limitation. Shares offered under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury Shares. The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan (upon exercise of Options or other rights to acquire Shares) shall not exceed One Million Five Hundred Thousand (1,500,000) Shares, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 8. The number of Shares that are subject to Options or other rights outstanding at any time under the Plan shall not exceed the number of Shares that then remain available for issuance under the Plan. The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

(b) Additional Shares. In the event that any outstanding Option or other right for any reason expires or is canceled or otherwise terminated, the Shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or other right shall again be available for the purposes of the Plan. In the event that Shares issued under the Plan are reacquired by the Company pursuant to any forfeiture provision, right of repurchase or right of first refusal, such Shares shall again be available for the purposes of the Plan, except that the aggregate number of Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs shall in no event exceed One Million Five Hundred Thousand (1,500,000) Shares (subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 8).

SECTION 5. Terms And Conditions Of Awards Or Sales.

(a) Stock Purchase Agreement. Each award or sale of Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option) shall be evidenced by a Stock Purchase Agreement between the Purchaser and the Company. Such award or sale shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Purchase Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Purchase Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights. Any right to acquire Shares under the Plan (other than an Option) shall automatically expire if not exercised by the Purchaser within 90 days after the grant of such right was communicated to the Purchaser by the Company. Such right shall not be transferable and shall be exercisable only by the Purchaser to whom such right was granted.

(c) Purchase Price. The Purchase Price of Shares to be offered under the Plan shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of such Shares, and a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Purchase Price shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion. The Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.

(d) Withholding Taxes. As a condition to the purchase of Shares, the Purchaser shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such purchase.

 

-2-


(e) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting. Any Shares awarded or sold under the Plan shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Purchase Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally. Any right to repurchase the Purchaser’s Shares at the original Purchase Price (if any) upon termination of the Purchaser’s Service shall lapse at least as rapidly as 20% per year over the five-year period commencing on the date of the award or sale of the Shares. Any such right may be exercised only within 90 days after the termination of the Purchaser’s Service for cash or for cancellation of indebtedness incurred in purchasing the Shares.

(f) Accelerated Vesting. Unless the applicable Stock Purchase Agreement provides otherwise, any right to repurchase a Purchaser’s Shares at the original Purchase Price (if any), or special forfeiture conditions upon termination of the Purchaser’s Service shall lapse and all of such Shares shall become vested if:

(i) The Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Purchaser’s Service terminates; and

(ii) The repurchase right is not assigned to the entity that employs the Purchaser immediately after the Change in Control or to its parent or subsidiary.

(g) Basic Term. The Stock Option Agreement shall specify the term of the Option. The term shall not exceed 10 years from the date of grant, and a shorter term may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion shall determine when an Option is to expire.

(h) Nontransferability. No Option shall be transferable by the Optionee other than by beneficiary designation, will or the laws of descent and distribution. An Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or by the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative. No Option or interest therein may be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated by the Optionee during the Optionee’s lifetime, whether by operation of law or otherwise, or be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process.

(i) Termination of Service (Except by Death). If an Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (g) above;

(ii) The date 90 days after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Cause or Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine; or

(iii) The date of the termination of the Optionee’s Service for Cause, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine; or

 

-3-


(iv) The date 12 months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of the Optionee’s Options at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination). The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee’s Service terminates. In the event that the Optionee dies after the termination of the Optionee’s Service but before the expiration of the Optionee’s Options, all or part of such Options may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).

(j) Leaves of Absence. For purposes of Subsection (i) above, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for this purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).

(k) Death of Optionee. If an Optionee dies while the Optionee is in Service, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (g) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

All or part of the Optionee’s Options may be exercised at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death or became exercisable as a result of the death. The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee dies.

(l) No Rights as a Stockholder. An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Optionee’s Option until such person becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Exercise Price pursuant to the terms of such Option.

(m) Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Board of Directors may modify, extend or assume outstanding Options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding Options (whether granted by the Company or another issuer) in return for the grant of new Options for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair the Optionee’s rights or increase the Optionee’s obligations under such Option.

 

-4-


(n) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting. Any Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Option Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally. Any right to repurchase the Optionee’s Shares at the original Exercise Price upon termination of the Optionee’s Service shall lapse at least as rapidly as 20% per year over the five-year period commencing on the date of the option grant. Any such repurchase right may be exercised only within 90 days after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for cash or for cancellation of indebtedness incurred in purchasing the Shares.

(o) Accelerated Vesting. Unless the applicable Stock Option Agreement provides otherwise, any right to repurchase an Optionee’s Shares at the original Exercise Price upon termination of the Optionee’s Service shall lapse and all of such Shares shall become vested if:

(i) The Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Optionee’s Service terminates; and

(ii) The repurchase right is not assigned to the entity that employs the Optionee immediately after the Change in Control or to its parent or subsidiary.

SECTION 6. Payment For Shares.

(a) General Rule. The entire Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in cash or cash equivalents at the time when such Shares are purchased, except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.

(b) Surrender of Stock. To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, all or any part of the Exercise Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when the Option is exercised. The Optionee shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Shares in payment of the Exercise Price if such action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to the Option for financial reporting purposes.

(c) Services Rendered. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary prior to the award.

(d) Exercise/Sale. To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, and if Stock is publicly traded, payment may be made all or in part by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company in payment of all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes.

 

-5-


(e) Exercise/Pledge. To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, and if Stock is publicly traded, payment may be made all or in part by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to pledge Shares to a securities broker or lender approved by the Company, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company in payment of all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes.

SECTION 7. Adjustment Of Shares.

(a) General. In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock into a lesser number of Shares, a recapitalization, a spin-off, a reclassification or a similar occurrence, the Board of Directors shall make appropriate adjustments in one or more of (i) the number of Shares available for future grants under Section 4, (ii) the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option or (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option.

(b) Mergers and Consolidations. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, outstanding Options shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation. Such agreement, without the Optionees’ consent, may provide for:

(i) The continuation of such outstanding Options by the Company (if the Company is the surviving corporation);

(ii) The assumption of the Plan and such outstanding Options by the surviving corporation or its parent;

(iii) The substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of options with substantially the same terms for such outstanding Options; or

(iv) The cancellation of each outstanding Option after payment to the Optionee of an amount in cash or cash equivalents equal to (A) the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Option at the time of the merger or consolidation minus (B) the Exercise Price of the Shares subject to such Option.

(c) Reservation of Rights. Except as provided in this Section 7, an Optionee or Purchaser shall have no rights by reason of (i) any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, (ii) the payment of any dividend or (iii) any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class. Any issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Option.

 

-6-


The grant of an Option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

SECTION 8. Securities Law Requirements.

(a) General. Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded.

(b) Financial Reports. The Company each year shall furnish to Optionees, Purchasers and stockholders who have received Stock under the Plan its balance sheet and income statement, unless such Optionees, Purchasers or stockholders are key Employees whose duties with the Company assure them access to equivalent information. Such balance sheet and income statement need not be audited.

SECTION 9. No Retention Rights.

Nothing in the Plan or in any right or Option granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Purchaser or Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Purchaser or Optionee) or of the Purchaser or Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

SECTION 10. Duration and Amendments.

(a) Term of the Plan. The Plan, as set forth herein, shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors, subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders. In the event that the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, any grants of Options or sales or awards of Shares that have already occurred shall be rescinded, and no additional grants, sales or awards shall be made thereafter under the Plan. The Plan shall terminate automatically 10 years after its adoption by the Board of Directors and may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to Subsection (b) below.

(b) Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan. The Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason; provided, however, that any amendment of the Plan which increases the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan (except as provided in Section 8), or which materially changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant of ISOs, shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders. Stockholder approval shall not be required for any other amendment of the Plan.

 

-7-


(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination. No Shares shall be issued or sold under the Plan after the termination thereof, except upon exercise of an Option granted prior to such termination. The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Share previously issued or any Option previously granted under the Plan.

SECTION 11. Definitions.

(a) “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

(b) “Cause” shall mean (i) the unauthorized use or disclosure of the confidential information or trade secrets of the Company, (ii) conviction of, or a plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, (iii) gross negligence or (iv) continued failure to perform assigned duties after receiving written notification from the Board of Directors. The foregoing, however, shall not be deemed an exclusive list of all acts or omissions that the Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary) may consider, in its sole discretion, as grounds for the discharge of an Optionee or Purchaser.

(c) “Change in Control” shall mean:

(i) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if more than 50% of the combined voting power of the continuing or surviving entity’s securities outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization is owned by persons who were not stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization; or

(ii) The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

A transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(d) “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e) “Committee” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2(a).

(f) “Company” shall mean Ambow Education Co., Ltd., a Cayman Islands company.

(g) “Consultant” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

 

-8-


(h) “Disability” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

(i) “Employee” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(j) “Exercise Price” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of an Option, as specified by the Board of Directors in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

(k) “Fair Market Value” shall mean the fair market value of a Share determined as follows: in the event the Stock is traded upon a stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market, the fair market value of the Stock on a particular date shall be deemed to be the closing price per share of the Stock on such exchange or market on that date. If the Stock is not traded upon a stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market or, if traded, there are no transactions on that date, the fair market value shall be determined in good faith by the Committee or the Board of Directors. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(l) “ISO” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

(m) “Nonstatutory Option” shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

(n) “Option” shall mean an ISO or Nonstatutory Option granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Shares.

(o) “Optionee” shall mean an individual who holds an Option.

(p) “Outside Director” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(q) “Parent” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

(r) “Plan” shall mean this 2005 Stock Plan of Ambow Education Co., Ltd.

(s) “Purchase Price” shall mean the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Board of Directors.

(t) “Purchaser” shall mean an individual to whom the Board of Directors has offered the right to acquire Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option).

 

-9-


(u) “Service” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(v) “Share” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 (if applicable).

(w) “Stock” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company, with no par value per Share.

(x) “Stock Option Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and an Optionee which contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the Optionee’s Option.

(y) “Stock Purchase Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and a Purchaser who acquires Shares under the Plan which contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the acquisition of such Shares.

(z) “Subsidiary” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

 

-10-


AMENDMENT TO THE

AMBOW EDUCATION CO., LTD.

2005 STOCK PLAN

Ambow Education Holding Ltd. (the “Company”), having adopted the Ambow Education Co., Ltd. 2005 Stock Plan (the “2005 Plan”), hereby amends the 2005 Plan as follows, effective as of November 27, 2009:

1. Section 3(b) of the 2005 Plan is hereby amended and replaced in its entirety to read as follows:

“(b) Ten-Percent Stockholders. An individual who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be eligible for designation as an Optionee unless (i) the Exercise Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant and (ii) in the case of an ISO, such ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant. For purposes of this Subsection (b), in determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.”

2. Section 5(c) of the 2005 Plan is hereby amended and replaced in its entirety to read as follows:

“(c) Purchase Price. The Purchase Price, if any, of Shares to be offered under the Plan shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion. The Purchase Price, if any, shall be payable in a form described in Section 6.”

3. Section 5(e) of the 2005 Plan is hereby amended and replaced in its entirety to read as follows:

“(e) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting. Any Shares awarded or sold under the Plan shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Purchase Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally. Any right to repurchase the Purchaser’s Shares at the original Purchase Price (if any) upon termination of the Purchaser’s Service shall lapse at a rate determined by the Board of Directors. Any such right may be exercised only within 90 days after the termination of the Purchaser’s Service for cash or for cancellation of indebtedness incurred in purchasing the Shares.”

4. Section 5(h) of the 2005 Plan is hereby amended and replaced in its entirety to read as follows:

“(h) Nontransferability. Unless determined otherwise by the Board of Directors, no Option shall be transferable by the Optionee other than by beneficiary designation, will or the laws of decent and distribution. An Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or by the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative. Unless determined otherwise by the Board of Directors, no Option or interest therein may be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated by the Optionee during the Optionee’s lifetime, whether by operation of law or otherwise, or be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process. If the Board of Directors makes an Option transferable, such Option shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.”

 

-11-


5. Section 5(m) of the 2005 Plan is hereby amended to add the following to the end thereof:

“In addition, within the limitations of the Plan, the Board of Directors may determine the terms and conditions of, and institute, any exchange program under which (i) outstanding Options are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for new Options (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Optionees would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Options to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Board of Directors, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Option is reduced. The Board of Directors will determine the terms and conditions of any such exchange program in its sole discretion.”

6. Section 5(n) of the 2005 Plan is hereby amended and replaced in its entirety to read as follows:

“(n) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting. Any Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Option Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally. Any right to repurchase the Optionee’s Shares at the original Exercise Price upon termination of the Optionee’s Service shall lapse at rate determined by the Board of Directors. Any such repurchase right may be exercised only within 90 days after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for cash or for cancellation of indebtedness incurred in purchasing the Shares.”

7. Section 11(k) of the 2005 Plan is hereby amended to add the following to the end thereof:

“For purposes of Options granted on or before the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities, the Committee or Board of Directors may determine in good faith that the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement in Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Company’s Stock.”

 

-12-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, by its duly authorized officer, has executed this Amendment to the 2005 Stock Plan on the date indicated below.

 

  Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

Dated: November 27, 2009

  By:  

/s/ Jin Huang

  Title:  

 

-13-


AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

2005 STOCK PLAN

U.S. SHARE OPTION AGREEMENT

Ambow Education Holding Ltd., (the “ Company ”) hereby grants you, [            ] (the “ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) under the Company’s 2005 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase Ordinary Shares (“ Shares ”) of the Company. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Option Rules attached hereto as Exhibit A , the principal features of the Option are as follows:

 

Grant Number      [            ]
Date of Grant      [            ]
Vesting Commencement Date      [            ]
Exercise Price per Share    $[            ]
Number of Shares subject to the Option      [            ]
Type of Option:                 Incentive Stock Option (to the extent permitted by applicable law)
        x      Nonstatutory Stock Option
Expiration Date:      [            ]

Vesting Schedule

Subject to the Optionee’s continued Service (as defined in the Plan) through each of the applicable vesting dates and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Option shall become exercisable, in whole or in part, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the Option Rules (attached hereto as Exhibit A ) and the following schedule:

Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and the remainder shall vest in equal and continuous monthly installments over the following thirty-six (36) months thereafter, subject to Optionee’s continued Service through each vesting date.

Option Termination :

 

Event Triggering Option Termination

  

Maximum Time to Exercise After Triggering Event

Termination of Service (except as provided below)

   90 days

Termination of Service due to Disability

   12 months

Termination of Service due to death

   12 months

The Option may only be exercised as to Shares that have vested as of the date of the Optionee’s termination of Service and in no event may the Option be exercised after the Expiration Date. It is the Optionee’s responsibility to exercise the Option, if the Optionee so desires, before it expires or terminates.

The Optionee’s signature below indicates his or her agreement, understanding, and acceptance that the Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions contained in Exhibit A and the Plan. Please be sure to read all of Exhibit A , which contains the specific terms and conditions of the Option. This U.S. Share Option Agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”) does not represent a securities interest in the Company, which interest may accrue only upon the exercise of the Option in accordance with its terms.

 

AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.      OPTIONEE

 

    

 

Jin Huang, CEO      [            ]

 

-14-


EXHIBIT A

OPTION RULES

1. Grant of Option . The Plan administrator hereby grants to the Optionee under the Plan the right to purchase the number of Shares set forth on the first page of this Option Agreement (the “ Grant Notice ”), at the Exercise Price per Share set forth in the Grant Notice, and subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Option Agreement and the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. Unless otherwise defined herein, the capitalized terms in this Option Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in the Plan. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail unless otherwise indicated.

The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined with respect to each Incentive Stock Option at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted) of Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under the Plan or any other plan of the Company) shall not exceed US$100,000. If the Option is designated in the Grant Notice as an Incentive Stock Option, all or a portion of the Option may nonetheless be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in accordance with Section 6(b) of the Plan.

2. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . If permitted by applicable law, the Option shall be exercisable during its term cumulatively according to the Vesting Schedule set out in the Grant Notice and with the applicable provisions of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable to the extent then vested by delivery of a written exercise notice in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ Exercise Notice ”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Plan administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be signed by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s beneficiary or other person entitled to exercise the Option under the Plan in the event of the Optionee’s death) and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Shares exercised, with applicable tax withholding delivered according to Exhibit C attached hereto. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised as of the date (the “ Exercise Date ”) (i) the Company receives (as determined by the Plan administrator in its sole, but reasonable, discretion) the fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price, with applicable tax withholding delivered according to Exhibit C attached hereto, and (ii) all other applicable terms and conditions of the Option Agreement are satisfied.

(c) Approval by Members and Compliance Restrictions on Exercise . Any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no portion of the Option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Members of the Company. No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option, unless the issuance and exercise, including the form of consideration used to pay the Exercise Price, comply with applicable law.

 

-15-


3. Optionee’s Representations . The Optionee understands that neither the Option nor the Shares exercisable pursuant to the Option have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) or any United States securities laws. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act on the Exercise Date, the Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of the Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D , as well as any other representations necessary or appropriate, in the judgment of the Plan administrator, to comply with applicable law.

4. Market Stand-Off .

(a) The Optionee agrees that the Optionee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under the Option Agreement for a period specified by the Company or its underwriters. Such restriction (the “ Market Stand-Off ”) shall be in effect for such period of time commencing on and following the date of the final prospectus for the first Qualified Public Offering as may be requested by the Company or its underwriters. In no event, however, shall the Market Stand-Off period exceed 180 days following the first Qualified Public Offering (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, if applicable, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). In the event of the declaration of a share dividend, a spin-off, a share split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities that are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Option Agreement until the end of the applicable Market Stand-Off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Section 4, and the Optionee agrees that any transferee of any Optionee shall be bound by the provisions of this Section 4. This Section 4 shall not apply to Shares registered in the first Qualified Public Offering.

(b) For purposes of this Section 4, a “ Qualified Public Offering ” shall mean the closing of an underwritten public offering, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to a valid qualification or filing under applicable law of another jurisdiction, of the Shares or other equity securities of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Qualified Public Offering shall not include a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans or to a Rule 145 transaction under the Securities Act or to similar registrations under applicable law of another jurisdiction.

 

-16-


(c) The Participant shall execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or its underwriters that are consistent with this Section 4 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or its underwriters, the Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of this request, such information as may be required by the Company or its underwriters in connection with the completion of the Company’s first Qualified Public Offering.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following forms of consideration, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

(a) if permitted by applicable law, by cash, check or cash equivalent;

(b) at the discretion of the Plan administrator and to the extent permitted by applicable law, consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(c) such other method or manner of payment as the Plan administrator may approve.

6. Non-Transferability of Option . The Option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution, shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee. The terms of the Plan and the Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

7. Term of Option . The Option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Grant Notice, and may be exercised prior to the expiration date only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

8. Tax Obligations .

(a) Tax Withholding . The Optionee shall make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) for the satisfaction of all income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise, disposition of the Option or the Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the Option. The Optionee hereby acknowledges, understands and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if the withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of Shares . If the Option granted to the Optionee herein is designated as an Incentive Stock Option, and if the Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the Incentive Stock Option on or before the later of (1) the date two years after the Date of Grant and (2) the date one year after the date of exercise, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. The Optionee hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Optionee may be subject to tax withholding by the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee in connection with the exercise of the Option.

 

-17-


(c) Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by the Optionee prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) U.S. Federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional U.S. state income, penalty and interest tax to the Optionee. Optionee acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Optionee agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Optionee will be solely responsible for Optionee’s costs related to such a determination.

9. Adjustment of Shares . In the event of any transaction described in Section 7 of the Plan, the terms of the Option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of the Shares subject to the Option and the Exercise Price) may be adjusted as set forth in Section 7 of the Plan. This Option Agreement shall in no way affect the right of the Company to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer any part of its business or assets.

10. Legality of Initial Issuance . No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option unless and until the Company has determined that: (i) the Company and the Optionee have taken all actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof, if applicable; (ii) all applicable listing requirements of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Shares are listed have been satisfied; and (iii) all other applicable provisions of applicable law have been satisfied.

11. No Registration Rights . The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Option Agreement to comply with any applicable law.

12. Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of the Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on share certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any other jurisdiction or any other applicable law.

 

-18-


13. Acknowledgements .

(a) The Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan (including any applicable appendices or sub-plans thereunder) and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. The Optionee has reviewed the Plan (including any applicable appendices or sub-plans thereunder) and this Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Option. The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Plan administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. The Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

(b) The Company (which may or may not be the Optionee’s employer) is granting the Option. The Company will administer the Plan from outside the Optionee’s country of residence, and United States law will govern all Options granted under the Plan.

(c) The Optionee acknowledges that benefits and rights provided under the Plan are wholly discretionary and, although provided by the Company, do not constitute regular or periodic payments. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the benefits and rights provided under the Plan are not to be considered part of the Optionee’s salary or compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy or other end of service payments, vacation, bonuses, long-term service awards, indemnification, pension or retirement benefits, or any other payments, benefits or rights of any kind. The Optionee waives any and all rights to compensation or damages as a result of the termination of employment with the Company for any reason whatsoever insofar as those rights result or may result from:

(i) the loss or diminution in value of such rights under the Plan, or

(ii) the Optionee ceasing to have any rights under, or ceasing to be entitled to any rights under the Plan as a result of such termination.

(d) The grant of the Option, and any future grant of Options under the Plan is entirely voluntary, and at the complete discretion of the Company. Neither the grant of the Option nor any future grant of an Option by the Company will be deemed to create any obligation to grant any further Options, whether or not such a reservation is explicitly stated at the time of such a grant. The Company has the right, at any time, to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(e) The Plan will not be deemed to constitute, and will not be construed by the Optionee to constitute, part of the terms and conditions of employment, and the Company will not incur any liability of any kind to the Optionee as a result of any change or amendment, or any cancellation, of the Plan at any time.

(f) Participation in the Plan will not be deemed to constitute, and will not be deemed by the Optionee to constitute, an employment or labor relationship of any kind with the Company.

(g) By entering into this Option Agreement, and as a condition of the grant of the Option, the Optionee consents to the collection, use, and transfer of personal data as described in this subsection to the full extent permitted by and in full compliance with applicable law.

 

-19-


(i) the Optionee understands that the Company, its Parent or any Subsidiary may hold certain personal information about the Optionee, including, but not limited to, name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Options or other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested, or outstanding in the Optionee’s favor, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan (“ Data ”).

(ii) the Optionee further understands that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data among themselves as necessary for the purposes of implementation, administration, and management of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, and that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan (“ Data Recipients ” ).

(iii) the Optionee understands that these Data Recipients may be located in the Optionee’s country of residence or elsewhere, such as the United States. The Optionee authorizes the Data Recipients to receive, possess, use, retain, and transfer Data in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering, and managing the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, including any transfer of such Data, as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of Shares on the Optionee’s behalf, to a broker or third party with whom the Shares acquired on exercise may be deposited.

(iv) the Optionee understands that the Optionee may, at any time, review the Data, request that any necessary amendments be made to it, or withdraw the Optionee’s consent herein in writing by contacting the Company. The Optionee further understands that withdrawing consent may affect the Optionee’s ability to participate in the Plan.

(h) The Optionee has received the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement and any other related communications, and the Optionee consents to having received these documents in English.

14. General Provisions .

(a) Notice . Any notice required by the terms of this Option Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit with a national postal service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company.

(b) Successors and Assigns . Except as provided herein to the contrary, this Option Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Option Agreement, their respective successors and permitted assigns.

(c) No Assignment . Except as otherwise provided in this Option Agreement, the Optionee shall not assign any of his or her rights under this Option Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion. The Company shall be permitted to assign its rights or obligations under this Option Agreement, but no such assignment shall release the Company of any obligations pursuant to this Option Agreement.

 

-20-


(d) Severability . The validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Option Agreement shall not be affected even if one or more of the provisions of this Option Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect.

(e) Administration . Any determination by the Plan administrator in connection with any question or issue arising under the Plan or this Option Agreement shall be final, conclusive, and binding on the Optionee, the Company, and all other persons.

(f) Headings . The section headings in this Option Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience, and in no way define, limit or interpret the scope of this Option Agreement or of any particular section.

(g) Counterparts . This Option Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(h) Entire Option Agreement; Governing Law . The provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Optionee. This Option Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed in that State, except with respect to its choice of law rules.

15. No Guarantee of Continued Service . THE OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY OPTIONEE’S CONTINUED SERVICE AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY OR THE AFFILIATE EMPLOYING THE OPTIONEE (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THE OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). THE OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS OPTION AGREEMENT, THE OPTION GRANTED HEREUNDER, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT OF SERVICE FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH THE OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE AFFILIATE EMPLOYING THE OPTIONEE) TO TERMINATE THE OPTIONEE’S SERVICE AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

-21-


EXHIBIT B

AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

2005 STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Attention: Secretary

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today, [            ], 200    , the undersigned (the “ Optionee ”) hereby elects to exercise the Optionee’s option to purchase [            ] Ordinary Shares (the “ Shares ”) of Ambow Education Holding Ltd. (the “Company”), under and pursuant to the 2005 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) and the U.S. Share Option Agreement dated [            ], 200    (the “ Option Agreement ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, the capitalized terms in this notice of exercise (the “ Exercise Notice ”) shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in the Plan.

2. Delivery of Payment . The Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full Exercise Price of the Shares with respect to which the Optionee is exercising the Option, and delivers any and all tax withholding due in connection with the exercise of the Option to the Company, the Parent or the Subsidiary that is required under applicable law to withhold such taxes.

3. Representations of the Optionee . The Optionee hereby acknowledges that the Optionee has received and read, and understands the Plan and the Option Agreement, including the Option Rules, and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Member . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a Member shall exist with respect to the Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 7 of the Plan.

 

-22-


5. Right of First Refusal .

(a) Transfer Notice . If at any time the Optionee proposes to sell, transfer, assign, encumber, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of in any way (each, a “ Transfer ”) all or any part of or any interest in the Shares to one or more third parties pursuant to an understanding with the third parties, then the Optionee (a “ Selling Optionee ”) shall first give the Company written notice of the Selling Optionee’s intention to make the Transfer (the “ Transfer Notice ”), which Transfer Notice shall include (i) a description of the Shares to be transferred (the “ Offered Shares ”), (ii) the identity of the prospective transferee(s), (iii) a certification as to the number of Shares currently owned, directly or indirectly, by the proposed transferee and its Affiliates and (iv) the consideration and the material terms and conditions upon which the proposed Transfer is to be made. For purposes of this Section 5, “ Affiliate ” shall mean any person or entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with such entity. The Transfer Notice shall certify that the Selling Optionee has received a firm offer from the prospective transferee(s) and in good faith believes a binding agreement for the Transfer is obtainable on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice. The Transfer Notice shall also include a copy of any written proposal, term sheet or letter of intent or other agreement relating to the proposed Transfer and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed Transfer will not violate applicable law.

(b) Company’s Option . The Company and its assignee(s) shall have an option for a period of thirty (30) days from receipt of the Transfer Notice to elect to purchase the Offered Shares at the same price and subject to the same material terms and conditions as described in the Transfer Notice. The Company and its assignee(s) may exercise such purchase option and, thereby, purchase all (or a portion of) the Offered Shares by notifying the Selling Optionee in writing before expiration of such thirty (30)-day period as to the number of Offered Shares that it wishes to purchase. If the Company or an assignee gives the Selling Optionee notice that it desires to purchase the Offered Shares, then payment for the Offered Shares shall be by check or wire transfer, against delivery of the Offered Shares to be purchased at a place agreed upon between the parties and at the time of the scheduled closing therefor, which shall be no later than thirty (30) days after the Company’s receipt of the Transfer Notice, unless the Transfer Notice contemplates a later closing with the prospective third party transferee(s) or unless the value of the purchase price has not yet been established pursuant to Section 5(c) hereof.

(c) Valuation of Property . Should the purchase price specified in any Transfer Notice be payable in property other than cash or evidences of indebtedness, the Company and its assignee(s) shall have the right to pay the purchase price in the form of cash equal in amount to the value of such property. If the Selling Optionee and the Company or its assignee(s) cannot agree on such cash value within ten (10) days after the Company’s receipt of the Transfer Notice, the valuation shall be as determined in good faith by the Plan administrator. If the time for the closing of the purchase has expired but for the determination of the value of the purchase price offered by the prospective transferee(s), then such closing shall be held on or prior to the fifth (5th) business day after the valuation shall have been made pursuant to this Section 5(c).

 

-23-


(d) Non-Exercise of Right . To the extent that any Offered Share has not been purchased pursuant to Section 5(b) hereof and the Company has determined that the proposed Transfer of the unpurchased Offered Shares to the third party transferee identified in the Transfer Notices would not constitute a Change in Control, the Company shall promptly so notify the Selling Optionee and the Selling Optionee shall have a period of thirty (30) days from receipt of such notice in which to sell such unpurchased Offered Shares upon terms and conditions (including the purchase price) no more favorable than those specified in the Transfer Notice; provided , however , that the transferee shall agree in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Exercise Notice. In the event that the Selling Optionee does not consummate such sale or disposition within such thirty (30) day period, all rights of first refusal under this Section 5 shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the Offered Shares by the Selling Optionee until such rights lapse in accordance with the terms of this Section 5. Furthermore, the exercise or nonexercise of such rights shall not adversely affect the right of the Company and its assignee(s) to make subsequent purchases from the Selling Optionee of Shares.

(e) Additional Shares or Substituted Securities . In the event of the declaration of a share dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than shares, a spin-off, a share split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as an ordinary cash dividend) that are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to this Section 5 or into which such Shares thereby become convertible shall immediately be subject to this Section 5. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of Shares subject to this Section 5.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Optionee’s lifetime or on the Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to the Optionee’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g) Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control, all rights of first refusal under this Section 5 shall remain in full force and effect and shall apply to the new shares of capital received in exchange for the Shares in consummation of the Change in Control, but only to the extent the Shares are at the time covered by the rights of first refusal under this Section 5.

(h) Lapse. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5, any right of first refusal provided in this Section 5 shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier to occur of (i) a Qualified Public Offering (as defined in the Option Agreement) and (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

6. Tax Consultation . The Optionee hereby acknowledges that he or she understands that the Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. The Optionee hereby represents that the Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants the Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that the Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

-24-


7. Restrictions on Transfer .

(a) Legends . The Optionee hereby acknowledges, understands and agrees that the Company may cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or U.S. federal securities laws or other applicable law:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, (THE “ACT”) OR QUALIFIED OR REGISTERED UNDER STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS. THESE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION, AND NEITHER THESE SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION THEREIN MAY BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT, APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS AND THE APPLICABLE RULES AND REGULATIONS THEREUNDER. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD NOT TO EXCEED 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . The Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

-25-


(c) Rights of the Company . The Company shall not (i) record on its books the transfer of any Shares that have been sold or transferred in contravention of this Exercise Notice or (ii) treat as the owner of Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Exercise Notice. Any Transfer of Shares not made in conformance with this Exercise Notice shall be null and void and shall not be recognized by the Company.

(d) Removal of Legends . If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a certificate of shares representing Shares sold under this Exercise Notice is no longer required, the holder of the certificate shall be entitled to exchange the certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and the terms and conditions of this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, the terms and conditions of this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon the Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by the Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Plan administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Plan administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed in that State without giving effect to its choice of law rules.

11. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement, and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-26-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Exercise Notice is deemed made as of the date first set forth above.

 

Submitted by:     Accepted by:
OPTIONEE     AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

 

   

 

Signature     By   [            ]

 

    [            ]
[            ]     Title:   CEO
Address :      

 

   

 

   

 

   
   

 

    Date Received

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXERCISE NOTICE

 

-27-


EXHIBIT C

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE:  

 

  
COMPANY:   AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.
SECURITIES:   ORDINARY SHARES
AMOUNT:  

 

  
DATE:  

 

  

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the Optionee represents to the Company the following:

(a) The Optionee hereby acknowledges that the Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. The Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for the Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

(b) The Optionee hereby acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, the Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if the Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. The Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. The Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend that prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, and with any other legend required under applicable state securities laws.

 

-28-


(c) Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Optionee, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) The Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. The Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

Signature of the Optionee:

 

Date:  

 

 

-29-


AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

2005 STOCK PLAN

PRC SHARE OPTION AGREEMENT

Ambow Education Holding Ltd., (the “ Company ”) hereby grants you, [            ] (the “ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) under the Company’s 2005 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase Ordinary Shares (“ Shares ”) of the Company. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Option Rules attached hereto as Exhibit A , the principal features of the Option are as follows:

 

Grant Number      [            ]
Date of Grant      [            ]
Vesting Commencement Date      [            ]
Exercise Price per Share    $[            ]
Number of Shares subject to the Option      [            ]
Type of Option:                 Incentive Stock Option (to the extent permitted by applicable law)
        x      Nonstatutory Stock Option
Expiration Date:      [            ]

Vesting Schedule

Subject to the Optionee’s continued Service (as defined in the Plan) through each of the applicable vesting dates and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Option shall become exercisable, in whole or in part, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the Option Rules (attached hereto as Exhibit A ) and the following schedule:

Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and the remainder shall vest in equal and continuous monthly installments over the following thirty-six (36) months thereafter, subject to Optionee’s continued Service through each vesting date.

Escrow Provisions :

This Option shall be held by the Company under the Escrow Provisions (attached hereto as Exhibit B ).

Option Termination :

 

Event Triggering Option Termination

  

Maximum Time to Exercise After Triggering Event

Termination of Service (except as provided below)

   90 days

Termination of Service due to Disability

   12 months

Termination of Service due to death

   12 months

The Option may only be exercised as to Shares that have vested as of the date of the Optionee’s termination of Service and in no event may the Option be exercised after the Expiration Date. It is the Optionee’s responsibility to exercise the Option, if the Optionee so desires, before it expires or terminates.

The Optionee is aware that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this PRC Share Option Agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”), the exercise of the Option is subject to certain regulations of the PRC, including those implemented by the State Administration of Foreign Exchange (the “Restriction”). The Optionee further acknowledges that if the Restriction does not allow the Company to issue Shares to the Optionee upon the Optionee’s attempted exercise of the Option that the Company will be not liable to the Optionee in any respect and will not be required to provide any compensation or other consideration to the Optionee as a result of the failed Option exercise. The Optionee recognizes that if the Restriction continues to prohibit the Company from issuing Shares pursuant to the Option at the time of his or her termination of Service, the Option shall in any event terminate and expire according to the Option Termination schedule listed above.

The Optionee’s signature below indicates his or her agreement, understanding, and acceptance that the Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions contained in Exhibit A , the Plan, and the Escrow Provisions ( Exhibit B ). Please be sure to read all of Exhibits A and B , which contain the specific terms and conditions of the Option. This PRC Share Option Agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”) does not represent a securities interest in the Company, which interest may accrue only upon the exercise of the Option in accordance with its terms.

 

AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.     OPTIONEE

 

   

 

Jin Huang, CEO     [            ]

 

-30-


EXHIBIT A

OPTION RULES

1. Grant of Option . The Plan administrator hereby grants to the Optionee under the Plan the right to purchase the number of Shares set forth on the first page of this Option Agreement (the “ Grant Notice ”), at the Exercise Price per Share set forth in the Grant Notice, and subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Option Agreement and the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. Unless otherwise defined herein, the capitalized terms in this Option Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in the Plan. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail unless otherwise indicated.

The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined with respect to each Incentive Stock Option at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted) of Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under the Plan or any other plan of the Company) shall not exceed US$100,000. If the Option is designated in the Grant Notice as an Incentive Stock Option, all or a portion of the Option may nonetheless be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in accordance with Section 6(b) of the Plan.

The Option, and any Shares or cash acquired pursuant hereto, shall be held by the Company under the Escrow Provisions (attached hereto as Exhibit B ).

2. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . If permitted by applicable law, the Option shall be exercisable during its term cumulatively according to the Vesting Schedule set out in the Grant Notice and with the applicable provisions of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(b) Method of Exercise . The Optionee may instruct the Company to exercise the Option to the extent then vested on his or her behalf by delivery of a written exercise notice in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ Exercise Notice ”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Plan administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be signed by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s beneficiary or other person entitled to exercise the Option under the Plan in the event of the Optionee’s death) and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Shares exercised, with applicable tax withholding delivered according to Exhibit C attached hereto. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised as of the date (the “ Exercise Date ”) (i) the Company receives (as determined by the Plan administrator in its sole, but reasonable, discretion) the fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price, with applicable tax withholding delivered according to Exhibit C attached hereto, and (ii) all other applicable terms and conditions of the Option Agreement are satisfied.

 

-31-


(c) Approval by Members and Compliance Restrictions on Exercise . Any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no portion of the Option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Members of the Company. No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option, unless the issuance and exercise, including the form of consideration used to pay the Exercise Price, comply with applicable law.

3. Optionee’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act on the Exercise Date, the Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of the Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D , as well as any other representations necessary or appropriate, in the judgment of the Plan administrator, to comply with applicable law.

4. Market Stand-Off .

(a) The Optionee agrees that the Optionee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under the Option Agreement for a period specified by the Company or its underwriters. Such restriction (the “ Market Stand-Off ”) shall be in effect for such period of time commencing on and following the date of the final prospectus for the first Qualified Public Offering as may be requested by the Company or its underwriters. In no event, however, shall the Market Stand-Off period exceed 180 days following the first Qualified Public Offering (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, if applicable, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). In the event of the declaration of a share dividend, a spin-off, a share split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities that are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Option Agreement until the end of the applicable Market Stand-Off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Section 4, and the Optionee agrees that any transferee of any Optionee shall be bound by the provisions of this Section 4. This Section 4 shall not apply to Shares registered in the first Qualified Public Offering.

(b) For purposes of this Section 4, a “ Qualified Public Offering ” shall mean the closing of an underwritten public offering, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to a valid qualification or filing under applicable law of another jurisdiction, of the Shares or other equity securities of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Qualified Public Offering shall not include a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans or to a Rule 145 transaction under the Securities Act or to similar registrations under applicable law of another jurisdiction.

 

-32-


(c) The Optionee shall execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or its underwriters that are consistent with this Section 4 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or its underwriters, the Optionee shall provide, within ten (10) days of this request, such information as may be required by the Company or its underwriters in connection with the completion of the Company’s first Qualified Public Offering.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following forms of consideration, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

(a) if permitted by applicable law, by cash, check or cash equivalent;

(b) at the discretion of the Plan administrator and to the extent permitted by applicable law, consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(c) such other method or manner of payment as the Plan administrator may approve.

6. Non-Transferability of Option . The Option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution, shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee. The terms of the Plan and the Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

7. Term of Option . The Option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Grant Notice, and may be exercised prior to the expiration date only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

8. Tax Obligations .

(a) Tax Withholding . The Optionee shall make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) for the satisfaction of all income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise, disposition of the Option or the Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the Option. The Optionee hereby acknowledges, understands and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if the withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of Shares . If the Option granted to the Optionee herein is designated as an Incentive Stock Option, and if the Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the Incentive Stock Option on or before the later of (1) the date two years after the Date of Grant and (2) the date one year after the date of exercise, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. The Optionee hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Optionee may be subject to tax withholding by the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee in connection with the exercise of the Option.

 

-33-


9. Adjustment of Shares . In the event of any transaction described in Section 7 of the Plan, the terms of the Option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of the Shares subject to the Option and the Exercise Price) may be adjusted as set forth in Section 7 of the Plan. This Option Agreement shall in no way affect the right of the Company to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer any part of its business or assets.

10. Legality of Initial Issuance . No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option unless and until the Company has determined that: (i) the Company and the Optionee have taken all actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof, if applicable; (ii) all applicable listing requirements of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Shares are listed have been satisfied; and (iii) all other applicable provisions of applicable law have been satisfied.

11. No Registration Rights . The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Option Agreement to comply with any applicable law.

12. Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of the Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on share certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any other jurisdiction or any other applicable law.

13. Acknowledgements .

(a) The Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan (including any applicable appendices or sub-plans thereunder) and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. The Optionee has reviewed the Plan (including any applicable appendices or sub-plans thereunder) and this Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Option. The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Plan administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. The Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

(b) The Company (which may or may not be the Optionee’s employer) is granting the Option. The Company will administer the Plan from outside the Optionee’s country of residence, and United States law will govern all Options granted under the Plan.

 

-34-


(c) The Optionee acknowledges that benefits and rights provided under the Plan are wholly discretionary and, although provided by the Company, do not constitute regular or periodic payments. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the benefits and rights provided under the Plan are not to be considered part of the Optionee’s salary or compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy or other end of service payments, vacation, bonuses, long-term service awards, indemnification, pension or retirement benefits, or any other payments, benefits or rights of any kind. The Optionee waives any and all rights to compensation or damages as a result of the termination of employment with the Company for any reason whatsoever insofar as those rights result or may result from:

(i) the loss or diminution in value of such rights under the Plan, or

(ii) the Optionee ceasing to have any rights under, or ceasing to be entitled to any rights under the Plan as a result of such termination.

(d) The grant of the Option, and any future grant of Options under the Plan is entirely voluntary, and at the complete discretion of the Company. Neither the grant of the Option nor any future grant of an Option by the Company will be deemed to create any obligation to grant any further Options, whether or not such a reservation is explicitly stated at the time of such a grant. The Company has the right, at any time, to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(e) The Plan will not be deemed to constitute, and will not be construed by the Optionee to constitute, part of the terms and conditions of employment, and the Company will not incur any liability of any kind to the Optionee as a result of any change or amendment, or any cancellation, of the Plan at any time.

(f) Participation in the Plan will not be deemed to constitute, and will not be deemed by the Optionee to constitute, an employment or labor relationship of any kind with the Company.

(g) By entering into this Option Agreement, and as a condition of the grant of the Option, the Optionee consents to the collection, use, and transfer of personal data as described in this subsection to the full extent permitted by and in full compliance with applicable law.

(i) the Optionee understands that the Company, its Parent or any Subsidiary may hold certain personal information about the Optionee, including, but not limited to, name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Options or other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested, or outstanding in the Optionee’s favor, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan (“ Data ”).

(ii) the Optionee further understands that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data among themselves as necessary for the purposes of implementation, administration, and management of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, and that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan (“ Data Recipients ” ).

 

-35-


(iii) the Optionee understands that these Data Recipients may be located in the Optionee’s country of residence or elsewhere, such as the United States. The Optionee authorizes the Data Recipients to receive, possess, use, retain, and transfer Data in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering, and managing the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, including any transfer of such Data, as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of Shares on the Optionee’s behalf, to a broker or third party with whom the Shares acquired on exercise may be deposited.

(iv) the Optionee understands that the Optionee may, at any time, review the Data, request that any necessary amendments be made to it, or withdraw the Optionee’s consent herein in writing by contacting the Company. The Optionee further understands that withdrawing consent may affect the Optionee’s ability to participate in the Plan.

(h) The Optionee has received the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement and any other related communications, and the Optionee consents to having received these documents in English.

14. General Provisions .

(a) Notice . Any notice required by the terms of this Option Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit with a national postal service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company.

(b) Successors and Assigns . Except as provided herein to the contrary, this Option Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Option Agreement, their respective successors and permitted assigns.

(c) No Assignment . Except as otherwise provided in this Option Agreement, the Optionee shall not assign any of his or her rights under this Option Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion. The Company shall be permitted to assign its rights or obligations under this Option Agreement, but no such assignment shall release the Company of any obligations pursuant to this Option Agreement.

(d) Severability . The validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Option Agreement shall not be affected even if one or more of the provisions of this Option Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect.

(e) Administration . Any determination by the Plan administrator in connection with any question or issue arising under the Plan or this Option Agreement shall be final, conclusive, and binding on the Optionee, the Company, and all other persons.

 

-36-


(f) Headings . The section headings in this Option Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience, and in no way define, limit or interpret the scope of this Option Agreement or of any particular section.

(g) Counterparts . This Option Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(h) Entire Option Agreement; Governing Law . The provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Optionee. This Option Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed in that State, except with respect to its choice of law rules.

15. No Guarantee of Continued Service . THE OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY OPTIONEE’S CONTINUED SERVICE AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY OR THE AFFILIATE EMPLOYING THE OPTIONEE (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THE OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). THE OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS OPTION AGREEMENT, THE OPTION GRANTED HEREUNDER, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT OF SERVICE FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH THE OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE AFFILIATE EMPLOYING THE OPTIONEE) TO TERMINATE THE OPTIONEE’S SERVICE AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

-37-


EXHIBIT B

AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

2005 STOCK PLAN

ESCROW PROVISIONS

1. Option . As set forth in the PRC Share Option Agreement, to which these Escrow Provisions (the “ Escrow Provisions ”) are attached, you have been granted an Option under the Plan. The Option will be held by the Company under these Escrow Provisions in an account in your name. Unless otherwise defined herein, the capitalized terms in these Escrow Provisions shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in the Plan.

2. Legal and Equitable Title . Legal and equitable title to the Option and any cash or securities acquired pursuant to the Option, will remain with you at all times, notwithstanding that such items may be held by the Company pursuant to these Escrow Provisions.

3. Exercise of Option . You may instruct the Company to exercise the Option on your behalf at such time or times as permitted by the PRC Share Option Agreement and the Plan.

4. Proceeds of Exercise . Shares acquired upon exercise of your Option will be retained in Escrow under these Escrow Provisions. Subject to requirements for repatriation and settlement of foreign exchange under the laws of the People’s Republic of China, you may elect to keep any proceeds from the sale of such Shares (any such sale to be performed by the Company under your direction) in your account under these Escrow Provisions or to have them distributed to you. If you elect to have the proceeds distributed to you, the Company will use its reasonable efforts to effect such distribution within ten (10) business days of the sale, pursuant to such channels as the Company reasonably determines appropriate.

5. Powers of Company . The Company may take any and all actions, and is hereby granted such powers and discretion, as may appear necessary or proper to comply with applicable law and to effectuate and carry out the terms and purposes of Escrow under these Escrow Provisions, including, but not limited to, the power to exercise the Option and hold or dispose of the proceeds of such exercise in accordance with the terms of these Escrow Provisions.

6. Limitation of Liability . The Company is not liable for any damage caused by the exercise of its discretion as authorized by these Escrow Provisions for any reason, except gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Company is not liable for honest mistakes of judgment or for losses or liabilities due to honest mistakes of judgment.

7. Costs and Expenses of this Escrow . All costs and expenses of these Escrow Provisions will be borne by the Company.

 

-38-


8. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference. The Plan, Option Agreement and these Escrow Provisions constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and you with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to your interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and you. These Escrow Provisions are governed by the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed in that State, except with respect to its choice of law rules.

 

-39-


EXHIBIT C

AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

2005 STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Attention: Secretary

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today, [            ], 200    , the undersigned (the “ Optionee ”) hereby elects to exercise the Optionee’s option to purchase [            ] Ordinary Shares (the “ Shares ”) of Ambow Education Holding Ltd. (the “Company”), under and pursuant to the 2005 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) and the PRC Share Option Agreement dated [            ], 200    (the “ Option Agreement ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, the capitalized terms in this notice of exercise (the “ Exercise Notice ”) shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in the Plan.

2. Delivery of Payment . The Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full Exercise Price of the Shares with respect to which the Optionee is exercising the Option, and delivers any and all tax withholding due in connection with the exercise of the Option to the Company, the Parent or the Subsidiary that is required under applicable law to withhold such taxes.

3. Representations of the Optionee . The Optionee hereby acknowledges that the Optionee has received and read, and understands the Plan and the Option Agreement, including the Option Rules, and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Member . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a Member shall exist with respect to the Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 7 of the Plan.

 

-40-


5. Right of First Refusal .

(a) Transfer Notice . If at any time the Optionee proposes to sell, transfer, assign, encumber, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of in any way (each, a “ Transfer ”) all or any part of or any interest in the Shares to one or more third parties pursuant to an understanding with the third parties, then the Optionee (a “ Selling Optionee ”) shall first give the Company written notice of the Selling Optionee’s intention to make the Transfer (the “ Transfer Notice ”), which Transfer Notice shall include (i) a description of the Shares to be transferred (the “ Offered Shares ”), (ii) the identity of the prospective transferee(s), (iii) a certification as to the number of Shares currently owned, directly or indirectly, by the proposed transferee and its Affiliates and (iv) the consideration and the material terms and conditions upon which the proposed Transfer is to be made. For purposes of this Section 5, “ Affiliate ” shall mean any person or entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with such entity. The Transfer Notice shall certify that the Selling Optionee has received a firm offer from the prospective transferee(s) and in good faith believes a binding agreement for the Transfer is obtainable on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice. The Transfer Notice shall also include a copy of any written proposal, term sheet or letter of intent or other agreement relating to the proposed Transfer and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed Transfer will not violate applicable law.

(b) Company’s Option . The Company and its assignee(s) shall have an option for a period of thirty (30) days from receipt of the Transfer Notice to elect to purchase the Offered Shares at the same price and subject to the same material terms and conditions as described in the Transfer Notice. The Company and its assignee(s) may exercise such purchase option and, thereby, purchase all (or a portion of) the Offered Shares by notifying the Selling Optionee in writing before expiration of such thirty (30)-day period as to the number of Offered Shares that it wishes to purchase. If the Company or an assignee gives the Selling Optionee notice that it desires to purchase the Offered Shares, then payment for the Offered Shares shall be by check or wire transfer, against delivery of the Offered Shares to be purchased at a place agreed upon between the parties and at the time of the scheduled closing therefor, which shall be no later than thirty (30) days after the Company’s receipt of the Transfer Notice, unless the Transfer Notice contemplates a later closing with the prospective third party transferee(s) or unless the value of the purchase price has not yet been established pursuant to Section 5(c) hereof.

(c) Valuation of Property . Should the purchase price specified in any Transfer Notice be payable in property other than cash or evidences of indebtedness, the Company and its assignee(s) shall have the right to pay the purchase price in the form of cash equal in amount to the value of such property. If the Selling Optionee and the Company or its assignee(s) cannot agree on such cash value within ten (10) days after the Company’s receipt of the Transfer Notice, the valuation shall be as determined in good faith by the Plan administrator. If the time for the closing of the purchase has expired but for the determination of the value of the purchase price offered by the prospective transferee(s), then such closing shall be held on or prior to the fifth (5th) business day after the valuation shall have been made pursuant to this Section 5(c).

 

-41-


(d) Non-Exercise of Right . To the extent that any Offered Share has not been purchased pursuant to Section 5(b) hereof and the Company has determined that the proposed Transfer of the unpurchased Offered Shares to the third party transferee identified in the Transfer Notices would not constitute a Change in Control, the Company shall promptly so notify the Selling Optionee and the Selling Optionee shall have a period of thirty (30) days from receipt of such notice in which to sell such unpurchased Offered Shares upon terms and conditions (including the purchase price) no more favorable than those specified in the Transfer Notice; provided , however , that the transferee shall agree in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Exercise Notice. In the event that the Selling Optionee does not consummate such sale or disposition within such thirty (30) day period, all rights of first refusal under this Section 5 shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the Offered Shares by the Selling Optionee until such rights lapse in accordance with the terms of this Section 5. Furthermore, the exercise or nonexercise of such rights shall not adversely affect the right of the Company and its assignee(s) to make subsequent purchases from the Selling Optionee of Shares.

(e) Additional Shares or Substituted Securities . In the event of the declaration of a share dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than shares, a spin-off, a share split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as an ordinary cash dividend) that are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to this Section 5 or into which such Shares thereby become convertible shall immediately be subject to this Section 5. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of Shares subject to this Section 5.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Optionee’s lifetime or on the Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to the Optionee’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g) Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control, all rights of first refusal under this Section 5 shall remain in full force and effect and shall apply to the new shares of capital received in exchange for the Shares in consummation of the Change in Control, but only to the extent the Shares are at the time covered by the rights of first refusal under this Section 5.

(h) Lapse. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5, any right of first refusal provided in this Section 5 shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier to occur of (i) a Qualified Public Offering (as defined in the Option Agreement) and (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

6. Tax Consultation . The Optionee hereby acknowledges that he or she understands that the Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. The Optionee hereby represents that the Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants the Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that the Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

-42-


7. Restrictions on Transfer .

(a) Legends . The Optionee hereby acknowledges, understands and agrees that the Company may cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or U.S. federal securities laws or other applicable law:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, (THE “ACT”) OR QUALIFIED OR REGISTERED UNDER STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS. THESE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION, AND NEITHER THESE SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION THEREIN MAY BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT, APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS AND THE APPLICABLE RULES AND REGULATIONS THEREUNDER. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD NOT TO EXCEED 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . The Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

-43-


(c) Rights of the Company . The Company shall not (i) record on its books the transfer of any Shares that have been sold or transferred in contravention of this Exercise Notice or (ii) treat as the owner of Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Exercise Notice. Any Transfer of Shares not made in conformance with this Exercise Notice shall be null and void and shall not be recognized by the Company.

(d) Removal of Legends . If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a certificate of shares representing Shares sold under this Exercise Notice is no longer required, the holder of the certificate shall be entitled to exchange the certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and the terms and conditions of this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, the terms and conditions of this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon the Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by the Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Plan administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Plan administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed in that State without giving effect to its choice of law rules.

11. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement, the Escrow Provisions, and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-44-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Exercise Notice is deemed made as of the date first set forth above.

 

Submitted by:     Accepted by:
OPTIONEE     AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

 

   

 

Signature     By   [            ]

 

    [            ]
[            ]     Title:   CEO
Address :      

 

     

 

   

 

   
   

 

    Date Received

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXERCISE NOTICE

 

-45-


EXHIBIT D

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE:  

 

  
COMPANY:   AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.
SECURITIES:   ORDINARY SHARES
AMOUNT:  

 

  
DATE:  

 

  

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the Optionee represents to the Company the following:

(a) The Optionee hereby acknowledges that the Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. The Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for the Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

(b) The Optionee hereby acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, the Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if the Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. The Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. The Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend that prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, and with any other legend required under applicable state securities laws.

 

-46-


(c) The Optionee hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Optionee, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) The Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. The Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

(e) The Optionee hereby acknowledges that the Optionee is aware of the relevant requirements under the laws of the People’s Republic of China regarding overseas investment, including the requirements for approval and registration with competent authorities. The Optionee is acquiring these Securities after obtaining requisite approval or registration from competent authorities of the People’s Republic of China. Failure to obtain requisite approval or registration shall relieve the Company, and any Parent or Subsidiary, of any liability in respect of the failure to issue these Securities. If the failure is revealed or occurs after the issuance of these Securities, the Company shall be entitled, at its sole discretion, to redeem or request the Optionee to transfer these Securities to a transferee who is legally entitled to hold the Securities. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the redemption price shall be the Exercise Price paid by the Optionee for the Securities. The Company, its Parent and any Subsidiary shall be relieved from any liability for any redemption or request for transfer made pursuant to the foregoing.

 

Signature of the Optionee:

 

Date:  

 

 

-47-

Exhibit 10.2

AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

   

to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

   

to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

   

to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units, Share Appreciation Rights, Performance Units and Performance Shares.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ ADS ” means an American Depository Share corresponding to a Share or Shares, as applicable.

(c) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Plan Shares are listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(d) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Share Appreciation Rights, Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares.

(e) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(f) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(g) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the shares of the Company that, together with the shares held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the shares of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the acquisition of additional shares by any one Person, who is considered to own more than 50% of the total voting power of the shares of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; or


(ii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s shareholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a shareholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s shares, (2) an entity, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding shares of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 2(g), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of shares, or similar business transaction with the Company.

(h) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

(i) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(j) “ Company ” means Ambow Education Holding Ltd., a Cayman Islands corporation, or any successor thereto.

(k) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.

(l) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(m) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

 

-2-


(n) “ Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(q) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Plan Shares as the Administrator may determine in good faith by reference to the price of such shares on any established stock exchange or a national market system on the day of determination if the Plan Shares are so listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system. If the Plan Shares are not listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, the value of Plan Shares will be as the Administrator may determine in good faith.

(r) “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

(s) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(t) “ Inside Director ” means a Director who is an Employee.

(u) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(v) “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(w) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(x) “ Ordinary Share ” means a Class A ordinary share of the Company.

(y) “ Outside Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee.

(z) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(aa) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

 

-3-


(bb) “ Performance Share ” means an Award denominated in Plan Shares which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine pursuant to Section 10.

(cc) “ Performance Unit ” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine and which may be settled for cash, Plan Shares or other securities or a combination of the foregoing pursuant to Section 10.

(dd) “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Restricted Shares are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(ee) “ Plan ” means this 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

(ff) “ Plan Shares ” means, as applicable, Class A Ordinary Shares or ADSs.

(gg) “ Registration Date ” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.

(hh) “ Restricted Share ” means a Plan Share issued pursuant to a Restricted Share award under Section 7 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(ii) “ Restricted Share Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Plan Share, granted pursuant to Section 8. Each Restricted Share Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(jj) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

(kk) “ Section 16(b) ” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(ll) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(mm) “ Share ” means a Class A Ordinary Share, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

(nn) “ Share Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 9 is designated as a Share Appreciation Right.

(oo) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

-4-


3. Shares Subject to the Plan .

(a) Shares Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is such number of Shares as shall be equal to 15% of the Company’s outstanding shares immediately prior to the Registration Date, plus (i) any Shares that, as of the Registration Date, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under the Company’s 2005 Stock Plan (the “ 2005 Plan ”) and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any Shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2005 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2005 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, with the maximum number of Shares to be added to the Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) equal to 10,000,000 Shares. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Shares.

(b) Automatic Share Reserve Increase . The number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2011 Fiscal Year, in an amount equal to the least of (i) 25,000,000 Shares, (ii) five percent (5%) of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year or (iii) such number of Shares determined by the Board.

(c) Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Share Appreciation Rights, the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Share Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued (i.e., the net Shares issued) pursuant to a Share Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Share Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Sections 3(b) and 3(c).

(d) Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

-5-


(e) Application to ADSs . For purposes of calculating the number of Shares issued under this Plan (and for purposes of calculating any other Share limit set forth herein), the issuance of an ADS shall be deemed to equal one Share, provided, however, that if the number of Shares represented by an ADS is other than on a one-to-one basis, the number of Shares issued under this Plan (and any other Share limit set forth herein) shall be adjusted to reflect such issuance of ADSs.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure .

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii) Section 162(m) . To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to qualify Awards granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan will be administered by a Committee of two (2) or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(iii) Rule 16b-3 . To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

(iv) Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Plan Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Plan Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

 

-6-


(vi) to determine the terms and conditions of any, and to institute any Exchange Program;

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;

(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards;

(x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in such manner as prescribed in Section 14;

(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Plan Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Share Appreciation Rights, Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Stock Options .

(a) Grant of Stock Options . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, an Option may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Plan Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Plan Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Plan Shares is granted.

 

-7-


(b) Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Plan Shares subject to an Option granted to any Participant.

(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms . The Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Options granted under the Plan, provided, however, that the exercise price will not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Plan Share on the date of grant. In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an employee of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Plan Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Plan Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(c), Options may be granted with a per Plan Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

(d) Option Agreement .

(i) Terms and Conditions . Each Option grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the acceptable forms of consideration for exercise (which may include any form of consideration permitted by Section 6(d)(ii), the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(ii) Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Plan Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under a broker-assisted (or other) cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise; (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Plan Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

(e) Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term will be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns Shares representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of Shares of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

 

-8-


(f) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Plan Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator will specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Plan Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable withholding taxes). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Plan Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Plan Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder will exist with respect to the Plan Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Plan Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Plan Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iii) Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

-9-


(iv) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised following the Participant’s death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event may the option be exercised later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following Participant’s death. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

7. Restricted Shares .

(a) Grant of Restricted Shares . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Restricted Shares to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Restricted Share Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Shares will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Plan Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Restricted Shares until the restrictions on such Plan Shares have lapsed.

(c) Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 7, Restricted Shares may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(d) Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Restricted Shares as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(e) Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7, Restricted Shares covered by each Restricted Share grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

(f) Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Restricted Shares granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Plan Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

 

-10-


(g) Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Restricted Shares will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Plan Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Plan Shares, the Plan Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Restricted Shares with respect to which they were paid.

(h) Return of Restricted Shares to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Shares for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

8. Restricted Share Units .

(a) Grant . Restricted Share Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Share Units under the Plan, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Share Units.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Share Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c) Earning Restricted Share Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Share Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Share Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may only settle earned Restricted Share Units in cash, Plan Shares, or a combination of both.

(e) Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Share Units will be forfeited to the Company.

9. Share Appreciation Rights .

(a) Grant of Share Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Share Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b) Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Share Appreciation Rights granted to any Service Provider.

 

-11-


(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per Plan Share exercise price for the Plan Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of a Share Appreciation Right will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Plan Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Share Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

(d) Share Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Share Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Share Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e) Expiration of Share Appreciation Rights . A Share Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(e) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(f) relating to exercise also will apply to Share Appreciation Rights.

(f) Payment of Share Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Share Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Plan Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii) The number of Plan Shares with respect to which the Share Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Share Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Plan Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

10. Performance Units and Performance Shares .

(a) Grant of Performance Units/Shares . Performance Units and Performance Shares may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time, as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units and Performance Shares granted to each Participant.

(b) Value of Performance Units/Shares . Each Performance Unit will have an initial value that is established by the Administrator on or before the date of grant. Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Plan Share on the date of grant.

(c) Performance Objectives and Other Terms . The Administrator will set performance objectives or other vesting provisions (including, without limitation, continued status as a Service Provider) in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Performance Units/Shares that will be paid out to the Service Providers. The time period during which the performance objectives or other vesting provisions must be met will be called the “Performance Period.” Each Award of Performance Units/Shares will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Performance Period, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. The Administrator may set performance objectives based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, or individual goals, applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

 

-12-


(d) Earning of Performance Units/Shares . After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units/Shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Units/Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance objectives or other vesting provisions have been achieved. After the grant of a Performance Unit/Share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such Performance Unit/Share.

(e) Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units/Shares . Payment of earned Performance Units/Shares will be made as soon as practicable after the expiration of the applicable Performance Period. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units/Shares in the form of cash, in Plan Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units/Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period) or in a combination thereof.

(f) Cancellation of Performance Units/Shares . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned or unvested Performance Units/Shares will be forfeited to the Company, and again will be available for grant under the Plan.

11. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1 st ) day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

12. Transferability of Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

13. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Plan Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, share split, reverse share split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Plan Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Plan Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Plan Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Plan Shares covered by each outstanding Award, and the numerical Share limits in Section 3 of the Plan.

 

-13-


(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines, including, without limitation, that each Award be assumed or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. The Administrator will not be required to treat all Awards similarly in the transaction.

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Share Appreciation Rights, including as to Plan Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Shares and Restricted Share Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Share Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Share Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Share Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of this subsection (c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Plan Share, subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether shares, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Plan Shares for each Plan Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Plan Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change in Control is not solely ordinary shares of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Share Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Share Unit, Performance Unit or Performance Share, for each Plan Share subject to such Award, to be solely ordinary shares of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Plan Shares in the Change in Control.

 

-14-


Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, if a payment under an Award Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement or other agreement related to the Award does not comply with the definition of “change in control” for purposes of a distribution under Code Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Code Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Code Section 409A.

14. Tax .

(a) Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Plan Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b) Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Plan Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, or (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Plan Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Plan Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

(c) Compliance With Code Section 409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

15. No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

 

-15-


16. Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

17. Term of Plan . Subject to Section 21 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. It will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the date adopted by the Board, unless terminated earlier under Section 18 of the Plan.

18. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Shareholder Approval . The Company will obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

19. Conditions Upon Issuance of Plan Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Plan Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Plan Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Plan Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Plan Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

20. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Plan Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Plan Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

21. Shareholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such shareholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

-16-


AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED SHARE AWARD AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Ambow Education Holding Ltd. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Share Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”).

 

I. NOTICE OF RESTRICTED SHARE GRANT

Participant Name:

Address:

You have been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Shares, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number  

 

 
Date of Grant  

 

 
Vesting Commencement Date  

 

 
Total Number of Shares Granted  

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Shares will vest and the Company’s right to reacquire the Restricted Shares will lapse in accordance with the following schedule:

[INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE]

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of Ambow Education Holding Ltd. (the “Company”) below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Shares is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Share Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A , all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

-17-


PARTICIPANT:     AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Title
Residence Address:    

 

   

 

   

 

-18-


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED SHARE GRANT

1. Grant of Restricted Shares . The Company hereby grants to the individual named in the Notice of Grant attached as Part I of this Award Agreement (the “Participant”) under the Plan for past services and as a separate incentive in connection with his or her services and not in lieu of any salary or other compensation for his or her services, an Award of Restricted Shares, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail. Although the Notice of Grant designates this Award as a right to receive Shares, the Company may, in its sole discretion, issue an amount of ADSs that equate to the number of Shares issuable hereunder.

2. Escrow of Plan Shares .

(a) All Restricted Shares will, upon execution of this Award Agreement, be delivered and deposited with an escrow holder designated by the Company (the “Escrow Holder”). The Restricted Shares will be held by the Escrow Holder until such time as the Restricted Shares vest or the date Participant ceases to be a Service Provider.

(b) The Escrow Holder will not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Restricted Shares in escrow while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

(c) Upon Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any reason, the Escrow Holder, upon receipt of written notice of such termination, will take all steps necessary to accomplish the transfer of the unvested Restricted Shares to the Company. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Holder with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such unvested Restricted Shares to the Company upon such termination.

(d) The Escrow Holder will take all steps necessary to accomplish the transfer of Restricted Shares to Participant after they vest following Participant’s request that the Escrow Holder do so.

(e) Subject to the terms hereof, Participant will have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to the Plan Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the Plan Shares and to receive any cash dividends declared thereon.

 

-19-


(f) In the event of any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Plan Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, share split, reverse share split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Plan Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Plan Shares, the Restricted Shares will be increased, reduced or otherwise changed, and by virtue of any such change Participant will in his or her capacity as owner of unvested Restricted Shares be entitled to new or additional or different shares, cash or securities (other than rights or warrants to purchase securities); such new or additional or different shares, cash or securities will thereupon be considered to be unvested Restricted Shares and will be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the unvested Restricted Shares pursuant to this Award Agreement. If Participant receives rights or warrants with respect to any unvested Restricted Shares, such rights or warrants may be held or exercised by Participant, provided that until such exercise any such rights or warrants and after such exercise any shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants will be considered to be unvested Restricted Shares and will be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the unvested Restricted Shares pursuant to this Award Agreement. The Administrator in its absolute discretion at any time may accelerate the vesting of all or any portion of such new or additional shares, cash or securities, rights or warrants to purchase securities or shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants.

(g) The Company may instruct the transfer agent for its Plan Shares to place a legend on the certificates representing the Restricted Shares or otherwise note its records as to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Award Agreement.

3. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the Restricted Shares awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Restricted Shares scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Award Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

4. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Shares at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Shares will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

5. Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, the balance of the Restricted Shares that have not vested at the time of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any reason will be forfeited and automatically transferred to and reacquired by the Company at no cost to the Company upon the date of such termination and Participant will have no further rights thereunder. Participant will not be entitled to a refund of the price paid for the Restricted Shares, if any, returned to the Company pursuant to this Section 5. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Agent with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such unvested Plan Shares to the Company upon such termination of service.

 

-20-


6. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

7. Withholding of Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, no certificate representing the Restricted Shares may be released from the escrow established pursuant to Section 2, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Plan Shares. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part (without limitation) by (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Plan Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, (c) delivering to the Company already vested and owned Plan Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld, or (d) selling a sufficient number of such Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time any applicable Plan Shares otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 3 or 4, Participant will permanently forfeit such Plan Shares and the Plan Shares will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.

8. Rights as Shareholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a shareholder of the Company in respect of any Plan Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Plan Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant or the Escrow Agent. Except as provided in Section 2, after such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to voting such Plan Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Plan Shares.

9. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE RESTRICTED SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THESE RESTRICTED SHARES OR ACQUIRING PLAN SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

-21-


10. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company, in care of its Share Administration at Ambow Education Holding Ltd., at 18 th Floor, Building A, ChengJian Plaza, No. 18 BeiTaipingzhuang Road, Haidian District, Beijing, China, 100088, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

11. Grant is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6, the unvested Restricted Shares subject to this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any unvested Restricted Shares subject to this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

12. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Award Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

13. Additional Conditions to Release from Escrow . The Company will not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for Plan Shares hereunder or release such Plan Shares from the escrow established pursuant to Section 2 prior to fulfillment of all the following conditions: (a) the admission of such Plan Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such class of stock is then listed; (b) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such Plan Shares under any state or federal law or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, which the Administrator will, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable; (c) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency, which the Administrator will, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and (d) the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the date of grant of the Restricted Shares as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.

14. Plan Governs . This Award Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Award Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Award Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

15. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Restricted Shares have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

 

-22-


16. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Restricted Shares awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Shares that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

17. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Award Agreement.

18. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Award Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Award Agreement.

19. Modifications to the Agreement . This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A of the Code in connection to this Award of Restricted Shares.

20. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Shares under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

21. Governing Law . This Award Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of [State], without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Award of Restricted Shares or this Award Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of [State], and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of [Santa Clara County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California], and no other courts, where this Award of Restricted Shares is made and/or to be performed.

 

-23-


AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Ambow Education Holding Ltd. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”).

 

I. NOTICE OF RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT GRANT

Participant Name:

Address:

You have been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Share Units, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number  

 

 
Date of Grant  

 

 
Vesting Commencement Date  

 

 
Number of Restricted Share Units  

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Share Unit will vest in accordance with the following schedule:

[INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE.]

In the event Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason before Participant vests in the Restricted Share Unit, the Restricted Share Unit and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of Ambow Education Holding Ltd. (the “Company”) below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Share Units is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Share Unit Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A , all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

-24-


PARTICIPANT:     AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Title
Residence Address :    

 

   

 

   

 

-25-


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT GRANT

1. Grant . The Company hereby grants to the individual named in the Notice of Grant attached as Part I of this Award Agreement (the “Participant”) under the Plan an Award of Restricted Share Units, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

2. Company’s Obligation to Pay . Each Restricted Share Unit represents the right to receive a Share on the date it vests. Unless and until the Restricted Share Units will have vested in the manner set forth in Section 3, Participant will have no right to payment of any such Restricted Share Units. Prior to actual payment of any vested Restricted Share Units, such Restricted Share Unit will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company. Any Restricted Share Units that vest in accordance with Sections 3 or 4 will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her estate) in whole Shares, subject to Participant satisfying any applicable tax withholding obligations as set forth in Section 7. Subject to the provisions of Section 4, such vested Restricted Share Units will be paid in Shares as soon as practicable after vesting, but in each such case within the period ending no later than the date that is two and one-half (2  1 / 2 ) months from the end of the Company’s tax year that includes the vesting date. Although the Notice of Grant designates this Award as a right to receive Shares, the Company may, in its sole discretion, issue an amount of ADSs that equate to the number of Shares issuable hereunder.

3. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the Restricted Share Units awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Restricted Share Units scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Award Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

4. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Share Units at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Share Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Award Agreement to the contrary, if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the Restricted Share Units is accelerated in connection with Participant’s termination as a Service Provider (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, as determined by the Company), other than due to death , and if (x) Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such termination as a Service Provider and (y) the payment of such accelerated Restricted Share Units will result in the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if paid to Participant on or within the six (6) month period following Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, then the payment of such accelerated Restricted Share Units will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, unless the Participant dies following his or her termination as a Service Provider, in which case, the Restricted Share Units will be paid in Plan Shares to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following his or her death. It is the intent of this Award Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the Restricted Share Units provided under this Award Agreement or Plan Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. For purposes of this Award Agreement, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code, and any proposed, temporary or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder, as each may be amended from time to time.

 

-26-


5. Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, the balance of the Restricted Share Units that have not vested as of the time of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any or no reason and Participant’s right to acquire any Plan Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

6. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

7. Withholding of Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, no certificate representing the Plan Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Plan Shares. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part (without limitation) by (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Plan Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, (c) delivering to the Company already vested and owned Plan Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld, or (d) selling a sufficient number of such Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time any applicable Restricted Share Units otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 3 or 4, Participant will permanently forfeit such Restricted Share Units and any right to receive Plan Shares thereunder and the Restricted Share Units will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.

 

-27-


8. Rights as Shareholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a shareholder of the Company in respect of any Plan Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Plan Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to voting such Plan Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Plan Shares.

9. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS AWARD OF RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS OR ACQUIRING PLAN SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

10. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company, in care of Share Administration at Ambow Education Holding Ltd., at 18 th Floor, Building A, ChengJian Plaza, No. 18 North Taipingzhuang Road, Haidian District, Beijing, China, 100088, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

11. Grant is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

12. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Award Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

-28-


13. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Plan Shares . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Plan Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Plan Shares to Participant (or his or her estate), such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Where the Company determines that the delivery of the payment of any Plan Shares will violate federal securities laws or other applicable laws, the Company will defer delivery until the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the delivery of Plan Shares will no longer cause such violation. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state or federal law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority.

14. Plan Governs . This Award Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Award Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Award Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

15. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Restricted Share Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

16. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Restricted Share Units awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Share Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

17. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Award Agreement.

18. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Award Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Award Agreement.

19. Modifications to the Agreement . This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A in connection to this Award of Restricted Share Units.

 

-29-


20. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Share Units under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

21. Governing Law . This Award Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of [State], without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Award of Restricted Share Units or this Award Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of [State], and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of [Santa Clara County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of [California], and no other courts, where this Award of Restricted Share Units is made and/or to be performed.

 

-30-


AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

PRC STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Ambow Education Holding Ltd. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”).

 

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Participant Name:

Address:

You have been granted an Option to purchase Shares of Ambow Education Holding Ltd. (the “Company”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number

 

 

 

Date of Grant

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share

  $  

 

 

Total Number of Shares Granted

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price

  $  

 

 

Type of Option:

  Nonstatutory Stock Option  

Term/Expiration Date:

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, this Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

[INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE]

Termination Period :

To the extent permitted by Applicable Law and subject to the terms of the Plan and the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A , this Option will be exercisable for [three (3) months] after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option will be exercisable for [ twelve (12) months] after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

-31-


By Participant’s signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, Participant and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant (attached hereto as Exhibit A ), all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT:     AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Title
Residence Address :    

 

   

 

   

 

-32-


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

1. Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant attached as Part I of this Award Agreement (the “Participant”) an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

2. Payment Upon Exercise of Option . Although the Notice of Grant designates the Option as a right to purchase Shares, the Company may, in its discretion, issue an amount of ADSs upon exercise of the Option that equate to the number of Shares being purchased hereunder.

3. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 4, the Option awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Plan Shares scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Award Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

4. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Option at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Option will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

5. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, this Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Award Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached as Exhibit B (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Plan Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice will be completed by Participant and delivered to the Company. The Exercise Notice will be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option will be deemed to be exercised (i) upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by such aggregate Exercise Price and any applicable tax withholding, according to Exhibit B hereto, and (ii) all other applicable terms and conditions of the Award Agreement are satisfied.

 

-33-


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no Plan Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of the Option unless such issuance and such exercise complies with Applicable Law and such policies and procedures as the Company deems appropriate from time to time, including any policies and procedures the Company determines, in its sole discretion, to be necessary or desirable to comply with Applicable Laws, including without limitation, those promulgated by the PRC State Administration of Foreign Exchange or its local agency (“SAFE”) with respect to Participant’s acquisition of the Plan Shares pursuant to the Option.

6. Method of Payment . To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price will be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, surrender of other Plan Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares, provided that accepting such Plan Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

For the avoidance of doubt, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor an exercise of the Option and refuse to issue Plan Shares if the method of payment by Participant does not, in the Company’s sole and reasonable discretion, comply with Applicable Law.

7. Tax Obligations .

(a) Withholding Taxes . Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all U.S. Federal, state, local and non-U.S. (including the PRC) income, employment and other tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise, disposition of the Option or the Plan Shares issued upon exercise, the satisfaction of which must be conducted in a manner that complies with Applicable Laws. In this regard and to the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion and permissible under Applicable Law, Participant authorizes the Company (and/or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) to (i) withhold all applicable taxes legally payable by Participant from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company (and/or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) or from proceeds from the sale of Plan Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option in an amount sufficient to cover such tax obligations, (ii) reduce the number of Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant equal to the minimum amount statutorily required to be withheld or (iii) sell a sufficient number of Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise). Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Plan Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

 

-34-


(b) Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Plan Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Plan Share on the date of grant (a “Discount Option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A Discount Option may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The Discount Option may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest charges to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Plan Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Plan Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Plan Share on the date of grant, Participant will be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination;

8. Rights as Shareholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a shareholder of the Company in respect of any Plan Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Plan Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to voting such Plan Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Plan Shares.

9. Transfer and/or Disposition of Plan Shares . The Company may require Participant to hold Plan Shares acquired pursuant to exercise of the Option with an escrow agent designated by the Company and/or require Participant to transfer or sell the Plan Shares pursuant to such policies and procedures as the Company deems appropriate from time to time, including any procedures necessary to obtain SAFE approval for the acquisition and disposition of the Plan Shares by Participant. The Company may require that all proceeds received from the Option be remitted to the PRC if the Company deems such action is necessary or appropriate to comply with Applicable Laws.

Participant must sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Plan Shares acquired pursuant to exercise of the Option in such manner and subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator determines within six (6) months after Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, or such other period of time as the Administrator may designate from time to time to comply with Applicable Laws, including requirements and conditions relating to SAFE registration (the “Disposition Deadline”). Participant hereby authorizes the Company and appoints the Company as its attorney-in-fact to sell on Participant’s behalf any Plan Shares held by Participant after the Disposition Deadline, without any further action, consent or instruction by Participant. Participant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Company will not be held liable to Participant with respect to its actions relating to the sale, transfer or disposition of Plan Shares after the Disposition Deadline.

10. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF PLAN SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THE OPTION OR ACQUIRING PLAN SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

-35-


11. Acknowledgments .

(a) Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

(b) Participant acknowledges that benefits and rights provided under the Plan are wholly discretionary and, although provided by the Company, do not constitute regular or periodic payments. Unless otherwise required by Applicable Law, the benefits and rights provided under the Plan are not to be considered part of Participant’s salary or compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy or other end of service payments, vacation, bonuses, long-term service awards, indemnification, pension or retirement benefits, or any other payments, benefits or rights of any kind. Participant waives any and all rights to compensation or damages as a result of the termination of employment with the Company for any reason whatsoever insofar as those rights result or may result from:

(i) the loss or diminution in value of such rights under the Plan, or

(ii) Participant ceasing to have any rights under, or ceasing to be entitled to any rights under the Plan as a result of such termination.

(c) The grant of the Option, and any future grant of Options under the Plan is entirely voluntary, and at the complete discretion of the Company. Neither the grant of the Option nor any future grant of an Option by the Company will be deemed to create any obligation to grant any further Options, whether or not such a reservation is explicitly stated at the time of such a grant. The Company has the right, at any time, to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(d) The Plan will not be deemed to constitute, and will not be construed by Participant to constitute, part of the terms and conditions of employment, and the Company will not incur any liability of any kind to Participant as a result of any change or amendment, or any cancellation, of the Plan at any time.

(e) Participation in the Plan will not be deemed to constitute, and will not be deemed by Participant to constitute, an employment or labor relationship of any kind with the Company.

 

-36-


(f) By entering into this Award Agreement, and as a condition of the grant of the Option, Participant consents to the collection, use, and transfer of personal data as described in this subsection to the full extent permitted by and in full compliance with Applicable Law.

(i) Participant understands that the Company, its Parent or any Subsidiary may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number, salary, nationality, job title, any Plan Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Options or other entitlement to Plan Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested, or outstanding in Participant’s favor, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan (“Data”).

(ii) Participant further understands that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data among themselves as necessary for the purposes of implementation, administration, and management of Participant’s participation in the Plan, and that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan (“Data Recipients”).

(iii) Participant understands that these Data Recipients may be located in Participant’s country of residence or elsewhere, such as the United States. Participant authorizes the Data Recipients to receive, possess, use, retain, and transfer Data in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering, and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any transfer of such Data, as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of Plan Shares on Participant’s behalf, to a broker or third party with whom the Plan Shares acquired on exercise may be deposited.

(iv) Participant understands that Participant may, at any time, review the Data, request that any necessary amendments be made to it, or withdraw Participant’s consent herein in writing by contacting the Company. Participant further understands that withdrawing consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan.

(g) Participant has received the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement and any other related communications, and Participant consents to having received these documents in English.

12. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company, in care of its [TITLE] at Ambow Education Holding Ltd., 18 th Floor, Building A, ChengJian Plaza, No. 18 North Taipingzhuang Road, Haidian District, Beijing, China, 100088, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

13. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant.

14. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Award Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

-37-


15. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Plan Shares . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Plan Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Plan Shares to Participant (or his or her estate), such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state or federal law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares will be considered transferred to Participant on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.

16. Plan Governs . This Award Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Award Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Award Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

17. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Plan Shares subject to the Option have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

18. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Options awarded under the Plan or future Options that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

19. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Award Agreement.

20. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Award Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Award Agreement.

21. Modifications to the Agreement . This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Code Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A of the Code in connection to this Option.

 

-38-


22. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Option under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

23. Governing Law . This Award Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of [State], without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Option or this Award Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of [State] , and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of [Santa Clara County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California], and no other courts, where this Option is made and/or to be performed.

 

-39-


EXHIBIT B

AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

18 th Floor, Building A, ChengJian Plaza, No. 18 North Taipingzhuang Road

Haidian District

Beijing, China, 100088

Attention: [              ]

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                      ,              , the undersigned (“Purchaser”) hereby elects to purchase                      Ordinary Shares (the “Shares”) of Ambow Education Holding Ltd. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the PRC Stock Option Award Agreement dated                      (the “Award Agreement”). The purchase price for the Shares will be $              , as required by the Award Agreement.

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Plan Shares and any required tax withholding to be paid in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Issuance of Shares . Participant hereby agrees to accept Shares upon exercise of the Option or a number of ADSs that equate to the number of Shares Participant is purchasing pursuant to the Option or a combination of both, as the Company determines in its discretion.

4. Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Award Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions, including, without limitation, any policies or procedures established by the Administrator to comply with Applicable Laws, including those promulgated by SAFE.

5. Rights as Shareholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Plan Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder will exist with respect to the Plan Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Plan Shares so acquired will be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

-40-


6. Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Plan Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Plan Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Award Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Award Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of [State].

 

Submitted by:     Accepted by:
PURCHASER:     AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Title
Address :    

 

   

 

   
   

 

    Date Received

 

-41-


AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Ambow Education Holding Ltd. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”).

 

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Participant Name:

Address:

You have been granted an Option to purchase Shares of Ambow Education Holding Ltd. (the “Company”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number  

 

 
Date of Grant  

 

 
Vesting Commencement Date  

 

 
Exercise Price per Share   $  

 

 
Total Number of Shares Granted  

 

 
Total Exercise Price   $  

 

 
Type of Option:             Incentive Stock Option  
           Nonstatutory Stock Option  
Term/Expiration Date:  

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, this Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

[INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE]

Termination Period :

This Option will be exercisable for [three (3) months] after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option will be exercisable for [ twelve (12) months] after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

-42-


By Participant’s signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, Participant and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A , all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT:     AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Title
Residence Address :    

 

   

 

   

 

-43-


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

1. Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant attached as Part I of this Award Agreement (the “Participant”) an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an ISO under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). However, if this Option is intended to be an ISO, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) will not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event will the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Payment Upon Exercise of Option . Although the Notice of Grant designates the Option as a right to purchase Shares, the Company may, in its discretion, issue an amount of ADSs upon exercise of the Option that equate to the number of Shares being purchased hereunder.

3. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 4, the Option awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Plan Shares scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Award Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

4. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Option at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Option will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

5. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Award Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached as Exhibit B (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Plan Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice will be completed by Participant and delivered to the Company. The Exercise Notice will be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by such aggregate Exercise Price and any applicable tax withholding.

 

-44-


6. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price will be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant.

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, surrender of other Plan Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares, provided that accepting such Plan Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

7. Tax Obligations .

(a) Withholding Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, no certificate representing the Plan Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Plan Shares. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time of the Option exercise, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Plan Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Plan Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant will immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Plan Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Plan Share on the date of grant (a “Discount Option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A Discount Option may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The Discount Option may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest charges to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Plan Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Plan Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Plan Share on the date of grant, Participant will be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination;

 

-45-


8. Rights as Shareholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a shareholder of the Company in respect of any Plan Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Plan Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to voting such Plan Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Plan Shares.

9. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF PLAN SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THE OPTION OR ACQUIRING PLAN SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

10. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company, in care of its [TITLE] at Ambow Education Holding Ltd., 18 th Floor, Building A, ChengJian Plaza, No. 18 North Taipingzhuang Road, Haidian District, Beijing, China, 100088, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

11. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant.

12. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Award Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

-46-


13. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Plan Shares . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Plan Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Plan Shares to Participant (or his or her estate), such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state or federal law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares will be considered transferred to Participant on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.

14. Plan Governs . This Award Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Award Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Award Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

15. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Plan Shares subject to the Option have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

16. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Options awarded under the Plan or future Options that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

17. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Award Agreement.

18. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Award Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Award Agreement.

19. Modifications to the Agreement . This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Code Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A of the Code in connection to this Option.

 

-47-


20. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Option under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

21. Governing Law . This Award Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of [State], without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Option or this Award Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of [State], and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of [Santa Clara County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California], and no other courts, where this Option is made and/or to be performed.

 

-48-


EXHIBIT B

AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

18 th Floor, Building A, ChengJian Plaza, No. 18 North Taipingzhuang Road

Haidian District

Beijing, China, 100088

Attention: [              ]

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                      ,              , the undersigned (“Purchaser”) hereby elects to purchase                      Ordinary Shares (the “Shares”) of Ambow Education Holding Ltd. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Award Agreement dated              (the “Award Agreement”). The purchase price for the Shares will be $              , as required by the Award Agreement.

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Plan Shares and any required tax withholding to be paid in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Issuance of Shares . Participant hereby agrees to accept Shares upon exercise of the Option or a number of ADSs that equate to the number of Shares Participant is purchasing pursuant to the Option or a combination of both, as the Company determines in its discretion.

4. Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Award Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

5. Rights as Shareholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Plan Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder will exist with respect to the Plan Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Plan Shares so acquired will be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

-49-


6. Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Plan Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Plan Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Award Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Award Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of [State].

 

Submitted by:     Accepted by:
PURCHASER:     AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Title
Address :    

 

   

 

   
   

 

    Date Received

 

-50-

Exhibit 10.3

AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of [ ], and is between Ambow Education Holding Ltd., an exempted company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”), and [ ] (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. The Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee.

B. The Company and Indemnitee recognize that individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of litigation and claims against them arising out of such service.

C. In light of the increases in corporate litigation in general, and the limited protections provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance, Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection.

D. In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law.

E. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s articles of association, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

(a) A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing twenty (20) percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii) Change in Board Composition. During any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Company’s board of directors, and any new directors (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 1(a)(i), 1(a)(iii) or 1(a)(iv)) whose election by the board of directors or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors;


(iii) Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

(iv) Liquidation. The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

(v) Other Events. Any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 1(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1) “ Person ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “ Person ” shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(2) “ Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “ Beneficial Owner ” shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of (i) the shareholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity or (ii) the Company’s board of directors approving a sale of securities by the Company to such Person.

(b) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise.

(c) “ Enterprise ” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(d) “ Expenses ” include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, (ii) Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, and (iii) Expenses incurred in a Declaratory Action pursuant to Section 10(c). Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

-2-


(e) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner or member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than as Independent Counsel with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(f) “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, including any appeal therefrom and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the date of this Agreement, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, a non-party witness or otherwise by reason of (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, (ii) any action taken by Indemnitee or any action or inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or (iii) the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

(g) Reference to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

2. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.

3. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that such court or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as such court or such other court shall deem proper.

 

-3-


4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. To the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. To the extent permitted by applicable law, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with (a) each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter and (b) any claim, issue or matter related to any such successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this section, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

6. Additional Indemnification.

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with the Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.

(b) For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “ to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law ” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the laws of the Cayman Islands or otherwise, as applicable, that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of such laws; and

(ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the laws of the Cayman Islands or otherwise, as applicable, adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

7. Exceptions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement:

(a) To indemnify Indemnitee for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, if applicable, or similar provisions of U.S. federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held conclusively by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

-4-


(b) To indemnify Indemnitee for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(c) To advance expenses or provide indemnification in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee, and not by way of defense, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; (iii) with respect to Proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement under this Agreement or any other agreement, insurance policy, or under the Company’s Articles of Association, as now or hereafter in effect; or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(d) To provide indemnification for any acts, omissions or transactions from which Indemnitee may not be relieved of liability under applicable law.

8. Advancement of Expenses. The Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. This Section 8 shall not apply to the extent advancement is prohibited by law and shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is not permitted under this Agreement, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 7(a) or 7(b) prior to a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

9. Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include, in reasonable detail, a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights, except to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

(b) If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all reasonable and necessary action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

-5-


(c) In the event the Company may be obligated to provide indemnification in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel to the extent (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) the Company shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, (iii) the fees and expenses are non-duplicative and reasonably incurred in connection with Indemnitee’s role in the Proceeding despite the Company’s assumption of the defense, (iv) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its indemnification obligations or (v) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, such counsel to defend such Proceeding. The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion, including the right to settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the consent of Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

(d) Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) entered into without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

10. Procedures upon Application for Indemnification.

(a) To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding. Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure is prejudicial. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(b) If a Change of Control has occurred, upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made, at the election of Indemnitee, by Independent Counsel selected by and paid for by the Company in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) business days after such determination.

 

-6-


(c) If at any time the Company believes that Indemnitee has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under applicable law to indemnify Indemnitee or advance expenses for the amount(s) claimed, the Company may file an action to obtain a declaratory judgment that Indemnitee is not entitled under applicable law to receive indemnification or advancement from the Company (“Declaratory Action”). In any such Declaratory Action, the burden of proof shall be on the Company to establish that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advances. If the Company files a Declaratory Action, Indemnitee shall be entitled to receive interim payment of Expenses pursuant to Section 8 including Expenses defending a Declaratory Action unless and until the court issues an order or judgment that Indemnitee is not entitled under applicable law to receive indemnification or advancement from the Company. In the event of an order or judgment in a Declaratory Action that Indemnitee is not entitled under applicable law to receive indemnification or advancement from the Company, the Company shall have no further obligation under this Agreement, the Company’s articles of association, or any other applicable law, statute or rule to provide indemnification or advancement of Expenses to Indemnitee.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(b) Neither (i) the failure of the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or shareholders to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or shareholders that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(c) None of the knowledge, actions or failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

12. Non-exclusivity. The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s articles of association, any agreement, a vote of shareholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in the laws of the Cayman Islands, or otherwise, as applicable, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s articles of association and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

-7-


13. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

14. Insurance. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, trustees, general partners, managing members, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies to the same extent as the most favorably-insured persons under such policy or policies in a comparable position.

15. Subrogation. In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

16. No Construction as Employment Agreement. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving Indemnitee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

17. Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

18. Severability. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

19. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s articles of association and applicable law.

20. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall adversely affect any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

-8-


21. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

(b) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 18th Floor, Building A, Chengjian Plaza, No.18 North Taipingzhuang Road, Haidian District, Beijing 100088, China, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Ms. Carmen Chang, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Jin Mao Tower, 38F, Unit 01-03, 88 Century Boulevard, Pudong New Area, Shanghai 200121, China.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a internationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five (5) days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the mail in China, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.

22. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware of the United States, without regard to conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the State of Delaware of the United States, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State of Delaware of the United States for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware of the United States, C T Corporation as its agent in the State of Delaware of the United States as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware of the United States, waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the State of Delaware of the United States, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the State of Delaware of the United States has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

23. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

-9-


24. Captions. The headings of the Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

-10-


The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory sentence.

 

AMBOW EDUCATION HOLDING LTD.

 

(Signature)

 

(Print name)

 

(Title)
[INSERT INDEMNITEE NAME]

 

(Signature)

 

(Print name)

 

(Address)

Exhibit 10.4

Chengjian Plaza Lease Contract

December 27, 2005, amended August 13, 2007

Party A: Beijing Chengjian Real Estate Co., Ltd.

Party B: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.


Party A and Party B enter into this lease contract on December 27, 2005 and further renewed this contract on August 13, 2007 in Beijing through friendly discussions.

This contract consists of the following parts:

1. General Provisions of Contract;

2. Agreed Provisions of Contract;

3. Other matters agreed upon by the Parties and mutual agreements.

This Contract shall be construed in the following order:

1. Other matters agreed upon by the Parties and mutual agreements;

2. Agreed Provisions of Contract;

3. General Provisions of Contract.

Part One – General Provisions of Contract

Section 1 Leased Units

For the provisions on the Leased Units, see Section 1 of Agreed Provisions of Contract.

Section 2 Purpose of Lease

For the purpose of the Leased Units, see Section 2 of Agreed Provisions of Contract.

Section 3 Term of Lease and Delivery Date of the Leased Units

For the term of lease and delivery date of the Leased Units, see Section 3 of Agreed Provisions of Contract.

Section 4 Rent-free Period

For the rent-free period, see Section 4 of Agreed Provisions of Contract.

Section 5 Renovation and Fitting-out

1. If Party B needs to carry out any renovation and fitting-out works for the structures or facilities of the Leased Units or the other units of the Plaza (“Renovation and Fitting-out”), it shall submit the plans for the Renovation and Fitting-out to Party A for review in advance. Within 7 business days upon receipt of all plans for the Renovation and Fitting-out from Party B, Party A shall review such plans and notify Party B of the written results. After the plans are reviewed and approved by Party A, Party B shall be responsible for filing such plans with the competent fire department for examination. Party B shall not start the renovation and fitting-out until it receives the examination opinions from the fire department; upon completion of the fitting-out, the works shall be inspected and accepted by the fire department before the Leased Units are put to use (if Party B uses the Lease Unit without reporting to the fire department for examination and approval or the fire department’s inspection and acceptance, Party B shall assume all liabilities arising thereof). Party B is obligated to inform Party A of any actual or potential harm or threat that the Renovation and Fitting-out may cause to the Plaza. Party B shall strictly comply with relevant provisions in the Fitting-out Manual.


2. Party B shall have the right to use its own fitting-out contractor who shall have the qualifications and licenses required by the competent government authorities. Party A shall, to a reasonable extent, assist Party B and its fitting-out contractor in obtaining relevant licensing documents from the government departments. The engineering of air-conditioning system, fire protection system and electrical and mechanical system for public areas shall be conducted by the fitting-out contractor designated by Party A.

3. Party B shall solely bear the expenses of the Renovation and Fitting-out, including the expenses incurred by Party A for renovating the Plaza’s facilities and other Plazas in facilitating Party B’s Renovation and Fitting-out.

4. Party B shall not start the fitting-out until the completion of the formal hand-over procedures with the property management company of the Plaza.

Section 6 Rent, Property Management Fee, Deposit, Other Fees and the Method of Payment

1. Rent and Property Management Fee

1.1 For the rent and property management fee, see Section 5 of Agreed Provisions of Contract.

1.2 Party A or a property management company designated by Party A (“Management Entity”) shall be responsible for the property management of the Plaza.

2. Deposit

2.1 At the time when the initial rent is paid, Party B shall pay Party A certain deposit equivalent to three months’ rent and three months’ property management fee as security for Party B’s performance of various provisions hereunder. See the exact amount in Section 5 of Agreed Provisions of Contract.

2.2 If Party B breaches any provisions of this Contract, Party A may use or retain all or part of the deposit to compensate for the losses incurred by Party A due to Party B’s breach. If the deposit is not sufficient for the compensation, Party B shall make up the shortfall. After Party A detains the deposit as agreed, Party B shall contribute to the deposit within 10 business days upon receipt of the notice so that the amount of such deposit is equal to the amount as agreed in Section 2.1 above.

2.3 Upon expiration of this Contract or termination of this Contract by mutual agreement between the Parties, if Party B has fully paid the expenses hereunder, fully performed the obligations hereunder, returned the Leased Units to Party A, and changed the address registered with the administration for industry and commerce from the Leased Units to another address, Party A shall return to Party B the deposit (without interest) paid by Party B within 30 working days.


3. Notary Fee, Stamp Duty and Registration Fee

The Parties shall pay their respective lease-related taxes and fees arising during the lease term in accordance with relevant government regulations, including without limitation notary fee, stamp duty, registration fee and other related fees.

4. Other Expenses

Party A shall collect charges such as electricity fee from Party B in accordance with the standards published by Party A. If the State adjusts the charges such as electricity fee during the term of contract, Party A shall and shall have the right to adjust the fees accordingly).

5. Method of Payment

5.1 Party B shall promptly pay all the fees specified herein to Party A or a bank account designated by Party A without any deduction. If Party A changes its bank account, it shall notify Party B promptly.

5.2 Party B shall pay all the fees specified herein in RMB.

Section 7 Security Guards in the Leased Units

1. Party A shall not be liable for any theft or robbery in the Leased Units that is not caused by the fault of Party A’s security guards and that results in losses or damages to Party B or Party B’s customers, partners, agents or other personnel in the Leased Units. If any problem arising in the Leased Units is caused by the fault of the security guards, Party B shall notify the Management Entity immediately. Both Parties shall take prompt, necessary actions to minimize or avoid any damages.

2. Party B shall solely bear any expenses for tightening the security in the Leased Units and any expenses incurred by Party A or the Management Entity to facilitate Party B in doing so.

3. Within a reasonable period of time, Party B shall give the Management Entity prior notice of any event that may cause significant increase of number of visits or any other abnormal event so that the Management Entity can maintain normal workplace order.

4. If Party B breaches any of the above provisions or causes any property loss or injury to persons to Party A due to other faults, Party B shall be responsible for indemnifying Party A in full.

Section 8 The Parties’ Rights and Obligations

A. Party A’s Obligations and Rights

 

1. Obligations:

 

1.1 Party A or the Management Entity shall be responsible for ensuring all equipment and systems in public areas are in good working condition and maintaining the public areas clean and tidy to offer Party B the appropriate working environment.


1.2 Party A or the Management Entity shall be responsible for administrative activities such as landscaping for the public space of the Plaza and joint security services and the related expenses.

 

1.3 Except in the event of any Force Majeure, ordinary wear and tear or any responsibility of relevant government departments, Party A shall ensure that all services in Party B’s Leased Units such as electricity, lighting (excluding lighting lamps), air-conditioning and telecommunications can satisfy ordinary office requirements from the lease commencement date.

 

1.4 The air-conditioning service is supplied to the Leased Units from 8:00 to 18:00, Monday to Friday (for office levels; except public holidays). If Party B requests Party A to provide air-conditioning service for additional time, it shall submit a written application to the Management Entity in advance between 8:30 and 16:00 from Monday to Friday and pay related fees.

 

1.5 Party A or the Management Entity shall be responsible for setting up a company sign of the Plaza’s uniform style for Party B at the place designated by Party A or the Management Entity in the lobby of the Plaza (the name used on such sign shall be consistent with Party B’s name hereunder).

 

1.6 Party A agrees to keep the provisions hereof confidential, and not to disclose such provisions to any third party (other than Party A’s attorneys and/or consultants) without Party B’s consent unless required by laws, court judgments or administrative orders.

 

1.7 Party A shall perform any other obligations required by the State.

 

2. Rights

 

2.1 Party A shall have access to all passages or public areas of the Plaza, and the right to check, repair and install all equipment, systems and channels.

 

2.2 Party A or the Management Entity shall have the right to send personnel to enter the Leased Units for any security, inspection, repairing or maintenance purposes upon one day’s written notice to Party B. In case of any emergency or dangerous events, Party A or the Management Entity may enter the Leased Units immediately without Party B’s consent to deal with such events, but shall notify Party B within a reasonable period thereafter. Under any circumstances, Party A shall use its best endeavor not to affect Party B’s use of the Leased Units for Party B’s business purposes.

 

2.3 Party A shall have the exclusive power to install, arrange, repair, remove and replace all signs, bulletins, posters and advertisement devices located anywhere in the Plaza.


2.4 Party A shall have the right to change the Plaza’s name without Party B’s consent.

 

2.5 During the three months prior to the expiration of this Contract, Party A or the Management Entity may send personnel to enter and inspect the Leased Units upon prior notice to Party B, but Party A shall use its best endeavor to ensure such inspection will not affect Party B’s normal operations.

 

2.6 Party A shall have the right to create pledge or any other security interest in or on the Plaza (including the Leased Units) or any part thereof or transfer all or part of the Plaza without Party B’s consent during the term of this Contract, but Party A shall ensure that the transferee shall assume all of Party A’s undertakings and powers hereunder.

 

2.7 Party A shall not be liable for any losses or damages that are not caused by Party A.

 

2.8 Party A’ failure to exercise or delay in exercising any of its rights hereunder or corresponding remedies shall not constitute Party A’s waiver of such right; Party A’s single or partial exercise of its rights shall not preclude its exercise of its rights in any other way or its further exercise of its rights or its exercise of other rights and corresponding remedies.

 

B. Party B’s Obligations and Rights

 

1. Obligations

 

1.1 From the date of delivery of the Leased Units (if Party B fails to go through the formalities for the delivery on the specified date, it shall be deemed that the Leased Units have been delivered as scheduled), the legal liability that shall be assumed by Party B as required by law, the insurance premium, and the property management fee for the Leased Units and other expenses arising out of Party B’s occupation of the Leased Units shall be borne by Party B. Party B shall pay in full all expenses specified herein on time.

 

1.2 If Party B needs to carry out renovation or fitting-out, it shall notify the Management Entity and obtain the written approval in advance. Party B shall submit all drawings for the renovation or fitting-out to the Management Entity before the renovation or fitting-out begins. Party B shall carry out the renovation and fitting-out for the Leased Units in accordance with the administrative provisions of Party A or the Management Entity concerning the fitting-out and the drawings and specifications for the renovation and fitting-out approved in writing by the competent fire department in Beijing. Without the written consent of Party A or the Management Entity, Party B shall not install or alter any equipment or spaces in the Plaza, or install or place any materials that may exceed the floor’s weight load.

 

1.3 Party B shall be liable for any losses incurred by Party A, other lessees, users or third parties because of Party B.


1.4 Party B shall reasonably use the devices provided by Party A in the Leased Units and the public devices/systems/equipment in the Plaza, including without limitation air-conditioning and heating devices, fire service installations/alarming devices, lighting devices, cables, wires and wiring conduits, and avoid artificial damages. If any damage to the Leased Units is caused by Party B, Party B shall promptly notify the Management Entity and be solely responsible for recovering the damage. If Party B fails to recover or fully recover the said damage within 20 business days upon receipt of Party A’s written notice, Party A may make arrangements for the recovery, and Party B shall bear the expenses incurred thereof.

 

1.5 Party B shall take proper measures to prevent the Leased Units from suffering damage by natural disasters such as rainstorms and sandstorms. If the Leased Units suffer such damage, Party B shall notify the Management Entity promptly.

 

1.6 Party B shall be responsible for the insurance of its own assets and any other necessary insurance with an insurance company, and shall not engage in or allow others to engage in any activities that may cause all or part of the insurance for the Plaza to become invalid or cause any additional insurance premium. If Party B breaches this provision and causes Party A to have to take out insurance again or pay additional premium, Party B shall immediately compensate Party A for the premium or additional premium and other related expenses payable by Party A.

 

1.7 Party B agrees that the Management Entity may enter the Leased Units for routine maintenance or emergency repair upon prior notice to Party B and to provide necessary assistance.

 

1.8 Party B shall not engage in any activities in the Leased Units that may cause disturbance or harm to Party A or the other lessees of the Plaza, or operate or conduct any business or act that may damage the Plaza’s image. Party B shall not commit any illegal acts in the Leased Units.

 

1.9 Party B shall not store in the Leased Units any materials that may cause danger to the Plaza or other persons, including without limitation weapons, ammunition, gunpowder or other inflammable, explosive, illegal or hazardous materials. Party B shall not store or produce any food in the Leased Units other than the food and raw materials required for Party B’s business; without Party A’s prior consent, Party B shall not bring any animals into the Plaza.

 

1.10 Party B shall not stack, discard or leave any boxes, furniture, garbage or any other materials in the Plaza’s public areas, such as the Plaza’s entrance hall, elevators, stairways, passages, lobby, stair landings, shop windows and other public areas, and shall not occupy the fire fight space and keep the evacuation exits clear.

 

1.11 Without the prior written consent of Party A and the Management Entity, Party B shall not set up, install or display any advertisement or sign devices inside and outside the Leased Units and the Plaza.


1.12 Party B shall comply with the property management regulations formulated by Party A and the Management Entity, and execute relevant documents as required by Party A and the Management Entity.

 

1.13 Party B undertakes to obtain valid business licenses, approvals or permits or other similar documents from relevant government departments or agencies before starting operations in the Leased Units.

 

1.14 If Party B decides to renew this Contract upon expiration, it shall notify Party A in writing three months prior to expiration.

 

1.15 Party B shall not allow any other party to use the Leased Units by assigning this Contract, and shall not sub-lease or otherwise share all or part of the Leased Units with any third party.

 

1.16 Without Party A’s written consent, Party B shall not include Chengjian Plaza’s Chinese or English name or similar terms in Party B’s trade name unless such name or terms are used in Party B’s address.

 

1.17 Party B agrees to keep the provisions hereof confidential, and not to disclose such provisions to any third party (other than Party B’s attorneys and/or consultants) without Party A’s consent unless required by laws, court judgments or administrative orders.

 

1.18 Party B shall be responsible for keeping the Leased Units clean at its own expenses.

 

1.19 Party B shall thoroughly understand laws and regulations applicable to its business operations and strictly comply with the provisions of such laws and regulations. Party A shall not be liable for the lawfulness of Party B’s operating mode, products, operating strategies, advertising and promotional activities and other activities relating to Party B’s business operations.

 

1.20 In the event that Party B intends to provide the Leased Units for use by a new entity in the future, once the new entity obtains the business license, Party B shall assign its rights and obligations hereunder to the new entity within three working days upon issuance of the new entity’s business license. The new entity shall separately enter into a lease contract with Party A on the same terms as the terms hereof or a three-party agreement.

 

1.21 Party B’s new entity using the Leased Units shall obtain the business license or the certificate of incorporation within 40 working days upon execution of this Contract, and provide Party A with such document as an appendix attached hereto. If Party B’s new entity fails to obtain the business license or the certificate of incorporation within the specified period, Party A shall have the right to terminate this Contract. This Contract shall be terminated effective from the date when Party A issues the termination notice. Party B shall be liable for breach of contract and any losses incurred by Party A as a result thereof.

 

1.22 Party B shall perform any other obligations required by the State.


1.23 Party B shall ensure that the firefighting devices in the Leased Units is in good working condition, the evacuation exits are kept clear and the rapid intervention equipment is installed as required.

 

2. Rights:

 

2.1 Party B may lawfully use the Leased Units during the term of this Contract.

 

2.2 If Party B is not satisfied with the services provided by the Management Entity, it shall have the right to raise a complaint to Party A. Party A or the Management Entity shall make reasonable improvements as soon as possible without prejudice to the interests of the Plaza or other lessees.

 

2.3 Party B shall have the right to use the public facilities provided by the Plaza.

 

2.4 Party B’ failure to exercise or delay in exercising any of its rights hereunder or corresponding remedies shall not constitute Party B’s waiver of such right; Party B’s single or partial exercise of its rights shall not preclude its exercise of its rights in any other way or its further exercise of its rights or its exercise of other rights and corresponding remedies.

Section 9 Return of the Leased Units

 

1. Upon expiration of this Contract, Party B shall reinstate the Leased Units and return them to Party A. With Party A’s written consent, all or part of the aforementioned fitting-out may be transferred to Party A without charge. In this case, Party B may be exempt from the reinstatement obligation. However, if Party B causes damage to the Leased Units during its use of the Leased Units, it shall be responsible for the reinstatement. If Party B cannot reinstate the Leased Units, it shall compensate for such damage.

 

2. Upon expiration or termination of this Contract, Party B shall empty and leave the Leased Units prior to expiration of this Contract or within 10 business days upon the termination date. In the meantime, Party B shall pay the rent, property management fee and other expenses arising out of Party B’s occupation and use of the Leased Units or other public space, and shall reinstate the Leased Units at its own expenses and return the Leased Units to Party A after it passes Party A’s acceptance check, and shall also return all keys to the Leased Units.

 

3. If Party B fails to return the Leased Units as required, Party A shall have the right to empty and reinstate the Leased Units of Party B, and all expenses incurred by Party A shall be borne by Party B, including without limitation, the expenses for empting and reinstating the Leased Units and for storing Party B’s materials in the Leased Units in another place (the period for such storage shall be no longer than 30 days, and Party A shall not be liable for any harm or damage to the materials stored during the said period. If the storage period is longer than 30 days, it shall be deemed Party B automatically waives the ownership to such materials. Party A shall have the right to dispose of any of such materials and Party B shall waive any claim for compensation or indemnification. The proceeds from Party A’s disposal of such materials shall belong to Party A, and the expenses incurred by Party A in disposing of such materials shall be borne by Party B.) Prior to Party A’s exercise of such right, and while Party B continues to occupy the Leased Units, Party B shall continue to pay Party A the rent for occupation of the Leased Units and other related expenses for such period in accordance with this Contract.


4. After Party B vacates the Leased Units, it shall notify Party A so that Party A can conduct the acceptance check of the Leased Units. The Parties shall enter into the Receipt for Returned Units in accordance with the results of the acceptance check. Unless such receipt expressly indicates that Party A agrees to accept the Leased Units, such receipt shall only show the current status of the Leased Units when Party B returns them, and shall not be deemed that Party A has agreed to the termination of the lease and accepted the Leased Units. While Party B is solving any issues remaining at the Returned Units, it shall be also deemed that Party B has not returned the Leased Units in accordance with this Contract.

Section 10 Liability for Breach and Damages

 

1. If Party B fails to pay the various fees specified herein, Party A may request Party B by written notice to pay such fees in full within 7 days. If Party B fails to pay such fees in full within 10 days after Party A delivers such notice, Party A may terminate upon written notice Party B’s use of the Leased Units and the facilities in the public areas occupied by Party B such as electronic power, telecommunications and air-conditioning facilities and other services. Party B shall be liable for all losses arising thereof and assume liability for breach such as the liquidated damages. Party A shall also have the right to terminate the Contract unilaterally, and it shall be deemed that Party B breaches this Contract and Party B shall be liable for such breach.

 

2. If Party B is in arrears with any amount payable to Party A hereunder, Party A shall have the right to charge Party B liquidated damages at a rate of 0.5% of the amount payable per day for the actual days past due. Such liquidated damages shall be calculated starting from the date when such amount is due until Party B pays off the principal and interest of all amount payable and other related expenses. Such liquidated damages will not affect Party A’s any other rights hereunder and related remedies.

 

3. If Party B alters the purpose of the Leased Units hereunder without Party A’s consent, Party A shall have the right to request Party B to rectify the situation within a specified period. If Party B fails to do so as required by Party A, Party A shall have the right to terminate this Contract and shall not be required to return the deposit paid by Party B. Party B shall be liable for all losses arising thereof.

 

4. If Party B subleases the Leased Unit hereunder, Party A shall have the right to terminate this Contract and shall not be required to return the deposit paid by Party B. Party A shall also have the right to request Party B to eliminate any third party’s impact on Party A’s rights within a specified period. If Party B fails to eliminate such impact within the specified period, Party A may take measures to eliminate such impact and Party B shall be liable for all losses arising thereof.


5. If Party B early terminates this Contract, Party A shall not be required to return the deposit paid by Party B. Party B shall compensate Party A in full for the rent during the rent-free period, and pay off all debts prior to the termination of this Contract, including without limitation the rent and property management fee. Party B shall also pay Party A 20% of the total rent payable for the remaining period of the lease term as compensation. Upon receipt of Party B’s written application for early termination of this Contract, Party A shall have the right to enter into another lease contract in connection with the Leased Units to reduce the losses arising out of Party B’s breach.

 

6. If Party B engages in illegal business operations that materially violate the laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China, Party A shall have the right to terminate this Contract, and Party B shall be liable for all losses arising thereof.

Section 11 Force Majeure

If either Party cannot perform or delays in performing all or part of its obligations, it shall promptly notify the other Party and provide valid certificates issued by relevant departments within a reasonable period.

Section 12 Notices

 

1. All notices or requirements issued by Party A to Party B in connection with this Contract shall be made in writing and delivered to the address specified in Appendix 3 attached hereto by registered mail or personal delivery. The seventh day after the registered mail is posted or the date of delivery (whichever is earlier) shall be the effective date of such documents, unless otherwise provided in such documents.

 

2. The notices issued by Party A to Party B may be sent to the Leased Units or the address specified in Appendix 3 attached hereto. If Party A’s notices cannot be delivered because the address specified in Appendix 3 attached hereto is changed, Party A’s delivery of such notices to the Leased Unit shall be deemed effective delivery.

Section 13 Dispute Resolution and Governing Law

 

1. This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

 

2. All disputes arising out of this Contract shall be resolved by the Parties through discussions. If no agreement can be reached through discussions, either Party shall have the right to submit such disputes to Beijing Arbitration Commission for arbitration.

 

3. During the arbitration, all provisions other than those in dispute shall continue to apply.


Section 14 Miscellaneous

 

1. This Contract shall come into effect on the date when it is signed and sealed by the Parties.

 

2. This Contract is made in two originals and two counterparts. The Parties shall hold one original and one counterpart each.


Part Two – Agreed Provisions of Contract

Section 1 Leased Units

Party A agrees to lease the units located at 18/F Chengjian Plaza, 18 BeiTaiPingZhuang Road, Haidian District, Beijing to Party B on the terms agreed upon in this Contract: Unit A1801-02, Unit A1803, Unit A1805 and Unit A1806-07-08 (“Leased Units”), and Party B agrees to comply with the terms agreed upon in this Contract.

The floor area of the Leased Units is 1027.75 square meters. For details about the specific location and layout, see the floor plan in Appendix 1 attached hereto (the plan is used to show the location only; the shadow indicates the location of the Leased Units).

Section 2 Purpose of Lease

The Leased Units may only be used as Party B’s office.

Section 3 Term of Lease and Delivery Date of the Leased Units

The initial term of the lease shall 36 months, from January 9, 2006 to January 8, 2009. Both Parties agree to renew the lease from January 9, 2009 to July 31, 2010.

Section 4 Rent-free Period

None.

Section 5 Rent, Property Management Fee and Deposit

 

1. Rent and Property Management Fee:

 

1.1 The current rent for the Leased Units (Unit A1806-07-08) per calendar month per square meter (floor area) is RMB 115.82, and the property management fee for the Leased Units per calendar month per square meter (floor area) is RMB 25.00. The total monthly rent for the Leased Units is RMB567,63.38, and the total monthly property management fee for the Leased Units is RMB 12,252.50, bringing the aggregate amount payable to RMB69,015.88.

 

1.2 Party B shall pay the rent and property management fee for each month between the first and the seventh day of that month or earlier. Any public holidays of the People’s Republic of China shall be excluded.

 

2. Deposit:

Upon the execution of Chengjiang Plaza Lease Contract between Party A and Party B on December 27, 2005, Party B has paid Party A RMB19,8931.59 as security deposit, which will be automatically carried over as the deposit for the renewal of such lease.


Part Three – Other Matters Agreed upon by the Parties

(None)

 

Party A: Beijing Chengjian Real Estate Co., Ltd.   Party B: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.
Legal Representative/Authorized Representative   Legal Representative/Authorized Representative
/s/ Yaqing Mao   /s/ Jin Huang
Date: December 27, 2005   Date: December 27, 2005

Exhibit 10.5

Exclusive Cooperation Agreement

Between

Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.

And

Beijing Shida Ambow Education Technology Co., Ltd.

January 31, 2005


Exclusive Cooperation Agreement

This Exclusive Cooperation Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between the following Parties on January 31, 2005 in Beijing, the People’s Republic of China (“China”):

(1) Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd., a wholly foreign owned company duly established and existing under the laws of China, with its registered address at Room 810, Haidian Technology Building, Haidian District, Beijing (“Party A”); and

(2) Beijing Shida Ambow Education Technology Co., Ltd., a limited liability company duly established and existing under the law of China, with its registered address at 2/F, West Zone, Block B, Kelun Building, Chaoyang District, Beijing (“Party B”).

(Hereinafter referred as a “Party” individually and as the “Parties” collectively)

WHEREAS,

 

(1) Party A is a company specializing in online education platform software development and services.

(2) Party B is a company engaging in the business of distance education for middle schools and primary schools and educational services (“Distance Education for Middle and Primary Schools”).

(3) Party A agrees to provide Party B with support for and assistance in its services for Distance Education for Middle and Primary Schools, and Party B agrees to pay Party A service fees.

Now, therefore, through mutual discussions, the Parties have reached the following agreement:

1. Nature and Objective of Cooperation

The cooperation between the Parties is intended to utilize the Parties’ respective expertise and advantages to further promote their existing distance education services, expand their market share and develop new types of value-added distance education services.

2. Scope of Cooperation

2.1 Technical Services and Support

2.1.1 Party A will provide exclusive technical and market consulting services and support for Party B in connection with Party B’s Distance Education for Middle and Primary Schools. Such services and support shall include without limitation:

(a) To lease computer devices and servers required by Party B;


(b) To grant Party B the license to use Party A’s software applications;

(c) To provide relevant sales and market consulting services;

(d) To provide system operation solutions and technical support;

(e) To provide training for technical personnel and technical consulting services.

2.1.2 Party B agrees to appoint Party A as its exclusive provider of technical services and market consulting services and to pay Party A for such services.

During the term of the cooperation, Party B shall be responsible for:

2.2.1 Maintaining the continued validity of the permits for various distance education services, including without limitation, the special permit for mobile business access, the permit for Internet information services and the relevant operating permits for other business activities.

2.2.2 Completing and maintaining filings for computer and server network security.

2.2.3 Completing and maintaining filings for Distance Education for Middle and Primary Schools operations.

2.2.4 Establishing the responsibility and supervisory mechanism for content security issues and intellectual property issues in distance education service operations, and implementing and complying with Chinese laws in relation to Distance Education for Middle and Primary Schools and the rules and requirements formulated by various related operators.

2.2 Business Development

Subject to consultations with Party A, Party B will be responsible for developing the market, maintaining business relationships with various educational agencies, enterprises and other partners, and executing relevant necessary business agreements.

3. Service Fee and Expenses

3.1 Service Fee

3.2 The Parties acknowledge that Party B shall pay Party A the service fee equivalent to 65 % of its pre-tax profits. Party A shall have the right to adjust such percentage at any time at its sole discretion according to Party B ’s actual operation.

3.3 Settlement and Payment Method

The Parties acknowledge that the accounting shall be conducted for Party B on a quarterly basis. Within 10 business days after the end of each quarter, Party B shall pay the service fee to Party A’s designated bank account as instructed by Party A in a written notice. The Parties may also separately agree on the timing of payment in writing. Upon receipt of Party B’s payment of the service fee, Party A shall produce relevant commercial invoices to Party B according to law.


3.4 Costs and Expenses

Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties in writing, the costs and expenses incurred as a result of the performance of this Agreement shall be borne by the Parties respectively.

4. Representations and Warranties

4.1 Each Party represents and warrants that, as of the date of this Agreement,

4.1.1 As an independent legal person, it has the right to execute this Agreement and has the capacity and necessary authority to perform its responsibilities and obligations hereunder; and

4.1.2 It will execute all documents and take all actions necessary to complete the performance of this Agreement.

4.2 Party B hereby represents and warrants that its operation is in compliance with the laws and regulations of China and the requirements of relevant competent authorities.

5. Exclusivity and Limitation on Rights

5.1 Both Parties agree that the cooperation contemplated by this Agreement is exclusive. Due to Party’s A’s technology authorization, without Party A’s written consent, Party B shall not transfer, pledge or assign to any third party the aforementioned rights and obligations or use such rights and obligations for the benefit of any third party.

5.2 Party B agrees to use the rights authorized by Party A strictly in accordance with the provisions herein, not to use such rights in any way deemed by Party A as misleading, and the way in which it uses such rights shall not prejudice Party A’s goodwill and interests.

5.3 Party B agrees to assist Party A in protecting its technology rights, promptly notify Party A of relevant infringement acts, and initiate or participate in relevant lawsuits or claims at Party A’s request.

5.4 Party B agrees not to raise an objection to Party A’s relevant technology rights or the effectiveness of this Agreement during or after the cooperation. This provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

6. Confidentiality

6.1 Either Party shall hold all information about the other Party that is known or received in connection with the execution and performance of this Agreement during the cooperation in confidence. Either Party may only use such business information for purposes of performing its obligations under this Agreement. Either Party shall not disclose such trade secrets (including the execution, performance and contents of this Agreement) to any third party without the other Party’s written consent; otherwise, such Party shall be liable for breach of contract and indemnify for losses incurred.

6.2 Either Party shall, subject to obtaining the other Party’s written consent, ensure that it shall disclose such trade secrets to its employees, consultants, agents or contractors only for purposes of performing this Agreement, and shall undertake to the other Party that its employees, consultants, agents or contractors will hold such trade secrets confidential; otherwise, such Party shall be responsible for the related compensation.


6.3 Either Party shall, at the request of the other Party, return, destroy or otherwise dispose of all documents, materials or software that contain the other Party’s trade secrets, and cease to use such trade secrets.

7. Liability for Breach

7.1 Where either Party breaches any provisions herein or any of its representations and warranties hereunder, fails to perform its obligations hereunder or fails to perform its obligations as agreed hereunder, the non-breaching Party (“Non-Breaching Party”) shall, upon ten (10) days’ written notice, have the right to require the breaching Party (“Breaching Party”) to redress such breach, continue to perform this Agreement, take adequate, effective and prompt actions to eliminate the consequences arising out of the breach, and indemnify the Non-Breaching Party for the losses incurred by it as a result of the breach by the Breaching Party.

7.2 The Breaching Party shall compensate the Non-Breaching Party for its breach. The compensation shall be equal to the losses arising out of such breach, including the interests that become available after the performance of the Agreement, but shall not exceed the losses incurred arising out of the breach of this Agreement that were reasonably foreseen (or should have been foreseen) at the time this Agreement is entered into by the Parties.

7.3 Where both Parties breach this Agreement, the Parties shall respectively assume the liabilities as determined in Section 7.1 and 7.2 to the extent of their respective actual fault.

8. Force Majeure

8.1 Force Majeure means any events or circumstance beyond the reasonable control including any act of God or act of War.

8.2 If either Party fails to perform this Agreement in part or in whole due to Force Majeure, such Party may be exempted from all or any of its liabilities hereunder to the extent of the effect of the Force Majeure, except otherwise provided under the Chinese law.

8.3 If either Party delays the performance of its obligations hereunder before the Force Majeure occurs, such Party shall not be exempted from its liabilities.

8.4 If either Party fails to perform this Agreement due to Force Majeure, it shall accurately notify the other Party of the circumstances and reasons for such failure of performance immediately after the occurrence of such Force Majeure in a timely manner so as to reduce the losses incurred by the other Party, and shall produce a lawful certificate issued by a notary public (or any other appropriate authority) in the place where such Force Majeure occurs within a reasonable period of time upon the notice of Force Majeure.


8.5 The Party affected by the Force Majeure may suspend the performance of its obligations hereunder until the effect of such Force Majeure is eliminated, but shall use its best efforts to remove any obstacles as a result of such Force Majeure to eliminate any impact and minimize the losses arising out of such Force Majeure.

9. Effectiveness and Term

9.1 This Agreement shall come into effect upon the date of execution and shall remain effective for a period of twenty (20) years. Except in the circumstances specified in Section 10.2, this Agreement may be renewed through consultations upon expiration.

9.2 If either Party intends to renew this Agreement, it shall notify the other Party in writing of such intention within thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of this Agreement, and the other Party shall give a written reply within ten (10) days upon receipt of such notice.

10. Amendment and Termination

10.1 This Agreement shall not be amended or assigned unless approved by a written agreement signed by the authorized representatives of both Parties.

10.2 This Agreement may be terminated through consultations between the Parties by mutual agreement, provided that

10.2.1 If the Breaching Party fails to redress its breach or take adequate, effective and promt actions to eliminate the consequences arising out of the breach, and indemnify the Non-Breaching Party for the losses incurred by it as a result of the breach by the Breaching Party within 10 days after the Non-Breaching Party issues the written notice as specified in Section 7.1 hereof, the Non-Breaching Party may terminate this Agreement upon written notice.

10.2.2 If this Agreement cannot be performed because the Force Majeure persists for thirty (30) days, either Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon written notice.

10.3 The termination or expiration of this Agreement due to any reason shall not affect:

10.3.1 The effectiveness of the settlement and damages clauses in this Agreement;

10.3.2 The obligations of Party B’s concerning the restrictions on rights specified in Section 5;

10.3.3 The confidentiality obligations of both Parties under Section 6.


11. Dispute Resolution and Governing Law

In the event of any dispute with respect to the interpretation and implementation of this Agreement, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve the dispute. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the resolution of such dispute within 30 days after the negotiation begins, either Party may submit such dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules.

11.2 The execution, effectiveness, interpretation and implementation of this Agreement and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the laws of China.

11.3 In the course of arbitration, the Parties shall try to perform any part of this Agreement that has not been submitted for arbitration.

12. Notices

12.1 Unless notified in writing by the other Party of a new address beforehand, all notices arising in the performance of this Agreement shall be sent to the following addresses by personal delivery, courier, facsimile, registered mail or e-mail:

Party A: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.

Address: Room 810, Haidian Technology Building, Haidian District, Beijing

Post Code: 100080

Telephone: 010-68945588

Fax: 010-68945880

E-mail: xuepeng.jia@ambow.com.cn

Contact: Jia Xuepeng

Party B: Beijing Ambow Shida Education Technology Co., Ltd.

Address: 2/F, West Zone, Block B, Kelun Building, Chaoyang District, Beijing

Post Code: 100020

Telephone: 010-65810099

Fax: 010-65831250

E-mail: fang.wang@ambow.com.cn

Contact: Wang Fang

12.2 The dates on which notices and communications shall be deemed to have been effectively given shall be determined as follows:

12.2.1 Notices given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed effectively given at the time displayed on the transmission record. If the time displayed on the transmission record is after five o’clock in the afternoon, or if such time occurs in a non-business day in the recipient’s place, the time of receipt shall be the immediate next business day in the time of the recipient’s place.

12.2.2 Notices given by personal delivery (including courier) shall be deemed effectively given upon the date when such notices are signed by the receiving “party”.

12.2.3 Notices given by registered mail shall be deemed effectively given upon fifteen days after the post office issues the receipt.


12.2.4 Notices given by e-mail shall be deemed effectively given at the time when the sender prints out the record for sending the relevant notices.

13. Supplemental Provisions

13.1 Either Party’s failure to excise promptly or failure to exercise its rights hereunder shall not be deemed a waiver of such rights; and any single or partial exercise of any rights shall not preclude such party’s exercise of such rights in the future.

13.2 The invalidity of any provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity of the other provisions of this Agreement.

13.3 Any matters not covered by this Agreement shall be determined by the Parties separately through consultations and shall be in compliance with the laws of China.

14. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

Party A (Seal) Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.
Authorized Representative:   /s/ Jin Huang                                                
  Jin Huang   
Party B (Seal) Beijing Shida Ambow Education Technology Co., Ltd.
Authorized Representative:   /s/ Xuejun Xie                                              
  Xuejun Xie   

Exhibit 10.6

Pledge Agreement

As amended on January 4, 2009

This Pledge Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is entered into by and among the following parties on January 31, 2005: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd., a wholly-foreign-owned enterprise established and duly existing under the laws of the People’s Republic of China, with its registered address at Room 801, Haidian Technology Building, Haidian District, Beijing (the “ Pledgee ”), Xuejun Xie and Jianguo Xue (Xuejun Xie and Jianguo Xue are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Pledgors ”).

[Ambow Education Co., Ltd. added as a party to the Amendment to this Agreement dated January 4, 2009]

Whereas, the Pledgors hold a total of 100% equity in Beijing Shida Ambow Education Technology Co., Ltd. (a limited liability company established and duly existing under the laws of the People’s Republic of China, with its address at 18 th Floor, Building A, Chengjian Plaza, No. 18 BaiTaiPingZhuang Road, Haidian District, Beijing, hereinafter referred to as the “ Company” ) with the shareholding structure as follows:

 

1. Xuejun Xie

   RMB  2,700,000    90

2. Jianguo Xue

   RMB 300,000    10

Whereas, the Pledgee and the Company executed the Exclusive Cooperation Agreement and Assets Transfer and Lease Agreement (collectively referred to as “ Master Agreements ”) on January 31, 2005. According to the Master Agreements, the Company is obligated to pay the Pledgee lease fees, service fees, interest, compensation and other liabilities incurred by the Company (hereinafter referred to as the “ Secured Debt ”);

Whereas, the Pledgors agree to pledge their equity in the Company’s registered capital to the Pledgee to secure the Secured Debt, and the Pledgee agrees to accept such pledge in accordance with the terms and conditions specified herein.

Now therefore, the Pledgors and the Pledgee agree as follows:

Article 1: Equity Pledge

1. Equity Pledge

The Pledgors provide to the Pledgee an aggregate of 100% equity interest held by the Company in the Company’s registered capital and the dividends accrued on such equity during the term of this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “ Pledged Equity ”).

The Pledgors, together with the Pledgee, shall register the pledge with relevant administration for industry and commerce upon execution of this Agreement.


The Pledgors shall cause the Company to record the pledge hr on the Company’s register of shareholders upon execution of this Agreement.

The Pledgors shall deliver the capital contribution certificates to the Pledgee for safekeeping upon execution of this Agreement.

2. Pledge

The Pledgors agree to pledge the Pledged Equity as security for the fulfillment of the Secured Debt.

3. Realization of Pledge

If the Company fails to fulfill its Secured Debt pursuant to the Master Agreements, the Pledgee shall dispose of the Pledged Equity in accordance with the provisions of the Security Law of the People’s Republic of China and relevant laws and regulations, and shall have the right to be indemnified for the Secured Debt and any other relevant expenses out of the proceeds from the disposal of the Pledged Equity.

Article 2: The Pledgors’ Representations and Warranties

The Pledgors hereby represent and warrant to the Pledgee that:

(1) The Pledgors are the legal and beneficial owners of the Pledged Equity, and have the right to pledge the Pledged Equity to the Pledgee; there is no legal or actual obstacles for the Pledgors to exercise the rights to pledge in the future.

(2) The Pledgors have obtained the relevant approvals and authorizations necessary to execute this Agreement. This Agreement is valid and shall be binding upon the Pledgors and is enforceable against the Pledgors.

(3) The Pledgors’ execution and performance of this Agreement do not and will not cause the Pledgors to breach any other agreement to which they are a party, or any laws, regulations and relevant government approvals, permits or authorizations which they are subject to.

(4) There is no other security right, right of setoff, or any other similar encumbrances on the Pledged Equity as of the date of this Agreement.

(5) Without the Pledgee’s prior written consent, the Pledgors shall not transfer or otherwise dispose of Pledged Equity (or any interests therein), and shall not directly or indirectly cause or allow any other security interest to be placed on Pledged Equity.

(6) Without the Pledgee’s prior written consent, the Pledgors shall not or are prohibited from making any changes to the Pledged Equity that would reduce the value of the Pledged Equity.


Article 3: Effectiveness and Term

1. This Agreement shall become effective upon execution by the authorized representatives of the Parties and the Pledged Equity is recorded by the Pledgors in the Company’s register of shareholders.

2. After the Master Agreements are terminated lawfully and the Secured Debt is fully repaid pursuant to the terms and conditions under the Master Agreements, this Agreement shall be terminated.

Article 4: Miscellaneous

1. This Agreement is a side agreement to the Master Agreements. Nevertheless, the effectiveness of this Agreement shall not be affected by the Master Agreements. If the Master Agreements or any provisions therein become invalid, unlawful or unenforceable due to any reason, the validity, lawfulness and enforceability of this Agreement shall not be affected.

2. Any amendments to this Agreement shall be made in writing.

3. This Agreement shall be governed and interpreted by the applicable laws of the People’s Republic of China.

4. The Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve any disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. If the Parties cannot reach an agreement on the resolution of such disputes, either Party shall submit such disputes to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with its then-effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Beijing, and the language used during arbitration shall be Chinese. The award of the arbitration shall be final and binding upon the Parties.

5. During the term of this Agreement, any extension/renewal granted by the Pledgee to the Pledgors in connection with any breach of this Agreement or delay in the performance of this Agreement by the Pledgors shall not affect, prejudice or limit any rights and powers of which the Pledgee is entitled to under this Agreement and as the creditor under relevant laws and regulations, and shall not be deemed that the Pledgee agrees to such breach by the Pledgors, and shall not constitute the Pledgee’s waiver of any breach by the Pledgors that has already occurred, and shall not constitute the Pledgee’s waiver of any breach by the Pledgors in the future.

6. Without the Pledgee’s prior consent, the Pledgors shall not be entitled to grant or assign their rights and obligations hereunder. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Pledgors and their successors, and shall be binding upon the Pledgee and each of its successors and assignees. The Pledgee may assign at any time all or any of its rights and obligations under the Master Agreements to any person (either a natural person or a legal person) it designates. In such case, the assignee shall assume the Pledgee’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and becomes a party to this Agreement. In the event of any change of the Pledgee as a result of transfer, the Parties shall enter into a new pledge agreement.


7. All costs and actual expenses in connection with this Agreement, including without limitation, legal costs, documentation fees, stamp tax and any other taxes and costs, shall be borne by the Pledgors. If, to the extent required by laws, the Pledgee shall pay relevant taxes and costs, the Pledgors shall reimburse the Pledgee in full for any taxes and costs paid. In the event that the Pledgors fail to pay any taxes or expenses payable by them in accordance with this Agreement, or for the reasons, the Pledgee is entitled to take all remedies or recourse, all expenses thus incurred (including without limitation, taxes, handling charges, management fee, legal expenses and lawyer’s expenses in connection with the disposal of right of pledge, various insurance premiums, etc) shall be borne by the Pledgors.

8. This Agreement is written in Chinese in seven copies, of which one copy is held by each of the Parties, the Company shall keep one copy and the remaining one copy shall be used for the pledge registration with administration for industry and commerce.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereof have caused their respective representatives to execute this Agreement on the date first above written.

Pledgee (Seal): Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.

 

Authorized Representative:  

/s/ Jin Huang

Pledgors:  
Xuejun Xie:  

/s/ Xuejun Xie

Jianguo Xue:  

/s/ Jianguo Xue

Exhibit 10.7

Call Option Agreement

As amended on April 26, 2007, and further amended on January 4, 2009

 

Founders:   Xuejun Xie
  Jianguo Xue

(Both or each of them hereinafter referred to as “Founder” or “Founders”)

Call Option Holder: Ambow Education Co., Ltd. (“AECL”)

Registered Address: PO Box 822, George Town, Grand Cayman

[Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. added as a party to the Amendment to this Agreement dated January 4, 2009.]

The Parties hereby agree as follows:

1. The Founders hold one hundred percent (100%) equity interest in the registered capital of Beijing Shida Ambow Education Technology Co., Ltd. with the registered address in Beijing (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”). The Founders acknowledge that the Company’s registered capital is RMB3 million and has been fully paid in. The Company’s business license is attached hereto as Appendix I .

2. The Founders hereby confirm that AECL or an entity designated by AECL in writing (hereinafter referred to as the “Call Option Holder”) has the right to purchase from the Founders up to 100% equity interest in the Company with payment in one lump sum or by installments for an aggregate amount of RMB3 million (unless valuation is required for pricing under the applicable laws) if permitted by applicable laws, including all the equity interest, stock options and similar interests derived from such equity interest (such equity interest and all of the derivative interests are collectively referred to as “Equity Interest”, and the right to purchase Equity Interest by the Call Option Holder is referred to as “Call Option”). If the Call Option Holder elects to purchase part of the equity interest, the exercise price shall be adjusted on a pro rata basis according to the proportion of the equity interest to be purchased in Equity Interest. The equity interest held by the Founders respectively shall be paid-in capital, free from any debt or any third party’s claims.

3. The Call Option Holder shall have the pre-emptive right and may exercise such rights and power at its sole discretion. The Call Option Holder shall notify the Founders in writing when it exercises Call Option. Upon receipt of the written notice from the Call Option Holder, each Founder shall enter into an equity/asset transfer agreement with the Call Option Holder on the date specified on the notice (if any). To the extent permitted by applicable laws and the Call Option Holder determines to exercise Call Option, the Founders shall cooperate and cause the Company to cooperate with the Call Option Holder to proceed with all approvals, permits, registrations, filings and other documents necessary for such transfer. If the Founders refuse to facilitate or delay the transfer, the Call Option Holder may take proper actions independently to complete such transfer.

4. To guarantee the Call Option Holder’s call option and other rights, the Founders agree to surrender the share certificates and other relevant certificates to the Call Option Holder for safekeeping. Without the written consent of the Call Option Holder, the Founders shall not approve or support any equity transfer or capital increase of the Company, or any resolution approving the capital increase, issuance of additional shares, dilution of the existing shareholdings, or affecting the right of the Call Option Holder at any Board or shareholders’ meetings.


5. The Founders undertake not to dispose of the stock dividends or exercise any related rights in any form without the Call Option Holder’s written consent. In the event of dissolution of the Company, all the assets available to the Founders after the liquidation shall be allocated to the Call Option Holder.

6. The Founders agree that, from the date of this Agreement, all profits and shareholders’ equity interests shall belong to the Call Option Holder, all losses and costs related to such Equity Interest shall be borne by the Call Option Holder, all benefits and interests such as dividends, stock rewards or bonus relating to Equity Interest shall belong to the Call Option Holder; any shareholder’s pre-emptive right (if any) to purchase the Company’s additional shares and to purchase the equity interest assigned by other shareholders shall be vested in the Call Option Holder, the Founders shall exercise, deliver or process all the aforementioned benefits, interests and rights under the instructions of the Call Option Holder. Without the written consent of the Call Option Holder, the Founders shall not execute or adopt any resolution approving the distribution of the stock dividends, stock awards or profits at any Board or shareholders’ meetings.

7. [ Terminated ]

8. The Founders further agree that:

Before the Call Option Holder exercises Call Option to obtain all the equity interest and assets, the Founders shall not engage in and shall not cause the Company to engage in the following activities:

1) Selling, assigning or otherwise disposing of any assets, lawful income and business revenues of the Company, or making security pledge on the Company (other than those made in the ordinary course of business or have been disclosed to and approved by the Call Option Holder in writing);

2) Entering into any transactions that may substantially affect the Company’s assets, liabilities, operations, equity and other legitimate interests (other than those made in the ordinary course of business or have been disclosed to and approved by the Call Option Holder in writing);

3) Supplementing, altering or modifying the Company’s charter documents in any form, which will substantially affect the Company’s assets, liabilities, operations, equity and other legitimate interests (except the proportional capital increase as required by law); and

4) Appointing any other third party as the Company’s agent or representative.

9. The Call Option Holder may assign Call Option and any rights and interests hereunder, and the Founders shall not raise an objection. The Founders shall also undertake that they will enter into a new call option agreement similar to this Agreement with the successor to the Call Option Holder upon the written request of the Call Option Holder.


10. If any part of this Agreement is declared or held invalid by a competent judicial authority, such part shall be deemed as deleted from this Agreement and the other parts of this Agreement shall remain valid. The Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify the deleted terms and enter into a supplemental agreement to effectively carry out the original intent of such terms.

11. If any dispute arises out of the interpretation or performance of this Agreement, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve such dispute; if such dispute cannot be resolved within thirty (30) days of the beginning of such negotiations, either Party may submit such dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission in Beijing for arbitration in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules.

12. Any failure of the Call Option Holder to promptly exercise any of its rights hereunder shall not constitute a waiver of such rights; single or partial exercise of any rights shall not preclude any exercise of such rights in the future; failure to exercise certain rights shall not preclude any exercise of any other rights.

13. Without the Parties’ prior consent, either Party shall keep this Agreement confidential and shall not disclose or make any announcements with regard to this Agreement to any third parties, provided the provisions in this Section do not prohibit (i) any disclosures made under applicable laws or the provisions of any exchange rules; (ii) any disclosures in connection with any information that is publicly available, which is not a consequence of the disclosing party’s breach of contract; (iii) any disclosures made to the Parties’ investors, legal counsels, accountants, financial advisors or other professional consultants; or (iv) any disclosures made to either Party or any potential buyers of either Party’s equity/assets, other investors, or creditors, in which the receiving parties shall undertake proper confidentiality obligations (where the assignor is not the Call Option Holder, the Call Option Holder’s consent shall have been obtained).

14. This Call Option is not subject to any time limit and shall become effective upon execution by the Parties. This Agreement shall not terminate until the Call Option Holder exercises Call Option and the Equity Interest has been fully vested in the Call Option Holder or a person designated by the Call Option Holder or upon termination by the Call Option Holder in writing.

This Agreement is signed on January 31, 2005.

 

Founders:  

/s/ Xuejun Xie

    Call Option Holder:   Ambow Education Co., Ltd.
 

/s/ Jianguo Xue

     

/s/ Jin Huang

Exhibit 10.8

Power of Attorney

Shareholder: Xuejun Xie

Attorney-in-fact: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. (“Ambow Online”)

I, Xuejun Xie, a Chinese citizen, hereby irrevocably authorize Ambow Online to exercise for and on behalf of me all voting rights that I have as a shareholder of Beijing Shida Ambow Education Technology Co., Ltd. during the term of this Power of Attorney, including without limitation, proposing to convene a shareholders’ meeting, attending a shareholders’ meeting and exercising the voting rights at a shareholders’ meeting.

Unless this Power of Attorney is expressly terminated by me in writing, this Power of Attorney shall be effective from April 26, 2007 for an indefinite period of time.

 

By:  

/s/ Xuejun Xie

  Xuejun Xie
Date:   April 26, 2007


Power of Attorney

Shareholder: Jianguo Xue

Attorney-in-fact: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. (“Ambow Online”)

I, Jianguo Xue, a Chinese citizen, hereby irrevocably authorize Ambow Online to exercise for and on behalf of me all voting rights that I have as a shareholder of Beijing Shida Ambow Education Technology Co., Ltd. during the term of this Power of Attorney, including without limitation, proposing to convene a shareholders’ meeting, attending a shareholders’ meeting and exercising the voting rights at a shareholders’ meeting.

Unless this Power of Attorney is expressly terminated by me in writing, this Power of Attorney shall be effective from April 26, 2007 for an indefinite period of time.

 

By:  

/s/ Jianguo Xue

  Jianguo Xue
Date:   April 26, 2007

Exhibit 10.9

Loan Agreement

As amended on April 26, 2007, further amended on January 4, 2009

Party A (Borrower): Xuejun Xie

Party B (Lender): Ambow Education Co., Ltd.

Ambow Online: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.

[According to certain Amendments to this Loan Agreement dated April 26, 2007, all of Party B’s rights and obligations under this Loan Agreement have been assigned to Ambow Online.]

Whereas, Party B intends to appoint Party A to hold 90% equity interest in Beijing Shida Ambow Education Technology Co., Ltd., and Party B will lend RMB2.7 million to Party A. Through friendly consultations, the Parties hereby agree to the following terms:

Article 1 Amount of Loan: the amount of loan hereunder is RMB2.7 million and such amount shall be used for the purposes designated by Party B. This loan does not bear any interest. Party B shall not collect any interest from Party A.

Article 2 Upon execution of this Agreement, Party A acknowledges receipt of the aforementioned loan from Party B.

Article 3 The Borrower and Ambow Online hereby mutually agree and acknowledge that, to the extent permitted by the PRC laws, Ambow Online shall determine at its sole discretion the timing and method of the repayment of the loans hereunder and notify the Borrower in writing of such arrangements 7 days in advance. The Borrower and Ambow Online further agree that the Borrower shall not early repay the loan to Ambow Online unless Ambow Online notifies the Borrower in writing that the loan hereunder has expired or as otherwise provided herein.

Article 4 Upon expiration of this Agreement, the Parties shall discuss to extend the term of the loan or agree that the 90% equity interest held by Party A in Beijing Shida Ambow Education Technology Co., Ltd. shall be transferred lawfully to Party B or a third party designated by Party B.

Article 5 The Parties acknowledge that Party A may lawfully transfer to Party B or a third party designated by Party B the 90% equity interest in Beijing Shida Ambow Education Technology Co., Ltd. Upon completion of such equity transfer, Party B shall release Party A from the obligation to repay the loan under this Agreement. Unless agreed by both Parties through consultations, Party B shall not require Party A to repay the loan in cash.

Article 6 If either Party hereto breaches this Agreement and causes any losses to the other Party, such Party shall be liable for such breach.


Article 7 Any disputes arising in connection with the interpretation or execution of this Agreement shall be resolved by the Parties through friendly consultations; if such disputes cannot be resolved within thirty (30) days of the beginning of the consultations, either Party may submit such disputes to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission in Beijing for arbitration in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules.

Article 8 Any matters not covered herein shall be negotiated separately by the Parties.

Article 9 This Agreement shall become effective upon execution of this Agreement.

Article 10 This Agreement shall be made in two originals, each party having one original with equal legal force.

 

Party A:  

/s/ Xuejun Xie

Date:   January 31, 2005

 

Party B:  

/s/ Jin Huang

Date:   January 31, 2005

Exhibit 10.10

Loan Agreement

This Loan Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by the following parties (the “Parties”) on February 1, 2008 in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”):

Lender: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.

Address: 18 th Floor, Building A, Chengjian Plaza, No. 18, BeiTaiPingZhuang Road,

Haidian District, Beijing 100088, People’s Republic of China

Contact: Jin Huang

Borrower: Jianguo Xue

WHEREAS:

(1) Beijing Shida Ambow Education Technology Co., Ltd (registration number: 1101081736627, the “Domestic Company”) is a domestic enterprise lawfully established under the PRC law, with the registered capital of RMB3 million, of which RMB30,000 contributed by Jianguo Xue, representing 10% equity interest of the Domestic Company;

(2) Lender is a wholly foreign owned enterprise established in China (“Lender”);

Through friendly consultations and in the spirit of equality and mutual benefits, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Loan

1.1 Lender agrees to provide a loan to Jianguo Xue, and the principal of such loan amounts to RMB 300,000.

1.2 Borrower agrees to accept the aforementioned loan provided by Lender and assume the underlying obligations and responsibilities.

1.3 The Parties agree that the loan under this Agreement shall bear no interest.

2. Pledge Security

Borrower hereby undertakes that the loan hereunder shall be only used for purposes of making equity investment in the Domestic Company. Without Lender’s prior written consent, Borrower shall not use its equity interest in the Domestic Company to pledge, assume obligations, create any third party interests, or transfer such equity interest to any third party.

3. Repayment

3.1 Borrower and Lender hereby mutually agree and acknowledge that, to the extent permitted by the PRC laws, Lender shall determine at its sole discretion the timing and method of the repayment of the loan hereunder and notify Borrower in writing of such arrangements seven (7) days in advance. Borrower and Lender further agree that Borrower shall not early repay the loan to Lender unless Lender notifies Borrower in writing that the loan hereunder has expired or as otherwise provided herein.


3.2 The Parties agree that, subject to the PRC laws and necessary approvals of the PRC government (if applicable), if Borrower transfers all or part of its equity interest in the Domestic Company to Lender or a third party designated by Lender in accordance with the provisions of the Call Option Agreement entered into by Borrower and Lender on the even date herewith (including any amendments thereafter), the loan that the Borrower shall repay to Lender under this Agreement and is equivalent in amount to the price of the transferred equity interest (“Price of Transferred Shares”, as defined below) shall be deemed repaid. For the purposes of this Section, the Price of Transferred Shares shall be calculated as follows: Price of Transferred Shares = Total Amount of Loan x (Number of Transferred Shares/Total Number of Shares).

3.3 If the offset of the Price of Transferred Shares provided in Section 3.2 above is not allowed under applicable PRC laws, Borrower shall use all the proceeds from the sale of all the equity interest in the Domestic Company to repay the loan. After Lender has received all the proceeds (applicable taxes and fees deducted), Borrower’s loan hereunder shall be deemed fully repaid.

3.4 Borrower and Lender hereby mutually agree and acknowledge that, under any of the following circumstances, Borrower shall repay the loan immediately:

(1) Borrower is dead, or has no legal capacity or restricted legal capacity;

(2) Borrower resigns or is dismissed from Lender or an affiliate of Lender;

(3) Borrower commits a crime or is involved in a crime;

(4) Any other third party claims against Borrower for payment of any debt exceeding RMB100,000.

4. Representations and Warranties

4.1 Borrower makes the following representations and warranties to Lender and acknowledges that Lender executes and performs this Agreement in reliance on such representations and warranties:

(1) The Domestic Company is a limited liability company duly incorporated and existing under the PRC laws. Its registered capital has been fully paid in. It has obtained the capital verification report issued by a qualified accounting firm to indicate that the capital has been fully paid in;

(2) The Domestic Company has completed procedures for all government approvals, authorizations, licenses, registrations and filings necessary to operate the businesses specified in its business license and to own its assets;

(3) Borrowers lawfully hold 100% equity interest in the Domestic Company, of which Jianguo Xue holds 10% and Xuejun Xie holds 90%;


(4) Borrower has the right to execute and perform this Agreement; Borrower’s execution and performance of this Agreement are in compliance with the articles of association and other constitution documents of the Company; Borrower has obtained all necessary and appropriate approvals and authorizations to execute and perform this Agreement.

(5) Borrower’s execution and performance of this Agreement shall not violate any laws, regulations, or government approvals, authorizations, notices or other government documents which he is subject to or may be affected, nor shall such execution and performance violate any agreements entered into by Borrower with any third party or any undertakings made to any third party;

(6) Upon execution, this Agreement shall constitute lawful, valid obligations that may be enforced against Borrower according to law.

(7) Except as provided in the Pledge Agreement and the Exclusive Call Option Agreement, Borrower does not place any mortgage, pledge or any other security on the equity interest it holds in the Domestic Company, does not make any offer to transfer such equity interest to any third party, does not make any warranties as to any offer of any third party to acquire such equity interest, and does not enter into any agreement with any third party in connection with the transfer of the equity interest that Borrower holds in the Domestic Company;

(8) There is no actual or potential dispute, lawsuit, arbitration, administrative proceedings or any other legal proceedings relating to the equity interest that Borrower holds in the Domestic Company.

4.2 Lender makes the following representations and warranties to Borrower:

(1) It will execute and perform this Agreement within its corporate power and business scope; it has taken necessary corporate actions and obtained appropriate authorizations, consents and approvals from third parties and government departments, and it will not violate any legal and contractual restrictions which it is subject to or may be affected;

(2) Upon execution, this Agreement shall constitute lawful, valid and binding obligations that may be enforced against Lender in accordance with the terms hereof.

5. Borrower’s Undertakings

Borrower undertakes that, during the term of this Agreement, he shall:

(1) not sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of, or allow any other security interest to be created on the equity interest or other interests he holds in the Domestic Company other than the equity pledge and other rights created for the benefit of Lender;

(2) not vote to agree at any shareholders’ meeting of the Domestic Company or support or sign any shareholders’ resolution that approves the sale, transfer, pledge or other disposal of the legal and beneficial interests in the equity interest of the Domestic Company, or allow any other security interest to be created on such interests without Lender’s prior written consent, other than to Lender or a person designated by Lender;


(3) not vote to agree at any shareholders’ meeting of the Domestic Company or support or sign any shareholders’ resolution that approves the Domestic Company’s merger or affiliation with any company or the acquisition of or investment in any company without Lender’s prior written consent;

(4) notify Lender immediately of any action, arbitration or administrative proceedings in relation to the equity interest in Domestic Company that have occurred or may occur;

(5) execute all necessary or proper documents, take all necessary or proper actions, and bring in all necessary or proper indictments or make necessary or proper defenses against all claims in order to maintain his ownership of the equity interest in the Domestic Company;

(6) not commit any act or omission that may significantly affect the Domestic Company’s assets, business and liabilities without Lender’s prior written consent;

(7) appoint any person nominated by Lender as the Board member of the Domestic Company at the request of Lender;

(8) immediately and unconditionally transfer all of his equity interest in the Domestic Company to Lender and/or a person designated by Lender to the extent permitted by the PRC laws in the event that Lender exercises the Call Option set forth herein;

(9) not request the Domestic Company to distribute dividends or profits to him without Lender’s consent;

(10) repay Lender all equity transfer proceeds as the principal of the Loan and the interest or the cost of occupied funds permitted under the laws as soon as he transfers the equity interest in Domestic Company to Lender or a person designated by Lender; and

(11) strictly comply with various provisions hereof, duly perform all his obligations hereunder, and not commit any act or omission that is sufficient to affect the validity and enforceability of this Agreement.

5.2 Borrower undertakes that, during the term of this Agreement, as a shareholder of the Domestic Company, he shall cause the Domestic Company:

(1) not to supplement, alter or modify its constitution documents in any way, or increase or decrease its registered capital, or change its capital structure in any way without Lender’s prior written consent;

(2) to maintain its existence in accordance with good financial and business standards and practice, and operate its business and handle its affairs diligently and efficiently;


(3) not to sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of its lawful or beneficial interest in any assets, business or income at any time from the date hereof, or allow any other secure interest to be created on such interest without Lender’s prior written consent;

(4) not to incur, assume, guarantee or allow the existence of any obligations without Lender’s prior written consent, other than (i) any obligations arising during the normal or routine course of business rather than by means of loans and (ii) any obligations that have been disclosed to and approved by Lender;

(5) to operate all its business during the ordinary course of business all the time to maintain its asset value;

(6) not to enter into any material contract (for the purposes of this paragraph, if a contract’s value is more than RMB1 million, it shall be deemed as a material contract) without Lender’s prior written consent except made in the ordinary course of business;

(7) provide Lender with all information about the operations and financial conditions of the Domestic Company at the request of Lender;

(8) not to merge or affiliate with any company or acquire or invest in any company without Lender’s prior written consent;

(9) not to distribute dividends to shareholders without Lender’s prior written consent, and immediately distribute all of its distributable profits to its shareholders at the request of Lender;

(10) notify Lender immediately of any action, arbitration or administrative proceedings in relation to its assets, business and revenue that have occurred or may occur;

(11) to execute all necessary or proper documents, take all necessary or proper actions, and bring in all necessary or proper indictments or make necessary or proper defenses against all claims in order to maintain its ownership of all of its assets; and

(12) to strictly comply with the service agreement and other agreements entered into with any affiliate of Lender, duly perform all its obligations under the service agreement and other agreements, and not to commit any act or omission that is sufficient to affect the validity and enforceability of the service agreement and other agreements.

6. Breach

Where Borrower fails to repay Lender the loan in accordance with this Agreement, Borrower shall pay Lender overdue interest at the daily rate of 0.01% for any loan which is due and payable.

7. Effectiveness and Termination

This Agreement shall come into effect from the date of execution by the Parties and terminate after Borrower fully repays the loan under this Agreement.


8. Confidentiality

8.1 Either Party agrees to use its best endeavors to take all reasonable measures to keep confidential of all confidential materials and information that is known to or accessed by it by means of disclosure by the other Party. Without the disclosing Party’s prior written consent, the receiving Party shall not disclose, give or transfer any such confidential information to any third party. Upon termination of this Agreement, the receiving Party shall return to the disclosing Party or destroy any documents, materials or software that may contain the confidential information at the disclosing Party’s request, and delete any confidential information from any relevant memory devices, and shall not continue to use such confidential information.

8.2 The Parties agree that this Section shall survive regardless of whether this Agreement is altered, terminated or expired.

9. Notices

9.1 Any notices or other communications given by either Party as required hereunder shall be written in Chinese, and sent to the other Party’s address by personal delivery, or generally accepted courier service or facsimile.

9.2 If the notices are sent by personal delivery, they shall be deemed as effectively delivered on the date of delivery; if they are sent by facsimile, they shall be deemed as effectively delivered on the day following the date of facsimile transmission; if they are sent by courier, they shall be deemed effectively given on the day shown on the return receipt.

10. Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

10.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the PRC laws.

10.2 If any dispute arises between the Parties in connection with the interpretation and performance of any terms of this Agreement, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve such dispute. If no agreement can be made, either Party may submit such dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Chinese in Beijing. The award of the arbitration shall be final and binding upon the disputing Parties.

10.3 Except the matters of dispute, the Parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations hereunder in good faith.

11. Miscellaneous

11.1 Any amendment and supplement to this Agreement shall be made by written agreement duly signed by the Parties. Any signed amendment and supplement constitutes a part of this Agreement and shall have the same force and effect as this Agreement.


11.2 Borrower shall not assign its rights and obligations hereunder to any third party without Lender’s prior written consent.

11.3 Should any provisions hereof be found to be illegal or unenforceable under applicable laws, such provisions shall be deemed deleted from this Agreement and invalid. However, this Agreement shall remain effective and shall be deemed not having such provisions from the beginning. The Parties shall discuss with each other to replace the deleted provisions with lawful and valid provisions that are acceptable to Lender.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the authorized representatives of the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

LENDER
Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.
Authorized Representative:  

/s/ Jin Huang

  Jin Huang

 

BORROWER
Signature:  

/s/ Jianguo Xue

  Jianguo Xue

Exhibit 10.11

Technology Service Agreement

Between

Ambow Sihua Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

And

Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.

October 31, 2009


This Technology Service Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by the following parties on October 31, 2009:

(1) Ambow Sihua Education and Technology Co., Ltd. (“Party A”), a limited liability company duly established and validly existing under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (“China”), with its registered address at A129, 10 Zhongxing Road, Changping District Technology Park, Beijing; and

(2) Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. (“Party B”), a limited liability company duly established and validly existing under the laws of China, with its registered address at 18th Floor, Building A, Chengjian Plaza, No.18, BeiTaiPingZhuang Road, Haidian District, Beijing.

WHEREAS:

(1) Party A engages in education information consulting, business administration consulting and commercial consulting (excluding broker services); business marketing and planning;

(2) Party B has expertise and experience in the design and development of software and hardware;

(3) Party A and Party B (collectively referred to as the “Parties”) plan to promote their business development by mutual cooperation and developing their respective advantages.

NOW THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows through friendly consultations:

Section 1 – Terms of Service

1.1 Party A hereby agrees to engage Party B as Party A’s exclusive technology service provider, and Party B hereby agrees to accept such engagement.

1.2 Party A agrees that Party A shall not engage any other third party as its technology service provider without Party B’s prior written consent during the term of this Agreement.

1.3 Party A agrees that Party B shall have the right to provide other entities or individuals with the technology service equivalent or similar to that hereunder and to appoint other entities or individuals to provide the technology service hereunder.

Section 2 – Scope of Service

See Appendix 1 for the scope of relevant technology service provided by Party B to Party A.

Section 3 – Service Fee

3.1 The Parties hereto agree that the fee for the technology service hereunder shall be determined and paid as specified in Appendix 2.


3.2 If Party A fails to pay service fee and other fees in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, Party A shall pay Party B liquidated damages at 0.05% per day for the overdue amount.

3.3 Party B shall have the right to, at its own expense, appoint one of its employees or a certified public accountant it engages (“Party B’s Authorized Representative”) to examine Party A’s accounts in order to review the calculation method and amount of the service fee. To that end, Party A shall provide Party B’s Authorized Representative with documents, accounts, records, data, etc. that are necessary to audit Party A’s accounts and to determine the amount of the service fee. Unless there is any significant error, the amount of the service fee shall be as determined by Party B’s Authorized Representative.

3.4 Unless as otherwise agreed by the Parties, the service fee payable to Party B by Party A hereunder shall not be subject to any deduction or offset (e.g. bank charges).

3.5 In addition to the service fee described above, Party A shall pay Party B for the actual costs incurred by Party B for rendering consulting services hereunder, including without limitation, traveling expenses, car fare, printing expenses and postage.

Section 4 – Confidentiality

4.1 The Parties acknowledge that, during the term of this Agreement, either Party may obtain (1) the other Party’s non-public information, technical data, trade secrets or know-how relating to the actual and expected business or research and development of either Party, including without limitation, research, product plans or other information relating to either Party’s products or services or promotions for products or services, customers’ lists and customers, software, development, invention, processes, formula, technologies, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, marketing, financial or other business information, and (2) any third party’s confidential or proprietary information for which either Party assume confidentiality obligations and which shall be only used for certain limited purposes (“Confidential Information”). The Confidential Information does not include (1) any information that one Party already knows at the time such information is disclosed to such Party by the other Party; (2) any information that becomes public known or generally available not because of either Party’s illegal conduct; or (3) the information lawfully obtained by one Party from a third party authorized to make the disclosure.

4.2 Either Party will take reasonable measures to keep confidential the other Party’s Confidential Information and prevent disclosure and unauthorized use of such Confidential Information. Without limiting the foregoing, the Parties will at least take such measures as it will take for its own Confidential Information. Unless as reasonable required for the performance of its obligations hereunder or unless as the other Party approves in writing, neither Party shall make any copy of the other Party’s Confidential Information. Either Party shall reproduce the other Party’s proprietary rights notices on any approved copy in the manner in which such notice was set forth in or on the original.


4.3 Either Party shall (1) not disclose such Confidential Information to any person other than any of its directors, employees, authorized agents or independent contractors who need to know such Confidential Information to perform their duties hereunder; (2) only use Confidential Information for the purposes of fully performing its obligations hereunder; and (3) ensure any person from such Party who knows Confidential Information comply with the confidentiality obligations and other restrictive provisions hereunder as if such person were a party hereto. If one Party is required by law to disclose the other Party’s Confidential Information, such Party shall promptly notify the other Party in writing of such requirement prior to the disclosure, and shall assist the other Party in securing the order to protect such information against public disclosure. Neither Party shall reverse engineer, dissemble or decompile any prototype, software or any tangible object that contains the other Party’s Confidential Information and that is provided to such Party.

4.4 Either Party further agree to return to the other Party all written Confidential Information obtained from the other Party upon termination of this Agreement or at any other time requested by the other Party.

Section 5 – Intellectual Property

5.1 The Parties acknowledge and agree that Party B shall exclusively own all technical data, software, findings, inventions, developments, trade secrets, copyrights, documents and other materials improved or prepared by Party B under this Agreement, whether they are patentable or copyrighted.

5.2 If Party A makes improvements to “intellectual property”, such improvements shall be Party B’s exclusive proprietary property. Party A hereby transfers to Party B all of its rights, title and interests in and to such improvements.

Section 6 – Independent Contractor

The Parties expressly acknowledge and agree that Party B performs all the technology services hereunder as an independent contractor, and shall not be deemed to enter into any partnership, joint venture or other relationships of substantially the same or similar nature with Party A.

Section 7 – Representations and Warranties

Party A represents and warrants that:

(1) Party A is a company duly registered and validly existing under the laws of China;

(2) Party A’s execution and performance of this Agreement is within its corporate power and business scope; it has taken necessary corporate action and obtained proper authorization as well as the consents and approvals of third parties and government departments; and it does not violate any legal or corporate restrictions binding upon or affecting it.

(3) Upon execution, this agreement shall constitute Party A’s legal, valid and binding obligations that may be enforced against it in accordance with the terms hereof.


7.2 Party B represents and warrants that:

(1) Party B is a company registered and validly existing under the laws of China;

(2) Party B’s execution and performance of this Agreement is within its corporate power and business scope; it has taken necessary corporate action and obtained proper authorization as well as the consents and approvals of third parties and government departments; and it does not violate any legal or corporate restrictions binding upon or affecting it.

(3) Upon execution, this agreement shall constitute Party B’s legal, valid and binding obligations that may be enforced against it in accordance with the terms hereof.

Section 8 – Liability for Breach

8.1 Either Party’s direct or indirect violation of any provisions hereof or failure to perform its obligation hereunder or failure to perform such obligation in a timely and adequate manner shall constitute breach of this Agreement. The non-breaching Party (“Non-Breaching Party”) shall have the right to require the breaching Party (“Breaching Party”) by written notice to redress its breach.

8.2 After the occurrence of the breach, if, according to the reasonable and objective judgment of the Non-Breaching Party, such breach has made it impossible or unfair for the Non-Breaching Party to perform its relevant obligations hereunder, then the Non-Breaching Party shall have the right to notify the Breaching Party in writing that the Non-Breaching Party will suspend the performance of its relevant obligations hereunder until the Breaching Party ceases such breach.

8.3 Party B’s liability arising out of this Agreement shall be limited to the amount of service fee received by Party B hereunder. In no event shall Party B be liable for any special, incidental, indirect or direct damages arising out of this Agreement .

Section 9 – Force Majeure

9.1 “Force Majeure” means any event that is beyond the reasonable control of the Parties hereto, unable to be foreseen or unable to be overcome even foreseen, which impedes, affects or delays either Party’s performance of all or part of its obligations under this Agreement. Such event includes without limitation any government act, act of God, war, hacker attack or any other similar event.

9.2 The Party affected by a Force Majeure event may suspend the performance of its relevant obligations hereunder that cannot be performed due to the Force Majeure until the effect of such Force Majeure event is eliminated, and shall not be held liable for such suspension. However, such Party shall use its best endeavor to overcome such event and mitigate its negative effect.

9.3 The Party affected by a Force Majeure event shall provide the other Party with a legitimate certificate issued by a notary public (or other proper agency) in the place where such event occurs to evidence the occurrence of such Force Majeure event. If such Party cannot provide such certificate, the other Party may hold such Party liable for breach in accordance with the provisions hereof.


Section 10 – Effectiveness and Term

This Agreement shall come into effect from the date when it is signed by the Parties’ authorized representatives. This Agreement shall remain effective unless it is terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof.

Section 11 – Termination

11.1 Party B shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time during the term of this Agreement upon fifteen (15) days’ notice to Party A.

11.2 If Party A materially or continually breaches this Agreement, and fails to remedy such breach within fourteen (14) days upon receipt of Party B’s notice specifying details of such breach (to the extent such breach is remediable), Party B shall have the right to terminate this Agreement immediately by sending a written notice of termination to Party A.

11.3 This Agreement may be terminated at any time by a written agreement between Party A and Party B.

Section 12 – Non-solicitation

Party A shall not take the following actions directly or indirectly in any manner for its own, any other individual or entity’s account, or together with any other individual or entity: (1) causing any employee of Party B to terminate his employment with Party B by solicitation, including employing or encouraging such employee; or attempting to solicit, induce, employ or encourage any employee of Party B. (2) causing any existing or previous client of Party A to terminate its business relationship with Party B.

Section 13 – Dispute Resolution

13.1 If any dispute arises in connection with the interpretation and performance of this Agreement, the Parties hereto shall first resolve such dispute in good faith through discussions. If no agreement can be reached within sixty (60) days after one Party receives the notice of the other Party requesting the beginning of discussions or any longer period agreed upon separately by the Parties, either Party shall have the right to submit such dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with its then effective rules. The award of the arbitration shall be final and binding upon the Parties.

13.2 If any dispute arises in connection with the interpretation and performance of this Agreement, or such dispute is under arbitration, either Party shall continue to have the rights hereunder other than those in dispute and perform the obligations hereunder other than those in dispute.


Section 14 – Governing Law

The execution, validity, performance, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of China.

Section 15 – Assignment

15.1 Party A shall not assign its rights and obligations hereunder to any third party without Party B’s prior written consent.

15.2 Party A hereby agrees that Party B may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to any third party at its sole discretion, and Party B only needs to send a written notice to Party A upon such assignment without obtaining Party A’s consent.

15.3 This Agreement shall inure to and be binding upon the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

Section 16 – Severability

If any provision herein becomes partly or wholly invalid or unenforceable for violation of laws or government regulations or other reasons, then the part of such provision that is affected shall be deemed as deleted. However, the deletion of such part of such provision shall not affect the legal effect of other parts of such provision or the other provisions herein. The Parties shall cease to execute such invalid or unenforceable provision, and modify such provision so that it has the closest intent to the original provision and becomes valid and enforceable under relevant facts and circumstances.

Section 17 – Amendment and Supplement

The Parties may amend and supplement this Agreement by written agreement. Any amendments or supplements in connection with this Agreement that are duly signed by the Parties are part of this Agreement, and shall have the same force and effect as this Agreement.

Section 18 – Miscellaneous

18.1 The headings herein are for convenience only, and shall not affect the interpretation of any provisions hereof.

18.2 Unless otherwise provided herein, either Party’s failure to exercise or delay in exercising any of its rights or powers hereunder shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights or powers. Any single or partial exercise of any rights or powers shall not preclude the exercise of other rights or powers.

18.3 This Agreement shall supersede any prior or concurrent verbal or written agreement, understanding and communication between the Parties in connection with this Agreement. The Parties do not have any express or implied obligations or undertakings for the subject matter herein except those specified in this Agreement.

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.


Party A: Ambow Sihua Education and Technology Co., Ltd. (Corporate Seal)
Authorized Representative: /s/ Xuejun Xie
Name: Xuejun Xie
Party A: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. (Corporate Seal)
Authorized Representative: /s/ Jin Huang
Name: Jin Huang


Appendix 1

Scope of Service

1. Providing Party A with programs relating to education and training;

2. Providing Party A’s employees with proper training, technical support and assistance, including without limitation, training and technical support for education programs; and

3. Providing Part A administration and consulting services necessary for Party A’s business operations, including without limitation, administration and consulting for education programs.

Exhibit 10.12

Share Pledge Agreement

Between

Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.

And

Xuejun Xie

October 31, 2009

As amended March 4, 2010


Share Pledge Agreement

This Share Pledge Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and between the following parties on October 31, 2009 and amended on March 4, 2010:

Pledgee: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.

Legal Representative: Jin Huang

Principal Office: 18th Floor, Building A, Chengjian Plaza, No.18, BeiTaiPingZhuang

Road, Haidian District, Beijing 100088, People’s Republic of China

Pledgor: Xuejun Xie

WHEREAS:

(1) Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. entered into Technology Service Agreement with Ambow Sihua Education and Technology Co., Ltd. (“Ambow Sihua”) and the companies and schools directly or wholly owned or controlled by Ambow Sihua (“Subsidiaries”) respectively on October 31, 2009 (“ Technology Service Agreement ”);

(2) Pledgor is a shareholder of Ambow Sihua, holding 57.4% equity interest in Ambow Sihua;

(3) Pledgor agrees to pledge all of her equity interest in Ambow Sihua to Pledgee as a security for Ambow Sihua and its Subsidiaries’ performance of their obligations under Technology Service Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows after friendly consultations:

1. Definitions

1.1 Unless otherwise specified herein, all of the following terms shall have the meanings defined below.

1.1.1 “Secured Debt” means the payment obligation and other relevant obligations to Pledgee assumed by Ambow Sihua and its Subsidiaries under Technology Service Agreement, liquidated damage and other relevant costs, and all costs (including attorney fees) and other amounts paid by Pledgee to realize Pledgee’s rights under Technology Service Agreement in the event that Ambow Sihua and its Subsidiaries commit a breach. If Ambow Sihua controls new subsidiary by means of acquisition or incorporation or otherwise in the future and such new subsidiary enters into certain new technology service agreement with Pledgee, then such new subsidiary’ obligations under the new technology service agreement will be automatically included in the “Secured Debt” herein.

1.1.2 “Pledged Equity” means the 57.4% equity owned by Pledgor and all rights relating to such equity. With Pledgee’s prior consent, Pledgor may increase the capital of Ambow Sihua. The increased registered capital contributed by Pledgor shall also be deemed part of the Pledged Equity.


2. Equity Pledge

2.1 Pledgor hereby pledges the Pledged Equity to Pledgee (“Pledge”) as a security for the full discharge of the Secured Debt.

2.2 Pledgor undertakes that Pledgor’s execution of this Agreement and performance of the obligations hereunder have been approved by the other shareholder of Ambow Sihua, and Pledgor will cause Ambow Sihua to record the equity pledge hereunder on the register of shareholders of Ambow Sihua. Pledgor and Ambow Sihua shall deliver the register of shareholders recording such equity pledge to Pledgee for safekeeping upon execution of this Agreement;

2.3 The Parties agree to register or cause to register the Pledge hereunder with the administrative authorities for industry and commerce in the place where Ambow Sihua is registered. The Pledge will be established at the time when the Pledge is registered with the administrative authorities for industry and commerce in the place where Ambow Sihua is registered. Pledgor, Pledgee and Ambow Sihua shall promptly register the Pledge with the administrative authorities for industry and commerce upon execution of this Agreement. The Parties also acknowledge that, upon execution of this Agreement, the Parties will not raise any question or objection to the effectiveness of this Agreement because of failure to register the Pledge with the administrative authorities for industry and commerce in the place where Ambow Sihua is registered.

3. Scope of Security

3.1 The Pledged Equity hereunder offers security for:

3.1.1 The Secured Debt defined in Section 1.1.1 hereof; and

3.1.2 The costs paid by Pledgee to realize the pledge to which Pledgee is entitled hereunder.

4. Term of Pledge

4.1 The term of valid existence of the pledge to which Pledgee is entitled hereunder is from the effective date of this Agreement to the date all Secured Debt is fully discharged (the “Term of Pledge”). Pledgee shall exercise the Pledge within the statute of limitations for the Secured Debt.

5. Exercise of Pledge

5.1 If (a) Ambow Sihua and its Subsidiaries fail to fulfill their payment obligation or other related obligations to Pledgee in accordance with the provisions of Technology Service Agreement, or (b) Pledgor breaches her duties or obligations hereunder, Pledgee shall have the right to manage the pledge in any manner at any time it deems appropriate to the extent permitted by applicable laws during the Term of Pledge, including without limitation:

5.1.1 To negotiate with Pledgor to discharge the Secured Debt with the Pledged Equity at a discount rate;


5.1.2 To sell off the Pledged Equity and use the proceeds thereof to discharge the Secured Debt;

5.1.3 To retain a relevant agency to auction all or part of the Pledged Equity; and/or

5.1.4 To otherwise dispose of the Pledged Equity appropriately to the extent permitted by applicable laws.

5.2 In the course of Pledgee’s disposal of the Pledged Equity as specified in the preceding section, Pledgee shall have the right to take any actions permitted by law to realize any of its rights hereunder.

5.3 As requested by Pledgee, Pledgor shall assist Pledgee in obtaining all necessary approvals or consents in connection with Pledgee’s realization of its rights to debt and pledge.

5.4 All amounts received due to Pledgee’s exercise of its pledge shall be used in the following order of priority subject to the other provisions hereof:

5.4.1 First, such amounts shall be used to pay all taxes and costs incurred by Pledgee because of its exercise of the pledge and/or other rights hereunder;

5.4.2 Second, such amounts shall be used by Pledgee to discharge the Secured Debt according to law;

5.4.3 Any remaining balance shall be paid to Pledgor or anyone who is entitled to such balance (without interest).

6. Termination of Pledge

6.1 The pledge shall be terminated automatically upon termination of Technology Service Agreement and full discharge of the Secured Debt. In such case, as requested by Pledgor, Pledgee shall sign a written document to terminate the equity pledge created hereunder and submit such documentation to Pledgor, or assist Pledgor in handling other procedures for terminating the equity pledge hereunder.

6.2 Subject to the provisions in the preceding paragraph, the equity pledge hereunder shall not be terminated without Pledgee’s prior written consent.

7. Nature of Security

7.1 The security created hereunder shall not be affected by any other security held by Pledgee for the Secured Debt, and shall not affect the effectiveness of any other security.


7.2 The security created hereunder and Pledgee’s rights hereunder shall not be terminated or affected due to the following circumstances:

7.2.1 Any grace period, termination or relief granted by Pledgee in connection with any person’s debt;

7.2.2 Any amendment, modification or supplement to Technology Service Agreement;

7.2.3 Any disposal, modification or termination of any other security in connection with the Secured Debt;

7.2.4 A settlement entered into between the Pledgee and any person in connection with any claims of such person;

7.2.5 Any delay, act or omission of Pledgee in the exercise of its rights;

7.2.6 Any other event that may affect Pledgor’s obligations hereunder.

8. Special Provisions

8.1 Without Pledgee’s prior written consent, Pledgor shall not assign any of his rights or obligations hereunder to any other party.

8.2 Pledgee shall have the right to assign to any third party any of its rights or obligations hereunder and any of its rights or obligations under other agreements contemplated by this Agreement without Pledgor’s prior consent. In such case, Pledgor must unconditionally cooperate with Pledgee in handling the procedures for the transfer of relevant rights and obligations, including without limitation signing an agreement on the change of the relevant contractual party and re-registering the equity pledge with the administrative authorities for industry and commerce.

8.3 Upon effectiveness of this Agreement, unless Pledgee makes a written decision to the contrary and notify Pledgor of such decision, Pledgor shall be obligated to continue to comply with legal requirements relating to the Pledged Equity and perform all rights and obligations in connection with the Pledged Equity, and perform the due care and good faith obligations that a shareholder shall perform.

8.4 Pledgor shall promptly notify Pledgee of any event that may affect the Pledged Equity or the value thereof, or that may impede, prejudice or delay Pledgee’s performance of its rights as a shareholder of Ambow Sihua. Pledgor hereby agrees to sign a power of attorney (“Power of Attorney”) on the even date herewith, appointing Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. as its initial attorney-in-fact to: (i) exercise all voting rights it enjoys as a shareholder of Ambow Sihua, and (ii) sign on behalf of Pledgor any resolutions adopted by the shareholders’ meetings of Ambow Sihua, and any other documents that are related to Pledgor’s performance of its rights as a shareholder of Ambow Sihua. The attorney-in-fact shall perform its duties in good faith, aiming to maximize the value of the Pledged Equity hereunder, and its acts shall be in compliance with applicable Chinese laws in all respects. The form of the initial Power of Attorney to be signed by Pledgor is set forth in Appendix 1 attached hereto.


8.5 During the term of pledge, Pledgee shall have the right to collect any yield on the Pledged Equity.

8.6 Without Pledgee’s prior written consent, Pledgor shall not conduct any of the following activities:

8.6.1 Making a proposal to amend the articles of association of Ambow Sihua or causing the making of such proposal; increasing or reducing its registered capital, or otherwise changing its registered capital structure;

8.6.2 Creating any further security, encumbrances and any third party’s rights on the Pledged Equity in addition to the pledge created hereunder;

8.6.3 Performing any act that may prejudice any rights of Pledgee hereunder, or any act that may materially affect the assets, business and/or operations of Ambow Sihua;

8.6.4 Distributing dividends to the shareholders in any form; however, upon Pledgee’s request, Pledgor shall immediately distribute all of her distributable profits to the shareholders.

8.7 Without Pledgee’s prior written consent, Pledgor shall not transfer or dispose of the Pledged Equity in any way.

8.8 Pledgor agrees to take other necessary actions and enter into other necessary agreements to give effect to the provisions hereof and other agreements contemplated hereby.

9. Representations, Undertakings and Warranties

9.1 Pledgor hereby represents, undertakes and warrants to Pledgee that:

9.1.1 Pledgor has the lawful eligibility and necessary authority to enter into this Agreement and has the capacity to fully perform any of his rights hereunder;

9.1.2 Pledgor has the sole ownership of the Pledged Equity; and she has lawful, complete and full ownership of her pledged equity hereunder;

9.1.3 Except the pledge created hereunder, Pledgor has not created or allowed the creation of any security rights or any third party’s rights or encumbrances on the Pledged Equity without Pledgee’s prior written consent; there is no dispute over the ownership of such Pledged Equity, which is not subject to any lien or other legal proceedings and can be used for pledge or transfer in accordance with applicable laws;

9.1.4 There is no existing, pending or threat of legal proceedings, arbitrations or administrative proceedings against the Pledged Equity;


9.1.5 Pledgor’s execution of this Agreement, exercise of its rights hereunder, or performance of his obligations hereunder will not violate any agreements, contracts or laws and regulations applicable to Pledgor and her property;

9.1.6 Upon execution of this Agreement, Pledgor shall promptly register the equity pledge hereunder with the administrative authorities for industry and commerce to cause the effective creation of the equity pledge; the pledge created hereunder shall constitute valid security for the Secured Debt after the registration procedures are completed, which can be executed on its terms;

9.1.7 All documents delivered by Pledgor to Pledgee in connection with this Agreement are true, complete and correct in all material respects, and there is no omission that may cause any information therein to become incorrect or misleading in any material respect;

9.1.8 This Agreement shall constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of Pledgor, and may be enforced in accordance with the application of Pledgee to competent authorities under this Agreement;

9.1.9 From the date of this Agreement to the expiration of the term of pledge, Pledgor shall not transfer or dispose of any part or all of the interests in the Pledged Equity to any third party without Pledgee’s prior written consent.

9.2 Pledgee hereby represents, undertakes and warrants to Pledgor that:

9.2.1 Pledgee is a limited liability company duly established and validly existing, and has the authority to enter into this Agreement and is able to perform its obligations hereunder;

9.2.2 Pledgee has obtained all authorities and consents necessary for the execution and performance of this Agreement.

10. Liability for Breach

10.1 Either Party’s direct or indirect violation of any provisions hereof or failure to assume its obligations hereunder or failure to assume such obligations in a timely and adequate manner shall constitute breach of this Agreement. The non-breaching Party (“Non-Breaching Party”) shall have the right to require the breaching Party (“Breaching Party”) by written notice to redress its breach and take adequate, effective and timely measures to eliminate the consequences of such breach, and indemnify against the losses incurred by the Non-Breaching Party due to the breach of the Breaching Party.

10.2 After the occurrence of the breach, if, according to the reasonable and objective judgment of the Non-Breaching Party, such breach has made it impossible or unfair for the Non-Breaching Party to perform its relevant obligations hereunder, then the Non-Breaching Party shall have the right to notify the Breaching Party in writing that the Non-Breaching Party will suspend the performance of its relevant obligations hereunder until the Breaching Party ceases such breach and takes adequate, effective and timely measures to eliminate the consequences of such breach, and indemnify against the losses incurred by Non-Breaching Party due to the breach.


10.3 The losses incurred by the Non-Breaching Party which shall be indemnified against by the Breaching Party due to its breach are the direct economic losses incurred by the Non-Breaching Party due to the Breaching Party’s breach and any expectable indirect losses and additional costs, including without limitation attorney fees, litigation and arbitration costs, financial costs and travel expenses, etc.

11. Force Majeure

11.1 “Force Majeure” means any event that is beyond the reasonable control of any or all Parties hereto, unable to be foreseen or unable to be overcome even foreseen, which impedes, affects or delays any party’s performance of all or part of its obligations under this Agreement. Such event includes without limitation any government act, act of God, war, hacker attack or any other similar event.

11.2 The Party affected by a Force Majeure event may suspend the performance of its relevant obligations hereunder that cannot be performed due to the Force Majeure until the effect of such Force Majeure event is eliminated, and shall not be held liable for such suspension. However, such Party shall use its best endeavor to overcome such event and mitigate its negative effect.

11.3 The Party affected by a Force Majeure event shall provide the other Parties with a legitimate certificate issued by a notary public (or other proper agency) in the place where such event occurs to evidence the occurrence of such Force Majeure event. If such Party cannot provide such certificate, the other Parties may hold such Party liable for breach in accordance with the provisions hereof.

12. Effectiveness and Termination

12.1 This Agreement shall come into effect after it has been duly executed by Pledgor and Pledgee. The pledge hereunder is established after the registration specified in Section 2.3 is completed.

12.2 This Agreement shall be terminated upon any of the following circumstances:

12.2.1 in accordance with Section 6 hereof;

12.2.2 by mutual agreement of Pledgee and Pledgor;

12.2.3 by the consent of Pledgee.

12.3 The termination of this Agreement shall not affect the Parties’ rights and obligations arising hereunder prior to prior to the expiration date of this Agreement.

13. Dispute Resolution

13.1 If any dispute arises between the Parties in connection with the interpretation and performance of the provisions hereunder, the Parties shall resolve such dispute in good faith through discussions. If no agreement can be reached within sixty (60) days after one Party receives the notice of the other Party requesting the beginning of discussions or as otherwise agreed, either Party shall have the right to submit such dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with its then effective rules. The arbitration shall be held in Beijing. The award of the arbitration shall be final and binding upon the Parties.


13.2 If any dispute arises in connection with the interpretation and performance of this Agreement, or such dispute is under arbitration, either Party shall continue to have the rights hereunder other than those in dispute and perform the obligations hereunder other than those in dispute.

13.3 The conclusion, effectiveness, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the Chinese laws.

14. Miscellaneous

14.1 The headings herein are for convenience only, and shall not affect the interpretation of any provisions hereof.

14.2 The Parties may amend and supplement this Agreement by written agreement. Any amendments or supplements executed by the Parties, if any, are part of this Agreement, and shall have the same force and effect as this Agreement.

14.3 If any provision herein becomes partly or wholly invalid or unenforceable for violation of laws or government regulations or other reasons, then the part of such provision that is affected shall be deemed as deleted. However, the deletion of such part of such provision shall not affect the legal effect of other parts of such provision or the other provisions herein. The Parties shall cease to execute such invalid or unenforceable provision, and modify such provision so that it has the closest intent to the original provision and becomes valid and enforceable in connection with such facts and circumstances.

14.4 Unless otherwise provided herein, either Party’s failure to exercise or delay in exercising any of its rights or powers hereunder shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights or powers. Any single or partial exercise of any rights or powers shall not preclude the exercise of other rights or powers.

14.5 This Agreement shall be binding upon the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Pledgee shall have the right to transfer to any other third party the rights hereunder and other agreements contemplated hereby at its sole discretion without Pledgor’s consent.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

Pledgee:
Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.
Authorized Representative:  

/s/ Jin Huang

  Jin Huang
Pledgor:  
Signature:  

/s/ Xuejun Xie

  Xuejun Xie

Exhibit 10.13

Share Pledge Agreement

Between

Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.

And

Xiaogang Feng

March 4, 2010


This Share Pledge Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and between the following parties on March 4, 2010:

Pledgee: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.

Legal Representative: Jin Huang

Principal Office: 18th Floor, Building A, Chengjian Plaza, No.18 BeiTaiPingZhuang

Road, Haidian District, Beijing 100088, People’s Republic of China

Pledgor: Xiaogang Feng

WHEREAS:

(1) Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. entered into certain Technology Service Agreement with Ambow Sihua Education and Technology Co., Ltd. (“Ambow Sihua”) and the companies and schools directly or wholly owned or controlled by Ambow Sihua (“Subsidiaries”) on October 31, 2009 (“Technology Service Agreement”);

(2) Pledgor is a shareholder of Ambow Sihua, holding 42.6% equity interest in Ambow Sihua;

(3) Pledgor agrees to pledge all of his equity interest in Ambow Sihua to Pledgee as a security for Ambow Sihua and its Subsidiaries’ performance of their obligations under Technology Service Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows after friendly consultations:

1. Definitions

1.1 Unless otherwise specified herein, all of the following terms shall have the meanings defined below.

1.1.1 “Secured Debt” means the payment obligation and other relevant obligations to Pledgee assumed by Ambow Sihua and its Subsidiaries under Technology Service Agreement, liquidated damage and other relevant costs, and all costs (including attorney fees) and other amounts paid by Pledgee to realize Pledgee’s rights under Technology Service Agreement in the event that Ambow Sihua and its Subsidiaries commit a breach. If Ambow Sihua controls a new subsidiary by means of acquisition or incorporation or otherwise in the future and such new subsidiary enters into certain new technology service agreement with Pledgee, then such new subsidiary’s obligations under the new technology service agreement will be automatically included in the “Secured Debt” herein.

1.1.2 “Pledged Equity” means the 42.6% equity owned by Pledgor and all rights relating to such equity. With Pledgee’s prior consent, Pledgor may increase the capital of Ambow Sihua. The increased registered capital contributed by Pledgor shall also be deemed part of the Pledged Equity.


2. Equity Pledge

2.1 Pledgor hereby pledges the Pledged Equity to Pledgee (“Pledge”) as a security for the full discharge of the Secured Debt.

2.2 Pledgor undertakes that Pledgor’s execution of this Agreement and performance of the obligations hereunder have been approved by the other shareholder of Ambow Sihua, and Pledgor will cause Ambow Sihua to record the equity pledge hereunder on the register of shareholders of Ambow Sihua. Pledgor and Ambow Sihua shall deliver the register of shareholders recording such equity pledge to Pledgee for safekeeping upon execution of this Agreement;

2.3 The Parties agree to register or cause to register the Pledge hereunder with the administrative authorities for industry and commerce in the place where Ambow Sihua is registered. The Pledge will be established at the time when the Pledge is registered with the administrative authorities for industry and commerce in the place where Ambow Sihua is registered. Pledgor, Pledgee and Ambow Sihua shall promptly register the Pledge with the administrative authorities for industry and commerce upon execution of this Agreement. The Parties also acknowledge that, upon execution of this Agreement, the Parties will not raise any question or objection to the effectiveness of this Agreement because of failure to register the Pledge with the administrative authorities for industry and commerce in the place where Ambow Sihua is registered.

3. Scope of Security

3.1 The Pledged Equity hereunder offers security for:

3.1.1 The Secured Debt defined in Section 1.1.1 hereof; and

3.1.2 The costs paid by Pledgee to realize the pledge to which Pledgee is entitled hereunder.

4. Term of Pledge

4.1 The term of valid existence of the pledge to which Pledgee is entitled hereunder is from the date of effectiveness of this Agreement to the date all Secured Debt is fully discharged (the “Term of Pledge”). Pledgee shall exercise the Pledge hereunder within the statute of limitations for the Secured Debt.

5. Exercise of Pledge

5.1 If (a) Ambow Sihua and its Subsidiaries fail to fulfill their payment obligation or other related obligations to Pledgee in accordance with the provisions of Technology Service Agreement, or (b) Pledgor breaches his duties or obligations hereunder, Pledgee shall have the right to manage the pledge in any manner at any time it deems appropriate to the extent permitted by applicable laws during the Term of Pledge, including without limitation:

5.1.1 To negotiate with Pledgor to discharge the Secured Debt with the Pledged Equity at a discount rate;


5.1.2 To sell off the Pledged Equity and use the proceeds thereof to discharge the Secured Debt;

5.1.3 To retain a relevant agency to auction all or part of the Pledged Equity; and/or

5.1.4 To otherwise dispose of the Pledged Equity appropriately to the extent permitted by applicable laws.

5.2 In the course of Pledgee’s disposal of the Pledged Equity as specified in the preceding section, Pledgee shall have the right to take any actions permitted by law to realize any of its rights hereunder.

5.3 As requested by Pledgee, Pledgor shall assist Pledgee in obtaining all necessary approvals or consents in connection with Pledgee’s realization of its rights to debt and pledge.

5.4 All amounts received due to Pledgee’s exercise of its pledge shall be used in the following order of priority subject to the other provisions hereof:

5.4.1 First, such amounts shall be used to pay all taxes and costs incurred by Pledgee because of its exercise of the pledge and/or other rights hereunder;

5.4.2 Second, such amounts shall be used by Pledgee to discharge the Secured Debt according to law;

5.4.3 Any remaining balance shall be paid to Pledgor or anyone who is entitled to such balance (without interest).

6. Termination of Pledge

6.1 The pledge shall be terminated automatically upon termination of Technology Service Agreement and full discharge of the Secured Debt. In such case, as requested by Pledgor, Pledgee shall sign a written document to terminate the equity pledge created hereunder and submit such documentation to Pledgor, or assist Pledgor in handling other procedures for terminating the equity pledge hereunder.

6.2 Subject to the provisions in the preceding paragraph, the equity pledge hereunder shall not be terminated without Pledgee’s prior written consent.

7. Nature of Security

7.1 The security created hereunder shall not be affected by any other security held by Pledgee for the Secured Debt, and shall not affect the effectiveness of any other security.

7.2 The security created hereunder and Pledgee’s rights hereunder shall not be terminated or affected due to the following circumstances:

7.2.1 Any grace, termination or relief granted by Pledgee in connection with any person’s debt;


7.2.2 Any amendment, modification or supplement to Technology Service Agreement;

7.2.3 Any disposal, modification or termination of any other security in connection with the Secured Debt;

7.2.4 A settlement entered into between Pledgee and any person in connection with any claims of such person;

7.2.5 Any delay, act or omission of Pledgee in the exercise of its rights;

7.2.6 Any other event that may affect Pledgor’s obligations hereunder.

8. Special Provisions

8.1 Without Pledgee’s prior written consent, Pledgor shall not assign any of his rights or obligations hereunder to any other party.

8.2 Pledgee shall have the right to assign to any third party any of its rights or obligations hereunder and any of its rights or obligations under other agreements contemplated by this Agreement without Pledgor’s prior consent. In such case, Pledgor must unconditionally cooperate with Pledgee in handling the procedures for the transfer of relevant rights and obligations, including without limitation signing an agreement on the change of the relevant contractual party and re-registering the equity pledge with the administrative authorities for industry and commerce.

8.3 Upon effectiveness of this Agreement, unless Pledgee makes a written decision to the contrary and notify Pledgor of such decision, Pledgor shall be obligated to continue to comply with legal requirements relating to the Pledged Equity and perform all rights and obligations in connection with the Pledged Equity, and perform the due care and good faith obligations that a shareholder shall perform.

8.4 Pledgor shall promptly notify Pledgee of any event that may affect the Pledged Equity or the value thereof, or that may impede, prejudice or delay Pledgee’s performance of its rights as a shareholder of Ambow Sihua. Pledgor hereby agrees to sign a power of attorney (“Power of Attorney”) on the even date herewith, appointing Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. as his initial attorney-in-fact to: (i) exercise all voting rights he enjoys as a shareholder of Ambow Sihua, and (ii) sign on behalf of Pledgor any resolution adopted by the shareholders’ meeting of Ambow Sihua, and any other documents that is related to Pledgor’s performance of its rights as the shareholder of Ambow Sihua and requires Pledgor’s signing. The attorney-in-fact shall perform its duties in good faith, aiming to maximize the value of the Pledged Equity hereunder, and its acts shall be in compliance with applicable Chinese laws in all respects. The form of the initial Powers of Attorney signed by Pledgor is set forth in Appendix 1 attached hereto.

8.5 During the term of pledge, Pledgee shall have the right to collect any yield on the Pledged Equity.


8.6 Without Pledgee’s prior written consent, Pledgor shall not conduct any of the following activities:

8.6.1 Making a proposal to amend the articles of association of Ambow Sihua or causing the making of such proposal; increasing or reducing its registered capital, or otherwise changing its registered capital structure;

8.6.2 Creating any further security, encumbrances and any third party’s rights on the Pledged Equity in addition to the pledge created hereunder;

8.6.3 Performing any act that may prejudice any rights of Pledgee hereunder, or any act that may materially affect the assets, business and/or operations of Ambow Sihua;

8.6.4 Distributing dividends to the shareholders in any form; however, upon Pledgee’s request, Pledgor shall immediately distribute all of his distributable profits to the shareholders.

8.7 Without Pledgee’s prior written consent, Pledgor shall not transfer or dispose of the Pledged Equity in any way.

8.8 Pledgor agrees to take other necessary actions and enter into other necessary agreements to give effect to the provisions hereof and other agreements contemplated hereby.

9. Representations, Undertakings and Warranties

9.1 Pledgor hereby represents, undertakes and warrants to Pledgee that:

9.1.1 Pledgor has the lawful eligibility and necessary authority to enter into this Agreement and have the capacity to fully perform any of their rights hereunder;

9.1.2 Pledgor has the sole ownership of the Pledged Equity; and he has lawful, complete and full ownership of the corresponding pledged equity hereunder;

9.1.3 Except the pledge created hereunder, Pledgor has not created or allowed the creation of any security rights or any third party’s rights or encumbrances on the Pledged Equity without Pledgee’s prior written consent; there is no dispute over the ownership of such Pledged Equity, which is not subject to any lien or other legal proceedings and can be used for pledge or transfer in accordance with applicable laws;

9.1.4 There is no existing, pending or threat of legal proceedings, arbitrations or administrative proceedings against the Pledged Equity;

9.1.5 Pledgor’s execution of this Agreement, exercise of its rights hereunder, or performance of its obligations hereunder will not violate any agreements, contracts or laws and regulations applicable to Pledgor and his property;

9.1.6 Upon execution of this Agreement, Pledgor shall promptly register the equity pledge hereunder with the administrative authorities for industry and commerce to cause the effective creation of the equity pledge; the pledge created hereunder shall constitute valid security for the Secured Debt after the registration procedures are completed, which can be executed on its terms;


9.1.7 All documents delivered by Pledgor to Pledgee in connection with this Agreement are true, complete and correct in all material respects, and there is no omission that may cause any information therein to become incorrect or misleading in any material respect;

9.1.8 This Agreement shall constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of Pledgor, and may be enforced in accordance with the application of Pledgee to competent authorities under this Agreement;

9.1.9 From the date of this Agreement to the expiration of the term of pledge, Pledgor shall not transfer or dispose of any part or all of the interests in the Pledged Equity to any third party without Pledgee’s prior written consent.

9.2 Pledgee hereby represents, undertakes and warrants to Pledgor that:

9.2.1 Pledgee is a limited liability company duly established and validly existing, and has the authority to enter into this Agreement and is able to perform its obligations hereunder.

9.2.2 Pledgee has obtained all authorities and consents necessary for the execution and performance of this Agreement.

10. Liability for Breach

10.1 Either Party’s direct or indirect violation of any provisions hereof or failure to assume its obligations hereunder or failure to assume such obligations in a timely and adequate manner shall constitute breach of this Agreement. The non-breaching Party (“Non-Breaching Party”) shall have the right to require the breaching Party (“Breaching Party”) by written notice to redress its breach and take adequate, effective and timely measures to eliminate the consequences of such breach, and indemnify against the losses incurred by the Non-Breaching Party due to the breach of the Breaching Party.

10.2 After the occurrence of the breach, if, according to the reasonable and objective judgment of the Non-Breaching Party, such breach has made it impossible or unfair for the Non-Breaching Party to perform its relevant obligations hereunder, then the Non-Breaching Party shall have the right to notify the Breaching Party in writing that the Non-Breaching Party will suspend the performance of its relevant obligations hereunder until the Breaching Party ceases such breach and takes adequate, effective and timely measures to eliminate the consequences of such breach, and indemnify against the losses incurred by Non-Breaching Party due to the breach.

10.3 The losses incurred by the Non-Breaching Party which shall be indemnified against by the Breaching Party due to its breach are the direct economic losses incurred by the Non-Breaching Party due to the Breaching Party’s breach and any expectable indirect losses and additional costs, including without limitation attorney fees, litigation and arbitration costs, financial costs and travel expenses, etc.


11. Force Majeure

11.1 “Force Majeure” means any event that is beyond the reasonable control of any or all Parties hereto, unable to be foreseen or unable to be overcome even foreseen, which impedes, affects or delays any party’s performance of all or part of its obligations under this Agreement. Such event includes without limitation any government act, act of God, war, hacker attack or any other similar event.

11.2 The Party affected by a Force Majeure event may suspend the performance of its relevant obligations hereunder that cannot be performed due to the Force Majeure until the effect of such Force Majeure event is eliminated, and shall not be held liable for such suspension. However, such Party shall use its best endeavor to overcome such event and mitigate its negative effect.

11.3 The Party affected by a Force Majeure event shall provide the other Parties with a legitimate certificate issued by a notary public (or other proper agency) in the place where such event occurs to evidence the occurrence of such Force Majeure event. If such Party cannot provide such certificate, the other Parties may hold such Party liable for breach in accordance with the provisions hereof.

12. Effectiveness and Termination

12.1 This Agreement shall come into effect after it has been duly executed by Pledgor and Pledgee. The pledge hereunder is established after the registration specified in Section 2.3 is completed.

12.2 This Agreement is terminated under any of the following circumstances:

12.2.1 It is terminated in accordance with the provisions in Section 6 hereof;

12.2.2 It is terminated by mutual agreement of Pledgee and Pledgor;

12.2.3 It is early terminated with the unilateral consent of Pledgee.

12.3 The termination of this Agreement shall not affect the Parties’ rights and obligations arising hereunder prior to the date of such termination.

13. Dispute Resolution

13.1 If any dispute arises between the Parties in connection with the interpretation and performance of the provisions hereunder, the Parties shall resolve such dispute in good faith through discussions. If no agreement can be reached within sixty (60) days after one Party receives the notice of the other Party requesting the beginning of discussions or as otherwise agreed, either Party shall have the right to submit such dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with its then effective rules. The arbitration shall be held in Beijing. The award of the arbitration shall be final and binding upon the Parties.


13.2 If any dispute arises in connection with the interpretation and performance of this Agreement, or such dispute is under arbitration, either Party shall continue to have the rights hereunder other than those in dispute and perform the obligations hereunder other than those in dispute.

13.3 The conclusion, effectiveness, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the Chinese laws.

14. Miscellaneous

14.1 The headings herein are for convenience only, and shall not affect the interpretation of any provisions hereof.

14.2 The Parties may amend and supplement this Agreement by written agreement. Any amendments or supplements executed by the Parties, if any, are part of this Agreement, and shall have the same force and effect as this Agreement.

14.3 If any provision herein becomes partly or wholly invalid or unenforceable for violation of laws or government regulations or other reasons, then the part of such provision that is affected shall be deemed as deleted. However, the deletion of such part of such provision shall not affect the legal effect of other parts of such provision or the other provisions herein. The Parties shall cease to execute such invalid or unenforceable provision, and modify such provision so that it has the closest intent to the original provision and becomes valid and enforceable in connection with such facts and circumstances.

14.4 Unless otherwise provided herein, either Party’s failure to exercise or delay in exercising any of its rights or powers hereunder shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights or powers. Any single or partial exercise of any rights or powers shall not preclude the exercise of other rights or powers.

14.5 This Agreement shall be binding upon the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Pledgee shall have the right to transfer to any other third party the rights hereunder and other agreements contemplated hereby at its sole discretion without Pledgor’s consent.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

Pledgee:
Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.
Authorized Representative:  

/s/ Jin Huang

  Jin Huang

 

Pledgor:
Signature:  

/s/ Xiaogang Feng

  Xiaogang Feng

Exhibit 10.14

Call Option Agreement

Between

Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.

And

Xuejun Xie

October 31, 2009, amended March 4, 2010


Call Option Agreement

This Call Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and between the following Parties on October 31, 2009, and amended on March 4, 2010:

1. Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd., a limited liability company duly established and existing under the Chinese laws, with its registered address at 18th Floor, Building A, Chengjian Plaza, No.18, BeiTaiPingZhuang Road, Haidian District, Beijing (hereinafter referred to as “Party A”); and

2. Xuejun Xie, a Chinese citizen (hereinafter referred to as “Party B”);

WHEREAS

A. Party B owns 57.4% equity interest in Ambow Sihua Education and Technology Co., Ltd. (“Ambow Sihua”);

B. Party B is willing to transfer her equity interest in Ambow Sihua to Party A (or its affiliate or assign) to the extent permitted by the Chinese laws and if such transfer is allowed under the Chinese laws.

NOW THEREFORE, through good faith consultations, the Parties reach an agreement on the following terms:

Section 1 Definitions

Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Call Option    The right granted to Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A to subscribe for all or part of the equity interest held by Party B in Ambow Sihua under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
China    The People’s Republic of China (excluding Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan for the purposes of this Agreement).
Chinese laws    The laws, regulations and decisions made and promulgated by various Chinese legislative authorities; the administrative rules, regulations, measures and other legally binding official documents made and promulgated by various Chinese administrative authorities.
Approvals    The approvals, consents, permits and authorizations made and/or issued by relevant Chinese administrative authorities under the Chinese laws.
Equity in Ambow Sihua    The equity interest held lawfully by Party B in Ambow Sihua. The ratio of such equity is equivalent to the ratio of Party B’s capital contribution to Ambow Sihua to the registered capital of Ambow Sihua.
Loan Agreement    The loan agreement and any amendments thereto entered into between Party A and Party B.


Section 2 Grant of Call Option

2.1 Party B hereby irrevocably and exclusively grants Party A the Call Option, the right that allows Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A to subscribe for all or part of the equity interest held by Party B in Ambow Sihua.

2.2 To the extent permitted by the Chinese laws, Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A shall have the right to exercise the Call Option at any time during the term of this Agreement, to obtain necessary government approvals and complete required registration procedures (if required, including the evaluation procedures), and to obtain and maintain the Equity in Ambow Sihua. Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A shall become the lawful holder of the Equity in Ambow Sihua, and shall have the right to obtain all shareholders’ rights according to its shareholding ratio.

2.3 Without Party A’s written consent, Party B shall not grant to any third party any rights, senior to or on a parity with the Call Option.

Section 3 Consideration for the Call Option

To the fullest extent permitted by the Chinese laws, the transfer price of the Equity in Ambow Sihua (or any part thereof) shall be equal to the Party B’s initial contribution to the registered capital of Ambow Sihua in exchange for such Equity in Ambow Sihua (or any part thereof) (“Contribution to Registered Capital”). The Parties agree that, to the fullest extent permitted by the Chinese laws, in connection with the transfer of any or all Equity in Ambow Sihua to Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A, Party A shall have the right to offset the debt Party B owes to Party A against the transfer price for such Equity, and Party A and any third party designated by Party A shall not be required to make any cash payment to Party B separately. If the Equity in Ambow Sihua is required to be valuated under relevant Chinese laws, or there are any other provisions for the transfer price for such Equity, then such transfer price shall be the lowest price permitted under relevant Chinese laws.

Section 4 Exercise of the Call Option

4.1 Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A shall have the right to exercise the Call Option in any way permitted by law at any time within the term of the Call Option upon effectiveness of this Agreement.

4.2 During the term of this Agreement, Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A may exercise the Call Option in whole or part in order to obtain any or all of the equity interest for which it has the right to subscribe hereunder at one or more times.

4.3 Party A shall exercise the Call Option by delivering a subscription notice to Party B (see the form and substance of such notice in Appendix 1). Party B shall transfer to Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A the Equity in Ambow Sihua as specified in the subscription notice.


4.4 Party B shall complete all procedures required for Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A to obtain the Equity in Ambow Sihua and become a lawful shareholder of Ambow Sihua within sixty (60) days after Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A sends the subscription notice for the exercise of the Call Option, including without limitation, adopting any necessary resolution, providing or causing or facilitating Ambow Sihua to provide all necessary documents, and causing and helping Ambow Sihua to obtain approvals from competent government authorities for the change of equity and handle all relevant procedures in the event that Ambow Sihua is converted to a foreign-invested company due to the exercise of the Call Option.

Section 5 Representations and Warranties

5.1 Party B represents and warrants to Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A (as the case may be) as follows in connection with the Call Option as of the date of this Agreement and at the time when Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A exercises the Call Option hereunder:

(1) Ambow Sihua is a limited liability company duly established and existing under the Chinese laws;

(2) Party B has contributed the capital for her Equity in full. Party A and/or any third party designated by Party shall acquire such equity interest without any capital contribution to Ambow Sihua in accordance with this Agreement;

(3) Except the pledge granted to Party A by the Share Pledge Agreement entered into by Party A and Party B on October 13, 2009, as amended on March 4, 2010 , Party B has not created or allowed any option, call option, pledge, or other equity interest or security interest on Equity in Ambow Sihua without Party A’s written consent;

(4) Party B hereby agrees that she shall irrevocably waive the preemptive right to purchase the Equity in Ambow Sihua to which she is entitled under the Chinese laws and the bylaws of Ambow Sihua, and allow Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A to exercise the Call Option;

(5) Without Party A’s written consent, Party B shall not transfer the Equity in Ambow Sihua to any third party;

(6) Without Party A’s written consent, Party B shall not supplement, alter or modify the Articles of Associations of Ambow Sihua in any form, shall not increase or decrease its registered capital, or otherwise change the structure of its registered capital;

(7) During the term of this Agreement, Party B and Ambow Sihua have not engaged in and shall not engage in any act or omission that may cause any losses to Party A or cause any reduction in value of the Equity in Ambow Sihua;

(8) Without Party A’s written consent, Party B shall not incur, assume, guarantee or allow the existence of any debt other than the debt that (i) arises in the normal or routine course of business rather than out of borrowing; and (ii) has been disclosed to and approved in writing by Party A;


(9) Ambow Sihua has the right to operate all business activities within the approved business scope which it is operating or it expects to operate in the future; and

(10) Party B shall not have the right to early terminate this Agreement.

5.2 Party A represents and warrants to Party B in connection with the execution of this Agreement as follows:

(1) Party A is a limited liability company duly established and existing under the Chinese laws;

(2) The execution and performance of this Agreement will not constitute Party A’s violation of its obligations under any legally binding documents entered into with any third party, or constitute a violation of any prohibition or ruling of any administrative authorities, arbitration agencies or judicial organs.

Section 6 Liability for Breach

6.1 Under any of the following circumstances, Party B shall be deemed to breach the Agreement:

(1) Any representations or warranties made by Party B are not true or correct;

(2) Party B transfers the Equity in Ambow Sihua to any company or individual other than Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A without Party A’s prior written consent;

(3) Party B fails to promptly handle or facilitate Ambow Sihua to handle relevant procedures upon receipt of the subscription notice from Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A in accordance with this Agreement, which would cause Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A to fail to acquire the Equity of Ambow Sihua;

(4) Party B attempts to terminate this Agreement without Party A’s consent;

(5) Party B violates any other provisions hereof.

If Party B breaches the Agreement, she shall indemnify Party A against all direct economic losses, any foreseeable indirect losses and any expenses incurred by Party A for such breach, including without limitation attorney fees, litigation and arbitration fees, financial and travel expenses.

Section 7 Term

7.1 This Agreement shall come into effect as of the date when the authorized representatives of the Parties duly sign the Agreement, and shall remain effective until the termination of the Loan Agreement.


7.2 Unless otherwise provided herein, Party A shall have the right to early terminate this Agreement upon twenty (20) days’ prior notice, but Party B shall not early terminate this Agreement.

Section 8 Force Majeure

8.1 Force Majeure means any event (i) that is beyond the control of either or both Parties hereto; (ii) that cannot be foreseen or cannot be overcome even foreseeable; and (iii) that occurs after the date of this Agreement and prevent either Party hereto from performing this Agreement in whole or part. Force Majeure includes without limitation the occurrence of explosion, fire, flood, earthquake and other acts of God and war, civil disorder, governmental act of sovereignty, etc.

8.2 The Party affected by any Force Majeure event may suspend the performance of relevant obligations that cannot be performed due to Force Majeure until the effect of such Force Majeure event is eliminated, and shall not be held liable for such suspension. However, such Party shall use its best endeavors to overcome such event and reduce its adverse effect.

8.3 The Party affected by any Force Majeure event shall provide the other Party with a legitimate certificate issued by a notary public (or any other proper authorities) in the place where such event occurs to evidence the Force Majeure event; if such Party cannot provide such certificate, the other Party may hold such Party liable for breach of the Agreement in accordance with the provisions hereof.

Section 9 Governing Law

The conclusion, effectiveness, interpretation, performance, enforcement and dispute resolution of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

Section 10 Dispute Resolution

10.1 All disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled by the Parties through good faith consultations. If no agreement can be reached through consultations within sixty (60) days after one Party receives a notice from other Party requesting the beginning of such consultations or as otherwise agreed by the Parties, either Party shall have the right to submit relevant disputes to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be held in Beijing. The award of the arbitration shall be final and binding on both Parties.

10.2 The arbitration costs shall be borne in accordance with the award specified in Section 10.1 above.

10.3 While any disputes exist between the Parties, the Parties shall continue to perform duties and obligations without any dispute.


Section 11 Miscellaneous

11.1 No amendment, modification, addition or deletion made to this Agreement shall become effective unless the Parties sign a written document by mutual agreement.

11.2 The invalidity, ineffectiveness and unenforceability of any provisions hereof shall not affect or prejudice the other provisions’ validity, effectiveness and enforceability. However, the Parties shall also cease to perform such invalid, ineffective and unenforceable provisions, and only modify such provisions to the extent the modified provisions have the closest intent to the original provisions so that they are valid, effective and enforceable under such specific facts and circumstances.

11.3 This Agreement shall be effective to and binding upon both Parties and their respective successors or permitted assigns. Party A shall have the right to transfer its rights under this Agreement and other agreements contemplated herein at its sole discretion to any third party without Party B’s consent.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representative of Party A and Party B have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.
Authorized Representative:   Jin Huang
Signature:   /s/ Jin Huang

 

Xuejun Xie
Signature:  

/s/ Xuejun Xie


Appendix 1 Subscription Notice

Dear Sir:

This is to notify you that, in accordance with the Call Option Agreement (“Agreement”) entered into by you and Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. on October 31, 2009, we decide to exercise the call option under such Agreement for [all] or [part] of the equity interest in Ambow Sihua Education and Technology Co., Ltd. (and appoint [              ] as the transferee of the target equity interest).

 

 

Authorized Representative:
Title:
Date:

Exhibit 10.15

Call Option Agreement

Between

Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.

And

Xiaogang Feng

March 4, 2010


Call Option Agreement

This Call Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and between the following Parties on March 4, 2010:

1. Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd., a limited liability company duly established and existing under the Chinese laws, with its registered address at 18th Floor, Building A, Chengjian Plaza, No.18, BeiTaiPingZhuang Road, Haidian District, Beijing (hereinafter referred to as “Party A”); and

2. Xiaogang Feng, a Chinese citizen (hereinafter referred to collectively as “Party B”);

WHEREAS

A. Party B owns 42.6% equity interest in Ambow Sihua Education and Technology Co., Ltd. (“Ambow Sihua”);

B. Party B is willing to transfer its equity interest in Ambow Sihua to Party A (or its affiliate or assign) to the extent permitted by the Chinese laws and if such transfer is allowed under the Chinese laws.

NOW THEREFORE, through good faith consultations, the Parties reach an agreement on the following terms:

Section 1 Definitions

Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Call Option    The right granted to Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A to subscribe for all or part of the equity interest held by Party B in Ambow Sihua under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
China    The People’s Republic of China (excluding Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan for the purposes of this Agreement) .
Chinese laws    The laws, regulations and decisions made and promulgated by various Chinese legislative authorities; the administrative rules, regulations, measures and other legally binding official documents made and promulgated by various Chinese administrative authorities.
Approvals    The approvals, consents, permits and authorizations made and/or issued by relevant Chinese administrative authorities under the Chinese laws.
Equity in Ambow
Sihua
   The equity interest held lawfully by Party B in Ambow Sihua. The ratio of such equity is equivalent to the ratio of Party B’s capital contributions to Ambow Sihua to the registered capital of Ambow Sihua.
Loan Agreement    The loan agreement and any amendments thereto entered into between Party A and Party B.


Section 2 Grant of Call Option

2.1 Party B hereby irrevocably and exclusively grants Party A the Call Option, the right that allows Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A to subscribe for all or part of the equity interest held by Party B in Ambow Sihua.

2.2 To the extent permitted by the Chinese laws, Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A shall have the right to exercise the Call Option at any time during the term of this Agreement, to obtain necessary government approvals and complete required registration procedures (if required, including the evaluation procedures), and to obtain and maintain the Equity in Ambow Sihua. Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A shall become the lawful holder of the Equity in Ambow Sihua, and shall have the right to obtain all shareholders’ rights according to its shareholding ratio.

2.3 Without Party A’s written consent, Party B shall not grant to any third party any rights, senior to or on a parity with the Call Option.

Section 3 Consideration for the Call Option

To the fullest extent permitted by the Chinese laws, the transfer price of the Equity in Ambow Sihua (or any part thereof) shall be equal to the Party B’s initial contribution to the registered capital of Ambow Sihua in exchange for such Equity in Ambow Sihua (or any part thereof) (“Contribution to Registered Capital”). The Parties agree that, to the fullest extent permitted by the Chinese laws, in connection with the transfer of any or all Equity in Ambow Sihua to Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A, Party A shall have the right to offset the debt Party B owes to Party A against the transfer price for such Equity, and Party A and any third party designated by Party A shall not be required to make any cash payment to Party B separately. If the Equity in Ambow Sihua is required to be valuated under relevant Chinese laws, or there are any other provisions for the transfer price for such Equity, then such transfer price shall be the lowest price permitted under relevant Chinese laws.

Section 4 Exercise of the Call Option

4.1 Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A shall have the right to exercise the Call Option in any way permitted by law at any time within the term of the Call Option upon effectiveness of this Agreement.

4.2 During the term of this Agreement, Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A may exercise the Call Option in whole or part in order to obtain any or all of the equity interest for which it has the right to subscribe hereunder at one or more times.

4.3 Party A shall exercise the Call Option by delivering a subscription notice to Party B (see the form and substance of such notice in Appendix 1). Party B shall transfer to Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A the Equity in Ambow Sihua as specified in the subscription notice.


4.4 Party B shall complete all procedures required for Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A to obtain the Equity in Ambow Sihua and become a lawful shareholder of Ambow Sihua within sixty (60) days after Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A sends the subscription notice for the exercise of the Call Option, including without limitation, adopting any necessary resolution, providing or causing or facilitating Ambow Sihua to provide all necessary documents, and causing and helping Ambow Sihua to obtain approvals from competent government authorities for the change of equity and handle all relevant procedures in the event that Ambow Sihua is converted to a foreign-invested company due to the exercise of the Call Option.

Section 5 Representations and Warranties

5.1 Party B represents and warrants to Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A (as the case may be) as follows in connection with the Call Option as of the date of this Agreement and at the time when Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A exercises the Call Option hereunder:

(1) Ambow Shanhai is a limited liability company duly established and existing under the Chinese laws;

(2) Party B has contributed the capital for his Equity in full. Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A shall acquire such equity interest without any capital contribution to Ambow Sihua in accordance with this Agreement;

(3) Except the pledge granted to Party A by the Share Pledge Agreement entered into by Party A and Party B on October 31, 2009, as amended on March 4, 2010, Party B has not created or allowed any option, call option, pledge, or other equity interest or security interest on Equity in Ambow Sihua without Party A’s written consent;

(4) Party B hereby agrees that he shall irrevocably waive the preemptive right to purchase the Equity in Ambow Sihua to which he is entitled under the Chinese laws and the bylaws of Ambow Sihua, and allow Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A to exercise the Call Option;

(5) Without Party A’s written consent, Party B shall not transfer the Equity in Ambow Sihua to any third party;

(6) Without Party A’s written consent, Party B shall not supplement, alter or modify the Articles of Associations of Ambow Sihua in any form, shall not increase or decrease its registered capital, or otherwise change the structure of its registered capital;

(7) During the term of this Agreement, Party B and Ambow Sihua have not engaged in and shall not engage in any act or omission that may cause any losses to Party A or cause any reduction in value of the Equity in Ambow Sihua;

(8) Without Party A’s written consent, Party B shall not incur, assume, guarantee or allow the existence of any debt other than the debt that (i) arises in the normal or routine course of business rather than out of borrowing; and (ii) has been disclosed to and approved in writing by Party A;


(9) Ambow Sihua has the right to operate all business activities within the approved business scope which it is operating or it expects to operate in the future; and

(10) Party B shall not have the right to early terminate this Agreement.

5.2 Party A represents and warrants to Party B in connection with the execution of this Agreement as follows:

(1) Party A is a limited liability company duly established and existing under the Chinese laws;

(2) The execution and performance of this Agreement will not constitute Party A’s violation of its obligations under any legally binding documents entered into with any third party, or constitute a violation of any prohibition or ruling of any administrative authorities, arbitration agencies or judicial organs.

Section 6 Liability for Breach

6.1 Under any of the following circumstances, Party B shall be deemed to breach the Agreement:

(1) Any representations or warranties made by Party B are not true or correct;

(2) Party B transfers the Equity in Ambow Sihua to any company or individual other than Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A without Party A’s prior written consent;

(3) Party B fails to promptly handle or facilitate Ambow Sihua to handle relevant procedures upon receipt of the subscription notice from Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A in accordance with this Agreement, which causes Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A to fail to acquire the Equity in Ambow Sihua;

(4) Party B attempts to terminate this Agreement without Party A’s consent;

(5) Party B violates any other provisions hereof.

If Party B breaches the Agreement, he shall indemnify Party A against all direct economic losses, any foreseeable indirect losses and any expenses incurred by Party A for such breach, including without limitation attorney fees, litigation and arbitration fees, financial and travel expenses.

Section 7 Term

7.1 This Agreement shall come into effect as of the date when the authorized representatives of the Parties duly sign the Agreement, and shall remain effective until the termination of the Loan Agreement.


7.2 Unless otherwise provided herein, Party A shall have the right to early terminate this Agreement upon twenty (20) days’ prior notice, but Party B shall not early terminate this Agreement.

Section 8 Force Majeure

8.1 Force Majeure means any event (i) that is beyond the control of either or both Parties hereto; (ii) that cannot be foreseen or cannot be overcome even foreseeable; and (iii) that occurs after the date of this Agreement and prevent either Party hereto from performing this Agreement in whole or part. Force Majeure includes without limitation the occurrence of explosion, fire, flood, earthquake and other acts of God and war, civil disorder, governmental act of sovereignty, etc.

8.2 The Party affected by any Force Majeure event may suspend the performance of relevant obligations that cannot be performed due to Force Majeure until the effect of such Force Majeure event is eliminated, and shall not be held liable for such suspension. However, such Party shall use its best endeavors to overcome such event and reduce its adverse effect.

8.3 The Party affected by any Force Majeure event shall provide the other Party with a legitimate certificate issued by a notary public (or any other proper authorities) in the place where such event occurs to evidence the Force Majeure event; if such Party cannot provide such certificate, the other Party may hold such Party liable for breach of the Agreement in accordance with the provisions hereof.

Section 9 Governing Law

The conclusion, effectiveness, interpretation, performance, enforcement and dispute resolution of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

Section 10 Dispute Resolution

10.1 All disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled by the Parties through good faith consultations. If no agreement can be reached through consultations within sixty (60) days after one Party receives a notice from other Party requesting the beginning of such consultations or as otherwise agreed by the Parties, either Party shall have the right to submit relevant disputes to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be held in Beijing. The award of the arbitration shall be final and binding on both Parties.

10.2 The arbitration costs shall be borne in accordance with the award specified in Section 10.1 above.

10.3 While any disputes exist between the Parties, the Parties shall continue to perform duties and obligations without any dispute.


Section 11 Miscellaneous

11.1 No amendment, modification, addition or deletion made to this Agreement shall become effective unless the Parties sign a written document by mutual agreement.

11.2 The invalidity, ineffectiveness and unenforceability of any provisions hereof shall not affect or prejudice the other provisions’ validity, effectiveness and enforceability. However, the Parties shall also cease to perform such invalid, ineffective and unenforceable provisions, and only modify such provisions to the extent the modified provisions have the closest intent to the original provisions so that they are valid, effective and enforceable under such specific facts and circumstances.

11.3 This Agreement shall be effective to and binding upon both Parties and their respective successors or permitted assigns. Party A shall have the right to transfer its rights under this Agreement and other agreements contemplated herein at its sole discretion to any third party without Party B’s consent.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of Party A and Party B have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.
Authorized Representative: Jin Huang
Signature:  

/s/ Jin Huang

 

Xiaogang Feng
Signature:  

/s/ Xiaogang Feng


Appendix 1 Subscription Notice

Dear Sir:

This is to notify you that, in accordance with the Call Option Agreement (“Agreement”) entered into by you and Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. on October 31, 2009, we decide to exercise the call option under such Agreement for [all] or [part] of the equity interest in Ambow Sihua Education and Technology Co., Ltd. (and appoint [              ] as the transferee of the target equity interest).

 

 

   
Authorized Representative:        
Title:    
Date:    

Exhibit 10.16

Power of Attorney

Shareholder: Xuejun Xie (“Pledgor”)

Attorney-in-fact: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. (“Ambow Online”)

In accordance with the Share Pledge Agreement executed by Xuejun Xie on October 31, 2009 (“Pledge Agreement”), by executing this power of attorney (the “POA”), the Pledgor hereby appoints Ambow Online as her attorney-in-fact (“Attorney-in-fact”) to (i) attend the shareholder meetings of Ambow Sihua Education and Technology Co., Ltd. (“Ambow Sihua”) and exercise all voting rights to which the Pledgor is entitled as a shareholder of Ambow Sihua, including without limitation selling, transferring, pledging, or disposing of all or any part of the Pledgor’s equity interest; (ii) sign any resolutions adopted by the Board of Ambow Sihua and any other documents requiring to be signed by the shareholders of Ambow Sihua; and (iii) nominate and appoint the legal representative, executive director and/or director, supervisor, general manager and other senior management personnel of Ambow Sihua as the Pledgor’s authorized representative.

The Attorney-in-fact shall act in good faith for the purpose of maximizing the value of the Pledged Equity (as defined in the Pledge Agreement), and its acts shall be in compliance with applicable Chinese laws and regulations in all respects. Any act performed by and any document executed by the Voting Agent hereunder shall be deemed the act performed by or the document executed by the Pledgor.

This POA shall come into effect upon the date of execution. Unless terminated as agreed, this POA shall be irrevocable and remain effective during the Term of Pledge (as defined in the Pledge Agreement).

 

By:  

/s/ Xuejun Xie

  Xuejun Xie
Date:   October 31, 2009


Power of Attorney

Shareholder: Xiaogang Feng (“Pledgor”)

Attorney-in-fact: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. (“Ambow Online”)

In accordance with the Share Pledge Agreement executed by Xiaogang Feng on March 4, 2010 (“Pledge Agreement”), by executing this power of attorney (this “POA”), the Pledgor hereby appoints Ambow Online as his attorney-in-fact (“Attorney-in-fact”) to (i) attend the shareholder meetings of Ambow Sihua Education and Technology Co., Ltd. (“Ambow Sihua”) and exercise all voting rights to which the Pledgor is entitled as a shareholder of Ambow Sihua, including without limitation selling, transferring, pledging, or disposing of all or any part of the Pledgor’s equity interest; (ii) sign any resolutions adopted by the Board of Ambow Sihua and any other documents requiring to be signed by the shareholders of Ambow Sihua; and (iii) nominate and appoint the legal representative, executive director and/or director, supervisor, general manager and other senior management personnel of Ambow Sihua as the Pledgor’s authorized representative.

The Attorney-in-fact shall act in good faith for the purpose of maximizing the value of the Pledged Equity (as defined in the Pledge Agreement), and its acts shall be in compliance with applicable Chinese laws and regulations in all respects. Any act performed by and any document executed by the Voting Agent hereunder shall be deemed the act performed by or the document executed by the Pledgor.

This POA shall come into effect upon the date of execution. Unless terminated as agreed, this POA shall be irrevocable and remain effective during the Term of Pledge (as defined in the Pledge Agreement).

 

By:  

/s/ Xiaogang Feng

  Xiaogang Feng
Date:   March 4, 2010

Exhibit 10.17

Loan Agreement

This Loan Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by the following parties (the “Parties”) on March 4, 2010 in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”):

Lender: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.

Address: 18th Floor, Building A, Chengjian Plaza, No.18, BeiTaiPingZhuang Road, Haidian District, Beijing

Contact: Jin Huang

Borrower: Xiaogang Feng

WHEREAS:

(1) Ambow Sihua Education and Technology Co., Ltd. (registration number: 110000010145411, the “Domestic Company”) is a domestic enterprise lawfully established under the laws of China, with a registered capital of RMB 52.5 million, of which RMB 40 million contributed by Xiaogang Feng, representing 42.6% equity interest in the Domestic Company;

(2) Lender is a wholly-owned foreign enterprise established in China (“Lender”);

Through friendly consultations and in the spirit of equality and mutual benefits, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Loan

1.1 Lender agrees to provide a loan to Xiaogang Feng, the principal of which amounts to RMB 40 million.

1.2 Borrower agrees to accept the aforementioned loan provided to him by Lender and assume responsibilities in connection with such loan.

1.3 The Parties agree that the loan under this Agreement shall bear no interest.

2. Pledge Security

Borrower hereby undertakes that the loan hereunder shall be only used to repay the loans borrowed for purposes of making equity investment in the Domestic Company. Without Lender’s prior written consent, Borrower shall not use his equity interest in the Domestic Company to pledge, assume obligations, create any third party interests, or transfer such equity interest to any third party.

3. Repayment

3.1 Borrower and Lender hereby mutually agree and acknowledge that, to the extent permitted by the PRC laws, Lender shall determine at its sole discretion the timing and method of the repayment of the loan hereunder and notify Borrower in writing of such arrangements seven (7) days in advance. Borrower and Lender further agree that Borrower shall not early repay the loan to Lender unless Lender notifies Borrower in writing that the Loans hereunder have expired or as otherwise provided herein.


3.2 The Parties agree that, subject to the PRC laws and necessary approvals of the PRC government (if applicable), if Borrower transfers all or part of his equity interest in the Domestic Company to Lender or a third party designated by Lender in accordance with the provisions of the Call Option Agreement entered into between Borrower and Lender on the even date herewith (including any amendments thereafter), the loan that Borrower shall repay to Lender under this Agreement and is equivalent in amount to the price of the transferred equity interest (“Price of Transferred Shares”, as defined below) shall be deemed repaid. For the purposes of this Section, the Price of Transferred Shares shall be calculated as follows: Price of Transferred Shares = Total Amount of Loans x (Number of Transferred Shares/Total Number of Shares).

3.3 If the offset of the Price of Transferred Shares provided in Section 3.2 above is not allowed under applicable PRC laws, Borrower shall use all the proceeds from the sale of all the equity interest they have in the Domestic Company to repay the debt hereunder. After the payment of all the proceeds they receive to Lender (applicable taxes and fees deducted), Borrower’s loan hereunder shall be deemed fully repaid.

3.4 Borrower and Lender hereby mutually agree and acknowledge that, under any of the following circumstances, Borrower shall repay the loan immediately:

(1) Borrower is dead, or has no legal capacity or restricted legal capacity;

(2) Borrower resigns or is dismissed from Lender or an affiliate of Lender;

(3) Borrower commits a crime or is involved in a crime;

(4) Any other third party claims against Borrower for payment of any debt above RMB100,000.

4. Representations and Warranties

4.1 Borrower makes the following representations and warranties to Lender and acknowledges that Lender executes and performs this Agreement in reliance on such representations and warranties:

(1) The Domestic Company is a limited liability company duly incorporated and existing under the PRC laws. Its registered capital has been paid in full. It has obtained the capital verification report issued by a qualified accounting firm showing that the capital has been paid in full;

(2) The Domestic Company has completed and obtained all government approvals, authorizations, licenses, registrations and filings necessary to operate the businesses specified in its business license and to own its assets;

(3) Borrower and Xuejun Xie lawfully hold 100% equity interest in the Domestic Company;


(4) Borrower has the right to execute and perform this Agreement; Borrower’s execution and performance of this Agreement are in compliance with the articles of association and other constitution documents of the Domestic Company; Borrower has obtained all necessary and appropriate approvals and authorizations to execute and perform this Agreement.

(5) Borrower’s execution and performance of this Agreement shall not violate any laws, regulations, or government approvals, authorizations, notices or other government documents which they are subject to or may be affected, nor shall such execution and performance violate any agreements entered into by Borrower with any third party or any undertakings made to any third party;

(6) Upon execution, this Agreement shall constitute lawful, valid obligations that may be enforced against Borrower according to law.

(7) Except as provided in the Pledge Agreement and the Call Option Agreement, Borrower does not place any mortgage, pledge or any other security on the equity interest it holds in the Domestic Company, does not make any offer to transfer such equity interest to any third party, does not make any warranties as to any offer of any third party to acquire such equity interest, and does not enter into any agreement with any third party in connection with the transfer of the equity interest that Borrower holds in the Domestic Company;

(8) There is no actual or potential dispute, lawsuit, arbitration, administrative proceedings or any other legal proceedings relating to the equity interest that Borrower holds in the Domestic Company.

4.2 Lender makes the following representations and warranties to Borrower:

(1) It will execute and perform this Agreement within its corporate power and business scope; it has taken necessary corporate actions and appropriate authorizations and obtained consents and approvals from third parties and government departments, and it will not violate any legal and contractual restrictions which it is subject to or may be affected;

(2) Upon execution, this Agreement shall constitute lawful, valid and binding obligations that may be enforced against Lender in accordance with the terms hereof.

5. Borrower’s Undertakings

Borrower undertakes that, during the term of this Agreement, he shall:

(1) not sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of, or allow any other security interest to be created on the equity interest or other interests he holds in the Domestic Company other than the equity pledge and other rights created for the benefit of Lender;

(2) not vote to agree at any shareholders’ meetings of the Domestic Company or support or sign any shareholders’ resolutions that approve the sale, transfer, pledge or disposal of the legal and beneficial interests in the equity interest of the Domestic Company, or allow any other security interest to be created on such interests without Lender’s prior written consent, other than to Lender or a person designated by Lender;


(3) not vote to agree at any shareholders’ meetings of the Domestic Company or support or sign any shareholders’ resolutions that approves the Domestic Company’s merger or affiliation with any company or the acquisition of or investment in any company without Lender’s prior written consent;

(4) notify Lender immediately of any action, arbitration or administrative proceedings in relation to the equity interest in Domestic Company that have occurred or may occur;

(5) execute all necessary or proper documents, take all necessary or proper actions, and bring in all necessary or proper indictments or make necessary or proper defenses against all claims in order to maintain his ownership of the equity interest in the Domestic Company;

(6) not commit any act or omission that may significantly affect the Domestic Company’s assets, business and liabilities without Lender’s prior written consent;

(7) appoint any person nominated by Lender as the Board member of the Domestic Company at the request of Lender;

(8) immediately and unconditionally transfer all of his equity interest in the Domestic Company to Lender and/or a person designated by Lender subject to and to the extent permitted by the PRC laws in the event that Lender exercises the Call Option set forth herein;

(9) not request the Domestic Company to distribute dividends or profits to him without Lender’s consent;

(10) repay Lender all equity transfer proceeds as the principal of the loan and the interest or the cost of occupied funds permitted under the laws as soon as he transfers the equity interest in Domestic Company to Lender or a person designated by Lender; and

(11) strictly comply with various provisions hereof, duly perform all his obligations hereunder, and not commit any act or omission that is sufficient to affect the validity and enforceability of this Agreement.

5.2 Borrower undertakes that, during the term of this Agreement, as the shareholder of the Domestic Company, he shall cause the Domestic Company:

(1) not to supplement, alter or modify its constitutional documents in any way, or increase or decrease its registered capital, or change its capital structure in any way without Lender’s prior written consent;

(2) to maintain its existence in accordance with good financial and business standards and practice, and operate its business and handle its affairs diligently and efficiently;


(3) not to sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of its lawful or beneficial interest in any assets, business or income at any time from the date hereof, or allow any other secure interest to be created on such interest without Lender’s prior written consent;

(4) not to incur, assume, guarantee or allow the existence of any obligations without Lender’s prior written consent, other than (i) any obligations arising during the ordinary course of business rather than by means of loans and (ii) any obligations that have been disclosed to and approved by Lender;

(5) to operate all its business during the ordinary course of business all the time to maintain its asset value;

(6) not to enter into any material contract (for the purposes of this paragraph, if a contract’s value is more than RMB 1 million, it shall be deemed as a material contract) without Lender’s prior written consent except during the ordinary course of business;

(7) to provide Lender with all information about its operations and financial conditions at the request of Lender;

(8) not to merge or affiliate with any company or acquire or invest in any company without Lender’s prior written consent;

(9) not to distribute dividends to shareholders without Lender’s prior written consent, and to immediately distribute all of its distributable profits to its shareholders at the request of Lender;

(10) to notify Lender immediately of any action, arbitration or administrative proceedings in relation to its assets, business and revenue that have occurred or may occur;

(11) to execute all necessary or proper documents, take all necessary or proper actions, and bring in all necessary or proper indictments or make necessary or proper defenses against all claims in order to maintain its ownership of all of its assets; and

(12) to strictly comply with the service agreement and other agreements entered into with any affiliate of Lender, duly perform all its obligations under the service agreement and other agreements, and not to commit any act or omission that is sufficient to affect the validity and enforceability of the service agreement and other agreements.

6. Breach

Where Borrower fails to repay Lender the loan in accordance with this Agreement, Borrower shall pay Lender overdue interest at a daily rate of 0.01% for any loan which is due and payable but has not been repaid.

7. Effectiveness and Termination

This Agreement shall come into effect from the date of execution by the Parties and terminate after Borrower fully repays the loan under this Agreement.


8. Confidentiality

8.1 Either Party agrees to use its best endeavors to take all reasonable measures to keep confidential all confidential materials and information that is known to or accessed by it by means of disclosure by the other Party (“Confidential Information”). Without the disclosing Party’s prior written consent, the receiving Party shall not disclose, give or transfer any such Confidential Information to any third party. Upon termination of this Agreement, the receiving Party shall return to the disclosing Party or destroy any documents, materials or software that may contain the Confidential Information at the disclosing Party’s request, and delete any confidential information from any relevant memory devices, and shall not continue to use such Confidential Information.

8.2 The Parties agree that this Section shall survive regardless of whether this Agreement is altered, terminated or expired.

9. Notices

9.1 Any notices or other communications given by either Party as required hereunder shall be written in Chinese, and sent to the other Party’s address by personal delivery, or generally accepted courier service or facsimile.

9.2 If the notices are sent by personal delivery, they shall be deemed as effectively given on the date of delivery; if they are sent by facsimile, they shall be deemed as effectively given on the day following the date of facsimile transmission; if they are sent by courier, they shall be deemed effectively given on the day shown on the return receipt.

10. Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

10.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the PRC laws.

10.2 If any dispute arises between the Parties in connection with the interpretation and performance of the terms hereof, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve such dispute. If no agreement can be reached, either Party may submit such dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be held in Chinese in Beijing. The award of the arbitration shall be final and binding on both Parties.

10.3 Except the matters in dispute, the Parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations hereunder in good faith in accordance with the provisions hereof.

11. Miscellaneous

11.1 Any amendment and supplement to this Agreement shall be made by written agreement duly signed by the Parties. Any signed amendment and supplement constitutes a part of this Agreement and shall have the same force and effect as this Agreement.


11.2 Borrower shall not assign his rights and obligations hereunder to any third party without Lender’s prior written consent.

11.3 If any provisions hereof are deemed unlawful or unenforceable under applicable laws, such provisions shall be deemed deleted from this Agreement and invalid. However, this Agreement shall remain effective and shall be deemed not having such provisions from the beginning. The Parties shall discuss with each other to replace the deleted provisions with lawful and valid provisions that are acceptable to Lender.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the authorized representatives of the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.
Authorized Representative:  

/s/ Jin Huang

Xiaogang Feng
Signature:  

/s/ Xiaogang Feng

Exhibit 10.18

Technology Service Agreement

Between

Shanghai Ambow Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd.

And

Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.

October 31, 2009


This Technology Service Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by the following parties on October 31, 2009:

(1) Shanghai Ambow Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Party A”), a limited liability company duly established and validly existing under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (“China”), with its registered address at Room G9, 173, Chuanchang Road, Shanghai; and

(2) Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. (“Party B”), a limited liability company duly established and validly existing under the laws of China, with its registered address at 18th Floor, Building A, Chengjian Plaza, No.18, BeiTaiPingZhuang Road, Haidian District, Beijing.

WHEREAS:

(1) Party A engages in education information consulting, business administration consulting and commercial consulting (excluding broker services); business marketing and planning; internal employee training;

(2) Party B has expertise and experience in the design and development of software and hardware;

(3) Party A and Party B (collectively referred to as the “Parties”) plan to promote their business development by mutual cooperation and developing their respective advantages.

NOW THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows through friendly consultations:

Section 1 – Terms of Service

1.1 Party A hereby agrees to engage Party B as Party A’s exclusive technology service provider, and Party B hereby agrees to accept such engagement.

1.2 Party A agrees that Party A shall not engage any other third party as its technology service provider without Party B’s prior written consent during the term of this Agreement.

1.3 Party A agrees that Party B shall have the right to provide other entities or individuals with the technology service equivalent or similar to that hereunder and to appoint other entities or individuals to provide the technology service hereunder.

Section 2 – Scope of Service

See Appendix 1 for the scope of relevant technology service provided by Party B to Party A.

Section 3 – Service Fee

3.1 The Parties hereto agree that the fee for the technology service hereunder shall be determined and paid as specified in Appendix 2.


3.2 If Party A fails to pay service fee and other fees in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, Party A shall pay Party B liquidated damages at [0.05%] per day for the overdue amount.

3.3 Party B shall have the right to, at its own expense, appoint one of its employees or a certified public accountant it engages (“Party B’s Authorized Representative”) to examine Party A’s accounts in order to review the calculation method and amount of the service fee. To that end, Party A shall provide Party B’s Authorized Representative with documents, accounts, records, data, etc. that are necessary to audit Party A’s accounts and to determine the amount of the service fee. Unless there is any significant error, the amount of the service fee shall be as determined by Party B’s Authorized Representative.

3.4 Unless as otherwise agreed by the Parties, the service fee payable to Party B by Party A hereunder shall not be subject to any deduction or offset (e.g. bank charges).

3.5 In addition to the service fee described above, Party A shall pay Party B with the actual costs incurred by Party B for rendering consulting services hereunder, including without limitation, traveling expenses, car fare, printing expenses and postage.

Section 4 – Confidentiality

4.1 The Parties acknowledge that, during the term of this Agreement, either Party may obtain (1) the other Party’s non-public information, technical data, trade secrets or know-how relating to the actual and expected business or research and development of either Party, including without limitation research, product plans or other information relating to either Party’s products or services or promotions for products or services, customers’ lists and customers, software, development, invention, processes, formula, technologies, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, marketing, financial or other business information, and (2) any third party’s confidential or proprietary information for which either Party assume confidentiality obligations and which shall be only used for certain limited purposes (“Confidential Information”). The Confidential Information does not include (1) any information that one Party already knows at the time such information is disclosed to such Party by the other Party; (2) any information that becomes public known or generally available not because of either Party’s illegal conduct; or (3) the information lawfully obtained by one Party from a third party authorized to make the disclosure.

4.2 Either Party will take reasonable measures to keep confidential the other Party’s Confidential Information and prevent disclosure and unauthorized use of such Confidential Information. Without limiting the foregoing, the Parties will at least take such measures as it will take for its own Confidential Information. Unless as reasonable required for the performance of its obligations hereunder or unless as the other Party approves in writing, neither Party shall make any copy of the other Party’s Confidential Information. Either Party shall reproduce the other Party’s proprietary rights notices on any approved copy in the manner in which such notice was set forth in or on the original.


4.3 Either Party shall (1) not disclose such Confidential Information to any person other than any of its directors, employees, authorized agents or independent contractors who need to know such Confidential Information to perform their duties hereunder; (2) only use Confidential Information for the purposes of fully performing its obligations hereunder; and (3) ensure any person from such Party who knows Confidential Information comply with the confidentiality obligations and other restrictive provisions hereunder as if such person were a party hereto. If one Party is required by law to disclose the other Party’s Confidential Information, such Party shall promptly notify the other Party in writing of such requirement prior to the disclosure, and shall assist the other Party in securing the order to protect such information against public disclosure. Neither Party shall reverse engineer, dissemble or decompile any prototype, software or any tangible object that contains the other Party’s Confidential Information and that is provided to such Party.

4.4 Either Party further agree to return to the other Party all written Confidential Information obtained from the other Party upon termination of this Agreement or at any other time requested by the other Party.

Section 5 – Intellectual Property

5.1 The Parties acknowledge and agree that Party B shall exclusively own all technical data, software, findings, inventions, developments, trade secrets, copyrights, documents and other materials improved or prepared by Party B under this Agreement, whether they are patentable or copyrighted.

5.2 If Party A makes improvements to “intellectual property”, such improvements shall be Party B’s exclusive proprietary property. Party A hereby transfers to Party B all of its rights, title and interests in and to such improvements.

Section 6 – Independent Contractor

The Parties expressly acknowledge and agree that Party B performs all the technology services hereunder as an independent contractor, and shall not be deemed to enter into any partnership, joint venture or other relationships of substantially the same or similar nature with Party A.

Section 7 – Representations and Warranties

Party A represents and warrants that:

(1) Party A is a company duly registered and validly existing under the laws of China;

(2) Party A’s execution and performance of this Agreement is within its corporate power and business scope; it has taken necessary corporate action and obtained proper authorization as well as the consents and approvals of third parties and government departments; and it does not violate any legal or corporate restrictions binding upon or affecting it.

(3) Upon execution, this agreement shall constitute Party A’s legal, valid and binding obligations that may be enforced against it in accordance with the terms hereof.


7.2 Party B represents and warrants that:

(1) Party B is a company registered and validly existing under the laws of China;

(2) Party B’s execution and performance of this Agreement is within its corporate power and business scope; it has taken necessary corporate action and obtained proper authorization as well as the consents and approvals of third parties and government departments; and it does not violate any legal or corporate restrictions binding upon or affecting it.

(3) Upon execution, this agreement shall constitute Party B’s legal, valid and binding obligations that may be enforced against it in accordance with the terms hereof.

Section 8 – Liability for Breach

8.1 Either Party’s direct or indirect violation of any provisions hereof or failure to perform its obligation hereunder or failure to perform such obligation in a timely and adequate manner shall constitute breach of this Agreement. The non-breaching Party (“Non-Breaching Party”) shall have the right to require the breaching Party (“Breaching Party”) by written notice to redress its breach.

8.2 After the occurrence of the breach, if, according to the reasonable and objective judgment of the Non-Breaching Party, such breach has made it impossible or unfair for the Non-Breaching Party to perform its relevant obligations hereunder, then the Non-Breaching Party shall have the right to notify the Breaching Party in writing that the Non-Breaching Party will suspend the performance of its relevant obligations hereunder until the Breaching Party ceases such breach.

8.3 Party B’s liability arising out of this Agreement shall be limited to the amount of service fee received by Party B hereunder. In no event shall Party B be liable for any special, incidental, indirect or direct damages arising out of this Agreement.

Section 9 – Force Majeure

9.1 “Force Majeure” means any event that is beyond the reasonable control of the Parties hereto, unable to be foreseen or unable to be overcome even foreseen, which impedes, affects or delays either Party’s performance of all or part of its obligations under this Agreement. Such event includes without limitation any government act, act of God, war, hacker attack or any other similar event.

9.2 The Party affected by a Force Majeure event may suspend the performance of its relevant obligations hereunder that cannot be performed due to the Force Majeure until the effect of such Force Majeure event is eliminated, and shall not be held liable for such suspension. However, such Party shall use its best endeavor to overcome such event and mitigate its negative effect.

9.3 The Party affected by a Force Majeure event shall provide the other Party with a legitimate certificate issued by a notary public (or other proper agency) in the place where such event occurs to evidence the occurrence of such Force Majeure event. If such Party cannot provide such certificate, the other Party may hold such Party liable for breach in accordance with the provisions hereof.


Section 10 – Effectiveness and Term

This Agreement shall come into effect from the date when it is signed by the Parties’ authorized representatives. This Agreement shall remain effective unless it is terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof.

Section 11 – Termination

11.1 Party B shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time during the term of this Agreement upon fifteen (15) days’ notice to Party A.

11.2 If Party A materially or continually breaches this Agreement, and fails to remedy such breach within fourteen (14) days upon receipt of Party B’s notice specifying details of such breach (to the extent such breach is remediable), Party B shall have the right to terminate this Agreement immediately by sending a written notice of termination to Party A.

11.3 This Agreement may be terminated at any time by a written agreement between Party A and Party B.

Section 12 – Non-solicitation

Party A shall not take the following actions directly or indirectly in any manner for its own, any other individual or entity’s account, or together with any other individual or entity: (1) causing any employee of Party B to terminate his employment with Party B by solicitation, including employing or encouraging such employee; or attempting to solicit, induce, employ or encourage any employee of Party B. (2) causing any existing or previous client of Party A to terminate its business relationship with Party B.

Section 13 – Dispute Resolution

13.1 If any dispute arises in connection with the interpretation and performance of this Agreement, the Parties hereto shall first resolve such dispute in good faith through discussions. If no agreement can be reached within sixty (60) days after one Party receives the notice of the other Party requesting the beginning of discussions or any longer period agreed upon separately by the Parties, either Party shall have the right to submit such dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with its then effective rules. The award of the arbitration shall be final and binding upon the Parties.

13.2 If any dispute arises in connection with the interpretation and performance of this Agreement, or such dispute is under arbitration, either Party shall continue to have the rights hereunder other than those in dispute and perform the obligations hereunder other than those in dispute.


Section 14 – Governing Law

The execution, validity, performance, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of China.

Section 15 – Assignment

15.1 Party A shall not assign its rights and obligations hereunder to any third party without Party B’s prior written consent.

15.2 Party A hereby agrees that Party B may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to any third party at its sole discretion, and Party B only needs to send a written notice to Party A upon such assignment without obtaining Party A’s consent.

15.3 This Agreement shall inure to and be binding upon the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

Section 16 – Severability

If any provision herein becomes partly or wholly invalid or unenforceable for violation of laws or government regulations or other reasons, then the part of such provision that is affected shall be deemed as deleted. However, the deletion of such part of such provision shall not affect the legal effect of other parts of such provision or the other provisions herein. The Parties shall cease to execute such invalid or unenforceable provision, and modify such provision so that it has the closest intent to the original provision and becomes valid and enforceable under relevant facts and circumstances.

Section 17 – Amendment and Supplement

The Parties may amend and supplement this Agreement by written agreement. Any amendments or supplements in connection with this Agreement that are duly signed by the Parties are part of this Agreement, and shall have the same force and effect as this Agreement.

Section 18 – Miscellaneous

18.1 The headings herein are for convenience only, and shall not affect the interpretation of any provisions hereof.

18.2 Unless otherwise provided herein, either Party’s failure to exercise or delay in exercising any of its rights or powers hereunder shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights or powers. Any single or partial exercise of any rights or powers shall not preclude the exercise of other rights or powers.

18.3 This Agreement shall supersede any prior or concurrent verbal or written agreement, understanding and communication between the Parties in connection with this Agreement. The Parties do not have any express or implied obligations or undertakings for the subject matter herein except those specified in this Agreement.

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.


Party A: Shanghai Ambow Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd.

(Corporate Seal)

 
Authorized Representative:  

/s/ Xiaogang Feng

 
Name: Xiaogang Feng  

 

Party A: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. (Corporate Seal)

 
Authorized Representative:  

/s/ Jin Huang

 
Name: Jin Huang  


Appendix 1

Scope of Service

1. Providing Party A with programs relating to education and training;

2. Providing Party A’s employees with proper training, technical support and assistance, including without limitation training and technical support for education programs; and

3. Providing Party A with administration and consulting services necessary for Party A’s business operations, including without limitation administration and consulting for education programs.

Exhibit 10.19

Share Pledge Agreement

Between

Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.

And

Xiaogang Feng & Xuejun Xie

October 31, 2009


This Share Pledge Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and among the following parties on October 31, 2009:

Pledgee: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.

Legal Representative: Jin Huang

Principal Office: 18th Floor, Building A, Chengjian Plaza, No.18 North

Taipingzhuang Road, Haidian District, Beijing

Pledgor 1: Xiaogang Feng

Address: 8 Changde Road, Heping District, Tianjin

Pledgor 2: Xuejun Xie

Address: 5 Jing’an Road, Jinjiang District, Chengdu

(Pledgor 1 and Pledgor 2 are collectively referred to as “Pledgors”)

WHEREAS:

(1) Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. entered into Technology Service Agreement with Shanghai Ambow Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Ambow Shanghai”) and the companies and schools directly or wholly owned or controlled by Ambow Shanghai (“Subsidiaries”) respectively on October 31, 2009;

(2) Pledgor 1 and Pledgor 2 are shareholders of Ambow Shanghai, holding 20% and 80% of the equity interest in Ambow Shanghai respectively;

(3) Pledgors agree to pledge all of their equity interests in Ambow Shanghai to Pledgee as a security for Ambow Shanghai and its Subsidiaries’ performance of their obligations under the Technology Service Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows after friendly consultations:

1. Definitions

1.1 Unless otherwise specified herein, all of the following terms shall have the meanings defined below.

1.1.1 “Secured Debt” means the payment obligation and other relevant obligations to Pledgee assumed by Ambow Shanghai and its Subsidiaries under the aforementioned Technology Service Agreement, liquidated damage and other relevant costs, and all costs (including attorney fees) and other amounts paid by Pledgee to realize Pledgee’s rights under Technology Service Agreement in the event that Ambow Shanghai and its Subsidiaries commit a breach. If Ambow Shanghai controls new Subsidiaries by means of acquisition or incorporation or otherwise in the future and such new Subsidiaries enter into a new Technology Service Agreement with Pledgee, then such new Subsidiaries’ obligations under the new Technology Service Agreement will be automatically included in the “Secured Debt” herein.


1.1.2 “Pledged Equity” means the 20% and 80% equity respectively owned by each Pledgor and all rights relating to such equity. With Pledgee’s prior consent, Pledgors may increase the capital of the company. The increment in the company’s registered capital as a result of Pledgors’ additional contributions shall also be deemed part of the pledge.

2. Equity Pledge

2.1 Each Pledgor hereby pledges the Pledged Equity to Pledgee (“Pledge”) as a security for the full discharge of the Secured Debt.

2.2 Pledgors undertake to Pledgee that Pledgors’ execution of this Agreement and performance of the obligations hereunder have been approved by the other shareholders of Ambow Shanghai, and they will cause Ambow Shanghai to record the equity pledge hereunder on the shareholders’ register of Ambow Shanghai. Pledgors and Ambow Shanghai shall deliver the shareholders’ register recording the equity pledge hereunder to Pledgee for safekeeping upon execution of this Agreement;

2.3 The Parties agree to register or cause to register the Pledge hereunder with the administrative authorities for industry and commerce in the place where Ambow Shanghai is registered. The Pledge hereunder is established at the time when the Pledge is registered with the administrative authorities for industry and commerce in the place where Ambow Shanghai is registered. Pledgors, Pledgee and the company shall promptly register the Pledge hereunder with the administrative authorities for industry and commerce upon execution of this Agreement. The Parties also acknowledge that, upon execution of this Agreement, the Parties will not raise any question or objection to the effectiveness of this Agreement because of failure to register the Pledge hereunder with the administrative authorities for industry and commerce in the place where Ambow Shanghai is registered.

3. Scope of Security

3.1 The Pledged Equity hereunder offers security for:

3.1.1 The Secured Debt defined in Section 1.1.1 hereof; and

3.1.2 The costs paid by Pledgee to realize the pledge to which Pledgee is entitled hereunder.

4. Term of Pledge

4.1 The term of valid existence of the pledge to which Pledgee is entitled hereunder is from the effective date of this Agreement to the date all Secured Debt is fully discharged (“Term of Pledge”). Pledgee shall exercise the pledge hereunder within the limitation of action for the Secured Debt.

5. Exercise of Pledge

5.1 If (a) Ambow Shanghai and its Subsidiaries fail to perform their payment obligation or other related obligations to Pledgee in accordance with the provisions of Technology Service Agreement, or (b) Pledgors breach their duties or obligations hereunder, Pledgee shall have the right to exercise the pledge in any manner at any time it deems appropriate to the extent permitted by applicable laws during the Term of Pledge, including without limitation:

5.1.1 To negotiate with Pledgors to discharge the Secured Debt with the Pledged Equity at a discount;


5.1.2 To sell off the Pledged Equity and use the proceeds thereof to discharge the Secured Debt;

5.1.3 To retain a relevant agency to auction all or part of the Pledged Equity; and/or

5.1.4 To otherwise dispose of the Pledged Equity appropriately to the extent permitted by applicable laws.

5.2 In the course of Pledgee’s disposal of the Pledged Equity as specified in the preceding section, Pledgee shall have the right to take any actions permitted by law to realize any of its rights hereunder.

5.3 As requested by Pledgee, Pledgors shall assist Pledgee in obtaining all necessary approvals or consents in connection with Pledgee’s realization of its rights to debt and pledge.

5.4 All amounts received due to Pledgee’s exercise of its pledge shall be used in the following order of priority subject to the other provisions hereof:

5.4.1 First, such amounts shall be used to pay all taxes and costs incurred by Pledgee because of its exercise of the pledge and/or other rights hereunder;

5.4.2 Second, such amounts shall be used by Pledgee to discharge the Secured Debt according to law;

5.4.2 If there is any balance after the discharge of the Secured Debt, such balance shall be paid to Pledgors or anyone who is entitled to such balance (without interest).

6. Termination of Pledge

6.1 The pledge shall be terminated automatically upon termination of Technology Service Agreement and full discharge of the Secured Debt. In such case, as requested by Pledgors, Pledgee shall sign a written document to terminate the equity pledge created hereunder and submit such document to Pledgors, or assist Pledgors in handling other procedures for terminating the equity pledge hereunder.

6.2 Subject to the provisions in the preceding paragraph, the equity pledge hereunder shall not be terminated without Pledgee’s prior written consent.

7. Nature of Security

7.1 The security created hereunder shall not be affected by any other security held by Pledgee for the Secured Debt, and shall not affect the effectiveness of any other security.


7.2 The security created hereunder and Pledgee’s rights hereunder shall not be terminated or affected due to the following circumstances:

7.2.1 Any grace, termination or relief granted by Pledgee in connection with any person’s debt;

7.2.2 Any amendment, modification or supplement to the Technology Service Agreement;

7.2.3 Any disposal, modification or termination of any other security in connection with the Secured Debt;

7.2.4 Pledgee reaches a settlement with any person in connection with any claims of such person;

7.2.5 Any delay, act or omission of Pledgee in the exercise of its rights;

7.2.6 Any other event that may affect Pledgors’ obligations hereunder.

8. Special Provisions

8.1 Without Pledgee’s prior written consent, Pledgors shall not transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder to any other party.

8.2 Pledgee shall have the right to transfer to any third party any of its rights or obligations hereunder and any of its rights or obligations under other agreements contemplated by this Agreement without Pledgor’s prior consent. In such case, Pledgors must unconditionally cooperate with Pledgee in handling the procedures for the transfer of relevant rights and obligations, including without limitation signing an agreement on the change of the relevant contractual party and re-registering the equity pledge with the administrative authorities for industry and commerce.

8.3 Upon effectiveness of this Agreement, unless Pledgee makes a written decision to the contrary and notify Pledgors of such decision, Pledgors shall be obligated to continue to observe legal requirements relating to the Pledged Equity and perform all rights and obligations in connection with the Pledged Equity, and perform the due care and good faith obligations that a shareholder shall perform.

8.4 Pledgors shall promptly notify Pledgee of any event that may affect the Pledged Equity or the value thereof, or that may impede, prejudice or delay Pledgee’s performance of its rights as a shareholder of Ambow Shanghai. Each of Pledgors hereby agrees to sign a power of attorney (“Attorney-in-fact”) on the even date herewith, appointing Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. as his or her initial attorney-in-fact to: (i) exercise all voting rights it enjoys as a shareholder of Ambow Shanghai, and (ii) sign on behalf of such Pledgor any resolutions adopted by the shareholders’ meetings of Ambow Shanghai, and any other documents that are related to such Pledgor’s performance of his or her rights as a shareholder of Ambow Shanghai. The attorney-in-fact shall perform its duties in good faith, aiming to maximize the value of the Pledged Equity hereunder, and its acts shall be in compliance with applicable Chinese laws in all respects. The form of the initial Power of Attorney to be signed by each Pledgor is set forth in Appendix 1 attached hereto.


8.5 During the term of pledge, Pledgee shall have the right to collect any yield on the Pledged Equity.

8.6 Without Pledgee’s prior written consent, each Pledgor shall not perform any of the following acts:

8.6.1 Making a proposal to amend the articles of association of Ambow Shanghai or causing the making of such proposal; increasing or reducing its registered capital, or otherwise change its registered capital structure;

8.6.2 Creating any further security, encumbrances and any third party’s rights on the Pledged Equity in addition to the pledge created hereunder;

8.6.3 Performing any act that may prejudice any rights of Pledgee hereunder, or any act that may materially affect the assets, business and/or operations of Ambow Shanghai;

8.6.4 Distributing dividends to the shareholders in any form; however, upon Pledgee’s request, Pledgors shall immediately distribute all of its distributable profits to the shareholders.

8.7 Without Pledgee’s prior written consent, each Pledgor shall not transfer or dispose of the Pledged Equity in any way.

8.8 Pledgors agree to take other necessary actions and enter into other necessary agreements to give effect to the provisions hereof and other agreements contemplated hereby.

9. Representations, Undertakings and Warranties

9.1 Each Pledgor hereby represents, undertakes and warrants to Pledgee that:

9.1.1 Each Pledgor has the lawful eligibility and necessary authority to enter into this Agreement and has the capacity to fully perform any of his or her rights hereunder;

9.1.2 Each Pledgor has the sole ownership of the Pledged Equity and has lawful, complete and full ownership of the his or her pledged equity hereunder;

9.1.3 Except the pledge created hereunder, each Pledgor has not created or allowed the creation of any security rights or any third party’s rights or encumbrances on the Pledged Equity without Pledgee’s prior written consent; there is no dispute over the ownership of such Pledged Equity, which is not subject to any lien or other legal proceedings and can be used for pledge or transfer in accordance with applicable laws;

9.1.4 There is no existing, pending or threat of legal proceedings, arbitrations or administrative proceedings against the Pledged Equity;


9.1.5 Pledgor’s execution of this Agreement, exercise of his or her rights hereunder, or performance of his or her obligations hereunder will not violate any agreements, contracts or laws and regulations applicable to Pledgor and his or her property;

9.1.6 Upon execution of this Agreement, Pledgors shall promptly register the equity pledge hereunder with the administrative authorities for industry and commerce to cause the effective creation of the equity pledge; the pledge created hereunder shall constitute valid security for the secured Debt after the registration procedures are completed, which can be executed on its terms;

9.1.7 All documents delivered by Pledgors to Pledgee in connection with this Agreement are true, complete and correct in all material respects, and there is no omission that may cause any information therein to become incorrect or misleading in any material respect;

9.1.8 This Agreement shall constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of Pledgors, and may be enforced in accordance with the application of Pledgee to competent authorities under this Agreement;

9.1.9 From the date of this Agreement to the expiration of the term of pledge, Pledgors shall not transfer or dispose of any part or all of the interests in the Pledged Equity to any third party without Pledgee’s prior written consent;

9.2 Pledgee hereby represents, undertakes and warrants to Pledgors that:

9.2.1 Pledgee is a limited liability company duly established and validly existing, and has the authority to enter into this Agreement and is able to perform its obligations hereunder;

9.2.2 Pledgee has obtained all authorities and consents necessary for the execution and performance of this Agreement.

10. Liability for Breach

10.1 Either Party’s direct or indirect violation of any provisions hereof or failure to assume its obligations hereunder or failure to assume such obligations in a timely and adequate manner shall constitute breach of this Agreement. The non-breaching Party (“Non-Breaching Party”) shall have the right to require the breaching Party (“Breaching Party”) by written notice to redress its breach and take adequate, effective and timely measures to eliminate the consequences of such breach, and indemnify against the losses incurred by the Non-Breaching Party due to the breach of the Breaching Party.

10.2 After the occurrence of the breach, if, according to the reasonable and objective judgment of the Non-Breaching Party, such breach has made it impossible or unfair for the Non-Breaching Party to perform its relevant obligations hereunder, then the Non-Breaching Party shall have the right to notify the Breaching Party in writing that the Non-Breaching Party will suspend the performance of its relevant obligations hereunder until the Breaching Party ceases such breach and takes adequate, effective and timely measures to eliminate the consequences of such breach, and indemnify against the losses incurred by Non-Breaching Party due to the breach.


10.3 The losses incurred by the Non-Breaching Party which shall be indemnified against by the Breaching Party due to its breach are the direct economic losses incurred by the Non-Breaching Party due to the Breaching Party’s breach and any expectable indirect losses and additional costs, including without limitation attorney fees, litigation and arbitration costs, financial costs and travel expenses, etc.

11. Force Majeure

11.1 “Force Majeure” means any event that is beyond the reasonable control of any or all Parties hereto, unable to be foreseen or unable to be overcome even foreseen, which impedes, affects or delays any party’s performance of all or part of its obligations under this Agreement. Such event includes without limitation any government act, act of God, war, hacker attack or any other similar event.

11.2 The Party affected by a Force Majeure event may suspend the performance of its relevant obligations hereunder that cannot be performed due to the Force Majeure until the effect of such Force Majeure event is eliminated, and shall not be held liable for such suspension. However, such Party shall use its best endeavor to overcome such event and mitigate its negative effect.

11.3 The Party affected by a Force Majeure event shall provide the other Parties with a legitimate certificate issued by a notary public (or other proper agency) in the place where such event occurs to evidence the occurrence of such Force Majeure event. If such Party cannot provide such certificate, the other Parties may hold such Party liable for breach in accordance with the provisions hereof.

12. Effectiveness and Termination

12.1 This Agreement shall come into effect after it has been duly executed by Pledgors and Pledgee. The pledge hereunder is established after the registration specified in Section 2.3 is completed.

12.2 This Agreement shall be terminated under any of the following circumstances:

12.2.1 in accordance with Section 6 hereof;

12.2.2 by mutual agreement of Pledgee and Pledgors;

12.2.3 by the consent of Pledgee.

12.3 The termination of this Agreement shall not affect the Parties’ rights and obligations arising hereunder prior to the expiration date of this Agreement.


13. Dispute Resolution

13.1 If any dispute arises between the Parties in connection with the interpretation and performance of the provisions hereunder, the Parties shall resolve such dispute in good faith through discussions. If no agreement can be reached within sixty (60) days after one Party receives the notice of the other Party requesting the beginning of discussions or as otherwise agreed, either Party shall have the right to submit such dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with its then effective rules. The arbitration shall be held in Beijing. The award of the arbitration shall be final and binding upon the Parties.

13.2 If any dispute arises in connection with the interpretation and performance of this Agreement, or such dispute is under arbitration, either Party shall continue to have the rights hereunder other than those in dispute and perform the obligations hereunder other than those in dispute.

13.3 The conclusion, effectiveness, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the Chinese laws.

14. Miscellaneous

14.1 The headings herein are for convenience only, and shall not affect the interpretation of any provisions hereof.

14.2 The Parties may amend and supplement this Agreement by written agreement. Any amendments or supplements executed by the Parties, if any, are part of this Agreement, and shall have the same force and effect as this Agreement.

14.3 If any provision herein becomes partly or wholly invalid or unenforceable for violation of laws or government regulations or other reasons, then the part of such provision that is affected shall be deemed as deleted. However, the deletion of such part of such provision shall not affect the legal effect of other parts of such provision or the other provisions herein. The Parties shall cease to execute such invalid or unenforceable provision, and modify such provision so that it has the closest intent to the original provision and becomes valid and enforceable in connection with such facts and circumstances.

14.4 Unless otherwise provided herein, either Party’s failure to exercise or delay in exercising any of its rights or powers hereunder shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights or powers. Any single or partial exercise of any rights or powers shall not preclude the exercise of other rights or powers.

14.5 This Agreement shall be binding upon the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Pledgee shall have the right to transfer to any other third party the rights hereunder and other agreements contemplated hereby at its sole discretion without Pledgors’ consent.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

Pledgee:

 
Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.  
Authorized Representative:  

/s/ Jin Huang

 
  Jin Huang  

 

Pledgors:

 
Signature:  

/s/ Xiaogang Feng

 
  Xiaogang Feng  
Signature:  

/s/ Xuejun Xie

 
  Xuejun Xie  

Exhibit 10.20

Call Option Agreement

Between

Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.

And

Xiaogang Feng and Xuejun Xie

October 31, 2009


Call Option Agreement

This Call Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by the following Parties on October 31, 2009:

1. Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd., a limited liability company duly established and existing under the Chinese laws, with its registered address at 8th Floor, Building A, Chengjian Plaza, No.18 BeiTaiPingZhuang Road, Haidian District, Beijing (hereinafter referred to as “Party A”); and

2. Xiaogang Feng, a Chinese citizen; Xuejun Xie, a Chinese citizen (each hereinafter referred to as “Party B”, and collectively, “Party B”);

WHEREAS

A. Party B owns 100% equity interest in Shanghai Ambow Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Ambow Shanghai”);

B. Party B is willing to transfer their equity interests in Ambow Shanghai to Party A (or its affiliate or assign) to the extent permitted by the Chinese laws and if such transfer is allowed under the Chinese laws.

Now therefore, through good faith consultations, the Parties reach an agreement on the following terms:

Section 1 Definitions

Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Call Option    The right granted to Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A to subscribe for all or part of the equity interests held by Party B in Ambow Shanghai under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
China    The People’s Republic of China (excluding Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan for the purposes of this Agreement).
Chinese laws    The laws, regulations and decisions made and promulgated by various Chinese legislative authorities; the administrative rules, regulations, measures and other legally binding official documents made and promulgated by various Chinese administrative authorities.
Approvals    The approvals, consents, permits and authorizations made and/or issued by relevant Chinese administrative authorities under the Chinese laws.
Equity in Ambow Shanghai    The equity interests held lawfully by Party B in Ambow Shanghai. The ratio of such equity is equivalent to the ratio of Party B’s capital contributions to Ambow Shanghai to Ambow Shanghai’s registered capital.
Loan Agreement    The loan agreement and any amendments thereto entered into among Party A and Party B.


Section 2 Grant of Call Option

2.1 Party B hereby irrevocably and exclusively grant Party A the Call Option, the right that allows Party A and any third party designated by Party A to subscribe for all or part of the equity interest held by Party B in Ambow Shanghai.

2.2 To the extent permitted by the Chinese laws, Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A shall have the right to exercise the Call Option at any time during the term of this Agreement, to obtain necessary government approvals and complete required registration procedures (if required, including the evaluation procedures), and to obtain and maintain the Equity in Ambow Shanghai. Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A shall become the lawful holder of the Equity in Ambow Shanghai, and shall have the right to obtain all shareholder rights according to its shareholding ratio.

2.3 Without Party A’s written consent, Party B shall not grant to any third party any rights, senior to or on a parity with Call Option.

Section 3 Consideration for the Call Option

To the fullest extent permitted by the Chinese laws, the transfer price of the Equity in Ambow Shanghai (or any part thereof) shall be equal to Party B’s initial contribution to the registered capital of Ambow Shanghai in exchange for such Equity in Ambow Shanghai (or any part thereof) (“Contribution to Registered Capital”). The Parties agree that, to the fullest extent permitted by the Chinese laws, in connection with the transfer of any or all Equity in Ambow Shanghai to Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A, Party A shall have the right to offset the debt Party B owes to Party A against the transfer price for such Equity, and Party A and any third party designated by Party A shall not be required to make any cash payment to Party B separately. If the Equity in Ambow Shanghai is required to be valuated under relevant Chinese laws, or there are any other provisions for the transfer price for such Equity, then such transfer price shall be the lowest price permitted under relevant Chinese laws.

Section 4 Exercise of the Call Option

4.1 Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A shall have the right to exercise the Call Option in any way permitted by law at any time within the term of the Call Option upon effectiveness of this Agreement.

4.2 During the term of this Agreement, Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A may exercise the Call Option in whole or part in order to obtain any or all of the equity interest for which it has the right to subscribe hereunder at one or more times.

4.3 Party A shall exercise the Call Option by delivering a subscription notice to Party B (see the form and substance of such notice in Appendix 1). Party B shall transfer to Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A the corresponding Equity in Ambow Shanghai as specified in the subscription notice.


4.4 Party B shall complete all procedures required for Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A to obtain the Equity in Ambow Shanghai and become a lawful shareholder of Ambow Shanghai within sixty (60) days after Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A sends the subscription notice for the exercise of the Call Option, including without limitation, adopting any necessary resolution, providing or causing or facilitating Ambow Shanghai to provide all necessary documents, and causing and helping Ambow Shanghai to obtain approvals from competent government authorities for the change of equity and handle all relevant procedures in the event that Ambow Shanghai is converted to a foreign-invested company due to the exercise of the Call Option.

Section 5 Representations and Warranties

5.1 Party B represents and warrants to Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A (as the case may be) as follows in connection with the Call Option as of the date of this Agreement and at the time when Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A exercises the Call Option hereunder:

(1) Ambow Shanhai is a limited liability company duly established and existing under the Chinese laws;

(2) Party B has contributed the capital for his or her equity interest in Ambow Shanghai in full. Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A shall acquire such equity interest without any capital contribution to Ambow Shanghai in accordance with this Agreement;

(3) Except the pledge granted to Party A by the share pledge agreement entered into by Party A and Party B on October 31, 2009, Party B has not created or allowed any option, call option, pledge, or other equity interest or security interest on Equity in Ambow Shanghai without Party A’s written consent;

(4) Party B hereby agrees that it shall irrevocably waive the preemptive right to purchase the Equity in Ambow Shanghai to which it is entitled under the Chinese laws and the bylaws of Ambow Shanghai, and allow Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A to exercise the Call Option;

(5) Without Party A’s written consent, Party B shall not transfer the Equity in Ambow Shanghai to any third party;

(6) Without Party A’s written consent, Party B shall not supplement, alter or modify the Articles of Association of Ambow Shanghai in any form, shall not increase or decrease its registered capital, or otherwise change the structure of its registered capital;

(7) During the term of this Agreement, Party B and Ambow Shanghai have not engaged in and shall not engage in any act or omission that may cause any losses to Party A or cause any reduction in value of the Equity in Ambow Shanghai;


(8) Without Party A’s written consent, Party B shall not incur, assume, guarantee or allow the existence of any debt other than the debt that (i) arises in the normal or routine course of business rather than out of borrowing; and (ii) has been disclosed to and approved in writing by Party A;

(9) Ambow Shanghai has the right to operate all business activities within the approved business scope which it is operating or it expects to operate in the future; and

(10) Party B shall not have the right to early terminate this Agreement.

5.2 Party A represents and warrants to Party B in connection with the execution of this Agreement as follows:

(1) Party A is a limited liability company duly established and existing under the Chinese laws;

(2) The execution and performance of this Agreement will not constitute Party A’s violation of its obligations under any legally binding documents entered into with any third party, or constitute a violation of any prohibition or ruling of any administrative authorities, arbitration agencies or judicial organs.

Section 6 Liability for Breach

6.1 Under any of the following circumstances, Party B shall be deemed to breach the Agreement:

(1) Any representations or warranties made by Party B are not true or correct;

(2) Party B transfers the Equity in Ambow Shanghai to any company or individual other than Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A without Party A’s prior written consent;

(3) Party B fails to promptly handle or facilitate Ambow Shanghai to handle relevant procedures upon receipt of the subscription notice from Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A in accordance with this Agreement, which would cause Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A to fail to acquire the Equity of Ambow Shanghai;

(4) Party B attempts to terminate this Agreement without Party A’s consent;

(5) Party B violates any other provisions hereof.

If Party B breaches the Agreement, it shall indemnify Party A against all direct economic losses, any foreseeable indirect losses and any expenses incurred by Party A for such breach, including without limitation attorney fees, litigation and arbitration fees, financial and travel expenses.


Section 7 Term

7.1 This Agreement shall come into effect as of the date when the authorized representatives of the Parties duly sign the Agreement, and shall remain effective until the termination of the Loan Agreement.

7.2 Unless otherwise provided herein, Party A shall have the right to early terminate this Agreement upon twenty (20) days’ prior notice, but Party B shall not early terminate this Agreement.

Section 8 Force Majeure

8.1 Force Majeure means any event (i) that is beyond the control of either or both Parties hereto; (ii) that cannot be foreseen or cannot be overcome even foreseeable; and (iii) that occurs after the date of this Agreement and prevent either Party hereto from performing this Agreement in whole or part. Force Majeure includes without limitation the occurrence of explosion, fire, flood, earthquake and other acts of God and war, civil disorder, governmental act of sovereignty, etc.

8.2 The Party affected by any Force Majeure event may suspend the performance of relevant obligations that cannot be performed due to Force Majeure until the effect of such Force Majeure event is eliminated, and shall not be held liable for such suspension. However, such Party shall use its best endeavors to overcome such event and reduce its adverse effect.

8.3 The Party affected by any Force Majeure event shall provide the other Party with a legitimate certificate issued by a notary public (or any other proper authorities) in the place where such event occurs to evidence the Force Majeure event; if such Party cannot provide such certificate, the other Party may hold such Party liable for breach of the Agreement in accordance with the provisions hereof.

Section 9 Governing Law

The conclusion, effectiveness, interpretation, performance, enforcement and dispute resolution of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

Section 10 Dispute Resolution

10.1 All disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled by the Parties through good faith consultations. If no agreement can be reached through consultations within sixty (60) days after one Party receives a notice from other Party requesting the beginning of such consultations or as otherwise agreed by the Parties, either Party shall have the right to submit relevant disputes to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be held in Beijing. The award of the arbitration shall be final and binding on both Parties.

10.2 The arbitration costs shall be borne in accordance with the award specified in Section 10.1 above.


10.3 While any disputes exist between the Parties, the Parties shall continue to perform duties and obligations without any dispute.

Section 11 Miscellaneous

11.1 No amendment, modification, addition or deletion made to this Agreement shall become effective unless the Parties sign a written document by mutual agreement.

11.2 The invalidity, ineffectiveness and unenforceability of any provisions hereof shall not affect or prejudice the other provisions’ validity, effectiveness and enforceability. However, the Parties shall also cease to perform such invalid, ineffective and unenforceable provisions, and only modify such provisions to the extent the modified provisions have the closest intent to the original provisions so that they are valid, effective and enforceable under such specific facts and circumstances.

11.3 This Agreement shall be effective to and binding upon both Parties and their respective successors or permitted assigns. Party A shall have the right to transfer its rights under this Agreement and other agreements contemplated herein at its sole discretion to any third party without Party B’s consent.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of Party A and Party B have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.

 
Authorized Representative:   Jin Huang  
Signature:  

/s/ Jin Huang

 

 

Xiaogang Feng
Signature:  

/s/ Xiaogang Feng

 

 

Xuejun Xie

 
Signature:   

/s/ Xuejun Xie

 


Appendix 1 Subscription Notice

Dear Sir:

This is to notify you that, in accordance with the Call Option Agreement (“Agreement”) entered into by you and Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. on October 31, 2009, we decide to exercise the call option under such Agreement for [all] or [part] of the equity interest in Shanghai Ambow Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd. (and appoint [                  ] as the transferee of the target equity interest).

 

 

Authorized Representative:
Title:
Date:

Exhibit 10.21

Power of Attorney

Shareholder: Xiaogang Feng (“Pledgor”)

Attorney-in-fact: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. (“Ambow Online”)

In accordance with the Share Pledge Agreement executed by Xiaogang Feng on October 31, 2009 (“Pledge Agreement”), by executing this power of attorney (the “POA”), the Pledgor hereby appoints Ambow Online as his attorney-in-fact (“Attorney-in-fact”) to (i) attend the shareholder meetings of Shanghai Ambow Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Ambow Shanghai”) and exercise all voting rights to which the Pledgor is entitled as a shareholder of Ambow Shanghai, including without limitation selling, transferring, pledging, or disposing of all or any part of the Pledgor’s equity interest; (ii) sign any resolutions adopted by the Board of Ambow Shanghai and any other documents requiring to be signed by the shareholders of Ambow Shanghai; and (iii) nominate and appoint the legal representative, executive director and/or director, supervisor, general manager and other senior management personnel of Ambow Shanghai as the Pledgor’s authorized representative.

The Attorney-in-fact shall act in good faith for the purpose of maximizing the value of the Pledged Equity (as defined in the Pledge Agreement), and its acts shall be in compliance with applicable Chinese laws and regulations in all respects. Any act performed by and any document executed by the Attorney-in-fact hereunder shall be deemed the act performed by or the document executed by the Pledgor.

This POA shall come into effect upon the date of execution. Unless terminated as agreed, this POA shall be irrevocable and remain effective during the Term of Pledge (as defined in the Pledge Agreement).

 

By:  

/s/ Xiaogang Feng

  Xiaogang Feng
Date: October 31, 2009


Power of Attorney

Shareholder: Xuejun Xie (“Pledgor”)

Attorney-in-fact: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. (“Ambow Online”)

In accordance with the Share Pledge Agreement executed by Xuejun Xie on October 31, 2009 (“Pledge Agreement”), by executing this power of attorney (the “POA”), the Pledgor hereby appoints Ambow Online as her attorney-in-fact (“Attorney-in-fact”) to (i) attend the shareholder meetings of Shanghai Ambow Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Ambow Shanghai”) and exercise all voting rights to which the Pledgor is entitled as a shareholder of Ambow Shanghai, including without limitation selling, transferring, pledging, or disposing of all or any part of the Pledgor’s equity interest; (ii) sign any resolutions adopted by the Board of Ambow Shanghai and any other documents requiring to be signed by the shareholders of Ambow Shanghai; and (iii) nominate and appoint the legal representative, executive director and/or director, supervisor, general manager and other senior management personnel of Ambow Shanghai as the Pledgor’s authorized representative.

The Attorney-in-fact shall act in good faith for the purpose of maximizing the value of the Pledged Equity (as defined in the Pledge Agreement), and its acts shall be in compliance with applicable Chinese laws and regulations in all respects. Any act performed by and any document executed by the Attorney-in-fact hereunder shall be deemed the act performed by or the document executed by the Pledgor.

This POA shall come into effect upon the date of execution. Unless terminated as agreed, this POA shall be irrevocable and remain effective during the Term of Pledge (as defined in the Pledge Agreement).

 

By:  

/s/ Xuejun Xie

  Xuejun Xie
Date: October 31, 2009

Exhibit 10.22

Loan Agreement

This Loan Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by the following parties (the “Parties”) on October 31, 2009 in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”):

Lender: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.

Address: 18th Floor, Building A, Chengjian Plaza, No. 18 BeiTaiPingZhuang Road, Haidian District, Beijing 100088, People’s Republic of China.

Contact: Jin Huang

Borrowers: Xiaogang Feng and Xuejun Xie

(Xiaogang Feng and Xuejun Xie are hereinafter collectively referred to as “Borrowers”)

WHEREAS:

(1) Shanghai Ambow Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd. (registration number: 3101042013278, the “Domestic Company”) is a domestic enterprise lawfully established under the laws of China, with a registered capital of RMB1 million, of which RMB200 thousand is contributed by Xiaogang Feng, representing 20% equity interest in the Domestic Company; RMB800 thousand is contributed by Xuejun Xie, representing 80% equity interest in the Domestic Company;

(2) Lender is a wholly-owned foreign enterprise established in China (“Lender”);

(3) Borrowers entered into a loan agreement with Beijing Ambow Chuangying Education Technology Co., Ltd. (“Ambow Chuangying”) on January 22, 2008, by which Borrowers borrow RMB1 million from Ambow Chuangying to contribute to the equity interest in the Domestic Company;

(4) Borrowers intend to terminate the agreement with Ambow Chuangying, and to borrow RMB1 million from Lender to repay the loan lent by Ambow Chuangying;

Through friendly consultations and in the spirit of equality and mutual benefits, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Loan

1.1 Lender agrees to provide a loan to Xiaogang Feng, the principal of which amounts to RMB200 thousand; and to provide a loan to Xuejun Xie, the principal of which amounts to RMB800 thousand (collectively “Loans”).

1.2 Borrowers agree to accept the aforementioned Loans provided to them respectively by Lender and assume responsibilities in connection with their respective share in the Loans.

1.3 The Parties agree that the Loans under this Agreement shall bear no interest.


2. Pledge Security

Borrowers hereby undertake that the Loans hereunder shall be only used to repay the loans borrowed for purposes of making equity investment in the Domestic Company. Without Lender’s prior written consent, Borrowers shall not use their equity interest in the Domestic Company to pledge, assume obligations, create any third party interests, or transfer such equity interest to any third party.

3. Repayment

3.1 Borrowers and Lender hereby mutually agree and acknowledge that, to the extent permitted by the PRC laws, Lender shall determine at its sole discretion the timing and method of the repayment of the loan hereunder and notify Borrowers in writing of such arrangements seven (7) days in advance. Borrowers and Lender further agree that Borrowers shall not early repay the loan to Lender unless Lender notifies Borrowers in writing that the Loans hereunder have expired or as otherwise provided herein.

3.2 The Parties agree that, subject to the PRC laws and necessary approvals of the PRC government (if applicable), if Borrowers transfer all or part of their equity interest in the Domestic Company to Lender or a third party designated by Lender in accordance with the provisions of the Call Option Agreement entered into between Borrowers and Lender on the even date herewith (including any amendments thereafter), the loan that the Borrower shall repay to Lender under this Agreement and is equivalent in amount to the price of the transferred equity interest (“Price of Transferred Shares”, as defined below) shall be deemed repaid. For the purposes of this Section, the Price of Transferred Shares shall be calculated as follows: Price of Transferred Shares = Total Amount of Loans x (Number of Transferred Shares/Total Number of Shares).

3.3 If the offset of the Price of Transferred Shares provided in Section 3.2 above is not allowed under applicable PRC laws, Borrowers shall use all the proceeds from the sale of all the equity interest they have in the Domestic Company to repay the debt hereunder. After the payment of all the proceeds they receive to Lender (applicable taxes and fees deducted), Borrowers’ Loans hereunder shall be deemed fully repaid.

3.4 Borrowers and Lender hereby mutually agree and acknowledge that, under any of the following circumstances, Borrowers shall repay the loan immediately:

(1) Borrowers are dead, or have no legal capacity or restricted legal capacity;

(2) Borrowers resign or are dismissed from Lender or an affiliate of Lender;

(3) Borrowers commit a crime or are involved in a crime;

(4) Any other third party claims against Borrowers for payment of any debt above RMB 100,000.


4. Representations and Warranties

4.1 Borrowers make the following representations and warranties to Lender and acknowledge that Lender executes and performs this Agreement in reliance on such representations and warranties:

(1) The Domestic Company is a limited liability company duly incorporated and existing under the PRC laws. Its registered capital has been fully paid in. It has obtained the capital verification report issued by a qualified accounting firm showing that the capital has been paid in full;

(2) The Domestic Company has completed and obtained all government approvals, authorizations, licenses, registrations and filings necessary to operate the businesses specified in its business license and to own its assets;

(3) Borrowers lawfully hold 100% equity interest in the Domestic Company, of which Xiaogang Feng holds 20% and Xuejun Xie holds 80%;

(4) Borrowers have the right to execute and perform this Agreement; Borrower’s execution and performance of this Agreement are in compliance with the articles of association and other constitution documents of the Domestic Company; Borrowers have obtained all necessary and appropriate approvals and authorizations to execute and perform this Agreement.

(5) Borrowers’ execution and performance of this Agreement shall not violate any laws, regulations, or government approvals, authorizations, notices or other government documents which they are subject to or may be affected, nor shall such execution and performance violate any agreements entered into by Borrowers with any third party or any undertakings made to any third party;

(6) Upon execution, this Agreement shall constitute lawful, valid obligations that may be enforced against Borrowers according to law.

(7) Except as provided in the Pledge Agreement and the Call Option Agreement, Borrowers do not place any mortgage, pledge or any other security on the equity interest it holds in the Domestic Company, do not make any offer to transfer such equity interest to any third party, do not make any warranties as to any offer of any third party to acquire such equity interest, and do not enter into any agreement with any third party in connection with the transfer of the equity interest that Borrowers hold in the Domestic Company;

(8) There is no actual or potential dispute, lawsuit, arbitration, administrative proceedings or any other legal proceedings relating to the equity interest that Borrowers holds in the Domestic Company.

4.2 Lender makes the following representations and warranties to Borrowers:

(1) It will execute and perform this Agreement within its corporate power and business scope; it has taken necessary corporate actions and appropriate authorizations and obtained consents and approvals from third parties and government departments, and it will not violate any legal and contractual restrictions which it is subject to or may be affected;


(2) Upon execution, this Agreement shall constitute lawful, valid and binding obligations that may be enforced against Lender in accordance with the terms hereof.

5. Borrowers’ Undertakings

Borrowers undertake that, during the term of this Agreement, they shall:

(1) not sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of, or allow any other security interest to be created on the equity interest or other interests they hold in the Domestic Company other than the equity pledge and other rights created for the benefit of Lender;

(2) not vote to agree at any shareholders’ meetings of the Domestic Company or support or sign any shareholders’ resolutions that approve the sale, transfer, pledge or disposal of the legal and beneficial interests in the equity interest of the Domestic Company, or allow any other security interest to be created on such interests without Lender’s prior written consent, other than to Lender or a person designated by Lender;

(3) not vote to agree at any shareholders’ meetings of the Domestic Company or support or sign any shareholders’ resolutions that approve the Domestic Company’s merger or affiliation with any company or the acquisition of or investment in any company without Lender’s prior written consent;

(4) notify Lender immediately of any action, arbitration or administrative proceedings in relation to the equity interest in Domestic Company that have occurred or may occur;

(5) execute all necessary or proper documents, take all necessary or proper actions, and bring in all necessary or proper indictments or make necessary or proper defenses against all claims in order to maintain their ownership of the equity interest in the Domestic Company;

(6) not commit any act or omission that may significantly affect the Domestic Company’s assets, business and liabilities without Lender’s prior written consent;

(7) appoint any person nominated by Lender as the Board member of the Domestic Company at the request of Lender;

(8) immediately and unconditionally transfer all of their equity interest in the Domestic Company to Lender and/or a person designated by Lender subject to and to the extent permitted by the PRC laws in the event that Lender exercises the Call Option set forth herein;

(9) not request the Domestic Company to distribute dividends or profits to them without Lender’s consent;

(10) repay Lender all equity transfer proceeds as the principal of the Loan and the interest or the cost of occupied funds permitted under the laws as soon as they transfer the equity interest in Domestic Company to Lender or a person designated by Lender; and


(11) strictly comply with various provisions hereof, duly perform all their obligations hereunder, and not commit any act or omission that is sufficient to affect the validity and enforceability of this Agreement.

5.2 Borrowers undertake that, during the term of this Agreement, as the shareholders of the Domestic Company, they shall cause the Domestic Company:

(1) not to supplement, alter or modify its constitutional documents in any way, or increase or decrease its registered capital, or change its capital structure in any way without Lender’s prior written consent;

(2) to maintain its existence in accordance with good financial and business standards and practice, and operate its business and handle its affairs diligently and efficiently;

(3) not to sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of its lawful or beneficial interest in any assets, business or income at any time from the date hereof, or allow any other secure interest to be created on such interest without Lender’s prior written consent;

(4) not to incur, assume, guarantee or allow the existence of any obligations without Lender’s prior written consent, other than (i) any obligations arising during the ordinary course of business rather than by means of loans and (ii) any obligations that have been disclosed to and approved by Lender;

(5) to operate all its business during the ordinary course of business all the time to maintain its asset value;

(6) not to enter into any material contract (for the purposes of this paragraph, if a contract’s value is more than RMB 1 million, it shall be deemed as a material contract) without Lender’s prior written consent except during the ordinary course of business;

(7) to provide Lender with all information about its operations and financial conditions at the request of Lender;

(8) not to merge or affiliate with any company or acquire or invest in any company without Lender’s prior written consent;

(9) not to distribute dividends to shareholders without Lender’s prior written consent, and to immediately distribute all of its distributable profits to its shareholders at the request of Lender;

(10) to notify Lender immediately of any action, arbitration or administrative proceedings in relation to its assets, business and revenue that have occurred or may occur;

(11) to execute all necessary or proper documents, take all necessary or proper actions, and bring in all necessary or proper indictments or make necessary or proper defenses against all claims in order to maintain its ownership of all of its assets; and


(12) to strictly comply with the service agreement and other agreements entered into with any affiliate of Lender, duly perform all its obligations under the service agreement and other agreements, and not to commit any act or omission that is sufficient to affect the validity and enforceability of the service agreement and other agreements.

6. Breach

Where Borrowers fail to repay Lender the Loans in accordance with this Agreement, Borrowers shall pay Lender overdue interest at a daily rate of 0.01% for any loan which is due and payable but has not been repaid.

7. Effectiveness and Termination

This Agreement shall come into effect from the date of execution by the Parties and terminate after Borrowers fully repay the Loans under this Agreement.

8. Confidentiality

8.1 Either Party agrees to use its best endeavors to take all reasonable measures to keep confidential all confidential materials and information that is known to or accessed by it by means of disclosure by the other Party (“Confidential Information”). Without the disclosing Party’s prior written consent, the receiving Party shall not disclose, give or transfer any such Confidential Information to any third party. Upon termination of this Agreement, the receiving Party shall return to the disclosing Party or destroy any documents, materials or software that may contain the Confidential Information at the disclosing Party’s request, and delete any confidential information from any relevant memory devices, and shall not continue to use such Confidential Information.

8.2 The Parties agree that this Section shall survive regardless of whether this Agreement is altered, terminated or expired.

9. Notices

9.1 Any notices or other communications given by either Party as required hereunder shall be written in Chinese, and sent to the other Party’s address by personal delivery, or generally accepted courier service or facsimile.

9.2 If the notices are sent by personal delivery, they shall be deemed as effectively given on the date of delivery; if they are sent by facsimile, they shall be deemed as effectively given on the day following the date of facsimile transmission; if they are sent by courier, they shall be deemed effectively given on the day shown on the return receipt.

10. Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

10.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the PRC laws.


10.2 If any dispute arises between the Parties in connection with the interpretation and performance of the terms hereof, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve such dispute. If no agreement can be reached, either Party may submit such dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be held in Chinese in Beijing. The award of the arbitration shall be final and binding on both Parties.

10.3 Except the matters in dispute, the Parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations hereunder in good faith in accordance with the provisions hereof.

11. Miscellaneous

11.1 Any amendment and supplement to this Agreement shall be made by written agreement duly signed by the Parties. Any signed amendment and supplement constitutes a part of this Agreement and shall have the same force and effect as this Agreement.

11.2 Borrowers shall not assign their rights and obligations hereunder to any third party without Lender’s prior written consent.

11.3 If any provisions hereof are deemed unlawful or unenforceable under applicable laws, such provisions shall be deemed deleted from this Agreement and invalid. However, this Agreement shall remain effective and shall be deemed not having such provisions from the beginning. The Parties shall discuss with each other to replace the deleted provisions with lawful and valid provisions that are acceptable to Lender.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the authorized representatives of the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.
Authorized Representative:  

/s/ Jin Huang

Xiaogang Feng
Signature:  

/s/ Xiaogang Feng

Xuejun Xie
Signature:  

/s/ Xuejun Xie

Exhibit 10.23

Technology Service Agreement

Between

Suzhou Wenjian Venture Investment Management

Consulting Co., Ltd.

And

Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.

February 25, 2009


This Technology Service Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by the following parties on February 25, 2009:

(1) Suzhou Wenjian Venture Investment Management Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Party A”), a limited liability company duly established and validly existing under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (“China”), with its registered address at 209 Zhuyuan Road, Gaoxin District, Suzhou; and

(2) Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. (“Party B”), a limited liability company duly established and validly existing under the laws of China, with its registered address at 18th Floor, Building A, Chengjian Plaza, No.18, BeiTaiPingZhuang Road, Haidian District, Beijing.

WHEREAS:

(1) Party A is a limited liability company primarily engaging in investment consulting, business administration, information consulting; holding exhibitions and shows, and organizing culture and art exchange activities;

(2) Party B has expertise and experience in the design and development of software and hardware;

(3) Party A and Party B (collectively referred to as the “Parties”) plan to promote their business development by mutual cooperation and developing their respective advantages.

NOW THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows through friendly consultations:

Section 1 – Terms of Service

1.1 Party A hereby agrees to engage Party B as Party A’s exclusive technology service provider, and Party B hereby agrees to accept such engagement.

1.2 Party A agrees that it shall not engage any other third party as its technology service provider without Party B’s prior written consent during the term of this Agreement.

1.3 Party A agrees that Party B shall have the right to provide other entities or individuals with the technology service equivalent or similar to the services provided under this Agreement and to appoint other entities or individuals to provide the technology services hereunder.

Section 2 – Scope of Technology Service

2.1 Party B shall be responsible for providing Party A with programs relating to education and training and development of relevant computer software and hardware.

2.2 Party B shall provide Party A’s employees with proper training, technical support and assistance, including without limitation training and technical support for education programs, development of computer software and hardware.


2.3 Party B shall provide administration and consulting services necessary for Party A’s business operations, including without limitation administration and consulting for education programs.

Section 3 – Service Fee

3.1 Party B shall provide Party A with an invoice based on the price agreed upon by the Parties in accordance with its workload. Party A shall pay Party B relevant service fee in accordance with the date and amount specified in such invoice. Party A and Party B may have other arrangements in connection with the payment of service fee at any time by mutual agreement.

Section 4 – Confidentiality

4.1 The Parties acknowledge that, during the term of this Agreement, either Party may obtain (1) the other Party’s non-public information, technical data, trade secrets or know-how relating to the actual and expected business or research and development of either Party, including without limitation research, product plans or other information relating to either Party’s products or services or promotions for products or services, customers’ lists and customers, software, development, invention, processes, formula, technologies, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, marketing, financial or other business information, and (2) any third party’s confidential or proprietary information for which either Party assume confidentiality obligations and which shall be only used for certain limited purposes (“Confidential Information”). The Confidential Information does not include (1) any information that one Party already knows at the time such information is disclosed to such Party by the other Party; (2) any information that becomes public known or generally available not because of either Party’s illegal conduct; or (3) the information lawfully obtained by one Party from a third party authorized to make the disclosure.

4.2 Either Party will take reasonable measures to keep confidential the other Party’s Confidential Information and prevent disclosure and unauthorized use of such Confidential Information. Without limiting the foregoing, the Parties will at least take such measures as it will take for its own Confidential Information. Unless as reasonable required for the performance of its obligations hereunder or unless as the other Party approves in writing, neither Party shall make any copy of the other Party’s Confidential Information. Either Party shall reproduce the other Party’s proprietary rights notices on any approved copy in the manner in which such notice was set forth in or on the original.

4.3 Either Party shall (1) not disclose such Confidential Information to any person other than any of its directors, employees, authorized agents or independent contractors who need to know such Confidential Information to perform their duties hereunder; (2) only use Confidential Information for the purposes of fully performing its obligations hereunder; and (3) ensure any person from such Party who knows Confidential Information comply with the confidentiality obligations and other restrictive provisions hereunder as if such person were a party hereto. If one Party is required by law to disclose the other Party’s Confidential Information, such Party shall promptly notify the other Party in writing of such requirement prior to the disclosure, and shall assist the other Party in securing the order to protect such information against public disclosure. Neither Party shall reverse engineer, dissemble or decompile any prototype, software or any tangible object that contains the other Party’s Confidential Information and that is provided to such Party.


4.4 Either Party further agrees to return to the other Party all written Confidential Information obtained from the other Party upon termination of this Agreement or at any other time requested by the other Party.

Section 5 – Intellectual Property

5.1 The Parties acknowledge and agree that Party B shall exclusively own all technical data, software, findings, inventions, developments, trade secrets, copyrights, documents and other materials improved or prepared by Party B under this Agreement, whether they are patentable or copyrighted.

5.2 If Party A makes improvements to “intellectual property”, such improvements shall be Party B’s exclusive proprietary property. Party A hereby transfers to Party B all of its rights, title and interests in and to such improvements.

Section 6 – Independent Contractor

The Parties expressly acknowledge and agree that Party B performs all the technology services hereunder as an independent contractor, and shall not be deemed to enter into any partnership, joint venture or other relationships of substantially the same or similar nature with Party A.

Section 7 – Representations and Warranties

Party A represents and warrants that:

(1) Party A is a company duly registered and validly existing under the laws of China;

(2) Party A’s execution and performance of this Agreement is within its corporate power and business scope; it has taken necessary corporate action and obtained proper authorization as well as the consents and approvals of third parties and government departments; and it does not violate any legal or corporate restrictions binding upon or affecting it.

(3) Upon execution, this agreement shall constitute Party A’s legal, valid and binding obligations that may be enforced against it in accordance with the terms hereof.

7.2 Party B represents and warrants that:

(1) Party B is a company registered and validly existing under the laws of China;

(2) Party B’s execution and performance of this Agreement is within its corporate power and business scope; it has taken necessary corporate action and obtained proper authorization as well as the consents and approvals of third parties and government departments; and it does not violate any legal or corporate restrictions binding upon or affecting it.


(3) Upon execution, this agreement shall constitute Party B’s legal, valid and binding obligations that may be enforced against it in accordance with the terms hereof.

Section 8 – Liability for Breach

8.1 Either Party’s direct or indirect violation of any provisions hereof or failure to perform its obligation hereunder or failure to perform such obligation in a timely and adequate manner shall constitute breach of this Agreement. The non-breaching Party (“Non-Breaching Party”) shall have the right to require the breaching Party (“Breaching Party”) by written notice to redress its breach.

8.2 After the occurrence of the breach, if, according to the reasonable and objective judgment of the Non-Breaching Party, such breach has made it impossible or unfair for the Non-Breaching Party to perform its relevant obligations hereunder, then the Non-Breaching Party shall have the right to notify the Breaching Party in writing that the Non-Breaching Party will suspend the performance of its relevant obligations hereunder until the Breaching Party ceases such breach.

8.3 Party B’s liability arising out of this Agreement shall be limited to the amount of service fee received by Party B hereunder. In no event shall Party B be liable for any special, incidental, indirect or direct damages arising out of this Agreement.

Section 9 – Force Majeure

9.1 “Force Majeure” means any event that is beyond the reasonable control of the Parties hereto, unable to be foreseen or unable to be overcome even foreseen, which impedes, affects or delays either Party’s performance of all or part of its obligations under this Agreement. Such event includes without limitation any government act, act of God, war, hacker attack or any other similar event.

9.2 The Party affected by a Force Majeure event may suspend the performance of its relevant obligations hereunder that cannot be performed due to the Force Majeure until the effect of such Force Majeure event is eliminated, and shall not be held liable for such suspension. However, such Party shall use its best endeavor to overcome such event and mitigate its negative effect.

9.3 The Party affected by a Force Majeure event shall provide the other Party with a legitimate certificate issued by a notary public (or other proper agency) in the place where such event occurs to evidence the occurrence of such Force Majeure event. If such Party cannot provide such certificate, the other Party may hold such Party liable for breach in accordance with the provisions hereof.

Section 10 – Effectiveness and Term

10.1 This Agreement shall come into effect from the date when it is signed by the Parties’ authorized representatives. This Agreement shall remain effective unless it is terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof.


Section 11 – Termination

11.1 Party B shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time during the term of this Agreement upon fifteen (15) days’ notice to Party A.

11.2 If Party A materially or continually breaches this Agreement, and fails to remedy such breach within fourteen (14) days upon receipt of Party B’s notice specifying details of such breach (to the extent such breach is remediable), Party B shall have the right to terminate this Agreement immediately by sending a written notice of termination to Party A.

11.3 This Agreement may be terminated at any time by a written agreement between Party A and Party B.

Section 12 – Non-solicitation

Party A shall not take the following actions directly or indirectly in any manner for its own, any other individual or entity’s account, or together with any other individual or entity: (1) causing any employee of Party B to terminate his employment with Party B by solicitation, including employing or encouraging such employee; or attempting to solicit, induce, employ or encourage any employee of Party B. (2) causing any existing or previous client of Party A to terminate its business relationship with Party B.

Section 13 – Dispute Resolution

13.1 If any dispute arises in connection with the interpretation and performance of this Agreement, the Parties hereto shall first resolve such dispute in good faith through discussions. If no agreement can be reached within sixty (60) days after one Party receives the notice of the other Party requesting the beginning of discussions or any longer period agreed upon separately by the Parties, either Party shall have the right to submit such dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with its then effective rules. The award of the arbitration shall be final and binding upon the Parties.

13.2 If any dispute arises in connection with the interpretation and performance of this Agreement, or such dispute is under arbitration, either Party shall continue to have the rights hereunder other than those in dispute and perform the obligations hereunder other than those in dispute.

Section 14 – Governing Law

The execution, validity, performance, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of China.

Section 15 – Assignment

15.1 Party A shall not assign its rights and obligations hereunder to any third party without Party B’s prior written consent.


15.2 Party A hereby agrees that Party B may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to any third party at its sole discretion, and Party B only needs to send a written notice to Party A upon such assignment without obtaining Party A’s consent.

15.3 This Agreement shall inure to and be binding upon the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

Section 16 – Severability

If any provision herein becomes partly or wholly invalid or unenforceable for violation of laws or government regulations or other reasons, then the part of such provision that is affected shall be deemed as deleted. However, the deletion of such part of such provision shall not affect the legal effect of other parts of such provision or the other provisions herein. The Parties shall cease to execute such invalid or unenforceable provision, and modify such provision so that it has the closest intent to the original provision and becomes valid and enforceable under relevant facts and circumstances.

Section 17 – Amendment and Supplement

The Parties may amend and supplement this Agreement by written agreement. Any amendments or supplements in connection with this Agreement that are duly signed by the Parties are part of this Agreement, and shall have the same force and effect as this Agreement.

Section 18 – Miscellaneous

18.1 The headings herein are for convenience only, and shall not affect the interpretation of any provisions hereof.

18.2 Unless otherwise provided herein, either Party’s failure to exercise or delay in exercising any of its rights or powers hereunder shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights or powers. Any single or partial exercise of any rights or powers shall not preclude the exercise of other rights or powers.

18.3 This Agreement shall supersede any prior or concurrent verbal or written agreement, understanding and communication between the Parties in connection with this Agreement. The Parties do not have any express or implied obligations or undertakings for the subject matter herein except those specified in this Agreement.


IN WITNESS HEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

Party A: Suzhou Wenjian Venture Investment Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

(Corporate Seal)

 

Authorized Representative:  

/s/ Xuejun Xie

Name:   Xuejun Xie

Party A: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. (Corporate Seal)

 

Authorized Representative:  

/s/ Jin Huang

Name:   Jin Huang

Exhibit 10.24

Share Pledge Agreement

Between

Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.

And

Xiaogang Feng, Xuejun Xie and Yisi Gu

February 25, 2009


Share Pledge Agreement

This Share Pledge Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and among the following parties on February 25, 2009:

Pledgee: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.

Legal Representative: Jin Huang

Principal Office: 18th Floor, Building A, Chengjian Plaza, No.18 BeiTaiPingZhuang Road, Haidian District, Beijing 100088, People’s Republic of China

Pledgor 1: Xiaogang Feng

Pledgor 2: Xuejun Xie

Pledgor 3: Yisi Gu

(Pledgor 1, Pledgor 2 and Pledgor 3 are collectively referred to as “Pledgors”)

WHEREAS:

(1) Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. entered into Technology Service Agreement with Suzhou Wenjian Venture Investment Management Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Suzhou Wenjian”) on February 25, 2009 (“Technology Service Agreement”);

(2) Pledgor 1, Pledgor 2 and Pledgor 3 are the shareholders of Suzhou Wenjian, the registered capital of which is RMB 1 million, holding 40% (contribution of RMB 400 thousand), 30% (contribution of RMB 300 thousand) and 30% (contribution of RMB 300 thousand) of the equity interest in Suzhou Wenjian respectively;

(3) Pledgors agree to pledge all of their equity interests in Suzhou Wenjian to Pledgee as a security for Suzhou Wenjian’s performance of its obligations under the Technology Service Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows after friendly consultations:

1. Definitions

1.1 Unless otherwise specified herein, all of the following terms shall have the meanings defined below.

1.1.1 “Secured Debt” means the payment obligation and other relevant obligations to Pledgee assumed by Suzhou Wenjian under Technology Service Agreement, liquidated damage and other relevant costs, and all costs (including attorney fees) and other amounts paid by Pledgee to realize Pledgee’s rights under Technology Service Agreement in the event that Suzhou Wenjian commits a breach.

1.1.2 “Pledged Equity” means the 40%, 30% and 30% equity interest owned by each Pledgor respectively and all rights relating to such equity.


2. Equity Pledge

2.1 Each Pledgor hereby pledges the Pledged Equity to Pledgee (“Pledge”) as a security for the full discharge of the Secured Debt.

2.2 Each Pledgor shall provide the following documents to Pledgee within two (2) days of execution of this Agreement:

2.2.1 The capital contribution certificates issued by Suzhou Wenjian to Pledgors to evidence Pledgors’ legal ownership of the Pledged Equity; and

2.2.2 All other information and documents reasonably requested by Pledgee.

2.3 Pledgors shall proceed with registering the Pledge on the register of shareholders of Suzhou Wenjian within two (2) days upon execution of this Agreement, and affix Suzhou Wenjian’s corporate seal to the photocopy of such register of shareholders and provide the photocopy to Pledgee. In addition, they shall obtain all registrations relating to the Pledge from competent governmental authorities.

3. Scope of Security

3.1 The Pledged Equity hereunder offers security for:

3.1.1 The Secured Debt defined in Section 1.1.1 hereof; and

3.1.2 The costs paid by Pledgee to realize the pledge to which Pledgee is entitled hereunder.

4. Term of Pledge

4.1 The term of valid existence of the pledge to which Pledgee is entitled hereunder is from the effective date of this Agreement to the third anniversary of the full discharge of the last Secured Debt (“Term of Pledge”).

5. Exercise of Pledge

5.1 If (a) Suzhou Wenjian fails to fulfill its payment obligation or other related obligations to Pledgee in accordance with the provisions of Technology Service Agreement, or (b) Pledgors breach their duties or obligations hereunder, Pledgee shall have the right to manage the pledge in any manner at any time it deems appropriate to the extent permitted by applicable laws during the Term of Pledge, including without limitation:

5.1.1 To negotiate with Pledgors to discharge the Secured Debt with the Pledged Equity at a discount rate;

5.1.2 To sell off the Pledged Equity and use the proceeds thereof to discharge the Secured Debt;

5.1.3 To retain a relevant agency to auction all or part of the Pledged Equity; and/or


5.1.4 To otherwise dispose of the Pledged Equity appropriately to the extent permitted by applicable laws.

5.2 In the course of Pledgee’s disposal of the Pledged Equity as specified in the preceding section, Pledgee shall have the right to take any actions permitted by law to realize any of its rights hereunder.

5.3 As requested by Pledgee, Pledgors shall assist Pledgee in obtaining all necessary approvals or consents in connection with Pledgee’s realization of its rights to debt and pledge.

5.4 All amounts received due to Pledgee’s exercise of its pledge shall be used in the following order of priority subject to the other provisions hereof:

5.4.1 First, such amounts shall be used to pay all taxes and costs incurred by Pledgee because of its exercise of the pledge and/or other rights hereunder;

5.4.2 Second, such amounts shall be used by Pledgee to discharge the Secured Debt according to law;

5.4.3 Any remaining balance shall be paid to Pledgors or anyone who is entitled to such balance (without interest).

6. Termination of Pledge

6.1 The pledge shall be terminated automatically upon expiration of the Term of Pledge. If, the Secured Debt is fully discharged at any time during the Term of Pledge and Pledgors shall no longer assume any obligations or duties hereunder, then the pledge to which each Pledgor is entitled hereunder shall be eliminated from the date when the Secured Debt is fully discharged. In such case, as requested by Pledgors, Pledgee shall sign a written document to terminate the equity pledge created hereunder and submit such documentation to Pledgors, or assist Pledgors in handling other procedures for terminating the equity pledge hereunder.

6.2 Subject to the provisions in the preceding paragraph, the equity pledge hereunder shall not be terminated without Pledgee’s prior written consent.

7. Nature of Security

7.1 The security created hereunder shall not be affected by any other security held by Pledgee for the Secured Debt, and shall not affect the effectiveness of any other security.

7.2 The security created hereunder and Pledgee’s rights hereunder shall not be terminated or affected due to the following circumstances:

7.2.1 Any grace, termination or relief granted by Pledgee in connection with any person’s debt;


7.2.2 Any amendment, modification or supplement to Technology Service Agreement;

7.2.3 Any disposal, modification or termination of any other security in connection with the Secured Debt;

7.2.4 A settlement entered into between Pledgee and any person in connection with any claims of such person;

7.2.5 Any delay, act or omission of Pledgee in the exercise of its rights;

7.2.6 Any other event that may affect Pledgors’ obligations hereunder.

8. Special Provisions

8.1 Without Pledgee’s prior written consent, Pledgors shall not assign any of their rights or obligations hereunder to any other party.

8.2 Pledgee shall have the right to assign to any third party any of its rights or obligations hereunder and any of its rights or obligations under other agreements contemplated by this Agreement at any time without Pledgors’ prior consent. In such case, Pledgors must unconditionally cooperate with Pledgee in handling the procedures for the transfer of relevant rights and obligations, including without limitation signing an agreement on the change of the relevant contractual party.

8.3 Upon effectiveness of this Agreement, unless Pledgee makes a written decision to the contrary and notify Pledgors of such decision, Pledgors shall be obligated to continue to comply with legal requirements relating to the Pledged Equity and perform all rights and obligations in connection with the Pledged Equity, and perform the due care and good faith obligations that a shareholder shall perform.

8.4 Pledgee shall assume no obligation or legal liability whatsoever for the Pledged Equity, nor shall it perform any obligations assumed by Pledgors for the Pledged Equity. Without prejudice to Pledgee’s rights hereunder, Pledgee shall not assume any obligation or legal liability for the Pledged Equity to any other person under this Agreement.

8.5 Pledgors shall promptly notify Pledgee of any event that may affect the Pledged Equity or the value thereof, or that may impede, prejudice or delay Pledgee’s performance of its rights as a shareholder of Suzhou Wenjian. Each of Pledgors hereby agrees to sign a power of attorney (“Power of Attorney”) on the even date herewith, appointing Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. as its initial attorney-in-fact to: (i) exercise all voting rights he enjoys as a shareholder of Suzhou Wenjian, and (ii) sign on behalf of such Pledgor any resolutions adopted by the shareholders’ meetings of Suzhou Wenjian, and any other documents that are related to such Pledgor’s performance of his or her rights as a shareholder of Suzhou Wenjian. The attorney-in-fact shall perform its duties in good faith, aiming to maximize the value of the Pledged Equity hereunder, and its acts shall be in compliance with applicable Chinese laws in all respects. The form of the initial Power of Attorney to be signed by each Pledgor is set forth in Appendix 1 attached hereto.


8.6 Without Pledgee’s prior written consent, each Pledgor shall not conduct any of the following activities:

8.6.1 Making a proposal to amend the articles of association of Suzhou Wenjian or causing the making of such proposal; increasing or reducing its registered capital, or otherwise changing its registered capital structure;

8.6.2 Creating any further security, encumbrances and any third party’s rights on the Pledged Equity in addition to the pledge created hereunder;

8.6.3 Performing any act that may prejudice any rights of Pledgee hereunder, or any act that may materially affect the assets, business and/or operations of Suzhou Wenjian;

8.7 Without Pledgee’s prior written consent, each Pledgor shall not transfer or dispose of the Pledged Equity in any way.

8.8 Pledgors agree to take other necessary actions and enter into other necessary agreements to give effect to the provisions hereof and other agreements contemplated hereby.

9. Representations, Undertakings and Warranties

9.1 Each Pledgor hereby represents, undertakes and warrants to Pledgee that:

9.1.1 Each Pledgor has the lawful eligibility and necessary authority to enter into this Agreement and has the capacity to fully perform any of his or her rights hereunder;

9.1.2 Each Pledgor has the sole ownership of the Pledged Equity and has lawful, complete and full ownership of the his or her pledged equity hereunder;

9.1.3 Except the pledge created hereunder, each Pledgor has not created or allowed the creation of any security rights or any third party’s rights or encumbrances on the Pledged Equity without Pledgee’s prior written consent; there is no dispute over the ownership of such Pledged Equity, which is not subject to any lien or other legal proceedings and can be used for pledge or transfer in accordance with applicable laws;

9.1.4 There is no existing, pending or threat of legal proceedings, arbitrations or administrative proceedings against the Pledged Equity;

9.1.5 Pledgor’s execution of this Agreement, exercise of his or her rights hereunder, or performance of his or her obligations hereunder will not violate any agreements, contracts or laws and regulations applicable to Pledgor and his or her property;

9.1.6 The pledge created hereunder shall constitute valid security for the secured Debt, which can be executed on its terms;


9.1.7 All documents delivered by Pledgors to Pledgee in connection with this Agreement are true, complete and correct in all material respects, and there is no omission that may cause any information therein to become incorrect or misleading in any material respect;

9.1.8 This Agreement shall constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of Pledgors, and may be enforced in accordance with the application of Pledgee to competent authorities under this Agreement;

9.1.9 From the date of this Agreement to the expiration of the Term of Pledge, Pledgors shall not transfer or dispose of any part or all of the interests in the Pledged Equity to any third party without Pledgee’s prior written consent;

9.1.10 Pledgors shall be responsible for applying to relevant government departments for and completing all registrations in connection with the pledge hereunder. Pledgors shall be liable for all consequences arising in the event such pledge cannot take effect due to their failure to perform such obligation.

9.2 Pledgee hereby represents, undertakes and warrants to Pledgors that:

9.2.1 Pledgee is a limited liability company duly established and validly existing, and has the authority to enter into this Agreement and is able to perform its obligations hereunder;

9.2.2 Pledgee has obtained all authorities and consents necessary for the execution and performance of this Agreement.

10. Liability for Breach

10.1 Either Party’s direct or indirect violation of any provisions hereof or failure to assume its obligations hereunder or failure to assume such obligations in a timely and adequate manner shall constitute breach of this Agreement. The non-breaching Party (“Non-Breaching Party”) shall have the right to require the breaching Party (“Breaching Party”) by written notice to redress its breach and take adequate, effective and timely measures to eliminate the consequences of such breach, and indemnify against the losses incurred by the Non-Breaching Party due to the breach of the Breaching Party.

10.2 After the occurrence of the breach, if, according to the reasonable and objective judgment of the Non-Breaching Party, such breach has made it impossible or unfair for the Non-Breaching Party to perform its relevant obligations hereunder, then the Non-Breaching Party shall have the right to notify the Breaching Party in writing that the Non-Breaching Party will suspend the performance of its relevant obligations hereunder until the Breaching Party ceases such breach and takes adequate, effective and timely measures to eliminate the consequences of such breach, and indemnify against the losses incurred by Non-Breaching Party due to the breach.


10.3 The losses incurred by the Non-Breaching Party which shall be indemnified against by the Breaching Party due to its breach are the direct economic losses incurred by the Non-Breaching Party due to the Breaching Party’s breach and any expectable indirect losses and additional costs, including without limitation attorney fees, litigation and arbitration costs, financial costs and travel expenses, etc.

11. Force Majeure

11.1 “Force Majeure” means any event that is beyond the reasonable control of any or all Parties hereto, unable to be foreseen or unable to be overcome even foreseen, which impedes, affects or delays any party’s performance of all or part of its obligations under this Agreement. Such event includes without limitation any government act, act of God, war, hacker attack or any other similar event.

11.2 The Party affected by a Force Majeure event may suspend the performance of its relevant obligations hereunder that cannot be performed due to the Force Majeure until the effect of such Force Majeure event is eliminated, and shall not be held liable for such suspension. However, such Party shall use its best endeavor to overcome such event and mitigate its negative effect.

11.3 The Party affected by a Force Majeure event shall provide the other Parties with a legitimate certificate issued by a notary public (or other proper agency) in the place where such event occurs to evidence the occurrence of such Force Majeure event. If such Party cannot provide such certificate, the other Parties may hold such Party liable for breach in accordance with the provisions hereof.

12. Effectiveness and Termination

12.1 This Agreement shall come into effect upon satisfaction of both conditions below:

12.1.1 It has been duly executed by Pledgors and Pledgee; and

12.1.2 The pledge hereunder is registered on the register of shareholders of Suzhou Wenjian.

12.2 This Agreement shall be terminated upon any of the following circumstances:

12.2.1 in accordance with Section 6 hereof;

12.2.2 by mutual agreement of Pledgee and Pledgors;

12.2.3 by the consent of Pledgee.

12.3 The termination of this Agreement shall not affect the Parties’ rights and obligations arising hereunder prior to the expiration date of this Agreement.


13. Dispute Resolution

13.1 If any dispute arises between the Parties in connection with the interpretation and performance of the provisions hereunder, the Parties shall resolve such dispute in good faith through discussions. If no agreement can be reached within sixty (60) days after one Party receives the notice of the other Party requesting the beginning of discussions or as otherwise agreed, either Party shall have the right to submit such dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with its then effective rules. The arbitration shall be held in Beijing. The award of the arbitration shall be final and binding upon the Parties.

13.2 If any dispute arises in connection with the interpretation and performance of this Agreement, or such dispute is under arbitration, either Party shall continue to have the rights hereunder other than those in dispute and perform the obligations hereunder other than those in dispute.

13.3 The conclusion, effectiveness, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the Chinese laws.

14. Miscellaneous

14.1 The headings herein are for convenience only, and shall not affect the interpretation of any provisions hereof.

14.2 The Parties may amend and supplement this Agreement by written agreement. Any amendments or supplements executed by the Parties, if any, are part of this Agreement, and shall have the same force and effect as this Agreement.

14.3 If any provision herein becomes partly or wholly invalid or unenforceable for violation of laws or government regulations or other reasons, then the part of such provision that is affected shall be deemed as deleted. However, the deletion of such part of such provision shall not affect the legal effect of other parts of such provision or the other provisions herein. The Parties shall cease to execute such invalid or unenforceable provision, and modify such provision so that it has the closest intent to the original provision and becomes valid and enforceable in connection with such facts and circumstances.

14.4 Unless otherwise provided herein, either Party’s failure to exercise or delay in exercising any of its rights or powers hereunder shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights or powers. Any single or partial exercise of any rights or powers shall not preclude the exercise of other rights or powers.

14.5 This Agreement shall be binding upon the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Pledgee shall have the right to transfer to any other third party the rights hereunder and other agreements contemplated hereby at its sole discretion without Pledgors’ consent.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

Pledgee:
Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.
Authorized Representative:  

/s/ Jin Huang

  Jin Huang
Pledgors:
Signature:  

/s/ Xiaogang Feng

  Xiaogang Feng
Signature:  

/s/ Xuejun Xie

  Xuejun Xie
Signature:  

/s/ Yisi Gu

  Yisi Gu

Exhibit 10.25

Call Option Agreement

Between

Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.

And

Xiaogang Feng, Xuejun Xie and Yisi Gu

February 25, 2009


Call Option Agreement

This Call Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and among the following Parties on February 25, 2009:

1. Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd., a limited liability company duly established and existing under the Chinese laws, with its registered address at 8th Floor, Building A, Chengjian Plaza, No.18 BeiTaiPingZhuang Road, Haidian District, Beijing (hereinafter referred to as “Party A”); and

2. Xiaogang Feng, a Chinese citizen; Xuejun Xie, a Chinese citizen; and Yisi Gu, a Chinese citizen (each hereinafter referred to “Party B”, and collectively, “Party B”);

WHEREAS

A. Party B owns 100% equity interest in Suzhou Wenjian Venture Investment Management Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Suzhou Wenjian”);

B. Party B is willing to transfer their equity interests in Suzhou Wenjian to Party A (or its affiliate or assign) to the extent permitted by the Chinese laws and if such transfer is allowed under the Chinese laws.

Now therefore, through good faith consultations, the Parties reach an agreement on the following terms:

Section 1 Definitions

1.1 Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Call Option   The right granted to Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A to subscribe for all or part of the equity interests held by Party B in Suzhou Wenjian under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
China   The People’s Republic of China (excluding Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan for the purposes of this Agreement).
Chinese laws   The laws, regulations and decisions made and promulgated by various Chinese legislative authorities; the administrative rules, regulations, measures and other legally binding official documents made and promulgated by various Chinese administrative authorities.
Approvals   The approvals, consents, permits and authorizations made and/or issued by relevant Chinese administrative authorities under the Chinese laws.
Equity in Suzhou Wenjian   The equity interests held lawfully by Party B in Suzhou Wenjian. The ratio of such equity is equivalent to the ratio of Party B’s capital contributions to Suzhou Wenjian to Suzhou Wenjian’s registered capital.
Loan Agreement   The loan agreement and any amendments thereto entered into among Party A and Party B.


Section 2 Grant of Call Option

2.1 Party B hereby irrevocably and exclusively grants Party A the Call Option, the right that allows Party A and any third party designated by Party A to subscribe for all or part of the equity interest held by Party B in Suzhou Wenjian.

2.2 To the extent permitted by the Chinese laws, Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A shall have the right to exercise the Call Option at any time during the term of this Agreement, to obtain necessary government approvals and complete required registration procedures (if required, including the evaluation procedures), and to obtain and maintain the Equity in Suzhou Wenjian. Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A shall become the lawful holder of the Equity in Suzhou Wenjian, and shall have the right to obtain all shareholder rights according to its shareholding ratio.

2.3 Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A shall exercise the Call Option by delivering a subscription notice to Party B (see Appendix 1 for the form and substance of such subscription notice). Party B shall transfer the corresponding equity interests in Suzhou Wenjian to Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A in accordance with such subscription notice.

2.4 Without Party A’s written consent, Party B shall not grant to any third party any rights, senior to or on a parity with the Call Option.

Section 3 Consideration for the Call Option

To the fullest extent permitted by the Chinese laws, the transfer price for the Equity in Suzhou Wenjian (or any part thereof) shall be equal to Party B’s initial contributions to the registered capital of Suzhou Wenjian in exchange for such Equity in Suzhou Wenjian (or any part thereof) (“Contributions to Registered Capital”). The Parties agree that, to the fullest extent permitted by the Chinese laws, in connection with the transfer of any or all Equity in Suzhou Wenjian to Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A, Party A shall have the right to offset the debt Party B owes to Party A against the transfer price for such Equity, and Party A and any third party designated by Party A shall not be required to make any cash payment to Party B separately. If the Equity in Suzhou Wenjian is required to be valuated under relevant Chinese laws, or there are any other provisions for the transfer price for such Equity, then such transfer price shall be the lowest price permitted under relevant Chinese laws.

Section 4 Exercise of the Call Option

4.1 The Parties agree that only Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A shall have the right to exercise the Call Option.

4.2 Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A shall have the right to exercise the Call Option in any way permitted by law at any time within the term of the Call Option upon effectiveness of this Agreement.


4.3 During the term of this Agreement, Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A may exercise the Call Option in whole or part in order to obtain any or all of the equity interest for which it has the right to subscribe hereunder at one or more times.

4.4 Party B shall complete all procedures required for Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A to obtain the Equity in Suzhou Wenjian and become a lawful shareholder of Suzhou Wenjian within sixty (60) days after Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A sends the subscription notice for the exercise of the Call Option, including without limitation, adopting any necessary resolution, providing or causing or facilitating Suzhou Wenjian to provide all necessary documents, and causing and helping Suzhou Wenjian to obtain approvals from competent government authorities for the change of equity and handle all relevant procedures in the event that Suzhou Wenjian is converted to a foreign-invested company due to the exercise of the Call Option.

Section 5 Representations and Warranties

5.1 Party B represents and warrants to Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A (as the case may be) as follows in connection with the Call Option as of the date of this Agreement and at the time when Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A exercises the Call Option hereunder:

(1) Suzhou Wenjian is a limited liability company duly established and existing under the Chinese laws;

(2) Party B has contributed the capital for his or her equity interest in Suzhou Wenjian in full. Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A shall acquire such equity interest without any capital contribution to Ambow Wenjian in accordance with this Agreement;

(3) Except the pledge granted to Party A by the share pledge agreement entered into by Party A and Party B on February 25, 2009, Party B has not created or allowed any option, call option, pledge, or other equity interest or security interest on Equity in Suzhou Wenjian without Party A’s written consent;

(4) Party B hereby agrees that it shall irrevocably waive the preemptive right to purchase the Equity in Suzhou Wenjian to which it is entitled under the Chinese laws and the bylaws of Suzhou Wenjian, and allow Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A to exercise the Call Option hereunder;

(5) Without Party A’s written consent, Party B shall not transfer the Equity in Suzhou Wenjian to any third party;

(6) During the term of this Agreement, Party B and Suzhou Wenjian have not engaged in and shall not engage in any act or omission that may cause any losses to Party A or cause any reduction in value of the Equity in Suzhou Wenjian held by Party B;


(7) Suzhou Wenjian has the right to operate all business activities within the approved business scope which it is operating or it expects to operate in the future; and

(8) Party B shall not have the right to early terminate this Agreement.

5.2 Party A represents and warrants to Party B in connection with the execution of this Agreement as follows:

(1) Party A is a limited liability company duly established and existing under the Chinese laws;

(2) The execution and performance of this Agreement will not constitute Party A’s violation of its obligations under any legally binding documents entered into with any third party, or constitute a violation of any prohibition or ruling of any administrative authorities, arbitration agencies or judicial organs.

Section 6 Liability for Breach

6.1 Under any of the following circumstances, Party B shall be deemed to breach the Agreement:

(1) Any representations or warranties made by Party B are not true or correct;

(2) Party B transfers the Equity in Suzhou Wenjian to any company or individual other than Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A without Party A’s prior written consent;

(3) Party B fails to promptly handle or facilitate Suzhou Wenjian to handle relevant procedures upon receipt of the subscription notice from Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A in accordance with this Agreement, which would cause Party A and/or any third party designated by Party A to fail to acquire the Equity of Suzhou Wenjian;

(4) Party B attempts to terminate this Agreement without Party A’s consent;

(5) Party B violates any other provisions hereof.

If Party B breaches the Agreement, it shall indemnify Party A against all direct economic losses, any foreseeable indirect losses and any expenses incurred by Party A for such breach, including without limitation attorney fees, litigation and arbitration fees, financial and travel expenses.

Section 7 Term

7.1 This Agreement shall come into effect as of the date when the authorized representatives of the Parties duly sign the Agreement, and shall remain effective until the termination of the Loan Agreement.


7.2 Unless otherwise provided herein, Party A shall have the right to early terminate this Agreement upon twenty (20) days’ prior notice, but Party B shall not early terminate this Agreement.

Section 8 Force Majeure

8.1 Force Majeure means any event (i) that is beyond the control of either or both Parties hereto; (ii) that cannot be foreseen or cannot be overcome even foreseeable; and (iii) that occurs after the date of this Agreement and prevent either Party hereto from performing this Agreement in whole or part. Force Majeure includes without limitation the occurrence of explosion, fire, flood, earthquake and other acts of God and war, civil disorder, governmental act of sovereignty, etc.

8.2 The Party affected by any Force Majeure event may suspend the performance of relevant obligations that cannot be performed due to Force Majeure until the effect of such Force Majeure event is eliminated, and shall not be held liable for such suspension. However, such Party shall use its best endeavors to overcome such event and reduce its adverse effect.

8.3 The Party affected by any Force Majeure event shall provide the other Party with a legitimate certificate issued by a notary public (or any other proper authorities) in the place where such event occurs to evidence the Force Majeure event; if such Party cannot provide such certificate, the other Party may hold such Party liable for breach of the Agreement in accordance with the provisions hereof.

Section 9 Governing Law

The conclusion, effectiveness, interpretation, performance, enforcement and dispute resolution of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

Section 10 Dispute Resolution

10.1 All disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled by the Parties through good faith consultations. If no agreement can be reached through consultations within sixty (60) days after one Party receives a notice from other Party requesting the beginning of such consultations or as otherwise agreed by the Parties, either Party shall have the right to submit relevant disputes to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be held in Beijing. The award of the arbitration shall be final and binding on both Parties.

10.2 The arbitration costs shall be borne in accordance with the award specified in Section 10.1 above.

10.3 While any disputes exist between the Parties, the Parties shall continue to perform duties and obligations without any dispute.


Section 11 Miscellaneous

11.1 No amendment, modification, addition or deletion made to this Agreement shall become effective unless the Parties sign a written document by mutual agreement.

11.2 The invalidity, ineffectiveness and unenforceability of any provisions hereof shall not affect or prejudice the other provisions’ validity, effectiveness and enforceability. However, the Parties shall also cease to perform such invalid, ineffective and unenforceable provisions, and only modify such provisions to the extent the modified provisions have the closest intent to the original provisions so that they are valid, effective and enforceable under such specific facts and circumstances.

11.3 This Agreement shall be effective to and binding upon both Parties and their respective successors or permitted assigns. Party A shall have the right to transfer its rights under this Agreement and other agreements contemplated herein at its sole discretion to any third party without Party B’s consent.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representative of Party A and Party B have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.
Authorized Representative: Jin Huang
Signature:  

/s/ Jin Huang

Xiaogang Feng
Signature:  

/s/ Xiaogang Feng

Xuejun Xie
Signature:  

/s/ Xuejun Xie

Yisi Gu
Signature:  

/s/ Yisi Gu


Appendix 1 Subscription Notice

Dear Sir:

This is to notify you that, in accordance with the Call Option Agreement (“Agreement”) entered into by you and Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. on February 25, 2009, we decide to exercise the call option under such Agreement for [all] or [part] of the equity interest in Suzhou Wenjian Venture Investment Management Consulting Co., Ltd..

 

[    ] Co., Ltd.

 

Authorized Representative:
Title:
Date:

Exhibit 10.26

Power of Attorney

Shareholder: Xiaogang Feng (“Plegor”)

Attorney-in-fact: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. (“Ambow Online”)

In accordance with the Share Pledge Agreement executed by Xiaogang Feng on February 25, 2009 (“Pledge Agreement”), by executing this power of attorney (the “POA”), the Pledgor hereby appoints Ambow Online as his attorney-in-fact (“Attorney-in-fact”) to (i) attend the shareholder meetings of Suzhou Wenjian Education and Technology Co., Ltd. (“Suzhou Wenjian”) and exercise all voting rights to which the Pledgor is entitled as a shareholder of Suzhou Wenjian; and (ii) sign any resolutions adopted by the Board of Suzhou Wenjian and any other documents requiring to be signed by the shareholders of Suzhou Wenjian.

The Attorney-in-fact shall act in good faith for the purpose of maximizing the value of the Pledged Equity (as defined in the Pledge Agreement), and its acts shall be in compliance with applicable Chinese laws and regulations in all respects. Any act performed by and any document executed by the Attorney-in-fact hereunder shall be deemed the act performed by or the document executed by the Pledgor.

This POA shall come into effect upon the date of execution. Unless terminated as agreed, this POA shall remain effective during the Term of Pledge (as defined in the Pledge Agreement).

 

By:  

/s/ Xiaogang Feng

  Xiaogang Feng
Date: February 25, 2009


Power of Attorney

Shareholder: Xuejun Xie (“Plegor”)

Attorney-in-fact: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. (“Ambow Online”)

In accordance with the Share Pledge Agreement executed by Xuejun Xie on February 25, 2009 (“Pledge Agreement”), by executing this power of attorney (the “POA”), the Pledgor hereby appoints Ambow Online as her attorney-in-fact (“Attorney-in-fact”) to (i) attend the shareholder meetings of Suzhou Wenjian Education and Technology Co., Ltd. (“Suzhou Wenjian”) and exercise all voting rights to which the Pledgor is entitled as a shareholder of Suzhou Wenjian; and (ii) sign any resolutions adopted by the Board of Suzhou Wenjian and any other documents requiring to be signed by the shareholders of Suzhou Wenjian.

The Attorney-in-fact shall act in good faith for the purpose of maximizing the value of the Pledged Equity (as defined in the Pledge Agreement), and its acts shall be in compliance with applicable Chinese laws and regulations in all respects. Any act performed by and any document executed by the Attorney-in-fact hereunder shall be deemed the act performed by or the document executed by the Pledgor.

This POA shall come into effect upon the date of execution. Unless terminated as agreed, this POA shall remain effective during the Term of Pledge (as defined in the Pledge Agreement).

 

By:  

/s/ Xuejun Xie

  Xuejun Xie
Date: February 25, 2009


Power of Attorney

Shareholder: Yisi Gu (“Pledgor”)

Attorney-in-fact: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. (“Ambow Online”)

In accordance with the Share Pledge Agreement executed by Yisi Gu on February 25, 2009 (“Pledge Agreement”), by executing this power of attorney (this “POA”), the Pledgor hereby appoints Ambow Online as her attorney-in-fact (“Attorney-in-fact”) to (i) attend the shareholder meetings of Suzhou Wenjian Education and Technology Co., Ltd. (“Suzhou Wenjian”) and exercise all voting rights to which the Pledgor is entitled as a shareholder of Suzhou Wenjian; and (ii) sign any resolutions adopted by the Board of Suzhou Wenjian and any other documents requiring to be signed by the shareholders of Suzhou Wenjian.

The Attorney-in-fact shall act in good faith for the purpose of maximizing the value of the Pledged Equity (as defined in the Pledge Agreement), and its acts shall be in compliance with applicable Chinese laws and regulations in all respects. Any act performed by and any document executed by the Attorney-in-fact hereunder shall be deemed the act performed by or the document executed by the Pledgor.

This POA shall come into effect upon the date of execution. Unless terminated as agreed, this POA shall remain effective during the Term of Pledge (as defined in the Pledge Agreement).

 

By:  

/s/ Yisi Gu

  Yisi Gu
Date: February 25, 2009

Exhibit 10.27

Loan Agreement

This Loan Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by the following parties (the “Parties”) on February 25, 2009 in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”):

Lender: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.

Address: 18th Floor, Building A, Chengjian Plaza, No. 18, BeiTaiPingZhuang Road,

Haidian District, Beijing

Contact: Jin Huang

Borrowers:

Xiaogang Feng, Xuejun Xie and Yisi Gu (collectively “Borrowers”)

WHEREAS:

(1) Borrowers have established a limited liability company in PRC (the “Domestic Company”). Xiaogang Feng holds 40% equity interest in the Domestic Company, Xuejun Xie holds 30% equity interest in the Domestic Company, and Yisi Gu holds 30% equity interest in the Domestic Company; and

(2) Lender is a wholly foreign owned enterprise established in China (“Ambow Online”);

Through friendly consultations and in the spirit of equality and mutual benefits, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Loan

1.1 Lender agrees to provide a loan to Xiaogang Feng, the principal of which amounts to RMB400,000; a loan to Xuejun Xie, the principal of which amounts to RMB300,000; and a loan to Yisi Gu, the principal of which amounts to RMB300,000 (collectively “Loans”).

1.2 Borrowers agree to accept the aforementioned Loans provided to them respectively by Ambow Online and assume the underlying obligations and responsibilities.

1.3 The Parties agree that the Loans under this Agreement shall bear no interest.

2. Conditions

Borrowers hereby undertake that the Loans hereunder shall be only used to make equity investment in the Domestic Company. Without Ambow Online’s prior written consent, Borrowers shall not use any equity interest in the Domestic Company that is resulted from such Loans to pledge, assume obligations, create any third party interests, or transfer such equity interest to any third party.


3. Repayment

3.1 Borrowers and Ambow Online hereby mutually agree and acknowledge that, to the extent permitted by the PRC laws, Ambow Online shall determine at its sole discretion the timing and method of the repayment of the Loans hereunder and notify Borrowers in writing of such arrangements seven (7) days in advance. Borrowers and Ambow Online further agree that Borrowers shall not early repay the loan to Lender unless Lender notifies Borrowers in writing that the Loans hereunder have expired or as otherwise provided herein.

3.2 The Parties agree that, subject to the PRC laws and necessary approvals of the PRC government (if applicable), if Borrowers transfer all or part of their equity interest in the Domestic Company to any transferees in accordance with the provisions of the Call Option Agreement entered into by Borrowers and Ambow Online on the even date herewith (including any amendments thereafter), the loan that Borrowers shall repay to Ambow Online under this Agreement and is equivalent in amount to the price of the transferred equity interest (“Price of Transferred Shares”, as defined below) shall be deemed repaid. For the purposes of this Section, the Price of Transferred Shares shall be calculated as follows: Price of Transferred Shares = Total Amount of Loans x (Number of Transferred Shares/Total Number of Shares).

3.3 If the offset of the Price of Transferred Shares provided in Section 3.2 above is not allowed under applicable PRC laws, Borrower shall use all the proceeds from the sale of all the equity interest in the Domestic Company to repay the Loans. After Lender has received all the proceeds (applicable taxes and fees deducted), Borrower’s loan hereunder shall be deemed fully repaid.

3.4 Borrowers and Ambow Online hereby mutually agree and acknowledge that, under any of the following circumstances, Borrowers shall repay the loan immediately:

3.4.1 Borrowers are dead, or have no legal capacity or restricted legal capacity;

3.4.2 Borrowers resign or are dismissed from Ambow Online or its affiliate;

3.4.3 Borrowers commit any crime or are involved in criminal activities;

3.4.4 Any other third party claims against Borrowers for payment of any debt exceeding RMB 100,000.

4. Representations and Warranties

4.1 Borrowers make the following representations and warranties to Ambow Online and acknowledge that Ambow Online executes and performs this Agreement in reliance on such representations and warranties:

4.1.1 Borrowers have full civil capacity and have the authority to execute this Agreement;

4.1.2 Borrowers’ execution of this Agreement will not violate any laws or obligations binding upon them;


4.1.3 Upon execution, this Agreement shall constitute a binding obligation of Borrowers;

4.1.4 Borrowers have not engaged in any criminal act or been involved in any criminal activities;

4.1.5 Borrowers will not use all or part of their equity interest in the Domestic Company to create any pledge, assume any obligations, create any third party’s interests, or transfer such equity interest to any third party.

4.2 Ambow Online makes the following representations and warranties to Borrowers:

(1) It will execute and perform this Agreement within its corporate power and business scope; it has taken necessary corporate actions and obtained appropriate authorizations, consents and approvals from third parties and government departments, and it will not violate any legal and contractual restrictions which it is subject to or may be affected;

(2) Upon execution, this Agreement shall constitute lawful, valid and binding obligations that may be enforced against Ambow Online in accordance with the terms hereof.

5. Breach

Where Borrowers fail to repay Ambow Online the Loans in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, Borrowers shall pay Ambow Online overdue interest at the daily rate of 0.01% for any loan which is due and payable.

6. Effectiveness and Termination

This Agreement shall come into effect from the date of execution by the Parties and terminate after Borrowers fully repay the Loans under this Agreement.

7. Confidentiality

7.1 Either Party agrees to use its best endeavors to take all reasonable measures to keep confidential all confidential materials and information that is known to or accessed by it by means of disclosure by the other Party (“Confidential Information”). Without the disclosing Party’s prior written consent, the receiving Party shall not disclose, give or transfer any such Confidential Information to any third party. Upon termination of this Agreement, the receiving Party shall return to the disclosing Party or destroy any documents, materials or software that may contain the Confidential Information at the disclosing Party’s request, and delete any confidential information from any relevant memory devices, and shall not continue to use such Confidential Information.

8.2 The Parties agree that this Section shall survive regardless of whether this Agreement is altered, terminated or expired.


8. Notices

8.1 Any notices or other communications given by either Party as required hereunder shall be written in Chinese, and sent to the other Party’s address by personal delivery, or generally accepted courier service or facsimile.

8.2 If the notices are sent by personal delivery, they shall be deemed as effectively delivered on the date of delivery; if they are sent by facsimile, they shall be deemed as effectively delivered on the day following the date of facsimile transmission; if they are sent by courier, they shall be deemed effectively given on the day shown on the return receipt.

9. Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

9.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the PRC laws.

9.2 If any dispute arises between the Parties in connection with the interpretation and performance of the terms hereof, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve such dispute. If no agreement can be reached, either Party may submit such dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Chinese in Beijing. The award of the arbitration shall be final and binding upon the disputing Parties.

9.3 Except the matters in dispute, the Parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations hereunder in good faith in accordance with the provisions hereof.

10. Force Majeure

10.1 A “Force Majeure Event” means any event that is beyond either Party’s reasonable control and cannot be avoided by the affected Party even with due care, including without limitation fire, explosion, storm, flood, earthquake, tide, lightning or war. However, inadequacy of credit standing, funds or financing shall not be deemed an event that is beyond either Party’s reasonable control. If the Party affected by any “Force Majeure Event” seeks a waiver of its obligations hereunder, it shall notify the other Party of such waiver and the steps to be taken to complete the performance as soon as possible.

10.2 When the performance of this Agreement is delayed or impeded by the “Force Majeure” defined in the preceding paragraph, the Party affected by the “Force Majeure” shall not assume any liability hereunder to the extent delayed or impeded. The Party affected by the “Force Majeure” shall take proper measures to mitigate or eliminate the influence of the “Force Majeure”, and endeavor to resume the performance of its obligations that is delayed or impeded by the “Force Majeure”. Once the Force Majeure Event is eliminated, the Parties agree to use their best endeavors to resume the performance of this Agreement.


11. Miscellaneous

11.1 Any amendment and supplement to this Agreement shall be made by written agreement duly signed by the Parties. Any signed amendment and supplement constitutes part of this Agreement and shall have the same force and effect as this Agreement.

11.2 Borrowers shall not assign their rights and obligations hereunder to any third party without Ambow Online’s prior written consent.

11.3 Should any provisions hereof be found to be illegal or unenforceable under applicable laws, such provisions shall be deemed deleted from this Agreement and invalid. However, this Agreement shall remain effective and shall be deemed not having such provisions from the beginning. The Parties shall discuss with each other to replace the deleted provisions with lawful and valid provisions that are acceptable to Party A.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the authorized representatives of the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

LENDER
Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.
Authorized Representative:  

/s/ Jin Huang

BORROWERS
Xiaogang Feng
Signature:  

/s/ Xiaogang Feng

Xuejun Xie
Signature:  

/s/ Xuejun Xie

Yisi Gu
Signature:  

/s/ Yisi Gu

Exhibit 10.28

Amendment to Exclusive Cooperation Agreement

This Amendment to Exclusive Cooperation Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by the following parties on May 13, 2010:

(1) Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. (“Party A”), a limited liability company duly established and validly existing under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (“China”), with its registered address at A1806 BeiTaiPingZhuang Road, Haidian District, Beijing 100088, China; and

(2) Beijing Shida Ambow Education and Technology Co., Ltd. (“Party B”), a limited liability company duly established and validly existing under the laws of China, with its registered address at A1801 BeiTaiPingZhuang Road, Haidian District, Beijing 100088, China.

Party A and Party B are hereinafter referred to as “a Party” individually and “the Parties” collectively.

WHEREAS

(1) The Parties entered into the Exclusive Cooperation Agreement on January 31, 2005 (the “Exclusive Service Agreement”) whereby Party A provides support and assistance in connection with Party B’s services relating to distance education for middle schools and primary schools and Party B agrees to pay Party A certain service fees;

(2) The Parties wish to amend the method for calculating the service fees in the Exclusive Cooperation Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, through adequate discussions, the Parties mutually agree to make the following amendment to the Exclusive Cooperation Agreement:

Section 3.2 shall be amended as follows:

“The Parties acknowledge that Party B shall pay Party A certain service fees equivalent to 100% of its pre-tax profits. Party A shall have the right to adjust such percentage at its discretion according to Party B’s actual operating results.”

The other provisions of such agreement shall remain unchanged.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the Parities have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

Party A: Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd. (Corporate Seal)     Party B: Beijing Shida Ambow Education and Technology Co., Ltd. (Corporate Seal)

/s/ Jin Huang

   

/s/ Xuejun Xie

Exhibit 21.1

List of Subsidiaries

Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries

 

  1. Ambow Education Co., Ltd., a Cayman Islands company

 

  2. Ambow Education Ltd., a Cayman Islands company

 

  3. Ambow Education Management (Hong Kong) Ltd., a Hong Kong company

 

  4. Ambow Education (Hong Kong) Limited, a Hong Kong company

 

  5. Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd., a PRC company

 

  6. Ambow Dalian Education Technology Co., Ltd., a PRC company

 

  7. WIND POWER HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company*

 

  8. SOVEREIGN TOWER HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company*

 

  9. EVER TOWN HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company*

 

  10. REAL RISE HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company*

 

  11. PRIME HONOUR HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company*

 

  12. HERO WAY HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company*

 

  13. RIGHT KEEP HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company*

 

  14. FINE EASY HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company*

 

  15. GREAT IDEA HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company*

 

  16. FINE TEAM HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company*

 

  17. Fit Top Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands company*

 

  18. Capital Event Investments Limited, a British Virgin Islands company*

 

  19. GOOD TRADE HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company*

 

  20. EXPERT ASIA INVESTMENTS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company*

 

  21. GAIN START HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company*

 

  22. CAPITAL CHAIN HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company*

 

  23. CENTRAL HONOUR HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company*

 

  24. EVER ACTIVE HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company*

 

  25. GOLDEN GRACE HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company*

 

  26. CAPITAL IDEA HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company*

 

  27. JADE HONOUR INVESTMENTS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company*

 

  28. JOYFUL BLISS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company*

 

  29. Ambow Education Management Ltd., a Cayman Islands company*

 

  30. Ambow Education Group Limited, a Hong Kong company*

 

  31. Ambow College Management Limited, a Hong Kong company*

 

  32. Ambow Training Management Limited, a Hong Kong company*

 

  33. Ambow School Management Limited, a Hong Kong company*

 

  34. Ambow School Consultation Management Limited, a Hong Kong company*

 

  35. Ambow College Consultation Management Limited, a Hong Kong company*

 

  36. Beijing Ambow Chuangying Education Technology Co., Ltd., a PRC company*

 

  37. Beijing Ambow Shengying Education Technology Co., Ltd., a PRC company*

 

* A dormant entity without any significant business


Affiliated Entity Consolidated in the Registrant’s Financial Statements

 

  1. Beijing Ambow Shida Education Technology Co., Ltd., a PRC company

 

  2. Ambow Sihua Education and Technology Co., Ltd., a PRC company

 

  3. Shanghai Ambow Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd., a PRC company

 

  4. Suzhou Wenjian Venture Investment Management Consulting Co., Ltd., a PRC company

 

  5. Wenjian Gongying Venture Investment Enterprise, a fund established under the laws of the PRC

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of our report dated March 31, 2010 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Ambow Education Holding Ltd., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings “Experts”, “Summary consolidated financial and operating data” and “Selected consolidated financial data” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian CPAs Limited Company

Beijing, the People’s Republic of China

July 14, 2010

Exhibit 23.5

Form of Consent

The undersigned, as an authorized representative of CCID Consulting Co., Ltd., hereby:

 

1. Consents to the references to the report with respect to Chinese education market prepared by CCID Consulting Co., Ltd. in the registration statement on Form F-1 including all amendments thereto, and related prospectus of Ambow Education Holding Ltd. (“ Ambow” ) for the registration of its ordinary shares (the “ Registration Statement ”);

 

2. Hereby grants Ambow permission to include the citations of the report in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A in the Registration Statement; and

 

3. Hereby consents to the inclusion of this consent as an exhibit to the Registration Statement if requested by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

CCID Consulting Co., Ltd.
By:   /s/ Zhao Gang
Name:  

Zhao Gang

Title:  

V.P.


Exhibit A

According to CCID, we are the largest ZhongKao and GaoKao after school tutoring provider in China in terms of market share in 2009.

According to CCID, we are the largest IT career enhancement training provider in China with a 16.0% market share in 2009.

According to CCID, we are the best positioned company in both the IT training market and the ZhongKao and GaoKao after school tutoring markets in 2009 in terms of market positioning and growth capabilities.

EXHIBIT 99.1

LOGO

Commerce & Finance Law Offices

6F NCI Tower, A12 Jianguomenwai Avenue,

Chaoyang District, Beijing, PRC; Postcode: 100022

Tel: (8610) 65693399 Fax: (8610) 65693838, 65693836, 65693837, 65693839

E-mail Add: beijing@tongshang.com Website: www.tongshang.com.cn

July 14, 2010

Ambow Education Holding Ltd.

18 th Floor, Building A,

Chengjian Plaza,

No. 18, BeiTaiPingZhuang Road,

Haidian District, Beijing

People’s Republic of China

Dear Sirs,

We are qualified lawyers of the People’s Republic of China (the “ PRC ”) and are qualified to issue opinions on the laws of the PRC. For the purposes of this opinion, the term “PRC” does not include the regions of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan.

We have acted as PRC counsel for Ambow Education Holding Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”), in connection with (i) the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments or supplements thereto (the “ Registration Statement ”), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), on July 14, 2010, relating to the offering (the “ Offering ”) by the Company and certain selling shareholders of the Company of a certain amount of American Depositary Shares (“ ADSs ”), each of which represents ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001 per share, of the Company (together with the ADSs, the “ Offered Securities ”) and (ii) the Company’s proposed listing of the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange.

For the purpose of this opinion, we have examined the originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of documents provided to us by or on behalf of the Company and such other documents, corporate records, certificates issued by governmental authorities in the PRC and officers of the Company and other instruments as we have deemed necessary or advisable for the purposes of rendering this opinion.

In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity with authentic original documents submitted to us as copies. We have also assumed that no amendments, revisions, modifications or other changes have been made with respect to any of the documents after they were submitted to us for purposes of this opinion. We have further assumed the accuracy and completeness of all factual statements in the documents. Where important facts were not independently established to us, we have relied upon certificates issued by governmental agents and representatives of the Company with proper authority and upon representations, made by such persons in the course of our inquiry and consultation.

 

1


The opinion is rendered on the basis of the PRC laws effective as of the date hereof and there is no assurance that any of such laws will not be changed, amended or replaced in the immediate future or in the longer term with or without retrospective effect. We have not made any investigation of, and do not express any opinions on, the laws of any jurisdiction other than the PRC.

Where important facts were not independently established to us, we have relied upon certificates issued by governmental agents and representatives of the Company with proper authority and upon representations, made in or pursuant to the documents.

As used herein, the following terms are defined as follows:

 

(a) Governmental Agencies ” means any court, governmental agency or body or any stock exchange authorities of the PRC (other than the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan Province);

 

(b) Governmental Authorizations ” means all approvals, consents, waivers, sanctions, authorizations, filings, registrations, exemptions, permissions, endorsements, qualifications, licenses, certificates and permits required by applicable PRC Laws that should be obtained from competent Governmental Agencies;

 

(c) Intellectual Property Rights ” means trademarks, trade names, patent rights, copyrights, domain names, licenses, approvals, trade secrets, inventions, technology, know-how and other intellectual property and similar rights.

 

(d) Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or other), business, properties, management, shareholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and the PRC Group Entities taken as a whole;

 

(e) Prospectus ” means the prospectus, including all amendments or supplements thereto, that forms part of the Registration Statement;

 

(f) PRC Laws ” means all laws, regulations, statutes, orders, decrees, guidelines, notices, judicial interpretations of the PRC effective as of the date hereof;

 

2


(g) PRC Group Entities ” means the PRC Companies, Wenjian Fund and PRC Schools as set out in Annex I (each a “PRC Group Entity”, collectively “PRC Group Entities”);

 

(h) PRC Companies ” means the Company’s direct and indirect subsidiaries and Variable Interest Entities (defined below) organized under the PRC Laws which take the legal form of company as set out in Annex I(A) (each a “PRC Company”, collectively “PRC Companies”);

 

(i) Variable Interest Entities ” means the PRC Group Entities other than the Company’s subsidiaries.

 

(j) Wenjian Fund ” means Wenjian Gongying Venture Investment Enterprise, a venture fund established as a non-legal person contractual joint venture;

 

(k) PRC Schools ” means the colleges and schools as set out in Annex I (B) (each a “PRC School”, collectively PRC Schools”);

 

(l) Non-PRC Subsidiaries ” means subsidiaries of the Company that are established, incorporated or registered outside the PRC;

Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

 

(i) Each of PRC Companies has been duly organized and is validly existing as a foreign invested enterprise with limited liability or as a PRC domestic company with limited liability, as the case may be, with full legal person status and is in good standing under the PRC Laws. The articles of association and business license of each of the PRC Companies are in full force and effect under, and in full compliance with, the PRC Laws. All of the equity interests in each PRC Company have been duly authorized and validly issued. As of the date of this opinion, Ambow Training Management Limited (Hong Kong), as the sole investor of Beijing Ambow Shengying Education and Technology Co., Ltd. (“Ambow Shengying”), has paid US$ 4,349,962.5 for its capital contribution of US$ 29,000,000. Ambow Training Management Limited (Hong Kong) is obliged to make additional capital contribution of US$ 24,650,037.5 to the registered capital of Ambow Shengying no later than October 12, 2010 (the “Remaining Capital Contribution Obligation”). Ambow Shengying is in the process of applying to its regulatory authority for reducing its registered capital from US$ 29,000,000 to US$ 4,349,962.5. Once approved, Ambow Training Management Limited (Hong Kong) will be under no additional contribution obligations. As of the date of this opinion, except for the Remaining Capital Contribution Obligation, the registered capitals of all PRC Companies have been fully and timely paid up in accordance with PRC Laws and Governmental Authorizations. Each of the PRC Companies has duly obtained all Governmental Authorizations that are required under PRC Laws for the ownership interest by its respective holder. All of the equity interests of each of the PRC Companies are legally owned directly by its shareholders. To the best of our knowledge after due and reasonable inquiries, except for the pledge and option on such equity interests as disclosed in the Prospectus, all of the equity interests of each of the PRC Companies are free and clear of all liens, charges or any other encumbrances or claims and there are no outstanding rights, warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, nor any agreements or other obligations to issue or other rights to convert any obligation into, any equity interest in any of the PRC Companies.

 

3


(ii) Wenjian Fund has been duly organized and is validly existing as a foreign invested enterprise with non-legal-person status and is in good standing under the PRC Laws. Its articles of association and business license are in full force and effect under and in full compliance with the PRC Laws. The committed capital of Wenjian Fund is US$ 150,000,000, which shall be paid in installments. As of the date of this opinion, US$ 30,000,000 has been paid by the investors, and the remaining capital contribution shall be paid before July 19, 2014. Wenjian Fund has obtained all Governmental Authorizations that are required under PRC Laws for the ownership interests by its investors. The ownership interests of Wenjian Fund are legally owned by Ambow Education Holding Ltd., Ambow Education (Hong Kong) Ltd. and Suzhou Wenjian. To the best of our knowledge after due and reasonable inquiries, all of the ownership interests of Wenjian Fund are free and clear of all liens, charges or any other encumbrances or claims and there are no outstanding rights, warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, nor any agreements or other obligations to issue or other rights to convert any obligation into, any ownership interest in Wenjian Fund.

 

(iii) Except Zhenjiang Foreign Language School and Zhenjiang International School, each of the PRC Schools has been duly organized and is validly existing as a private school with limited liability and full legal person status and in good standing under the PRC Laws. The registration certificate of each of the PRC Schools is in full force and effect under and in full compliance with the PRC Laws. Each of Zhenjiang Foreign Language School and Zhenjiang International School has been duly organized and is validly existing as a public institution legal person with limited liability and full legal person status and is good standing under the PRC Laws and its registration certificate for public institution legal person is in full force and effect. The operational funds of all the PRC Schools have been fully paid up in accordance with PRC Laws. Each of the PRC Schools has obtained all Governmental Authorizations that are required under PRC Laws for the sponsorship interest by its respective holders. All of the sponsorship interests of each of the PRC Schools held directly or indirectly by the Company or the PRC Group Entities are legally owned directly by its sponsors. To the best of our knowledge after due and reasonable inquiries, all of the sponsorship interests of each of the PRC Schools owned indirectly by the Company are free and clear of all liens, charges or any other encumbrances or claims and there are no outstanding rights, warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, nor any agreements or other obligations to issue or other rights to convert any obligation into, any sponsorship interest in any of the PRC Schools.

 

4


(iv) To the best of our knowledge after due and reasonable inquiries, except Shanghai Hero Educational Technology Training School, or Shanghai Career Enhancement, a private school engaging in career enhancement services in PRC, which is in the process of dissolution, none of the other PRC Group Entities has taken any action nor have any steps been taken or legal or administrative proceedings been commenced or threatened for the winding up, dissolution, bankruptcy or liquidation, or for the appointment of a liquidation committee or similar officers in respect of the assets of any of the PRC Group Entities, or for the suspension, withdrawal, revocation or cancellation of any of the business licenses of the PRC Companies and Wenjian Fund, or registration certificates of the PRC Schools.

 

(v) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, each of the PRC Group Entities has full legal right, power and authority (corporate and other) and has obtained all necessary Governmental Authorizations of and from, and has made all necessary declarations and filings with, all Governmental Entities to own, use, lease and operate its assets and to conduct its business in the manner presently conducted and as described in the Prospectus and such necessary Governmental Authorizations contain no materially burdensome restrictions or conditions not described in the Prospectus. No PRC Group Entities has received any notification of proceedings relating to the modification, suspension or revocation of any such necessary Governmental Authorizations, and we are not aware of anything which causes us to reasonably believe that any regulatory body is considering modifying, suspending or revoking, or not renewing, any such necessary Governmental Authorizations. Each of the PRC Group Entities is in compliance with the provisions of such necessary Governmental Authorizations in all material respects. Each learning center as disclosed in the Registration Statement and Prospectus has been duly established and is validly existing under the PRC laws and has filed for record with, or obtained approval from, competent Governmental Entities.

 

(vi) To the best of our knowledge after due and reasonable inquiry, none of the PRC Group Entities is in breach or violation of or in default, as the case may be, under (A) its articles of association, business license, registration certificate or other constituent documents, (B) any material obligation, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan or credit agreement or other evidence of indebtedness governed by the PRC Laws (nor has any event occurred which with notice, lapse of time, or both would result in any breach of, or constitute default under or give the holder of any indebtedness the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or part of such indebtedness), (C) the terms or provisions of any Agreements (as defined below), (D) apart from the Agreements, any obligation, license, lease, contract or other agreement or instrument governed by the PRC Laws to which the Company or any PRC Group Entity is a party or by which any of them may be bound or affected, except for such breach or violation or default that, as the case may be, would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, or (E) any law, regulation or rule of the PRC, or any decree, judgment or order of any court in the PRC applicable to the Company and the PRC Group Entities, except for such breach or violation or default that, as the case may be, would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5


(vii) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus and to the best of our knowledge after due and reasonable inquiries, each PRC Group Entity has legal and valid title to all of its real properties, free and clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances, claims, defects, options and restrictions. Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, each lease agreement to which a PRC Group Entity is a party is duly executed and legally binding, and the leasehold interests of each PRC Group Entity is free from liens, pledge and restrictions and are fully protected by the terms of the lease agreements, which are valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms under PRC Laws. To the best of our knowledge after due and reasonable inquiries, none of the Company and the PRC Group Entities owns, operates, manages or has any other right or interest in any other material real property of any kind.

 

(viii) To the best of our knowledge after due and reasonable inquiry, the Company and the PRC Group Entities own, possess or can acquire on reasonable terms sufficient Intellectual Property Rights necessary or material to the conduct of their business now conducted or proposed to be conducted as described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. To the best of our knowledge after due and reasonable inquiry: (i) there are no rights of third parties to any of the Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company or the PRC Group Entities; (ii) there is no pending or, to our knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the Company’s or any of the PRC Group Entities’ rights in or to, or the violation of any of the terms of, any of their Intellectual Property Rights; (iii) there is no pending or, to our knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of any such Intellectual Property Rights; (iv) there is no pending or, to our knowledge after due and reasonable inquiries, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company or the PRC Group Entities infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates or conflicts with any Intellectual Property Rights or other proprietary rights of others, except in each case covered by clauses (i) to (iv) above such as would not, if determined adversely to the Company or any of the PRC Group Entities, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. To our best knowledge after due and reasonable inquiries and except as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, none of the Company and the PRC Group Entities possesses any other Intellectual Property Rights registered in the PRC.

 

6


(ix) The description of the corporate structure of the PRC Group Entities and the Agreements (as defined below) set forth in the “Our Corporate Structure” and “Related Party Transactions—Contractual arrangements with our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries and shareholders” sections of the Prospectus are true and accurate in all material respects and nothing has been omitted from such description which would make the same misleading in any material respects. The corporate structure of the Company (including the shareholding structure of each of the PRC Group Entities) as described in the Prospectus complies, and immediately after the offering and sale of the Offered Securities, will comply with all applicable PRC Laws, and does not violate, breach, contravene or circumvent or otherwise conflict with any applicable PRC Laws, except as disclosed in the Prospectus;

 

(x) Annex II sets forth a true, complete and correct list of all the current contractual arrangements and agreements (the “Agreements”) which constitute all of the contractual arrangements enabling the Company to exercise effective control over and consolidate the financial statements of each of the Company’s Variable Interest Entities. Except that the pledge registration procedures for the 80% shares of Ambow Shanghai are still in progress, each of the Agreements has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the parties thereto, and all required Government Authorizations in respect of the Agreements with any Government Agency to ensure the legality and enforceability in evidence of each of the Agreements in PRC have been duly obtained and is legal, valid and enforceable and each such PRC Company has, to the extent applicable, taken all necessary corporate actions to authorize the performance thereof; each such PRC Company or PRC Individual has the power and capacity (corporate or otherwise) to enter into and to perform its obligations under such Agreement; except as disclosed in the Prospectus, each of the Agreements constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the parties thereto, enforceable against such parties in accordance with its terms and does not violate any explicit requirements of the applicable PRC Laws. No further Governmental Authorizations are required under the PRC Laws in connection with the Agreements or the performance of the terms thereof and no stamp duty or similar tax is required to be paid in connection with the Agreements.

 

7


(xi) The execution, delivery and performance of each of the Agreements by the parties thereto, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereunder, do not and will not (A) result in any violation of the business license, registration certificate, articles of association, other constituent documents (if any) or Government Authorizations of any of the PRC Group Entities; (B) result in any violation of, or penalty under, any applicable PRC Laws; or (C) to the best of our knowledge after due and reasonable inquiries, conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any other contract, license, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which any of them is a party or by which any of them is bound or to which any of their properties or assets is subject.

 

(xii) There are no legal, governmental, administrative or arbitrative proceedings, actions, proceedings, initiatives, decisions, rulings, demands or orders before any court or arbitration body of the PRC or before or by any Governmental Agency pending or threatened against, or involving the business or assets of the Company, any Non-PRC Subsidiary or any PRC Group Entity, or those proceedings that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xiii) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, all dividends and other distributions declared and payable upon the equity interests owned by foreign investors in foreign invested enterprises among the PRC Companies may be converted into foreign currency and freely transferred out of the PRC without the necessity of obtaining any Governmental Authorization in the PRC, and all such dividends and other distributions are not and will not be subject to any taxes or deductions other than the withholding tax payable on such dividends or other distributions under the applicable PRC Laws.

 

(xiv) As a matter of PRC law, no holder of the Offered Securities who is not a PRC resident will be subject to a requirement to be licensed or otherwise qualified to do business or be deemed domiciled or resident in the PRC, by virtue only of holding such Offered Securities or Ordinary Shares. There are no limitations under PRC Laws on the rights of holders of the Offered Securities who are not PRC residents to hold, vote or transfer their securities, nor are there any statutory pre-emptive rights or transfer restrictions applicable to the Offered Securities.

 

(xv) The application of the net proceeds to be received by the Company from the Offering as contemplated by the Prospectus will not contravene any provision of applicable PRC Laws, or the articles of association, the business licenses, registration certificates or other constituent documents of any PRC Group Entities or, to the best of our knowledge after due and reasonable inquiries, contravene the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument binding upon any PRC Group Entities, or any judgment, order or decree of any Governmental Agency in the PRC.

 

8


(xvi) The statements set forth in the Prospectus under the captions “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities,” “Dividends and Dividend Policy,” “Our Corporate Structure,” “Business,” “Regulation,” “Management,” “Related Party Transactions,” “Description of Share Capital” and “Taxation,” insofar as such statements describe or summarize PRC legal or regulatory matters, or documents, agreements or proceedings governed by PRC Laws, are true and accurate, and fairly present or fairly summarize in all material respects the PRC legal and regulatory matters, documents, agreements or proceedings referred to therein; and such statements did not contain and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact, and did not omit and will not omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(xvii) Under the PRC Laws, none of the Company, the Non-PRC Subsidiaries and the PRC Group Entities, or any of their respective assets or revenues, is entitled to any right of immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action, suit or proceeding, set-off or counterclaim, the jurisdiction of any court in the PRC, service of process, attachment prior to or in aid of execution of judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the granting of any relief or the enforcement of any judgment.

 

(xviii) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus the Company has duly completed all relevant Governmental Authorizations required under the applicable laws, regulations or rules concerning foreign exchange; each of the shareholders of the Company and Non-PRC Subsidiaries who are PRC citizens and residents, including shareholders and option holders of the Company and Non-PRC Subsidiaries that are directly or indirectly owned or controlled by PRC citizens and residents, has duly completed all relevant Governmental Authorizations required under applicable laws, regulations or rules concerning foreign exchange.

 

9


(xix) The Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors (the “New M&A Rules”), which became effective on September 8, 2006 and was issued by six PRC regulatory agencies, including the Ministry of Commerce, the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Administration for Taxation, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, the CSRC and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or the SAFE and subsequently amended by the MOFCOM on June 22, 2009, provide that an offshore special purpose vehicle formed for purposes of overseas listing of equity interests in PRC companies and controlled directly or indirectly by PRC companies or individuals shall obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of such special purpose vehicle’s securities on an overseas stock exchange. On September 21, 2006, the CSRC published on its official website procedures regarding its approval of overseas listings by special purpose vehicles. Considering the Company is not a special purpose vehicle formed or controlled by PRC Companies or individuals as defined under the New M&A Rules, the Company is not required to obtain the approval from CSRC of the listing and trading of the Company’s ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

(xx) To our best knowledge after due and reasonable inquiries, there are no outstanding guarantees or contingent payment obligations of any of the PRC Group Entities in respect of indebtedness of third parties.

 

(xxi) Although we do not assume any responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration Statement, nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that any part of the Registration Statement (other than the financial statements and related schedules therein, as to which we express no opinion), as of its effective date or as of the closing date of the Offering, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that the Prospectus (other than the financial statements and related schedules therein, as to which we express no opinion), as of its issue date or as of the closing date of the Offering, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

This opinion is given for the benefit of the persons to whom it is addressed upon the request by, and in its capacity as PRC legal counsel to, the Company. It may not, except with the prior permission of the Company and us, be relied upon by anyone other than the Company, the underwriters and their legal and financial advisors in connection with this Offering or used for any other purpose.

We however hereby consent to the use of this opinion in, and the filing hereof as an exhibit to, the above-mentioned Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm’s name under the sections of the Prospectus entitled “Risk Factors”, “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities”, “Regulation”, and “Legal Matters” included in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we fall within the category of the person whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Yours sincerely,
/s/ Commerce & Finance Law Offices
Commerce & Finance Law Offices

 

10


Annex I (A): PRC Companies

 

1. Beijing Ambow Online Software Co., Ltd.(北京安博在线软件有限公司);

 

2. Ambow(Dalian) Education and Technology Co., Ltd.(安博(大连)教育科技有限责任公司);

 

3. Beijing Ambow Chuangying Education and Technology Co., Ltd.(北京安博创赢教育科技有限责任公司);

 

4. Beijing Ambow Shengying Education and Technology Co., Ltd.(北京安博盛赢教育科技有限责任公司);

 

5. Beijing Ambow Shida Education Technology Co., Ltd.,(北京师大安博教育科技有限责任公司);

 

6. Ambow Sihua Education and Technology Co., Ltd.(安博思华教育科技有限责任公司);

 

7. Shanghai Ambow Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd.(上海安博教育信息咨询有限公司);

 

8. Suzhou Wenjian Venture Investment Management Consulting Co., Ltd(苏州稳健创业投资管理顾问有限公司);

 

9. Beijing SIWA Future Education Enterprise Co., Ltd. (北京锡华未来教育实业股份有限公司);

 

10. Kunshan Zhouzhuang Taishidian Tourism Scenic Area Development Co., Ltd. (昆山周庄太师淀旅游风景区发展有限公司);

 

11. Kunshan Ambow Education Technology Co., Ltd.(昆山安博教育科技有限公司);

 

12. Beijing Jinghan Yingcai Education and Technology Co., Ltd. (北京京翰英才教育科技有限公司);

 

13. Beijing Century Bersen Consulting Co., Ltd. (北京世纪博森咨询有限公司);

 

11


14. Beijing Century Zhisheng Education Technology Co., Ltd.(北京世纪智盛教育科技有限公司);

 

15. Beijing Siwa Century Facility Management Co., Ltd.(北京锡华世纪物业管理有限公司);

 

16. Beijing Away United Technology Co., Ltd. (北京亚威中联科技有限公司);

 

17. Shandong North Resource Information Technology Co., Ltd.(山东鲁源信息科技有限公司);

 

18. Jinan Prosperous Resource Technology Co., Ltd. ( 济南盛源科技有限公司);

 

19. Suzhou Yisichuangyi Technology Co., Ltd.(苏州亿思创意科技有限公司);

 

20. Tianjin Yimatong Technology Development Co., Ltd.(天津市易玛通科技发展有限公司);

 

21. Medium Range Online (Beijing) Technology Co., Ltd. (中程在线(北京)科技有限公司);

 

22. Kunshan Suda Facility Management Co., Ltd.(昆山苏大物业管理有限公司);

 

23. Jilin Clever Technology Consulting Co., Ltd.(吉林市安博达慧科技咨询有限责任公司);

 

24. Tianjin Ambow Huaying Education Technology. Co., Ltd.(天津安博华英教育科技有限责任公司);

 

25. Changsha Bull’s Ear Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (长沙牛耳教育咨询有限公司).

Annex I (B ): PRC Schools

 

1. Beijing 21st Century Experimental School (北京市二十一世纪实验学校);

 

2. Beijing Haidian Siwa Twenty-one Century Education Training Center(北京市海淀区锡华二十一世纪教育培训中心);

 

3. Beijing Intelligent Training School (北京市海淀区益智培训学校);

 

4. Century College Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications (北京邮电大学世纪学院);

 

12


5. Changsha Study School (长沙市天心区競才修业培训学校);

 

6. Dalian Hope School (大连希望教育专修学校);

 

7. Guangzhou Modern Olympic Training School (广州市黄埔现代奥林匹克培训学校);

 

8. Guangzhou Depth Pools Education Training Center (广州市天河区德普施教育培训中心);

 

9. Hunan Changsha Tongsheng Lake Experimental School (湖南长沙同升湖实验学校);

 

10. Hunan Changsha Tongsheng Lake Experimental Kindergarten (湖南长沙同升湖实验幼儿园);

 

11. Jilin Clever Training School (吉林市达慧培训学校);

 

12. Shanghai Hero Educational Technology Training School (上海市英豪教育技术培训学校);

 

13. Shanghai Yinghao Institute of Further Education (上海英豪教育进修学院);

 

14. Shuyang Ambow Educational Training Center (沭阳安博教育培训中心);

 

15. Shuyang Galaxy School (沭阳银河学校);

 

16. Applied Technology College of Soochow University (苏州大学应用技术学院);

 

17. Tianjin Peace School (天津和平华英学校);

 

18. Tianjin Changcheng Occupational Training School (天津市长城职业培训学校);

 

19. Xi’an Dragon Continuation School (西安龙门补习学校);

 

20. Zhenjiang Ambow International School (镇江市安博国际学校);

 

21. Zhenjiang International School (镇江市国际学校);

 

22. Zhenjiang Foreign Language School (镇江市外国语学校);

 

23. Zhengzhou Experimental Continuation School (郑州实验补习学校);

 

13


24. Dalian High Tech Zone Ambow Hope Training School (大连高新园区安博希望培训学校);

 

25. Tianjin Ambow Huaying School (天津安博华英学校);

 

26. Zhenjiang Ambow Education Training Center (镇江安博教育培训中心);

 

27. Shenyang Universe High School (沈阳市翔宇中学);

 

28. Shenyang Hanwen Educational Training School ( 沈阳翰文教育培训学校).

Annex II: Material Agreements

Re: Ambow Shida

 

1. Loan Agreement dated February 1, 2008 by and between Ambow Online and Jianguo Xue.

 

2. Amendment to Loan Agreement dated April 26, 2007 entered into by and among Ambow Education Co., Ltd., Ambow Online and Jianguo Xue;

 

3. Supplementary Agreement dated January 4, 2009 entered into by and among Ambow Education Co., Ltd., Ambow Online, Xuejun Xie and Jianguo Xue;

 

4. Loan Agreement dated January 31, 2005 entered into by and between Ambow Education Co., Ltd. and Xuejun Xie;

 

5. Amendment to Loan Agreement dated April 26, 2007 entered into by and among Ambow Education Co., Ltd., Ambow Online and Xuejun Xie;

 

6. Share Pledge Agreement dated January 31, 2005 entered into by and among Ambow Online, Jianguo Xue and Xuejun Xie;

 

7. Call Option Agreement dated January 31, 2005 entered into by and among Ambow Education Co., Ltd., Jianguo Xue and Xuejun Xie;

 

8. Power of Attorney dated April 26, 2007 entered into by and between Ambow Online and Jianguo Xue;

 

9. Power of Attorney dated April 26, 2007 entered into by and between Ambow Online and Xuejun Xie;

 

10. Exclusive Cooperation Agreement dated January 31, 2005 entered into by and between Ambow Online and Ambow Shida;

 

14


11. Assets Transfer and Lease Agreement dated January 31, 2005 entered into by and between Ambow Online and Ambow Shida;

Re: Ambow Sihua

 

1. Loan Agreement dated March 4, 2010 entered into by and between Ambow Online and Xiaogang Feng;

 

2. Share Pledge Agreement dated March 4, 2010 entered into by and between Ambow Online and Xiaogang Feng;

 

3. Share Pledge Agreement dated October 31, 2009 entered into by and between Ambow Online and Xuejun Xie;

 

4. Supplementary Agreement dated March 4, 2010 entered into by and between Ambow Online and Xuejun Xie;

 

5. Call Option Agreement dated March 4, 2010 entered into by and between Ambow Online and Xiaogang Feng;

 

6. Power of Attorney dated March 4, 2010 entered into by and between Ambow Online and Xiaogang Feng;

 

7. Power of Attorney dated October 31, 2009 entered into by and between Ambow Online and Xuejun Xie;

 

8. Technology Consulting and Service Agreement dated October 31, 2009 entered into by and between Ambow Online and Ambow Sihua;

Re: Ambow Shanghai

 

1. Loan Agreement dated October 31, 2009 entered into by and among Ambow Online, Xiaogang Feng and Xuejun Xie;

 

2. Share Pledge Agreement dated October 31, 2009 entered into by and among Ambow Online ,Xiaogang Feng and Xuejun Xie;

 

3. Call Option Agreement dated October 31, 2009 entered into by and among Ambow Online, Xiaogang Feng and Xuejun Xie;

 

4. Supplementary Agreement dated January 4, 2010 entered into by and among Ambow Online, Xiaogang Feng and Xuejun Xie;

 

15


5. Technology Consulting and Service Agreement dated October 31, 2009 entered into by and between Ambow Online and Ambow Shanghai;

 

6. Powers of Attorney dated October 31, 2009 with each of Xiaogang Feng and Xuejun Xie;

Re: Suzhou Wenjian

 

1. Loan Agreement dated February 25, 2009 by and among Ambow Online and Xiaogang Feng, Xuejun Xie and Yisi Gu;

 

2. Share Pledge Agreement dated February 25, 2009 by and among Ambow Online, Xiaogang Feng, Xuejun Xie and Yisi Gu;

 

3. Call Option Agreement dated February 25, 2009 by and among Ambow Online, Xiaogang Feng, Xuejun Xie and Yisi Gu;

 

4. Technology Consulting and Service Agreement dated February 25, 2009 entered into by and between Ambow Online and Suzhou Wenjian;

 

5. Powers of Attorney dated February 25, 2009 with each of Xiaogang Feng, Xuejun Xie and Yisi Gu.

Re: Zhenjiang Ambow International School (镇江市安博国际学校 )

Cooperation Agreement dated as of August 18, 2008 by and among Zhenjiang Education Development Investment Center (镇江市教育发展投资中心), Zhenjiang Foreign Language School (镇江市外国语学校), Zhenjiang International School (镇江市国际学校), Ambow Sihua and Zhenjiang Ambow International School(镇江市安博国际学校).

 

16